Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 7, 2014

Registration No. 333-                    

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

Form F-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

SCORPIO BULKERS INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Marshall Islands   4412   N/A

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

  (I.R.S. Employer Identification Number)

 

Scorpio Bulkers Inc.

9, Boulevard Charles III

MC 98000 Monaco

(011) 377 9798 5716

  

Seward & Kissel LLP

Attention: Lawrence Rutkowski, Esq.

Edward S. Horton, Esq.

One Battery Park Plaza

New York, New York 10004

(212) 574-1200

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number,

including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)

  

(Name, address and telephone

number of agent for service)

 

 

Copies to:

 

Lawrence Rutkowski, Esq.

Edward S. Horton, Esq.

Seward & Kissel LLP

One Battery Park Plaza

New York, New York 10004

(212) 574-1223 (telephone number)

(212) 480-8421 (facsimile number)

 

Stephen P. Farrell, Esq.

Finnbarr D. Murphy, Esq.

Morgan, Lewis & Bockius LLP

101 Park Avenue

New York, New York 10178

(212) 309-6000 (telephone number)

(212) 309-6001 (facsimile number)

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public:

As soon as practicable after this Registration Statement becomes effective.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are being offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act, check the following box.   ¨

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

 

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

 

Title of Each Class of

Securities to be Registered

  

Proposed Maximum

Aggregate

    Offering Price  (1)(2)     

  

Amount of

    Registration Fee  (3)     

    % Senior Notes due            

   $57,500,000    $7,406

 

 

(1) Includes an additional $7,500,000 aggregate principal amount of our     % Senior Notes due             that the underwriters have an option to purchase.
(2) Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
(3) Calculated in accordance with Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

 

The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

The information in this Prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This Prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED AUGUST 7, 2014

PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS

 

 

    % Senior Notes due

 

LOGO

Scorpio Bulkers Inc.

 

 

We are offering $         aggregate principal amount of our     % Senior Notes due             (the “Notes”). We have granted the underwriters the option to purchase, exercisable during the 30-day period beginning on the date of this prospectus, up to an additional $         aggregate principal amount of the Notes. The Notes will bear interest from                     , 2014 at a rate of     % per year. The Notes will mature on                     , 2019. Interest on the Notes will be payable quarterly in arrears on the 15th day of March, June, September and December of each year, commencing on                     , 2014. We may redeem the Notes at our option, in whole or in part, at any time on or after             at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount to be redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but excluding, the redemption date, as described in “Description of Notes—Optional Redemption.” In addition, we may redeem the Notes in whole, but not in part, at any time at our option, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount to be redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but excluding, the redemption date, if certain events occur involving changes in taxation, as described in this prospectus under “Description of Notes—Optional Redemption for Changes in Withholding Taxes.”

The Notes will be senior unsecured obligations and will rank equally with all of our existing and future senior unsecured and unsubordinated debt. The Notes will be effectively subordinated to our existing and future secured debt, to the extent of the value of the assets securing such debt, and will be structurally subordinated to all existing and future debt and other liabilities of our subsidiaries. The Notes will be issued in minimum denominations of $25.00 and integral multiples of $25.00 in excess thereof.

 

 

Investing in our Notes involves risks. Please read “ Risk Factors ” beginning on page 22.

 

 

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the adequacy or accuracy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

 

 

     Per Note        Total  

Public offering price

    $           $                    

Underwriting discounts and commissions

       

Proceeds, before expenses, to us  (1)

    $           $     

 

(1) Plus accrued interest from             if settlement occurs after that.

We have applied for the listing of the Notes on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “                 .” If approved for listing, trading on the New York Stock Exchange is expected to commence within 30 days after the Notes are first issued.

We expect that delivery of the Notes will be made to investors on or about                     , 2014, through the book-entry system of The Depository Trust Company for the accounts of its participants, including Euroclear Bank S.A./N.V., as operator of the Euroclear system, and Clearstream Banking,  société anonyme .

 

 

 

Stifel    Deutsche Bank Securities    Jefferies

Prospectus dated                     , 2014


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

     1   

THE OFFERING

     16   

SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA

     19   

CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

     21   

RISK FACTORS

     22   

RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES

     46   

USE OF PROCEEDS

     47   

CAPITALIZATION

     48   

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA

     49   

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

     51   

BUSINESS

     57   

MANAGEMENT

     80   

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

     86   

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

     88   

DESCRIPTION OF NOTES

     89   

DESCRIPTION OF OTHER INDEBTEDNESS

     113   

CERTAIN MARSHALL ISLANDS COMPANY CONSIDERATIONS

     115   

TAX CONSIDERATIONS

     119   

UNDERWRITING

     123   

SERVICE OF PROCESS AND ENFORCEMENT OF CIVIL LIABILITIES

     128   

LEGAL MATTERS

     128   

EXPERTS

     128   

WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

     129   

OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION

     130   

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

     F-1   

 

 

You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectus we may authorize to be delivered to you. We have not, and the underwriters have not, authorized any other person to provide you with additional, different or inconsistent information. If anyone provides you with additional, different or inconsistent information, you should not rely on it. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) is effective. We are not, and the underwriters are not, making an offer to sell these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted. You should not assume that the information appearing in this prospectus is accurate as of any date other than the date on the front cover of this prospectus unless otherwise specified herein. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since that date. Information contained on our website does not constitute part of this prospectus.

We have not taken any action to permit a public offering of these securities outside the United States or to permit the possession or distribution of this prospectus outside the United States. Persons outside the United States who come into possession of this prospectus must inform themselves about and observe any restrictions relating to the offering of these securities and the distribution of this prospectus outside the United States.

 

i


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights information that appears later in this prospectus and is qualified in its entirety by the more detailed information and financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary may not contain all of the information that may be important to you. As an investor or prospective investor, you should carefully review the entire prospectus, including the section of this prospectus entitled “Risk Factors” and the more detailed information that appears later in this prospectus before making an investment in our Notes. The information presented in this prospectus assumes, unless otherwise indicated, that the underwriters’ option to purchase up to $         aggregate principal amount of the Notes is not exercised.

Unless otherwise indicated, references to “Scorpio Bulkers,” the “Company,” “we,” “our,” “us” or similar terms refer to the registrant, Scorpio Bulkers Inc., and its subsidiaries, except where the context otherwise requires. We use the term deadweight tons, or dwt, expressed in metric tons, each of which is equivalent to 1,000 kilograms, in describing the size of our vessels. Unless otherwise indicated, all references to “U.S. dollars,” “dollars,” “U.S. $” and “$” in this prospectus are to the lawful currency of the United States of America.

Our Business

We are an international shipping company that was incorporated in the Republic of the Marshall Islands on March 20, 2013 for the purpose of acquiring and operating the latest generation of newbuilding drybulk carriers with fuel-efficient specifications and carrying capacities of greater than 30,000 dwt. We believe that it is an opportune time to acquire these vessels because acquisition costs for these vessels are currently near the lowest average levels of the past 10 years. In addition, we believe that recent advances in shipbuilding design and technology should make these latest generation vessels more fuel-efficient than older vessels in the global fleet that compete with us for charters, providing us with a competitive advantage. Our fleet transports a broad range of major and minor bulk commodities, including ores, coal, grains, and fertilizers, along worldwide shipping routes, and are, or are expected to be, employed primarily in the spot market or in spot market-oriented pools of similarly sized vessels. As of the date of this prospectus, our operating fleet consists of 18 drybulk vessels, all of which are vessels that we charter-in, with an aggregate carrying capacity of approximately 1.4 million dwt, which we refer to as our Operating Fleet. We also have one time charter-in contract that is scheduled to commence during the first half of 2015 and contracts for the construction of 80 newbuilding drybulk vessels at established shipyards in Japan, China, South Korea and Romania, which we have agreed to acquire for an aggregate purchase price of $3,102.8 million, including 29 Ultramax vessels, 23 Kamsarmax vessels and 28 Capesize vessels, each with a carrying capacity of between 60,000 dwt and 180,000 dwt and an aggregate carrying capacity of approximately 8.7 million dwt. We refer to these newbuilding vessels as our Newbuilding Program. We expect to take delivery of the vessels in our Newbuilding Program as follows: two vessels in 2014, 41 vessels in 2015 and 37 vessels in 2016. Until we have taken delivery of a larger number of the vessels in our Newbuilding Program, we do not anticipate earning a material amount of revenues from our operations.

In December 2013, we completed our underwritten initial public offering of 31,300,000 common shares at $9.75 per share, and in January 2014, the underwriters in the initial public offering exercised their option to purchase an additional 4,695,000 common shares. In February 2014, we completed our offer to exchange unregistered common shares that were previously issued in Norwegian equity private placements (other than the common shares owned by affiliates of us) for common shares that were registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, which we refer to as the Exchange Offer. Upon completion of the Exchange Offer, holders of 95,766,779 unregistered common shares validly tendered their shares in exchange for such registered common shares, representing a participation rate of 99.7%. On July 31, 2014, we delisted from the Norwegian OTC. Our common shares currently trade on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “SALT.”

 

 

1


Table of Contents

Following the completion of this offering, we expect to have in excess of $         million of available cash. As of June 30, 2014, we have paid a total of $764.1 million in initial installment payments due under our shipbuilding contracts for our Newbuilding Program. We plan to finance the remaining contractual commitments of $2,338.8 million with the net proceeds received from this offering, cash on hand, cash flows from operations, borrowings under committed and proposed new secured credit facilities, and from capital raised in the public and private debt and equity markets. We cannot assure you that we will be successful in obtaining the financing necessary to fund all of our remaining contractual obligations under our shipbuilding contracts or will be able to take delivery of all the vessels we have agreed to acquire.

In addition, we plan to use the net proceeds from this offering and the net proceeds from future equity or debt offerings or both, together with the amounts we expect to be available to us under the credit facilities we plan to enter, for general corporate purposes, including the purchase of new vessels. Our intention is to acquire additional latest generation drybulk carriers with fuel-efficient vessel specifications and carrying capacities of greater than 30,000 dwt, either directly from shipyards or from owners with existing newbuilding vessel contracts. We may also acquire secondhand vessels that meet our stringent vessel specifications. The timing of these vessel acquisitions will depend on our ability to identify suitable vessels on attractive acquisition terms. Although we may have the capacity to obtain additional financing, we intend to maintain moderate levels of leverage of not more than 60% of the value of our vessels collateralizing our indebtedness on a consolidated basis.

Our Co-Founder, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, Mr. Emanuele Lauro, is a member of the Lolli-Ghetti family, which in 2009 founded Scorpio Tankers Inc. (NYSE: “STNG”), or Scorpio Tankers, a large international shipping company engaged in seaborne transportation of refined petroleum products. As of August 4, 2014, it owned or had contracted for the construction of 74 tanker vessels. Mr. Lauro is currently its Chairman and Chief Executive Officer. The Lolli-Ghetti family also owns and controls the Scorpio Group, which includes Scorpio Ship Management S.A.M., or SSM, which provides us with vessel technical management services, Scorpio Commercial Management S.A.M., or SCM, which provides us with vessel commercial management services, and Scorpio Services Holding Limited, or SSH, which provides us and other related entities with administrative services and services related to the acquisition of vessels. Our Co-Founder, President and Director, Mr. Robert Bugbee is also the President and a Director of Scorpio Tankers, has a senior management position at the Scorpio Group, and was formerly the President and Chief Operating Officer of OMI Corporation, or OMI, which was a publicly traded shipping company. SSM and SCM also provide technical and commercial management services to Scorpio Tankers as well as unaffiliated vessel owners.

Our Relationship with the Scorpio Group

We believe that one of our principal strengths is our relationship with Scorpio Tankers and the Scorpio Group of companies. Our vessel operations are managed under the supervision of our board of directors, by our management team and by members of the Scorpio Group of companies. We expect that our relationship with Scorpio Tankers and the Scorpio Group of companies will give us access to their relationships with major international charterers, lenders and shipbuilders. We will have access to Scorpio Group’s customer and supplier relationships and their technical, commercial and managerial expertise, which we believe will allow us to compete more effectively and operate our vessels on a cost efficient basis. The Scorpio Group, through SSH, beneficially owns approximately 1.0% of our common shares, excluding the common shares to be issued pursuant to the Administrative Services Agreement. Please see “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management.”

 

 

2


Table of Contents

In addition to our relationship with Scorpio Tankers, we believe there are opportunities for us to benefit from operational, charterer and shipyard-based synergies due to our broader shared relationship with the Scorpio Group which includes:

 

    SSM, which provides vessel technical management services for 40 vessels owned by third-parties, including Scorpio Tankers, and provides us with the same services for all of our vessels.

 

    SCM, which provides vessel commercial management services for 100 vessels owned by third-parties, including Scorpio Tankers, and provides us with the same services for all of our vessels. SCM manages 78 vessels (excluding the vessels in our fleet) through the spot market-oriented Scorpio Group Pools, which currently include the Scorpio LR2 Pool, the Scorpio Panamax Tanker Pool, the Scorpio MR Pool, Scorpio Handymax Tanker Pool, the Scorpio Ultramax Pool, Scorpio Kamsermax Pool and the Scorpio Capesize Pool.

 

    SSH, which provides us and related entities with administrative services and services related to the acquisition of vessels.

We can provide no assurance, however, that we will realize any benefits from our relationship with Scorpio Tankers or the Scorpio Group.

Emanuele Lauro, our Co-Founder, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, is a member of the Lolli-Ghetti family which owns and controls SCM, our commercial manager, and SSM, our technical manager. These relationships, and other relationships between certain of our executive officers and members of the Scorpio Group, may create certain conflicts of interest between us, on the one hand, and other members of the Scorpio Group, including our commercial and technical manager, on the other hand. For example, our Chief Executive Officer, President, and Chief Operating Officer each participate in business activities not associated with us, including serving as members of the management team of Scorpio Tankers, and are not required to work full-time on our affairs. We expect that each of our executive officers devote a substantial portion of his business time to the completion of our Newbuilding Program and management of the Company. Additionally, our executive officers named above serve in similar positions in the Scorpio Group. This may create conflicts of interest in matters involving or affecting us and our customers, including in the chartering, purchase, sale and operation of the vessels in our fleet versus vessels managed by other members of the Scorpio Group. As result of these conflicts, it is not certain that these conflicts of interest will be resolved in our favor, and other members of the Scorpio Group, who have limited contractual duties, may favor their own or other owners’ interest over our interests. Please see “Risk Factors—Our Chief Executive Officer, President and Chief Operating Officer will not devote all of their time to our business, which may hinder our ability to operate successfully.”

 

 

3


Table of Contents

Our Fleet

The following table summarizes key information about our Newbuilding Program and our Operating Fleet as of the date of this prospectus:

Newbuilding Program

Capesize

 

Vessel Name

  

Expected
Delivery  (1)

  

DWT

  

  Shipyard  

  1     Hull H1309—TBN SBI Puro

   Q1-15    180,000    Waigaoqiao

  2     Hull H1310—TBN SBI Valrico

   Q2-15    180,000    Waigaoqiao

  3     Hull H1311—TBN SBI Maduro

   Q3-15    180,000    Waigaoqiao

  4     Hull H1364—TBN SBI Belicoso

   Q4-15    180,000    Waigaoqiao

  5     Hull H1365—TBN SBI Corona

   Q1-16    180,000    Waigaoqiao

  6     Hull H1366—TBN SBI Diadema

   Q2-16    180,000    Waigaoqiao

  7     Hull H1367—TBN SBI Estupendo

   Q3-16    180,000    Waigaoqiao

  8     Hull S1205—TBN SBI Camacho

   Q1-15    180,000    Sungdong

  9     Hull S1206—TBN SBI Montesino

   Q2-15    180,000    Sungdong

10     Hull S1211—TBN SBI Magnum

   Q2-15    180,000    Sungdong

11     Hull S1212—TBN SBI Montecristo

   Q3-15    180,000    Sungdong

12     Hull S1213—TBN SBI Aroma

   Q3-15    180,000    Sungdong

13     Hull S1214—TBN SBI Cohiba

   Q4-15    180,000    Sungdong

14     Hull S1215—TBN SBI Habano

   Q4-15    180,000    Sungdong

15     Hull S1216—TBN SBI Lonsdale

   Q1-16    180,000    Sungdong

16     Hull S1217—TBN SBI Partagas

   Q1-16    180,000    Sungdong

17     Hull S1218—TBN SBI Parejo

   Q2-16    180,000    Sungdong

18     Hull S1219—TBN SBI Toro

   Q2-16    180,000    Sungdong

19     Hull S1220—TBN SBI Tuscamina

   Q2-16    180,000    Sungdong

20     Hull H1059—TBN SBI Churchill

   Q4-15    180,000    Daewoo

21     Hull H1060—TBN SBI Perfecto

   Q4-15    180,000    Daewoo

22     Hull H1061—TBN SBI Presidente

   Q1-16    180,000    Daewoo

23     Hull H1062—TBN SBI Panatela

   Q1-16    180,000    Daewoo

24     Hull H1063—TBN SBI Robusto

   Q2-16    180,000    Daewoo

25     Hull HN1058—TBN SBI Behike

   Q3-15    180,000    Daehan

26     Hull HN1059—TBN SBI Monterrey

   Q4-15    180,000    Daehan

27     Hull HN1060—TBN SBI Macanudo

   Q4-15    180,000    Daehan

28     Hull HN1061—TBN SBI Cuaba

   Q1-16    180,000    Daehan

Aggregate Capesize Newbuilding DWT

      5,040,000   

 

 

4


Table of Contents

Kamsarmax

 

Vessel Name

   Expected
Delivery  (1)
     DWT      Shipyard

  1     Hull H1284—TBN SBI Cakewalk

     Q3-14         82,000       Waigaoqiao

  2     Hull H1285—TBN SBI Charleston

     Q3-14         82,000       Waigaoqiao

  3     Hull S1680—TBN SBI Samba

     Q1-15         84,000       Imabari

  4     Hull S1681—TBN SBI Rumba

     Q3-15         84,000       Imabari

  5     Hull 1090—TBN SBI Electra

     Q3-15         82,000       Yangzijiang

  6     Hull 1091—TBN SBI Flamenco

     Q3-15         82,000       Yangzijiang

  7     Hull 1092—TBN SBI Rock

     Q4-15         82,000       Yangzijiang

  8     Hull 1093—TBN SBI Twist

     Q1-16         82,000       Yangzijiang

  9     Hull SS164—TBN SBI Salsa

     Q3-15         81,600       Tsuneishi

10     Hull SS179—TBN SBI Merengue

     Q1-16         81,600       Tsuneishi

11     Hull S1228—TBN SBI Capoeira

     Q1-15         82,000       Hudong

12     Hull S1722A—TBN SBI Conga

     Q2-15         82,000       Hudong

13     Hull S1723A—TBN SBI Bolero

     Q2-15         82,000       Hudong

14     Hull S1229—TBN SBI Carioca

     Q2-15         82,000       Hudong

15     Hull S1724A—TBN SBI Sousta

     Q3-15         82,000       Hudong

16     Hull S1725A—TBN SBI Reggae

     Q1-16         82,000       Hudong

17     Hull S1726A—TBN SBI Zumba

     Q1-16         82,000       Hudong

18     Hull S1231—TBN SBI Macarena

     Q1-16         82,000       Hudong

19     Hull S1735A—TBN SBI Parapara

     Q2-16         82,000       Hudong

20     Hull S1736A—TBN SBI Mazurka

     Q2-16         82,000       Hudong

21     Hull S1230—TBN SBI Lambada

     Q3-16         82,000       Hudong

22     Hull S1232—TBN SBI Swing

     Q3-16         82,000       Hudong

23     Hull S1233—TBN SBI Jive

     Q3-16         82,000       Hudong

Aggregate Kamsarmax Newbuilding DWT

        1,889,200      

 

 

5


Table of Contents

Ultramax

 

Vessel Name

   Expected
Delivery  (1)
     DWT      Shipyard

  1     Hull 1907—TBN SBI Hera

     Q2-16         60,200       Mitsui

  2     Hull 1906—TBN SBI Zeus

     Q2-16         60,200       Mitsui

  3     Hull 1911—TBN SBI Poseidon

     Q3-16         60,200       Mitsui

  4     Hull 1912—TBN SBI Apollo

     Q3-16         60,200       Mitsui

  5     Hull S870—TBN SBI Echo

     Q3-15         61,000       Imabari

  6     Hull S871—TBN SBI Tango

     Q3-15         61,000       Imabari

  7     Hull S-A098—TBN SBI Achilles

     Q1-16         61,000       Imabari

  8     Hull S-A089—TBN SBI Cronos

     Q1-16         61,000       Imabari

  9     Hull S-A090—TBN SBI Hermes

     Q1-16         61,000       Imabari

10     Hull NE180—TBN SBI Bravo

     Q1-15         61,000       Nacks

11     Hull NE181—TBN SBI Antares

     Q1-15         61,000       Nacks

12     Hull NE182—TBN SBI Maia

     Q3-15         61,000       Nacks

13     Hull NE183—TBN SBI Hydra

     Q3-15         61,000       Nacks

14     Hull NE194—TBN SBI Hyperion

     Q2-16         61,000       Nacks

15     Hull NE195—TBN SBI Tethys

     Q2-16         61,000       Nacks

16     Hull DE018—TBN SBI Leo

     Q1-15         61,000       Dacks

17     Hull DE019—TBN SBI Lyra

     Q3-15         61,000       Dacks

18     Hull DE020—TBN SBI Subaru

     Q3-15         61,000       Dacks

19     Hull DE021—TBN SBI Ursa

     Q3-15         61,000       Dacks

20     Hull CX0610—TBN SBI Athena

     Q1-15         64,000       Chengxi

21     Hull CX0651—TBN SBI Pegasus

     Q3-15         64,000       Chengxi

22     Hull CX0652—TBN SBI Orion

     Q4-15         64,000       Chengxi

23     Hull CX0612—TBN SBI Thalia

     Q4-15         64,000       Chengxi

24     Hull CX0653—TBN SBI Hercules

     Q1-16         64,000       Chengxi

25     Hull CX0627—TBN SBI Perseus

     Q1-16         64,000       Chengxi

26     Hull CX0654—TBN SBI Kratos

     Q2-16         64,000       Chengxi

27     Hull CX0655—TBN SBI Samson

     Q2-16         64,000       Chengxi

28     Hull CX0613—TBN SBI Phoebe

     Q2-16         64,000       Chengxi

29     Hull CX0656—TBN SBI Phoenix

     Q3-16         64,000       Chengxi

Ultramax NB DWT

        1,795,800      

Aggregate Newbuild DWT

        8,725,000      

 

* As used in this prospectus, “Dacks” refers to Dalian COSCO KHI Ship Engineering Co. Ltd., “Daehan” refers to Daehan Shipbuilding Co., Ltd., “Daewoo” refers to Daewoo Mangalia Heavy Industries S.A.,“Chengxi” refers to Chengxi Shipyard Co., Ltd., “Hudong” refers to Hudong-Zhonghua Shipbuilding (Group) Co., Inc., “Imabari” refers to Imabari Shipbuilding Co. Ltd., “Mitsui” refers to Mitsui Engineering & Shipbuilding Co. Ltd., “Nacks” refers to Nantong COSCO KHI Ship Engineering Co., Ltd., “Sungdong” refers to Sungdong Shipbuilding & Marine Engineering Co., Ltd., “Tsuneishi” refers to Tsuneishi Group (Zhoushan) Shipbuilding Inc., “Waigaoqiao” refers to Shanghai Waigaoqiao Shipbuilding Co., Ltd., and “Yangzijiang” refers to Jiangsu Yangzijiang Shipbuilding Co. Ltd.
(1) “Expected Delivery” refers to the quarter during which each vessel is currently expected to be delivered from the shipyard.

 

 

6


Table of Contents

Operating Fleet

 

Vessel Type

   Year
Built
     DWT      Where Built    Daily Base Rate     Earliest Expiry

Post-Panamax

     2010         93,000       China      $13,250      23-Oct-14 (1)

Post-Panamax

     2011         93,000       China      $13,500      24-Oct-14 (2)

Post-Panamax

     2009         93,000       China      See Note (3)     9-May-15 (3)

Kamsarmax

     2009         82,500       Japan      $14,500      8-Feb-15 (4)

Kamsarmax

     2012         82,000       South Korea      $15,500      23-Jul-17 (5)

Kamsarmax

     2011         81,900       South Korea      $12,750      3-Apr-15 (6)

Kamsarmax

     2012         81,500       South Korea      $14,500      7-Dec-14 (7)

Kamsarmax

     2011         81,500       South Korea      $15,000      15-Jan-16 (8)

Kamsarmax

     2012         81,000       South Korea      $15,000      10-Feb-15 (9)

Kamsarmax

     2012         79,500       China      $14,000      23-Jan-15 (10)

Panamax

     2004         77,500       China      $14,000      3-Jan-17 (11)

Panamax

     2014         77,000       Japan      $16,000      4-Mar-15 (12)

Panamax

     2009         76,500       Japan      $14,000      1-Dec-14 (13)

Panamax

     2007         75,500       South Korea      $13,750      14-Feb-15 (14)

Ultramax

     2010         61,000       Japan      $14,200      1-Apr-17 (15)

Supramax

     2010         58,000       China      $14,250      12-Dec-16 (16)

Supramax

     2011         58,000       China      $13,750      18-Jan-15 (17)

Supramax

     2015         55,000       Japan      $14,000      30-Jun-18 (18)

Handymax

     2002         48,500       Japan      $12,000      31-Jan-17 (19)

Total TC DWT

        1,435,900           

 

(1) This vessel has been time chartered-in for eight to 10 months at Company’s option at $13,250 per day. The vessel was delivered on February 23, 2014.
(2) This vessel has been time chartered-in for seven to nine months at the Company’s option at $13,500 per day. The vessel was delivered on March 24, 2014.
(3) This vessel has been time chartered-in for 10 to 14 months at the Company’s option at a rate of 90% of the Baltic Panamax 4TC Index. The Company has the option to extend this time charter for an additional 10 to 14 months at the same rate of hire. The vessel was delivered on July 9, 2014.
(4) This vessel has been time chartered-in for 11 to 13 months at the Company’s option at $14,500 per day. The Company has the option to extend this time charter for one year at $15,500 per day. The vessel was delivered on March 8, 2014.
(5) This vessel has been time chartered-in for 39 to 44 months at the Company’s option at $15,500 per day. The Company has the option to extend this time charter for one year at $16,300 per day. The vessel was delivered on April 23, 2014.
(6) This vessel has been time chartered-in for 11 to 13 months at the Company’s option at $12,750 per day. The Company has the option to extend this time charter for one year at $13,750 per day. The vessel was delivered on May 3, 2014.
(7) This vessel has been time chartered-in for 10 to 12 months at Company’s option at $14,500 per day. The vessel was delivered on February 7, 2014.
(8) This vessel has been time chartered-in for 23 to 28 months at the Company’s option at $15,000 per day. The Company has the option to extend the charter for an additional 11 to 13 months at $16,000 per day. This vessel was delivered on February 15, 2014.
(9) This vessel has been time chartered-in for 12 to 14 months at Company’s option at $15,000 per day. The vessel was delivered on February 10, 2014.
(10) This vessel has been time chartered-in for 11 to 14 months at the Company’s option at $14,000 per day. The Company has the option to extend the charter for an additional 11 to 14 months at $14,750 per day. This vessel was delivered on February 23, 2014.

 

 

7


Table of Contents
(11) This vessel has been time chartered-in for 32 to 38 months at the Company’s option at $14,000 per day. The vessel was delivered on May 3, 2014.
(12) This vessel has been time chartered-in for 12 to 13 months at Company’s option at $16,000 per day. The vessel was delivered on March 4, 2014.
(13) This vessel has been time chartered-in until December 1, 2014 which may be extended for an additional two months at the Company’s option. The charter hire rate is $15,900 per day until June 23, 2014 and $14,000 per day thereafter, including the option period. The vessel was delivered on January 23, 2014.
(14) This vessel has been time chartered-in for 11 to 13 months at the Company’s option at $13,750 per day. The Company has the option to extend the charter for an additional year at $14,750 per day. The vessel was delivered on March 14, 2014.
(15) This vessel has been time chartered-in for three years at $14,200 per day. The Company has options to extend the charter for up to three consecutive one year periods at $15,200 per day, $16,200 per day and $17,200 per day, respectively. This vessel was delivered on April 13, 2014.
(16) This vessel has been time chartered-in for 20 to 24 months at the Company’s option at $14,250 per day. The Company has the option to extend the charter for an additional 10 to 12 months at $14,850 per day. This vessel was delivered on April 12, 2014.
(17) This vessel has been time chartered-in for ten to 13 months at the Company’s option at $13,750 per day. This vessel was delivered on March 18, 2014.
(18) This vessel has been time chartered-in for three years at $14,000 per day. The Company has options to extend the charter for up to two consecutive one year periods at $15,000 per day and $16,000 per day, respectively. This vessel is expected to be delivered during the first half of 2015.
(19) This vessel has been time chartered-in for 34 to 37 months at the Company’s option at $12,000 per day. The Company has options to extend the charter for up to three consecutive one year periods at $12,750 per day, $13,600 per day and $14,800 per day, respectively. This vessel was delivered on March 31, 2014.

Employment of Our Fleet

Generally, we intend to operate our vessels in spot market-oriented commercial pools, in the spot market or, under certain circumstances, on time charters. See “Business—Employment of our Fleet.”

Spot Market-Oriented Commercial Pools

To increase vessel utilization and thereby revenues, we intend to participate in commercial pools with other shipowners with similar modern, well-maintained vessels. By operating a large number of vessels as an integrated transportation system, commercial pools offer customers greater flexibility and a higher level of service while achieving scheduling efficiencies. Pools employ experienced commercial managers and operators who have close working relationships with customers and brokers, while technical management is performed by each shipowner. The managers of the pools negotiate charters with customers primarily in the spot market. The size and scope of these pools enable them to enhance vessel utilization rates for pool vessels by securing backhaul voyages, which is when cargo is transported on the return leg of a journey, and contracts of affreightment, or COAs, thus generating higher effective TCE revenues than otherwise might be obtainable in the spot market, while providing a higher level of service offerings to customers.

The pools in which our vessels operate, or are expected to operate, are spot market-oriented commercial pools managed by our commercial manager, which we refer to as the “Scorpio Group Pools,” which expose us to fluctuations in spot market charter rates. The Scorpio Group Pools have been newly formed or will be formed prior to the delivery of the vessels in our Newbuilding Program and have limited to no operating history. Our vessels are expected to participate in the Scorpio Group Pools under the same contractual terms and conditions as the third party vessels in the pool. Each pool will aggregate the revenues and expenses of all of the pool participants and distribute the net earnings calculated on (i) the number of pool points for the vessel, which are

 

 

8


Table of Contents

based on vessel attributes such as cargo carrying capacity, fuel consumption, and construction characteristics, and (ii) the number of days the vessel operates in the period. SCM, as operator of the Scorpio Group Pools, charges $300 a day for each vessel, whether owned by us or chartered-in, plus a 1.75% commission on the gross revenues per charter fixture. SCM is expected to negotiate voyage charters, short duration time charters, and contracts of affreightment; manages procurement of bunkers, port charges and administrative services; and distributes the cash earnings.

SCM, a Monaco corporation controlled by the Lolli-Ghetti family of which our co-founder, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer is a member, is, or will be, responsible for the administration of the pool and the commercial management of the participating vessels, including the marketing, chartering, operating and bunker (fuel oil) purchases for the vessels. The pool participants will remain responsible for all other costs including the financing, insurance, manning and technical management of their vessels. The earnings of all of the vessels will be aggregated and divided according to the relative performance capabilities of the vessel and the actual earning days each vessel is available.

We currently employ all of the vessels in our Operating Fleet in the Scorpio Group Pools.

Spot Market

A spot market voyage charter is generally a contract to carry a specific cargo from a load port to a discharge port for an agreed freight per ton of cargo or a specified total amount. Under spot market voyage charters, we pay specific voyage expenses such as port, canal and bunker costs. Spot charter rates are volatile and fluctuate on a seasonal and year-to-year basis.

Fluctuations derive from imbalances in the availability of cargoes for shipment and the number of vessels available at any given time to transport these cargoes. Vessels operating in the spot market generate revenue that is less predictable, but may enable us to capture increased profit margins during periods of improvements in drybulk vessel charter rates.

Time Charters

Time charters give us a fixed and stable cash flow for a known period of time. Time charters also mitigate in part the seasonality of the spot market business, which is generally weaker in the second and third quarters of the year. In the future, we may opportunistically look to enter our vessels into time charter contracts should rates become more attractive. We may also enter into time charter contracts with profit sharing agreements, which enable us to benefit if the spot market increases.

Management of Our Business

Commercial and Technical Management

Our vessels are commercially managed by SCM and technically managed by SSM pursuant to a Master Agreement, which may be terminated by either party upon 24 months’ notice. SCM and SSM are companies affiliated with us. The vessels we charter-in are also commercially managed by SCM. We expect that additional vessels that we may acquire in the future, including the vessels in our Newbuilding Program, will also be managed under the Master Agreement or on substantially similar terms.

SCM’s services include securing employment for our vessels in the spot market and on time charters. SCM also manages the Scorpio Group Pools in which our vessels are, or are expected to be, employed. For commercial management of any of our vessels that does not operate in one of these pools, we pay SCM a daily fee of $300 per vessel, plus a 1.75% commission on the gross revenues per charter fixture. The Scorpio Group Pool

 

 

9


Table of Contents

participants, including us and third-party owners of similar vessels, are each expected to pay SCM a pool management fee of $300 per vessel per day, plus a 1.75% commission on the gross revenues per charter fixture.

SSM’s services include providing technical support, such as arranging the hiring of qualified officers and crew, supervising the maintenance and performance of vessels, purchasing supplies, spare parts and new equipment, arranging and supervising drydocking and repairs, and monitoring regulatory and classification society compliance and customer standards. We will pay SSM an annual fee of $200,000 per vessel to provide technical management services for each of our vessels in the Newbuilding Program upon delivery. In addition, representatives of SSM, including certain subcontractors, provide us with construction supervisory services while our vessels are being constructed in shipyards. For these services, we compensate SSM for its direct expenses, which can vary between $200,000 and $500,000 per vessel. Please see “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Commercial and Technical Management Agreements” for additional information.

Administrative Services Agreement

We have entered into an Administrative Services Agreement with SSH for the provision of administrative staff, office space and accounting, legal compliance, financial and information technology services. SSH is a company affiliated with us. SSH also arranges acquisitions for us. The services provided to us by SSH may be sub-contracted to other entities within the Scorpio Group. Pursuant to the Administrative Services Agreement, we will reimburse SSH for the reasonable direct or indirect expenses it incurs in providing us with the administrative services described above and a pro-rata portion of the salary incurred by SSH for an internal auditor. We will also pay SSH a fee for arranging vessel acquisitions, including newbuildings, equal to $250,000 per vessel, due upon delivery of the vessel, which is payable in our common shares. We have agreed to issue upon delivery of each vessel in our Newbuilding Program (i) 31,250 common shares to SSH as payment related to each of the first 17 vessels in our Newbuilding Program; (ii) 25,811 common shares to SSH as payment related to each of the next nine vessels in our Newbuilding Program; (iii) 25,633 common shares to SSH as payment related to each of the next ten vessels in our Newbuilding Program; (iv) 26,419 common shares to SSH as payment related to each of the next four Kamsarmax vessels in our Newbuilding Program; (v) 26,185 common shares to SSH as payment related to each of the next three Capesize vessels in our Newbuilding Program; (vi) 26,197 common shares to SSH as payment related to each of the next two vessels in our Newbuilding Program; (vii) 26,394 common shares to SSH as payment related to each of the next seven vessels in our Newbuilding Program; (viii) 26,248 common shares to SSH as payment related to each of the next four vessels in our Newbuilding Program; (ix) 26,111 common shares to SSH as payment related to each of the next four vessels in our Newbuilding Program; (x) 26,050 common shares to SSH as payment related to each of the next three vessels in our Newbuilding Program; (xi) 25,888 common shares to SSH as payment related to each of the next 11 vessels in our Newbuilding Program; (xii) 25,497 common shares to SSH as payment related to each of the next five vessels in our Newbuilding Program and (xiii) 27,640 common shares to SSH as payment related to the next vessel in our Newbuilding Program. For all vessels added to our Newbuilding Program after the first 17 vessels, the number of common shares issuable to SSH as payment is based on the market value of our common shares based on the volume weighted average price of our common shares over the 30 trading day period immediately preceding the contract date of a definitive agreement to acquire any vessel. In addition, SSH has agreed with us not to own any drybulk carriers greater than 30,000 dwt for so long as the Administrative Services Agreement is in full force and effect. This agreement may be terminated by SSH three years following the third anniversary of our initial public offering upon 12 months’ notice.

 

 

10


Table of Contents

Our Competitive Strengths

We believe that we possess a number of competitive strengths in our industry, including:

Experienced management teams . Our Company’s leadership has considerable depth of shipping industry expertise. Since 2003, under the leadership of Mr. Emanuele Lauro, our Co-Founder, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, the Scorpio Group, together with Scorpio Tankers, has grown from an owner of three vessels in 2003 to an owner of 78 vessels, and an operator or manager of approximately 100 vessels, as of August 4, 2014. Mr. Robert Bugbee, our Co-Founder, President and Director, also holds a senior management position within the Scorpio Group and is the President and a Director of Scorpio Tankers, has more than 27 years of experience in the shipping industry and was formerly the President and Chief Operating Officer of OMI, which was a publicly traded shipping company until its sale in 2007. Messrs. Lauro and Bugbee are supported by Mr. Cameron Mackey, Mr. Hugh Baker and Mr. Luca Forgione, who serve as our Chief Operating Officer, our Chief Financial Officer, and our General Counsel, respectively, of whom, Messrs. Mackey and Forgione also serve as members of the management team of Scorpio Tankers. Mr. Mackey is also a director of Scorpio Tankers. Messrs. Mackey, Baker and Forgione serve in similar positions in the Scorpio Group and have 20, 22 and 11 years of experience, respectively, in the shipping industry, and, with Messrs. Lauro and Bugbee, collectively have over 80 years of combined shipping experience, and have developed industry relationships with charterers, lenders, shipbuilders, insurers and other industry participants. In addition, our Chief Executive Officer has experience in the ownership and operation of dry bulk carriers, through the Scorpio Group, which has owned and operated several dry bulk carriers, and in the upstream and downstream supply chain of dry bulk commodities, as founder, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of Scorpio Logistics Ltd. Our executive officers are not required to work full-time on our affairs and also perform services for other companies, including Scorpio Tankers. Initially, we expect that our executive officers will devote a substantial portion of their business time to the completion of our drybulk carrier acquisition program and management of the Company.

Attractive Initial Fleet . The 80 drybulk carriers in our Newbuilding Program, including 29 Ultramax vessels, 23 Kamsarmax vessels and 28 Capesize vessels, are scheduled to be delivered to us between the third quarter of 2014 and the third quarter of 2016. We believe that owning a modern, well-maintained fleet with fuel efficient specifications reduces operating costs, improves the quality of service we deliver and provides us with a competitive advantage in securing favorable time and spot charters with high-quality counterparties. We believe that it is an opportune time to acquire these latest generation, fuel-efficient drybulk vessels because acquisition costs for these vessels are currently near the lowest average levels of the past 10 years. In addition, we believe that recent advances in shipbuilding design and technology should make these latest generation vessels more fuel-efficient than older vessels in the global fleet that compete with us for charters, providing us with a competitive advantage.

Significant available liquidity to pursue acquisition and expansion opportunities.  Following the completion of this offering, we expect to have at least $         million of available cash, including $346.0 million which is a portion of the net proceeds from the Equity Private Placements and our Initial Public Offering. We intend to use the substantial majority of our available cash, and borrowing capacity under the secured credit facilities we intend to enter, to pursue vessel acquisitions, including the vessels in our Newbuilding Program, consistent with our business strategy. We believe that our strong balance sheet, financing capacity and future access to capital will allow us to make opportunistic acquisitions at attractive prices.

Access to attractive acquisition and chartering opportunities . Scorpio Group, including Scorpio Tankers, has established strong global relationships with shipping companies, charterers, shipyards, brokers and commercial shipping lenders. We believe that the Scorpio Group’s relationships with these counterparties and its strong sale and purchase track record and reputation as a creditworthy counterparty should provide us, as a member of the Scorpio Group, with access to attractive asset acquisitions, chartering and vessel financing opportunities.

 

 

11


Table of Contents

High quality, cost efficient vessel opportunities . We believe that Scorpio Group’s experience with the commercial and technical management of vessels and its reputation in the industry as an operator with high safety and quality operating standards will be important in establishing and retaining high quality charterers that are looking for reliable and responsible operators to meet their exacting standards for vessel chartering and day-to-day operation.

Our Business Strategies

Our primary objectives are to profitably grow our business and emerge as a successful owner and operator of drybulk vessels. The key elements of our strategy are:

Expanding our fleet through opportunistic acquisitions of high-quality vessels at attractive prices . We intend to acquire latest generation drybulk carriers with fuel-efficient specifications and carrying capacities of greater than 30,000 dwt through timely and selective acquisitions. We currently view this vessel class as providing attractive return characteristics given the relatively low vessel price levels. A key element to our acquisition strategy will be to acquire high-quality vessels at attractive prices. When evaluating acquisitions, we will consider and analyze, among other things, our expectation of fundamental developments in the drybulk shipping industry sector, the level of liquidity in the resale and charter market, the cash flow earned by the vessel in relation to its value, its condition and technical specifications with particular regard to fuel consumption, expected remaining useful life, the credit quality of the charterer and duration and terms of charter contracts for vessels acquired with charters attached, as well as the overall diversification of our fleet and customers. We believe that these circumstances combined with our management’s knowledge of the shipping industry present an opportunity for us to grow our fleet at favorable prices.

Optimizing vessel revenues primarily through spot market exposure . The Baltic Dry Index, or the BDI, a daily average of charter rates for key drybulk routes published by the Baltic Exchange Limited, which has long been viewed as the main benchmark to monitor the movements of the drybulk vessel charter market and the performance of the entire drybulk shipping market, has recently increased from the record low levels of 647 in February 2012 to 755 on July 31, 2014. We intend to employ a chartering strategy to capture upside opportunities in the spot market. We may also use fixed-rate time charters as the charter market improves to reduce downside risks. There can be no assurance that the drybulk charter market will increase and the market could decline.

Focusing on drybulk carriers based on the experience and expertise of the Scorpio Group and our management team in the international shipping industry . We believe that major international commodity companies seek transportation partners that are financially stable and have a reputation for reliability, safety, and high environmental and quality standards. We intend to leverage the operational expertise and customer base of the Scorpio Group and the members of our management team in order to further expand these relationships with consistent delivery of superior customer service.

Minimizing operating and corporate expenses . Pursuant to the Master Agreement, SSM and SCM coordinates and oversees the technical and commercial management of our fleet, respectively. We believe that SSM and SCM will be able to provide these services at costs that are lower than what we could achieve by performing these functions in-house.

Maintain a strong balance sheet through moderate use of leverage . We plan to finance the remaining contractual commitments due under our Newbuilding Program and future vessel acquisitions with a mix of debt and equity, but intend to maintain moderate levels of leverage over time, even though we may have the capacity to obtain additional financing. By maintaining moderate levels of leverage of not more than 60% of the value of the vessels collateralizing our indebtedness, we expect to retain greater flexibility than our more leveraged competitors to operate our vessels under shorter spot or period charters. Charterers have increasingly favored

 

 

12


Table of Contents

financially solid vessel owners, and we believe that our expected balance sheet strength will enable us to access more favorable chartering opportunities, as well as give us a competitive advantage in pursuing vessel acquisitions from commercial banks and shipyards, which have also recently displayed a preference for contracting with well capitalized counterparties.

Recent Developments

On July 21, 2014, we received a commitment from two leading European financial institutions for a $540 million senior secured loan facility. The proceeds of this facility are expected to finance up to 55% of the contract price for 24 of the vessels in our Newbuilding Program (six Ultramax, nine Kamsarmax, and nine Capesize vessels) with expected deliveries in 2015 and 2016. This facility is expected to have a six year term with customary financial and restrictive covenants, and interest at LIBOR plus a margin. The closing of this loan facility, which is expected within 2014, is subject to usual and customary conditions precedent, including the negotiation and execution of final documentation. Please see “Description of Other Indebtedness.”

On July 29, 2014, we entered a $330.0 million senior secured credit facility with Credit Agricole Corporate and Investment Bank and Deutsche Bank AG London to fund a portion of the purchase price of 22 of the vessels in our Newbuilding Program. Please see “Description of Other Indebtedness.”

On July 30, 2014, we entered into a $67.5 million senior secured credit facility with NIBC Bank N.V. to fund a portion of the purchase price of four vessels in our Newbuilding Program. See “Description of Other Indebtedness.”

On July 31, 2014, we delisted our common shares from the Norwegian OTC List. Our common shares will continue to trade on the NYSE under the symbol “SALT.”

Risk Factors

We face a number of risks associated with our business and industry and must overcome a variety of challenges to utilize our strengths and implement our business strategies. These risks relate to, among others, changes in the international shipping industry, including supply and demand, charter hire rates, commodity prices, a downturn in the global economy, hazards inherent in our industry and operations resulting in liability for damage to or destruction of property and equipment, pollution or environmental damage, inability to comply with covenants in the credit facilities we may enter into, inability to finance capital projects, and inability to successfully employ our drybulk carriers.

You should carefully consider the following risks, those risks described in “Risk Factors” and the other information in this prospectus before deciding whether to invest in our Notes.

Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company

We had less than $1.0 billion in revenue during our last fiscal year, which means that we qualify as an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act, or JOBS Act. An emerging growth company may take advantage of specified reduced reporting and other burdens that are otherwise applicable generally to public companies. These provisions include:

 

    the ability to present only two years of audited financial statements and only two years of related Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations in the registration statement for our initial public offering;

 

 

13


Table of Contents
    exemption from the auditor attestation requirement in the assessment of the emerging growth company’s internal controls over financial reporting;

 

    exemption from new or revised financial accounting standards applicable to public companies until such standards are also applicable to private companies; and

 

    exemption from compliance with any new requirements adopted by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board, or the PCAOB, requiring mandatory audit firm rotation or a supplement to our auditor’s report in which the auditor would be required to provide additional information about the audit and our financial statements.

We may take advantage of these provisions until the end of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of our initial public offering or such earlier time that we are no longer an emerging growth company. We will cease to be an emerging growth company if we have more than $1.0 billion in “total annual gross revenues” during our most recently completed fiscal year, if we become a “large accelerated filer” with market capitalization of more than $700 million, or as of any date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt over the three year period to such date. We will become a “large accelerated filer” as of December 31, 2014, and, as a result we will cease to be an emerging growth company. For as long as we qualify as an emerging growth company and take advantage of the reduced reporting obligations, the information that we provide shareholders may be different from information provided by other public companies. We are choosing to “opt out” of the extended transition period relating to the exemption from new or revised financial accounting standards and as a result, we will comply with new or revised accounting standards on the relevant dates on which adoption of such standards is required for non-emerging growth companies. Section 107 of the JOBS Act provides that our decision to opt out of the extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards is irrevocable.

 

 

14


Table of Contents

Corporate Structure

The following diagram depicts our simplified organizational structure:

 

LOGO

Corporate Information

Our principal executive offices are located at 9, Boulevard Charles III, MC 98000 Monaco. Our telephone number at that address is (011) 377 9798 5716. We expect to own our vessels through separate wholly-owned subsidiaries that will be incorporated in the Republic of the Marshall Islands, the Republic of Malta or other jurisdictions generally acceptable to lenders in the shipping industry. Our website is www.scorpiobulkers.com. The information contained in or connected to our website is not part of this prospectus.

Other Information

Because we are incorporated under the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands, you may encounter difficulty protecting your interests as shareholders, and your ability to protect your rights through the U.S. federal court system may be limited. Please refer to the sections entitled “Risk Factors” and “Service of Process and Enforcement of Civil Liabilities” for more information.

 

 

15


Table of Contents

THE OFFERING

The summary below describes the principal terms of the Notes. Certain of the terms and conditions described below are subject to important limitations and exceptions. See “Description of Notes” for a more detailed description of the terms and conditions of the Notes.

 

Issuer

   Scorpio Bulkers Inc., a Marshall Islands corporation

Securities Offered

   $         million aggregate principal amount (plus up to an additional $         million aggregate principal amount pursuant to an option granted to the underwriters) of our     % Senior Notes due             issued in minimum denominations of $25 and integral multiples of $25 in excess thereof.

Issue Date

                   , 2014

Maturity Date

   The Notes will mature on                 , 2019.

Interest

   The Notes will bear interest from the date of original issue until maturity at a rate of     % per year, payable quarterly in arrears on March 15, June 15, September 15 and December 15, commencing on             .

Use of Proceeds

   We intend to use the net proceeds of the sale of our Notes, which are expected to total approximately $         million after deducting underwriting discounts and commission and estimated offering expenses (or approximately $         million if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional Notes in full), for general corporate purposes including vessel acquisitions. Please read “Use of Proceeds.”

Ranking

   The Notes will be our senior unsecured obligations and will rank senior to any of our future subordinated debt and rank equally in right of payment with all of our existing and future senior unsecured debt. Our Notes will effectively rank junior to our existing and future secured debt, to the extent of the value of the assets securing such debt, as well as to existing and future debt of our subsidiaries. As of June 30, 2014, we had no outstanding indebtedness.

No Security or Guarantees

   None of our obligations under our Notes will be secured by collateral or guaranteed by any of our subsidiaries, affiliates or any other persons.

Change of Control

   Upon the occurrence of certain change of control events (as defined in the indenture governing the Notes), you will have the right, as a holder of the Notes, to require us to repurchase some or all of your Notes at 101% of the principal amount, plus

 

 

16


Table of Contents
   accrued and unpaid interest to, but excluding, the repurchase date. For additional information, please read “Description of Notes—Change of Control Permits Holders to Require us to Purchase Notes.”

Covenants

   The indenture governing our Notes contains certain restrictive covenants, including covenants that require us to limit the amount of debt we incur, maintain a certain minimum net worth, and provide certain reports. These covenants are subject to important exceptions and qualifications. For additional information, please read “Description of Notes.”

Additional Notes

   We may “reopen” our Notes at any time without the consent of the holders of our Notes and issue additional notes with the same terms as our Notes (except the issue price, issue date and initial interest payment date), which will thereafter constitute a single fungible series with our Notes, provided that if the additional notes are not fungible with our Notes for U.S. federal income tax purposes, such additional notes will have a separate CUSIP number.

Ratings

   The Notes will not be rated by any nationally recognized statistical rating organization.

Listing

   We intend to file an application to list our Notes on the New York Stock Exchange, or NYSE. If the application is approved, trading of our Notes on NYSE is expected to begin within 30 days after the original issue date of our Notes. The underwriters have advised us that they intend to make a market in our Notes prior to commencement of any trading on NYSE. However, the underwriters will have no obligation to do so, and no assurance can be given that a market for our Notes will develop prior to commencement of trading on NYSE or, if developed, will be maintained.

Form

   Our Notes will be represented by one or more permanent global notes, which will be deposited with the trustee as custodian for The Depository Trust Company, or DTC, and registered in the name of a nominee designated by DTC. Holders of Notes may elect to hold interests in a global Note only in the manner described in this prospectus. Any such interest may not be exchanged for certificated securities except in limited circumstances described in this prospectus. For additional information, please read “Description of Notes—Book-entry System; Delivery and Form” in this prospectus.

 

 

17


Table of Contents

Additional Amounts; Tax Redemption

  

Any payments made by us with respect to the Notes will be made without withholding or deduction for or on account of taxes unless required by law. If we are required by law to withhold or deduct amounts for or on account of tax imposed by a taxing authority of a jurisdiction where we are a resident or certain other jurisdictions with respect to a payment to the holders of Notes, we will, subject to certain exceptions, pay the additional amounts necessary so that the net amount received by the holders of the Notes after the withholding or deduction is not less than the amount that they would have received in the absence of the withholding or deduction. See “Description of Notes—Additional Amounts.”

 

In the event of certain changes of law or official positions of certain taxing authorities that trigger requirements discussed immediately above that we pay additional amounts, we may redeem the Notes in whole, but not in part, at any time, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice at a redemption price of 100% of the principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, and additional amounts, if any, to, but excluding, the date of redemption. See “Description of Notes—Optional Redemption for Changes in Withholding Taxes.”

Settlement

   Delivery of our Notes offered hereby will be made against payment therefor on or about                 , 2014.

Risk Factors

   An investment in our Notes involves risks. You should consider carefully the factors set forth in the section of this prospectus entitled “Risk Factors” beginning on page 22 of this prospectus to determine whether an investment in our Notes is appropriate for you.

 

 

18


Table of Contents

SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA

We were formed on March 20, 2013 for the purpose of acquiring and operating the latest generation of newbuilding drybulk carriers with fuel-efficient specifications and carrying capacities of greater than 30,000 dwt in the international shipping markets. The following table summarizes our summary consolidated financial and other operating data at the dates and for the periods indicated.

Our summary consolidated financial and other data as of and for the six month period ended June 30, 2014 has been derived from our unaudited interim consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto, appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. Our summary consolidated financial data as of December 31, 2013 and for the period from March 20, 2013 (date of inception) to December 31, 2013 has been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto, which are incorporated by reference herein. Our consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP. The following financial data should be read in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

     Six Months Ended
June 30, 2014
    Period from March 20, 2013
(date of inception) to
December 31, 2013
 
     (Dollars in Thousands)  

Statement of Operations

    

Revenue:

    

Vessel revenue

   $ 18,647      $ -   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

    

Voyage expenses

     3,180        -   

Charterhire expenses

     26,562        -   

General and administrative expenses

     15,351        5,505   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     45,093        5,505   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating loss

     (26,446     (5,505
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other income and (expense):

    

Interest income

     793        341   

Foreign exchange loss

     (5     (1,135

Other expense, net

     -        (8
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other income and expense

     788        (802

Net loss

   $ (25,658   $ (6,307
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     As of
June 30, 2014
    As of
December 31, 2013
 
     (Dollars in Thousands)  

Balance Sheet

    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 345,956      $ 733,896   

Vessels under construction

     842,845        371,692   

Total assets

     1,211,283        1,105,684   

Current liabilities

     79,091        1,472   

Total liabilities

     79,091        1,472   

Shareholders’ equity

     1,132,192        1,104,212   

 

 

19


Table of Contents
     Six Months Ended
June 30, 2014
    Period from March 20, 2013
(date of inception) to
December 31, 2013
 
     (Dollars in Thousands)  

Cash Flow

    

Net cash inflow (outflow)

    

Operating activities

   $ (32,203   $ (2,237

Investing activities

     (397,000     (371,692

Financing activities

     41,263        1,107,825   

 

     Six Months Ended
June 30, 2014
 
(Dollars in Thousands, Except Per Day Data)       

Other Financial Data  (1)

  

Time Charter Equivalent Revenue  (2) :

  

Vessel revenue

   $ 18,647   

Voyage expenses

     3,180   
  

 

 

 

Time charter equivalent revenue

   $ 15,467   
  

 

 

 

Time charter equivalent revenue attributable to:

  

Kamsarmax

   $ 12,027   

Ultramax

     3,440   
  

 

 

 
   $ 15,467   
  

 

 

 

Revenue days  (2) :

  

Kamsarmax

     1,560   

Ultramax

     335   
  

 

 

 

Combined

     1,895   
  

 

 

 

TCE per revenue day (2) :

  

Kamsarmax

   $ 7,712   

Ultramax

   $ 10,262   

Combined

   $ 8,163   

 

(1) We had no revenue prior to 2014 and, accordingly, there are no other financial data for any period in 2013.
(2) We define Time Charter Equivalent (TCE) revenue as voyage revenues less voyage expenses. Such TCE revenue, divided by the number of our available days during the period, or revenue days, is TCE per revenue day, which is consistent with industry standards. TCE per revenue day is a common shipping industry performance measure used primarily to compare daily earnings generated by vessels on time charters with daily earnings generated by vessels on voyage charters, because charter hire rates for vessels on voyage charters are generally not expressed in per-day amounts while charter hire rates for vessels on time charters generally are expressed in such amounts.

 

 

20


Table of Contents

CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus includes “forward-looking statements,” as defined by U.S. federal securities laws, with respect to our financial condition, results of operations and business and our expectations or beliefs concerning future events. Words such as, but not limited to, “believe,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “estimate,” “intend,” “plan,” “targets,” “projects,” “likely,” “will,” “would,” “could” and similar expressions or phrases may identify forward-looking statements.

All forward-looking statements involve risks and uncertainties. The occurrence of the events described, and the achievement of the expected results, depend on many events, some or all of which are not predictable or within our control. Actual results may differ materially from expected results.

In addition, important factors that, in our view, could cause actual results to differ materially from those discussed in the forward-looking statements include:

 

    the strength of world economies;

 

    fluctuations in interest rates;

 

    general drybulk market conditions, including fluctuations in charter hire rates and vessel values;

 

    changes in demand in the drybulk shipping industry, including the market for our vessels;

 

    changes in our operating expenses, including bunker prices, dry docking and insurance costs;

 

    changes in governmental rules and regulations or actions taken by regulatory authorities;

 

    potential liability from pending or future litigation;

 

    general domestic and international political conditions;

 

    potential disruption of shipping routes due to accidents or political events;

 

    the availability of financing and refinancing;

 

    vessel breakdowns and instances of off-hire; and

 

    other important factors described in “Risk Factors” beginning on page 22.

We have based these statements on assumptions and analyses formed by applying our experience and perception of historical trends, current conditions, expected future developments and other factors we believe are appropriate in the circumstances. All future written and verbal forward-looking statements attributable to us or any person acting on our behalf are expressly qualified in their entirety by the cautionary statements contained or referred to in this section. We undertake no obligation, and specifically decline any obligation, except as required by law, to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise. In light of these risks, uncertainties and assumptions, the forward-looking events discussed in this prospectus might not occur.

See the sections entitled “Risk Factors,” beginning on page 22 of this prospectus for a more complete discussion of these risks and uncertainties and for other risks and uncertainties. These factors and the other risk factors described in this prospectus are not necessarily all of the important factors that could cause actual results or developments to differ materially from those expressed in any of our forward-looking statements. Other unknown or unpredictable factors also could harm our results. Consequently, there can be no assurance that actual results or developments anticipated by us will be realized or, even if substantially realized, that they will have the expected consequences to, or effects on, us. Given these uncertainties, prospective investors are cautioned not to place undue reliance on such forward-looking statements.

 

21


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

An investment in our Notes involves substantial risks. You should carefully consider the risks described below, as well as the other information included in this prospectus, before making an investment in our Notes. We operate in an intensely competitive industry. Some of the following risks relate principally to the industry in which we operate and our business in general. Other risks relate principally to the securities market, national and global economic conditions and the ownership of our Notes. The occurrence of any of the events described in this section could cause our results to differ materially from those contained in the forward-looking statements made in this prospectus, and could significantly and negatively affect our business, financial condition or operating results.

Risks of Investing in our Notes and Risks Related to our Other Indebtedness

Your investment in our Notes is subject to our credit risk.

Our Notes are unsubordinated unsecured general obligations of ours and are not, either directly or indirectly, an obligation of any third party. Our Notes will rank equally with all of our other unsecured and unsubordinated debt obligations, except as such obligations may be preferred by operation of law. Any payment to be made on our Notes, including the return of the principal amount at maturity or any redemption date, as applicable, depends on our ability to satisfy our obligations as they come due. As a result, our actual and perceived creditworthiness may affect the market value of our Notes and, in the event we were to default on our obligations, you may not receive the amounts owed to you under the terms of our Notes.

Our debt levels may limit our flexibility in obtaining additional financing and in pursuing other business opportunities.

As of June 30, 2014, we had no outstanding indebtedness. As of the same date, we received bank commitments for up to $977.1 million in aggregate proposed future borrowings, consisting of our $330.0 Million Senior Secured Credit Facility, our $67.5 Million Senior Secured Credit Facility, our $39.6 Million Senior Secured Credit Facility, and our Proposed $540.0 Million Senior Secured Credit Facility, which is subject to the negotiation and execution of final documentation. The amount of our outstanding borrowings under our debt facilities is expected to increase in connection with the completion of our acquisition of the 80 vessels in our Newbuilding Program that we have contracted to purchase. In addition, we may enter into other new debt arrangements or issue additional debt securities in the future. So long as our net borrowings do not equal or exceed 70% of our total assets, the indenture under which the Notes will be issued will permit us to incur additional indebtedness without limitation. Our level of debt could have important consequences to us, including the following:

 

    our ability to obtain additional financing, if necessary, for working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions or other purposes may be impaired or such financing may not be available on favorable terms;

 

    we may need to use a substantial portion of our cash from operations to make charter hire payments or principal and interest payments relating to our debt obligations, reducing the funds that would otherwise be available for operations and future business opportunities;

 

    our debt level could make us more vulnerable than our competitors with less debt to competitive pressures or a downturn in our business or the economy generally; and

 

    our debt level may limit our flexibility in responding to changing business and economic conditions.

Our ability to service our debt and charter hire obligations will depend upon, among other things, our financial and operating performance, which will be affected by prevailing economic conditions and financial, business, regulatory and other factors, some of which are beyond our control. If our results of operations are not sufficient

 

22


Table of Contents

to service our current or future indebtedness and charter hire obligations, we will be forced to take actions such as reducing dividends, reducing or delaying our business activities, acquisitions, investments or capital expenditures, selling assets, restructuring or refinancing our debt, or seeking additional equity capital or bankruptcy protection. We may not be able to effect any of these remedies on satisfactory terms, or at all.

Our subsidiaries conduct the substantial majority of our operations and own our operating assets, and your right to receive payments on our Notes is structurally subordinated to the rights of the lenders of our subsidiaries.

Our subsidiaries conduct the substantial majority of our operations and own our operating assets. As a result, our ability to make required payments on our Notes depends in part on the operations of our subsidiaries and our subsidiaries’ ability to distribute funds to us. To the extent our subsidiaries are unable to distribute, or are restricted from distributing, funds to us, we may be unable to fulfill our obligations under our Notes. Our subsidiaries are separate and distinct legal entities and have no obligation, contingent or otherwise, to pay amounts due on our Notes or to make funds available for that purpose. Our Notes will not be guaranteed by any of our subsidiaries or any other person.

The rights of holders of our Notes will be structurally subordinated to the rights of our subsidiaries’ lenders. A default by a subsidiary under its debt obligations would result in a block on distributions from the affected subsidiary to us. Our Notes will be effectively junior to all existing and future liabilities of our subsidiaries. In the event of a bankruptcy, liquidation or reorganization of any of our subsidiaries, creditors of our subsidiaries will generally be entitled to payment of their claims from the assets of those subsidiaries before any assets are made available for distribution to us. As of June 30, 2014, we had no outstanding indebtedness and vessels under construction with a net book value of $842.8 billion. In addition, the indenture under which our Notes will be issued will permit our subsidiaries to incur additional debt without any limitation.

Our Notes will be unsecured obligations and will be effectively subordinated to our secured debt.

Our Notes are unsecured and therefore will be effectively subordinated to any secured debt we maintain or may incur to the extent of the value of the assets securing the debt. In the event of a bankruptcy or similar proceeding involving us, the assets that serve as collateral will be available to satisfy the obligations under any secured debt before any payments are made on our Notes. As of June 30, 2014, we had no outstanding indebtedness. As of the same date, we received bank commitments for up to $977.1 million in aggregate proposed future borrowings (all of which will be secured indebtedness), consisting of our $330.0 Million Senior Secured Credit Facility, $67.5 Million Senior Secured Credit Facility, $39.6 Million Senior Secured Credit Facility as well as our Proposed $540.0 Million Senior Secured Credit Facility, which is subject to credit approval, satisfaction of conditions precedent, and the negotiation and execution of final documentation. Please read “Description of Other Indebtedness.” We will continue to have the ability to incur, and intend to incur, significant additional secured debt, subject to limitations in our credit facilities and the indenture relating to our Notes.

We may not have the ability to raise the funds necessary to purchase our Notes as required upon a change of control, and our existing and future debt may contain limitations on our ability to purchase our Notes.

Following a change of control as described under “Description of Notes—Change of Control Permits Holders to Require us to Purchase Notes,” holders of Notes will have the right to require us to purchase their Notes for cash. A change of control may also constitute an event of default or prepayment under, and result in the acceleration of the maturity of, our then existing indebtedness. We cannot assure you that we will have sufficient financial resources, or will be able to arrange financing, to pay the change of control purchase price in cash with respect to any Notes surrendered by holders for purchase upon a change of control. In addition, restrictions in our then existing credit facilities or other indebtedness, if any, may not allow us to purchase the Notes upon a change of control. Our failure to purchase the Notes upon a change of control when required would result in an event of default with respect to the Notes which could, in turn, constitute a default under the terms of our other indebtedness, if any. If the repayment of the related indebtedness were to be accelerated after any applicable notice or grace periods, we may not have sufficient funds to repay the indebtedness and purchase the Notes.

 

23


Table of Contents

Some significant restructuring transactions may not constitute a change of control, in which case we would not be obligated to offer to purchase the Notes.

Upon the occurrence of a change of control, you have the right to require us to purchase your Notes. However, the change of control provisions will not afford protection to holders of Notes in the event of certain transactions that could adversely affect the Notes. For example, transactions such as leveraged recapitalizations, refinancings or certain restructurings would not constitute a change of control requiring us to repurchase the Notes. In the event of any such transaction, holders of the Notes would not have the right to require us to purchase their Notes, even though each of these transactions could increase the amount of our indebtedness, or otherwise adversely affect our capital structure or any credit ratings, thereby adversely affecting holders of the Notes.

Our Notes do not have an established trading market, which may negatively affect their market value and your ability to transfer or sell your Notes.

Our Notes are a new issuance of securities with no established trading market. We have applied to list our Notes on the NYSE, but there can be no assurance that the NYSE will accept our Notes for listing. Even if our Notes are approved for listing by the NYSE, an active trading market on the NYSE for our Notes may not develop or, even if it develops, may not last, in which case the trading price of our Notes could be adversely affected and your ability to transfer your Notes will be limited. If an active trading market does develop on the NYSE, our Notes may trade at prices lower than the offering price. The trading price of our Notes will depend on many factors, including:

 

    prevailing interest rates;

 

    the market for similar securities;

 

    general economic and financial market conditions;

 

    our issuance of debt or preferred equity securities; and

 

    our financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

We have been advised by the underwriters that they intend to make a market in our Notes pending any listing of the Notes on the NYSE, but they are not obligated to do so and may discontinue market-making at any time without notice.

Our Notes have not been rated, and ratings of any of our other securities may affect the trading price of our Notes.

We have not sought to obtain a rating for our Notes, and our Notes may never be rated. It is possible, however, that one or more credit rating agencies might independently determine to assign a rating to our Notes or that we may elect to obtain a rating of our Notes in the future. In addition, we may elect to issue other securities for which we may seek to obtain a rating. If any ratings are assigned to our Notes in the future or if we issue other securities with a rating, such ratings, if they are lower than market expectations or are subsequently lowered or withdrawn, or if ratings for such other securities would imply a lower relative value for our Notes, could adversely affect the market for, or the market value of, our Notes. Ratings only reflect the views of the issuing rating agency or agencies and such ratings could at any time be revised downward or withdrawn entirely at the discretion of the issuing rating agency. A rating is not a recommendation to purchase, sell or hold any particular security, including our Notes. Ratings do not reflect market prices or suitability of a security for a particular investor and any future rating of our Notes may not reflect all risks related to us and our business, or the structure or market value of our Notes.

 

24


Table of Contents

Our management will have broad discretion over the use of the proceeds to us from this offering and might not apply the proceeds of this offering in ways that increase the value of your investment.

Our management will have broad discretion to use the net proceeds from this offering, and you will be relying on the judgment of our management regarding the application of these proceeds. They may not apply the net proceeds of this offering in ways that increase the value of your investment. Our management might not be able to yield a significant return, if any, on any investment of these net proceeds. We currently expect to use the net proceeds from this offering for general corporate purposes, which may include funding vessel acquisitions. Please read “Use of Proceeds.”

Servicing our current or future indebtedness limits funds available for other purposes and if we cannot service our debt, we may lose our vessels.

Borrowing under our credit facilities requires us to dedicate a part of our cash flow from operations to paying interest on our indebtedness under such facilities. These payments limit funds available for working capital, capital expenditures and other purposes, including further equity or debt financing in the future. Amounts borrowed under our credit facilities bear interest at variable rates. Increases in prevailing rates could increase the amounts that we would have to pay to our lenders, even though the outstanding principal amount remains the same, and our net income and cash flows would decrease. We expect our earnings and cash flow to vary from year to year due to the cyclical nature of the drybulk industry. If we do not generate or reserve enough cash flow from operations to satisfy our debt obligations, we may have to undertake alternative financing plans, such as:

 

    seeking to raise additional capital;

 

    refinancing or restructuring our debt;

 

    selling vessels; or

 

    reducing or delaying capital investments.

However, these alternative financing plans, if necessary, may not be sufficient to allow us to meet our debt obligations. If we are unable to meet our debt obligations or if some other default occurs under our credit facilities, our lenders could elect to declare that debt, together with accrued interest and fees, to be immediately due and payable and proceed against the collateral vessels securing that debt even though the majority of the proceeds used to purchase the collateral vessels did not come from our credit facilities.

Our credit facilities contain restrictive covenants which limit the amount of cash that we may use for other corporate activities, which could negatively affect our growth and cause our financial performance to suffer.

Our credit facilities may impose operating and financial restrictions on us that limit our ability, or the ability of our subsidiaries party thereto, to:

 

    pay dividends and make capital expenditures if we do not repay amounts drawn under our credit facilities or if there is another default under our credit facilities;

 

    incur additional indebtedness, including the issuance of guarantees;

 

    create liens on our assets;

 

    change the flag, class or management of our vessels or terminate or materially amend the management agreement relating to each vessel;

 

    sell our vessels;

 

    merge or consolidate with, or transfer all or substantially all our assets to, another person; or

 

    enter into a new line of business.

 

25


Table of Contents

Therefore, we may need to seek permission from our lenders in order to engage in some corporate actions. Our lenders’ interests may be different from ours and we may not be able to obtain our lenders’ permission when needed. This may limit our ability to pay dividends on our common shares, if we determine to do so in the future, and interest on our Notes, finance our future operations or capital requirements, make acquisitions or pursue business opportunities.

In addition, our secured credit facilities, including our $330.0 Million Senior Secured Credit Facility, our $67.5 Million Senior Secured Credit Facility, our $39.6 Million Senior Secured Credit Facility requires, and our Proposed $540.0 Million Senior Secured Credit Facility require, or is expected to require, us to maintain specified financial ratios and satisfy financial covenants, including ratios and covenants based on the market value of the vessels in our fleet. Should our charter rates or vessel values materially decline in the future, we may be required to take action to reduce our debt or to act in a manner contrary to our business objectives to meet any such financial ratios and satisfy any such financial covenants. Events beyond our control, including changes in the economic and business conditions in the shipping markets in which we operate, may affect our ability to comply with these covenants. We cannot assure you that we will meet these ratios or satisfy these covenants or that our lenders will waive any failure to do so. A breach of any of the covenants in, or our inability to maintain the required financial ratios under, our credit facilities would prevent us from borrowing additional money under our credit facilities and could result in a default under our credit facilities. If a default occurs under our credit facilities, the lenders could elect to declare the outstanding debt, together with accrued interest and other fees, to be immediately due and payable and foreclose on the collateral securing that debt, which could constitute all or substantially all of our assets. Please see “Description of Other Indebtedness.”

Servicing our current or future indebtedness limits funds available for other purposes and if we cannot service our debt, we may lose our vessels.

Borrowing under credit facilities requires us to dedicate a part of our cash flow from operations to paying interest on our indebtedness. These payments limit funds available for working capital, capital expenditures and other purposes, including further equity or debt financing in the future. Amounts borrowed under our credit facilities will bear interest at variable rates. Increases in prevailing rates could increase the amounts that we would have to pay to our lenders, even though the outstanding principal amount remains the same, and our net income and cash flows would decrease. We expect our earnings and cash flow to vary from year to year due to the cyclical nature of the drybulk carrier industry. If we do not generate or reserve enough cash flow from operations to satisfy our debt obligations, we may have to undertake alternative financing plans, such as:

 

    seeking to raise additional capital;

 

    refinancing or restructuring our debt;

 

    selling drybulk carriers; or

 

    reducing or delaying capital investments.

However, these alternative financing plans, if necessary, may not be sufficient to allow us to meet our debt obligations. If we are unable to meet our debt obligations or if some other default occurs under the credit facilities that we intend to enter, our lenders could elect to declare that debt, together with accrued interest and fees, to be immediately due and payable and proceed against the collateral vessels securing that debt.

We expect to be exposed to volatility in the London Interbank Offered Rate, or LIBOR, and intend to selectively enter into derivative contracts, which can result in higher than market interest rates and charges against our income.

We expect the loans under our secured credit facilities to be generally advanced at a floating interest rate based on LIBOR, which has been stable, but was volatile in prior years, which can affect the amount of interest payable on our debt, and which, in turn, could have an adverse effect on our earnings and cash flow. In addition, in recent years, LIBOR has been at relatively low levels, and may rise in the future as the current low interest rate

 

26


Table of Contents

environment comes to an end. Our financial condition could be materially adversely affected at any time that we have not entered into interest rate hedging arrangements to hedge our exposure to the interest rates applicable to our credit facilities and any other financing arrangements we may enter into in the future, including those we enter into to finance a portion of the amounts payable with respect to newbuildings. Moreover, even if we have entered into interest rate swaps or other derivative instruments for purposes of managing our interest rate exposure, our hedging strategies may not be effective and we may incur substantial losses.

We intend to selectively enter into derivative contracts to hedge our overall exposure to interest rate risk exposure. Entering into swaps and derivatives transactions is inherently risky and presents various possibilities for incurring significant expenses. The derivatives strategies that we employ in the future may not be successful or effective, and we could, as a result, incur substantial additional interest costs. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” for a description of our expected interest rate swap arrangements.

Industry Specific Risk Factors

Charter hire rates for drybulk vessels are volatile and have declined significantly since their historic highs and may remain at low levels or decrease in the future, which may adversely affect our earnings, revenue and profitability and our ability to comply with our loan covenants.

The drybulk shipping industry is cyclical with high volatility in charter hire rates and profitability. The degree of charter hire rate volatility among different types of drybulk vessels has varied widely; however, the continued downturn in the drybulk charter market has severely affected the entire drybulk shipping industry and charter hire rates for drybulk vessels have declined significantly from historically high levels. The Baltic Dry Index, or the BDI, a daily average of charter rates for key drybulk routes published by the Baltic Exchange Limited, which has long been viewed as the main benchmark to monitor the movements of the drybulk vessel charter market and the performance of the entire drybulk shipping market, declined 94% in 2008 from a peak of 11,793 in May 2008 to a low of 663 in December 2008 and has remained volatile since then. The BDI recorded a record low of 647 in February 2012. During 2013, the BDI remained volatile, ranging from a low of 698 in January to a high of 2,337 in December, before ending the year at 2,277. The BDI has since decreased to 755 as of July 31, 2014.

Fluctuations in charter rates result from changes in the supply of and demand for vessel capacity and changes in the supply of and demand for the major commodities carried by water internationally. Because the factors affecting the supply of and demand for vessels are outside of our control and are unpredictable, the nature, timing, direction and degree of changes in industry conditions are also unpredictable. Since we intend to charter all our vessels principally in the spot market we will be exposed to the cyclicality and volatility of the spot market. We may be unable to keep our vessels fully employed in these short-term markets or charter rates available in the spot market may be insufficient to enable our vessels to be operated profitably. A significant decrease in charter rates would affect asset values and adversely affect our profitability, cash flows and ability to pay dividends, if any, in the future, on our common shares, and interest on our Notes.

Factors that influence demand for drybulk vessel capacity include:

 

    supply of and demand for energy resources, commodities and industrial products;

 

    changes in the exploration or production of energy resources, commodities, consumer and industrial products;

 

    the location of regional and global exploration, production and manufacturing facilities;

 

    the location of consuming regions for energy resources, commodities, consumer and industrial products;

 

    the globalization of production and manufacturing;

 

    global and regional economic and political conditions, including armed conflicts and terrorist activities; embargoes and strikes;

 

27


Table of Contents
    developments in international trade;

 

    changes in seaborne and other transportation patterns, including the distance cargo is transported by sea;

 

    environmental and other regulatory developments;

 

    currency exchange rates; and

 

    weather.

Factors that influence the supply of vessel capacity include:

 

    the number of newbuilding deliveries;

 

    port and canal congestion;

 

    the scrapping of older vessels;

 

    vessel casualties; and

 

    the number of vessels that are out of service, namely those that are laid-up, drydocked, awaiting repairs or otherwise not available for hire.

In addition to the prevailing and anticipated freight rates, factors that affect the rate of newbuilding, scrapping and laying-up include newbuilding prices, secondhand vessel values in relation to scrap prices, costs of bunkers and other operating costs, costs associated with classification society surveys, normal maintenance and insurance coverage, the efficiency and age profile of the existing drybulk fleet in the market and government and industry regulation of maritime transportation practices, particularly environmental protection laws and regulations. These factors influencing the supply of and demand for shipping capacity are outside of our control, and we may not be able to correctly assess the nature, timing and degree of changes in industry conditions.

We anticipate that the future demand for our drybulk vessels will be dependent upon economic growth in the world’s economies, including China and India, seasonal and regional changes in demand, changes in the capacity of the global drybulk fleet and the sources and supply of drybulk cargo to be transported by sea. Given the number of new drybulk carriers currently on order with the shipyards, the capacity of the global drybulk carrier fleet seems likely to increase and there can be no assurance as to the timing or extent of future economic growth. Adverse economic, political, social or other developments could have a material adverse effect on our business and operating results.

Global economic conditions may continue to negatively impact the drybulk shipping industry.

In the current global economy, operating businesses have recently faced tightening credit, weakening demand for goods and services, weak international liquidity conditions, and declining markets. Lower demand for drybulk cargoes as well as diminished trade credit available for the delivery of such cargoes have led to decreased demand for drybulk carriers, creating downward pressure on charter rates and vessel values. The relatively weak global economic conditions have and may continue to have a number of adverse consequences for drybulk and other shipping sectors, including, among other things:

 

    low charter rates, particularly for vessels employed on short-term time charters or in the spot market;

 

    decreases in the market value of drybulk vessels and limited second-hand market for the sale of vessels;

 

    limited financing for vessels;

 

    widespread loan covenant defaults; and

 

    declaration of bankruptcy by certain vessel operators, vessel owners, shipyards and charterers.

The occurrence of one or more of these events could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, cash flows and financial condition.

 

28


Table of Contents

The current state of global financial markets and current economic conditions may adversely impact our ability to obtain financing or refinance our future credit facilities on acceptable terms, which may hinder or prevent us from operating or expanding our business.

Global financial markets and economic conditions have been, and continue to be, volatile. These issues, along with significant write-offs in the financial services sector, the re-pricing of credit risk and the current weak economic conditions, have made, and will likely continue to make, it difficult to obtain additional financing. The current state of global financial markets and current economic conditions might adversely impact our ability to issue additional equity at prices which will not be dilutive to our existing shareholders or preclude us from issuing equity at all.

Also, as a result of concerns about the stability of financial markets generally and the solvency of counterparties specifically, the cost of obtaining money from the credit markets has increased as many lenders have increased interest rates, enacted tighter lending standards, refused to refinance existing debt at all or on terms similar to current debt and reduced, and in some cases ceased, to provide funding to borrowers. Due to these factors, we cannot be certain that financing will be available to the extent required, or that we will be able to refinance our future credit facilities, on acceptable terms or at all. If financing or refinancing is not available when needed, or is available only on unfavorable terms, we may be unable to meet our obligations as they come due or we may be unable to enhance our existing business, complete the acquisition of our newbuildings and additional vessel acquisitions or otherwise take advantage of business opportunities as they arise.

If economic conditions throughout the world do not improve, it may impede our results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

Negative trends in the global economy that emerged in 2008 continue to adversely affect global economic conditions. In addition, the world economy is currently facing a number of new challenges, recent turmoil and hostilities in the Ukraine, the Middle East, including Syria, North Korea, North Africa and other geographic areas and countries. The weakness in the global economy has caused, and may continue to cause, a decrease in worldwide demand for certain goods and, thus, shipping. Continuing economic instability could have a material adverse effect on our ability to implement our business strategy.

We face risks attendant to changes in economic environments, changes in interest rates, and instability in the banking and securities markets around the world, among other factors. Major market disruptions and the current adverse changes in market conditions and regulatory climate in the United States and worldwide may adversely affect our business or impair our ability to borrow amounts under credit facilities or any future financial arrangements. The recent and developing economic and governmental factors, together with the possible further declines in charter rates and vessel values, may have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial condition or cash flows.

Continued economic slowdown in the Asia Pacific region, particularly in China, may exacerbate the effect on us, as we anticipate a significant number of the port calls made by our vessels will continue to involve the loading or discharging of drybulk commodities in ports in the Asia Pacific region. Before the global economic financial crisis that began in 2008, China had one of the world’s fastest growing economies in terms of gross domestic product, GDP, which had a significant impact on shipping demand. The growth rate of China’s GDP is estimated to have remained stable year over year at approximately 7.7% for the year ended December 31, 2013 and continues to remain below pre-2008 levels. China has recently imposed measures to restrain lending, which may further contribute to a slowdown in its economic growth. It is possible that China and other countries in the Asia Pacific region will continue to experience slowed or even negative economic growth in the near future. Moreover, the current economic slowdown in the economies of the United States, the European Union and other Asian countries may further adversely affect economic growth in China and elsewhere. Our business, financial condition and results of operations, ability to pay dividends, if any, in the future, on our common shares, and interest on our Notes, as well as our future prospects, will likely be materially and adversely affected by a further economic downturn in any of these countries.

 

29


Table of Contents

The market values of our vessels may decline, which could limit the amount of funds that we can borrow, cause us to breach certain financial covenants in our future credit facilities, or result in an impairment charge, and we may incur a loss if we sell vessels following a decline in their market value.

The fair market values of drybulk vessels have generally experienced high volatility and have recently declined significantly. Although we believe that we have contracted to purchase the vessels in our Newbuilding Program, at attractive times in the cycle, the fair market value of our vessels may continue to fluctuate depending on a number of factors, including:

 

    prevailing level of charter rates;

 

    general economic and market conditions affecting the shipping industry;

 

    types, sizes and ages of vessels;

 

    supply of and demand for vessels;

 

    other modes of transportation;

 

    cost of newbuildings;

 

    governmental or other regulations;

 

    the need to upgrade vessels as a result of charterer requirements, technological advances in vessel design or equipment or otherwise; and

 

    technological advances.

If the fair market values of our vessels decline, the amount of funds we may draw down under our secured credit facilities may be limited and we may not be in compliance with certain covenants contained in those secured credit facilities, which may result in an event of default. In such circumstances, we may not be able to refinance our debt or obtain additional financing. If we are not able to comply with the covenants in our secured credit facilities, and are unable to remedy the relevant breach, our lenders could accelerate our debt and foreclose on our fleet. In addition, if we sell one or more of our vessels at a time when vessel prices have fallen and before we have recorded an impairment adjustment to our consolidated financial statements, the sale may be less than the vessel’s carrying value on our consolidated financial statements, resulting in a loss and a reduction in earnings. Furthermore, if vessel values decline, we may have to record an impairment charge in our consolidated financial statements which could adversely affect our financial results.

Conversely, if vessel values are elevated at a time when we wish to acquire additional vessels, the cost of such acquisitions may increase and this could adversely affect our business, results of operations, cash flow and financial condition.

Please see “Description of Other Indebtedness.”

Compliance with safety and other vessel requirements imposed by classification societies may be very costly and may adversely affect our business.

The hull and machinery of every commercial vessel must be classed by a classification society authorized by its country of registry. The classification society certifies that a vessel is safe and seaworthy in accordance with the applicable rules and regulations of the country of registry of the vessel and the Safety of Life at Sea Convention.

A vessel must undergo annual surveys, intermediate surveys and special surveys. In lieu of a special survey, a vessel’s machinery may be on a continuous survey cycle under which the machinery would be surveyed periodically over a five-year period. Every vessel is also required to be drydocked every two and a half to five years for inspection of its underwater parts.

 

30


Table of Contents

Compliance with the above requirements following the delivery of vessels may result in significant expense. If any vessel does not maintain its class or fails any annual, intermediate or special survey, the vessel will be unable to trade between ports and will be unemployable and uninsurable, which could negatively impact our results of operations and financial condition.

We are subject to complex laws and regulations, including environmental regulations that can adversely affect the cost, manner or feasibility of doing business.

Our operations are subject to numerous international, national, state and local laws, regulations, treaties and conventions in force in international waters and the jurisdictions in which our vessels operate or are registered, which can significantly affect the ownership and operation of our vessels. These laws and regulations include, but are not limited to, the U.S. Oil Pollution Act of 1990, or OPA, the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act, or CERCLA, the U.S. Clean Air Act, the U.S. Clean Water Act and the U.S. Maritime Transportation Security Act of 2002, or the MTSA, and regulations of the International Maritime Organization, or IMO, including the International Convention for the Prevention of Pollution from Ships of 1973 (as from time to time amended and generally referred to as MARPOL), the International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea of 1974 (as from time to time amended and generally referred to as SOLAS), the International Convention on Civil Liability for Bunker Oil Pollution Damage, and the International Convention on Load Lines of 1966 (as from time to time amended). Compliance with such laws, regulations and standards, where applicable, may require installation of costly equipment or implementation of operational changes and may affect the resale value or useful lives of our vessels. These costs could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, cash flows and financial condition. A failure to comply with applicable laws and regulations may result in administrative and civil penalties, criminal sanctions or the suspension or termination of our operations. Because such conventions, laws, and regulations are often revised, we cannot predict the ultimate cost of complying with them or the impact thereof on the resale prices or useful lives of our vessels. Additional conventions, laws and regulations may be adopted which could limit our ability to do business or increase the cost of our doing business and which may materially adversely affect our operations.

Environmental laws often impose strict liability for remediation of spills and releases of oil and hazardous substances, which could subject us to liability without regard to whether we were negligent or at fault. Under OPA, for example, owners, operators and bareboat charterers are jointly and severally strictly liable for the discharge of oil within the 200-mile exclusive economic zone around the United States. Furthermore, the 2010 explosion of the Deepwater Horizon well and the subsequent release of oil into the Gulf of Mexico, or other similar events, may result in further regulation of the shipping industry, and modifications to statutory liability schemes, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. An oil spill could result in significant liability, including fines, penalties and criminal liability and remediation costs for natural resource damages under other federal, state and local laws, as well as third-party damages.

We are required by various governmental and quasi-governmental agencies to obtain certain permits, licenses, and certificates with respect to our operations, and satisfy insurance and financial responsibility requirements for potential oil (including marine fuel) spills and other pollution incidents. Although we will, when available, arrange insurance to cover certain environmental risks, there can be no assurance that such insurance will be sufficient to cover all such risks or that any claims will not have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, cash flows and financial condition and our ability to pay dividends, if any, in the future, on our common shares, and interest on our Notes.

An over-supply of drybulk carrier capacity may prolong or further depress the current low charter rates, which may limit our ability to operate our drybulk carriers profitably.

The supply of drybulk vessels has increased significantly since the beginning of 2006. As of September 2013, newbuilding orders have been placed for approximately 15.7% of the existing fleet capacity. Vessel supply growth has been outpacing vessel demand growth over the past few years causing downward pressure on charter

 

31


Table of Contents

rates. Until the new supply is fully absorbed by the market, charter rates may continue to be under pressure due to vessel supply in the near to medium term. The Scorpio Group Pools in which our vessels operate, or are expected to operate, are spot market-oriented commercial pools managed by our commercial manager, which expose us to fluctuations in spot market charter rates.

World events could affect our results of operations and financial condition.

Past terrorist attacks, as well as the threat of future terrorist attacks around the world, continue to cause uncertainty in the world’s financial markets and may affect our business, operating results and financial condition. Continuing conflicts and recent developments in Russia, Ukraine, the Korean Peninsula, the Middle East, including Egypt and North Africa, and the presence of U.S. or other armed forces in the Middle East, may lead to additional acts of terrorism and armed conflict around the world, which may contribute to further economic instability in the global financial markets. These uncertainties could also adversely affect our ability to obtain additional financing on terms acceptable to us or at all. In the past, political conflicts have also resulted in attacks on vessels, mining of waterways and other efforts to disrupt international shipping, particularly in the Arabian Gulf region. Acts of terrorism and piracy have also affected vessels trading in regions such as the South China Sea and the Gulf of Aden off the coast of Somalia. Any of these occurrences could have a material adverse impact on our operating results, revenues and costs.

Acts of piracy on ocean-going vessels have had and may continue to have an adverse effect on our business.

Acts of piracy have historically affected ocean-going vessels trading in regions of the world such as the South China Sea, the Indian Ocean and in the Gulf of Aden off the coast of Somalia. Although the frequency of sea piracy worldwide decreased during 2012 and 2013 to its lowest level since 2009, sea piracy incidents continue to occur, particularly in the Gulf of Aden off the coast of Somalia and increasingly in the Gulf of Guinea and the West Coast of Africa, with drybulk vessels particularly vulnerable to such attacks. If these piracy attacks result in regions in which our vessels are deployed being characterized as “war risk” zones by insurers, as the Gulf of Aden temporarily was in May 2008, or Joint War Committee “war and strikes” listed areas, premiums payable for such coverage could increase significantly and such insurance coverage may be more difficult to obtain. In addition, crew costs, including due to employing onboard security guards, could increase in such circumstances. Furthermore, while we believe the charterer remains liable for charter payments when a vessel is seized by pirates, the charterer may dispute this and withhold charter hire until the vessel is released. A charterer may also claim that a vessel seized by pirates was not “on-hire” for a certain number of days and is therefore entitled to cancel the charter party, a claim that we would dispute. We may not be adequately insured to cover losses from these incidents, which could have a material adverse effect on us. In addition, any detention hijacking as a result of an act of piracy against our vessels, or an increase in cost, or unavailability, of insurance for our vessels, could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our vessels may call on ports located in countries that are subject to restrictions imposed by the U.S. or other governments, that could adversely affect our reputation.

Although we do not expect our vessels will call on ports located in countries subject to sanctions and embargoes imposed by the U.S. government and other authorities or countries identified by the U.S. government or other authorities as state sponsors of terrorism, such as Cuba, Iran, Sudan and Syria, from time to time on charterers’ instructions, our vessels may call on ports located in such countries in the future. The U.S. sanctions and embargo laws and regulations vary in their application, as they do not all apply to the same covered persons or proscribe the same activities, and such sanctions and embargo laws and regulations may be amended or strengthened over time. In 2010, the U.S. enacted the Comprehensive Iran Sanctions Accountability and Divestment Act, or CISADA, which amended the Iran Sanctions Act. Among other things, CISADA introduced limits on the ability of companies and persons to do business or trade with Iran when such activities relate to the investment, supply or export of refined petroleum or petroleum products. In 2012, President Obama signed Executive Order 13608 which prohibits foreign persons from violating or attempting to violate, or causing a violation of any sanctions in effect against Iran or facilitating any deceptive transactions for or on behalf of any

 

32


Table of Contents

person subject to U.S. sanctions. Any persons found to be in violation of Executive Order 13608 will be deemed a foreign sanctions evader and will be banned from all contacts with the United States, including conducting business in U.S. dollars. Also in 2012, President Obama signed into law the Iran Threat Reduction and Syria Human Rights Act of 2012, or the Iran Threat Reduction Act, which created new sanctions and strengthened existing sanctions. Among other things, the Iran Threat Reduction Act intensifies existing sanctions regarding the provision of goods, services, infrastructure or technology to Iran’s petroleum or petrochemical sector. The Iran Threat Reduction Act also includes a provision requiring the President of the United States to impose five or more sanctions from Section 6(a) of the Iran Sanctions Act, as amended, on a person the President determines is a controlling beneficial owner of, or otherwise owns, operates, or controls or insures a vessel that was used to transport crude oil from Iran to another country and (1) if the person is a controlling beneficial owner of the vessel, the person had actual knowledge the vessel was so used or (2) if the person otherwise owns, operates, or controls, or insures the vessel, the person knew or should have known the vessel was so used. Such a person could be subject to a variety of sanctions, including exclusion from U.S. capital markets, exclusion from financial transactions subject to U.S. jurisdiction, and exclusion of that person’s vessels from U.S. ports for up to two years.

On November 24, 2013, the P5+1 (the United States, United Kingdom, Germany, France, Russia and China) entered into an interim agreement with Iran entitled the “Joint Plan of Action” (“JPOA”). Under the JPOA it was agreed that, in exchange for Iran taking certain voluntary measures to ensure that its nuclear program is used only for peaceful purposes, the U.S. and EU would voluntarily suspend certain sanctions for a period of six months. On January 20, 2014, the U.S. and E.U. indicated that they would begin implementing the temporary relief measures provided for under the JPOA. These measures include, among other things, the suspension of certain sanctions on the Iranian petrochemicals, precious metals, and automotive industries from January 20, 2014 until July 20, 2014. The U.S. has since extended the JPOA until November 24, 2014. Although it is our intention to comply with the provisions of the JPOA, there can be no assurance that we will be in compliance in the future as such regulations and U.S. sanctions may be amended over time, and the U.S. retains the authority to revoke the aforementioned relief if Iran fails to meet its commitments under the JPOA.

Although we believe that we are in compliance with all applicable sanctions and embargo laws and regulations, and intend to maintain such compliance, there can be no assurance that we will be in compliance in the future, particularly as the scope of certain laws may be unclear and may be subject to changing interpretations. Any such violation could result in fines or other penalties and could severely impact our ability to access U.S. capital markets and conduct our business, and could result in some investors deciding, or being required, to divest their interest, or not to invest, in us. In addition, certain institutional investors may have investment policies or restrictions that prevent them from holding securities of companies that have contracts with countries identified by the U.S. government as state sponsors of terrorism. The determination by these investors not to invest in, or to divest from, our securities may adversely affect the price at which our securities trade. Moreover, our charterers may violate applicable sanctions and embargo laws and regulations as a result of actions that do not involve us or our vessels, and those violations could in turn negatively affect our reputation. In addition, our reputation and the market for our securities may be adversely affected if we engage in certain other activities, such as entering into charters with individuals or entities in countries subject to U.S. sanctions and embargo laws that are not controlled by the governments of those countries, or engaging in operations associated with those countries pursuant to contracts with third parties that are unrelated to those countries or entities controlled by their governments. Investor perception of the value of our securities may be adversely affected by the consequences of war, the effects of terrorism, civil unrest and governmental actions in these and surrounding countries.

Our operating results will be subject to seasonal fluctuations, which could affect our operating results.

We operate our vessels in markets that have historically exhibited seasonal variations in demand and, as a result, in charter hire rates. This seasonality may result in volatility in our operating results to the extent that we enter into new charter agreements or renew existing agreements during a time when charter rates are weaker or we operate our vessels on the spot market or index based time charters, which may result in quarter-to-quarter

 

33


Table of Contents

volatility in our operating results. The drybulk sector is typically stronger in the fall and winter months in anticipation of increased consumption of coal and other raw materials in the northern hemisphere. In addition, unpredictable weather patterns in these months tend to disrupt vessel scheduling and supplies of certain commodities. As a result, our revenues from our drybulk carriers may be weaker during the fiscal quarters ended June 30 and September 30, and, conversely, our revenues from our drybulk carriers may be stronger in fiscal quarters ended December 31 and March 31.

We are subject to international safety regulations and the failure to comply with these regulations may subject us to increased liability, may adversely affect our insurance coverage and may result in a denial of access to, or detention in, certain ports.

The operation of our vessels is affected by the requirements set forth in the ISM Code. The ISM Code requires ship owners, ship managers and bareboat charterers to develop and maintain an extensive “Safety Management System” that includes the adoption of a safety and environmental protection policy setting forth instructions and procedures for safe operation of vessels and describing procedures for dealing with emergencies. In addition, vessel classification societies impose significant safety and other requirements on our vessels.

The failure of a shipowner or bareboat charterer to comply with the ISM Code may subject it to increased liability, may invalidate existing insurance or decrease available insurance coverage for the affected vessels and may result in a denial of access to, or detention in, certain ports. Each of the vessels that we have agreed to acquire will be ISM Code-certified when delivered to us. However, if we are subject to increased liability for non-compliance or if our insurance coverage is adversely impacted as a result of non-compliance, it may negatively affect our ability to pay dividends, if any, in the future, on our common shares and interest on our Notes. If any of our vessels are denied access to, or are detained in, certain ports as a result of non-compliance with the ISM Code, our revenues may be adversely impacted.

Increased inspection procedures and tighter import and export controls could increase costs and disrupt our business.

International shipping is subject to various security and customs inspection and related procedures in countries of origin and destination and trans-shipment points. Inspection procedures may result in the seizure of contents of our vessels, delays in the loading, offloading, trans-shipment or delivery and the levying of customs duties, fines or other penalties against us.

It is possible that changes to inspection procedures could impose additional financial and legal obligations on us. Changes to inspection procedures could also impose additional costs and obligations on our customers and may, in certain cases, render the shipment of certain types of cargo uneconomical or impractical. Any such changes or developments may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

The operation of drybulk carriers has certain unique operational risks which could affect our earnings and cash flow.

The operation of certain vessel types, such as drybulk carriers, has certain unique risks. With a drybulk carrier, the cargo itself and its interaction with the vessel can be an operational risk. By their nature, drybulk cargoes are often heavy, dense, easily shifted, and react badly to water exposure. In addition, drybulk carriers are often subjected to battering treatment during unloading operations with grabs, jackhammers (to pry encrusted cargoes out of the hold) and small bulldozers. This treatment may cause damage to the vessel. Vessels damaged due to treatment during unloading procedures may be more susceptible to breach at sea. Hull breaches in drybulk carriers may lead to the flooding of the vessels’ holds. If a drybulk carrier suffers flooding in its forward holds, the bulk cargo may become so dense and waterlogged that its pressure may buckle the vessel’s bulkheads, leading to the loss of a vessel. If we are unable to adequately maintain our vessels, we may be unable to prevent these events. Any of these circumstances or events may have a material adverse effect on our business, results of

 

34


Table of Contents

operations, cash flows, financial condition and ability to pay dividends, if any, in the future, on our common shares and interest on our Notes. In addition, the loss of any of our vessels could harm our reputation as a safe and reliable vessel owner and operator.

Rising fuel, or bunker, prices may adversely affect our profits.

Since we primarily employ our vessels in the spot market or in spot market-oriented pools, we expect that fuel, or bunkers, will be typically the largest expense in our shipping operations for our vessels. While we believe that we will experience a competitive advantage as a result of increased bunker prices due to the greater fuel efficiency of our vessels compared to the average global fleet, changes in the price of fuel may adversely affect our profitability. The price and supply of fuel is unpredictable and fluctuates based on events outside our control, including geopolitical developments, supply and demand for oil and gas, actions by the Organization of the Petroleum Exporting Countries, or OPEC, and other oil and gas producers, war and unrest in oil producing countries and regions, regional production patterns and environmental concerns. Further, fuel may become much more expensive in the future, which may reduce our profitability.

Our business has inherent operational risks, which may not be adequately covered by insurance.

Our vessels and their cargoes are at risk of being damaged or lost because of events such as marine disasters, bad weather, mechanical failures, human error, environmental accidents, war, terrorism, piracy and other circumstances or events. In addition, transporting cargoes across a wide variety of international jurisdictions creates a risk of business interruptions due to political circumstances in foreign countries, hostilities, labor strikes and boycotts, the potential for changes in tax rates or policies, and the potential for government expropriation of our vessels. Any of these events may result in loss of revenues, increased costs and decreased cash flows to our customers, which could impair their ability to make payments to us under our charters.

In the event of a casualty to a vessel or other catastrophic event, we will rely on our insurance to pay the insured value of the vessel or the damages incurred. We procure insurance for the vessels in our fleet against those risks that we believe the shipping industry commonly insures against. These insurances include marine hull and machinery insurance, protection and indemnity insurance, which include pollution risks and crew insurances, and war risk insurance. Currently, the amount of coverage for liability for pollution, spillage and leakage available to us on commercially reasonable terms through protection and indemnity associations and providers of excess coverage is $1 billion per vessel per occurrence.

We will procure hull and machinery insurance, protection and indemnity insurance, which includes environmental damage and pollution insurance coverage and war risk insurance for our fleet. We do not maintain, for our vessels, insurance against loss of hire, which covers business interruptions that result from the loss of use of a vessel. We may not be adequately insured against all risks. We may not be able to obtain adequate insurance coverage for our fleet in the future, and we may not be able to obtain certain insurance coverages. The insurers may not pay particular claims. Our insurance policies may contain deductibles for which we will be responsible and limitations and exclusions which may increase our costs or lower our revenue. Moreover, insurers may default on claims they are required to pay.

We cannot assure you that we will be adequately insured against all risks or that we will be able to obtain adequate insurance coverage at reasonable rates for our vessels in the future. For example, in the past more stringent environmental regulations have led to increased costs for, and in the future may result in the lack of availability of, insurance against risks of environmental damage or pollution. Additionally, our insurers may refuse to pay particular claims. Any significant loss or liability for which we are not insured could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition.

 

35


Table of Contents

Maritime claimants could arrest one or more of our vessels, which could interrupt our cash flow.

Crew members, suppliers of goods and services to a vessel, shippers of cargo and other parties may be entitled to a maritime lien against a vessel for unsatisfied debts, claims or damages. In many jurisdictions, a claimant may seek to obtain security for its claim by arresting a vessel through foreclosure proceedings. The arrest or attachment of one or more of our vessels could interrupt our cash flow and require us to pay large sums of money to have the arrest or attachment lifted. In addition, in some jurisdictions, such as South Africa, under the “sister ship” theory of liability, a claimant may arrest both the vessel which is subject to the claimant’s maritime lien and any “associated” vessel, which is any vessel owned or controlled by the same owner. Claimants could attempt to assert “sister ship” liability against one vessel in our fleet for claims relating to another of our vessels.

Governments could requisition our vessels during a period of war or emergency, resulting in a loss of earnings.

A government could requisition one or more of our vessels for title or for hire. Requisition for title occurs when a government takes control of a vessel and becomes her owner, while requisition for hire occurs when a government takes control of a vessel and effectively becomes her charterer at dictated charter rates. Generally, requisitions occur during periods of war or emergency, although governments may elect to requisition vessels in other circumstances. Although we would be entitled to compensation in the event of a requisition of one or more of our vessels, the amount and timing of payment would be uncertain. Government requisition of one or more of our vessels may negatively impact our revenues.

Failure to comply with the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act could result in fines, criminal penalties, charter terminations and an adverse effect on our business.

We may operate in a number of countries throughout the world, including countries known to have a reputation for corruption. We are committed to doing business in accordance with applicable anti-corruption laws and have adopted a code of business conduct and ethics which is consistent and in full compliance with the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, or the FCPA. We are subject, however, to the risk that we, our affiliated entities or our or their respective officers, directors, employees and agents may take actions determined to be in violation of such anti-corruption laws, including the FCPA. Any such violation could result in substantial fines, sanctions, civil and/or criminal penalties and curtailment of operations in certain jurisdictions, and might adversely affect our business, results of operations or financial condition. In addition, actual or alleged violations could damage our reputation and ability to do business. Furthermore, detecting, investigating, and resolving actual or alleged violations is expensive and can consume significant time and attention of our senior management.

Company Specific Risk Factors

We are a recently formed company with a limited history of operations.

We are a recently formed company and have a limited performance record, operating history and historical financial statements upon which you can evaluate our operations or our ability to implement and achieve our business strategy. We cannot assure you that we will be successful in implementing our business strategy. In addition, while our Chief Executive Officer and the management teams of our commercial and technical managers have experience operating drybulk carriers, other members of our senior management, who have experience operating tanker and other classes of vessels, have limited experience operating drybulk carriers. We believe that the experience of our senior management in the ownership and operation of tanker vessels, which require significant technical expertise to operate and are subject to heightened regulatory oversight and more rigorous vetting procedures from charterers than drybulk carriers, provides our management team with the expertise and qualifications to manage drybulk carriers, however we cannot assure you that they will be able to successfully operate our fleet.

 

36


Table of Contents

The Scorpio Group Pools in which our vessels operate, or are expected to operate, are or will be newly formed and will have limited or no prior operating history. We cannot assure you that these pools will be successful in finding employment for all of our vessels.

The Scorpio Group Pools in which our vessels operate, or are expected to operate, are or will be newly formed and will have limited or no prior operating history. We will own a large number of vessels that will enter these pools in a relatively short period of time without having previously secured employment. We cannot assure you that these pools will be successful in finding employment for all such vessels in the volatile spot market immediately upon their deliveries to us or whether any such employment will be at profitable rates. We cannot assure you that our vessels will be profitably operated by such pools. In addition, vessels owned by our affiliates, including members of the Scorpio Group, which includes Scorpio Ship Management S.A.M., or SSM, which provides us with vessel technical management services, Scorpio Commercial Management S.A.M., or SCM, which provides us with vessel commercial management services, and Scorpio Services Holding Limited, or SSH, which provides us and other related entities with administrative services and services related to the acquisition of vessels, as well as by unaffiliated third-parties, may participate in such pools. Such vessels may not be of the comparable design or quality to our vessels, negatively impacting the profitability of such pools, while diluting our interest in such profits.

Newbuilding projects are subject to risks that could cause delays, cost overruns or cancellation of our newbuilding contracts.

We have entered into shipbuilding contracts with established shipyards in Japan, China, South Korea and Romania for the construction of 80 newbuilding vessels for an aggregate purchase price of $3,102.8 million. These vessels are expected to be delivered to us between the third quarter of 2014 and the third quarter of 2016. These construction projects are subject to risks of delay or cost overruns inherent in any large construction project from numerous factors, including shortages of equipment, materials or skilled labor, unscheduled delays in the delivery of ordered materials and equipment or shipyard construction, failure of equipment to meet quality and/or performance standards, financial or operating difficulties experienced by equipment vendors or the shipyard, unanticipated actual or purported change orders, inability to obtain required permits or approvals, unanticipated cost increases between order and delivery, design or engineering changes and work stoppages and other labor disputes, adverse weather conditions or any other events of force majeure. Significant cost overruns or delays could adversely affect our financial position, results of operations and cash flows. Additionally, failure to complete a project on time may result in the delay of revenue from that vessel.

As of June 30, 2014, we had made total yard payments in the amount of $764.1 million and we have remaining yard installments in the amount of $2,338.8 million before we take possession of the vessels. We had, as of June 30, 2014, a cash balance of $346.0 million to fund future newbuilding commitments, however, a significant portion of our remaining commitments are currently unfunded. If we are not able to borrow additional funds, raise other capital or utilize available cash on hand, we may not be able to acquire these newbuilding vessels, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. We have executed and signed loan documentation for our $330.0 Million Senior Secured Credit Facility that will be secured by 22 of the vessels in our Newbuilding Program, executed and signed loan documentation for our $39.6 Million Senior Secured Credit Facility that will be secured by two of the vessels in our Newbuilding Program, executed and signed loan documentation for our $67.5 Million Senior Secured Credit Facility that will be secured by four of the vessels in our Newbuilding Program, and received a commitment letter for our $540.0 Million Senior Secured Credit Facility that will be secured by 24 vessels in our Newbuilding Program, however, such credit facilities are subject to important conditions, including the negotiation and execution of definitive documentation. We cannot assure you that we will be able to enter into either such proposed senior secured credit facility. If for any reason we fail to make a payment when due, which may result in a default under our newbuilding contracts, or otherwise fail to take delivery of our newbuild vessels, we would be prevented from realizing potential revenues from these vessels, we could also lose all or a portion of our yard payments that were paid by us and we could be liable for penalties and damages under such contracts.

 

37


Table of Contents

In addition, in the event the shipyards do not perform under their contracts and we are unable to enforce certain refund guarantees with third party banks for any reason, we may lose all or part of our investment, which would have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

We are subject to certain risks with respect to our counterparties on contracts, and failure of such counterparties to meet their obligations could cause us to suffer losses or negatively impact our results of operations and cash flows.

We have entered into, and may enter into the future, various contracts, including pooling arrangements, charter agreements, shipbuilding contracts and credit facilities. Such agreements subject us to counterparty risks. The ability of each of our counterparties to perform its obligations under a contract with us will depend on a number of factors that are beyond our control and may include, among other things, general economic conditions, the condition of the maritime and offshore industries, the overall financial condition of the counterparty, charter rates received for specific types of vessels, and various expenses. For example, the combination of a reduction of cash flow resulting from declines in world trade, a reduction in borrowing bases under reserve-based credit facilities and the lack of availability of debt or equity financing may result in a significant reduction in the ability of our charterers to make charter payments to us. In addition, in depressed market conditions, our charterers and customers may no longer need a vessel that is then under charter or contract or may be able to obtain a comparable vessel at lower rates. As a result, charterers and customers may seek to renegotiate the terms of their existing charter agreements or avoid their obligations under those contracts. Should a counterparty fail to honor its obligations under agreements with us, we could sustain significant losses which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

We are, and expect to continue to be, dependent on spot market-oriented pools and spot charters and any decrease in spot charter rates in the future may adversely affect our earnings.

The Scorpio Group Pools in which our vessels operate, or are expected to operate, are spot market-oriented commercial pools managed by our commercial manager, which expose us to fluctuations in spot market charter rates. The spot charter market may fluctuate significantly based upon drybulk carrier supply and demand. The successful operation of our vessels in the competitive spot charter market, including within the Scorpio Group Pools, depends on, among other things, obtaining profitable spot charters and minimizing, to the extent possible, time spent waiting for charters and time spent traveling unladen to pick up cargo. The spot market is very volatile, and, in the recent past, there have been periods when spot charter rates have declined below the operating cost of vessels and for some vessel classes are currently only slightly above operating costs. If future spot charter rates decline, then we may be unable to operate our vessels trading in the spot market profitably, meet our obligations, including payments on indebtedness, or pay dividends in the future. Furthermore, as charter rates for spot charters are fixed for a single voyage which may last up to several weeks, during periods in which spot charter rates are rising, we will generally experience delays in realizing the benefits from such increases.

Our ability to renew expiring charters or obtain new charters will depend on the prevailing market conditions at the time. If we are not able to obtain new charters in direct continuation with previous charters, or if new charters are entered into at charter rates substantially below the existing charter rates or on terms otherwise less favorable compared to previous charter terms, our revenues and profitability could be adversely affected.

The failure of our charterers to meet their obligations under our charter agreements, on which we depend for our revenues, could cause us to suffer losses or otherwise adversely affect our business.

We do not expect to employ any of our vessels under a long-term time charter agreement but we may enter into such agreements in the future. The ability and willingness of each of our counterparties to perform their obligations under a time charter, spot voyage or other agreement with us, directly or through our pooling arrangements, will depend on a number of factors that are beyond our control and may include, among other things, general economic conditions, the condition of the drybulk shipping industry and the overall financial condition of the counterparties. In addition, in depressed market conditions, there have been reports of charterers

 

38


Table of Contents

renegotiating their charters or defaulting on their obligations under charters. Our customers may fail to pay charterhire or attempt to renegotiate charter rates. Should a counterparty fail to honor its obligations under agreements with us, it may be difficult to secure substitute employment for such vessel, and any new charter arrangements we secure in the spot market or on time charters may be at lower rates given currently decreased drybulk carrier charter rate levels. When we employ a vessel in the spot charter market, we intend to place such vessel in a drybulk carrier pool managed by our commercial manager that pertains to that vessel’s size class. If our charterers fail to meet their obligations to us or attempt to renegotiate our charter agreements, we could sustain significant losses which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows, as well as our ability to pay dividends, if any, in the future, on our common shares and interest on our Notes, and comply with covenants in our credit facilities.

We may have difficulty managing our planned growth properly.

We have entered into shipbuilding contracts with established shipyards in Japan, China, South Korea and Romania for the construction of 80 latest generation drybulk vessels and chartered in 19 vessels, of which 18 vessels have been delivered to us, that we employ in the Scorpio Group Pools. One of our principal strategies is to continue to grow by expanding our operations and adding to our fleet. Our future growth will primarily depend upon a number of factors, some of which may not be within our control. These factors include our ability to:

 

    identify suitable drybulk carriers, including newbuilding slots at shipyards and/or shipping companies for acquisitions at attractive prices;

 

    obtain required financing for our existing and new operations;

 

    identify businesses engaged in managing, operating or owning drybulk carriers for acquisitions or joint ventures;

 

    integrate any acquired drybulk carriers or businesses successfully with our existing operations, including obtaining any approvals and qualifications necessary to operate vessels that we acquire;

 

    hire, train and retain qualified personnel and crew to manage and operate our growing business and fleet;

 

    identify additional new markets;

 

    enhance our customer base; and

 

    improve our operating, financial and accounting systems and controls.

Our failure to effectively identify, acquire, develop and integrate any drybulk carriers or businesses could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. The number of employees that perform services for us and our current operating and financial systems may not be adequate as we implement our plan to expand the size of our fleet in the drybulk sector, and we may not be able to effectively hire more employees or adequately improve those systems. Finally, acquisitions may require additional equity issuances, which may dilute our common shareholders if issued at lower prices than the price they acquired their shares, or debt issuances (with amortization payments), both of which could lower our available cash. If any such events occur, our financial condition may be adversely affected.

Growing any business by acquisition presents numerous risks such as undisclosed liabilities and obligations, difficulty in obtaining additional qualified personnel and managing relationships with customers and suppliers and integrating newly acquired operations into existing infrastructures. The expansion of our fleet may impose significant additional responsibilities on our management and staff, and the management and staff of our commercial and technical managers, and may necessitate that we, and they, increase the number of personnel. We cannot give any assurance that we will be successful in executing our growth plans or that we will not incur significant expenses and losses in connection with our future growth.

 

39


Table of Contents

As we expand our business, we may need to improve our operating and financial systems and will need to recruit suitable employees and crew for our vessels.

Our current operating and financial systems may not be adequate as we implement our plan to take delivery of 80 newbuilding vessels between the third quarter of 2014 and the third quarter of 2016 and to expand the size of our fleet through acquiring and chartering in additional vessels and our attempts to improve those systems may be ineffective. In addition, if we further expand our fleet, we will need to recruit suitable additional seafarers and shore side administrative and management personnel. We cannot guarantee that we will be able to hire suitable employees as we expand our fleet. If we or our crewing agent encounters business or financial difficulties, we may not be able to adequately staff our vessels. If we are unable to grow our financial and operating systems or to recruit suitable employees as we expand our fleet, our financial performance may be adversely affected and, among other things, the amount of cash available for distribution as dividends to our shareholders may be reduced.

If we acquire and operate secondhand vessels, we will be exposed to increased operating costs which could adversely affect our earnings and, as our fleet ages, the risks associated with older vessels could adversely affect our ability to obtain profitable charters.

Our current business strategy includes additional growth which may, in addition to the acquisition of newbuilding vessels, include the acquisition of modern secondhand vessels. While we expect that we would typically inspect secondhand vessels prior to acquisition, this does not provide us with the same knowledge about their condition that we would have had if these vessels had been built for and operated exclusively by us. Generally, purchasers of secondhand vessels do not receive the benefit of warranties from the builders for the secondhand vessels that they acquire.

Governmental regulations, safety or other equipment standards related to the age of vessels may require expenditures for alterations, or the addition of new equipment, to our vessels and may restrict the type of activities in which the vessels may engage. As our vessels age, market conditions may not justify those expenditures or enable us to operate our vessels profitably during the remainder of their useful lives.

The aging of our fleet may result in increased operating costs in the future, which could adversely affect our earnings.

In general, the cost of maintaining a vessel in good operating condition increases with the age of the vessel. While all of the vessels in our owned fleet will be newbuildings, as our vessels age typically they will become less fuel-efficient and more costly to maintain than more recently constructed vessels due to improvements in engine technology. Cargo insurance rates increase with the age of a vessel, making older vessels less desirable to charterers. Governmental regulations and safety or other equipment standards related to the age of vessels may also require expenditures for alterations or the addition of new equipment, to our vessels and may restrict the type of activities in which our vessels may engage. We cannot assure you that, as our vessels age, market conditions will justify those expenditures or enable us to operate our vessels profitably during the remainder of their useful lives.

Technological innovation could reduce our charter hire income and the value of our vessels.

The charter hire rates and the value and operational life of a vessel are determined by a number of factors including the vessel’s efficiency, operational flexibility and physical life. Efficiency includes speed, fuel economy and the ability to load and discharge cargo quickly. Flexibility includes the ability to enter harbors, utilize related docking facilities and pass through canals and straits. The length of a vessel’s physical life is related to its original design and construction, its maintenance and the impact of the stress of operations. If new drybulk carriers are built that are more efficient or more flexible or have longer physical lives than our vessels, competition from these more technologically advanced vessels could adversely affect the amount of charterhire

 

40


Table of Contents

payments we receive for our vessels once their initial charters expire and the resale value of our vessels could significantly decrease. As a result, our business, results of operations, cash flows and financial condition could be adversely affected.

In the highly competitive international shipping industry, we may not be able to compete for charters with new entrants or established companies with greater resources, and as a result, we may be unable to employ our vessels profitably.

Our vessels will be employed in a highly competitive market that is capital intensive and highly fragmented. Competition arises primarily from other vessel owners, some of whom have substantially greater resources than we do. Competition for the transportation of drybulk cargo by sea is intense and depends on price, location, size, age, condition and the acceptability of the vessel and its operators to the charterers. Due in part to the highly fragmented market, competitors with greater resources could enter the drybulk shipping industry and operate larger fleets through consolidations or acquisitions and may be able to offer lower charter rates and higher quality vessels than we are able to offer. If we are unable to successfully compete with other drybulk shipping companies, our results of operations would be adversely impacted.

We may be subject to litigation that, if not resolved in our favor and not sufficiently insured against, could have a material adverse effect on us.

We may be, from time to time, involved in various litigation matters. These matters may include, among other things, contract disputes, personal injury claims, environmental claims or proceedings, asbestos and other toxic tort claims, employment matters, governmental claims for taxes or duties, and other litigation that arises in the ordinary course of our business. Although we intend to defend these matters vigorously, we cannot predict with certainty the outcome or effect of any claim or other litigation matter, and the ultimate outcome of any litigation or the potential costs to resolve them may have a material adverse effect on us. Insurance may not be applicable or sufficient in all cases and/or insurers may not remain solvent which may have a material adverse effect on our financial condition.

We are a holding company, and we depend on the ability of our subsidiaries to distribute funds to us in order to satisfy our financial obligations and to make dividend payments.

We are a holding company and our subsidiaries conduct all of our operations and own all of our operating assets. We have no significant assets other than the equity interests in our subsidiaries. As a result, our ability to satisfy our financial obligations and to make dividend payments in the future depends on our subsidiaries and their ability to distribute funds to us. If we are unable to obtain funds from our subsidiaries, our board of directors may exercise its discretion not to declare or pay dividends. We do not intend to obtain funds from other sources to pay dividends.

Because we are organized under the laws of the Marshall Islands, it may be difficult to serve us with legal process or enforce judgments against us, our directors or our management.

We are organized under the laws of the Marshall Islands, and substantially all of our assets are located outside of the United States. In addition, the majority of our directors and officers are or will be non-residents of the United States, and all or a substantial portion of the assets of these non-residents are located outside the United States. As a result, it may be difficult or impossible for you to bring an action against us or against these individuals in the United States if you believe that your rights have been infringed under securities laws or otherwise. Even if you are successful in bringing an action of this kind, the laws of the Marshall Islands and of other jurisdictions may prevent or restrict you from enforcing a judgment against our assets or the assets of our directors or officers. For more information regarding the relevant laws of the Marshall Islands, see “Service of Process and Enforcement of Civil Liabilities.”

 

41


Table of Contents

We are incorporated in the Marshall Islands, which does not have a well-developed body of corporate law.

Our corporate affairs are governed by our amended and restated articles of incorporation and bylaws and by the Marshall Islands Business Corporations Act, or the BCA. The provisions of the BCA resemble provisions of the corporation laws of a number of states in the United States. However, there have been few judicial cases in the Marshall Islands interpreting the BCA. The rights and fiduciary responsibilities of directors under the laws of the Marshall Islands are not as clearly established as the rights and fiduciary responsibilities of directors under statutes or judicial precedent in existence in the United States. The rights of shareholders of companies incorporated in the Marshall Islands may differ from the rights of shareholders of companies incorporated in the United States. While the BCA provides that it is to be interpreted according to the laws of the State of Delaware and other states with substantially similar legislative provisions, there have been few, if any, court cases interpreting the BCA in the Marshall Islands and we can’t predict whether Marshall Islands courts would reach the same conclusions as United States courts. Thus, you may have more difficulty in protecting your interests in the face of actions by the management, directors or controlling shareholders than would shareholders of a corporation incorporated in a United States jurisdiction which has developed a relatively more substantial body of case law.

The international nature of our operations may make the outcome of any bankruptcy proceedings difficult to predict.

We are incorporated under the laws of the Republic of The Marshall Islands and we conduct operations in countries around the world. Consequently, in the event of any bankruptcy, insolvency, liquidation, dissolution, reorganization or similar proceeding involving us or any of our subsidiaries, bankruptcy laws other than those of the United States could apply. If we become a debtor under U.S. bankruptcy law, bankruptcy courts in the United States may seek to assert jurisdiction over all of our assets, wherever located, including property situated in other countries. There can be no assurance, however, that we would become a debtor in the United States, or that a U.S. bankruptcy court would be entitled to, or accept, jurisdiction over such a bankruptcy case, or that courts in other countries that have jurisdiction over us and our operations would recognize a U.S. bankruptcy court’s jurisdiction if any other bankruptcy court would determine it had jurisdiction.

We may have to pay tax on United States source income, which would reduce our earnings and cash flow.

Under the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, 50% of the gross shipping income of a vessel owning or chartering corporation, such as ourselves and our subsidiaries, that is attributable to transportation that begins or ends, but that does not both begin and end, in the United States is characterized as United States source shipping income and such income is subject to a 4% United States federal income tax without allowance for any deductions, unless that corporation qualifies for exemption from tax under Section 883 of the Code and the Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder.

We have taken the position that we qualified for this statutory exemption for U.S. federal income tax return reporting purposes for our 2013 taxable year and we intend to so qualify for future taxable years. However, there are factual circumstances beyond our control that could cause us to lose the benefit of this tax exemption and thereby cause us to become subject to United States federal income tax on our United States source shipping income. For example, there is a risk that we could no longer qualify for exemption under Section 883 of the Code for a particular taxable year if “non-qualified” shareholders with a five percent or greater interest in our stock were, in combination with each other, to own 50% or more of the outstanding shares of our stock on more than half the days during the taxable year. Due to the factual nature of the issues involved, we can give no assurances on our tax-exempt status or that of any of our subsidiaries.

If we are not entitled to this exemption under Section 883 of the Code for any taxable year, we would be subject for such taxable year to a 4% United States federal income tax on our United States source shipping income on a gross basis. The imposition of this taxation could have a negative effect on our business and would result in decreased earnings and cash available to pay amounts due on the Notes.

 

42


Table of Contents

United States tax authorities could treat us as a “passive foreign investment company,” which could have adverse United States federal income tax consequences to United States shareholders.

A foreign corporation will be treated as a “passive foreign investment company,” or PFIC, for United States federal income tax purposes if either (1) at least 75% of its gross income for any taxable year consists of certain types of “passive income” or (2) at least 50% of the average value of the corporation’s assets produce or are held for the production of those types of “passive income,” including cash. For purposes of these tests, “passive income” includes dividends, interest, and gains from the sale or exchange of investment property and rents and royalties other than rents and royalties which are received from unrelated parties in connection with the active conduct of a trade or business. For purposes of these tests, income derived from the performance of services does not constitute “passive income.” United States shareholders of a PFIC are subject to a disadvantageous United States federal income tax regime with respect to the income derived by the PFIC, the distributions they receive from the PFIC and the gain, if any, they derive from the sale or other disposition of their shares in the PFIC.

There is a significant risk that we will be treated as a PFIC for our 2013, 2014 and 2015 taxable years. Whether we are treated as a PFIC will depend, in part, upon whether the deposits that we make on newbuilding contracts are treated as being held for the production of “passive income” and on the amount of “passive income” that we derive for such years.

Thereafter, whether we will be treated as a PFIC will depend upon the nature and extent of our operations. In this regard, we intend to treat the gross income we derive or are deemed to derive from our time chartering activities as services income, rather than rental income. Accordingly, we believe that our income from our time chartering activities does not constitute “passive income,” and the assets that we own and operate in connection with the production of that income do not constitute passive assets. There is, however, no direct legal authority under the PFIC rules addressing our method of operation. Accordingly, no assurance can be given that the United States Internal Revenue Service, or IRS, or a court of law will accept our position, and there is a risk that the IRS or a court of law could determine that we are a PFIC. Moreover, no assurance can be given that we would not constitute a PFIC for any taxable year if there were to be changes in the nature and extent of our operations.

If we were treated as a PFIC for any taxable year, our United States shareholders may face adverse United States federal income tax consequences and information reporting obligations. As a result, it may be difficult for us to raise capital through sales of our common stock.

We are an “emerging growth company” and we cannot be certain if the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies will make our common shares and Notes less attractive to investors.

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the JOBS Act, and we may take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not “emerging growth companies” as described under “Summary—Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company.” We cannot predict if investors will find our common shares and Notes less attractive because we may rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our common shares and Notes less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our common shares and Notes and our share price and Note price may be more volatile.

In addition, under the JOBS Act, our independent registered public accounting firm will not be required to attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 for so long as we are an emerging growth company. For as long as we take advantage of the reduced reporting obligations, the information that we provide shareholders may be different from information provided by other public companies.

 

43


Table of Contents

Our costs of operating as a public company will be significant, and our management will be required to devote substantial time to complying with public company regulations.

We recently became subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, and the other rules and regulations of the SEC, including the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, and as such, we will have significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company. These reporting obligations impose various requirements on public companies, including changes in corporate governance practices, and these requirements may continue to evolve. We and our management personnel, and other personnel, if any, will need to devote a substantial amount of time to comply with these requirements. Moreover, these rules and regulations increase our legal and financial compliance costs and make some activities more time-consuming and costly.

Sarbanes-Oxley requires, among other things, that we maintain and periodically evaluate our internal control over financial reporting and disclosure controls and procedures. In particular, we need to perform system and process evaluation and testing of our internal control over financial reporting to allow management and our independent registered public accounting firm to report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting, as required by Section 404 of Sarbanes-Oxley, subject to the reduced disclosure requirements for emerging growth companies set forth above. Our compliance with Section 404 may require that we incur substantial accounting expenses and expend significant management efforts.

Risks Related to Our Relationship with Scorpio Group and its Affiliates

We are dependent on our managers and their ability to hire and retain key personnel, and there may be conflicts of interest between us and our managers that may not be resolved in our favor.

Our success depends to a significant extent upon the abilities and efforts of our technical manager, SSM, our commercial manager, SCM, and our management team. Our success will depend upon our and our managers’ ability to hire and retain key members of our management team. The loss of any of these individuals could adversely affect our business prospects and financial condition.

Difficulty in hiring and retaining personnel could adversely affect our results of operations. We do not maintain “key man” life insurance on any of our officers.

Our technical and commercial managers are affiliates of the Scorpio Group, which is owned and controlled by the Lolli-Ghetti family, of which our founder, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, Mr. Emanuele Lauro, is a member. Conflicts of interest may arise between us, on the one hand, and our commercial and technical managers, on the other hand. As a result of these conflicts, our commercial and technical managers, who have limited contractual duties, may favor their own or their owner’s interests over our interests. These conflicts may have unfavorable results for us.

Our Co-Founder, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, has affiliations with our commercial and technical managers which may create conflicts of interest.

Emanuele Lauro, our Co-Founder, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, is a member of the Lolli-Ghetti family which owns and controls our commercial and technical managers. These relationships could create conflicts of interest between us, on the one hand, and our commercial and technical managers, on the other hand. These conflicts may arise in connection with the chartering, purchase, sale and operation of the vessels in our fleet versus vessels managed by other companies affiliated with our commercial or technical managers. In particular, as of the date of this prospectus, our commercial and technical managers provide commercial and technical management services to approximately 100 and 40 vessels, respectively, other than the vessels in our fleet, that are operated by entities affiliated with Mr. Lauro, and such entities may operate additional vessels that will compete with our vessels in the future. Such conflicts may have an adverse effect on our results of operations.

 

44


Table of Contents

Our Chief Executive Officer, President, and Chief Operating Officer will not devote all of their time to our business, which may hinder our ability to operate successfully.

Our Chief Executive Officer, President, Chief Operating Officer, Vice President, Vessel Operations, General Counsel and Secretary participate in business activities not associated with us, including serving as members of the management team of Scorpio Tankers and are not required to work full-time on our affairs. Initially, we expect that each of our executive officers will devote a substantial portion of his business time to the completion of our Newbuilding Program and management of the Company. Additionally, our Chief Executive Officer, President, Chief Operating Officer, Vice President, Vessel Operations, General Counsel and Secretary serve in similar positions in the Scorpio Group. As a result, such officers may devote less time to us than if they were not engaged in other business activities and may owe fiduciary duties to the shareholders of both us as well as shareholders of other companies which they may be affiliated with, including Scorpio Tankers and Scorpio Group companies. This may create conflicts of interest in matters involving or affecting us and our customers and it is not certain that any of these conflicts of interest will be resolved in our favor. This could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

Our commercial and technical managers are each privately held companies and there is little or no publicly available information about them.

Our vessels are, or are expected to be upon their delivery to us, commercially managed by SCM and technically managed by SSM. SCM’s and SSM’s ability to render management services will depend in part on their own financial strength. Circumstances beyond our control could impair our commercial manager’s or technical manager’s financial strength, and because each is a privately held company, information about the financial strength of our commercial manager and technical manager is not available. As a result, we and our shareholders might have little advance warning of financial or other problems affecting our commercial manager or technical manager even though their financial or other problems could have a material adverse effect on us.

 

45


Table of Contents

RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES

The following table sets forth our ratio of earnings to fixed charges for the period from March 20, 2013 (date of inception) to December 31, 2013 and the six months ended June 30, 2014.

 

     Six Months
Ended June 30,
2014
    Period from
March 20,
2013 (date of
inception) to
December 31,
2013
 
(Dollars in Thousands)             

Earnings:

    

Net loss

   $ (25,658   $ (6,307

Plus: Fixed charges (calculated below)

     8,854        -   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings Available to Cover Fixed Charges

   $ (16,804   $ (6,307
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Fixed charges:

    

Interest component of rent (1)

   $ 8,854      $ -   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Fixed charges

   $ 8,854      $ -   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ratio of earnings to fixed charges

     *        *   

 

(1) Represents one-third of charterhire expense, which is the proportion deemed representative of the interest factor.
* For the six months ended June 30, 2014 and for the period March 20, 2013 (date of inception) to December 31, 2013, earnings were inadequate to cover fixed charges by $25,658 and $6,307, respectively.

 

46


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

We intend to use the net proceeds of the sale of our Notes, which are expected to total approximately $         after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses (or approximately $         if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional Notes in full), for general corporate purposes, including vessel acquisitions.

 

47


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our capitalization at June 30, 2014, on:

 

    an actual basis;

 

    an as adjusted basis to give effect to installment payments of $90.0 million on vessels under construction during the period from July 1, 2014 to August 6, 2014; and

 

    an as further adjusted basis to give effect to the proceeds of this Notes offering.

There have been no other significant adjustments to our capitalization since June 30, 2014, as so adjusted. The following should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto in this prospectus as well as “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

 

     As of June 30, 2014  
In thousands of U.S. dollars    Actual     As Adjusted     As Further
Adjusted
 

Cash and Cash Equivalents

   $ 345,956      $ 255,984      $                
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Cash and Cash Equivalents

     345,596        255,984     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Current debt:

      

Bank loans  

     -        -        -   

Non-current debt:

      

Bank loans  

     -        -        -   

Senior Notes

     -        -     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total debt

   $ -      $ -      $     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Shareholders’ equity:

      

Common Stock

   $ 1,402      $ 1,402      $ 1,402   

Paid-in capital

     1,162,755        1,162,755        1,162,755   

Accumulated deficit

     (31,965     (31,965     (31,965
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total shareholders’ equity

   $ 1,132,192      $ 1,132,192      $ 1,132,192   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total capitalization

   $ 1,132,192      $ 1,132,192      $     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

48


Table of Contents

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA

We were formed on March 20, 2013 for the purpose of acquiring and operating the latest generation of newbuilding drybulk carriers with fuel-efficient specifications and carrying capacities of greater than 30,000 dwt in the international shipping markets. The following table summarizes our selected consolidated financial and other operating data at the dates and for the periods indicated.

Our selected consolidated financial and other data as of and for the six month period ended June 30, 2014 has been derived from our unaudited interim consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto, appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. Our selected consolidated financial data as of December 31, 2013 and for the period from March 20, 2013 (date of inception) to December 31, 2013 has been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto, which are incorporated by reference herein. Our consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP. The following financial data should be read in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

     Six Months Ended
June 30, 2014
    Period from March 20, 2013
(date of inception) to
December 31, 2013
 
     (Dollars in Thousands)  

Statement of Operations

    

Revenue:

    

Vessel revenue

   $ 18,647      $ -   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

    

Voyage expenses

     3,180        -   

Charterhire expenses

     26,562        -   

General and administrative expenses

     15,351        5,505   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     45,093        5,505   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating loss

     (26,446     (5,505
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other income and (expense):

    

Interest income

     793        341   

Foreign exchange loss

     (5     (1,135

Other expense, net

     -        (8
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other income and expense

     788        (802

Net loss

   $ (25,658   $ (6,307
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     As of
June 30, 2014
    As of
December 31, 2013
 
     (Dollars in Thousands)  

Balance Sheet

    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 345,956      $ 733,896   

Vessels under construction

     842,845        371,692   

Total assets

     1,211,283        1,105,684   

Current liabilities

     79,091        1,472   

Total liabilities

     79,091        1,472   

Shareholders’ equity

     1,132,192        1,104,212   

 

49


Table of Contents
     Six Months Ended
June 30, 2014
    Period from March 20, 2013
(date of inception) to
December 31, 2013
 
     (Dollars in Thousands)  

Cash Flow

    

Net cash inflow (outflow)

    

Operating activities

   $ (32,203   $ (2,237

Investing activities

     (397,000     (371,692

Financing activities

     41,263        1,107,825   

 

     Six Months Ended
June 30, 2014
 
(Dollars in Thousands, Except Per Day Data)       

Other Financial Data (1)

  

Time Charter Equivalent Revenue (2) :

  

Vessel revenue

   $ 18,647   

Voyage expenses

     3,180   
  

 

 

 

Time charter equivalent revenue

   $ 15,467   
  

 

 

 

Time charter equivalent revenue attributable to:

  

Kamsarmax

   $ 12,027   

Ultramax

     3,440   
  

 

 

 
   $ 15,467   
  

 

 

 

Revenue days (2) :

  

Kamsarmax

     1,560   

Ultramax

     335   
  

 

 

 

Combined

     1,895   
  

 

 

 

TCE per revenue day (2) :

  

Kamsarmax

   $ 7,712   

Ultramax

   $ 10,262   

Combined

   $ 8,163   

 

(1) We had no revenue prior to 2014 and, accordingly, there are no other financial data for any period in 2013.
(2) We define Time Charter Equivalent (TCE) revenue as voyage revenues less voyage expenses. Such TCE revenue, divided by the number of our available days during the period, or revenue days, is TCE per revenue day, which is consistent with industry standards. TCE per revenue day is a common shipping industry performance measure used primarily to compare daily earnings generated by vessels on time charters with daily earnings generated by vessels on voyage charters, because charter hire rates for vessels on voyage charters are generally not expressed in per-day amounts while charter hire rates for vessels on time charters generally are expressed in such amounts.

 

50


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following presentation of management’s discussion and analysis of results of operations and financial condition should be read in conjunction with the “Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto, included elsewhere in this prospectus. The following discussion contains forward-looking statements that reflect our future plans, estimates, beliefs and expected performance. The forward-looking statements are dependent upon events, risks and uncertainties that may be outside our control. Our actual results could differ materially from those discussed in these forward-looking statements. Please read “Risk Factors” and “Forward-Looking Statements.” In light of these risks, uncertainties and assumptions, the forward-looking events discussed may not occur. Our audited consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2013 and for the period from March 20, 2013 (date of inception) to December 31, 2013, and our unaudited interim consolidated financial statements as of and for the six month period ended June 30, 2014, have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, or U.S. GAAP. We reported in our December 31, 2013 financial statements that we were a “development stage company.” The consolidated financial statements are presented in U.S. dollars ($) unless otherwise indicated. Any amounts converted from another non-U.S. currency to U.S. dollars in this prospectus are at the rate applicable at the relevant date, or the average rate during the applicable period.

We are an international shipping company that was incorporated in the Republic of the Marshall Islands on March 20, 2013 for the purpose of acquiring and operating the latest generation of newbuilding drybulk carriers with fuel-efficient specifications and carrying capacities of greater than 30,000 dwt. We believe that it is an opportune time to acquire these vessels because acquisition costs for these vessels are currently near the lowest average levels of the past 10 years. In addition, we believe that recent advances in shipbuilding design and technology should make these latest generation vessels more fuel-efficient than older vessels in the global fleet that compete with us for charters, providing us with a competitive advantage. Our fleet transports a broad range of major and minor bulk commodities, including ores, coal, grains, and fertilizers, along worldwide shipping routes, and are, or are expected to be, employed primarily in the spot market or in spot market-oriented pools of similarly sized vessels. As of the date of this prospectus, our operating fleet consists of 18 drybulk vessels, all of which are vessels that we charter-in, with an aggregate carrying capacity of approximately 1.4 million dwt, which we refer to as our Operating Fleet. We also have one time charter-in contract that is scheduled to commence during the first half of 2015 and contracts for the construction of 80 newbuilding drybulk vessels at established shipyards in Japan, China, South Korea and Romania, which we have agreed to acquire for an aggregate purchase price of $3,102.8 million, including 29 Ultramax vessels, 23 Kamsarmax vessels and 28 Capesize vessels, each with a carrying capacity of between 60,000 dwt and 180,000 dwt and an aggregate carrying capacity of approximately 8.7 million dwt. We refer to these newbuilding vessels as our Newbuilding Program. We expect to take delivery of the vessels in our Newbuilding Program as follows: two vessels in 2014, 41 vessels in 2015 and 37 vessels in 2016. Until we have taken delivery of a larger number of the vessels in our Newbuilding Program, we do not anticipate earning a material amount of revenues from our operations.

In December 2013, we completed our underwritten initial public offering of 31,300,000 common shares at $9.75 per share, and in January 2014, the underwriters in the initial public offering exercised their option to purchase an additional 4,695,000 common shares. In February 2014, we completed our offer to exchange unregistered common shares that were previously issued in Norwegian equity private placements (other than the common shares owned by affiliates of us) for common shares that were registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, which we refer to as the Exchange Offer. Upon completion of the Exchange Offer, holders of 95,766,779 unregistered common shares validly tendered their shares in exchange for such registered common shares, representing a participation rate of 99.7%. On July 31, 2014, we delisted from the Norwegian OTC. Our common shares currently trade on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “SALT.”

Following the completion of this offering, we expect to have in excess of $         million of available cash. As of June 30, 2014, we have paid a total of $764.1 million in initial installment payments due under our shipbuilding contracts for our Newbuilding Program. We plan to finance the remaining contractual commitments

 

51


Table of Contents

of $2,338.8 million with the net proceeds received from this offering, cash on hand, cash flows from operations, borrowings under committed and proposed new secured credit facilities, and from capital raised in the public and private debt and equity capital markets. As of July 30, 2014, we have signed three loan agreements (our $330.0 Senior Secured Credit Facility, our $67.5 Million Senior Secured Credit Facility, and our $39.6 Million Senior Secured Credit Facility) which will provide up to $437.1 million in available borrowings, which will be used to finance a portion of the contract price of 28 vessels in our Newbuilding Program (18 Ultramax and 10 Kamsarmax vessels). In addition, on July 21, 2014, we received a commitment from two leading European financial institutions for a $540.0 million senior secured credit facility, which we refer to as our Proposed $540.0 Million Senior Secured Credit Facility, which we expect to use to finance up to 55% of the contract price of six Ultramax, nine Kamsarmax, and nine Capesize vessels currently under construction for delivery in 2015 and 2016.

With respect to the remaining 28 unfinanced vessels in our Newbuilding Program (five Ultramax, four Kamsarmax and 19 Capesize vessels), we received proposals from leading European and Asian financial institutions to finance between 55% of the contract price and 60% of the market value of the remaining unfinanced vessels currently under construction. The terms and conditions of these proposals, for which commitments are expected within 2014, are expected to be consistent with those of the our existing credit facilities. Our entry into any loan facility that may result from these proposals remains subject to credit approval and customary conditions precedent, including negotiation and execution of final documentation. We cannot assure you that we will be successful in obtaining the financing necessary to fund all of our remaining contractual obligations under our shipbuilding contracts or will be able to take delivery of all the vessels we have agreed to acquire.

In addition, we plan to use the net proceeds from this offering and the net proceeds from future equity or debt offerings or both, together with the amounts we expect to be available to us under future credit facilities, to fund additional vessel acquisitions. Our intention is to acquire additional latest generation drybulk carriers with fuel-efficient vessel specifications and carrying capacities of greater than 30,000 dwt, either directly from shipyards or from owners with existing newbuilding vessel contracts. We may also acquire secondhand vessels that meet our stringent vessel specifications. The timing of these vessel acquisitions will depend on our ability to identify suitable vessels on attractive acquisition terms. Although we may have the capacity to obtain additional financing, we intend to maintain moderate levels of leverage of not more than 60% of the value of our vessels collateralizing our indebtedness on a consolidated basis.

Results for the six month period ended June 30, 2014

For the six months ended June 30, 2014, the Company recorded a net loss of $25.7 million.

Time charter equivalent, or TCE revenue, a non-GAAP measure, is vessel revenues less voyage expenses (including bunkers and port charges). TCE revenue is included herein because it is a standard shipping industry performance measure used primarily to compare period-to-period changes in a shipping company’s performance irrespective of changes in the mix of charter types (i.e., spot charters, time charters, and pool charters), and it provides useful information to investors and management.

 

Time Charter Equivalent Revenue: (in thousands of U.S. dollars):

  

Vessel revenue

   $ 18,647   

Voyage expenses

     3,180   
  

 

 

 

Time charter equivalent revenue

   $ 15,467   
  

 

 

 

TCE revenue was $15.5 million for the six months ended June 30, 2014, associated with chartering in 18 vessels, for which the time charter equivalent revenue per day was $8,163 overall, $7,712 per day for our Kamsarmax vessels and $10,262 per day for our Ultramax vessels (see the breakdown of daily TCE averages in the section “Summary Consolidated Financial and Other data”). Time charter equivalent revenue per day, was

 

52


Table of Contents

adversely affected, especially as it relates to the Kamsarmax vessels, by the integration of the time chartered-in vessels into our fleet which required significant time and fuel as they had to be repositioned for their first voyages as well as a depressed rate environment for dry bulk carriers.

Our revenue has been generated from spot market voyage charters, by either deploying our vessels in the spot market or from revenue we derive from the Scorpio Kamsarmax Pool and Scorpio Ultramax Pool deploying our vessels in the spot market. The spot market is extremely volatile. In 2014, the Baltic Dry Index, or the BDI, a daily average of charter rates for key drybulk routes published by the Baltic Exchange Limited, which has long been viewed as the main benchmark to monitor the movements of the drybulk vessel charter market and the performance of the entire drybulk shipping market, started off at 2,113 on January 2, 2014 and has since decreased to 1,362 as of March 31, 2014 and to 850 as of June 30, 2014.

Charterhire expense was $26.6 million for the six months ended June 30, 2014 relating to the time chartered-in vessels described above. See the Company’s Fleet List below for the terms of these agreements.

General and administrative expense was $15.4 million for the six months ended June 30, 2014. Such amount included $11.3 million of restricted stock amortization (noncash) and the balance primarily related to payroll, directors’ fees, professional fees and insurance.

Results for the Period from March 20, 2013 (date of inception) to December 31, 2013

For the period from March 20, 2013 (date of inception) to December 31, 2013, we had a net loss of $6.3 million, or $0.16 basic and diluted loss per share. During this period, we had no vessels in operation. As such, we had no revenues, voyage expenses or vessel related expenses. General and administrative expense was $5.5 million for the period from March 20, 2013 (date of inception) to December 31, 2013, the majority of which relates to amortization of stock-based compensation and salaries of New York and Monaco based personnel, including our officers. Amortization of stock-based compensation was $3.4 million for the period from March 20, 2013 (date of inception) to December 31, 2013.

Also contributing to our net loss for the period from March 20, 2013 (date of inception) to December 31, 2013 was a $1.1 million foreign exchange loss. Such loss relates to the issuance and sale on September 24, 2013 of 33,400,000 common shares for net proceeds that were denominated in Norwegian kroner (NOK), in Norwegian private placement transactions exempt from registration under the Securities Act which was not settled in U.S. dollars until October 2013.

Critical Accounting Policies

This discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations is based upon our condensed consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP. The preparation of those financial statements requires us to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amount of assets and liabilities, revenues and expenses and related disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of our financial statements. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.

Critical accounting policies are those that reflect significant judgments or uncertainties, and potentially result in materially different results under different assumptions and conditions. We have described below what we believe are our most critical accounting policies.

Revenue recognition

Vessel Revenue. Vessel revenue is measured at the fair value of the consideration received or receivable and represents amounts receivable for services provided in the normal course of business, net of discounts, and other sales-related or value added taxes. Vessel revenue is comprised of time charter revenue, voyage revenue and pool revenue.

Time Charter Revenue. Time charter revenue is recognized as services are performed based on the daily rates specified in the time charter contract.

 

53


Table of Contents

Voyage Charter Revenue. Voyage charter agreements are charter hires, where a contract is made in the spot market for the use of a vessel for a specific voyage for a specified charter rate. Revenue from voyage charter agreements is recognized on a pro rata basis based on the relative transit time in each period. The period over which voyage revenues are recognized commences at the time the vessel departs from its last discharge port and ends at the time the discharge of cargo at the next discharge port is completed. We do not begin recognizing revenue until a charter has been agreed to by the customer and us, even if the vessel has discharged its cargo and is sailing to the anticipated load port on its next voyage. We do not recognize revenue when a vessel is off hire. Estimated losses on voyages are provided for in full at the time such losses become evident. In the application of this policy, we do not begin recognizing revenue until (i) the amount of revenue can be measured reliably, (ii) it is probable that the economic benefits associated with the transaction will flow to the entity, (iii) the transactions’ stage of completion at the balance sheet date can be measured reliably and (iv) the costs incurred and the costs to complete the transaction can be measured reliably.

Pool Revenue. Pool revenue for each vessel is determined in accordance with the profit sharing terms specified within each pool agreement. In particular, the pool manager aggregates the revenues and expenses of all of the pool participants and distributes the net earnings to participants based on:

 

    the pool points (vessel attributes such as cargo carrying capacity, fuel consumption, and construction characteristics are taken into consideration); and

 

    the number of days the vessel participated in the pool in the period.

We recognize pool revenue on a monthly basis, when the vessel has participated in a pool during the period and the amount of pool revenue for the month can be estimated reliably. We receive estimated vessel earnings based on the known number of days the vessel has participated in the pool, the contract terms, and the estimated monthly pool revenue. On a quarterly basis, we receive a report from the pool which identifies the number of days the vessel participated in the pool, the total pool points for the period, the total pool revenue for the period, and the calculated share of pool revenue for the vessel. We review the quarterly report for consistency with each vessel’s pool agreement and vessel management records. The estimated pool revenue is reconciled quarterly, coinciding with our external reporting periods, to the actual pool revenue earned, per the pool report. Consequently, in our financial statements, reported revenues represent actual pooled revenues. While differences do arise in the performance of these quarterly reconciliations, such differences are not material to total reported revenues.

The following are accounting policies we plan to adopt going forward.

Vessels and depreciation

We record the value of our vessels at their cost (which includes acquisition costs directly attributable to the vessel and expenditures made to prepare the vessel for its initial voyage) less accumulated depreciation. We depreciate our vessels on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives, estimated to be 25 years from date of initial delivery from the shipyard. Depreciation is based on cost less the estimated residual value which is the lightweight tonnage of each vessel multiplied by scrap value per ton. The scrap value per ton is estimated taking into consideration the historical four year average scrap market rates at the balance sheet date with changes accounted for in the period of change and in future periods. We believe that a 25-year depreciable life for our vessels is consistent with that of other ship owners and with its economic useful life. An increase in the useful life of the vessel or in its residual value would have the effect of decreasing the annual depreciation charge and extending it into later periods. A decrease in the useful life of the vessel or in its residual value would have the effect of increasing the annual depreciation charge. However, when regulations place limitations over the ability of a vessel to trade on a worldwide basis, or when the cost of complying with such regulations is not expected to be recovered, we will adjust the vessel’s useful life to end at the date such regulations preclude such vessel’s further commercial use. The carrying value of our vessels does not represent the fair market value of such vessels or the amount we could obtain if we were to sell any of our vessels, which could be more or less.

 

 

54


Table of Contents

Impairment of long-lived assets

We follow Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Subtopic 360-10, “Property, Plant and Equipment” (“ASC 360-10”), which requires impairment losses to be recorded on long-lived assets used in operations when indicators of impairment are present and the undiscounted cash flows estimated to be generated by those assets are less than their carrying amounts. If indicators of impairment are present, the Company performs an analysis of the anticipated undiscounted future net cash flows of the related long-lived assets. If the carrying value of the related asset exceeds the undiscounted cash flows, the carrying value is reduced to its fair value. Various factors including anticipated future charter rates, estimated scrap values, future drydocking costs and estimated vessel operating costs are included in this analysis.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

We were formed for the purpose acquiring and operating latest generation of newbuilding drybulk carriers with fuel-efficient specifications and carrying capacities of greater than 30,000 dwt. As of the date of this prospectus, our Operating Fleet consists of 18 drybulk vessels (all of which are vessels that we charter-in) and our Newbuilding Program consists contracts for the construction of 80 drybulk vessels with established shipyards in Japan, China, South Korea and Romania, which we have agreed to acquire for an aggregate purchase price of $3,102.8 million, including 29 Ultramax vessels, 23 Kamsarmax vessels and 28 Capesize vessels. We also have one time charter-in contract that is scheduled to commence during the first half of 2015. In addition, as part of our growth strategy we may also acquire modern secondhand vessels, or charter in additional vessels. Our business is capital intensive and we intend to pay for these vessels with a combination of proceeds from the issuance of bonds, cash generated from operations, equity capital, and borrowings from commercial banks under one or more secured credit facilities. We anticipate that such credit agreements will bear interest based on LIBOR. We expect to rely on operating cash flows as well as equity offerings and long-term borrowings under secured credit facilities to implement our growth plan and dividend policy. We believe that our current cash balance as well as operating cash flows and available borrowings under our credit facilities, including our $67.5 Million Senior Secured Credit Facility, our $330.0 Million Senior Secured Credit Facility, our $39.6 Million Senior Secured Credit Facility and our Proposed $540.0 Million Senior Secured Credit Facility, will be sufficient to meet our liquidity needs for the next 12 months.

The vessels in our Newbuilding Program are expected to be delivered to us between the third quarter of 2014 and the third quarter of 2016. These construction projects are subject to risks of delay or cost overruns inherent in any large construction project from numerous factors, including shortages of equipment, materials or skilled labor, unscheduled delays in the delivery of ordered materials and equipment or shipyard construction, failure of equipment to meet quality and/or performance standards, financial or operating difficulties experienced by equipment vendors or the shipyard, unanticipated actual or purported change orders, inability to obtain required permits or approvals, unanticipated cost increases between order and delivery, design or engineering changes and work stoppages and other labor disputes, adverse weather conditions or any other events of force majeure. Significant cost overruns or delays could adversely affect our financial position, results of operations and cash flows. Additionally, failure to complete a project on time may result in the delay of revenue from that vessel.

As of June 30, 2014, we have made total yard payments in the amount of $764.1 million and we have remaining yard installments in the amount of $2,338.8 million before we take delivery of the vessels. We had, as of June 30, 2014, a cash balance of $346.0 million to fund future newbuilding commitments, however, a significant portion of our remaining commitments are currently unfunded. If we are not able to borrow additional funds, raise other capital or utilize available cash on hand, we may not be able to acquire these newbuilding vessels, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. If for any reason we fail to make a payment when due, which may result in a default under our newbuilding contracts, or otherwise fail to take delivery of our newbuild vessels, we would be prevented from realizing potential revenues from these vessels, we could also lose all or a portion of our yard payments that were paid by us and we could be liable for penalties and damages under such contracts.

 

55


Table of Contents

In addition, in the event the shipyards do not perform under their contracts and we are unable to enforce certain refund guarantees with third party banks for any reason, we may lose all or part of our investment, which would have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

Equity Private Placements

Upon our formation in March 2013, we issued 1,500 common shares to SSH. Between July 1, 2013 and July 16, 2013, we issued and sold 31,250,000 common shares, par value $0.01 per share, for net proceeds of $242.8 million; on September 24, 2013, we issued and sold an additional 33,400,000 common shares for net proceeds of $290.5 million; and on October 31, 2013, we issued and sold an additional 32,590,411 common shares for net proceeds of $291.0 million, in Norwegian private placement transactions exempt from registration under the Securities Act.

Initial Public Offering

In December 2013, we completed our underwritten initial public offering of 31,300,000 common shares at $9.75 per share, and in January 2014, the underwriters in the initial public offering exercised their option to purchase an additional 4,695,000 common shares. We received net proceeds of $326 million, in aggregate, which was used to fund newbuilding vessel capital expenditures.

Credit Facilities

For a description of our $67.5 Million Senior Secured Credit Facility, our $330.0 Million Senior Secured Credit Facility, our $39.6 Million Senior Secured Credit Facility, and our Proposed $540.0 Million Senior Secured Credit Facility, including the loan covenants thereto, please see the section herein entitled “Description of Other Indebtedness.”

Dividend Policy

Initially, we do not intend to pay dividends to the holders of our common shares but rather to invest our available cash in the growth of our fleet and development of our business. We will continue to assess our dividend policy and our board of directors may determine it is in the best interest of the Company to pay dividends in the future. Upon the delivery of a larger number of the vessels in our Newbuilding Program and depending on prevailing charter market conditions, our operating results and capital requirements and other relevant factors, our board of directors will re-evaluate our dividend policy. Please see the section of this prospectus entitled “Dividend Policy.”

Contractual Obligations

The following table sets forth our estimated current contractual obligations as of June 30, 2014, for our newbuilding commitments through the expected delivery dates of the vessels and vessels that we have time chartered-in.

 

(in millions of U.S. dollars)    Less than
1 year
     1 to 3
years
     3 to 5
years
     More
than 5
years
 

Vessels Under Construction (1)

   $ 785.0       $ 1,553.7       $ -       $ -   

Time Charter-in Commitments (2)

     61.2         55.9         5.5         -   

 

(1) These are estimates only and are subject to change as construction progresses.
(2) Excludes option periods and time charters-in that are based on floating rates.

This table does not include (i) vessel management fees and expenses, which will be incurred starting with the delivery of the first vessel we time chartered-in and (ii) payments that we expect to make under our credit facilities on which we have not yet drawn down.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We are committed to make payments for our vessels that we time charter-in. The future minimum rental payments under these vessels that we have time chartered-in are disclosed above in the table under “Contractual Obligations.”

 

56


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

History and Development of the Company

Scorpio Bulkers Inc. was established on March 20, 2013 under the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands. In July 2013, we issued and sold 31,250,000 common shares (including 1,500 common shares issued in connection with our formation) for net proceeds of $242.8 million in the July 2013 Private Placement; in September 2013, we issued and sold an additional 33,400,000 common shares for net proceeds of $290.2 million in the September 2013 Private Placement; and in October 2013, we issued and sold an additional 32,590,411 common shares for net proceeds of $291.0 million in the October 2013 Private Placement. In December 2013, we completed our underwritten initial public offering of 31,300,000 common shares at $9.75 per share, and in January 2014, the underwriters in the initial public offering exercised their option to purchase an additional 4,695,000 common shares. In February 2014, we completed our offer to exchange unregistered common shares that were previously issued in Norwegian equity private placements (other than the common shares owned by affiliates of us) for common shares that were registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, which we refer to as the Exchange Offer. Upon completion of the Exchange Offer, holders of 95,766,779 unregistered common shares validly tendered their shares in exchange for such registered common shares, representing a participation rate of 99.7%. On July 31, 2014, we delisted from the Norwegian OTC. Our common shares currently trade on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “SALT.”

Following the completion of this offering, we expect to have in excess of $         million of available cash. As of June 30, 2014, we have paid a total of $764.1 million in initial installment payments due under our shipbuilding contracts for our Newbuilding Program. We plan to finance the remaining contractual commitments of $2,338.8 million with the net proceeds received from this offering, cash on hand, cash flows from operations, borrowings under committed and proposed new secured credit facilities, and from capital raised in the public and private debt and equity markets. We cannot assure you that we will be successful in obtaining the financing necessary to fund all of our remaining contractual obligations under our shipbuilding contracts or will be able to take delivery of all the vessels we have agreed to acquire.

In addition, we plan to use the net proceeds from this offering and the net proceeds from future equity or debt offerings or both, together with the amounts we expect to be available to us under the credit facilities we plan to enter, for general corporate purposes, including the purchase of new vessels. Our intention is to acquire additional latest generation drybulk carriers with fuel-efficient vessel specifications and carrying capacities of greater than 30,000 dwt, either directly from shipyards or from owners with existing newbuilding vessel contracts. We may also acquire secondhand vessels that meet our stringent vessel specifications. The timing of these vessel acquisitions will depend on our ability to identify suitable vessels on attractive acquisition terms. Although we may have the capacity to obtain additional financing, we intend to maintain moderate levels of leverage of not more than 60% of the value of our vessels collateralizing our indebtedness on a consolidated basis.

Our fleet will consists of 80 newbuilding drybulk vessels, including 29 Ultramax vessels, 23 Kamsarmax vessels and 28 Capesize vessels, each with a carrying capacity of between 60,000 dwt and 180,000 dwt and an aggregate carrying capacity of approximately 8.7 million dwt. We refer to these vessels as our Initial Fleet. Until we take delivery of one or more of the vessels in our Initial Fleet, which is expected to occur in the third quarter of 2014, we do not anticipate earning a material amount of revenues from our operations unless we charter-in vessels or purchase recently delivered newbuilding vessels. The vessels in our Initial Fleet are to be constructed at established shipyards in Japan, South Korea, China and Romania and are scheduled to be delivered to us between the third quarter of 2014 and the third quarter of 2016.

Business Overview

We are a newly formed international shipping company focused on acquiring and operating the latest generation newbuilding drybulk carriers with fuel-efficient specifications and carrying capacities of greater than

 

57


Table of Contents

30,000 dwt. We believe that it is an opportune time to acquire these vessels because acquisition costs for these vessels are currently near the lowest average levels of the past 10 years. In addition, we believe that recent advances in shipbuilding design and technology should make these latest generation vessels more fuel-efficient than older vessels in the global fleet that compete with us for charters, providing us with a competitive advantage. Our fleet transports a broad range of major and minor bulk commodities, including ores, coal, grains, and fertilizers, along worldwide shipping routes, and are, or are expected to be, employed primarily in the spot market or in spot market-oriented pools of similarly sized vessels. As of the date of this prospectus, our operating fleet consists of 18 drybulk vessels, all of which are vessels that we charter-in, with an aggregate carrying capacity of approximately 1.4 million dwt, which we refer to as our Operating Fleet. We also have one time charter-in contract that is scheduled to commence during the first half of 2015 and contracts for the construction of 80 newbuilding drybulk vessels at established shipyards in Japan, China, South Korea and Romania, which we have agreed to acquire for an aggregate purchase price of $3,102.8 million, including 29 Ultramax vessels, 23 Kamsarmax vessels and 28 Capesize vessels, each with a carrying capacity of between 60,000 dwt and 180,000 dwt and an aggregate carrying capacity of approximately 8.7 million dwt. We refer to these newbuilding vessels as our Newbuilding Program. We expect to take delivery of the vessels in our Newbuilding Program as follows: two vessels in 2014, 41 vessels in 2015 and 37 vessels in 2016. Until we have taken delivery of a larger number of the vessels in our Newbuilding Program, we do not anticipate earning a material amount of revenues from our operations.

Our primary objective is to profitably grow our business and increase shareholder value by focusing on latest generation drybulk carriers. We intend to leverage the relationships, expertise and reputation of the Scorpio Tankers and the Scorpio Group to manage, service and employ our fleet and to identify opportunities to expand our fleet through newbuildings and selective acquisitions.

Our Relationship with the Scorpio Group

We believe that one of our principal strengths is our relationship with Scorpio Tankers and the Scorpio Group of companies. Our vessel operations are managed under the supervision of our board of directors, by our management team and by members of the Scorpio Group of companies. We expect that our relationship with Scorpio Tankers and the Scorpio Group of companies will give us access to their relationships with major international charterers, lenders and shipbuilders. We will have access to Scorpio Group’s customer and supplier relationships and their technical, commercial and managerial expertise, which we believe will allow us to compete more effectively and operate our vessels on a cost efficient basis. The Scorpio Group, through SSH, beneficially owns approximately 4.0% of our common shares, excluding the common shares to be issued pursuant to the Administrative Services Agreement. Please see “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management.”

In addition to our relationship with Scorpio Tankers, we believe there are opportunities for us to benefit from operational, charterer and shipyard-based synergies due to our broader shared relationship with the Scorpio Group which includes:

 

    SSM, which provides vessel technical management services for 40 vessels owned by third-parties, including Scorpio Tankers, and provides us with the same services for all of our vessels.

 

    SCM, which provides vessel commercial management services for 100 vessels owned by third-parties, including Scorpio Tankers, and provides us with the same services for all of our vessels. SCM manages 78 vessels (excluding the vessels in our fleet) through the spot market-oriented Scorpio Group Pools, which currently include the Scorpio LR2 Pool, the Scorpio Panamax Tanker Pool, the Scorpio MR Pool, Scorpio Handymax Tanker Pool, the Scorpio Ultramax Pool, Scorpio Kamsermax Pool and the Scorpio Capesize Pool.

 

    SSH, which provides us and related entities with administrative services and services related to the acquisition of vessels.

 

58


Table of Contents

We can provide no assurance, however, that we will realize any benefits from our relationship with Scorpio Tankers or the Scorpio Group.

Emanuele Lauro, our Co-Founder, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, is a member of the Lolli-Ghetti family which owns and controls SCM, our commercial manager, and SSM, our technical manager. These relationships, and other relationships between certain of our executive officers and members of the Scorpio Group, may create certain conflicts of interest between us, on the one hand, and other members of the Scorpio Group, including our commercial and technical manager, on the other hand. For example, our Chief Executive Officer, President, and Chief Operating Officer each participate in business activities not associated with us, including serving as members of the management team of Scorpio Tankers, and are not required to work full-time on our affairs. We expect that each of our executive officers devote a substantial portion of his business time to the completion of our Newbuilding Program and management of the Company. Additionally, our executive officers named above serve in similar positions in the Scorpio Group. This may create conflicts of interest in matters involving or affecting us and our customers, including in the chartering, purchase, sale and operation of the vessels in our fleet versus vessels managed by other members of the Scorpio Group. As result of these conflicts, it is not certain that these conflicts of interest will be resolved in our favor, and other members of the Scorpio Group, who have limited contractual duties, may favor their own or other owners’ interest over our interests. Please see “Risk Factors—Our Chief Executive Officer, President and Chief Operating Officer will not devote all of their time to our business, which may hinder our ability to operate successfully.”

Our Competitive Strengths

We believe that we possess a number of competitive strengths in our industry, including:

Experienced management teams . Our Company’s leadership has considerable depth of shipping industry expertise. Since 2003, under the leadership of Mr. Emanuele Lauro, our Co-Founder, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, the Scorpio Group, together with Scorpio Tankers, has grown from an owner of three vessels in 2003 to an owner of 78 vessels, and an operator or manager of approximately100 vessels, as of August 4, 2014. Mr. Robert Bugbee, our Co-Founder, President and Director, also holds a senior management position within the Scorpio Group and is the President and a Director of Scorpio Tankers, has more than 27 years of experience in the shipping industry and was formerly the President and Chief Operating Officer of OMI, which was a publicly traded shipping company until its sale in 2007. Messrs. Lauro and Bugbee are supported by Mr. Cameron Mackey, Mr. Hugh Baker and Mr. Luca Forgione, who serve as our Chief Operating Officer, our Chief Financial Officer, and our General Counsel, respectively, of whom, Messrs. Mackey and Forgione also serve as members of the management team of Scorpio Tankers. Mr. Mackey is also a director of Scorpio Tankers. Messrs. Mackey, Baker and Forgione serve in similar positions in the Scorpio Group and have 20, 22, and 11 years of experience, respectively, in the shipping industry, and, with Messrs. Lauro and Bugbee, collectively have over 80 years of combined shipping experience, and have developed industry relationships with charterers, lenders, shipbuilders, insurers and other industry participants. In addition, our Chief Executive Officer has experience in the ownership and operation of dry bulk carriers, through the Scorpio Group, which has owned and operated several dry bulk carriers, and in the upstream and downstream supply chain of dry bulk commodities, as founder, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of Scorpio Logistics Ltd. Our executive officers are not required to work full-time on our affairs and also perform services for other companies, including Scorpio Tankers. Initially, we expect that our executive officers will devote a substantial portion of their business time to the completion of our drybulk carrier acquisition program and management of the Company.

Attractive Initial Fleet . The 80 drybulk carriers in our Newbuilding Program, including 29 Ultramax vessels, 23 Kamsarmax vessels and 28 Capesize vessels, are scheduled to be delivered to us between the third quarter or 2014 and the third quarter of 2016. We believe that owning a modern, well-maintained fleet with fuel efficient specifications reduces operating costs, improves the quality of service we deliver and provides us with a competitive advantage in securing favorable time and spot charters with high-quality counterparties. We believe that it is an opportune time to acquire these latest generation, fuel-efficient drybulk vessels because acquisition

 

59


Table of Contents

costs for these vessels are currently near the lowest average levels of the past 10 years. In addition, we believe that recent advances in shipbuilding design and technology should make these latest generation vessels more fuel-efficient than older vessels in the global fleet that compete with us for charters, providing us with a competitive advantage.

Significant available liquidity to pursue acquisition and expansion opportunities . Following the completion of this offering, we expect to have at least $         million of available cash, including $346.0 million which is a portion of the net proceeds from the Equity Private Placements and our Initial Public Offering. We intend to use the substantial majority of our available cash, and borrowing capacity under the secured credit facilities we intend to enter, to pursue vessel acquisitions, including the vessels in our Newbuilding Program, consistent with our business strategy. We believe that our strong balance sheet, financing capacity and future access to capital will allow us to make opportunistic acquisitions at attractive prices.

Access to attractive acquisition and chartering opportunities.  Scorpio Group, including Scorpio Tankers, has established strong global relationships with shipping companies, charterers, shipyards, brokers and commercial shipping lenders. We believe that the Scorpio Group’s relationships with these counterparties and its strong sale and purchase track record and reputation as a creditworthy counterparty should provide us, as a member of the Scorpio Group, with access to attractive asset acquisitions, chartering and vessel financing opportunities.

High quality, cost efficient vessel opportunities . We believe that Scorpio Group’s experience with the commercial and technical management of vessels and its reputation in the industry as an operator with high safety and quality operating standards will be important in establishing and retaining high quality charterers that are looking for reliable and responsible operators to meet their exacting standards for vessel chartering and day-to-day operation.

Our Business Strategies

Our primary objectives are to profitably grow our business and emerge as a successful owner and operator of drybulk vessels. The key elements of our strategy are:

Expanding our fleet through opportunistic acquisitions of high-quality vessels at attractive prices . We intend to acquire latest generation drybulk carriers with fuel-efficient specifications and carrying capacities of greater than 30,000 dwt through timely and selective acquisitions. We currently view this vessel class as providing attractive return characteristics given the relatively low vessel price levels. A key element to our acquisition strategy will be to acquire high-quality vessels at attractive prices. When evaluating acquisitions, we will consider and analyze, among other things, our expectation of fundamental developments in the drybulk shipping industry sector, the level of liquidity in the resale and charter market, the cash flow earned by the vessel in relation to its value, its condition and technical specifications with particular regard to fuel consumption, expected remaining useful life, the credit quality of the charterer and duration and terms of charter contracts for vessels acquired with charters attached, as well as the overall diversification of our fleet and customers. We believe that these circumstances combined with our management’s knowledge of the shipping industry present an opportunity for us to grow our fleet at favorable prices.

Optimizing vessel revenues primarily through spot market exposure . The Baltic Dry Index, or the BDI, a daily average of charter rates for key drybulk routes published by the Baltic Exchange Limited, which has long been viewed as the main benchmark to monitor the movements of the drybulk vessel charter market and the performance of the entire drybulk shipping market, has recently increased from the record low levels of 647 in February 2012 to 755 on July 31, 2014. We intend to employ a chartering strategy to capture upside opportunities in the spot market. We may also use fixed-rate time charters as the charter market improves to reduce downside risks. There can be no assurance that the drybulk charter market will increase and the market could decline.

Focusing on drybulk carriers based on the experience and expertise of the Scorpio Group and our management team in the international shipping industry . We believe that major international commodity

 

60


Table of Contents

companies seek transportation partners that are financially stable and have a reputation for reliability, safety, and high environmental and quality standards. We intend to leverage the operational expertise and customer base of the Scorpio Group and the members of our management team in order to further expand these relationships with consistent delivery of superior customer service.

Minimizing operating and corporate expenses . Pursuant to the Master Agreement, SSM and SCM coordinates and oversees the technical and commercial management of our fleet, respectively. We believe that SSM and SCM will be able to provide these services at costs that are lower than what we could achieve by performing these functions in-house.

Maintain a strong balance sheet through moderate use of leverage . We plan to finance the remaining contractual commitments due under our Newbuilding Program and future vessel acquisitions with a mix of debt and equity, but intend to maintain moderate levels of leverage over time, even though we may have the capacity to obtain additional financing. By maintaining moderate levels of leverage of not more than 60% of the value of the vessels collateralizing our indebtedness, we expect to retain greater flexibility than our more leveraged competitors to operate our vessels under shorter spot or period charters. Charterers have increasingly favored financially solid vessel owners, and we believe that our expected balance sheet strength will enable us to access more favorable chartering opportunities, as well as give us a competitive advantage in pursuing vessel acquisitions from commercial banks and shipyards, which have also recently displayed a preference for contracting with well capitalized counterparties.

 

61


Table of Contents

Our Fleet

The following table summarizes key information about our Newbuilding Program and our Operating Fleet as of the date of this prospectus:

Newbuilding Program

Capesize

 

Vessel Name

   Expected
Delivery  (1)
     DWT      Shipyard

  1     Hull H1309—TBN SBI Puro

     Q1-15         180,000       Waigaoqiao

  2     Hull H1310—TBN SBI Valrico

     Q2-15         180,000       Waigaoqiao

  3     Hull H1311—TBN SBI Maduro

     Q3-15         180,000       Waigaoqiao

  4     Hull H1364—TBN SBI Belicoso

     Q4-15         180,000       Waigaoqiao

  5     Hull H1365—TBN SBI Corona

     Q1-16         180,000       Waigaoqiao

  6     Hull H1366—TBN SBI Diadema

     Q2-16         180,000       Waigaoqiao

  7     Hull H1367—TBN SBI Estupendo

     Q3-16         180,000       Waigaoqiao

  8     Hull S1205—TBN SBI Camacho

     Q1-15         180,000       Sungdong

  9     Hull S1206—TBN SBI Montesino

     Q2-15         180,000       Sungdong

10     Hull S1211—TBN SBI Magnum

     Q2-15         180,000       Sungdong

11     Hull S1212—TBN SBI Montecristo

     Q3-15         180,000       Sungdong

12     Hull S1213—TBN SBI Aroma

     Q3-15         180,000       Sungdong

13     Hull S1214—TBN SBI Cohiba

     Q4-15         180,000       Sungdong

14     Hull S1215—TBN SBI Habano

     Q4-15         180,000       Sungdong

15     Hull S1216—TBN SBI Lonsdale

     Q1-16         180,000       Sungdong

16     Hull S1217—TBN SBI Partagas

     Q1-16         180,000       Sungdong

17     Hull S1218—TBN SBI Parejo

     Q2-16         180,000       Sungdong

18     Hull S1219—TBN SBI Toro

     Q2-16         180,000       Sungdong

19     Hull S1220—TBN SBI Tuscamina

     Q2-16         180,000       Sungdong

20     Hull H1059—TBN SBI Churchill

     Q4-15         180,000       Daewoo

21     Hull H1060—TBN SBI Perfecto

     Q4-15         180,000       Daewoo

22     Hull H1061—TBN SBI Presidente

     Q1-16         180,000       Daewoo

23     Hull H1062—TBN SBI Panatela

     Q1-16         180,000       Daewoo

24     Hull H1063—TBN SBI Robusto

     Q2-16         180,000       Daewoo

25     Hull HN1058—TBN SBI Behike

     Q3-15         180,000       Daehan

26     Hull HN1059—TBN SBI Monterrey

     Q4-15         180,000       Daehan

27     Hull HN1060—TBN SBI Macanudo

     Q4-15         180,000       Daehan

28     Hull HN1061—TBN SBI Cuaba

     Q1-16         180,000       Daehan

         Aggregate Capesize Newbuilding DWT

        5,040,000      

 

62


Table of Contents

Kamsarmax

 

Vessel Name

   Expected
Delivery  (1)
     DWT      Shipyard

  1     Hull H1284—TBN SBI Cakewalk

     Q3-14         82,000       Waigaoqiao

  2     Hull H1285—TBN SBI Charleston

     Q3-14         82,000       Waigaoqiao

  3     Hull S1680—TBN SBI Samba

     Q1-15         84,000       Imabari

  4     Hull S1681—TBN SBI Rumba

     Q3-15         84,000       Imabari

  5     Hull 1090—TBN SBI Electra

     Q3-15         82,000       Yangzijiang

  6     Hull 1091—TBN SBI Flamenco

     Q3-15         82,000       Yangzijiang

  7     Hull 1092—TBN SBI Rock

     Q4-15         82,000       Yangzijiang

  8     Hull 1093—TBN SBI Twist

     Q1-16         82,000       Yangzijiang

  9     Hull SS164—TBN SBI Salsa

     Q3-15         81,600       Tsuneishi

10     Hull SS179—TBN SBI Merengue

     Q1-16         81,600       Tsuneishi

11     Hull S1228—TBN SBI Capoeira

     Q1-15         82,000       Hudong

12     Hull S1722A—TBN SBI Conga

     Q2-15         82,000       Hudong

13     Hull S1723A—TBN SBI Bolero

     Q2-15         82,000       Hudong

14     Hull S1229—TBN SBI Carioca

     Q2-15         82,000       Hudong

15     Hull S1724A—TBN SBI Sousta

     Q3-15         82,000       Hudong

16     Hull S1725A—TBN SBI Reggae

     Q1-16         82,000       Hudong

17     Hull S1726A—TBN SBI Zumba

     Q1-16         82,000       Hudong

18     Hull S1231—TBN SBI Macarena

     Q1-16         82,000       Hudong

19     Hull S1735A—TBN SBI Parapara

     Q2-16         82,000       Hudong

20     Hull S1736A—TBN SBI Mazurka

     Q2-16         82,000       Hudong

21     Hull S1230—TBN SBI Lambada

     Q3-16         82,000       Hudong

22     Hull S1232—TBN SBI Swing

     Q3-16         82,000       Hudong

23     Hull S1233—TBN SBI Jive

     Q3-16         82,000       Hudong

Aggregate Kamsarmax Newbuilding DWT

        1,889,200      

 

63


Table of Contents

Ultramax

 

Vessel Name

   Expected
Delivery  (1)
     DWT      Shipyard

  1     Hull 1907—TBN SBI Hera

     Q2-16         60,200       Mitsui

  2     Hull 1906—TBN SBI Zeus

     Q2-16         60,200       Mitsui

  3     Hull 1911—TBN SBI Poseidon

     Q3-16         60,200       Mitsui

  4     Hull 1912—TBN SBI Apollo

     Q3-16         60,200       Mitsui

  5     Hull S870—TBN SBI Echo

     Q3-15         61,000       Imabari

  6     Hull S871—TBN SBI Tango

     Q3-15         61,000       Imabari

  7     Hull S-A098—TBN SBI Achilles

     Q1-16         61,000       Imabari

  8     Hull S-A089—TBN SBI Cronos

     Q1-16         61,000       Imabari

  9     Hull S-A090—TBN SBI Hermes

     Q1-16         61,000       Imabari

10     Hull NE180—TBN SBI Bravo

     Q1-15         61,000       Nacks

11     Hull NE181—TBN SBI Antares

     Q1-15         61,000       Nacks

12     Hull NE182—TBN SBI Maia

     Q3-15         61,000       Nacks

13     Hull NE183—TBN SBI Hydra

     Q3-15         61,000       Nacks

14     Hull NE194—TBN SBI Hyperion

     Q2-16         61,000       Nacks

15     Hull NE195—TBN SBI Tethys

     Q2-16         61,000       Nacks

16     Hull DE018—TBN SBI Leo

     Q1-15         61,000       Dacks

17     Hull DE019—TBN SBI Lyra

     Q3-15         61,000       Dacks

18     Hull DE020—TBN SBI Subaru

     Q3-15         61,000       Dacks

19     Hull DE021—TBN SBI Ursa

     Q3-15         61,000       Dacks

20     Hull CX0610—TBN SBI Athena

     Q1-15         64,000       Chengxi

21     Hull CX0651—TBN SBI Pegasus

     Q3-15         64,000       Chengxi

22     Hull CX0652—TBN SBI Orion

     Q4-15         64,000       Chengxi

23     Hull CX0612—TBN SBI Thalia

     Q4-15         64,000       Chengxi

24     Hull CX0653—TBN SBI Hercules

     Q1-16         64,000       Chengxi

25     Hull CX0627—TBN SBI Perseus

     Q1-16         64,000       Chengxi

26     Hull CX0654—TBN SBI Kratos

     Q2-16         64,000       Chengxi

27     Hull CX0655—TBN SBI Samson

     Q2-16         64,000       Chengxi

28     Hull CX0613—TBN SBI Phoebe

     Q2-16         64,000       Chengxi

29     Hull CX0656—TBN SBI Phoenix

     Q3-16         64,000       Chengxi

Ultramax NB DWT

        1,795,800      

Aggregate Newbuild DWT

        8,725,000      

 

* As used in this prospectus, “Dacks” refers to Dalian COSCO KHI Ship Engineering Co. Ltd., “Daehan” refers to Daehan Shipbuilding Co., Ltd., “Daewoo” refers to Daewoo Mangalia Heavy Industries S.A.,“Chengxi” refers to Chengxi Shipyard Co., Ltd., “Hudong” refers to Hudong-Zhonghua Shipbuilding (Group) Co., Inc., “Imabari” refers to Imabari Shipbuilding Co. Ltd., “Mitsui” refers to Mitsui Engineering & Shipbuilding Co. Ltd., “Nacks” refers to Nantong COSCO KHI Ship Engineering Co., Ltd., “Sungdong” refers to Sungdong Shipbuilding & Marine Engineering Co., Ltd., “Tsuneishi” refers to Tsuneishi Group (Zhoushan) Shipbuilding Inc., “Waigaoqiao” refers to Shanghai Waigaoqiao Shipbuilding Co., Ltd., and “Yangzijiang” refers to Jiangsu Yangzijiang Shipbuilding Co. Ltd.
(1) “Expected Delivery” refers to the quarter during which each vessel is currently expected to be delivered from the shipyard.

 

64


Table of Contents

Operating Fleet

 

Vessel Type

   Year
Built
     DWT      Where Built    Daily Base Rate     Earliest Expiry

Post-Panamax

     2010         93,000       China    $ 13,250      23-Oct-14 (1)

Post-Panamax

     2011         93,000       China    $ 13,500      24-Oct-14 (2)

Post-Panamax

     2009         93,000       China      See Note (3)      9-May-15 (3)

Kamsarmax

     2009         82,500       Japan    $ 14,500      8-Feb-15 (4)

Kamsarmax

     2012         82,000       South Korea    $ 15,500      23-Jul-17 (5)

Kamsarmax

     2011         81,900       South Korea    $ 12,750      3-Apr-15 (6)

Kamsarmax

     2012         81,500       South Korea    $ 14,500      7-Dec-14 (7)

Kamsarmax

     2011         81,500       South Korea    $ 15,000      15-Jan-16 (8)

Kamsarmax

     2012         81,000       South Korea    $ 15,000      10-Feb-15 (9)

Kamsarmax

     2012         79,500       China    $ 14,000      23-Jan-15 (10)

Panamax

     2004         77,500       China    $ 14,000      3-Jan-17 (11)

Panamax

     2014         77,000       Japan    $ 16,000      4-Mar-15 (12)

Panamax

     2009         76,500       Japan    $ 14,000      1-Dec-14 (13)

Panamax

     2007         75,500       South Korea    $ 13,750      14-Feb-15 (14)

Ultramax

     2010         61,000       Japan    $ 14,200      1-Apr-17 (15)

Supramax

     2010         58,000       China    $ 14,250      12-Dec-16 (16)

Supramax

     2011         58,000       China    $ 13,750      18-Jan-15 (17)

Supramax

     2015         55,000       Japan    $ 14,000      30-Jun-18 (18)

Handymax

     2002         48,500       Japan    $ 12,000      31-Jan-17 (19)

Total TC DWT

        1,435,900           

 

(1) This vessel has been time chartered-in for eight to 10 months at Company’s option at $13,250 per day. The vessel was delivered on February 23, 2014.
(2) This vessel has been time chartered-in for seven to nine months at the Company’s option at $13,500 per day. The vessel was delivered on March 24, 2014.
(3) This vessel has been time chartered-in for 10 to 14 months at the Company’s option at a rate of 90% of the Baltic Panamax 4TC Index. The Company has the option to extend this time charter for an additional 10 to 14 months at the same rate of hire. The vessel was delivered on July 9, 2014.
(4) This vessel has been time chartered-in for 11 to 13 months at the Company’s option at $14,500 per day. The Company has the option to extend this time charter for one year at $15,500 per day. The vessel was delivered on March 8, 2014.
(5) This vessel has been time chartered-in for 39 to 44 months at the Company’s option at $15,500 per day. The Company has the option to extend this time charter for one year at $16,300 per day. The vessel was delivered on April 23, 2014.
(6) This vessel has been time chartered-in for 11 to 13 months at the Company’s option at $12,750 per day. The Company has the option to extend this time charter for one year at $13,750 per day. The vessel was delivered on May 3, 2014.
(7) This vessel has been time chartered-in for 10 to 12 months at Company’s option at $14,500 per day. The vessel was delivered on February 7, 2014.
(8) This vessel has been time chartered-in for 23 to 28 months at the Company’s option at $15,000 per day. The Company has the option to extend the charter for an additional 11 to 13 months at $16,000 per day. This vessel was delivered on February 15, 2014.
(9) This vessel has been time chartered-in for 12 to 14 months at Company’s option at $15,000 per day. The vessel was delivered on February 10, 2014.
(10) This vessel has been time chartered-in for 11 to 14 months at the Company’s option at $14,000 per day. The Company has the option to extend the charter for an additional 11 to 14 months at $14,750 per day. This vessel was delivered on February 23, 2014.
(11) This vessel has been time chartered-in for 32 to 38 months at the Company’s option at $14,000 per day. The vessel was delivered on May 3, 2014.
(12) This vessel has been time chartered-in for 12 to 13 months at Company’s option at $16,000 per day. The vessel was delivered on March 4, 2014.

 

65


Table of Contents
(13) This vessel has been time chartered-in until December 1, 2014 which may be extended for an additional two months at the Company’s option. The charter hire rate is $15,900 per day until June 23, 2014 and $14,000 per day thereafter, including the option period. The vessel was delivered on January 23, 2014.
(14) This vessel has been time chartered-in for 11 to 13 months at the Company’s option at $13,750 per day. The Company has the option to extend the charter for an additional year at $14,750 per day. The vessel was delivered on March 14, 2014.
(15) This vessel has been time chartered-in for three years at $14,200 per day. The Company has options to extend the charter for up to three consecutive one year periods at $15,200 per day, $16,200 per day and $17,200 per day, respectively. This vessel was delivered on April 13, 2014.
(16) This vessel has been time chartered-in for 20 to 24 months at the Company’s option at $14,250 per day. The Company has the option to extend the charter for an additional 10 to 12 months at $14,850 per day. This vessel was delivered on April 12, 2014.
(17) This vessel has been time chartered-in for ten to 13 months at the Company’s option at $13,750 per day. This vessel was delivered on March 18, 2014.
(18) This vessel has been time chartered-in for three years at $14,000 per day. The Company has options to extend the charter for up to two consecutive one year periods at $15,000 per day and $16,000 per day, respectively. This vessel is expected to be delivered during the first half of 2015.
(19) This vessel has been time chartered-in for 34 to 37 months at the Company’s option at $12,000 per day. The Company has options to extend the charter for up to three consecutive one year periods at $12,750 per day, $13,600 per day and $14,800 per day, respectively. This vessel was delivered on March 31, 2014.

Our Newbuilding Contracts

We have entered into a newbuilding contract for each of the newbuilding vessels in our Newbuilding Program with the shipyard constructing the vessel. These contracts generally contain customary provisions, including:

 

    the technical specifications relating to the construction of the vessel to meet operational performance criteria characteristic of vessels of such class such as maximum carrying capacity, fuel consumption and speed;

 

    the scheduled installment payments for the contract price of the vessel, which generally coincide with specific construction events in the building process with the final installment payment due upon delivery of the vessel to us;

 

    adjustments in the contract price for or, under certain circumstances, our right to rescind the contract in the event of, among other things, materials delays in the delivery of the vessel to us or a material deficiency in the completed vessel’s specifications or performance;

 

    our right to supervise the construction of the vessel; and

 

    a warranty by the shipyard to remedy all defects in the vessel, its hull and machinery or its equipment that are discovered within an agreed upon time, generally a period of 12 months from the delivery of the vessel.

In addition, in connection with each of the newbuilding contracts for vessels in our Newbuilding Program, we have entered into refund guarantees with an unaffiliated bank at or around the time that we enter such newbuilding contract, pursuant to which the bank guarantees the repayment of installments paid to the shipyard in the event of certain defaults by the shipyard.

Employment of Our Fleet

Generally, we intend to operate our vessels in spot market-oriented commercial pools, in the spot market or, under certain circumstances, on time charters.

Spot Market-Oriented Commercial Pools

To increase vessel utilization and thereby revenues, we intend to participate in commercial pools with other shipowners with similar modern, well-maintained vessels. By operating a large number of vessels as an

 

66


Table of Contents

integrated transportation system, commercial pools offer customers greater flexibility and a higher level of service while achieving scheduling efficiencies. Pools employ experienced commercial managers and operators who have close working relationships with customers and brokers, while technical management is performed by each shipowner. The managers of the pools negotiate charters with customers primarily in the spot market. The size and scope of these pools enable them to enhance vessel utilization rates for pool vessels by securing backhaul voyages, which is when cargo is transported on the return leg of a journey, and contracts of affreightment, or COAs, thus generating higher effective TCE revenues than otherwise might be obtainable in the spot market, while providing a higher level of service offerings to customers.

The pools in which our vessels operate, or are expected to operate, are spot market-oriented commercial pools managed by our commercial manager, which we refer to as the “Scorpio Group Pools,” which expose us to fluctuations in spot market charter rates. The Scorpio Group Pools have been newly formed or will be formed prior to the delivery of the vessels in our Newbuilding Program and have limited or no operating history. Our vessels are expected to participate in the Scorpio Group Pools under the same contractual terms and conditions as the third party vessels in the pool. Each pool will aggregate the revenues and expenses of all of the pool participants and distribute the net earnings calculated on (i) the number of pool points for the vessel, which are based on vessel attributes such as cargo carrying capacity, fuel consumption, and construction characteristics, and (ii) the number of days the vessel operates in the period. SCM, as operator of the Scorpio Group Pools, charges $300 a day for each vessel, whether owned by us or chartered-in, plus a 1.75% commission on the gross revenues per charter fixture. SCM is expected to negotiate voyage charters, short duration time charters, and contracts of affreightment; manages procurement of bunkers, port charges and administrative services; and distributes the cash earnings.

SCM, a Monaco corporation controlled by the Lolli-Ghetti family of which our co-founder, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer is a member, is or will be, responsible for the administration of the pool and the commercial management of the participating vessels, including the marketing, chartering, operating and bunker (fuel oil) purchases for the vessels. The pool participants will remain responsible for all other costs including the financing, insurance, manning and technical management of their vessels. The earnings of all of the vessels will be aggregated and divided according to the relative performance capabilities of the vessel and the actual earning days each vessel is available.

We currently employ all of the vessels in our Operating Fleet in the Scorpio Group Pools.

Spot Market

A spot market voyage charter is generally a contract to carry a specific cargo from a load port to a discharge port for an agreed freight per ton of cargo or a specified total amount. Under spot market voyage charters, we pay specific voyage expenses such as port, canal and bunker costs. Spot charter rates are volatile and fluctuate on a seasonal and year-to-year basis.

Fluctuations derive from imbalances in the availability of cargoes for shipment and the number of vessels available at any given time to transport these cargoes. Vessels operating in the spot market generate revenue that is less predictable, but may enable us to capture increased profit margins during periods of improvements in drybulk vessel charter rates.

Time Charters

Time charters give us a fixed and stable cash flow for a known period of time. Time charters also mitigate in part the seasonality of the spot market business, which is generally weaker in the second and third quarters of the year. In the future, we may opportunistically look to enter our vessels into time charter contracts should rates become more attractive. We may also enter into time charter contracts with profit sharing agreements, which enable us to benefit if the spot market increases.

 

67


Table of Contents

Management of Our Business

Commercial and Technical Management

Our vessels are commercially managed by SCM and technically managed by SSM pursuant to a Master Agreement, which may be terminated by either party upon 24 months’ notice. SCM and SSM are companies affiliated with us. The vessels we charter-in are also commercially managed by SCM. We expect that additional vessels that we may acquire in the future, including the vessels in our Newbuilding Program, will also be managed under the Master Agreement or on substantially similar terms.

SCM’s services include securing employment for our vessels in the spot market and on time charters. SCM also manages the Scorpio Group Pools in which our vessels are, or are expected to be, employed. For commercial management of any of our vessels that does not operate in one of these pools, we pay SCM a daily fee of $300 per vessel, plus a 1.75% commission on the gross revenues per charter fixture. The Scorpio Group Pool participants, including us and third-party owners of similar vessels, are each expected to pay SCM a pool management fee of $300 per vessel per day, plus a 1.75% commission on the gross revenues per charter fixture.

SSM’s services include providing technical support, such as arranging the hiring of qualified officers and crew, supervising the maintenance and performance of vessels, purchasing supplies, spare parts and new equipment, arranging and supervising drydocking and repairs, and monitoring regulatory and classification society compliance and customer standards. We will pay SSM an annual fee of $200,000 per vessel to provide technical management services for each of our vessels in the Newbuilding Program upon delivery. In addition, representatives of SSM, including certain subcontractors, provide us with construction supervisory services while our vessels are being constructed in shipyards. For these services, we compensate SSM for its direct expenses, which can vary between $200,000 and $500,000 per vessel. Please see “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Commercial and Technical Management Agreements” for additional information.

Administrative Services Agreement

We have entered into an Administrative Services Agreement with SSH for the provision of administrative staff, office space and accounting, legal compliance, financial and information technology services. SSH is a company affiliated with us. SSH also arranges acquisitions for us. The services provided to us by SSH may be sub-contracted to other entities within the Scorpio Group. Pursuant to the Administrative Services Agreement, we will reimburse SSH for the reasonable direct or indirect expenses it incurs in providing us with the administrative services described above and a pro-rata portion of the salary incurred by SSH for an internal auditor. We will also pay SSH a fee for arranging vessel acquisitions, including newbuildings, equal to $250,000 per vessel, due upon delivery of the vessel, which is payable in our common shares. We have agreed to issue upon delivery of each vessel in our Newbuilding Program (i) 31,250 common shares to SSH as payment related to each of the first 17 vessels in our Newbuilding Program; (ii) 25,811 common shares to SSH as payment related to each of the next nine vessels in our Newbuilding Program; (iii) 25,633 common shares to SSH as payment related to each of the next ten vessels in our Newbuilding Program; (iv) 26,419 common shares to SSH as payment related to each of the next four Kamsarmax vessels in our Newbuilding Program; (v) 26,185 common shares to SSH as payment related to each of the next three Capesize vessels in our Newbuilding Program; (vi) 26,197 common shares to SSH as payment related to each of the next two vessels in our Newbuilding Program; (vii) 26,394 common shares to SSH as payment related to each of the next seven vessels in our Newbuilding Program; (viii) 26,248 common shares to SSH as payment related to each of the next four vessels in our Newbuilding Program; (ix) 26,111 common shares to SSH as payment related to each of the next four vessels in our Newbuilding Program; (x) 26,050 common shares to SSH as payment related to each of the next three vessels in our Newbuilding Program; (xi) 25,888 common shares to SSH as payment related to each of the next 11 vessels in our Newbuilding Program; (xii) 25,497 common shares to SSH as payment related to each of the next five vessels in our Newbuilding Program and (xiii) 27,640 common shares to SSH as payment related to the next vessel in our Newbuilding Program. For all vessels added to our Newbuilding Program after the first 17 vessels, the number of common shares issuable to SSH as payment is based on the market value of our common

 

68


Table of Contents

shares based on the volume weighted average price of our common shares over the 30 trading day period immediately preceding the contract date of a definitive agreement to acquire any vessel. In addition, SSH has agreed with us not to own any drybulk carriers greater than 30,000 dwt for so long as the Administrative Services Agreement is in full force and effect. This agreement may be terminated by SSH three years following the third anniversary of our initial public offering upon 12 months’ notice.

Officers and Crewing

We currently have one employee. Our executive officers employed by us and our support staff is provided by SSH pursuant to an Administrative Services Agreement. Our technical manager will be responsible for identifying, screening and recruiting, directly or through a crewing agent, the officers and all other crew members for our vessels that are employed by our vessel-owning subsidiaries. Our subsidiaries that will own the vessels in our fleet, indirectly through our technical manager pursuant to the respective technical management agreements, will employ officers and crew members manning such vessels.

Our Customers

We believe that developing strong relationships with the end users of our services allow us to better satisfy their needs with appropriate and capable vessels. A prospective charterer’s financial condition, creditworthiness, and reliability track record are important factors in negotiating our vessels’ employment.

Competition

We operate in markets that are highly competitive and based primarily on supply and demand. We compete for charters on the basis of price, vessel location, size, age and condition of the vessel, as well as on our reputation and that of our commercial manager. We compete primarily with other independent and state-owned drybulk vessel-owners. Our competitors may have more resources than us and may operate vessels that are newer, and therefore more attractive to charterers, than our vessels. Ownership of drybulk vessels is highly fragmented and is divided among publicly listed companies, state-controlled owners and private shipowners.

Seasonality

We will operate our vessels in markets that have historically exhibited seasonal variations in demand and, as a result, in charter hire rates. This seasonality may result in quarter to quarter volatility in our operating results, which could affect the amount of dividends that we pay to our shareholders from quarter to quarter. The drybulk carrier market is typically stronger in the fall and winter months in anticipation of increased consumption of coal and other raw materials in the northern hemisphere during the winter months. In addition, unpredictable weather patterns in these months tend to disrupt vessel scheduling and supplies of certain commodities. As a result, revenues of drybulk carrier operators in general have historically been weaker during the fiscal quarters ended June 30 and September 30, and, conversely, been stronger in fiscal quarters ended December 31 and March 31. This seasonality may materially affect our operating results and cash available for dividends.

Environmental and Other Regulations in the International Shipping Industry

Government regulation significantly affects the ownership and operation of our fleet. We are subject to international conventions and treaties and national, state and local laws and regulations relating to safety and health and environmental protection in force in the countries in which our vessels may operate or are registered. These regulations include requirements relating to the storage, handling, emission, transportation and discharge of hazardous and non-hazardous materials, and the remediation of contamination and liability for damage to natural resources. Compliance with such laws, regulations and other requirements may entail significant expense, including vessel modifications and implementation of certain operating procedures.

 

69


Table of Contents

A variety of government and private entities subject our vessels to both scheduled and unscheduled inspections. These entities include the local port authorities (applicable national authorities such as the United States Coast Guard (USCG), harbor master or equivalent), classification societies; flag state administrations (countries of registry) and charterers, particularly terminal operators. Certain of these entities require us to obtain permits, licenses, certificates and other authorizations for the operation of our vessels. Failure to maintain necessary permits or approvals could require us to incur substantial costs or temporarily suspend the operation of one or more of our vessels.

We believe that the heightened level of environmental and quality concerns among insurance underwriters, regulators and charterers is leading to greater inspection and safety requirements on all vessels and may accelerate the scrapping of older vessels throughout the industry. Increasing environmental concerns have created a demand for vessels that conform to the stricter environmental standards. We are required to maintain operating standards for all of our vessels that emphasize operational safety, quality maintenance, continuous training of our officers and crews and compliance with United States and international regulations. We believe that the operation of our vessels will be in substantial compliance with applicable environmental laws and regulations and that our vessels will have all material permits licenses, certificates or other authorizations necessary for the conduct of our operations. However, because such laws and regulations are frequently changed and may impose increasingly stricter requirements, we cannot predict the ultimate cost of complying with these requirements, or the impact of these requirements on the resale value or useful lives of our vessels. In addition, a future serious marine incident that causes significant adverse environmental impact, such as the 2010 BP plc Deepwater Horizon oil spill in the Gulf of Mexico, could result in additional legislation, regulation, or other requirements that could negatively affect our profitability.

International Maritime Organization

The International Maritime Organization, the United Nations agency for maritime safety and the prevention of pollution by ships, or the IMO, adopted the International Convention for the Prevention of Marine Pollution from Ships, 1973, as modified by the related Protocol of 1978 relating thereto, which has been updated through various amendments (collectively, “MARPOL”). MARPOL entered into force on October 2, 1983. It has been adopted by over 150 nations, including many of the jurisdictions in which our vessels will operate.

MARPOL is broken into six Annexes, each of which regulates a different source of pollution. Annex I relates to oil leakage or spilling; Annexes II and III relate to harmful substances carried, in bulk, in liquid or packaged form, respectively; Annexes IV and V relate to sewage and garbage management, respectively; and Annex VI relates to air emissions. Annex VI was separately adopted by the IMO in September of 1997.

In 2013, the IMO’s Marine Environmental Protection Committee, or MEPC, the MEPC adopted a resolution amending MARPOL Annex I Consolidated Assessment Scheme , or CAS. These amendments, which are expected to become effective on October 1, 2014, pertain to revising references to the inspection of bulk carriers and tankers after the 2011 International Code on the Enhanced Programme of Inspections during Surveys of Bulk Carriers and Oil Tankers, or ESP Code, which provides for enhanced inspection programs, becomes mandatory. We may need to make certain financial expenditures to comply with these amendments.

Air Emissions

In September of 1997, the IMO adopted Annex VI to MARPOL to address air pollution. Effective May 2005, Annex VI set limits on nitrogen oxide emissions from ships whose diesel engines were constructed (or underwent major conversions) on or after January 1, 2000. It also prohibits “deliberate emissions” of “ozone depleting substances,” defined to include certain halons and chlorofluorocarbons. “Deliberate emissions” are not limited to times when the ship is at sea; they can, for example, include emissions occurring in the course of repair and maintenance of the ship. Shipboard incineration (from incinerators installed after January 1, 2000) of certain substances (such as polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs)) is also prohibited. Annex VI also includes a global cap on the sulfur content of fuel oil and allows for special areas to be established with more stringent controls on sulfur emissions, known as ECAs (see below).

 

70


Table of Contents

MEPC adopted amendments to Annex VI on October 10, 2008, which entered into force on July 1, 2010. The amended Annex VI seeks to further reduce air pollution by, among other things, implementing a progressive reduction of the amount of sulfur contained in any fuel oil used on board ships. By January 1, 2020, sulfur content must not exceed 0.50%, subject to a feasibility review to be completed no later than 2018. The amended Annex IV will also establish new tiers of stringent nitrogen oxide emission standards for new marine engines, depending on the date of installation.

Sulfur content standards are even stricter within certain ECAs. By July 1, 2015, ships operating within an ECA may not use fuel with sulfur content in excess of 0.10%. Amended Annex VI establishes procedures for designating new ECAs. Currently, the Baltic Sea, the North Sea, certain coastal areas of North America and the United States Caribbean Sea are designated ECAs. If other ECAs are approved by the IMO or other new or more stringent requirements relating to emissions from marine diesel engines or port operations by vessels are adopted by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (U.S. EPA), or the states where we operate, compliance with these regulations could entail significant capital expenditures, operational changes, or otherwise increase the costs of our operations.

Amended Annex VI also establishes new tiers of stringent nitrogen oxide emissions standards for new marine engines, depending on their date of installation. The U.S. EPA promulgated equivalent (and in some senses stricter) emissions standards in late 2009.

We believe that all our vessels are or will be compliant in all material respects with these regulations. Additional or new conventions, laws and regulations may be adopted that could require the installation of expensive emission control systems and could adversely affect our business, results of operations, cash flows and financial condition.

Ballast Water Management

The IMO adopted the International Convention for the Control and Management of Ships’ Ballast Water and Sediments, or the BWM Convention, in February 2004. The BWM Convention’s implementing regulations call for a phased introduction of mandatory ballast water exchange requirements to be replaced in time with mandatory ballast water concentration limits. The BWM Convention will not enter into force until 12 months after it has been adopted by 30 states, the combined merchant fleets of which represent not less than 35% of the gross tonnage of the world’s merchant shipping tonnage. To date, a sufficient number of states have not ratified the convention for it to enter into force. Many of the implementation dates originally included in the BWM Convention have already passed, so on December 4, 2013, the IMO Assembly passed a resolution that revises the dates of applicability of the requirements of the BWM Convention so that they are triggered by the entry into force date. This in effect makes all vessels constructed before the entry into force date ‘existing vessels,’ and delays the date for installation of ballast water management systems on vessels until the first renewal survey following entry into force of the convention. Upon entry into force of the BWM Convention mid-ocean ballast exchange would become mandatory. When mid-ocean ballast exchange or ballast water treatment requirements become mandatory, the cost of compliance could increase for ocean carriers, and the costs of ballast water treatment may be material.

Safety Management System Requirements

The IMO has also adopted the International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea, or SOLAS and the International Convention on Load Lines, or the LL Convention, which regulate the design and operational features of ships. The IMO periodically revises the SOLAS and LL Convention standards. May 2012 SOLAS amendments entered into force as of January 1, 2014. The Convention on Limitation of Liability for Maritime Claims (LLMC) was recently amended and the amendments are expected to go into effect on June 8, 2015. The amendments alter the limits of liability for loss of life or personal injury claims and property claims against ship owners. We believe that all our vessels are or will be in substantial compliance with SOLAS and LL Convention standards.

 

71


Table of Contents

Our operations are also subject to environmental standards and requirements under Chapter IX of SOLAS, the International Safety Management Code for the Safe Operation of Ships and for Pollution Prevention, or ISM Code. It requires the owner of a vessel, or any person who has taken responsibility for operation of a vessel, to develop an extensive safety management system that includes, among other things, the adoption of a safety and environmental protection policy setting forth instructions and procedures for operating its vessels safely and describing procedures for responding to emergencies. We rely upon the safety management system that we and our technical manager have developed for compliance with the ISM Code. The failure of a ship owner or bareboat charterer to comply with the ISM Code may subject such party to increased liability, may decrease available insurance coverage for the affected vessels and may result in a denial of access to, or detention in, certain ports.

The ISM Code requires that vessel operators obtain a safety management certificate for each vessel they operate. This certificate evidences compliance by a vessel’s management with the ISM Code requirements for a safety management system, or SMS. No vessel can obtain a safety management certificate unless its manager has been awarded a document of compliance, issued by classification societies under the authority of each flag state, under the ISM Code. The document of compliance, or the DOC, and safety management certificate, or the SMC, are renewed every five years, but the DOC is subject to audit verification annually and the SMC at least every 2.5 years. SSM has or will obtain documents of compliance for their offices and will obtain safety management certificates for all of our vessels for which the certificates are required by the IMO.

Pollution Control and Liability Requirements

The IMO has negotiated international conventions that impose liability for oil pollution in international waters and the territorial waters of the signatory to such conventions.

The International Convention on Civil Liability for Bunker Oil Pollution Damage, or the Bunker Convention imposes strict liability on ship owners for pollution damage in jurisdictional waters of ratifying states caused by discharges of bunker fuel. The Bunker Convention requires registered owners of ships over 1,000 gross tons to maintain insurance for pollution damage in an amount equal to the limits of liability under the applicable national or international limitation regime (but not exceeding the amount calculated in accordance with the Convention on Limitation of Liability for Maritime Claims of 1976, as amended). With respect to non-ratifying states, liability for spills or releases of oil carried as fuel in ship’s bunkers typically is determined by the national or other domestic laws in the jurisdiction where the events or damages occur.

IMO regulations also require owners and operators of vessels to adopt shipboard oil pollution emergency plans and/or shipboard marine pollution emergency plans for noxious liquid substances in accordance with the guidelines developed by the IMO.

Compliance Enforcement

The flag state, as defined by the United Nations Convention on Law of the Sea, has overall responsibility for implementing and enforcing a broad range of international maritime regulations with respect to all ships granted the right to fly its flag. The “Shipping Industry Guidelines on Flag State Performance” evaluates and reports on flag states based on factors such as sufficiency of infrastructure, ratification, implementation, and enforcement of principal international maritime treaties and regulations, supervision of statutory ship surveys, casualty investigations and participation at IMO and ILO meetings. All of the vessels in our Newbuilding Program will be flagged in the Marshall Islands. Marshall Islands flagged vessels have historically received a good assessment in the shipping industry. We recognize the importance of a credible flag state and do not intend to use flags of convenience or flag states with poor performance indicators. Noncompliance with the ISM Code or other IMO regulations may subject the ship owner or bareboat charterer to increased liability, may lead to decreases in available insurance coverage for affected vessels and may result in the denial of access to, or detention in, some ports. The USCG and European Union authorities have indicated that vessels not in compliance with the ISM

 

72


Table of Contents

Code by the applicable deadlines will be prohibited from trading in U.S. and European Union ports, respectively. Each of our vessels are or will be ISM Code certified. However, there can be no assurance that such certificate will be maintained.

The IMO continues to review and introduce new regulations. It is impossible to predict what additional regulations, if any, may be passed by the IMO and what effect, if any, such regulations might have on our operations.

The U.S. Oil Pollution Act of 1990 and Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act

The U.S. Oil Pollution Act of 1990, or OPA, established an extensive regulatory and liability regime for the protection and cleanup of the environment from oil spills. OPA affects all “owners and operators” whose vessels trade in the United States, its territories and possessions or whose vessels operate in United States waters, which include the United States’ territorial sea and its 200 nautical mile exclusive economic zone. The United States has also enacted the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act, or CERCLA, which applies to the discharge of hazardous substances other than oil, whether on land or at sea. OPA and CERCLA both define “owner and operator” “in the case of a vessel, as any person owning, operating or chartering by demise, the vessel.” OPA applies to oil tankers (which are not operated by us), as well as non-tanker ships with respect to the fuel oil, or bunkers, used to power such ships. CERCLA also applies to our operations.

Under OPA, vessel owners and operators are “responsible parties” and are jointly, severally and strictly liable (unless the spill results solely from the act or omission of a third party, an act of God or an act of war) for all containment and clean-up costs and other damages arising from discharges or threatened discharges of oil from their vessels. OPA defines these other damages broadly to include:

 

    injury to, destruction or loss of, or loss of use of, natural resources and the costs of assessment thereof;

 

    injury to, or economic losses resulting from, the destruction of real and personal property;

 

    net loss of taxes, royalties, rents, fees or net profit revenues resulting from injury, destruction or loss of real or personal property, or natural resources;

 

    loss of subsistence use of natural resources that are injured, destroyed or lost;

 

    lost profits or impairment of earning capacity due to injury, destruction or loss of real or personal property or natural resources; and

 

    net cost of increased or additional public services necessitated by removal activities following a discharge of oil, such as protection from fire, safety or health hazards.

OPA contains statutory caps on liability and damages; such caps do not apply to direct cleanup costs. Effective July 31, 2009, the U.S. Coast Guard adjusted the limits of OPA liability for non-tank vessels to the greater of $1,000 per gross ton or $854,400 (subject to periodic adjustment for inflation). These limits of liability do not apply if an incident was proximately caused by the violation of an applicable U.S. federal safety, construction or operating regulation by a responsible party (or its agent, employee or a person acting pursuant to a contractual relationship), or a responsible party’s gross negligence or willful misconduct. The limitation on liability similarly does not apply if the responsible party fails or refuses to (i) report the incident where the responsibility party knows or has reason to know of the incident; (ii) reasonably cooperate and assist as requested in connection with oil removal activities; or (iii) without sufficient cause, comply with an order issued under the Federal Water Pollution Act (Section 311 (c), (e)) or the Intervention on the High Seas Act. The 2010 Deepwater Horizon oil spill in the Gulf of Mexico may also result in additional regulatory initiatives or statutes, including the raising of liability caps under OPA.

 

73


Table of Contents

CERCLA contains a similar liability regime whereby owners and operators of vessels are liable for cleanup, removal and remedial costs, as well as damage for injury to, or destruction or loss of, natural resources, including the reasonable costs associated with assessing same, and health assessments or health effects studies. There is no liability if the discharge of a hazardous substance results solely from the act or omission of a third party, an act of God or an act of war. Liability under CERCLA is limited to the greater of $300 per gross ton or $5 million for vessels carrying a hazardous substance as cargo and the greater of $300 per gross ton or $500,000 for any other vessel. These limits do not apply (rendering the responsible person liable for the total cost of response and damages) if the release or threat of release of a hazardous substance resulted from willful misconduct or negligence, or the primary cause of the release was a violation of applicable safety, construction or operating standards or regulations. The limitation on liability also does not apply if the responsible person fails or refused to provide all reasonable cooperation and assistance as requested in connection with response activities where the vessel is subject to OPA.

OPA and CERCLA each preserve the right to recover damages under existing law, including maritime tort law.

OPA and CERCLA both require owners and operators of vessels to establish and maintain with the U.S. Coast Guard evidence of financial responsibility sufficient to meet the maximum amount of liability to which the particular responsible person may be subject. Vessel owners and operators may satisfy their financial responsibility obligations by providing a proof of insurance, a surety bond, qualification as a self-insurer or a guarantee. We plan to comply with the U.S. Coast Guard’s financial responsibility regulations by providing a certificate of responsibility evidencing sufficient self-insurance.

We currently maintain pollution liability coverage insurance in the amount of $1.0 billion per incident for each of our vessels. If the damages from a catastrophic spill were to exceed our insurance coverage it could have an adverse effect on our business and results of operation.

OPA specifically permits individual states to impose their own liability regimes with regard to oil pollution incidents occurring within their boundaries, provided they accept, at a minimum, the levels of liability established under OPA. Some states have enacted legislation providing for unlimited liability for oil spills. We intend to comply with all existing and future applicable state regulations in the ports where our vessels call.

Other Environmental Initiatives

The U.S. Clean Water Act, or CWA, prohibits the discharge of oil or hazardous substances in U.S. navigable waters unless authorized by a duly-issued permit or exemption, and imposes strict liability in the form of penalties for any unauthorized discharges. The CWA also imposes substantial liability for the costs of removal, remediation and damages and complements the remedies available under OPA and CERCLA. In addition, many U.S. states that border a navigable waterway have enacted environmental pollution laws that impose strict liability on a person for removal costs and damages resulting from a discharge of oil or a release of a hazardous substance. These laws may be more stringent than U.S. federal law.

The U.S. EPA and the USCG have enacted rules relating to ballast water discharge, compliance with which requires the installation of equipment on our vessels to treat ballast water before it is discharged or the implementation of other port facility disposal arrangements or procedures at potentially substantial costs.

The discharge of ballast water and other discharges incidental to the normal operation of certain vessels within U.S. waters must be authorized under the Vessel General Permit for Discharges Incidental to the Normal Operation of Vessels, or VGP. For a new vessel delivered to an owner or operator after September 19, 2009, to be covered by the VGP, the owner must submit a Notice of Intent, or NOI, at least 30 days before the vessel operates in U.S. waters. The VGP was reissued and renewed, effective December 19, 2013. Among other things, renewed VGP contains numeric ballast water discharge limits for most vessels to reduce the risk of invasive species in U.S. waters, includes more stringent requirements for gas scrubbers and requires the use of environmentally acceptable lubricants.

 

74


Table of Contents

USCG regulations adopted under the U.S. National Invasive Species Act, or NISA, also impose mandatory ballast water management practices for all vessels equipped with ballast water tanks entering or operating in U.S. waters. These regulations require the installation of equipment on our vessels to treat ballast water before it is discharged or the implementation of other port facility disposal arrangements or procedures. The USCG must approve any technology before it is placed on a vessel, but has not yet approved the technology necessary for vessels to meet these standards.

Notwithstanding the lack of USCG approved ballast water treatment systems, as of January 1, 2014, vessels were subject to the ballast water management standards in the VGP and the USCG regulations. As a result, the USCG provided waivers to vessels which could not install the as-yet unapproved technology. The EPA, on the other hand, took a different approach to enforcing ballast water discharge standards under the VGP, issuing a December 27, 2013 enforcement policy that allowed the agency to consider why vessels do not have the requisite ballast water management technology installed when taking actions to enforce the requirements of the VGP. However, on April 9, 2014 ,the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit stayed the ballast water treatment requirement under the VGP pending its resolution of challenges to the VGP.

Compliance with the VGP could require the installation of equipment on our vessels to treat ballast water before it is discharged or the implementation of other disposal arrangements, and/or otherwise restrict our vessels from entering United States waters. In addition, certain states have enacted more stringent discharge standards as conditions to their required certification of the VGP. We have submitted or will submit NOIs for our vessels where required and do not believe that the costs associated with obtaining and complying with the VGP will have a material impact on our operations.

European Union Regulations

In October 2009, the European Union amended a directive to impose criminal sanctions for illicit ship-source discharges of polluting substances, including minor discharges, if committed with intent, recklessly or with serious negligence and the discharges individually or in the aggregate result in deterioration of the quality of water. Aiding and abetting the discharge of a polluting substance may also lead to criminal penalties. Member States were required to enact laws or regulations to comply with the directive by the end of 2010. Criminal liability for pollution may result in substantial penalties or fines and increased civil liability claims. The directive applies to all types of vessels, irrespective of their flag, but certain exceptions apply to warships or where human safety or that of the ship is in danger.

The European Union has adopted other regulations and directives requiring, among other things, more frequent inspections of high-risk ships, as determined by type, age, and flag, as well as the number of times the ship has been detained, and bans on entry of substandard ships into European Union waters. The regulation also provided the European Union with greater authority and control over classification societies, by imposing more requirements on the societies and providing for fines or penalty payments for organizations that failed to comply.

Greenhouse Gas Regulation

Currently, emissions of greenhouse gases from international shipping are not subject to the Kyoto Protocol to the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change, which entered into force in 2005 and pursuant to which adopting countries have been required to implement national programs to reduce greenhouse gas emissions. The Kyoto Protocol was extended to 2020 at the 2012 United Nations Climate Change Conference with the hope that a new climate change treaty would be adopted by 2015 and enter into force by 2020. There is pressure to include emissions from shipping in any new treaty,

Other international or multinational bodies or individual countries may adopt climate change initiates. For example, MEPC two sets of standards to address greenhouse gas emissions from ships. As of January 1, 2013 all new ships must utilize the Energy Efficiency Design Index, or “EEDI”, which requires a minimum energy

 

75


Table of Contents

efficiency per capacity mile. All operating ships must have a Ship Energy Management Plan, or “SEEMP.” These requirements could cause us to incur additional compliance costs. The IMO is also considering the implementation of market-based mechanisms to reduce greenhouse gas emissions from ships, but it is difficult to predict the likelihood that such mechanisms will be adopted.

In June 2013, the European Commission developed a strategy to integrate maritime emissions into the overall European Union Strategy to reduce greenhouse gas emissions. If the strategy is adopted by the European Parliament and Council large vessels using European Union ports would be required to monitor, report, and verify their carbon dioxide emissions beginning in January 2018. In December 2013 the European Union environmental ministers discussed draft rules to implement monitoring and reporting of carbon dioxide emissions from ships. In the United States, the EPA has issued a finding that greenhouse gases endanger the public health and safety, and has adopted regulations to limit greenhouse gas emissions from certain mobile sources and proposed regulations to limit greenhouse gas emissions from certain large stationary sources. Although the mobile source emissions regulations do not apply to greenhouse gas emissions from vessels, such regulation of vessels is foreseeable, and the EPA has in recent years received petitions from the California Attorney General and various environmental groups seeking such regulation. Any passage of climate control legislation or other regulatory initiatives by the IMO, European Union, the U.S. or other countries where we operate, or any treaty adopted at the international level to succeed the Kyoto Protocol, that restrict emissions of greenhouse gases could require us to make significant financial expenditures, including capital expenditures to upgrade our vessels, which we cannot predict with certainty at this time. Even in the absence of climate control legislation, our business may be indirectly affected to the extent that climate change may result in sea level changes or more intense weather events.

International Labour Organization

The International Labour Organization (ILO) is a specialized agency of the UN with headquarters in Geneva, Switzerland. The ILO has adopted the Maritime Labor Convention 2006 (MLC 2006). A Maritime Labor Certificate and a Declaration of Maritime Labor Compliance will be required to ensure compliance with the MLC 2006 for all ships above 500 gross tons in international trade. The MLC 2006 came into force on August 20, 2013 and we are in compliance with these results.

Vessel Security Regulations

Since the terrorist attacks of September 11, 2001, there have been a variety of initiatives intended to enhance vessel security. On November 25, 2002, the MTSA came into effect. To implement certain portions of the MTSA, in July 2003, the USCG issued regulations requiring the implementation of certain security requirements aboard vessels operating in waters subject to the jurisdiction of the United States. The regulations also impose requirements on certain ports and facilities, some of which are regulated by the EPA.

Similarly, in December 2002, amendments to SOLAS created a new chapter of the convention dealing specifically with maritime security. The new Chapter V became effective in July 2004 and imposes various detailed security obligations on vessels and port authorities, and mandates compliance with the International Ship and Port Facility Security Code, or the ISPS Code. The ISPS Code is designed to enhance the security of ports and ships against terrorism. Amendments to SOLAS Chapter VII, made mandatory in 2004, apply to vessels transporting dangerous goods and require those vessels be in compliance with the International Maritime Dangerous Goods Code, or IMDG Code. After July 1, 2004, to trade internationally, a vessel must attain an International Ship Security Certificate, or ISSC, from a recognized security organization approved by the vessel’s flag state. Among the various requirements are:

 

    on-board installation of automatic identification systems to provide a means for the automatic transmission of safety-related information from among similarly equipped ships and shore stations, including information on a ship’s identity, position, course, speed and navigational status;

 

76


Table of Contents
    on-board installation of ship security alert systems, which do not sound on the vessel but only alert the authorities on shore;

 

    the development of a ship security plan;

 

    ship identification number to be permanently marked on a vessel’s hull;

 

    a continuous synopsis record kept onboard showing a vessel’s history including the name of the ship, the state whose flag the ship is entitled to fly, the date on which the ship was registered with that state, the ship’s identification number, the port at which the ship is registered and the name of the registered owner(s) and their registered address; and

 

    compliance with flag state security certification requirements.

Any vessel operating without a valid certificate may be detained at port until it obtains an ISSC, or it may be expelled from port, or refused entry at port.

The USCG regulations, intended to align with international maritime security standards, exempt non-U.S. vessels from MTSA vessel security measures provided such vessels have on board a valid ISSC that attests to the vessel’s compliance with SOLAS security requirements and the ISPS Code. Our managers intend to implement the various security measures addressed by MTSA, SOLAS and the ISPS Code, and we intend that our fleet will comply with applicable security requirements.

Inspection by Classification Societies

Every oceangoing vessel must be “classed” by a classification society. The classification society certifies that the vessel is “in class”, signifying that the vessel has been built and maintained in accordance with the rules of the classification society and complies with applicable rules and regulations of the vessel’s country of registry and the international conventions of which that country is a member. In addition, where surveys are required by international conventions and corresponding laws and ordinances of a flag state, the classification society will undertake them on application or by official order, acting on behalf of the authorities concerned.

The classification society also undertakes on request other surveys and checks that are required by regulations and requirements of the flag state. These surveys are subject to agreements made in each individual case and/or to the regulations of the country concerned.

For maintenance of the class certification, regular and extraordinary surveys of hull, machinery, including the electrical plant, and any special equipment classed are required to be performed as follows:

Annual Surveys . For seagoing ships, annual surveys are conducted for the hull and the machinery, including the electrical plant and where applicable for special equipment classed, at intervals of 12 months from the date of commencement of the class period indicated in the certificate.

Intermediate Surveys . Extended annual surveys are referred to as intermediate surveys and typically are conducted two and one-half years after commissioning and each class renewal. Intermediate surveys may be carried out on the occasion of the second or third annual survey.

Class Renewal Surveys . Class renewal surveys, also known as special surveys, are carried out for the ship’s hull, machinery, including the electrical plant, and for any special equipment classed, at the intervals indicated by the character of classification for the hull. At the special survey the vessel is thoroughly examined, including audio-gauging to determine the thickness of the steel structures. Should the thickness be found to be less than class requirements, the classification society would prescribe steel renewals. The classification society may grant a one-year grace period for completion of the special survey. Substantial amounts of money may have to be spent for steel renewals to pass a special survey if the vessel experiences excessive wear and tear. In lieu of the special

 

77


Table of Contents

survey every four or five years, depending on whether a grace period was granted, a ship owner has the option of arranging with the classification society for the vessel’s hull or machinery to be on a continuous survey cycle, in which every part of the vessel would be surveyed within a five-year cycle. Upon a ship owner’s request, the surveys required for class renewal may be split according to an agreed schedule to extend over the entire period of class. This process is referred to as continuous class renewal.

All areas subject to survey as defined by the classification society are required to be surveyed at least once per class period, unless shorter intervals between surveys are prescribed elsewhere. The period between two subsequent surveys of each area must not exceed five years. Vessels under five years of age can waive drydocking in order to increase available days and decrease capital expenditures, provided the vessel is inspected underwater.

Most vessels are also drydocked every 30 to 36 months for inspection of the underwater parts and for repairs related to inspections. If any defects are found, the classification surveyor will issue a “recommendation” which must be rectified by the ship owner within prescribed time limits.

Most insurance underwriters make it a condition for insurance coverage that a vessel be certified as “in class” by a classification society which is a member of the International Association of Classification Societies , or the IACS. In December 2013, the IACS adopted new harmonized Common Structure Rules, which will apply to oil tankers and bulk carriers to be constructed on or after July 1, 2015. All our vessels will be certified as being “in class” by the American Bureau of Shipping, or ABS, and Det Norske Veritas, or DNV, major classification societies. All new and secondhand vessels that we acquire must be certified prior to their delivery under our standard purchase contracts and memorandum of agreement. If the vessel is not certified on the date of closing, we have no obligation to take delivery of the vessel.

Risk of Loss and Liability Insurance

The operation of any drybulk vessel includes risks such as mechanical and structural failure, hull damage, collision, property loss, cargo loss or damage and business interruption due to political circumstances in foreign countries, piracy, hostilities and labor strikes. In addition, there is always an inherent possibility of marine disaster, including oil spills and other environmental incidents, and the liabilities arising from owning and operating vessels in international trade. OPA, which imposes virtually unlimited liability upon owners, operators and demise charterers of vessels trading in the United States exclusive economic zone for certain oil pollution accidents in the United States, has made liability insurance more expensive for ship owners and operators trading in the United States market.

We plan to maintain hull and machinery insurance, war risks insurance, protection and indemnity cover, and freight, demurrage and defense cover for our fleet in amounts that we believe to be prudent to cover normal risks in our operations. However, we may not be able to achieve or maintain this level of coverage throughout a vessel’s useful life. In addition, while we believe that the insurance coverage that we plan to obtain will be adequate, not all risks can be insured, and there can be no guarantee that any specific claim will be paid, or that we will always be able to obtain adequate insurance coverage at reasonable rates.

Hull & Machinery and War Risks Insurance

We plan to maintain marine hull and machinery and war risks insurance, which will include the risk of actual or constructive total loss, for all of our vessels. We expect that each of our vessels will be covered up to at least fair market value with deductibles of $100,000—$150,000 per vessel per incident. We also plan to maintain increased value coverage for most of our vessels. Under this increased value coverage, in the event of total loss of a vessel, we will be able to recover the sum insured under the increased value policy in addition to the sum insured under the hull and machinery policy. Increased value insurance also covers excess liabilities which are not recoverable under our hull and machinery policy by reason of under insurance.

 

78


Table of Contents

Protection and Indemnity Insurance

Protection and indemnity insurance is provided by mutual protection and indemnity associations, or P&I Associations, which insure liabilities to third parties in connection with our shipping activities. This includes third-party liability and other related expenses resulting from the injury or death of crew, passengers and other third parties, the loss or damage to cargo, claims arising from collisions with other vessels, damage to other third-party property, pollution arising from oil or other substances and salvage, towing and other related costs, including wreck removal. Our P&I coverage will be subject to and in accordance with the rules of the P&I Association in which the vessel is entered. Protection and indemnity insurance is a form of mutual indemnity insurance, extended by protection and indemnity mutual associations, or “clubs.” Our coverage is expected to be limited to approximately $7.5 billion, except for pollution which is limited to $1 billion and passenger and crew which is limited to $3 billion.

We expect that our protection and indemnity insurance coverage for pollution will be $1 billion per vessel per incident. The thirteen P&I Associations that comprise the International Group insure approximately 90% of the world’s commercial tonnage and have entered into a pooling agreement to reinsure each association’s liabilities. Collectively the P&I Associations have capped their exposure to this pooling agreement at approximately $6.5 billion. As a member of a P&I Association which is a member of the International Group, we are subject to calls payable to the associations based on the group’s claim records as well as the claim records of all other members of the individual associations and members of the pool of P&I Associations comprising the International Group.

Permits and Authorizations

We are required by various governmental and quasi-governmental agencies to obtain certain permits, licenses and certificates with respect to our vessels. The kinds of permits, licenses and certificates required depend upon several factors, including the commodity transported, the waters in which the vessel operates, the nationality of the vessel’s crew and the age of a vessel. We expect to be able to obtain all permits, licenses and certificates currently required to permit our vessels to operate. Additional laws and regulations, environmental or otherwise, may be adopted which could limit our ability to do business or increase the cost of us doing business.

Legal Proceedings

To our knowledge, we are not currently a party to any lawsuit that, if adversely determined, would have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations or liquidity. As such, we do not believe that pending legal proceedings, taken as a whole, should have any significant impact on our financial statements. From time to time in the future we may be subject to legal proceedings and claims in the ordinary course of business, principally personal injury and property casualty claims. While we expect that these claims would be covered by our existing insurance policies, those claims, even if lacking merit, could result in the expenditure of significant financial and managerial resources. We have not been involved in any legal proceedings which may have, or have had, a significant effect on our financial position, results of operations or liquidity, nor are we aware of any proceedings that are pending or threatened which may have a significant effect on our financial position, results of operations or liquidity.

Exchange Controls

Under Marshall Islands law, there are currently no restrictions on the export or import of capital, including foreign exchange controls or restrictions that affect the remittance of dividends, interest or other payments to non-resident holders of our common shares.

Properties

Other than our vessels (including the contracts for the construction thereof), we do not own any material property.

 

79


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

Directors and Senior Management

Set forth below are the names, ages and positions of our directors and executive officers. Our board of directors is elected annually on a staggered basis, and each director elected holds office for a three year term or until his successor shall have been duly elected and qualified, except in the event of his death, resignation, removal or the earlier termination of his term of office. The term of office of each director is follows: our Class A directors will serve for a term expiring at the 2017 annual meeting of shareholders, our Class B directors will serve for a term expiring at the 2015 annual meeting, and our Class C directors will serve for a term expiring at the 2016 annual meeting. Officers are elected from time to time by vote of our board of directors and hold office until a successor is elected. The business address of each of our directors and executive officers listed below is Scorpio Bulkers Inc., 9, Boulevard Charles III, MC 98000 Monaco.

 

Name

   Age   

Position

Emanuele A. Lauro

   34    Chairman, Class A Director and Chief Executive Officer

Robert Bugbee

   53    Class B Director and President

Cameron Mackey

   45    Chief Operating Officer

Hugh Baker

   46    Chief Financial Officer

Roberto Giorgi

   63    Class A Director

Einar Michael Steimler

   65    Class B Director

Christian M. Gut

   34    Class C Director

Sergio Gianfranchi

   69    Vice President, Vessel Operations

Luca Forgione

   38    General Counsel

Anoushka Kachelo

   34    Secretary

Biographical information concerning the directors and executive officers listed above is set forth below.

Emanuele A. Lauro,  Chairman & Chief Executive Officer

Emanuele A. Lauro, our Co-Founder, has served as our Chairman and Class A director since April 9, 2013 and as our Chief Executive Officer since July 1, 2013. Mr. Lauro also serves and has served as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Scorpio Tankers (NYSE: STNG) since its initial public offering in April 2010. He joined Scorpio Group in 2003 and has continued to serve there in a senior management position since 2004. Under Mr. Lauro’s leadership, Scorpio Group has grown from an owner of three vessels in 2003 to become a leading operator and manager of over 100 vessels in 2013. Over the course of the last several years, Mr. Lauro has founded and developed all of the Scorpio Group Tanker Pools in addition to several other ventures such as Scorpio Logistics in 2007, which owns and operates specialized assets engaged in the transshipment of coal and invests in coastal transportation and port infrastructure developments and Scorship Navigation in 2005, which engages in the identification, placement, and management of certain international shipping investments on behalf of retail investors in Europe. Mr. Lauro has a degree in international business from the European Business School, London.

Robert Bugbee,  President and Director

Robert Bugbee, our Co-Founder, has served as our Class B director since April 9, 2013 and as our President since July 1, 2013. Mr. Bugbee has more than 25 years of experience in the shipping industry. Mr. Bugbee also serves and has served as President and Director of Scorpio Tankers (NYSE: STNG) since its initial public offering in April 2010. He joined Scorpio Group in February 2009 and has continued to serve there in senior management. Prior to joining Scorpio Group, Mr. Bugbee was a partner at Ospraie Management LLP between 2007 and 2008, a company which advises and invests in commodities and basic industry. From 1995 to 2007, Mr. Bugbee was employed at OMI Corporation, or OMI, a NYSE-listed tanker company sold in 2007. While at OMI, Mr. Bugbee most recently served as President from January 2002 until the sale of the company, and he previously served as Executive Vice President since January 2001, Chief Operating Officer since March 2000

 

80


Table of Contents

and Senior Vice President of OMI from August 1995 to June 1998. Mr. Bugbee joined OMI in February 1993. Prior to this, he was employed by Gotaas-Larsen Shipping Corporation since 1984. During this time he took a two year sabbatical from 1987 for the M.I.B. Programme at the Norwegian School for Economics and Business administration in Bergen. He has a Fellowship from the International Shipbrokers Association and a B.A. (Honors) from London University.

Cameron Mackey,  Chief Operating Officer

Cameron Mackey has served as our Chief Operating Officer since July 1, 2013. Mr. Mackey also serves and has served as Chief Operating Officer of Scorpio Tankers (NYSE: STNG) since its initial public offering in April 2010. He joined Scorpio Group in March 2009, where he continues to serve in a senior management position. Prior to joining Scorpio Group, he was an equity and commodity analyst at Ospraie Management LLC from 2007-2008. Prior to that, he was Senior Vice President of OMI Marine Services LLC from 2004-2007 and in Business Development at OMI Corporation from 2002-2004. He has been employed in the shipping industry since 1994 and, earlier in his career, was employed in unlicensed and licensed positions in the merchant navy, primarily on tankers in the international fleet of Mobil Oil Corporation, where he held the qualification of Master Mariner. He has an M.B.A. from the Sloan School of Management at the Massachusetts Institute of Technology, a B.S. from the Massachusetts Maritime Academy and a B.A. from Princeton University.

Hugh Baker,  Chief Financial Officer

Hugh Baker has served as our Chief Financial Officer since July 1, 2013. Mr. Baker also serves and has served as a Managing Director of Scorpio USA LLC since July 2012, focusing on business development and finance for Scorpio Tankers (NYSE: STNG) and the Scorpio Group. For three years prior to joining Scorpio, Mr. Baker was a Managing Director in the investment banking team at Evercore Partners in New York, concentrating on the shipping industry. Prior to Evercore, he was the Head of Shipping at HSH Nordbank in New York and was previously a Managing Director in the ship finance team at ING Bank in London. Prior to banking, Mr. Baker worked in commercial roles for Greek-owned shipping companies in London. Mr. Baker has a BA from the London School of Economics and a MSc in Shipping, Trade & Finance from Cass Business School. Mr. Baker is a Fellow of the Institute of Chartered Shipbrokers.

Roberto Giorgi, Director

Roberto Giorgi has served as our Class A director since the closing of our initial public offering in December 2013. Mr. Giorgi also serves and has served since 2005 as the President of V.Ships Ship Management, the world’s largest ship management company. From 1988 to 2008, Mr. Giorgi has held various roles within V.Ships, including Managing Director of V.Ships New York, head of V.Ships Leisure in the cruise sector, and head of V.Ship’s ship management operation from its Monaco office. From 2008 to 2010, Mr. Giorgi also served as President of InterManager, the international trade association for third-party and in-house ship managers, whose members between them are responsible for approximately 3,700 ships and more than 200,000 crew members. Prior to joining the V.Ships Group, he attended the San Giorgio Nautical College in Genoa (1964 – 1969) and sailed from Deck Cadet to First Officer with Navigazione Alta Italia, Italian line and Sitmar Cruises. Before joining the merchant marine, he spent one year (1970/71) in the Naval Academy of Leghorn and sailed with the Italian Navy as Lieutenant. In addition, since June 2013 Mr. Giorgi has been a director of Skuld P&I Club.

Einar Michael Steimler,  Director

Einar Michael Steimler has served as our Class B director since the closing of our initial public offering in December 2013. Mr. Steimler also serves as a director of DHT Holdings Inc. (NYSE:DHT). Mr. Steimler has over 30 years of experience in the shipping industry. From 2000 to 2011, Mr. Steimler served as chairman of Tanker (UK) Agencies, the commercial agent to Tankers International. He was instrumental in the formation of Tanker (UK) Agencies in 2000 and served as its Chief Executive Officer until the end of 2007. From 1998 to

 

81


Table of Contents

2010, Mr. Steimler served as a Director of Euronav NV (EURN:EN Brussels). He has been involved in both sale and purchase and chartering brokerage in the tanker, gas and chemical sectors and was a founder of Stemoco, a Norwegian ship brokerage firm. He graduated from the Norwegian School of Business Management in 1973 with a degree in Economics.

Christian M. Gut,  Director

Christian M. Gut has served as our Class C director since the closing of our initial public offering in December 2013. Mr. Gut has 10 years of experience in the consulting industry in the Asia Pacific region. Mr. Gut started his professional career at ThyssenKrupp Technologies AG (as it then was) in Essen, Germany in 2002. He later joined Singapore based EABC Pte Ltd., or EABC, in 2003 where he was appointed as Director on May 18, 2006. EABC’s services comprise market intelligence and strategy, sales promotion and support to project management in selected Asia Pacific countries, principally Australia. Furthermore, Mr. Gut is a co-founder and past manager of the Stellar Energy Fund, launched in Singapore in 2006, which invested in energy focused private companies to finance projects and expansion plans in Asia, Middle East and Europe in the following industries: oil trading and bunkering, gas E&P, solar, geothermal and power generating heat plants. Mr. Gut has a Bachelor’s degree in international business from the European Business School in London.

Sergio Gianfranchi,  Vice President, Vessel Operations

Sergio Gianfranchi has served as our Vice President of Vessel Operations since September 19, 2013. Mr. Gianfranchi also serves and has served as Vice President, Vessel Operations of Scorpio Tankers (NYSE: STNG) since its initial public offering in April 2010. He served as Operations Manager of our technical manager, SSM, at its headquarters in Monaco from 2002 to 2004. He has been instrumental in launching and operating the Scorpio Group Pools during the last five years, and was employed as the Fleet Manager of SCM, the Scorpio Group affiliate that manages the commercial operations of approximately 50 vessels grouped in the three Scorpio Group Pools, from 2007 to 2009. Mr. Gianfranchi is currently employed as the Pool Fleet Manager of SCM. From 1999 to 2001, Mr. Gianfranchi served as the on-site owner’s representative of the Scorpio Group affiliates named Doria Shipping, Tristan Shipping, Milan Shipping and Roma Shipping, to survey the construction of their Panamax and Post-Panamax newbuilding tankers being built at the 3Maj Shipyard in Rijeka, Croatia. When Mr. Gianfranchi joined SSM in 1989, he began as vessel master of its OBOs (multipurpose vessels that carry ore, heavy drybulk and oil). Upon obtaining his Master Mariner License in 1972, he served until 1989 as a vessel master with prominent Italian shipping companies, including NAI, which is the largest private Italian shipping company and owned by the Lolli-Ghetti family, and Almare, initially a subsidiary of NAI but later controlled by Finmare, the Italian state shipping financial holding company. In this position he served mostly on OBOs, tankers and drybulk carriers. He graduated from La Spezia Nautical Institute in Italy in 1963.

Luca Forgione,  General Counsel

Luca Forgione has served as our General Counsel since July 1, 2013 and as our Secretary from July 1, 2013 to December 18, 2013. Mr. Forgione also serves and has served as General Counsel of Scorpio Tankers (NYSE: STNG) since its initial public offering in April 2010 and has served as Secretary from December 9, 2009 to December 2, 2013. He joined Scorpio Group in August 2009 where he continues to serve as General Counsel. He is licensed as a lawyer in his native Italy and as a Solicitor of the Supreme Court of England & Wales. Mr. Forgione has ten years of shipping industry experience and has worked in the fields of shipping, offshore logistics, commodity trading and energy since the beginning of his in-house career, most recently with Constellation Energy Commodities Group Ltd. in London, part of Constellation Energy Group Inc. then listed on the NYSE under “CEG” and now part of Exelon (NYSE: EXC) from 2007 to 2009, and previously with Coeclerici S.p.a. in Milan from 2004 to 2007. He has experience with all aspects of the supply chain of drybulk and energy commodities (upstream and downstream), and has developed considerable understanding of the regulatory and compliance regimes surrounding the trading of physical and financial commodities as well as the owning, managing and chartering of vessels. Mr. Forgione was a Tutor in International Trade Law and Admiralty

 

82


Table of Contents

Law at University College London (U.K.) and more recently a Visiting Lecturer in International Trade Law at King’s College (U.K.). He has a Master’s Degree in Maritime Law from the University of Southampton (U.K.) and a Law Degree from the University of Genoa (Italy).

Anoushka Kachelo,  Secretary

Anoushka Kachelo has served as our Secretary since December 18, 2013. Mrs. Kachelo joined Scorpio Group in September 2010 as Senior Legal Counsel. She is a Solicitor of the Supreme Court of England & Wales and has worked in the fields of commodity trading, energy and asset finance. Prior to joining the Scorpio Group, Mrs. Kachelo was Legal Counsel for the Commodities Team at JPMorgan (London) and prior to that in private practice for the London office of McDermott Will & Emery and Linklaters. She has a BA in Jurisprudence from the University of Oxford (U.K.).

Board of Directors and Committees

Our board of directors currently consists of five directors, three of whom have been determined by our board of directors to be independent under the rules of the New York Stock Exchange and the rules and regulations of the SEC. Our board has an Audit Committee, a Nominating Committee and a Compensation Committee, each of which is comprised of our three independent directors, who are Messrs. Giorgi, Steimler and Gut. The Audit Committee, which operates under a charter, among other things, reviews our external financial reporting, engages our external auditors and oversee our internal audit activities, procedures and the adequacy of our internal controls. In addition, provided that no member of the Audit Committee has a material interest in such transaction, the Audit Committee is responsible for reviewing transactions that we may enter into in the future with other members of the Scorpio Group that our board believes may present potential conflicts of interests between us and the Scorpio Group. The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee is responsible for recommending to the board of directors nominees for director and directors for appointment to board committees and advising the board with regard to corporate governance practices. The Compensation Committee oversees our equity incentive plan and recommends director and senior employee compensation. Our shareholders may also nominate directors in accordance with procedures set forth in our bylaws.

Our board of directors may, in the future, establish such other committees as it determines from time to time.

Corporate Governance Practices

Pursuant to an exception for foreign private issuers, we, as a Marshall Islands company, are not required to comply with the corporate governance practices followed by U.S. companies under the NYSE listing standards. We believe that our established practices in the area of corporate governance are in line with the spirit of the NYSE standards and provide adequate protection to our shareholders. In this respect, we have voluntarily adopted NYSE required practices, such as (i) having a majority of independent directors, (ii) establishing audit, compensation and nominating committees and (iii) adopting a Code of Ethics.

Pursuant to Section 303.A.11 of the NYSE Listed Company Manual, we are required to list the significant differences between our corporate governance practices and the NYSE standards applicable to listed U.S. companies. There are two significant differences between our corporate governance practices and the practices required by the NYSE. The NYSE requires that non-management directors meet regularly in executive sessions without management. The NYSE also requires that all independent directors meet in an executive session at least once a year. The Marshall Islands law and our bylaws do not require our non-management directors to regularly hold executive sessions without management. During 2013 and through the date of this annual report, our non-management directors met in executive session once. The NYSE requires companies to adopt and disclose corporate governance guidelines. The guidelines must address, among other things: director qualification standards, director responsibilities, director access to management and independent advisers, director compensation, director orientation and continuing education, management succession and an annual performance evaluation. We are not required to adopt such guidelines under Marshall Islands law and we have not adopted such guidelines.

 

83


Table of Contents

Board of Directors and Executive Compensation

For the period from March 20, 2013 (our inception) to December 31, 2013, we paid compensation to our directors and senior management of approximately $1.8 million. These amounts have been accruing since July 2013.

Beginning January 2014, each of our non-employee directors receive cash compensation in the aggregate amount of $60,000 annually, plus either (i) an additional fee of $10,000 per year for each committee on which a director serves or (ii) an additional fee of $20,000 per year for each committee for which a director serves as Chairman. In addition, our lead independent director receives an additional fee of $20,000 per year. All actual expenses incurred while acting in their capacity as a director are reimbursed. For each board or committee meeting the non-employee director attends, the director receives $2,000. We do not have a retirement plan for our officers or directors.

We have agreed employment agreements with each of our executives. These employment agreements remain in effect until terminated in accordance with their terms upon no less than 24 months prior written notice. Pursuant to the terms of their respective employment agreements, our executives are prohibited from disclosing or unlawfully using any of our material confidential information.

Upon a change in control of us, the annual bonus provided under the employment agreement becomes a fixed bonus of between 150% and 250% of the executive’s base salary, depending on the terms of the employment agreement applicable to each executive.

Any such executive may be entitled to receive upon termination an assurance bonus equal to such fixed bonus and an immediate lump-sum payment in an amount equal to up to three times the sum of the executive’s then current base salary and the assurance bonus. If an executive’s employment is terminated for cause or voluntarily by the employee, he shall not be entitled to any salary, benefits or reimbursements beyond those accrued through the date of his termination, unless he voluntarily terminated his employment in connection with certain conditions. Those conditions include a change in control combined with a significant geographic relocation of his office, a material diminution of his duties and responsibilities, and other conditions identified in the employment agreement.

We believe that it is important to align the interests of our directors and management with that of our shareholders. In this regard, we have determined that it will generally be beneficial to us and to our shareholders for our directors and management to have a stake in our long-term performance. We expect to have a meaningful component of our compensation package for our directors and management consist of equity interests in us in order to provide them on an on-going basis with a meaningful percentage of ownership in us.

Equity Incentive Plan

Our board of directors has adopted an equity incentive plan, which we refer to as the Equity Incentive Plan, under which directors, officers and employees of us and our subsidiaries and affiliates are eligible to receive incentive stock options and non-qualified stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units and unrestricted common shares. We have reserved a total of 7,012,391 common shares, which includes an additional 2,150,370 common shares that our board of directors reserved for issuance under the plan on February 21, 2014, for issuance under the Equity Incentive Plan, subject to adjustment for changes in capitalization as provided in the Equity Incentive Plan. The Equity Incentive Plan is administered by our Compensation Committee.

Under the terms of the plan, stock options and stock appreciation rights granted under the plan will have an exercise price equal to the fair market value of a common share on the date of grant, unless otherwise determined by the plan administrator, but in no event will the exercise price be less than the fair market value of a common share on the date of grant. Options and stock appreciation rights will be exercisable at times and under conditions as determined by the plan administrator, but in no event will they be exercisable later than ten years from the date of grant.

 

84


Table of Contents

The plan administrator may grant shares of restricted stock and awards of restricted stock units subject to vesting, forfeiture and other terms and conditions as determined by the plan administrator. Following the vesting of a restricted stock unit, the award recipient will be paid an amount equal to the number of vested restricted stock units multiplied by the fair market value of a common share on the date of vesting, which payment may be paid in the form of cash or common shares or a combination of both, as determined by the plan administrator. The plan administrator may grant dividend equivalents with respect to grants of restricted stock units.

Adjustments may be made to outstanding awards in the event of a corporate transaction or change in capitalization or other extraordinary event. In the event of a “change in control” (as defined in the plan), unless otherwise provided by the plan administrator in an award agreement, awards then outstanding will become fully vested and exercisable in full.

Our board of directors may amend or terminate the plan and may amend outstanding awards, provided that no such amendment or termination may be made that would materially impair any rights, or materially increase any obligations, of a grantee under an outstanding award. Shareholder approval of plan amendments will be required under certain circumstances. Unless terminated earlier by our board of directors, the plan will expire ten years from the date the plan is adopted.

On September 30, 2013, we granted an aggregate of 2,775,000 restricted shares to officers and employees. Of this total, 1,395,000 restricted shares vest in three equal installments on July 27, 2015, July 27, 2016 and July 27, 2017. The remaining 1,380,000 restricted shares vest in three equal installments on September 30, 2015, September 30, 2016 and September 30, 2017. The aggregate fair value of these awards is $26.9 million, which will be amortized as stock-based compensation expense, a component of general and administrative expense, over the vesting periods of each grant.

On November 6, 2013, we granted 1,380,000 restricted shares to our officers. These restricted shares vest in three equal installments on November 6, 2015, November 6, 2016 and November 6, 2017. The fair value of these awards was $13.3 million, which will be amortized as stock-based compensation expense, a component of general and administrative expense, over the vesting periods of each grant.

On December 17, 2013, we granted 707,020 restricted shares to our officers, members of the board of directors and employees. Of these restricted shares, 617,020 restricted shares vest in three equal installments on December 17, 2015, December 17, 2016 and December 17, 2017 and 90,000 restricted shares vest in three equal installments on December 17, 2014, December 17, 2015 and December 17, 2016. The fair value of these awards was $6.8 million, which will be amortized as stock-based compensation expense, a component of general and administrative expense, over the vesting periods of each grant.

On February 21, 2014, we granted 2,080,370 restricted shares to officers, members of the board of directors and employees of the Company. Of these restricted shares, 1,990,370 restricted shares vest in three equal installments on February 21, 2016, February 21, 2017 and February 21, 2018 and 90,000 restricted shares vest in three equal installments on February 21, 2015, February 21, 2016 and February 21, 2017. The fair value of these awards was $19.4 million, which will be amortized as stock-based compensation expense, a component of general and administrative expense, over the vesting periods of each grant.

On May 20, 2014, we granted 68,000 restricted shares to employees of affiliated companies. Of these restricted shares, 68,000 restricted shares vest in three equal installments on February 21, 2016, February 21, 2017 and February 21, 2018. The fair value of these awards was $590, which will be amortized as stock-based compensation expense, a component of general and administrative expense, over the vesting periods of each grant.

Employees

Since July 1, 2013, we have had three employees (excluding our executive officers).

 

85


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Commercial and Technical Management Agreements

Our vessels are commercially managed by SCM and technically managed by SSM pursuant to a Master Agreement, which may be terminated by either party upon 24 months’ notice. SCM and SSM are companies affiliated with us. The vessels we charter-in are also commercially managed by SCM. We expect that additional vessels that we may acquire in the future, including the vessels in our Newbuilding Program, will also be managed under the Master Agreement or on substantially similar terms.

SCM’s services include securing employment for our vessels in the spot market and on time charters. SCM also manages the Scorpio Group Pools in which our vessels are, or are expected to be employed. For commercial management of any of our vessels that does not operate in one of these pools, we pay SCM a daily fee of $300 per vessel, plus a 1.75% commission on the gross revenues per charter fixture. The Scorpio Group Pool participants, including us and third-party owners of similar vessels, are each expected to pay SCM a pool management fee of $300 per vessel per day, plus a 1.75% commission on the gross revenues per charter fixture.

SSM’s services include providing technical support, such as arranging the hiring of qualified officers and crew, supervising the maintenance and performance of vessels, purchasing supplies, spare parts and new equipment, arranging and supervising drydocking and repairs, and monitoring regulatory and classification society compliance and customer standards. We will pay SSM an annual fee of $200,000 per vessel to provide technical management services for each of our vessels in the Newbuilding Program upon delivery. In addition, representatives of SSM, including certain subcontractors, provide us with construction supervisory services while our vessels are being constructed in shipyards. For these services, we compensate SSM for its direct expenses, which can vary between $200,000 and $500,000 per vessel.

Administrative Services Agreement

We have entered into an Administrative Services Agreement with SSH for the provision of administrative staff, office space and accounting, legal compliance, financial and information technology services. SSH is a company affiliated with us. SSH also arranges acquisitions for us. The services provided to us by SSH may be sub-contracted to other entities within the Scorpio Group. Pursuant to the Administrative Services Agreement, we will reimburse SSH for the reasonable direct or indirect expenses it incurs in providing us with the administrative services described above and a pro-rata portion of the salary incurred by SSH for an internal auditor. We will also pay SSH a fee for arranging vessel acquisitions, including newbuildings, equal to $250,000 per vessel, due upon delivery of the vessel, which is payable in our common shares. We have agreed to issue upon delivery of each vessel in our Newbuilding Program (i) 31,250 common shares to SSH as payment related to each of the first 17 vessels in our Newbuilding Program; (ii) 25,811 common shares to SSH as payment related to each of the next nine vessels in our Newbuilding Program; (iii) 25,633 common shares to SSH as payment related to each of the next ten vessels in our Newbuilding Program; (iv) 26,419 common shares to SSH as payment related to each of the next four Kamsarmax vessels in our Newbuilding Program; (v) 26,185 common shares to SSH as payment related to each of the next three Capesize vessels in our Newbuilding Program; (vi) 26,197 common shares to SSH as payment related to each of the next two vessels in our Newbuilding Program; (vii) 26,394 common shares to SSH as payment related to each of the next seven vessels in our Newbuilding Program; (viii) 26,248 common shares to SSH as payment related to each of the next four vessels in our Newbuilding Program; (ix) 26,111 common shares to SSH as payment related to each of the next four vessels in our Newbuilding Program; (x) 26,050 common shares to SSH as payment related to each of the next three vessels in our Newbuilding Program; (xi) 25,888 common shares to SSH as payment related to each of the next 11 vessels in our Newbuilding Program; (xii) 25,497 common shares to SSH as payment related to each of the next five vessels in our Newbuilding Program and (xiii) 27,640 common shares to SSH as payment related to the next vessel in our Newbuilding Program. For all vessels added to our Newbuilding Program after the first 17 vessels, the number of common shares issuable to SSH as payment is based on the market value of our common

 

86


Table of Contents

shares based on the volume weighted average price of our common shares over the 30 trading day period immediately preceding the contract date of a definitive agreement to acquire any vessel. In addition, SSH has agreed with us not to own any drybulk carriers greater than 30,000 dwt for so long as the Administrative Services Agreement is in full force and effect. This agreement may be terminated by SSH three years following the third anniversary of our initial public offering upon 12 months’ notice.

Share Issuances

Upon our formation in March 2013, we issued 1,500 common shares to SSH. During July 2013, we issued and sold an additional 1,250,000 common shares to SSH for $10.0 million as part of a series of Norwegian private transactions exempt from registration under the Securities Act, which were subject to a contractual lock-up until July 2014.

 

87


Table of Contents

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

The following table sets forth information regarding beneficial ownership of our common shares for (i) owners of more than five percent of our common shares and (ii) our directors and officers, of which we are aware as of the date of this annual report.

 

Name

   No. of Shares      % Owned  (1)(2)  

Scorpio Services Holding Limited  (2)(6)

     1,251,500         0.9

Galahad Securities Limited  (3)

     17,679,481         12.6

Avenue Europe International Management, L.P.  (5)

     2,270,565         1.6

Avenue Capital Management II, L.P.  (5)

     7,607,435         5.4

BlueMountain Capital Management LLC  (5)

     8,538,000         6.1

York Capital Management Global Advisors, LLC  (4)(5)

     10,659,000         7.6

Monarch Alternative Capital LP  (4)(5)

     8,341,000         5.9

Directors and executive officers as a group  (6)

     4,928,675         3.5

 

(1) Calculated based on 140,247,301 common shares outstanding as of August 4, 2014.
(2) Excludes 2,167,741 common shares payable under the Administrative Services Agreement.
(3) This information is derived from Schedule 13G/A filed with the SEC on March 12, 2014.
(4) This information is derived from Schedule 13G filed with the SEC on February 14, 2014.
(5) Includes common shares held by funds managed thereby.
(6) Emanuele Lauro, our Director and Chief Executive Officer, Robert Bugbee, our Director and President, and Cameron Mackey, our Chief Operating Officer, own 10%, 10% and 7% of Scorpio Services Holdings Limited, respectively.

 

88


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF NOTES

The following description is only a summary of certain provisions of the Notes and the Indenture. You should read these documents in their entirety because they, and not this description, define your rights as holders of the Notes. The following summary does not purport to be complete and is subject to, and is qualified in its entirety by reference to, the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (the “TIA”), and to all of the provisions of the Indenture and those terms made a part of the Indenture by reference to the TIA. Unless the context requires otherwise, all references to “we,” “us,” “our” and the “Company” in this section refer solely to Scorpio Bulkers Inc., the issuer of the Notes, and not to any of its subsidiaries.

General

The Notes will be issued under an indenture to be dated as of             , 2014 (the “Base Indenture”), between us and             , as trustee (the “Trustee”), as supplemented by a first supplemental indenture to be dated as of                     , 2014, between us and the Trustee (the “Supplemental Indenture” and, together with the Base Indenture, the “Indenture”).

The Notes will initially be limited to $50,000,000 in aggregate principal amount (or $57,500,000 if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase Additional Notes in full). The Indenture will not limit the amount of debt securities that we may issue under the Indenture and will provide that debt securities may be issued from time to time in one or more series. We may from time to time, without giving notice to or seeking the consent of the holders of the Notes, issue debt securities having the same interest rate, maturity and other terms (except for the issue date, the public offering price and the first interest payment date) as, and ranking equally and ratably with, the Notes. Any additional debt securities having such similar terms (“Additional Notes”), together with the Notes, will constitute a single series of debt securities under the Indenture, including for purposes of voting and redemptions, and any Additional Notes issued as part of the same series as the Notes will be fungible with the Notes for United States federal income tax purposes or will have a separate CUSIP number than the Notes. No Additional Notes may be issued if an event of default has occurred and is continuing with respect to the Notes. For the avoidance of doubt, so long as no default or event of default hereunder would result therefrom, nothing contained herein shall prohibit the Company from entering into commercial loans or bank debt, whether secured or unsecured, including without limitation, such debt that may be syndicated.

Other than as described under “—Certain Covenants,” the Indenture and the terms of the Notes will not contain any covenants restricting the operation of our business or our ability to incur debt or grant liens on our assets or that are designed to afford holders of the Notes protection in a highly leveraged or other transaction involving us that may adversely affect holders of the Notes.

The Notes will mature on                     , 2019 and will bear interest at an annual rate of     % per year.

Interest on the Notes will accrue from and including                     , 2014, or, if interest has already been paid, from and including the last interest payment date in respect of which interest has been paid or duly provided for to, but excluding, the next succeeding interest payment date, the maturity date or the redemption date, as the case may be. We will make interest payments on the Notes quarterly on March 15, June 15, September 15 and December 15 of each year, beginning on                     , 2014, to holders of record at the close of business on the March 1, June 1, September 1 or December 1 (whether or not that date is a business day), as the case may be, immediately preceding such interest payment date. Interest on the Notes will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year composed of twelve 30-day months.

If any interest payment date or the maturity date of the Notes falls on a day that is not a business day, the related payment of interest or principal, as the case may be, will be made on the next business day as if it were made on the date such payment was due, and no interest will accrue on the amounts so payable for the period from and after such interest payment date or the maturity date of the Notes, as the case may be, to such next business day.

 

89


Table of Contents

The Notes will not be entitled to the benefit of any sinking fund.

The Notes will be issued only in fully registered form without coupons and in minimum denominations of $25.00 and integral multiples of $25.00 in excess thereof. The Notes will be represented by one or more global securities registered in the name of Cede & Co., as nominee of The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”). Except as described under “—Book-entry System; Delivery and Form,” the Notes will not be issuable in certificated form.

Ranking

The Notes will be our unsubordinated unsecured obligations and will rank equally in right of payment with all our existing and future unsubordinated unsecured indebtedness. The Notes will rank senior in right of payment to all of our existing and future subordinated indebtedness. The Notes will effectively rank junior to our current and any future secured indebtedness incurred by us, to the extent of the value of the assets securing such indebtedness. See “Risk Factors—Our Notes will be unsecured obligations and will be effectively subordinated to our secured debt.”

The Notes will be obligations solely of the Company and will not be guaranteed by any of our subsidiaries. We derive substantially all of our operating income and cash flow from our investments in our subsidiaries. Claims of creditors of our subsidiaries generally will have priority with respect to the assets and earnings of such subsidiaries over the claims of our creditors, including holders of the Notes. As a result, the Notes will be effectively subordinated to creditors, including trade creditors and preferred stockholders, if any, other than us, of our subsidiaries. See “Risk Factors—Our subsidiaries conduct the substantial majority of our operations and own our operating assets, and your right to receive payments on our Notes is structurally subordinated to the rights of the lenders of our subsidiaries.”

As of June 30, 2014, the Company had no debt outstanding, but had received bank commitments for up to $977.1 million in aggregate proposed future borrowings (all of which will be secured indebtedness).

Listing

We are applying to list the Notes on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “            .” We expect trading in the Notes to begin within 30 days after the original issue date of the Notes.

Trading Characteristics

The Notes are expected to trade at a price that takes into account the value, if any, of accrued but unpaid interest; thus, purchasers will not pay and sellers will not receive accrued and unpaid interest with respect to the Notes that is not included in the trading price thereof. Any portion of the trading price of a Note received that is attributable to accrued interest will be treated as ordinary interest income for federal income tax purposes and will not be treated as part of the amount realized for purposes of determining gain or loss on the disposition of the Note.

Optional Redemption

Except as described under “—Optional Redemption for Changes in Withholding Taxes,” the Notes will not be redeemable by us at our option prior to             .

The Notes will be redeemable at our option, in whole or in part, at any time on or after             upon providing not less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior notice, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount to be redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but excluding, the date fixed for redemption, subject to the right of holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date.

 

90


Table of Contents

Additionally, we or our affiliates may purchase Notes from investors who are willing to sell from time to time, either in the open market at prevailing prices or in private transactions at negotiated prices. Notes that we or they purchase may, at our discretion, be held, resold or canceled.

If money sufficient to pay the redemption price of all of the Notes, or portions thereof, to be redeemed on the applicable redemption date is irrevocably deposited with the Trustee or paying agent on or before the applicable redemption date, then on and after such redemption date, interest will cease to accrue on such Notes, or such portion thereof, called for redemption and such Notes will be deemed to be no longer outstanding.

Selection for Redemption

If fewer than all of the Notes are to be redeemed at any time, the registrar will select the Notes, or portions thereof, to be redeemed, in compliance with the requirements of DTC, or if DTC prescribes no method of selection, on a pro rata basis, by lot or by any other method the registrar deems fair and reasonable; provided, however , that Notes, and portions thereof, selected for redemption shall only be in amounts of $25.00 or whole multiples of $25.00.

Notice of Redemption

Notices of redemption shall be sent at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before the applicable redemption date to each holder of Notes to be redeemed at its registered address. We will, at least 5 calendar days prior to the publication or sending of any notice of redemption of any Notes as described under this heading, furnish to the Trustee and the registrar written notice of redemption.

A notice of redemption will identify the Notes to be redeemed and will state the provision of the Indenture pursuant to which the Notes are being redeemed; the redemption date; the redemption price, including the portion thereof constituting accrued and unpaid interest; the amount of Additional Amounts (as defined below), if any, payable on the date fixed for redemption; the name and address of the paying agent; that Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the paying agent to collect the redemption price; that unless we default in making the redemption payment on the Notes called for redemption, interest on such Notes will cease to accrue on and after the redemption date; if any Note is being redeemed in part, the portion of the principal amount of such Note to be redeemed; if less than all of the Notes are to be redeemed, the aggregate principal amount of Notes to be outstanding after such redemption; and that the Notes called for redemption will become due on the date fixed for redemption.

Additional Amounts

All payments made by or on behalf of the Company under or with respect to the Notes will be made free and clear of and without withholding or deduction for, or on account of, any present or future tax, duty, levy, impost, assessment or other governmental charge (including penalties, interest and other liabilities related thereto) (hereinafter “Taxes”) unless the withholding or deduction of such Taxes is then required by law. If any deduction or withholding for, or on account of, any Taxes imposed or levied by or on behalf of the government of the Republic of Marshall Islands or any political subdivision or any authority or agency therein or thereof having power to tax, or any other jurisdiction in which the Company (including any successor entity) is organized or is otherwise resident for tax purposes, or any jurisdiction from or through which payment is made (including, without limitation, the jurisdiction of each paying agent) (each a “Specified Tax Jurisdiction”), will at any time be required to be made from any payments made under or with respect to the Notes, the Company will pay such additional amounts (the “Additional Amounts”) as may be necessary so that the net amount received in respect of such payments by a holder (including Additional Amounts) after such withholding or deduction will not be less than the amount such holder would have received if such Taxes had not been withheld or deducted; provided, however , that the foregoing obligation to pay Additional Amounts does not apply to:

 

  (1) any Taxes that would not have been so imposed but for the holder or beneficial owner of the Notes having any present or former connection with the Specified Tax Jurisdiction (other than the mere acquisition, ownership, holding, enforcement or receipt of payment in respect of the Notes);

 

91


Table of Contents
  (2) any estate, inheritance, gift, sales, excise, transfer, personal property tax or similar tax, assessment or governmental charge;

 

  (3) any Taxes payable other than by deduction or withholding from payments under, or with respect to, the Notes;

 

  (4) any Taxes imposed as a result of the failure of the holder or beneficial owner of the Notes to complete, execute and deliver to the Company any form or document to the extent applicable to such holder or beneficial owner that may be required by law or by reason of administration of such law and which is reasonably requested in writing to be delivered to the Company in order to enable the Company to make payments on the Notes without deduction or withholding for Taxes, or with deduction or withholding of a lesser amount, which form or document will be delivered within 60 days of a written request therefor by the Company;

 

  (5) any Taxes that would not have been so imposed but for the beneficiary of the payment having presented a note for payment (in cases in which presentation is required) more than 30 days after the date on which such payment or such note became due and payable or the date on which payment thereof is duly provided for, whichever is later (except to the extent that the holder would have been entitled to Additional Amounts had the note been presented on the last day of such 30-day period);

 

  (6) any Taxes imposed on or with respect to any payment by the Company to the holder if such holder is a fiduciary or partnership or person other than the sole beneficial owner of such payment, to the extent that a beneficiary or settlor with respect to such fiduciary, a member of such partnership or the beneficial owner of such payment would not have been entitled to Additional Amounts had such beneficiary, settlor, member or beneficial owner been the actual holder of such note;

 

  (7) any Taxes that are required to be deducted or withheld on a payment pursuant to European Council Directive 2003/48/EC or any law implementing, or introduced in order to conform to, such directive; or

 

  (8) any combination of items (1) through (7) above.

If the Company becomes aware that it will be obligated to pay Additional Amounts with respect to any payment under or with respect to the Notes, the Company will deliver to the Trustee and paying agent at least 30 days prior to the date of that payment (unless the obligation to pay Additional Amounts arises after the 30th day prior to that payment date, in which case the Company will notify the Trustee and paying agent promptly thereafter but in no event later than five calendar days prior to the date of payment) an officers’ certificate stating the fact that Additional Amounts will be payable and the amount so payable. The officers’ certificate must also set forth any other information necessary to enable the paying agent to pay Additional Amounts to holders on the relevant payment date. The Trustee and paying agent will be entitled to rely solely on such officers’ certificate as conclusive proof that such payments are necessary. The Company will provide the Trustee and paying agent with documentation reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee and paying agent evidencing the payment of Additional Amounts.

The Company will make all withholdings and deductions required by law and will remit the full amount deducted or withheld to the relevant governmental authority on a timely basis in accordance with applicable law. As soon as practicable, the Company will provide the Trustee and paying agent with an official receipt or, if official receipts are not obtainable, other documentation reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee and paying agent evidencing the payment of the Taxes so withheld or deducted. Upon written request, copies of those receipts or other documentation, as the case may be, will be made available by the Trustee and paying agent to the holders of the Notes.

Whenever in the Indenture there is referenced, in any context, the payment of amounts based upon the principal amount of the Notes or of principal, interest or any other amount payable under, or with respect to, the Notes, such reference will be deemed to include payment of Additional Amounts as described under this heading to the extent that, in such context, Additional Amounts are, were or would be payable in respect thereof.

 

92


Table of Contents

The Company will indemnify a holder, within 10 business days after written demand therefor, for the full amount of any Taxes paid by such holder to a governmental authority of a Specified Tax Jurisdiction, on or with respect to any payment by on or account of any obligation of the Company to withhold or deduct an amount on account of Taxes for which the Company would have been obligated to pay Additional Amounts hereunder and any penalties, interest and reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant governmental authority. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to the Company by a holder will be conclusive absent manifest error.

The Company will pay any present or future stamp, court or documentary taxes or any other excise or property taxes, charges or similar levies that arise in any Specified Tax Jurisdiction from the execution, delivery, enforcement or registration of the Notes, the Indenture or any other document or instrument in relation thereof, or the receipt of any payments with respect to the Notes, and the Company will indemnify the holders for any such taxes paid by such holders.

The obligations described under this heading will survive any termination, defeasance or discharge of the Indenture and will apply mutatis mutandis to any jurisdiction in which any successor person to the Company is organized or any political subdivision or authority or agency thereof or therein.

Optional Redemption for Changes in Withholding Taxes

The Company may redeem the Notes, at its option, at any time in whole but not in part, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice (which notice will be irrevocable), at a redemption price equal to 100% of the outstanding principal amount of Notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but excluding, the date fixed for redemption and any Additional Amounts (if any) then due and which will become due on the applicable redemption date (subject to the right of holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date and Additional Amounts (if any) in respect thereof), in the event that the Company determines in good faith that the Company has become or would become obligated to pay, on the next date on which any amount would be payable with respect to the Notes, Additional Amounts and such obligation cannot be avoided by taking reasonable measures available to the Company (including making payment through a paying agent located in another jurisdiction), as a result of:

 

  (1) a change in or an amendment to the laws (including any regulations or rulings promulgated thereunder) of any Specified Tax Jurisdiction affecting taxation, which change or amendment is announced or becomes effective on or after the date of the Indenture; or

 

  (2) any change in or amendment to any official position of a taxing authority in any Specified Tax Jurisdiction regarding the application, administration or interpretation of such laws, regulations or rulings (including a holding, judgment or order by a court of competent jurisdiction), which change or amendment is announced or becomes effective on or after the date of the Indenture.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, no notice of redemption for changes in withholding taxes may be given earlier than 60 days prior to the earliest date on which the Company would be obligated to pay Additional Amounts if a payment in respect of the Notes were then due. At least five calendar days before the Company provides notice of redemption of the Notes as described above under “Notice of Redemption,” the Company will deliver to the Trustee and paying agent (a) an officers’ certificate stating that the Company is entitled to effect such redemption and setting forth a statement of facts showing that the conditions precedent to the right of the Company to so redeem have occurred and (b) an opinion of independent legal counsel of recognized standing satisfactory to the Trustee and paying agent that the Company has or will become obligated to pay Additional Amounts as a result of the circumstances referred to in clause (1) or (2) of the preceding paragraph.

The Trustee and paying agent will accept and will be entitled to conclusively rely upon the officers’ certificate and opinion as sufficient evidence of the satisfaction of the conditions precedent described above, in which case they will be conclusive and binding on the holders.

 

93


Table of Contents

Certain Covenants

The Indenture includes the following restrictive covenants. Certain defined terms relevant to the covenants are set forth under “—Certain Definitions and Interpretations” below.

(a) Limitation on Borrowings. The Company shall not permit Net Borrowings to equal or exceed 70% of Total Assets.

(b) Limitation on Minimum Tangible Net Worth. The Company shall ensure that its Tangible Net Worth always exceeds five hundred million dollars (US$500,000,000).

(c) Reports. Following any Cross Default (as defined below), the Company shall promptly notify the holders of the Notes of the occurrence of such Cross Default.

(d) Restricted Payments . If (i) an event of default or an event or circumstance which, with the giving of any notice or the lapse of time, would constitute an event of default has occurred and is continuing, (ii) an event of default or an event or circumstance which, with the giving of any notice or the lapse of time, would constitute an event of default would result therefrom, (iii) the Company is not in compliance with the covenant described under “—Limitation on Borrowings” or “—Limitation on Minimum Tangible Net Worth” in Certain Covenants hereof, or (iv) any payment of dividends or any form of distribution or return of capital would result in the Company not being in compliance with the covenant described under “—Limitation on Borrowings” or “—Limitation on Minimum Tangible Net Worth” in Certain Covenants hereof, then neither the Company nor any subsidiary will declare or pay any dividends or return any capital to its equity holders (other than the Company or a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company) or authorize or make any other distribution, payment or delivery of property or cash to its equity holders (other than the Company or a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company), or redeem, retire, purchase or otherwise acquire, directly or indirectly, for value, any interest of any class or series of its equity interests (or acquire any rights, options or warrants relating thereto but not including convertible debt) now or hereafter outstanding and held by persons other than the Company or any wholly-owned subsidiary, or repay any subordinated loans to equity holders (other than the Company or a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company) or set aside any funds for any of the foregoing purposes (“Restricted Payments”).

(e) Line of Business. The Company will not, nor will the Company permit any of its subsidiaries (other than an Immaterial Subsidiary) to, engage primarily in any business other than a Permitted Business.

(f) Limitation on Asset Sales . The Company shall not, and shall not permit any subsidiary to, in the ordinary course of business or otherwise, sell, lease, convey, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of the Company’s, or of any such subsidiary’s, assets (including capital stock and warrants, options or other rights to acquire capital stock) (an “Asset Sale”), other than pursuant to a Permitted Asset Sale or a Limited Permitted Asset Sale, unless (A) the Company receives, or the relevant subsidiary receives, consideration at the time of such Asset Sale at least equal to the fair market value (including as to the value of all non-cash consideration), as determined in good faith by the board of directors of the Company, of the assets subject to such Asset Sale, and (B) within 365 days after the receipt of any Net Proceeds from an Asset Sale, the Company or the relevant subsidiary, as the case may be, shall apply all such Net Proceeds to:

 

  (1) repay or prepay indebtedness under any Credit Facility secured by a lien on assets of the Company or any subsidiary;

 

  (2) acquire all or substantially all of the assets of, or any Capital Stock of, a person primarily engaged in a Permitted Business; provided , that in the case of the acquisition of Capital Stock of any Person, such Person is or becomes a subsidiary of the Company and will be subject to all restrictions described in this “Description of Notes” as applying to subsidiaries of the Company existing on the date of this prospectus;

 

  (3) make a capital expenditure;

 

94


Table of Contents
  (4) acquire other assets that are not classified as current assets under US GAAP and that are used or useful in a Permitted Business (including, without limitation, Vessels and Related Assets);

 

  (5) repay unsecured senior indebtedness of the Company or any subsidiary (including any redemption, repurchase, retirement or other acquisition of the Notes); and

 

  (6) any combination of the transactions permitted by the foregoing clauses (1) through (5),

provided , that any sale, assignment, conveyance, transfer or lease of all or substantially all of the Company’s properties and assets to any person or persons (whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions) will be governed by the provisions described under the captions “—Change of Control Permits Holders to Require us to Purchase Notes” and “—Consolidation, Merger and Sale of Assets” and not by the provisions of this “—Limitation on Asset Sales.”

A (1) binding contract to apply the Net Proceeds in accordance with clauses (2) through (4) above shall toll the 365-day period in respect of such Net Proceeds or (2) determination by the Company to apply all or a portion of such Net Proceeds toward the exercise of an outstanding purchase option contract shall toll the 365-day period in respect of such Net Proceeds or portion thereof, in each case, for a period not to exceed 365 days or, in the case of a binding contract to acquire one or more Vessels, until the end of the construction or delivery period specified in such binding contract, as the same may be extended, from the expiration of the aforementioned 365-day period, provided that such binding contract and such determination by the Company, in each case, shall be treated as a permitted application of Net Proceeds from the date of such binding contract or determination until and only until the earlier of (x) the date on which such acquisition or expenditure is consummated and (y) (i) in the case of a construction contract or any exercised purchase option contract, the date of expiration or termination of such construction contract or exercised purchase option contract and (ii) in all other cases, the 365th day following the expiration of the aforementioned 365-day period.

Pending the final application of any Net Proceeds, the Company or any of its subsidiaries may apply Net Proceeds to the repayment or reduction of outstanding indebtedness or otherwise invest the Net Proceeds in any manner that is not prohibited by the Indenture.

If a Limited Permitted Asset Sale (as defined below) occurs at any time, the Company must, within 30 days of such Limited Permitted Asset Sale, make an offer to purchase Notes having a principal amount equal to the Excess Proceeds of such Limited Permitted Asset Sale. The price that the Company will be required to pay (the “Limited Permitted Asset Sale Purchase Price”) is equal to 101% of the principal amount of the Notes to be purchased, plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but excluding, the Limited Permitted Asset Sale Purchase Date (as defined below), subject to the right of holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date. If the offer to purchase is for less than all of the outstanding Notes and Notes in an aggregate principal amount in excess of the purchase amount are tendered and not withdrawn pursuant to the offer, the Company will purchase Notes having an aggregate principal amount equal to the purchase amount on a pro rata basis, with adjustments so that only notes in multiples of $25.00 principal amount will be purchased. The “Limited Permitted Asset Sale Purchase Date” will be a date specified by us that is not less than 20 or more than 35 calendar days following the date of our Limited Permitted Asset Sale notice as described below. Any Notes purchased by us will be paid for in cash. See “—Offer to Purchase.”

(h) Compliance Certificate . The Company shall deliver to the Trustee, within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year, an officers’ certificate signed by two of the Company’s officers, one of which shall be the principal executive, principal financial or principal accounting officer of the Company, stating that a review of the activities of the Company and its subsidiaries during the preceding fiscal year has been made under the supervision of the signing Officers with a view to determining whether the Company has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled its obligations under the Indenture, and further stating, as to such Officer signing such certificate, that to the best of his or her knowledge the Company is not in default in the performance or observance of any of the terms, provisions and conditions of the Indenture (or, if a default or event of default

 

95


Table of Contents

shall have occurred, describing all such defaults or events of default of which he or she may have knowledge and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto). The Company shall deliver to the Trustee, within 30 days after the occurrence thereof, written notice in the form of an officers’ certificate of any event of default described under “—Events of Default” and any event of which it becomes aware that with the giving of notice or the lapse of time would become such an event of default, its status and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto.

Certain Definitions and Interpretations

For purposes of the foregoing provisions, the following definitions shall apply:

Cash and Cash Equivalents ” means, as of a given date, the Company’s cash and cash equivalents, including any cash that is classified as current or non-current restricted cash as determined in accordance with US GAAP.

Credit Facility ” means, with respect to Scorpio Bulkers Inc. or any of its subsidiaries, any debt or commercial paper facilities with banks or other lenders providing for revolving credit, term loans or letters of credit or any agreement treated as a finance or capital lease if and to the extent any of the preceding items would appear as a liability upon a balance sheet of the specified person prepared in accordance with US GAAP.

Cross Default ” means the occurrence, with respect to any debt of the Company or any subsidiary having an aggregate principal amount of $25.0 million or more in the aggregate for all such debt of all such persons, of (i) an event of default that results in such debt being due and payable prior to its scheduled maturity or (ii) a failure to make a principal payment when due and such defaulted payment is not made, waived or extended within any applicable grace period.

Immaterial Subsidiary ” means any subsidiary the net book value of whose assets or revenues is not in excess of 10% of the net book value of the consolidated Total Assets or consolidated vessel revenue of the Company as set out in the annual audited consolidated financial statements of the Company for the immediately preceding fiscal year, provided that, at no time shall (a) the total assets of all Immaterial Subsidiaries exceed 10% of the consolidated Total Assets of the Company or (b) the total vessel revenues calculated with respect to all Immaterial Subsidiaries (calculated on a stand-alone basis), in the aggregate, exceed 10% of the consolidated vessel revenue of the Company, in each case as set out in the annual audited consolidated financial statements of the Company for the immediately preceding fiscal year.

“Limited Permitted Asset Sale ” means any sale, transfer, lease or other disposition of any of the Company’s or its subsidiaries’ assets (in the ordinary course of business or otherwise) during a single fiscal year, in a single transaction or series of transactions, (i) the Net Proceeds of which have not been applied pursuant to clauses (1) through (6) in accordance with the requirements set forth in “—Limitation on Asset Sales” and (ii) that results in Net Proceeds in excess of the amount provided for in clause (1) of the definition of Permitted Asset Sale, provided that the Net Proceeds of such Limited Permitted Asset Sale represent consideration at the time of such sale, transfer, lease or other disposition at least equal to the fair market value (including as to the value of all non-cash consideration), as determined in good faith by the board of directors of the Company, of the assets subject to such sale, transfer, lease or other disposition. Any Net Proceeds that are not applied or invested as provided in (i) above and are in excess of the amount provided for in clause (1) of the definition of Permitted Asset Sale will constitute “Excess Proceeds.” For the avoidance of doubt, a Limited Permitted Asset Sale may occur only once. Following the first occurrence of a Limited Permitted Asset Sale, no further Limited Permitted Asset Sale shall be permitted;

Net Borrowings ” means, in respect of Scorpio Bulkers Inc. on a consolidated basis, as of a given date the aggregate of the following, without duplication:

(a) Total Borrowings; less

(b) Cash and Cash Equivalents.

 

96


Table of Contents

Net Proceeds ” means the aggregate cash proceeds received by the Company or any of its subsidiaries in respect of any Asset Sale (including, without limitation, any cash received upon the sale or other disposition of any non-cash consideration received in any Asset Sale, but excluding any other consideration received in the form of assumption by the purchaser of indebtedness or other obligations relating to the property or assets that are the subject of such Asset Sale or received in any other non-cash form and not disposed of for cash), net of fees, commissions, expenses and other direct costs relating to such Asset Sale, including, without limitation, (a) fees and expenses related to such Asset Sale (including legal, accounting and investment banking fees, title and recording tax fees and sales and brokerage commissions, and any relocation expenses and severance or shutdown costs incurred as a result of such Asset Sale), (b) all federal, state, provincial, foreign and local taxes paid or payable as a result of the Asset Sale, (c) any escrow or reserve for adjustment in respect of the sale price of such assets established in accordance with US GAAP and any reserve in accordance with US GAAP against any liabilities associated with such Asset Sale and retained by the seller after such Asset Sale, including liabilities related to environmental matters and liabilities under any indemnification obligations associated with such Asset Sale, except to the extent that such proceeds are released from any such escrow or to the extent such reserve is reduced or eliminated, and (d) any indebtedness required by its terms to be repaid, repurchased, redeemed or otherwise retired upon the applicable Asset Sale.

Permitted Asset Sale ” means:

(1) any sale, transfer, lease or other disposition of any of the Company’s or its subsidiaries’ assets (in the ordinary course of business or otherwise) in any transaction or series of transactions, such that (A) the aggregate market value of all assets so sold, transferred, leased or otherwise disposed of during any fiscal year may be up to (and including) 25% of the aggregate market value of all of the Company’s and the Company’s subsidiaries’ assets (on a consolidated basis) on the last day of the immediately preceding fiscal year and (B) the Company receives, or the relevant subsidiary receives, consideration at the time of such sale, transfer, lease or other disposition at least equal to the fair market value (including as to the value of all non-cash consideration), as determined in good faith by the board of directors of the Company, of the assets subject to such sale, transfer, lease or other disposition; and

(2) (a) the actual or constructive total loss of a Vessel or the agreed or compromised total loss of a Vessel, (b) the destruction of a Vessel, (c) damage to a Vessel to an extent as shall make repair thereof uneconomical or shall render such Vessel permanently unfit for normal use (other than obsolescence) or (d) the condemnation, confiscation, requisition for title, seizure, forfeiture or other taking of title to or use of a Vessel that shall not be revoked within 30 days, in each case as determined in good faith by the board of directors of the Company, provided that the aggregate market value of all assets included as a Permitted Asset Sale pursuant to this paragraph during any fiscal year may not exceed 10% of the aggregate market value of all of the Company’s and the Company’s subsidiaries’ assets (on a consolidated basis) on the last day of the immediately preceding fiscal year.

Permitted Business ” means any business conducted by the Company or any of its subsidiaries as described in the Company’s annual report on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2013 and any businesses that, in the good faith judgment of the board of directors of the Company, are reasonably related, ancillary, supplemental or complementary thereto, or reasonable extensions thereof, including without limitation, the direct or indirect ownership, management, operation and chartering of Vessels and any business incidental thereto.

Related Assets ” means (a) any insurance policies and contracts from time to time in force with respect to a Vessel, (b) the capital stock of any subsidiary of the Company owning one or more Vessels and related assets, (c) any requisition compensation payable in respect of any compulsory acquisition of a Vessel, (d) any earnings derived from the use or operation of a Vessel and/or any earnings account with respect to such earnings, (e) any charters, operating leases, contracts of affreightment, Vessel purchase options and related agreements entered and any security or guarantee in respect of the charterer’s or lessee’s obligations under such charter, lease, Vessel purchase option or agreement, (f) any cash collateral account established with respect to a Vessel pursuant to the financing arrangement with respect thereto, (g) any building, conversion or repair contracts relating to a Vessel

 

97


Table of Contents

and any security or guarantee in respect of the builder’s obligations under such contract and (h) any security interest in, or agreement or assignment relating to, any of the foregoing or any mortgage in respect of a Vessel and any asset reasonably related, ancillary or complementary thereto.

Tangible Net Worth ” means, on a consolidated basis, as of a given date, the total shareholders’ equity (including retained earnings) of Scorpio Bulkers Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries, minus goodwill and other non-tangible items.

Total Assets ” means, in respect of Scorpio Bulkers Inc. on a consolidated basis, as of a given date, all of the assets of Scorpio Bulkers Inc. of the types presented on its consolidated balance sheet.

Total Borrowings ” means, in respect of Scorpio Bulkers Inc. on a consolidated basis, as of a given date the aggregate of the following, without duplication:

(a) the outstanding principal amount of any moneys borrowed; plus

(b) the outstanding principal amount of any acceptance under any acceptance credit; plus

(c) the outstanding principal amount of any bond, note, debenture or other similar instrument; plus

(d) the book values of indebtedness under a lease, charter, hire purchase agreement or other similar arrangement which obligation is required to be classified and accounted for as a capital lease obligation under US GAAP, and, for purposes of the indenture, the amount of such obligation at any date will be the capitalized amount thereof at such date, determined in accordance with US GAAP; plus

(e) the outstanding principal amount of all moneys owing in connection with the sale or discounting of receivables (otherwise than on a non-recourse basis or which otherwise meet any requirements for de-recognition under US GAAP); plus

(f) the outstanding principal amount of any indebtedness arising from any deferred payment agreements arranged primarily as a method of raising finance or financing the acquisition of an asset (except trade payables); plus

(g) any fixed or minimum premium payable on the repayment or redemption of any instrument referred to in clause (c) above; plus

(h) the outstanding principal amount of any indebtedness of any person of a type referred to in the above clauses of this definition which is the subject of a guarantee given by Scorpio Bulkers Inc. to the extent that such guaranteed indebtedness is determined and given a value in respect of Scorpio Bulkers Inc. on a consolidated basis in accordance with US GAAP.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, “ Total Borrowings ” shall not include any indebtedness or obligations arising from derivative transactions entered into solely for purposes of protecting against interest rate or currency fluctuations.

For purposes of the foregoing provisions and definitions, any accounting term, phrase, calculation, determination or treatment used, required or referred to in this Certain Covenants section is to be construed in accordance with US GAAP in effect as of December 31, 2013.

US GAAP ” means United States Generally Accepted Accounting Principles.

Vessels ” means one or more shipping vessels primarily designed and utilized for the transport of cargo, including, without limitation, bulk carriers, freighters, general cargo carriers, containerships and tankers, but excluding passenger vessels, or which are otherwise engaged, used or useful in any business activities of the Company, in each case together with all related spares, equipment and any additions or improvements.

 

98


Table of Contents

Change of Control Permits Holders to Require us to Purchase Notes

If a Change of Control (as defined below) occurs at any time, holders of Notes will have the right, at their option, to require us to purchase for cash any or all of such holder’s Notes, or any portion of the principal amount thereof, that is equal to $25 or multiples of $25. The price we are required to pay (the “Change of Control Purchase Price”) is equal to 101% of the principal amount of the Notes to be purchased, plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but excluding, the Change of Control Purchase Date, subject to the right of holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date. The “Change of Control Purchase Date” will be a date specified by us that is not less than 20 or more than 35 calendar days following the date of our Change of Control notice as described below. Any Notes purchased by us will be paid for in cash. See “—Offer to Purchase.”

A “Change of Control” will be deemed to have occurred at the time after the Notes are originally issued if

 

  (1) any “Person” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act), other than one or more Permitted Holders, is or becomes the “Beneficial Owner” (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act, except that for purposes of this clause (1) such Person shall be deemed to have “Beneficial Ownership” of all shares that any such Person has the right to acquire, whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time), directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Company;

 

  (2) the merger or consolidation of the Company with or into another Person or the merger of another Person with or into the Company, or the sale of all or substantially all the assets of the Company (determined on a consolidated basis) to another Person other than (i) a transaction in which the survivor or transferee is a Person that is controlled by a Permitted Holder or (ii) a transaction following which, in the case of a merger or consolidation transaction, holders of securities that represented 100% of the Voting Stock of the Company immediately prior to such transaction (or other securities into which such securities are converted as part of such merger or consolidation transaction) own directly or indirectly at least a majority of the voting power of the Voting Stock of the surviving Person in such merger or consolidation transaction immediately after such transaction and in substantially the same proportion as before the transaction;

 

  (3) “Continuing Directors” (as defined below) cease to constitute at least a majority of our board of directors; or

 

  (4) if after the Notes are initially listed on the New York Stock Exchange or another national securities exchange, the Notes fail, or at any point cease, to be listed on the New York Stock Exchange or such other national securities exchange. For the avoidance of doubt, it shall not be a Change of Control if after the Notes are initially listed on the New York Stock Exchange or another national securities exchange, such Notes are subsequently listed on a different national securities exchange and the prior listing is terminated.

Continuing Director ” means a director who either was a member of our board of directors on the issue date of the Notes or who becomes a member of our board of directors subsequent to that date and whose election, appointment or nomination for election by our stockholders is duly approved by a majority of the continuing directors on our board of directors at the time of such approval by such election or appointment.

Permitted Holder ” means (a) Emanuele Lauro, (b) any immediate family member of Emanuele Lauro, or (c) one or more affiliates of any person listed in (a) or (b). “Immediate family members” shall refer to a person’s spouse, parent, children and siblings.

Offer to Purchase

On or before the 30th day after the occurrence of a Change of Control or a Limited Permitted Asset Sale, as the case may be, we will provide to all holders of the Notes and the Trustee and paying agent a notice of the occurrence of the Change of Control or the Limited Permitted Asset Sale and of the resulting purchase right. Such notice shall state, among other things:

 

    the events causing a Change of Control or Limited Permitted Asset Sale, as the case may be;

 

99


Table of Contents
    the date of the Change of Control or Limited Permitted Asset Sale, as the case may be;

 

    the last date on which a holder may exercise the repurchase right;

 

    the Change of Control Purchase Price or the Limited Permitted Asset Sale Purchase Price, as applicable;

 

    the Change of Control Purchase Date or Limited Permitted Asset Sale Purchase Date, as the case may be;

 

    the name and address of the paying agent; and

 

    the procedures that holders must follow to require us to purchase their Notes.

Simultaneously with providing such notice, we will publish a notice containing this information in a newspaper of general circulation in The City of New York or publish the information on our website or through such other public medium as we may use at that time to achieve a broad dissemination of such notice.

To exercise the Change of Control purchase right or Limited Permitted Asset Sale purchase right, a holder of Notes must deliver, on or before the third business day (or as otherwise provided in the notice provided for above) immediately preceding the Change of Control Purchase Date or Limited Permitted Asset Sale Purchase Date, as applicable, the Notes to be purchased, duly endorsed for transfer, together with a written purchase notice and the form entitled “Form of Purchase Notice” on the reverse side of the Notes duly completed, to the paying agent. Such purchase notice must:

 

    if certificated, state the certificate numbers of the Notes to be delivered for purchase;

 

    if not certificated, comply with requisite DTC procedures;

 

    state the portion of the principal amount of Notes to be purchased, which must be $25 or a multiple thereof; and

 

    state that the Notes are to be purchased by us pursuant to the applicable provisions of the Notes and the Indenture.

The holder of such Notes may withdraw any purchase notice (in whole or in part) by a written notice of withdrawal delivered to the paying agent prior to the close of business on the business day immediately preceding the Change of Control Purchase Date or Limited Permitted Asset Sale Purchase Date, as applicable. The notice of withdrawal shall:

 

    state the principal amount of the withdrawn Notes;

 

    if certificated Notes have been issued, state the certificate numbers of the withdrawn Notes;

 

    if not certificated, comply with requisite DTC procedures; and

 

    state the principal amount, if any, which remains subject to the purchase notice.

We will be required to purchase the Notes on the Change of Control Purchase Date or Limited Permitted Asset Sale Purchase Date, as the case may be. The holder of such Notes will receive payment of the Change of Control Purchase Price or the Limited Permitted Asset Sale Purchase Price, as applicable, on the later of the Change of Control Purchase Date or Limited Permitted Asset Sale Purchase Date, as applicable, and the time of book-entry transfer or the delivery of the Notes. If the paying agent holds money or securities sufficient to pay the Change of Control Purchase Price or Limited Permitted Asset Sale Purchase Price, as applicable, of the Notes on the Change of Control Purchase Date or the Limited Permitted Asset Sale Purchase Date, as applicable, then:

 

    the Notes will cease to be outstanding and interest, including any additional interest, if any, will cease to accrue (whether or not book-entry transfer of the Notes is made or whether or not the Notes are delivered to the paying agent); and

 

    all other rights of the holder of such Notes will terminate (other than the right to receive the Change of Control Purchase Price or the Limited Permitted Asset Sale Purchase Price, as applicable).

 

100


Table of Contents

In connection with any offer to purchase Notes pursuant to a Change of Control purchase notice or Limited Permitted Asset Sale purchase notice, as applicable, the Company will comply, to the extent applicable, with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other applicable securities laws and regulations to the extent those laws and regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of the Notes as a result of a Change of Control or Limited Permitted Asset Sale. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the Change of Control provisions of this Indenture, the Company will comply with any applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations under this Indenture by virtue of such compliance.

No Notes may be purchased at the option of holders thereof upon a Change of Control or a Limited Permitted Asset Sale if the principal amount of the Notes has been accelerated, and such acceleration has not been rescinded, on or prior to such date.

The Change of Control purchase rights of the holders of Notes could discourage a potential acquirer of us. The Change of Control purchase feature, however, is not the result of management’s knowledge of any specific effort to obtain control of us by any means or part of a plan by management to adopt a series of anti-takeover provisions.

The term Change of Control is limited to specified transactions and may not include other events that might adversely affect our financial condition. In addition, the requirement that we offer to purchase the Notes upon a Change of Control may not protect holders of Notes in the event of a highly leveraged transaction, reorganization, merger or similar transaction involving us.

The definition of Change of Control includes a phrase relating to the conveyance, transfer, sale, lease or disposition of “all or substantially all” of our consolidated assets. There is no precise, established definition of the phrase “substantially all” under applicable law. Accordingly, the ability of a holder of the Notes to require us to purchase its Notes as a result of the conveyance, transfer, sale, lease or other disposition of less than all of our assets may be uncertain.

If a Change of Control were to occur, we may not have enough funds to pay the Change of Control Purchase Price. Our ability to repurchase the Notes for cash may be limited by restrictions on our ability to obtain funds for such repurchase through dividends from our subsidiaries, the terms of our then existing borrowing arrangements or otherwise. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to the Notes—We may not have the ability to raise the funds necessary to purchase the Notes upon a change of control, and our existing and future debt may contain limitations on our ability to repurchase the Notes.” If we fail to purchase the Notes when required following a Change of Control, we will be in default under the Indenture. In addition, we may in the future incur other indebtedness with similar change in control provisions permitting holders to accelerate or to require us to purchase such indebtedness upon the occurrence of similar events or on some specific dates.

Consolidation, Merger and Sale of Assets

We may not consolidate with or merge with or into, any other person or sell, assign, convey, transfer or lease all or substantially all of our properties and assets (whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions) to any person or persons, unless:

 

    the successor person (if any) is a corporation, partnership, trust or other entity organized and validly existing under the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands, the United States of America, any State of the United States or the District of Columbia, the Commonwealth of the Bahamas, the Republic of Liberia, the Republic of Panama, the Commonwealth of Bermuda, the British Virgin Islands, the Cayman Islands, the Isle of Man, Cyprus, Norway, Greece, Hong Kong, the United Kingdom, Malta, any Member State of the European Union and any other jurisdiction generally acceptable, as determined in good faith by the board of directors of the Company, to institutional lenders in the shipping industries;

 

 

101


Table of Contents
    expressly assumes by supplemental indenture executed and delivered to the Trustee, in form satisfactory to the trustee, the due and punctual payment of the principal of, and any interest on, all Notes and the performance or observance of every covenant of the Indenture on the part of the Company to be performed or observed;

 

    immediately after giving effect to the transaction, no default or event of default shall have occurred and be continuing; and

 

    the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee, prior to the consummation of the proposed transaction, an officers’ certificate to the foregoing effect and an opinion of counsel stating that the proposed transaction and such supplemental indenture comply with the Indenture.

Upon any consolidation, merger, sale, assignment, conveyance, transfer or lease of the properties and assets of the Company in accordance with the foregoing provisions, the successor person formed by such consolidation or into which we are merged or to which such sale, assignment, conveyance, transfer or lease is made shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, the Company under the Indenture; and thereafter, except in the case of a lease, the Company shall be released from all obligations and covenants under the Indenture and the Notes.

Events of Default

The Notes are subject to the following events of default:

 

  (1) failure to pay principal of or any premium when due;

 

  (2) failure to pay any interest when due, continued for 30 days;

 

  (3) failure to perform or comply with the provisions of the Indenture relating to mergers and similar events;

 

  (4) failure to provide notice of a Change of Control or a Limited Permitted Asset Sale or to repurchase Notes tendered for repurchase following the occurrence of a Change of Control or a Limited Permitted Asset Sale in conformity with the covenant set forth under the caption “—Change of Control Permits Holders to Require us to Purchase Notes” or “—Limitation on Asset Sales,” respectively;

 

  (5) failure to perform any of our other covenants in the Indenture, continued for 60 days after written notice has been given by the Trustee, or the holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes, as provided in the Indenture;

 

  (6) any debt for borrowed money of the Company or any subsidiary having an aggregate principal amount of $25.0 million or more in the aggregate for all such debt of all such persons (i) is subject to an event of default that results in such debt being due and payable prior to its scheduled maturity or (ii) is subject to a failure to make a principal payment when due and such defaulted payment is not made, waived or extended within the applicable grace period;

 

  (7) any final non-appealable judgment or decree for the payment of money in excess of $25.0 million is entered against us and remains outstanding for a period of 90 consecutive days following entry of such final non-appealable judgment or decree and is not discharged, waived or stayed; and

 

  (8) certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization affecting us or any significant subsidiary.

If an event of default, other than an event of default described in clause (8) above, occurs and is continuing, either the Trustee or the holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes may declare the principal amount of the Notes then outstanding and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to be due and payable immediately. If an event of default described in clause (8) above occurs, the principal amount of the Notes then outstanding and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, will automatically become immediately due and payable.

 

102


Table of Contents

After any such acceleration, but before a judgment or decree based on acceleration, the holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding may, under certain circumstances, rescind and annul such acceleration if all events of default, other than the non-payment of accelerated principal and any premium, interest or Additional Amounts which have become due as a result of such acceleration, have been cured or waived.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if we so elect, the sole remedy under the Indenture for an event of default relating to (i) our failure to file with the Trustee pursuant to Section 314(a)(1) of the TIA any documents or reports that we are required to file with the SEC pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act or (ii) the failure to comply with our annual reporting obligations to the Trustee and the SEC, as described under “—Reports” below, will, after the occurrence of such an event of default, consist exclusively of the right to receive additional interest on the Notes at an annual rate equal to (i) 0.25% per annum of the outstanding principal amount of the Notes for each day during the 90-day period beginning on, and including, the date on which such event of default first occurs and on which such event of default is continuing; and (ii) 0.50% per annum of the outstanding principal amount of the Notes for each day during the 90-day period beginning on, and including, the 91st day following, and including the date on which such event of default first occurs and on which such event of default is continuing. In the event we do not elect to pay the additional interest upon an event of default in accordance with this paragraph, the Notes will be subject to acceleration as provided above. This additional interest will be payable in arrears on the same dates and in the same manner as regular interest on the Notes. On the 181st day after such event of default first occurs (if not waived or cured prior to such 181st day), such additional interest will cease to accrue and the Notes will be subject to acceleration as provided above. The provisions of the Indenture described in this paragraph will not affect the rights of holders of Notes in the event of the occurrence of any other events of default.

In order to elect to pay additional interest as the sole remedy during the first 180 days after the occurrence of an event of default relating to the failure to comply with the reporting obligations in accordance with the immediately preceding paragraph, we must notify all holders of record of Notes and the Trustee and paying agent of such election on or before the close of business on the fifth business day prior to the date on which such event of default would otherwise occur. Upon our failure to timely give such notice or pay additional interest, the Notes will be immediately subject to acceleration as provided above.

The Trustee will not be obligated to exercise any of its rights or powers at the request of the holders unless the holders have offered to the Trustee indemnity or security reasonably satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense. Subject to the Indenture and applicable law and upon providing indemnification satisfactory to the Trustee, the holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes will have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee with respect to the Notes. The Indenture will provide that in the event an event of default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee will be required in the exercise of its powers to use the degree of care that a prudent person would use in the conduct of his or her own affairs. The Trustee, however, may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or the Indenture or that the Trustee determines is unduly prejudicial to the rights of any other holder.

No holder of Notes will have any right to institute any proceeding, judicial or otherwise, with respect to the Indenture, or for the appointment of a receiver or a Trustee, or for any other remedy under the Indenture (except actions for payment of overdue principal and interest), unless:

 

    such holder has previously given written notice to the Trustee of a continuing event of default with respect to the Notes;

 

    the holders of not less than 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding shall have made a written request to the Trustee to institute proceedings in respect of such event of default in its own name as Trustee under the Indenture;

 

    such holder or holders have offered to the Trustee indemnity satisfactory to it against the costs, expenses and liabilities to be incurred in compliance with such request;

 

103


Table of Contents
    the Trustee for 60 days after its receipt of such notice, request and offer of indemnity has failed to institute such proceedings; and

 

    no direction inconsistent with such written request has been given to the Trustee during such 60-day period by the holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes; it being understood and intended that no one or more of such holders shall have any right in any manner whatever by virtue of, or by availing of, any provision of this Indenture to affect, disturb or prejudice the rights of any other of such holders, or to obtain or to seek to obtain priority or preference over any other of such holders or to enforce any right under this Indenture, except in the manner herein provided and for the equal and ratable benefit of all such holders.

However, notwithstanding any other provision in the Indenture, the holder of any Note shall have the right, which is absolute and unconditional, to receive payment of the principal of and interest, if any, on such Note on the stated maturity date (or, in the case of redemption, on the applicable redemption date) and to institute suit for the enforcement of any such payment, and such rights shall not be impaired without the consent of such holder.

Generally, the holders of not less than a majority of the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes may waive any default or event of default unless:

 

    we fail to pay the principal of or any interest on any Note when due;

 

    we fail to comply with any of the provisions of the Indenture that would require the consent of the holder of each outstanding Note affected.

The Indenture provides that within 120 days after the Trustee receives written notice of a default, the Trustee shall transmit by mail to all holders of Notes, notice of such default hereunder, unless such default shall have been cured or waived. Except in the case of a default in the payment of principal of or interest on any Note, the Trustee may withhold notice if and so long as the Trustee in good faith determines that withholding notice is in the best interest of the holders of Notes.

Each holder of Notes shall have the right to receive payment or delivery, as the case may be, of:

 

    the principal (including the Change of Control Purchase Price or Limited Permitted Asset Sale Purchase Price, if applicable) of;

 

    accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on; and

 

    Additional Amounts, if any, on

such holder’s Notes, on or after the respective due dates expressed or provided for in the Indenture, or to institute suit for the enforcement of any such payment or delivery, as the case may be, and such right to receive such payment or delivery, as the case may be, on or after such respective dates shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such holder.

Modification and Waiver

We and the Trustee may amend or supplement the Indenture with respect to the Notes with the consent (including consents obtained in connection with any tender offer or exchange offer) of the holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes. In addition, the holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes may waive our compliance in any instance with any provision of the Indenture without notice to the other holders of Notes. However, no amendment, supplement or waiver may be made without the consent of each holder of outstanding Notes affected thereby if such amendment, supplement or waiver would:

 

    change the stated maturity of the principal of or any interest on the Notes;

 

    reduce the principal amount of or interest on the Notes;

 

 

104


Table of Contents
    change the interest rate applicable to the Notes;

 

    change the currency of payment of principal of or interest on the Notes or change any Note’s place of payment;

 

    impair the right of any holder to receive payment of principal of and interest on such holder’s Notes on or after the due dates therefor or to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on, or with respect to, the Notes;

 

    modify the provisions with respect to the purchase rights of the holders as described above under “—Change of Control Permits Holders to Require us to Purchase Notes” or “—Limitation on Asset Sales” in a manner adverse to holders of Notes;

 

    change the ranking of the Notes;

 

    change our obligation to pay Additional Amounts on any Note;

 

    waive a default or event of default in the payment of the principal of or interest, if any, on any Note (except a rescission of acceleration of the Notes by the holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes and a waiver of the payment default that resulted from such acceleration);

 

    waive a redemption payment with respect to any Note or change any of the provisions with respect to the redemption of the Notes; or

 

    modify provisions with respect to modification, amendment or waiver (including waiver of events of default), except to increase the percentage required for modification, amendment or waiver or to provide for consent of each affected holder of the Notes.

We and the Trustee may amend or supplement the Indenture or the Notes without notice to, or the consent of, the holders of the Notes to:

 

    cure any ambiguity, omission, defect or inconsistency that does not adversely affect the rights of any holder of the Notes in any material respect;

 

    provide for the assumption by a successor corporation of our obligations under the Indenture in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture;

 

    secure the Notes;

 

    add to our covenants for the benefit of the holders of the Notes or surrender any right or power conferred upon us;

 

    to comply with the requirements of the TIA and any rules promulgated under the TIA; or

 

    make any change that does not adversely affect the rights of any holder in any material respect.

The consent of the holders of the Notes is not necessary under the Indenture to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment. It is sufficient if such consent approves the substance of the proposed amendment. After an amendment under the Indenture becomes effective, we are required to mail to the holders of the Notes a notice briefly describing such amendment. However, the failure to give such notice to all the holders of the Notes, or any defect in the notice, will not impair or affect the validity of the amendment.

Satisfaction and Discharge

We may satisfy and discharge our obligations under the Indenture by delivering to the registrar for cancellation all outstanding Notes or depositing with the Trustee or delivering to the holders, as applicable, after all outstanding Notes have become due and payable, or will become due and payable at their stated maturity within one year, cash sufficient to pay and discharge the entire indebtedness of all outstanding Notes and all other sums payable under the Indenture by us. Such discharge is subject to terms contained in the Indenture.

 

105


Table of Contents

Defeasance

We may terminate at any time all our obligations with respect to the Notes and the Indenture, which we refer to as “legal defeasance,” except for certain obligations, including those respecting the defeasance trust and obligations to register the transfer or exchange of the Notes, to replace mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes and to maintain a registrar and paying agent in respect of the Notes. We may also terminate at any time our obligations with respect to the Notes under the covenants described under “—Change of Control Permits Holders to Require us to Purchase Notes,” “—Certain Covenants” and “—Reports,” and the operation of certain events of default, which we refer to as “covenant defeasance.” We may exercise the legal defeasance option notwithstanding our prior exercise of the covenant defeasance option.

If we exercise our legal defeasance option with respect to the Notes, payment of the Notes may not be accelerated because of an event of default with respect thereto. If we exercise the covenant defeasance option with respect to the Notes, payment of the Notes may not be accelerated because of an event of default specified in clause (4), clause (5) (with respect to the covenants described under “—Certain Covenants” or “—Reports”), clause (6) or clause (7).

The legal defeasance option or the covenant defeasance option with respect to the Notes may be exercised only if:

 

  (1) we irrevocably deposit in trust with the Trustee cash or U.S. Government obligations or a combination thereof sufficient, in the opinion of a firm of certified public accountants, for the payment of principal of and interest and Additional Amounts, if any, on the Notes to maturity,

 

  (2) such legal defeasance or covenant defeasance does not constitute a default under the Indenture or any other material agreement or instrument binding us,

 

  (3) no default or event of default has occurred and is continuing on the date of such deposit and, with respect to covenant defeasance only, at any time during the period ending on the 123rd day after the date of such deposit (other than, if applicable, a default or event of default with respect to the Notes resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied to such deposits),

 

  (4) in the case of the legal defeasance option, we deliver to the Trustee an opinion of counsel stating that:

 

  (a) we have received from the IRS a letter ruling, or there has been published by the Internal Revenue Service a Revenue Ruling, or

 

  (b) since the date of the Indenture, there has been a change in the applicable U.S. Federal income tax law, in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such opinion shall confirm that, the holders of the Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. Federal income tax purposes as a result of such defeasance and will be subject to U.S. Federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such legal defeasance had not occurred,

 

  (5) in the case of the covenant defeasance option, we deliver to the Trustee an opinion of counsel to the effect that the holders of the Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. Federal income tax purposes as a result of such covenant defeasance and will be subject to U.S. Federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such covenant defeasance had not occurred,

 

  (6) we deliver to the Trustee an opinion of counsel to the effect that, after the 123rd day after the date of deposit, all money and U.S. Government obligations (or other property as may be provided pursuant to the terms of the Indenture) (including the proceeds thereof) deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee (or other qualifying trustee) to be held in trust will not be subject to any case or proceeding (whether voluntary or involuntary) in respect of the Company under any U.S. Federal or State bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other similar law, or any decree or order for relief in respect of the Company issued in connection therewith, and

 

106


Table of Contents
  (7) we deliver to the Trustee an officers’ certificate and an opinion of counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent to the defeasance and discharge of the Notes have been complied with as required by the Indenture.

If we exercise the covenant defeasance option, under the Indenture, the Company will be released from its obligations in the provisions described under “Change of Control Permits Holders to Require us to Purchase Notes.”

Transfer and Exchange

We will maintain an office in New York City where the Notes may be presented for registration of transfer or exchange. This office will initially be an office or agency of the Trustee. No service charge will be imposed by us, the Trustee or the registrar for any registration of transfer or exchange of Notes, but any tax or similar governmental charge required by law or permitted by the Indenture because a holder requests any Notes to be issued in a name other than such holder’s name will be paid by such holder. We are not required to transfer or exchange any Note surrendered for purchase except for any portion of that Note not being purchased.

We reserve the right to:

 

    vary or terminate the appointment of the security registrar or paying agent; or

 

    approve any change in the office through which any security registrar acts.

Payment and Paying Agents

Payments in respect of the principal and interest on global notes registered in the name of DTC or its nominee will be payable to DTC or its nominee, as the case may be, in its capacity as the registered holder under the Indenture. In the case of certificated Notes, payments will be made in U.S. dollars at the office of the Trustee or, at our option, by check mailed to the holder’s registered address (or, if requested by a holder of more than $1,000,000 principal amount of Notes, by wire transfer to the account designated by such holder). We will make any required interest payments to the person in whose name each Note is registered at the close of business on the record date for the interest payment.

Initially, the Trustee will be designated as our paying agent for payments on the Notes. We may at any time designate additional paying agents or rescind the designation of any paying agent or approve a change in the office through which any paying agent acts.

Subject to the requirements of any applicable abandoned property laws, the Trustee and paying agent shall pay to us upon written request any money held by them for payments on the Notes that remain unclaimed for two years after the date upon which that payment has become due. After payment to us, holders of Notes entitled to the money must look to us for payment. In that case, all liability of the Trustee or paying agent with respect to that money will cease.

Purchase and Cancellation

The registrar and paying agent (if other than the Trustee) will forward to the Trustee any Notes surrendered to them by holders of such Notes for transfer, exchange or payment. All Notes delivered to the Trustee shall be cancelled promptly by the Trustee in the manner provided in the Indenture and may not be reissued or resold. No Notes shall be authenticated in exchange for any Notes cancelled, except as provided in the Indenture.

We may, to the extent permitted by law, and directly or indirectly (regardless of whether such Notes are surrendered to us), purchase Notes in the open market or by tender offer at any price or by private agreement.

 

107


Table of Contents

Reports

So long as any Notes are outstanding, we will (i) file with the SEC within the time periods prescribed by its rules and regulations and applicable to us and (ii) furnish to the Trustee and the holders of the Notes within 15 days after the date on which we would be required to file the same with the SEC pursuant to its rules and regulations (giving effect to any grace period provided by Rule 12b-25 under the Exchange Act), all financial information to the extent required of us to be contained in Form 20-F and, with respect to the annual consolidated financial statements only, a report thereon by our independent auditors. We shall not be required to file any report or other information with the SEC if the SEC does not permit such filing, although such reports will be required to be furnished to the Trustee. Documents filed by us with the SEC via the EDGAR system will be deemed to have been furnished to the Trustee and the holders of the Notes as of the time such documents are filed via EDGAR, provided, however , that the Trustee shall have no obligation whatsoever to determine whether or not such information, documents or reports have been filed pursuant to EDGAR.

Replacement of Notes

We will replace mutilated, destroyed, stolen or lost Notes at the expense of the holder of such Notes upon delivery to the Trustee of the mutilated Notes, or evidence of the loss, theft or destruction of the Notes satisfactory to us and the Trustee. In the case of a lost, stolen or destroyed note, indemnity satisfactory to the Trustee and us may be required at the expense of the holder of such Note before a replacement Note will be issued.

Notices

Except as otherwise described herein, notice to registered holders of the Notes will be given to the addresses as they appear in the security register. Notices will be deemed to have been given on the date of such mailing or electronic delivery. Whenever a notice is required to be given by us, such notice may be given by the Trustee on our behalf (and we will make any notice we are required to give to holders of Notes available on our website).

Governing Law

The Indenture and the Notes will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

Concerning the Trustee

The Trustee, in its individual and any other capacity, may make loans to, accept deposits from, and perform services for us as if it were not the Trustee; however, if it acquires any conflicting interest, it must eliminate such conflict within 90 days, apply to the SEC for permission to continue or resign.

The Indenture will provide that in case an event of default shall occur and be continuing (which shall not be cured), the Trustee will be required, in the exercise of its power, to use the degree of care of a prudent person in the conduct of such person’s own affairs. Subject to such provisions, the Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of its rights or powers under the Indenture at the request of any holder of the Notes, unless such holder shall have offered to the Trustee security and indemnity satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense.

            will be the initial Trustee under the Indenture. Initially, the Trustee will also act as the paying agent, registrar and custodian for the Notes.

Book-entry System; Delivery and Form

Global Notes

We will issue the Notes in the form of one or more global notes in definitive, fully registered, book-entry form.

 

108


Table of Contents

The global notes will be deposited with or on behalf of DTC and registered in the name of Cede & Co., as nominee of DTC.

DTC, Clearstream and Euroclear

Beneficial interests in the global notes will be represented through book-entry accounts of financial institutions acting on behalf of beneficial owners as direct and indirect participants in DTC. Investors may hold interests in the global notes through either DTC (in the United States), Clearstream Banking, société anonyme , Luxembourg, which we refer to as Clearstream, or Euroclear Bank S.A./N.V., as operator of the Euroclear System, which we refer to as Euroclear, in Europe, either directly if they are participants in such systems or indirectly through organizations that are participants in such systems. Clearstream and Euroclear will hold interests on behalf of their participants through customers’ securities accounts in Clearstream’s and Euroclear’s names on the books of their U.S. depositaries, which in turn will hold such interests in customers’ securities accounts in the U.S. depositaries’ names on the books of DTC.

We have obtained the information in this section concerning DTC, Clearstream and Euroclear and the book-entry system and procedures from sources that we believe to be reliable, but we take no responsibility for the accuracy of this information.

We understand that:

 

    DTC is a limited-purpose trust company organized under the New York Banking Law, a “banking organization” within the meaning of the New York Banking Law, a member of the Federal Reserve System, a “clearing corporation” within the meaning of the New York Uniform Commercial Code and a “clearing agency” registered under Section 17A of the Exchange Act.

 

    DTC holds securities that its participants deposit with DTC and facilitates the settlement among participants of securities transactions, such as transfers and pledges, in deposited securities through electronic computerized book-entry changes in participants’ accounts, thereby eliminating the need for physical movement of securities certificates.

 

    Direct participants include securities brokers and dealers, banks, trust companies, clearing corporations and other organizations.

 

    DTC is owned by a number of its direct participants and by The New York Stock Exchange, Inc., the American Stock Exchange, LLC and the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (successor to the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc.).

 

    Access to the DTC system is also available to others such as securities brokers and dealers, banks and trust companies that clear through or maintain a custodial relationship with a direct participant, either directly or indirectly.

 

    The rules applicable to DTC and its direct and indirect participants are on file with the SEC.

We understand that Clearstream is incorporated under the laws of Luxembourg as a professional depositary. Clearstream holds securities for its customers and facilitates the clearance and settlement of securities transactions between its customers through electronic book-changes in accounts of its customers, thereby eliminating the need for physical movement of certificates. Clearstream provides to its customers, among other things, services for safekeeping, administration, clearance and settlement of internationally traded securities and securities lending and borrowing. Clearstream interfaces with domestic markets in several countries. As a professional depositary, Clearstream is subject to regulation by the Luxembourg Commission for the Supervision of the Financial Section. Clearstream customers are recognized financial institutions around the world, including underwriters, securities brokers and dealers, banks, trust companies, clearing corporations and other organizations and may include the underwriters. Indirect access to Clearstream is also available to others, such as banks, brokers, dealers and trust companies that clear through or maintain a custodial relationship with a Clearstream customer either directly or indirectly.

 

109


Table of Contents

We understand that Euroclear was created in 1968 to hold securities for participants of Euroclear and to clear and settle transactions between Euroclear participants through simultaneous electronic book-entry delivery against payment, thereby eliminating the need for physical movement of certificates and any risk from lack of simultaneous transfers of securities and cash. Euroclear provides various other services, including securities lending and borrowing and interfaces with domestic markets in several countries. Euroclear is operated by Euroclear Bank S.A./N.V., which we refer to as the Euroclear Operator, under contract with Euroclear Clearance Systems S.C., a Belgian cooperative corporation, which we refer to as the Cooperative. All operations are conducted by the Euroclear Operator, and all Euroclear securities clearance accounts and Euroclear cash accounts are accounts with the Euroclear Operator, not the Cooperative. The Cooperative establishes policy for Euroclear on behalf of Euroclear participants. Euroclear participants include banks (including central banks), securities brokers and dealers, and other professional financial intermediaries and may include the underwriters. Indirect access to Euroclear is also available to other firms that clear through or maintain a custodial relationship with a Euroclear participant, either directly or indirectly.

We understand that the Euroclear Operator is licensed by the Belgian Banking and Finance Commission to carry out banking activities on a global basis. As a Belgian bank, it is regulated and examined by the Belgian Banking and Finance Commission.

We have provided the descriptions of the operations and procedures of DTC, Clearstream and Euroclear in this prospectus solely as a matter of convenience, and we make no representation or warranty of any kind with respect to these operations and procedures. These operations and procedures are solely within the control of those organizations and are subject to change by them from time to time. None of us, the underwriters or the Trustee takes any responsibility for these operations or procedures, and you are urged to contact DTC, Clearstream and Euroclear or their participants directly to discuss these matters.

We expect that under procedures established by DTC:

 

    upon deposit of the global notes with DTC or its custodian, DTC will credit on its internal system the accounts of direct participants designated by the underwriters with portions of the principal amounts of the global notes; and

 

    ownership of the Notes will be shown on, and the transfer of ownership thereof will be effected only through, records maintained by DTC or its nominee, with respect to interests of direct participants, and the records of direct and indirect participants, with respect to interests of persons other than participants.

The laws of some jurisdictions may require that purchasers of securities take physical delivery of those securities in definitive form. Accordingly, the ability to transfer interests in the Notes represented by a global note to those persons may be limited. In addition, because DTC can act only on behalf of its participants, who in turn act on behalf of persons who hold interests through participants, the ability of a person having an interest in Notes represented by a global note to pledge or transfer those interests to persons or entities that do not participate in DTC’s system, or otherwise to take actions in respect of such interest, may be effected by the lack of a physical definitive security in respect of such interest.

So long as DTC or its nominee is the registered owner of a global note, DTC or that nominee will be considered the sole owner or holder of the Notes represented by that global note for all purposes under the Indenture and under the Notes. Except as provided below, owners of beneficial interests in a global note will not be entitled to have Notes represented by that global note registered in their names, will not receive or be entitled to receive physical delivery of certificated Notes and will not be considered the owners or holders thereof under the Indenture or under the Notes for any purpose, including with respect to the giving of any direction, instruction or approval to the Trustee. Accordingly, each holder owning a beneficial interest in a global note must rely on the procedures of DTC and, if that holder is not a direct or indirect participant, on the procedures of the participant through which that holder owns its interest, to exercise any rights of a holder of Notes under the Indenture or a global note.

 

110


Table of Contents

Neither we nor the Trustee will have any responsibility or liability for any aspect of the records relating to or payments made on account of Notes by DTC, Clearstream or Euroclear, or for maintaining, supervising or reviewing any records of those organizations relating to the Notes.

Payments on the Notes represented by the global notes will be made to DTC or its nominee, as the case may be, as the registered owner thereof. We expect that DTC or its nominee, upon receipt of any payment on the Notes represented by a global note, will credit participants’ accounts with payments in amounts proportionate to their respective beneficial interests in the global note as shown in the records of DTC or its nominee. We also expect that payments by participants to owners of beneficial interests in the global note held through such participants will be governed by standing instructions and customary practice as is now the case with securities held for the accounts of customers registered in the names of nominees for such customers. The participants will be solely responsible for those payments.

Distributions on the Notes held beneficially through Clearstream will be credited to cash accounts of its customers in accordance with its rules and procedures, to the extent received by the U.S. depositary for Clearstream.

Securities clearance accounts and cash accounts with the Euroclear Operator are governed by the Terms and Conditions Governing Use of Euroclear and the related Operating Procedures of the Euroclear System, and applicable Belgian law (collectively referred to herein as the Terms and Conditions). The Terms and Conditions govern transfers of securities and cash within Euroclear, withdrawals of securities and cash from Euroclear, and receipts of payments with respect to securities in Euroclear. All securities in Euroclear are held on a fungible basis without attribution of specific certificates to specific securities clearance accounts. The Euroclear Operator acts under the Terms and Conditions only on behalf of Euroclear participants and has no record of or relationship with persons holding through Euroclear participants.

Distributions on the Notes held beneficially through Euroclear will be credited to the cash accounts of its participants in accordance with the Terms and Conditions, to the extent received by the U.S. depositary for Euroclear.

Clearance and Settlement Procedures

Initial settlement for the Notes will be made in immediately available funds. Secondary market trading between DTC participants will occur in the ordinary way in accordance with DTC rules and will be settled in immediately available funds. Secondary market trading between Clearstream customers and/or Euroclear participants will occur in the ordinary way in accordance with the applicable rules and operating procedures of Clearstream and Euroclear, as applicable, and will be settled using the procedures applicable to conventional Eurobonds in immediately available funds.

Cross-market transfers between persons holding directly or indirectly through DTC, on the one hand, and directly or indirectly through Clearstream customers or Euroclear participants, on the other, will be affected through DTC in accordance with DTC rules on behalf of the relevant European international clearing system by the U.S. depositary. Such cross-market transactions, however, will require delivery of instructions to the relevant European international clearing system by the counterparty in such system in accordance with its rules and procedures and within its established deadlines (European time). The relevant European international clearing system will, if the transaction meets its settlement requirements, deliver instructions to the U.S. depositary to take action to effect final settlement on its behalf by delivering or receiving the Notes in DTC, and making or receiving payment in accordance with normal procedures for same-day funds settlement applicable to DTC. Clearstream customers and Euroclear participants may not deliver instructions directly to their U.S. depositaries.

Because of time-zone differences, credits of the Notes received in Clearstream or Euroclear as a result of a transaction with a DTC participant will be made during subsequent securities settlement processing and dated the business day following the DTC settlement date. Such credits or any transactions in the Notes settled during such

 

111


Table of Contents

processing will be reported to the relevant Clearstream customers or Euroclear participants on such business day. Cash received in Clearstream or Euroclear as a result of sales of the Notes by or through a Clearstream customer or a Euroclear participant to a DTC participant will be received with value on the DTC settlement date but will be available in the relevant Clearstream or Euroclear cash account only as of the business day following settlement in DTC.

Although DTC, Clearstream and Euroclear have agreed to the foregoing procedures to facilitate transfers of the Notes among participants of DTC, Clearstream and Euroclear, they are under no obligation to perform or continue to perform such procedures and such procedures may be changed or discontinued at any time.

Certificated Notes

We will issue certificated Notes to each person that DTC identifies as the beneficial owner of the Notes represented by a global note upon surrender by DTC of the global note if:

 

    DTC notifies us that it is no longer willing or able to act as a depositary for such global note or ceases to be a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act, and we have not appointed a successor depositary within 90 days of that notice or becoming aware that DTC is no longer so registered;

 

    an event of default under the Indenture has occurred and is continuing, and DTC requests the issuance of certificated Notes; or

 

    we determine not to have the Notes represented by a global note.

Neither we nor the Trustee will be liable for any delay by DTC, its nominee or any direct or indirect participant in identifying the beneficial owners of the Notes. We and the Trustee may conclusively rely on, and will be fully protected in relying on, instructions from DTC or its nominee for all purposes, including with respect to the registration and delivery, and the respective principal amounts, of the certificated Notes to be issued.

 

112


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF OTHER INDEBTEDNESS

As of June 30, 2014, we had no outstanding indebtedness. As of the same date, we received bank commitments for up to $977.1 million in aggregate proposed future borrowings, consisting of our $330.0 Million Senior Secured Credit Facility, our $67.5 Million Senior Secured Credit Facility, our $39.6 Million Senior Secured Credit Facility, and our Proposed $540.0 Million Senior Secured Credit Facility, which is subject to the negotiation and execution of final documentation. Below is a summary description of the terms of our credit facilities.

$67.5 Million Senior Secured Credit Facility

On July 30, 2014, we entered into a $67.5 million credit facility with a leading European financial institution. The proceeds of this facility are expected to fund a portion of the purchase price of the four of the vessels in our Newbuilding Program that secure this facility. This facility has a seven year term from the date of delivery of each such vessel securing the loan, with customary financial and restrictive covenants. This facility bears interest at LIBOR plus a margin of 2.95%, and quarterly principal repayments on each tranche is approximately $0.3 million. The $67.5 Million Senior Secured Credit Facility is secured by, among other things, a first priority mortgage on four of the vessels in our Newbuilding Program (two Ultramax and two Kamsarmax), and a parent company guarantee.

$330.0 Million Senior Secured Credit Facility

On July 29, 2014, we entered a $330.0 million senior secured credit facility with Credit Agricole Corporate and Investment Bank and Deutsche Bank AG London to finance a portion of the purchase price of 22 of the vessels in our Newbuilding Program. This facility bears interest at LIBOR plus a margin of 2.925% and has a term of seven years. This facility is secured by, among other things, a first preferred cross-collateralized mortgage on each of 22 of our newbuilding vessels (consisting of 16 Ultramax drybulk carriers and six Kamsarmax drybulk carriers) and guaranteed by each of the collateral vessel owning subsidiaries. We expect that we will draw under this facility upon the delivery of each collateral vessel in an amount not to exceed the lesser of 60% of the fair market value of such vessel or a stated draw down amount until December 31, 2016.

$39.6 Million Senior Secured Credit Facility

On June 27, 2014, we entered into a $39.6 million senior secured credit facility with NIBC Bank N.V. to finance a portion of the market value of two of the vessels in our Newbuilding Program that secure this facility. This facility bears interest at LIBOR plus a margin of 2.925% and has a term of five years. This facility is secured by, among other things, a first priority mortgage on two of the vessels in our Newbuilding Program (two Kamsarmax) and guaranteed by each of the collateral vessel owning subsidiaries.

Proposed $540.0 Million Senior Secured Credit Facility

On July 21, 2014, we received a commitment from two leading European financial institutions for a $540 million senior secured loan facility. The proceeds of this facility are expected to finance up to 55% of the contract price for 24 of the vessels in our Newbuilding Program (six Ultramax, nine Kamsarmax, and nine Capesize vessels) with expected deliveries in 2015 and 2016. This facility is expected to have a six year term with customary financial and restrictive covenants, and interest at LIBOR plus a margin. The closing of this loan facility, which is expected within 2014, is subject to usual and customary conditions precedent, including the negotiation and execution of final documentation.

 

113


Table of Contents

Loan Covenants

Certain of our credit facilities discussed above have, or are expected to have, among other things, the following financial covenants which require us to:

 

    maintain minimum consolidated liquidity of not less than the greater of (i) $50.0 million or (ii) $850,000 per vessel owned by us or any of our subsidiaries;

 

    maintain consolidated tangible net worth of not less than $500.0 million, plus (i) 25% of our consolidated net income for each fiscal quarter and (ii) 50% of the value of the equity proceeds we received from the sale of our common shares as of December 31, 2013;

 

    maintain a ratio of net debt (which means our total indebtedness less cash) to consolidated total capitalization (which means consolidated tangible net worth plus, among other things, our consolidated indebtedness) of 60% or less;

 

    maintain a ratio of consolidated EBITDA to consolidated net interest expense of not less than 1.0 to 1.0 for the quarter ending September 30, 2015 until and including the quarter ending December 31, 2016, 2.0 to 1.0 for the quarter ending March 31, 2017 until and including the quarter ending December 31, 2017, and thereafter 2.5 to 1.0; and

 

    maintain a minimum fair value of the collateral for each credit facility, such that the aggregate fair value of the vessels collateralizing the credit facility be at least between 130% to 140%, depending on the credit facility, of the aggregate principal amount outstanding under such credit facility.

Our credit facilities discussed above have, or are expected to have, among other things, the following restrictive covenants which would restrict our ability to:

 

    incur additional indebtedness;

 

    sell the collateral vessel, if applicable;

 

    make additional investments or acquisitions;

 

    pay dividends, in the event of a default, or if an event of default would occur as a result of the payment of dividends; and

 

    effect a change of control of the Company.

In addition, our credit facilities contain, or are expected to contain, customary events of default, including cross-default provisions.

 

114


Table of Contents

CERTAIN MARSHALL ISLANDS COMPANY CONSIDERATIONS

Our corporate affairs are governed by our amended and restated articles of incorporation and bylaws and by the BCA. The provisions of the BCA resemble provisions of the corporation laws of a number of states in the United States, including Delaware. While the BCA also provides that it is to be interpreted according to the laws of the State of Delaware and other states with substantially similar legislative provisions, there have been few, if any, court cases interpreting the BCA in the Marshall Islands, and we cannot predict whether Marshall Islands courts would reach the same conclusions as Delaware or other courts in the United States. Accordingly, you may have more difficulty in protecting your interests under Marshall Islands law in the face of actions by our management, directors or controlling shareholders than would shareholders of a corporation incorporated in a U.S. jurisdiction that has developed a substantial body of case law. The following table provides a comparison between statutory provisions of the BCA and the Delaware General Corporation Law relating to shareholders’ rights.

 

Marshall Islands

  

Delaware

Shareholder Meetings
Held at a time and place as designated in the bylaws.    May be held at such time or place as designated in the certificate of incorporation or the bylaws, or if not so designated, as determined by the board of directors.
Special meetings of the shareholders may be called by the board of directors or by such person or persons as may be authorized by the articles of incorporation or by the bylaws.    Special meetings of the shareholders may be called by the board of directors or by such person or persons as may be authorized by the certificate of incorporation or by the bylaws.
May be held in or outside of the Marshall Islands.    May be held in or outside of Delaware.
Notice:    Notice:

• Whenever shareholders are required to take any action at a meeting, a written notice of the meeting shall be given which shall state the place, date and hour of the meeting and, unless it is an annual meeting, indicate that it is being issued by or at the direction of the person calling the meeting.

  

• Whenever shareholders are required to take any action at a meeting, a written notice of the meeting shall be given which shall state the place, if any, date and hour of the meeting, and the means of remote communication, if any.

• A copy of the notice of any meeting shall be given personally or sent by mail not less than 15 nor more than 60 days before the meeting.

  

• Written notice shall be given not less than 10 nor more than 60 days before the meeting.

Shareholders’ Voting Rights
Any action required to be taken by a meeting of shareholders may be taken without a meeting if consent is in writing and is signed by all the shareholders entitled to vote with respect to the subject matter thereof.    Any action required to be taken by a meeting of shareholders may be taken without a meeting if a consent for such action is in writing and is signed by shareholders having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted.

 

115


Table of Contents

Marshall Islands

  

Delaware

Any person authorized to vote may authorize another person or persons to act for him by proxy.    Any person authorized to vote may authorize another person or persons to act for him by proxy.
Unless otherwise provided in the articles of incorporation, a majority of shares entitled to vote constitutes a quorum. In no event shall a quorum consist of fewer than one-third of the common shares entitled to vote at a meeting.    For stock corporations, the certificate of incorporation or bylaws may specify the number of shares required to constitute a quorum but in no event shall a quorum consist of less than one-third of shares entitled to vote at a meeting. In the absence of such specifications, a majority of shares entitled to vote shall constitute a quorum.
When a quorum is once present to organize a meeting, it is not broken by the subsequent withdrawal of any shareholders.    When a quorum is once present to organize a meeting, it is not broken by the subsequent withdrawal of any shareholders.
The articles of incorporation may provide for cumulative voting in the election of directors.    The certificate of incorporation may provide for cumulative voting in the election of directors.
The board of directors must consist of at least one member.    The board of directors must consist of at least one member.
Removal:    Removal:

• Any or all of the directors may be removed for cause by vote of the shareholders.

 

• If the articles of incorporation or the bylaws so provide, any or all of the directors may be removed without cause by vote of the shareholders.

  

• Any or all of the directors may be removed, with or without cause, by the holders of a majority of the shares entitled to vote except: (1) unless the certificate of incorporation otherwise provides, in the case of a corporation whose board is classified, stockholders may effect such removal only for cause, or (2) if the corporation has cumulative voting, if less than the entire board is to be removed, no director may be removed without cause if the votes cast against such director’s removal would be sufficient to elect such director if then cumulatively voted at an election of the entire board of directors, or, if there be classes of directors, at an election of the class of directors of which such director is a part.

Directors
Number of board members can be changed by an amendment to the bylaws, by the shareholders, or by action of the board under the specific provisions of a by-law.    Number of board members shall be fixed by, or in a manner provided by, the bylaws, unless the certificate of incorporation fixes the number of directors, in which case a change in the number shall be made only by amendment to the certificate of incorporation.
If the board of directors is authorized to change the number of directors, it can only do so by a majority of the entire board of directors and so long as no decrease in the number shortens the term of any incumbent director.   

 

116


Table of Contents

Marshall Islands

  

Delaware

Dissenter’s Rights of Appraisal
Shareholders have a right to dissent from any plan of merger or consolidation or sale of all or substantially all assets not made in the usual course of business, and receive payment of the fair value of their shares, subject to limited exceptions, such as a merger or consolidation of corporations listed on a national securities exchange in which listed shares are the offered consideration or if such shares are held of record by more than 2,000 holders.    Appraisal rights shall be available for the shares of any class or series of stock of a corporation in a merger or consolidation, subject to limited exceptions, such as a merger or consolidation of corporations listed on a national securities exchange in which listed shares are the offered consideration or if such shares are held of record by more than 2,000 holders.
A holder of any adversely affected shares who does not vote on or consent in writing to an amendment to the articles of incorporation has the right to dissent and to receive payment for such shares if the amendment:   

• Alters or abolishes any preferential right of any outstanding shares having preference; or

  

• Creates, alters or abolishes any provision or right in respect to the redemption of any outstanding shares.

  

• Alters or abolishes any preemptive right of such holder to acquire shares or other securities; or

  

• Excludes or limits the right of such holder to vote on any matter, except as such right may be limited by the voting rights given to new shares then being authorized of any existing or new class.

  
Shareholders’ Derivative Actions
An action may be brought in the right of a corporation to procure a judgment in its favor, by a holder of shares or of voting trust certificates or of a beneficial interest in such shares or certificates. It shall be made to appear that the plaintiff is such a holder at the time the action is brought and that he was such a holder at the time of the transaction of which he complains, or that his shares or his interest therein devolved upon him by operation of law.    In any derivative suit instituted by a shareholder or a corporation, it shall be averred in the complaint that the plaintiff was a shareholder of the corporation at the time of the transaction of which he complains or that such shareholder’s stock thereafter devolved upon such shareholder by operation of law.
A complaint shall set forth with particularity the efforts of the plaintiff to secure the initiation of such action by the board of directors or the reasons for not making such effort.   
Such action shall not be discontinued, compromised or settled without the approval of the High Court of the Republic of The Marshall Islands.   

 

117


Table of Contents

Marshall Islands

  

Delaware

Attorneys’ fees may be awarded if the action is successful.   
A corporation may require a plaintiff bringing a derivative suit to give security for reasonable expenses if the plaintiff owns less than 5% of any class of stock and the common shares have a value of less than $50,000.   

 

118


Table of Contents

TAX CONSIDERATIONS

The following is a discussion of material United States federal income tax considerations that may be relevant to prospective holders of our Notes. This discussion is based upon the provisions of the Code, applicable U.S. Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, legislative history, judicial authority and administrative interpretations, as of the date of this prospectus, all of which are subject to change, possibly with retroactive effect, or are subject to different interpretations. Changes in these authorities may cause the U.S. federal income tax considerations to vary substantially from those described below.

This discussion applies only to holders of our Notes that purchase our Notes at their issue price as part of the initial offering and hold our Notes as “capital assets” (generally, for investment purposes) and does not comment on all aspects of U.S. federal income taxation that may be important to certain holders in light of their particular circumstances, such as holders subject to special tax rules (e.g., financial institutions, regulated investment companies, real estate investment trusts, insurance companies, traders in securities that have elected the mark-to-market method of accounting for their securities, persons liable for alternative minimum tax, broker-dealers, tax-exempt organizations, or former citizens or long-term residents of the United States) or holders that will hold our Notes as part of a straddle, hedge, conversion, constructive sale or other integrated transaction for U.S. federal income tax purposes, all of whom may be subject to U.S. federal income tax rules that differ significantly from those summarized below. If a partnership or other entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes holds our Notes, the tax treatment of its partners generally will depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. Partners in partnerships holding our Notes should consult their own tax advisors to determine the appropriate tax treatment of the partnership’s ownership of our Notes.

No ruling has been requested from the Internal Revenue Service, or the IRS, regarding any matter affecting us, holders of our Notes, or our shareholders.

Except as otherwise noted, this discussion does not address any U.S. estate, gift or alternative minimum tax considerations or tax considerations arising under the laws of any state, local or non-U.S. jurisdiction. Holders are urged to consult their own tax advisors regarding the U.S. federal, state, local and other tax consequences of owning and disposing of our Notes.

U.S. Federal Income Taxation of U.S. Holders

As used herein, the term “U.S. Holder” means a beneficial owner of our Notes that is, for U.S. federal income tax purposes: (a) a U.S. citizen or U.S. resident alien; (b) a corporation, or other entity taxable as a corporation, that was created or organized under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, or the District of Columbia; (c) an estate whose income is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source; or (d) a trust that either is subject to the supervision of a court within the United States and has one or more U.S. persons with authority to control all of its substantial decisions or has a valid election in effect under applicable Treasury Regulations to be treated as a U.S. person.

Certain Additional Payments

There are circumstances in which we might be required to make payments on a Note that would increase the yield of the Note, as described under “Description of Notes—Change of Control Permits Holders to Require us to Purchase Notes.” We intend to take the position that the possibility of such payments does not result in the Notes being treated as contingent payment debt instruments under the applicable Treasury Regulations. Our position is not binding on the IRS. If the IRS takes a contrary position, you may be required to accrue interest income based upon a “comparable yield” (as defined in the Treasury Regulations) determined at the time of issuance of the Notes (which is not expected to differ significantly from the actual yield on the Notes), with adjustments to such accruals when any contingent payments are made that differ from the projected payments based on the comparable yield. In addition, any income on the sale, exchange, retirement or other taxable disposition of the Notes would be treated as interest income rather than as capital gain. You should consult your tax adviser

 

119


Table of Contents

regarding the tax consequences if the Notes were treated as contingent payment debt instruments. The remainder of this discussion assumes that the Notes are not treated as contingent payment debt instruments.

Stated Interest on our Notes

Stated interest on a Note (including Additional Amounts, if any) generally will be taxable to a U.S. Holder as ordinary income at the time it is received or accrued in accordance with the U.S. Holder’s regular method of accounting for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

Interest paid on our Notes generally will be foreign source income and, depending on your circumstances, treated as either “passive” or “general” category income for purposes of computing allowable foreign tax credits for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

Disposition of Notes

Upon the sale, redemption, exchange, retirement or other taxable disposition of a Note, a U.S. Holder generally will recognize gain or loss equal to the difference between the U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in our Notes and the proceeds received on the sale, redemption, exchange, retirement or other taxable disposition (except to the extent such proceeds are attributable to accrued interest not previously included in income, which will be taxable as ordinary interest income). The proceeds you receive will include the amount of any cash and the fair market value of any other property received for our Notes. Your adjusted tax basis in our Notes generally will equal the amount you paid for our Notes. Gain or loss recognized upon a sale, redemption, exchange, retirement or other taxable disposition of our Notes (i) will be treated as long-term capital gain or loss if the U.S. Holder’s holding period is greater than one year at the time of the sale, redemption, exchange, retirement or other taxable disposition, or short-term capital gain or loss otherwise, and (ii) generally will be treated as U.S. source gain or loss, as applicable, for U.S. foreign tax credit purposes. Certain U.S. Holders, including individuals, may be eligible for preferential rates of U.S. federal income tax in respect of long-term capital gains. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to limitation.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

In general, information reporting will apply to all payments of interest on, and the proceeds of the sale or other disposition (including a retirement or redemption) of, Notes held by a U.S. Holder unless the U.S. Holder is an exempt recipient, such as a corporation. Backup withholding may apply to these payments unless the U.S. Holder provides the appropriate intermediary with a taxpayer identification number, certified under penalties of perjury, as well as certain other information, or otherwise establishes an exemption from backup withholding. Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amount withheld under the backup withholding rules is allowable as a refund or a credit against the U.S. Holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, provided that the required information is timely provided to the IRS.

U.S. Return Disclosure Requirements for Individual U.S. Holders

U.S. Holders who are individuals and who hold certain specified foreign financial assets, including financial instruments issued by a foreign corporation not held in an account maintained by a financial institution, with an aggregate value in excess of $50,000 on the last day of a taxable year, or $75,000 at any time during that taxable year, may be required to report such assets on IRS Form 8938 with their tax return for that taxable year. Penalties apply for failure to properly complete and file Form 8938. Investors are encouraged to consult with their own tax advisors regarding the possible application of this disclosure requirement to their investment in our Notes.

U.S. Federal Income Taxation of Non-U.S. Holders

A beneficial owner of our Notes (other than an entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) that is not a U.S. Holder is referred to herein as a non-U.S. Holder.

 

120


Table of Contents

Interest on our Notes

In general, a non-U.S. Holder will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax or withholding tax on interest (including Additional Amounts, if any) on the Notes unless the interest is effectively connected with the non-U.S. Holder’s conduct of a trade or business within the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, is attributable to a permanent establishment that the non-U.S. Holder maintains in the United States). If a non-U.S. Holder is engaged in a U.S. trade or business and the interest is deemed to be effectively connected with that trade or business, the non-U.S. Holder generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the interest in the same manner as if it were a U.S. Holder and, in the case of a non-U.S. Holder that is a corporation, may also be subject to the branch profits tax (currently imposed at a rate of 30% or a lower applicable treaty rate).

Disposition of Notes

In general, a non-U.S. Holder will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax or withholding tax on any gain resulting from the sale, redemption, exchange, retirement or other taxable disposition of a Note unless (i) the gain is effectively connected with the non-U.S. Holder’s conduct of a trade or business within the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, is attributable to a permanent establishment that the non-U.S. Holder maintains in the United States), in which case the non-U.S. Holder will generally be subject to U.S. federal income tax on such gain in the same manner as if such non-U.S. Holder were a U.S. person and, in addition, if the non-U.S. Holder is a foreign corporation, may also be subject to the branch profits tax described above, or (ii) the non-U.S. Holder is an individual who is present in the United States for 183 days or more during the taxable year of disposition and certain other conditions are met, in which case the non-U.S. Holder may be subject to tax at a 30% rate on gain resulting from the disposition of our Notes which may be offset by U.S.-source capital losses.

U.S. Estate Tax Considerations

For purposes of U.S. federal estate tax, our Notes will be treated as situated outside the United States and will not be includible in the gross estate of a non-U.S. Holder at the time of death.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

Information reporting and backup withholding generally will not apply to payments of interest on Notes held by a non-U.S. Holder if such interest is paid outside the United States by a non-U.S. payor or a non-U.S. middleman (within the meaning of U.S. Treasury Regulations) or the non-U.S. Holder properly certifies under penalties of perjury, on an applicable IRS Form W-8, as to its non-U.S. status and certain other conditions are met or otherwise establishes an exemption.

Any payment received by a non-U.S. Holder from the sale, redemption or other taxable disposition of a Note to or through the U.S. office of a broker will be subject to information reporting and backup withholding unless the non-U.S. Holder properly certifies under penalties of perjury, on an applicable IRS Form W-8, as to its non-U.S. status and certain other conditions are met, or otherwise establishes an exemption. Information reporting and backup withholding generally will not apply to any payment of the proceeds of the sale, redemption or other taxable disposition of a note effected outside the United States by a non-U.S. office of a broker. However, if the broker is considered a U.S. payor or U.S. middleman (within the meaning of U.S. Treasury Regulations), information reporting will apply to the payment of the proceeds of a sale, redemption or other taxable disposition of a note effected outside the United States unless the broker has documentary evidence in its records that the non-U.S. Holder is a non-U.S. Holder and certain other conditions are met. Backup withholding is not an additional tax. The amount of any backup withholding from a payment to a non-U.S. Holder will be allowed as a credit against the non-U.S. Holder U.S. federal income tax liability, if any, and may entitle the non-U.S. Holder to a refund, provided that the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.

 

121


Table of Contents

MARSHALL ISLANDS TAX CONSIDERATIONS

The following is a discussion of the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands, and the current laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands applicable to persons who do not reside in, maintain offices in or engage in business in the Republic of the Marshall Islands.

Because we do not, and we do not expect that we will, conduct business or operations in the Republic of the Marshall Islands, and because all documentation related to this offering will be executed outside of the Republic of the Marshall Islands, under current Marshall Islands law you will not be subject to Marshall Islands taxation or withholding on distributions, including upon a return of capital, we make to you as a noteholder or shareholder. In addition, you will not be subject to Marshall Islands stamp, capital gains or other taxes on the purchase, ownership or disposition of our Notes, and you will not be required by the Republic of the Marshall Islands to file a tax return relating to the Notes.

Each prospective shareholder is urged to consult its tax counsel or other advisor with regard to the legal and tax consequences, under the laws of pertinent jurisdictions, including the Marshall Islands, of its investment in us. Further, it is the responsibility of each shareholder to file all state, local and non-U.S., as well as U.S. federal tax returns that may be required of it.

 

122


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING

Under the terms and subject to the conditions contained in an underwriting agreement dated the date of this prospectus, the underwriters named below, for whom Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated, Deutsche Bank Securities, Inc. and Jefferies LLC are acting as representatives, have severally agreed to purchase, and we have agreed to sell to them, severally, the principal amount of Notes indicated below:

 

Name

   Principal Amount of Notes  

Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated

   $                    

Deutsche Bank Securities Inc.

  

Jefferies LLC

  
  
  

 

 

 

Total

   $                    

The underwriters are offering the Notes subject to their acceptance of the Notes from us and subject to prior sale. The underwriting agreement provides that the obligations of the several underwriters to pay for and accept delivery of the Notes offered by this prospectus are subject to the approval of certain legal matters by their counsel and to certain other conditions. The underwriters are obligated to take and pay for all of the Notes offered by this prospectus if any such Notes are taken. However, the underwriters are not required to take or pay for the Notes covered by the underwriters’ option to purchase additional Notes described below.

The underwriters initially propose to offer the Notes directly to the public at the offering price listed on the cover of this prospectus and may offer Notes to certain dealers at such offering price, less a concession not in excess of     % of the principal amount of the Notes. After the initial offering of the Notes, the offering price and other selling terms may from time to time be varied by the representative.

We have granted to the underwriters an option, exercisable for 30 days from the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to an additional $         aggregate principal amount of Notes at the public offering price listed on the cover of this prospectus, less underwriting discounts and commissions. The representatives may exercise this option on behalf of the underwriters in whole or in part by giving written notice to us no later than 30 days after the date of this prospectus. To the extent the option is exercised, each underwriter will become obligated, subject to certain conditions, to purchase approximately the same percentage of the additional Notes as the number listed next to the underwriter’s name in the preceding table bears to the total number of Notes listed next to the names of all underwriters in the preceding table.

The following table shows the underwriting discounts and commissions that we are to pay to the underwriters in connection with this offering, expressed as a percentage of the principal amount of the Notes and in total. These amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional Notes.

 

     Total  
     Per Note      No Exercise      Full Exercise  

Underwriting discounts and commissions

   $                    $                    $                

The estimated offering expenses payable by us, exclusive of underwriting discounts and commissions, are approximately $        .

The Notes are a new issue of securities with no established trading market. We have applied to list the Notes on the New York Stock Exchange. We expect trading in the Notes on the New within 30 days after                     , 2014, the original issue date of the Notes. We have been advised by the underwriters that they presently intend to make a market in the Notes after completion of the offering. However, they are under no obligation to do so and may discontinue any market-making activities at any time without any notice, in their sole discretion. We cannot assure the liquidity of the trading market for the Notes or that an active public market for the Notes will develop. If an active public trading market for the Notes does not develop, the market price and liquidity of the Notes may be adversely affected.

 

123


Table of Contents

In the underwriting agreement, we have agreed that we will not, during the period from the date of this prospectus through the closing date of the offering of the Notes, offer, sell, contract to sell or otherwise dispose of any debt securities of ours or warrants to purchase or otherwise acquire debt securities of ours substantially similar to the Notes (other than (i) the Notes, (ii) commercial paper issued in the ordinary course of business or (iii) securities or warrants permitted with the prior written consent of the representative).

We and the underwriters have agreed to indemnify each other against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

In connection with the offering, the underwriters may engage in stabilizing transactions, overallotment transactions, syndicate covering transactions and penalty bids in accordance with Regulation M under the Exchange Act.

 

    Stabilizing transactions permit bids to purchase the Notes so long as the stabilizing bids do not exceed a specified maximum.

 

    Over-allotment involves sales by the underwriters of Notes in excess of the principal amount of the Notes the underwriters are obligated to purchase, which creates a syndicate short position.

 

    Syndicate covering transactions involve purchases of the Notes in the open market after the distribution has been completed in order to cover syndicate short positions. A short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the Notes in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering.

 

    Penalty bids permit the representatives to reclaim a selling concession from a syndicate member when the Notes originally sold by the syndicate member are purchased in a stabilizing transaction or a syndicate covering transaction to cover syndicate short positions.

These stabilizing transactions, overallotment transactions, syndicate covering transactions and penalty bids may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of the Notes or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the Notes. As a result the price of the Notes may be higher than the price that might otherwise exist in the open market. These transactions, if commenced, may be discontinued at any time.

From time to time, the underwriters and their affiliates have provided, and continue to provide, investment banking services to the Company. Certain affiliates of the underwriters are lenders and/or agents under one or more of the Company’s credit facilities. The estimated offering expenses payable by us, excluding underwriting discounts and commissions, are approximately $        , which includes legal, accounting and printing costs and various other fees associated with the offering of the Notes.

If you purchase Notes offered by this prospectus, you may be required to pay stamp taxes and other charges under the laws and practices of the country of purchase, in addition to the offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus.

Selling Restrictions

European Economic Area

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a “Relevant Member State”) an offer to the public of any Notes may not be made in that Relevant Member State, except that an offer to the public in that Relevant Member State of any Notes may be made at any time under the following exemptions under the Prospectus Directive, if they have been implemented in that Relevant Member State:

 

    to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined in the Prospectus Directive;

 

124


Table of Contents
    to fewer than 100 or, if the Relevant Member State has implemented the relevant provision of the 2010 PD Amending Directive, 150, natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive), as permitted under the Prospectus Directive, subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representative for any such offer; or

 

    in any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive,

provided that no such offer of Notes shall result in a requirement for the publication by us or any underwriter of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive.

For purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer to the public” in relation to any Notes in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and any Notes to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase any Notes, as the same may be varied in that Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Member State, and the expression “Prospectus Directive” means Directive 2003/71/EC (and amendments thereto, including the 2010 PD Amending Directive, to the extent implemented in the Relevant Member State), and includes any relevant implementing measure in the Relevant Member State, and the expression “2010 PD Amending Directive” means Directive 2010/73/EU.

United Kingdom

Each underwriter has represented and agreed that:

 

  a) it has only communicated or caused to be communicated and will only communicate or cause to be communicated an invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of Section 21 of the FSMA) received by it in connection with the issue or sale of the Notes in circumstances in which Section 21(1) of the FSMA does not apply to us; and

 

  b) it has complied and will comply with all applicable provisions of the FSMA with respect to anything done by it in relation to the Notes in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom.

France

Neither this prospectus nor any other offering material relating to the Notes described in this prospectus has been submitted to the clearance procedures of the Autorité des Marchés Financiers or of the competent authority of another member state of the European Economic Area and notified to the Autorité des Marchés Financiers. The Notes have not been offered or sold and will not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, to the public in France. Neither this prospectus nor any other offering material relating to the Notes has been or will be:

 

    released, issued, distributed or caused to be released, issued or distributed to the public in France: or

 

    used in connection with any offer for subscription or sale of the Notes to the public in France.

Such offers, sales and distributions will be made in France only:

 

    to qualified investors ( investisseurs qualifiés ) and/or to a restricted circle of investors ( cercle restraint d’investisseurs ), in each case investing for their own account, all as defined in, and in accordance with articles L.411-2, D.411-1, D.411-2, D.734-1, D.744-1, D.754-1 and D.764-1 of the French Code monétaire et financier;

 

    to investment services providers authorized to engage in portfolio management on behalf of third parties; or

 

    in a transaction that, in accordance with article L.411-2-II-l º -or- 3º of the French Code monétaire et financier and article 211-2 of the General Regulations ( Réglement Général ) of the Autorité des Marchés Financiers, does not constitute a public offer ( appel public à l’épargne ).

 

125


Table of Contents

The Notes may be resold directly or indirectly, only in compliance with articles L.411-1, L.411-2, L.412-1 and L.621-8 through L.621-8-3 of the French Code monétaire et financier .

Switzerland

Neither this prospectus nor any other material relating to the Notes which is the subject of the offering contemplated by this prospectus constitute an issue prospectus pursuant to Article 652a of the Swiss Code of Obligations. The Notes will not be listed on the SWX Swiss Exchange and, therefore, the documents relating to the Notes, including, but not limited to, this document, do not claim to comply with the disclosure standards of the listing rules of SWX Swiss Exchange and corresponding prospectus schemes annexed to the listing rules of the SWX Swiss Exchange. The Notes are being offered in Switzerland by way of a private placement, i.e. to a small number of selected investors only, without any public offer and only to investors who do not purchase the Notes with the intention to distribute them to the public. The investors will be individually approached by us from time to time. This prospectus or any other material relating to the Notes are personal and confidential and do not constitute an offer to any other person. This prospectus or any other material relating to the Notes may only be used by those investors to whom it has been handed out in connection with the offering described herein and may neither directly nor indirectly be distributed or made available to other persons without our express consent. Such materials may not be used in connection with any other offer and shall in particular not be copied and/or distributed to the public in (or from) Switzerland.

Hong Kong

The Notes may not be offered or sold in Hong Kong by means of any document other than (i) in circumstances which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap. 32, Laws of Hong Kong), or (ii) to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder, or (iii) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap. 32, Laws of Hong Kong) and no advertisement, invitation or document relating to the Notes may be issued or may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of issue (in each case whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere), which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public in Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to Notes which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder.

Japan

The Notes offered in this prospectus have not been registered under the Securities and Exchange Law of Japan. The Notes have not been offered or sold and will not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to or for the account of any resident of Japan, except (i) pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities and Exchange Law and (ii) in compliance with any other applicable requirements of Japanese law.

Singapore

This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the Notes may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the Notes be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore (the “SFA”), (ii) to a relevant person pursuant to Section 275(1), or any person pursuant to Section 275(lA), and in accordance with the conditions specified in Section 275 of the SFA or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA, in each case subject to compliance with conditions set forth in the SFA.

 

126


Table of Contents

Where the Notes are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 of the SFA by a relevant person which is:

 

    a corporation (which is not an accredited investor (as defined in Section 4A of the SFA)) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or

 

    a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary of the trust is an individual who is an accredited investor,

shares, debentures and units of shares and debentures of that corporation or the beneficiaries’ rights and interest (howsoever described) in that trust shall not be transferred within six months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the Notes pursuant to an offer made under Section 275 of the SFA except:

 

    to an institutional investor (for corporations, under Section 274 of the SFA) or to a relevant person defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA, or to any person pursuant to an offer that is made on terms that such shares, debentures and units of shares and debentures of that corporation or such rights and interest in that trust are acquired at a consideration of not less than S$200,000 (or its equivalent in a foreign currency) for each transaction, whether such amount is to be paid for in cash or by exchange of securities or other assets, and further for corporations, in accordance with the conditions specified in Section 275 of the SFA;

 

    where no consideration is or will be given for the transfer; or

 

    where the transfer is by operation of law.

 

127


Table of Contents

SERVICE OF PROCESS AND ENFORCEMENT OF CIVIL LIABILITIES

We are organized under the laws of the Marshall Islands as a corporation. The Marshall Islands has a less developed body of securities laws as compared to the United States and provides protections for investors to a significantly lesser extent.

Most of our directors and officers and those of our subsidiaries are residents of countries other than the United States. Substantially all of our and our subsidiaries’ assets and a substantial portion of the assets of our directors and officers are located outside the United States. As a result, it may be difficult or impossible for United States investors to effect service of process within the United States upon us, our directors or officers, or our subsidiaries or to realize against us or them judgments obtained in United States courts, including judgments predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the securities laws of the United States or any state in the United States. However, we have expressly submitted to the jurisdiction of the U.S. federal and New York state courts sitting in the City of New York for the purpose of any suit, action or proceeding arising under the securities laws of the United States or any state in the United States. The Trust Company of the Marshall Islands, Inc., Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Island, Ajeltake Road, Majuro, Marshall Islands MH96960, as our registered agent, can accept service of process on our behalf in any such action.

In addition, there is uncertainty as to whether the courts of the Marshall Islands would (1) recognize or enforce against us or our directors or officers judgments of courts of the United States based on civil liability provisions of applicable U.S. federal and state securities laws; or (2) impose liabilities against us or our directors and officers in original actions brought in the Marshall Islands, based on these laws.

LEGAL MATTERS

The validity of the Notes and certain other matters relating to United States federal income and Marshall Islands tax considerations and to Marshall Islands corporations law will be passed upon for us by Seward & Kissel LLP, New York, New York. The underwriters have been represented in connection with this offering by Morgan Lewis (Bockius LLP, New York, New York).

EXPERTS

The financial statements incorporated in this Prospectus by reference to the Annual Report on Form 20-F for the period from March 20, 2013 (date of inception) to December 31, 2013 have been so incorporated in reliance on the report of PricewaterhouseCoopers Audit, an independent registered public accounting firm, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.

 

128


Table of Contents

WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

As required by the Securities Act, we filed a registration statement relating to the securities offered by this prospectus with the Commission. This prospectus is a part of that registration statement, which includes additional information.

Government Filings

We file annual and special reports with the Commission. You may read and copy any document that we file and obtain copies at prescribed rates from the Commission’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. You may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling 1 (800) SEC-0330. The Commission maintains a website (http://www.sec.gov) that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the Commission. Our filings are also available on our website at http://www.scorpiobulkers.com. The information on our website, however, is not, and should not be deemed to be, a part of this prospectus.

This prospectus and any applicable prospectus are part of a registration statement that we filed with the Commission and do not contain all of the information in the registration statement. The full registration statement may be obtained from the Commission or us, as indicated below. Statements in this prospectus or any applicable prospectus about these documents are summaries and each statement is qualified in all respects by reference to the document to which it refers. You should refer to the actual documents that are filed as exhibits to this registration statement for a more complete description of the relevant matters. You may inspect a copy of the registration statement at the Commission’s Public Reference Room in Washington, D.C., as well as through the Commission’s website.

Information Incorporated by Reference

We disclose important information to you by referring you to documents that we have previously filed with the Commission. The information incorporated by reference is considered to be part of this prospectus. Some information contained in this prospectus updates the information incorporated by reference. In the case of a conflict or inconsistency between information set forth in this prospectus and information incorporated by reference into this prospectus, you should rely on the information contained in the document that was filed later. We hereby incorporate by reference our Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2013, filed with the Commission on April 2, 2014, containing our audited consolidated financial statements for the most recent fiscal year for which those statements have been filed.

You should rely only on the information contained or incorporated by reference in this prospectus and any applicable prospectus. We have not authorized any other person to provide you with different information. If anyone provides you with different or inconsistent information, you should not rely on it. We are not making an offer to sell these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted. You should assume that the information appearing in this prospectus and any applicable prospectus as well as the information we previously filed with the Commission and incorporated by reference, is accurate as of the dates on the front cover of those documents only. Our business, financial condition and results of operations and prospects may have changed since those dates.

You may request a free copy of the above mentioned filing or any subsequent filing we incorporated by reference to this prospectus by writing or telephoning us at the following address:

Scorpio Bulkers Inc.

9, Boulevard Charles III

MC 98000 Monaco

(011) 377 9798 5716

 

129


Table of Contents

OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION

We estimate the expenses in connection with the distribution of our Notes in this offering, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, will be as set forth in the table below. We will be responsible for paying the following expenses associated with this offering.

 

SEC Registration Fee

     7,406   

Printing and Engraving Expenses

     30,000   

Legal Fees and Expenses

     150,000   

Accountants’ Fees and Expenses

     48,000   

Trustee Fees and Expenses

     7,500   

FINRA Fee

     9,125   

Miscellaneous Costs

     47,969   
  

 

 

 

Total

     300,000   

 

130


Table of Contents

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Index to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Interim Financial Statements   

Consolidated Balance Sheets (unaudited) as of June 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013

     F-2   

Consolidated Statements of Operations (unaudited) for the six months ended June  30, 2014 and for the period from March 20, 2013 (date of inception) to June 30, 2013

     F-3   

Consolidated Statement of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity (unaudited) for the six months ended June  30, 2014

     F-4   

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows (unaudited) for the six months ended June  30, 2014 and for the period from March 20, 2013 (date of inception) to June 30, 2013

     F-5   

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

     F-6   

 

F-1


Table of Contents

SCORPIO BULKERS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS (UNAUDITED)

(Dollars in Thousands, Except Per Share Data)

 

     June 30, 2014     December 31, 2013  

Assets

    

Current assets

    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 345,956      $ 733,896   

Due from charterers

     2,272        -   

Due from related parties

     12,597        -   

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     2,221        61   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

     363,046        733,957   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-current assets

    

Vessels under construction

     842,845        371,692   

Other assets

     1,411        35   

Due from related parties

     3,981        -   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total non-current assets

     848,237        371,727   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 1,211,283      $ 1,105,684   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities and shareholders’ equity

    

Current liabilities

    

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

   $ 77,579      $ 1,472   

Due to related parties

     1,512        -   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     79,091        1,472   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     79,091        1,472   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Shareholders’ equity

    

Common stock, $0.01 par value per share; authorized 450,000,00 shares; issued and outstanding 140,247,301 and 133,403,931 shares as of June 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively

     1,402        1,334   

Paid-in capital

     1,162,755        1,109,185   

Accumulated deficit

     (31,965     (6,307
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total shareholders’ equity

     1,132,192        1,104,212   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

   $ 1,211,283      $ 1,105,684   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to unaudited consolidated financial statements.

 

F-2


Table of Contents

SCORPIO BULKERS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS (UNAUDITED)

(Dollars in Thousands, Except Per Share Data)

 

     Six Months Ended
June 30, 2014
    Period from March 20,
2013 (date of
inception) to
June 30, 2013
 

Revenue:

    

Vessel revenue

   $ 18,647      $ -   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

    

Voyage expenses

     3,180        -   

Charterhire expense

     26,562        -   

General and administrative expenses

     15,351        1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     45,093        1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating loss

     (26,446     (1
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other income (expense):

    

Interest income

     793        -   

Foreign exchange loss

     (5     -   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other income

     788        -   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (25,658   $ (1
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss per common share-basic and diluted (1)

   $ (0.19   $ (0.67

Weighted-average shares outstanding- basic and diluted (1)

     132,925,640        1,500   

 

(1) Diluted weighted-average shares outstanding, which would include the impact of restricted shares, for the three and six months ended June 30, 2014 would be anti-dilutive since the Company is in a net loss position. As such, there is no difference between basic and diluted earnings per share for these periods. There were no potentially dilutive shares outstanding during the period from March 20, 2013(date of inception) to June 30, 2013.

See accompanying notes to unaudited consolidated financial statements.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

SCORPIO BULKERS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY (UNAUDITED)

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

     Number of
shares
outstanding
     Common stock      Paid-in capital     Accumulated
deficit
    Total  

Balance as of December 31, 2013

     133,403,931       $ 1,334       $ 1,109,185      $ (6,307   $ 1,104,212   

Net loss

             (25,658     (25,658

Net proceeds from common stock offering

     4,695,000         47         42,313          42,360   

Issuance of shares of restricted stock

     2,148,370         21         (21       -   

Restricted stock amortization

           11,278          11,278   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of June 30, 2014

     140,247,301       $ 1,402       $ 1,162,755      $ (31,965   $ 1,132,192   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to unaudited consolidated financial statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

SCORPIO BULKERS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS (UNAUDITED)

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

     Six Months Ended
June 30, 2014
    Period from March 20,
2013 (date of
inception) to

June 30, 2013
 

Operating activities

    

Net loss

   $ (25,658   $ (1

Adjustment to reconcile net loss to net cash used by operating activities:

    

Restricted stock amortization

     11,278        -   

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

    

Increase in amounts due from charterers

     (2,272     -   

Increase in prepaid expenses and other current assets

     (2,314     -   

Increase in accounts payable and accrued expenses

     1,829        1   

Related party balances

     (15,066     -   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in operating activities

     (32,203     -   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Investing activities

       -   

Payments for vessels under construction

     (397,000     -   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (397,000     -   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Financing activities

    

Proceeds from issuance of common stock

     42,485        -   

Debt issue costs paid

     (1,222     -   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

     41,263        -   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Decrease in cash and cash equivalents

     (387,940     -   

Cash at cash equivalents, beginning of period

     733,896        -   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents, end of period

   $ 345,956      $             -   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to unaudited consolidated financial statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

SCORPIO BULKERS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)

(Dollars in thousands, except per share, per day and per vessel data)

1. General information and significant accounting policies

Company

Scorpio Bulkers Inc. and its subsidiaries (together “we”, “us” or the “Company”) is a company formed for the purpose of acquiring and operating the latest generation newbuilding drybulk carriers with fuel-efficient specifications and carrying capacities of greater than 30,000 dwt in the international shipping markets. Scorpio Bulkers Inc. was incorporated in the Republic of the Marshall Islands on March 20, 2013.

As at the report date, which was June 30, 2014, the Company has ordered 80 newbuilding drybulk carriers, which it intends to operate. The planned principal operations of the Company have not yet commenced and revenue has been produced only from vessels the Company has time chartered-in.

Basis of accounting

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”). All intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

The interim financial statements are unaudited, but in the opinion of management, reflects all adjustments, consisting of a normal recurring nature, necessary for a fair presentation of the Company’s interim results as of the dates and for the periods presented. Interim results are not necessarily indicative of the results for a full year.

Significant Accounting Policies

Additional information—Development stage company

The Company reported in its December 31, 2013 financial statements that it was a “development stage company”. In June 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2014-10, which removes the definition of a development stage entity from the Master Glossary of the Accounting Standards Codification, thereby removing the financial reporting distinctions between development stage entities and other reporting entities from US GAAP. Therefore, this Update removes retrospectively all incremental financial reporting requirements for development stage entities.

This Update is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2014, and interim periods therein. Entities are allowed to apply such guidance early for any annual reporting period or interim period for which the entity’s financial statements have not yet been issued. The Company elected to adopt this guidance for its June 30, 2014 reporting period.

Accounting estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of expenses during the reporting period.

In addition to the estimates noted above, significant estimates will include vessel valuations, the valuation of amounts due from charterers, residual value of vessels, useful life of vessels and the fair value of derivative instruments.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

Cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash on hand and demand deposits, and other short-term highly-liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less, and that are readily convertible to a known amount of cash and are subject to an insignificant risk of changes in value. The carrying value of cash and cash equivalents approximates fair value due to the short-term nature of these instruments.

Foreign currencies

The individual financial statements of Scorpio Bulkers Inc. and each of its subsidiaries are presented in the currency of the primary economic environment in which we operate (its functional currency), which in all cases is U.S. dollars. For the purpose of the consolidated financial statements, our results and financial position are also expressed in U.S. dollars.

In preparing the financial statements of Scorpio Bulkers Inc. and each of its subsidiaries, transactions in currencies other than the U.S. dollar are recorded at the rate of exchange prevailing on the dates of the transactions. Any change in exchange rate between the date of recognition and the date of settlement may result in a gain or loss which is recognized in the consolidated statement of operations. At the end of each reporting period, monetary assets and liabilities denominated in other currencies are retranslated into the functional currency at rates ruling at that date. All resultant exchange differences have been recognized in the consolidated statement of operations.

Vessels under construction

Vessels under construction are measured at cost and include costs incurred that are directly attributable to bringing the asset to the location and condition necessary for it to be capable of operating in the manner intended by management. These costs include installment payments made to the shipyards, directly attributable financing costs, professional fees and other costs deemed directly attributable to the construction of the asset.

Earnings per share

Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing the net income attributable to equity holders of the common shares by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding. Diluted earnings per share are calculated by adjusting the net income attributable to equity holders of the parent and the weighted average number of common shares used for calculating basic per share for the effects of all potentially dilutive shares. Such dilutive common shares are excluded when the effect would be to increase earnings per share or reduce a loss per share.

Restricted stock

We follow ASC Subtopic 718-10, “Compensation—Stock Compensation” (“ASC 718-10”), for restricted stock issued under our equity incentive plans. Stock-based compensation costs from restricted stock are classified as a component of additional paid-in capital. The restricted stock awards granted to our employees and directors contain only service conditions and are classified as equity settled. Accordingly, the fair value of our restricted stock awards is calculated by multiplying the share price on the grant date and the number of restricted stock shares granted that are expected to vest. We believe that the share price at the grant date serves as a proxy for the fair value of services to be provided by the employees and directors under the plan.

Compensation expense related to the awards is recognized ratably over the vesting period, based on our estimate of the number of awards that will eventually vest. The vesting period is the period during which an employee or director is required to provide service in exchange for an award and is updated at each balance sheet date to reflect any revisions in estimates of the number of awards expected to vest as a result of the effect of non-market-based vesting conditions.

 

F-7


Table of Contents

Revenue recognition

Vessel revenue is measured at the fair value of the consideration received or receivable and represents amounts receivable for services provided in the normal course of business, net of discounts, and other sales-related or value added taxes.

Vessel revenue is comprised of either time charter revenue, voyage revenue and/or pool revenue.

 

  (1) Time charter revenue is recognized ratably as services are performed based on the daily rates specified in the time charter contract. We do not recognize revenue when a vessel is off hire.

 

  (2) Voyage charter agreements are charter hires, where a contract is made in the spot market for the use of a vessel for a specific voyage for a specified charter rate. Revenue from voyage charter agreements is recognized on a pro rata basis based on the relative transit time in each period. The period over which voyage revenues are recognized commences at the time the vessel departs from its last discharge port and ends at the time the discharge of cargo at the next discharge port is completed. We do not begin recognizing revenue until a charter has been agreed to by the customer and us, even if the vessel has discharged its cargo and is sailing to the anticipated load port on its next voyage. Estimated losses on voyages are provided for in full at the time such losses become evident. In the application of this policy, we do not begin recognizing revenue until (i) the amount of revenue can be measured reliably, (ii) it is probable that the economic benefits associated with the transaction will flow to the entity, (iii) the transactions’ stage of completion at the balance sheet date can be measured reliably and (iv) the costs incurred and the costs to complete the transaction can be measured reliably.

 

  (3) Pool revenue for each vessel is determined in accordance with the profit sharing terms specified within each pool agreement. In particular, the pool manager aggregates the revenues and expenses of all of the pool participants and distributes the net earnings to participants based on:

 

    the pool points (vessel attributes such as cargo carrying capacity, fuel consumption, and construction characteristics are taken into consideration); and

 

    the number of days the vessel participated in the pool in the period.

We recognize pool revenue on a monthly basis, when the vessel has participated in a pool during the period and the amount of pool revenue for the month can be estimated reliably. We receive estimated vessel earnings based on the known number of days the vessel has participated in the pool, the contract terms, and the estimated monthly pool revenue. On a quarterly basis, we receive a report from the pool which identifies the number of days the vessel participated in the pool, the total pool points for the period, the total pool revenue for the period, and the calculated share of pool revenue for the vessel. We review the quarterly report for consistency with each vessel’s pool agreement and vessel management records. The estimated pool revenue is reconciled quarterly, coinciding with our external reporting periods, to the actual pool revenue earned, per the pool report. Consequently, in our financial statements, reported revenues represent actual pooled revenues. While differences do arise in the performance of these quarterly reconciliations, such differences are not material to total reported revenues.

Voyage expenses

Voyage expenses, which primarily include bunkers, port charges, canal tolls, cargo handling operations and brokerage commissions paid by us under voyage charters are expensed as incurred.

Charterhire expense

Charterhire expense is the amount we pay the owner for time chartered-in vessels. The amount is usually for a fixed period of time at charter rates that are generally fixed, but may contain a variable component based on inflation, interest rates, profit sharing , or current market rates. The vessel’s owner is responsible for crewing and other vessel operating costs. Charterhire expense is recognized ratably over the charterhire period.

 

F-8


Table of Contents

Operating leases

Costs in respect of operating leases are charged to the consolidated statement of operations on a straight line basis over the lease term.

Income tax

Scorpio Bulkers Inc. and its subsidiaries are incorporated in the Republic of the Marshall Islands, and in accordance with the income tax laws of the Marshall Islands, are not subject to Marshall Islands’ income tax. We are also exempt from income tax in other jurisdictions including the United States of America due to tax treaties; therefore, we will not have any tax charges, benefits, or balances.

Deferred financing costs

Deferred financing costs, included in other assets, consist of fees, commissions and legal expenses associated with obtaining loan facilities and amending existing loan facilities. These costs are amortized over the life of the related debt and are included in interest expense.

The following are accounting policies that the Company will adopt going forward.

Once the planned operations of the Company commence, the following accounting policies will be relevant.

Vessel operating costs

Vessel operating costs, which include crewing, repairs and maintenance, insurance, stores, lube oils, communication expenses, and technical management fees, are expensed as incurred. Expenses for repairs and maintenance tend to fluctuate from period to period because most repairs and maintenance typically occur during periodic drydocking. We expect these expenses to increase as our fleet matures and to the extent that it expands.

Additionally, these costs include technical management fees that we pay to Scorpio Ship Management S.A.M. (“SSM”). (See Note 10.) Pursuant to an agreement, or the Master Agreement, SSM provides us with technical services, and we provide them with the ability to subcontract technical management of our vessels with our approval.

Vessels, net

Vessels, net is stated at historical cost less accumulated depreciation. Included in vessel costs are acquisition costs directly attributable to the acquisition of a vessel and expenditures made to prepare the vessel for its initial voyage. The Company also capitalizes interest costs for a vessel under construction as a cost which is directly attributable to the acquisition cost of a vessel. Vessels are depreciated on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives, determined to be 25 years from the date of initial delivery from the shipyard. Vessels under construction are not depreciated until such time as they are ready for use. Depreciation is based on cost less the estimated residual value which is the lightweight tonnage of each vessel multiplied by scrap value per ton. The scrap value per ton is estimated taking into consideration the historical four year average scrap market rates at the balance sheet date with changes accounted for in the period of change and in future periods.

Deferred drydocking costs

The vessels are required to undergo planned drydocks for replacement of certain components, major repairs and maintenance of other components, which cannot be carried out while the vessels are operating, approximately every 30 months or 60 months depending on the nature of work and external requirements. These drydock costs are capitalized and depreciated on a straight-line basis over the estimated period until the next drydock. When the drydock expenditure is incurred prior to the expiry of the period, the remaining balance is expensed.

We only include in deferred drydocking those direct costs that are incurred as part of the drydocking to meet regulatory requirements, or are expenditures that add economic life to the vessel, increase the vessel’s earnings

 

F-9


Table of Contents

capacity or improve the vessel’s efficiency. Direct costs include shipyard costs as well as the costs of placing the vessel in the shipyard; cost of travel, lodging and subsistence of personnel sent to the drydocking site to supervise; and the cost of hiring a third party to oversee the drydocking. Expenditures for normal maintenance and repairs, whether incurred as part of the drydocking or not, are expensed as incurred.

Impairment of long-lived assets

We follow Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Subtopic 360-10, “Property, Plant and Equipment” (“ASC 360-10”), which requires impairment losses to be recorded on long-lived assets used in operations when indicators of impairment are present and the undiscounted cash flows estimated to be generated by those assets are less than their carrying amounts. If indicators of impairment are present, the Company performs an analysis of the anticipated undiscounted future net cash flows of the related long-lived assets. If the carrying value of the related asset exceeds the undiscounted cash flows, the carrying value is reduced to its fair value. Various factors including anticipated future charter rates, estimated scrap values, future drydocking costs and estimated vessel operating costs are included in this analysis.

Inventories

Inventories consist of lubricating oils and other items including stock provisions, and are stated at the lower of cost and net realizable value. Cost is determined using the first in first out method. Stores and spares are charged to vessel operating costs when purchased.

Fair value of financial instruments

The estimated fair values of our financial instruments such as amounts due to / due from charterers, accounts payable and long-term debt, approximate their individual carrying amounts due to their short-term maturity or the variable-rate nature of the respective borrowings under the credit facilities.

The fair value of the interest rate swaps is the estimated amount we would receive or have to pay in order to terminate these agreements at the reporting date, taking into account current interest rates and the creditworthiness of the counterparty for assets and our creditworthiness for liabilities.

Derivative financial instruments

Derivatives are initially recognized at fair value at the date a derivative contract is entered into and are subsequently remeasured to their fair value at each balance sheet date. A derivative with a positive fair value is recognized as a financial asset whereas a derivative with a negative fair value is recognized as a financial liability. The resulting gain or loss is recognized in profit or loss immediately unless the derivative is designated and effective as a hedging instrument, in which event the timing of the recognition in profit or loss depends on the nature of the hedging relationship. We designate certain derivatives as hedges of highly probable forecast transactions (cash flow hedges) as described further below.

A derivative is presented as a non-current asset or a non-current liability if the remaining maturity of the instrument is more than 12 months, and it is not expected to be realized or settled within 12 months.

Hedge accounting for cash flow hedges

Our policy is to designate certain hedging instruments, which can include derivatives, embedded derivatives and non-derivatives in respect of foreign currency risk, as either fair value hedges, cash flow hedges, or hedges of net investments in foreign operations. At the inception of the hedge relationship, we document the relationship between the hedging instrument and the hedged item, along with its risk management objectives and its strategy for undertaking various hedge transactions. Furthermore, at the inception of the hedge and on an ongoing basis, we document whether the hedging instrument is highly effective in offsetting changes in fair values or cash flows of the hedged item.

 

F-10


Table of Contents

Derivative financial instruments are initially recognized in the balance sheet at fair value at the date the derivative contract is entered into and are subsequently measured at their fair value as other assets or other liabilities, respectively. Changes in fair value of derivative financial instruments, which are designated as cash flow hedges and deemed to be effective, are recognized directly in other comprehensive income. Changes in fair value of a portion of a hedge deemed to be ineffective are recognized in net profit or loss. Hedge effectiveness is measured quarterly.

Amounts previously recognized in other comprehensive income and accumulated in the hedging reserve are reclassified to profit or loss in the periods when the hedged item is recognized in profit or loss, in the same line of the statement of profit or loss as the recognized hedged item. However, when the forecast transaction that is hedged results in the recognition of a non-financial asset or a non-financial liability, the gains and losses previously accumulated in equity are transferred from equity and included in the initial measurement of the cost of the non-financial asset or non-financial liability.

Hedge accounting is discontinued when we revoke the hedging relationship, the hedging instrument expires or is sold, terminated, or exercised, or no longer qualifies for hedge accounting. Any gain or loss recognized in other comprehensive income at that time is accumulated in the hedge reserve and is recognized when the forecast transaction is ultimately recognized in profit or loss. When a forecast transaction is no longer expected to occur, the gain or loss accumulated in the hedge reserve is recognized immediately in profit or loss.

Provisions

Provisions are recognized when we have a present obligation as a result of a past event, and it is probable that we will be required to settle that obligation. Provisions are measured at our best estimate of the expenditure required to settle the obligation at the balance sheet date, and are discounted to present value where the effect is material.

2. Cash Flow Information

For the six months ended June 30, 2014, the Company had non-cash investing activities not included in the consolidated statement of cash flows of $74,153 relating to costs associated with vessels under construction that had not been paid as of June 30, 2014.

For the six months ended June 30, 2014, the Company had non-cash financing activities not included in the consolidated statement of cash flows of $125 relating to costs associated with our initial public offering that had not been paid as of June 30, 2014.

3. Cash and cash equivalents

Included in cash and cash equivalents as of June 30, 2014 is $80,000 in short-term deposit with an original maturity of less than three months.

4. Vessels under construction

Vessels under construction is $842,845 as of June 30, 2014. Substantially all of this amount relates to installments paid on 80 of our newbuilding contracts.

 

F-11


Table of Contents

As of June 30, 2014, we had contracts to acquire 80 newbuilding drybulk carriers, including 29 Ultramax vessels with carrying capacities between 60,200 and 64,000 dwt, 23 Kamsarmax vessels with carrying capacities between 81,600 and 84,000 dwt and 28 Capesize vessels with carrying capacities of 180,000 dwt. The aggregate purchase price of these 80 newbuildings is approximately $3,102,820 of which we have paid $764,064 through June 30, 2014. A summary of our vessels under construction is as follows:

Vessels Under Construction

Capesize Vessels

 

Vessel Name

  Expected
Delivery  (1)
  DWT     

Shipyard

 1      Hull H1309—TBN SBI Puro

  Q1-15     180,000       Shanghai Waigaoqiao Shipbuilding Co., Ltd.

 2      Hull H1310—TBN SBI Valrico

  Q2-15     180,000       Shanghai Waigaoqiao Shipbuilding Co., Ltd.

 3      Hull H1311—TBN SBI Maduro

  Q3-15     180,000       Shanghai Waigaoqiao Shipbuilding Co., Ltd.

 4      Hull H1364—TBN SBI Belicoso

  Q4-15     180,000       Shanghai Waigaoqiao Shipbuilding Co., Ltd.

 5      Hull H1365—TBN SBI Corona

  Q1-16     180,000       Shanghai Waigaoqiao Shipbuilding Co., Ltd.

 6      Hull H1366—TBN SBI Diadema

  Q2-16     180,000       Shanghai Waigaoqiao Shipbuilding Co., Ltd.

 7      Hull H1367—TBN SBI Estupendo

  Q3-16     180,000       Shanghai Waigaoqiao Shipbuilding Co., Ltd.

 8      Hull S1205—TBN SBI Camacho

  Q1-15     180,000       Sungdong Shipbuilding & Marine Engineering Co., Ltd.

 9      Hull S1206—TBN SBI Montesino

  Q2-15     180,000       Sungdong Shipbuilding & Marine Engineering Co., Ltd.

10     Hull S1211—TBN SBI Magnum

  Q2-15     180,000       Sungdong Shipbuilding & Marine Engineering Co., Ltd.

11     Hull S1212—TBN SBI Montecristo

  Q3-15     180,000       Sungdong Shipbuilding & Marine Engineering Co., Ltd.

12     Hull S1213—TBN SBI Aroma

  Q3-15     180,000       Sungdong Shipbuilding & Marine Engineering Co., Ltd.

13     Hull S1214—TBN SBI Cohiba

  Q4-15     180,000       Sungdong Shipbuilding & Marine Engineering Co., Ltd.

14     Hull S1215—TBN SBI Habano

  Q4-15     180,000       Sungdong Shipbuilding & Marine Engineering Co., Ltd.

15     Hull S1216—TBN SBI Lonsdale

  Q1-16     180,000       Sungdong Shipbuilding & Marine Engineering Co., Ltd.

16     Hull S1217—TBN SBI Partagas

  Q1-16     180,000       Sungdong Shipbuilding & Marine Engineering Co., Ltd.

17     Hull S1218—TBN SBI Parejo

  Q2-16     180,000       Sungdong Shipbuilding & Marine Engineering Co., Ltd.

18     Hull S1219—TBN SBI Toro

  Q2-16     180,000       Sungdong Shipbuilding & Marine Engineering Co., Ltd.

19     Hull S1220—TBN SBI Tuscamina

  Q2-16     180,000       Sungdong Shipbuilding & Marine Engineering Co., Ltd.

20     Hull H1059—TBN SBI Churchill

  Q4-15     180,000       Daewoo Mangalia Heavy Industries S.A.

21     Hull H1060—TBN SBI Perfecto

  Q4-15     180,000       Daewoo Mangalia Heavy Industries S.A.

22     Hull H1061—TBN SBI Presidente

  Q1-16     180,000       Daewoo Mangalia Heavy Industries S.A.

23     Hull H1062—TBN SBI Panatela

  Q1-16     180,000       Daewoo Mangalia Heavy Industries S.A.

24     Hull H1063—TBN SBI Robusto

  Q2-16     180,000       Daewoo Mangalia Heavy Industries S.A.

25     Hull HN1058—TBN SBI Behike

  Q3-15     180,000       Daehan Shipbuilding Co., Ltd.

26     Hull HN1059—TBN SBI Monterrey

  Q4-15     180,000       Daehan Shipbuilding Co., Ltd.

27     Hull HN1060—TBN SBI Macanudo

  Q4-15     180,000       Daehan Shipbuilding Co., Ltd.

28     Hull HN1061—TBN SBI Cuaba

  Q1-16     180,000       Daehan Shipbuilding Co., Ltd.

Capesize NB DWT

      5,040,000      

 

F-12


Table of Contents

Kamsarmax Vessels

 

Vessel Name

   Expected
Delivery  (1)
   DWT     

Shipyard

  1     Hull H1284—TBN SBI Cakewalk

   Q3-14      82,000       Shanghai Waigaoqiao Shipbuilding Co., Ltd.

  2     Hull H1285—TBN SBI Charleston

   Q4-14      82,000       Shanghai Waigaoqiao Shipbuilding Co., Ltd.

  3     Hull S1680—TBN SBI Samba

   Q1-15      84,000       Imabari Shipbuilding Co., Ltd.

  4     Hull S1681—TBN SBI Rumba

   Q3-15      84,000       Imabari Shipbuilding Co., Ltd.

  5     Hull 1090—TBN SBI Electra

   Q3-15      82,000       Jiangsu Yangzijiang Shipbuilding Co., Ltd.

  6     Hull 1091—TBN SBI Flamenco

   Q3-15      82,000       Jiangsu Yangzijiang Shipbuilding Co., Ltd.

  7     Hull 1092—TBN SBI Rock

   Q4-15      82,000       Jiangsu Yangzijiang Shipbuilding Co., Ltd.

  8     Hull 1093—TBN SBI Twist

   Q1-16      82,000       Jiangsu Yangzijiang Shipbuilding Co., Ltd.

  9     Hull SS164—TBN SBI Salsa

   Q3-15      81,600       Tsuneishi Group (Zhoushan) Shipbuilding Inc.

10     Hull SS179—TBN SBI Merengue

   Q1-16      81,600       Tsuneishi Group (Zhoushan) Shipbuilding Inc.

11     Hull S1228—TBN SBI Capoeira

   Q1-15      82,000       Hudong-Zhonghua (Group) Co., Ltd.

12     Hull S1722A—TBN SBI Conga

   Q2-15      82,000       Hudong-Zhonghua (Group) Co., Ltd.

13     Hull S1723A—TBN SBI Bolero

   Q2-15      82,000       Hudong-Zhonghua (Group) Co., Ltd.

14     Hull S1229—TBN SBI Carioca

   Q2-15      82,000       Hudong-Zhonghua (Group) Co., Ltd.

15     Hull S1724A—TBN SBI Sousta

   Q3-15      82,000       Hudong-Zhonghua (Group) Co., Ltd.

16     Hull S1725A—TBN SBI Reggae

   Q1-16      82,000       Hudong-Zhonghua (Group) Co., Ltd.

17     Hull S1726A—TBN SBI Zumba

   Q1-16      82,000       Hudong-Zhonghua (Group) Co., Ltd.

18     Hull S1231—TBN SBI Macarena

   Q1-16      82,000       Hudong-Zhonghua (Group) Co., Ltd.

19     Hull S1735A—TBN SBI Parapara

   Q2-16      82,000       Hudong-Zhonghua (Group) Co., Ltd.

20     Hull S1736A—TBN SBI Mazurka

   Q2-16      82,000       Hudong-Zhonghua (Group) Co., Ltd.

21     Hull S1230—TBN SBI Lambada

   Q3-16      82,000       Hudong-Zhonghua (Group) Co., Ltd.

22     Hull S1232—TBN SBI Swing

   Q3-16      82,000       Hudong-Zhonghua (Group) Co., Ltd.

23     Hull S1233—TBN SBI Jive

   Q3-16      82,000       Hudong-Zhonghua (Group) Co., Ltd.

Kamsarmax NB DWT

        1,889,200      

 

F-13


Table of Contents

Ultramax Vessels

 

Vessel Name

  Expected
Delivery  (1)
  DWT     

Shipyard

  1     Hull 1907—TBN SBI Hera

  Q2-16     60,200       Mitsui Engineering & Shipbuilding Co., Ltd.

  2     Hull 1906—TBN SBI Zeus

  Q2-16     60,200       Mitsui Engineering & Shipbuilding Co., Ltd.

  3     Hull 1911—TBN SBI Poseidon

  Q3-16     60,200       Mitsui Engineering & Shipbuilding Co., Ltd.

  4     Hull 1912—TBN SBI Apollo

  Q3-16     60,200       Mitsui Engineering & Shipbuilding Co., Ltd.

  5     Hull S870—TBN SBI Echo

  Q3-15     61,000       Imabari Shipbuilding Co., Ltd.

  6     Hull S871—TBN SBI Tango

  Q3-15     61,000       Imabari Shipbuilding Co., Ltd.

  7     Hull S-A098—TBN SBI Achilles

  Q1-16     61,000       Imabari Shipbuilding Co., Ltd.

  8     Hull S-A089—TBN SBI Cronos

  Q1-16     61,000       Imabari Shipbuilding Co., Ltd.

  9     Hull S-A090—TBN SBI Hermes

  Q1-16     61,000       Imabari Shipbuilding Co., Ltd.

10     Hull NE180—TBN SBI Bravo

  Q1-15     61,000       Nantong COSCO KHI Ship Engineering Co. Ltd.

11     Hull NE181—TBN SBI Antares

  Q1-15     61,000       Nantong COSCO KHI Ship Engineering Co. Ltd.

12     Hull NE182—TBN SBI Maia

  Q3-15     61,000       Nantong COSCO KHI Ship Engineering Co. Ltd.

13     Hull NE183—TBN SBI Hydra

  Q3-15     61,000       Nantong COSCO KHI Ship Engineering Co. Ltd.

14     Hull NE194—TBN SBI Hyperion

  Q2-16     61,000       Nantong COSCO KHI Ship Engineering Co. Ltd.

15     Hull NE195—TBN SBI Tethys

  Q2-16     61,000       Nantong COSCO KHI Ship Engineering Co. Ltd.

16     Hull DE018—TBN SBI Leo

  Q1-15     61,000       Dalian COSCO KHI Ship Engineering Co. Ltd.

17     Hull DE019—TBN SBI Lyra

  Q3-15     61,000       Dalian COSCO KHI Ship Engineering Co. Ltd.

18     Hull DE020—TBN SBI Subaru

  Q3-15     61,000       Dalian COSCO KHI Ship Engineering Co. Ltd.

19     Hull DE021—TBN SBI Ursa

  Q3-15     61,000       Dalian COSCO KHI Ship Engineering Co. Ltd.

20     Hull CX0610—TBN SBI Athena

  Q1-15     64,000       Chengxi Shipyard Co. Ltd.

21     Hull CX0651—TBN SBI Pegasus

  Q3-15     64,000       Chengxi Shipyard Co. Ltd.

22     Hull CX0652—TBN SBI Orion

  Q4-15     64,000       Chengxi Shipyard Co. Ltd.

23     Hull CX0612—TBN SBI Thalia

  Q4-15     64,000       Chengxi Shipyard Co. Ltd.

24     Hull CX0653—TBN SBI Hercules

  Q1-16     64,000       Chengxi Shipyard Co. Ltd.

25     Hull CX0627—TBN SBI Perseus

  Q1-16     64,000       Chengxi Shipyard Co. Ltd.

26     Hull CX0654—TBN SBI Kratos

  Q2-16     64,000       Chengxi Shipyard Co. Ltd.

27     Hull CX0655—TBN SBI Samson

  Q2-16     64,000       Chengxi Shipyard Co. Ltd.

28     Hull CX0613—TBN SBI Phoebe

  Q2-16     64,000       Chengxi Shipyard Co. Ltd.

29     Hull CX0656—TBN SBI Phoenix

  Q3-16     64,000       Chengxi Shipyard Co. Ltd.

Ultramax NB DWT

      1,795,800      

Total Newbuild DWT

      8,725,000      

 

(1) Expected delivery date relates to quarter during which each vessel is currently expected to be delivered from the shipyard.

 

F-14


Table of Contents

Time chartered-in vessels

The Company has agreed to time chartered-in 19 dry bulk vessels. The terms of the time charter-in contracts are summarized as follows:

 

Vessel Type

   Year Built      DWT      Where Built    Daily Base Rate     Earliest Expiry  

Post-Panamax

     2010         93,000       China    $ 13,250        23-Oct-14 (1)  

Post-Panamax

     2011         93,000       China    $ 13,500        24-Oct-14 (2)  

Post-Panamax

     2009         93,000       China      See Note  (3)       9-May-15 (3)  

Kamsarmax

     2009         82,500       Japan    $ 14,500        8-Feb-15 (4)  

Kamsarmax

     2012         82,000       South Korea    $ 15,500        23-Jul-17 (5)  

Kamsarmax

     2011         81,900       South Korea    $ 12,750        3-Apr-15 (6)  

Kamsarmax

     2012         81,500       South Korea    $ 14,500        7-Dec-14 (7)  

Kamsarmax

     2011         81,500       South Korea    $ 15,000        15-Jan-16 (8)  

Kamsarmax

     2012         81,000       South Korea    $ 15,000        10-Feb-15 (9)  

Kamsarmax

     2012         79,500       China    $ 14,000        23-Jan-15 (10)  

Panamax

     2004         77,500       China    $ 14,000        3-Jan-17 (11)  

Panamax

     2014         77,000       Japan    $ 16,000        4-Mar-15 (12)  

Panamax

     2009         76,500       Japan    $ 14,000        1-Dec-14 (13)  

Panamax

     2007         75,500       South Korea    $ 13,750        14-Feb-15 (14)  

Ultramax

     2010         61,000       Japan    $ 14,200        1-Apr-17 (15)  

Supramax

     2010         58,000       China    $ 14,250        12-Dec-16 (16)  

Supramax

     2011         58,000       China    $ 13,750        18-Jan-15 (17)  

Supramax

     2015         55,000       Japan    $ 14,000        30-Jun-18 (18)  

Handymax

     2002         48,500       Japan    $ 12,000        31-Jan-17 (19)  

Total TC DWT

        1,435,900           

 

(1) This vessel has been time chartered-in for eight to 10 months at Company’s option at $13,250 per day. The vessel was delivered on February 23, 2014.
(2) This vessel has been time chartered-in for seven to nine months at the Company’s option at $13,500 per day. The vessel was delivered on March 24, 2014.
(3) This vessel has been time chartered-in for 10 to 14 months at the Company’s option at a rate of 90% of the Baltic Panamax 4TC Index. The Company has the option to extend this time charter for an additional 10 to 14 months at the same rate of hire. The vessel was delivered on July 9, 2014.
(4) This vessel has been time chartered-in for 11 to 13 months at the Company’s option at $14,500 per day. The Company has the option to extend this time charter for one year at $15,500 per day. The vessel was delivered on March 8, 2014.
(5) This vessel has been time chartered-in for 39 to 44 months at the Company’s option at $15,500 per day. The Company has the option to extend this time charter for one year at $16,300 per day. The vessel was delivered on April 23, 2014.
(6) This vessel has been time chartered-in for 11 to 13 months at the Company’s option at $12,750 per day. The Company has the option to extend this time charter for one year at $13,750 per day. The vessel was delivered on May 3, 2014.
(7) This vessel has been time chartered-in for 10 to 12 months at Company’s option at $14,500 per day. The vessel was delivered on February 7, 2014.
(8) This vessel has been time chartered-in for 23 to 28 months at the Company’s option at $15,000 per day. The Company has the option to extend the charter for an additional 11 to 13 months at $16,000 per day. This vessel was delivered on February 15, 2014.
(9) This vessel has been time chartered-in for 12 to 14 months at Company’s option at $15,000 per day. The vessel was delivered on February 10, 2014.
(10) This vessel has been time chartered-in for 11 to 14 month at the Company’s option at $14,000 per day. The Company has the option to extend the charter for an additional 11 to 14 months at $14,750 per day. This vessel was delivered on February 23, 2014.

 

F-15


Table of Contents
(11) This vessel has been time chartered-in for 32 to 38 months at the Company’s option at $14,000 per day. The vessel was delivered on May 3, 2014.
(12) This vessel has been time chartered-in for 12 to 13 months at Company’s option at $16,000 per day. The vessel was delivered on March 4, 2014.
(13) This vessel has been time chartered-in until December 1, 2014 which may be extended for an additional two months at the Company’s option. The charter hire rate is $15,900 per day until June 23, 2014 and $14,000 per day thereafter, including the option period. The vessel was delivered on January 23, 2014.
(14) This vessel has been time chartered-in for 11 to 13 months at the Company’s option at $13,750 per day. The Company has the option to extend the charter for an additional year at $14,750 per day. The vessel was delivered on March 14, 2014.
(15) This vessel has been time chartered-in for three years at $14,200 per day. The Company has options to extend the charter for up to three consecutive one year periods at $15,200 per day, $16,200 per day and $17,200 per day, respectively. This vessel was delivered on April 13, 2014.
(16) This vessel has been time chartered-in for 20 to 24 month at the Company’s option at $14,250 per day. The Company has the option to extend the charter for an additional 10 to 12 months at $14,850 per day. This vessel was delivered on April 12, 2014.
(17) This vessel has been time chartered-in for ten to 13 month at the Company’s option at $13,750 per day. This vessel was delivered on March 18, 2014.
(18) This vessel has been time chartered-in for three years at $14,000 per day. The Company has options to extend the charter for up to two consecutive one year periods at $15,000 per day and $16,000 per day, respectively. This vessel is expected to be delivered during the first half of 2015.
(19) This vessel has been time chartered-in for 34 to 37 months at the Company’s option at $12,000 per day. The Company has options to extend the charter for up to three consecutive one year periods at $12,750 per day, $13,600 per day and $14,800 per day, respectively. This vessel was delivered on March 31, 2014.

5. Earnings Per Common Share

The computation of basic earnings per share is based on the weighted-average number of common shares issued and outstanding during the year; excluding unvested shares of restricted stock (see Note 8). The computation of diluted earnings per share assumes the lapsing of restrictions on unvested restricted stock awards, for which the assumed proceeds upon lapsing of restrictions are deemed to be the amount of compensation cost attributable to future services and not yet recognized using the treasury stock method, to the extent dilutive.

The components of the denominator for the calculation of basic earnings per share and diluted earnings per share are as follows:

 

     Six months
June 30,
 
     2014      2013  

Common shares outstanding basic:

     

Weighted average common shares outstanding basic

     132,925,640         1,500   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Common shares outstanding, diluted:

     

Weighted average common shares outstanding basic

     132,925,640         1,500   

Restricted stock awards

     -         -   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Weighted average common shares outstanding, diluted

     132,925,640         1,500   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Due to the net loss realized for the six months ended June 30, 2014, potentially dilutive restricted stock awards totaling 1,129,703 shares were determined to be anti-dilutive.

 

F-16


Table of Contents

6. Contractual Obligations

As of June 30, 2014, the Company’s estimated commitments through the expected delivery dates of the 80 vessels under construction aggregate approximately $2,338,756 which will be payable as follows:

 

2014*

   $ 225,378   

2015

     1,311,797   

2016

     801,581   
  

 

 

 
   $ 2,338,756   
  

 

 

 

 

* Represents the period from July 1, 2014 to December 31, 2014.

As of June 30, 2014, the Company had time chartered-in 19 dry bulk vessels. The future estimated minimum charterhire payments for the 18 vessels on fixed dollar amount time charters, excluding optional periods, are as follows:

 

2014*

   $ 41,311   

2015

     38,145   

2016

     30,680   

2017

     9,978   

2018

     2,534   
  

 

 

 
   $ 122,648   
  

 

 

 

 

* Represents the period from July 1, 2014 to December 31, 2014.

As of June 30, 2014, we had a cash and cash equivalents balance of $345,956 to fund these future newbuilding commitments; however, a significant portion of our remaining commitments are currently unfunded. If we are not able to borrow additional funds, raise other capital or utilize available cash on hand, we may not be able to acquire these newbuilding vessels, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

7. Common Shares

On March 20, 2013, we issued 1,500 common shares in connection with our formation.

Between July 1, 2013 and July 16, 2013, we issued and sold 31,250,000 common shares, par value $0.01 per share, for net proceeds of $242,800.

On September 24, 2013 we issued and sold an additional 33,400,000 common shares for net proceeds of $290,490, as denominated in Norwegian kroner (NOK) as of that date, in Norwegian private placement transactions exempt from registration under the Securities Act. As of September 24, 2013, we recorded a receivable from shareholders of $289,956, denominated in NOK, which was not paid until October 2013 when we received $288,822 in full settlement of that receivable. The $1,134 difference between the amount initially recorded as a shareholder receivable and the amount subsequently collected was attributable to a change in exchange rate and recorded as foreign exchange loss on our consolidated statement of operations.

In November 2013 we received $291,000 of proceeds from the sale of 32,590,411 common shares that had been consummated in October 2013 in a Norwegian private transaction exempt from registration under the Securities Act.

On December 17, 2013, we received $284,018 of proceeds from the sale of 31,300,000 common shares in our initial public offering.

 

F-17


Table of Contents

In January 2014, the underwriters in the Company’s initial public offering, which closed on December 17, 2013, exercised in full their option to purchase an additional 4,695,000 common shares at the public offering price of $9.75 per share. The sale of these common shares resulted in net proceeds to the Company of approximately $42,360, after deducting underwriters’ discounts and commissions.

As of June 30, 2014, we have:

 

    140,247,301 common shares outstanding, the $0.01 par value of which is recorded as common stock of $1,402.

 

    Paid-in capital of $1,162,755 which substantially represents the excess of net proceeds from common stock issuances over the par value as well as the amount of cumulative restricted stock amortization.

8. Equity Incentive Plan

Our board of directors has adopted an equity incentive plan, which we refer to as the Equity Incentive Plan, under which directors, officers and employees of us and our subsidiaries, as well as employees of affiliated companies are eligible to receive incentive stock options and non-qualified stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units and unrestricted common shares. We reserved a total of 7,012,391 common shares, which includes an additional 2,150,370 common shares that our board of directors reserved for issuance under the plan on February 21, 2014, common shares for issuance under the Equity Incentive Plan, subject to adjustment for changes in capitalization as provided in the Equity Incentive Plan. Our Equity Incentive Plan is administered by our Compensation Committee.

Under the terms of the plan, stock options and stock appreciation rights granted under the plan will have an exercise price equal to the fair market value of a common share on the date of grant, unless otherwise determined by the plan administrator, but in no event will the exercise price be less than the fair market value of a common share on the date of grant. Options and stock appreciation rights will be exercisable at times and under conditions as determined by the plan administrator, but in no event will they be exercisable later than ten years from the date of grant.

The plan administrator may grant shares of restricted stock and awards of restricted stock units subject to vesting, forfeiture and other terms and conditions as determined by the plan administrator.

Adjustments may be made to outstanding awards in the event of a corporate transaction or change in capitalization or other extraordinary event. In the event of a “change in control” (as defined in the plan), unless otherwise provided by the plan administrator in an award agreement, awards then outstanding will become fully vested and exercisable in full.

Our board of directors may amend or terminate the plan and may amend outstanding awards, provided that no such amendment or termination may be made that would materially impair any rights, or materially increase any obligations, of a grantee under an outstanding award. Shareholder approval of plan amendments will be required under certain circumstances. Unless terminated earlier by our board of directors, the plan will expire ten years from the date the plan is adopted.

On September 30, 2013, we granted an aggregate of 2,775,000 restricted shares to officers and employees. Of this total, 1,395,000 restricted shares vest in three equal installments on July 27, 2015, July 27, 2016 and July 27, 2017. The remaining 1,380,000 restricted shares vest in three equal installments on September 30, 2015, September 30, 2016 and September 30, 2017. The aggregate fair value of these awards is $26,918, which will be amortized as stock-based compensation expense, a component of general and administrative expense, over the vesting periods of each grant.

On November 6, 2013, we granted 1,380,000 restricted shares to officers and employees of the Company. These restricted shares vest in three equal installments on November 6, 2015, November 6, 2016 and

 

F-18


Table of Contents

November 6, 2017. The fair value of these awards was $13,289, which will be amortized as stock-based compensation expense, a component of general and administrative expense, over the vesting periods of each grant.

On December 17, 2013, we granted 707,020 restricted shares to officers, members of the board of directors and employees of the Company. Of these restricted shares, 617,020 restricted shares vest in three equal installments on December 17, 2015, December 17, 2016 and December 17, 2017 and 90,000 restricted shares vest in three equal installments on December 17, 2014, December 17, 2015 and December 17, 2016. The fair value of these awards was $6,780, which will be amortized as stock-based compensation expense, a component of general and administrative expense, over the vesting periods of each grant.

On February 21, 2014, we granted 2,080,370 restricted shares to officers, members of the board of directors, employees of the Company and certain employees of the Scorpio Group (see Note 10). Of these restricted shares, 1,990,370 restricted shares vest in three equal installments on February 21, 2016, February 21, 2017 and February 21, 2018 and 90,000 restricted shares vest in three equal installments on February 21, 2015, February 21, 2016 and February 21, 2017. The fair value of these awards was $19,410, which will be amortized as stock-based compensation expense, a component of general and administrative expense, over the vesting periods of each grant.

On May 20, 2014, we granted 68,000 restricted shares to certain employees of the Scorpio Group. These restricted shares vest in three equal installments on February 21, 2016, February 21, 2017 and February 21, 2018. The fair value of these awards was $590, which will be amortized as stock-based compensation expense, a component of general and administrative expense, over the vesting periods of each grant.

A summary of activity for restricted stock awards during the period June 30, 2014 is a follows:

 

     Number of
Shares
     Weighted
Average
Grant date
Fair Value
 

Outstanding and nonvested December 31, 2013

     4,862,020       $ 9.66   

Granted

     2,148,370         9.31   

Vested

     -         -   

Forfeited

     -         -   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Outstanding and nonvested June 30, 2014

     7,010,390       $ 9.56   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following table summarizes the amortization, which will be included in general and administrative expenses, of all of the Company’s restricted stock grants as of June 30, 2014:

 

Restricted Stock Grant Date

   2014*      2015      2016      2017      2018      Total  

September 30, 2013

   $ 5,083       $ 8,456       $ 4,330       $ 1,506       $ -       $ 19,375   

November 6, 2013

     2,418         4,463         2,367         940         -         10,188   

December 18, 2013

     1,333         2,335         1,221         474         -         5,363   

February 21, 2014

     3,638         6,976         4,172         1,853         220         16,859   

May 20, 2014

     119         235         140         63         7         564   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total by year

   $ 12,591       $ 22,465       $ 12,230       $ 4,836       $ 227       $ 52,349   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

* Represents the period from July 1, 2014 to December 31, 2014

For the six months ended June 30, 2014, we incurred $11,278 of compensation cost relating to the amortization of restricted stock awards.

 

F-19


Table of Contents

9. General and Administrative Expenses

General and administrative expense was $15,351 and $1 for the six months ended June 30, 2014 and for the period from March 20, 2013 (date of inception) to June 30, 2013, respectively. Such amount included $11,278 of restricted stock amortization (noncash) for the six months June 30, 2014, and the balance was for payroll, directors’ fees, professional fees and insurance.

10. Related Party Transactions

Our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, Mr. Emanuele Lauro, is a member of the Lolli-Ghetti family, which in 2009 founded Scorpio Tankers Inc. (NYSE: “STNG”), or Scorpio Tankers, a large international shipping company engaged in seaborne transportation of refined petroleum products, of which Mr. Lauro is currently the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer. The Lolli-Ghetti family also owns and controls the Scorpio Group, which includes Scorpio Ship Management S.A.M., or SSM, which provides us with vessel technical management services, Scorpio Commercial Management S.A.M., or SCM, which provides us with vessel commercial management services, Scorpio Services Holding Limited, or SSH, which provides us and other related entities with administrative services and services related to the acquisition of vessels and Scorpio UK Limited, or SUK. Our Co-Founder, President and Director, Mr. Robert Bugbee is also the President and a Director of Scorpio Tankers, has a senior management position at the Scorpio Group, and was formerly the President and Chief Operating Officer of OMI Corporation, or OMI, which was a publicly traded shipping company. SSM and SCM also provide technical and commercial management services to Scorpio Tankers as well as unaffiliated vessel owners.

We entered into an Administrative Services Agreement with Scorpio Services Holding Limited, or SSH, a party related to us, for the provision of administrative staff, office space and accounting, legal compliance, financial and information technology services. Under the terms of this agreement, we reimburse SSH for the reasonable direct or indirect expenses it incurs in providing us with the administrative services described above. SSH also arranges vessel sales and purchases for us. The services provided to us by SSH may be sub-contracted to other entities within the Scorpio Group. We will begin incurring costs to SSH as the vessels in our Newbuilding Program are delivered to us.

Pursuant to the Administrative Services Agreement, we will reimburse SSH for the reasonable direct or indirect expenses it incurs in providing us with the administrative services described above and a pro-rata portion of the salary incurred by SSH for an internal auditor. We will also pay SSH a fee for arranging vessel acquisitions, including newbuildings, equal to $250,000 per vessel, due upon delivery of the vessel, which is payable in our common shares. We have agreed to issue upon delivery of each vessel (i) 31,250 common shares to SSH as payment related to each of the first 17 vessels in our Newbuilding Program; (ii) 25,811 common shares to SSH as payment related to each of the next nine vessels in our Newbuilding Program; (iii) 25,633 common shares to SSH as payment related to each of the next ten vessels in our Newbuilding Program; (iv) 26,419 common shares to SSH as payment related to each for the next four Kamsarmax vessels in our Newbuilding Program; and (v) 26,185 common shares to SSH as payment related to each of the next three Capesize vessels in our Newbuilding Program; (vi) 26,197 common shares to SSH as payment related to each of the next two vessels in our Newbuilding Program; (vii) 26,394 common shares to SSH as payment related to each of the next seven vessels in our Newbuilding Program; (viii) 26,248 common shares to SSH as payment related to each of the next four vessels in our Newbuilding Program; (ix) 26,111 common shares to SSH as payment related to each of the next four vessels in our Newbuilding Program; (x) 26,050 common shares to SSH as payment related to each of the next three vessels in our Newbuilding Program; (xi) 25,888 common shares to SSH as payment related to each of the next 11 vessels in our Newbuilding Program; (xii) 25,497 common shares to SSH as payment related to each of the next five vessels in our Newbuilding Program and (xiii) 27,640 common shares to SSH as payment related to the next vessel in our Newbuilding Program. For all vessels added to our Newbuilding Program after the first 17 vessels, the number of common shares issuable to SSH as payment is based on the market value of our common shares based on the volume weighted average price of our common shares over the 30 trading day

 

F-20


Table of Contents

period immediately preceding the contract date of a definitive agreement to acquire any vessel. In addition, SSH has agreed with us not to own any drybulk carriers greater than 30,000 dwt for so long as the Administrative Services Agreement is in full force and effect. This agreement may be terminated by SSH three years after this initial public offering upon 12 months notice.

During July 2013, we issued and sold 1,250,000 common shares to SSH for $10,000 as part of a series of Norwegian private transactions exempt from registration under the Securities Act. These common shares are subject to a contractual lock-up until July 2014.

For the six months June 30, 2014, SUK charged us $338 for allocated salaries of certain SUK employees relating to the services such employees performed for the Company, all of which was unpaid as of June 30, 2014.

Our vessels are commercially managed by Scorpio Commercial Management S.A.M. (“SCM”) and technically managed by SSM pursuant to a Master Agreement, which may be terminated by either party upon 24 months notice. SCM and SSM are companies affiliated with us. In addition, our Co-founder, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, Emanuele Lauro, is a member of the Lolli-Ghetti family, which owns and controls SCM, our commercial manager, and SSM, our technical manager. We expect that additional vessels that we may acquire in the future will also be managed under the Master Agreement or on substantially similar terms.

SCM’s services include securing employment for our vessels in the spot market and on time charters. SCM also manages the Scorpio Group Pools (spot market-oriented vessel pools) which include Scorpio Ultramax Pool and the Scorpio Kamsarmax Pool and will manage the Scorpio Capesize Pool in which we expect our Newbuilding Program will be employed and in which our time chartered-in vessels are employed. During the six months ended June 30, 2014, we earned $11,495 from chartering our chartered-in vessels to the Scorpio Kamsarmax Pool and $3,455 from chartering our chartered-in vessels to the Scorpio Ultramax Pool. As of June 30, 2014, we have balances due from charterers (primarily consisting of working capital, undistributed earnings and reimbursable costs) of $10,496 and $6,082 from the Scorpio Kamsarmax Pool and the Scorpio Ultramax Pool, respectively.

The Scorpio Kamsarmax Pool and the Scorpio Ultramax Pool were significant customers for the six months ended June 30, 2014, accounting for 61.6% and 18.5% of our total vessel revenue, respectively.

For commercial management of any of our vessels that does not operate in one of these pools, we will pay SCM a daily fee of $300 per vessel, plus a 1.75% commission on the gross revenues per charter fixture. The Scorpio Ultramax Pool and the Scorpio Kamsarmax Pool participants, including us and third-party owners of similar vessels, pay SCM a pool management fee of $300 per vessel per day, plus a 1.75% commission on the gross revenues per charter fixture. During the six months ended June 30, 2014, we incurred $117 of fees to SCM relating to periods in which our time chartered-in vessels were not operating in one of the pools.

SSM’s services include providing technical support, such as arranging the hiring of qualified officers and crew, supervising the maintenance and performance of vessels, purchasing supplies, spare parts and new equipment, arranging and supervising drydocking and repairs, and monitoring regulatory and classification society compliance and customer standards. We will pay SSM an annual fee of $200,000 per vessel to provide technical management services for each of our vessels upon delivery. In addition, representatives of SSM, including certain subcontractors, provide us with construction supervisory services while our vessels are being constructed in shipyards. For these services, we will compensate SSM for its direct expenses, which can vary between $200,000 and $500,000 per vessel. In connection with supervision of 67 of the vessels in our Newbuilding Program, as of June 30, 2014, we incurred a cost to SSM of $29 per vessel. Of this aggregate cost of $1,943, $1,165 is unpaid as of June 30, 2014.

For the six months June 30, 2014, SSM charged us $19 for certain administrative costs, of which $10 was unpaid as of June 30, 2014.

 

F-21


Table of Contents

11. Segments

During 2014, the Company placed its time chartered-in vessels into two pools, the Scorpio Ultramax Pool, in which the Company placed its time chartered-in vessels ranging from 48,500 DWT to 61,000 DWT, and the Scorpio Kamsarmax Pool in which the Company placed its time chartered in vessels ranging from 75,500 DWT to 93,000 DWT. In addition to the Company’s Ultramax and Kamsarmax segments, the Company has identified a third Capesize segment which includes vessels of approximately 180,000 DWT. Although each vessel within its respective class qualifies as an operating segment under US GAAP, each vessel also exhibits similar long-term financial performance and similar economic characteristics to the other vessels within the respective vessel class, thereby meeting the aggregation criteria in US GAAP. We have therefore chosen to present our segment information by vessel class using the aggregated information from the individual vessels.

The following schedule presents segment information about the Company’s operations for the six months ended June 30, 2014:

 

     Capesize     Kamsarmax     Ultramax     Corporate     Eliminations      Total  

Vessel revenue

   $ -      $ 15,192      $ 3,455      $ -      $ -       $ 18,647   

Voyage expenses

     -        (3,165     (15     -        -         (3,180

Charterhire expense

     -        (22,189     (4,373     -        -         (26,562

General and administrative expenses

     (17     (71     (10     (15,253     -         (15,351

Interest income

     -        -        -        793        -         793   

Foreign exchange loss

     -        -        -        (5     -         (5
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Segment loss

   $ (17   $ (10,233   $ (943   $ (14,465   $ -       $ (25,658
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following schedule presents segment information about the Company’s balance sheet as of June 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013:

 

     Capesize      Kamsarmax      Ultramax      Corporate      Eliminations     Total  

June 30, 2014

                

Vessels under construction

   $ 462,623       $ 167,143       $ 213,079       $ -       $ -      $ 842,845   

Total assets

     463,352         181,760         220,653         1,158,977         (813,459     1,211,283   

 

     Capesize      Kamsarmax      Ultramax      Corporate      Eliminations     Total  

December 31, 2013

                

Vessels under construction

   $ 54,772       $ 132,082       $ 184,838       $ -       $ -      $ 371,692   

Total assets

     54,772         132,114         184,905         1,107,219         (373,326     1,105,684   

12. Subsequent Events

$540,000 Loan Facility

On July 21, 2014, the Company received a commitment from two leading European financial institutions for a Loan Facility of up to $540,000. The Facility will be used to finance up to 55% of the contract price of each of six Ultramax, nine Kamsarmax, and nine Capesize vessels currently under construction for delivery in 2015 and 2016. The Loan Facility has a final maturity of six years from the date of signing. The terms and conditions of this commitment are consistent with those of the Company’s existing credit commitments. The closing of the Loan Facility, which is expected to occur within 2014, remains subject to customary conditions precedent, including negotiation and execution of final documentation.

$330,000 Loan Facility

On July 29, 2014, we entered a $330,000 senior secured credit facility with Credit Agricole Corporate and Investment Bank and Deutsche Bank AG London to fund a portion of the purchase price of 22 of the vessels in our Newbuilding Program.

 

F-22


Table of Contents

$67,500 Loan Facility

On July 30, 2014, the Company signed a loan agreement for up to $67,500 million which will be used to finance a portion of the contract price of two Ultramax and two Kamsarmax vessels currently under construction for delivery in 2015 and 2016.

Delisting from Norwegian OTC List

On July 31, 2014, we delisted our common shares from the Norwegian OTC List. Our common shares will continue to trade on the NYSE under the symbol “SALT.”

 

F-23


Table of Contents

 

    % Senior Notes due             

 

LOGO

Scorpio Bulkers Inc.

 

 

PROSPECTUS

                    , 2014

 

 

Stifel

Deutsche Bank Securities

Jefferies

 

 

 


Table of Contents

PART II: INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN THE PROSPECTUS

Item 6. Indemnification of Directors and Officers

I. Article VIII of the Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant provides as follows:

 

  1. Any person who is or was a Director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director or officer of another partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise shall be entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation upon the same terms, under the same conditions, and to the same extent as authorized by Section 60 of the BCA, if he or she acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful. If the BCA is amended hereafter to authorize the further elimination or limitation of the liability of directors, then the liability of a director of the Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent authorized by the BCA, as so amended. The Corporation shall have the power to pay in advance expenses a director or officer incurred while defending a civil or criminal proceeding, provided that the director or officer will repay the amount if it shall ultimately be determined that he or she is not entitled to indemnification under this section. Any repeal or modification of this Article VIII shall not adversely affect any rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses of a Director or officer of the Corporation existing at the time of such repeal or modification with respect to any acts or omissions occurring prior to such repeal or modification.

 

  2. The Corporation shall have the power to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a Director or officer of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director or officer against any liability asserted against such person and incurred by such person in such capacity whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability by law or under the provisions of these Bylaws.

II. Section 60 of the Associations Law of the Republic of the Marshall Islands provides as follows:

 

(1) Actions not by or in right of the corporation . A corporation shall have power to indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the corporation) by reason of the fact that he is or was a director or officer of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful. The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of no contest, or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceedings, had reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful.

 

(2)

Actions by or in right of the corporation . A corporation shall have the power to indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that he is or was a director or officer of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him or in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not, opposed to the best interests of the corporation and except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claims, issue or matter as to which such

 

II-1


Table of Contents
  person shall have been adjudged to be liable for negligence or misconduct in the performance of his duty to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the court shall deem proper.

 

(3) When director or officer successful.  To the extent that a director or officer of a corporation has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to in subsections (1) or (2) of this section, or in the defense of a claim, issue or matter therein, he shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection therewith.

 

(4) Payment of expenses in advance.  Expenses incurred in defending a civil or criminal action, suit or proceeding may be paid in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding as authorized by the board of directors in the specific case upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of the director or officer to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that he is not entitled to be indemnified by the corporation as authorized in this section.

 

(5) Indemnification pursuant to other rights.  The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, the other subsections of this section shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under any bylaw, agreement, vote of shareholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in his official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office.

 

(6) Continuation of indemnification.  The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this section shall, unless otherwise provided when authorized or ratified, continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.

 

(7) Insurance . A corporation shall have the power to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director or officer of the corporation or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director or officer against any liability asserted against him and incurred by him in such capacity whether or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify him against such liability under the provisions of this section.

Item 7. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

In July 2013, we issued 31,250,000 common shares, in September 2013, we issued 33,400,000 common shares and in October 2013 we issued 32,590,411 common shares, in Norwegian private placement transactions exempt from registration under the Securities Act. These common shares were initially sold in offshore transactions to non-U.S. persons pursuant to Regulation S under the Securities Act and in the United States to “qualified institutional buyers” as defined in, and in reliance on Rule 144A of the Securities Act. RS Platou Markets AS acted as lead manager for the private placements, for which it received customary fees. The proceeds of these transactions are expected to be applied to partially finance the acquisition of our Initial Fleet.

 

Securities Sold

  Date Sold   Gross
Consideration Per
Share
  Net Consideration   Exemption from
Registration
  Purchasers

31,250,000

Common Shares

  July 2013   $8.00 per share   $242.8 million   Regulation S and
Rule 144A
  Non-U.S. Investors
and Qualified
Institutional Buyers

33,400,000

Common Shares

  September 2013   $8.96 per share   $290.2 million   Regulation S and
Rule 144A
  Non-U.S. Investors
and Qualified
Institutional Buyers

32,590,411

Common Shares

  October 2013   $9.21 per share   $291.0 million   Regulation S and
Rule 144A
  Non-U.S. Investors
and Qualified
Institutional Buyers

 

II-2


Table of Contents

Item 8. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

 

Number

  

Description

  1.1    Form of Underwriting Agreement*
  3.1    Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of the Company (1)
  3.2    Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Company (1)
  4.1    Form of Common Share Certificate (1)
  4.2    Form of Senior Indenture
  4.3    Form of First Supplemental Indenture
  5.1    Opinion of Seward & Kissel LLP, Marshall Islands counsel to the Company, as to the validity of the Notes
  8.1    Opinion of Seward & Kissel LLP with respect to certain U.S. tax matters
10.1    Master Agreement (1)
10.2    Administrative Services Agreement (1)
10.3    Equity Incentive Plan (1)
10.4    Form of Shipbuilding Contract of Chengxi Shiyard Co. Ltd. (1)
10.5    Form of Shipbuilding Contract of Dalian COSCO KHI Ship Engingeering Co. Ltd. (1)
10.6    Form of Shipbuilding Contract of Hudong-Zhongdua Shipbuilding (Group) Co., Inc. (1)
10.7    Form of Shipbuilding Contract of Imabari Shipbuilding Co. Ltd. (1)
10.8    Form of Shipbuilding Contract of Daewoo Mangalia Heavy Industries S.A. (1)
10.9    Form of Shipbuilding Contract of Tsuneishi Group (Zhoushan) Shipbuilding Inc. (1)
10.10    Form of Shipbuilding Contract of Mitsui Engineering & Shipbuilding Co. Ltd. (1)
10.11    Form of Shipbuilding Contract of Nantong COSCO KHI Ship Engineering Co., Ltd. (1)
10.12    Form of Shipbuilding Contract of Jiansu Yangzijian Shipbuilding Co. Ltd. (1)
10.13    Form of Shipbuilding Contract of Shanghai Jiangnan-Changxing Shipbuilding Co., Ltd. (1)
10.14    Form of Shipbuilding Contract of Sungdong Shipbuilding & Marine Engineering Co., Ltd.
10.15    Form of Shipbuilding Contract of Daehan Shipbuilding Co., Ltd.
10.16    $330.0 Million Senior Secured Credit Facility dated July 29, 2014
10.17    $39.6 Million Senior Secured Credit Facility dated June 27, 2014
10.18    $67.5 Million Senior Secured Credit Facility dated July 30, 2014
10.19    Share Purchase Agreement, dated December 5, 2013, by and among SBI Zumba Shipping Company Limited, Berkeley Shipping Inc., TCV Management and Trust Services Limited and Belgrave Shipping Limited (1)
10.20    Share Purchase Agreement, dated December 5, 2013, by and among SBI Conga Shipping Company Limited, Berkeley Shipping Inc., TCV Management and Trust Services Limited and Cavendish Shipping Limited (1)

 

II-3


Table of Contents

Number

  

Description

10.21    Share Purchase Agreement, dated December 5, 2013, by and among SBI Bolero Shipping Company Limited, Berkeley Shipping Inc., TCV Management and Trust Services Limited and Fitzroy Shipping Limited (1)
10.22    Share Purchase Agreement, dated December 5, 2013, by and among SBI Reggae Shipping Company Limited, Berkeley Shipping Inc., TCV Management and Trust Services Limited and Sloane Shipping Limited (1)
10.23    Share Purchase Agreement, dated December 5, 2013, by and among SBI Sousta Shipping Company Limited, Berkeley Shipping Inc., TCV Management and Trust Services Limited and Bedford Shipping Limited (1)
10.24    Registration Rights Agreement (2)
14.1    Code of Ethics (1)
21.1    List of Subsidiaries
23.1    Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
23.2    Consent of Seward & Kissel LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1 and Exhibit 8.1)
24.1    Powers of Attorney (included in the signature page hereto)
25.1    Form of T-1 Statement of Eligibility

 

(1) Incorporated by reference to the Company’s registration statement on Form F-1 (Registration No. 333-192246), which was declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 11, 2013.
(2) Incorporated by reference to the Company’s annual report on Form 20-F filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 2, 2014
* To be filed by amendment.

Item 9. Undertakings

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriter at the closing specified in the underwriting agreements certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriter to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

(1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b) (1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

 

II-4


Table of Contents

(2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

II-5


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form F-1 and has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in Monaco, Principality of Monaco on the 7 th day of August, 2014.

 

SCORPIO BULKERS INC.
By:  

/s/ Emanuele A. Lauro

Name:   Emanuele A. Lauro
Title:  

Chief Executive Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

Power of Attorney

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Lawrence Rutkowski and Edward Horton or either of them, with full power to act alone, his or her true lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full powers of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any or all amendments or supplements to this registration statement, whether pre-effective or post-effective, including any subsequent registration statement for the same offering which may be filed under Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing necessary to be done, as fully for all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or his substitute, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities indicated on August 7, 2014.

 

Signature

  

Title

/s/ Emanuele A. Lauro

Emanuele A. Lauro

  

Chief Executive Officer, Founder,

Chairman and Director

(Principal Executive Officer)

/s/ Robert Bugbee

Robert Bugbee

  

President, Founder and Director

/s/ Hugh Baker

Hugh Baker

  

Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)

/s/ Roberto Giorgi

Roberto Giorgi

  

Director

/s/ Einar Michael Steimler

Einar Michael Steimler

  

Director

/s/ Christian M. Gut

Christian M. Gut

  

Director


Table of Contents

Authorized Representative

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the undersigned, the duly authorized representative of the Registrant in the United States, has signed this registration statement in the City of New York, State of New York, on August 7, 2014.

 

SCORPIO SALT LLC
By:  

/s/ Hugh Baker

Name:   Hugh Baker
Title:   Authorized Person

Exhibit 4.2

 

 

 

SCORPIO BULKERS INC.

SENIOR INDENTURE

Dated as of             , 2014

 

 

Trustee

 

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

     P AGE  
ARTICLE 1   
D EFINITIONS AND I NCORPORATION BY R EFERENCE   

Section 1.01. Definitions

     1   

Section 1.02. Other Definitions

     5   

Section 1.03. Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act

     6   

Section 1.04. Rules of Construction

     6   
ARTICLE 2   
T HE S ECURITIES   

Section 2.01. Issuable in Series

     7   

Section 2.02. Establishment of Terms of Series of Securities

     7   

Section 2.03. Execution and Authentication

     9   

Section 2.04. Registrar and Paying Agent

     10   

Section 2.05. Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust

     11   

Section 2.06. Securityholder Lists

     11   

Section 2.07. Transfer and Exchange

     11   

Section 2.08. Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost and Stolen Securities

     12   

Section 2.09. Outstanding Securities

     12   

Section 2.10. Treasury Securities

     13   

Section 2.11. Temporary Securities

     13   

Section 2.12. Cancellation

     14   

Section 2.13. Defaulted Interest

     14   

Section 2.14. Global Securities

     14   

Section 2.15. CUSIP Numbers

     16   
ARTICLE 3   
R EDEMPTION   

Section 3.01. Notice to Trustee

     17   

Section 3.02. Selection of Securities to be Redeemed

     17   

Section 3.03. Notice of Redemption

     17   

Section 3.04. Effect of Notice of Redemption

     18   

Section 3.05. Deposit of Redemption Price

     18   

Section 3.06. Securities Redeemed in Part

     18   
ARTICLE 4   
COVENANTS   

Section 4.01. Payment of Principal and Interest

     18   

Section 4.02. SEC Reports

     19   

Section 4.03. Compliance Certificate

     19   

 

i


Section 4.04. Stay, Extension and Usury Laws

     20   

Section 4.05. Corporate Existence

     20   

Section 4.06. Taxes

     20   

Section 4.07. Additional Interest Notice

     20   

Section 4.08. Further Instruments and Acts

     21   

Section 4.09. Calculation of Original Issue Discount

     21   
ARTICLE 5   
S UCCESSORS   

Section 5.01. When Company May Merge, Etc

     21   

Section 5.02. Successor Corporation Substituted

     21   
ARTICLE 6   
D EFAULTS AND R EMEDIES   

Section 6.01. Events of Default

     22   

Section 6.02. Acceleration of Maturity; Rescission and Annulment

     24   

Section 6.03. Collection of Indebtedness and Suits for Enforcement by Trustee

     25   

Section 6.04. Trustee May File Proofs of Claim

     25   

Section 6.05. Trustee May Enforce Claims Without Possession of Securities

     26   

Section 6.06. Application of Money Collected

     26   

Section 6.07. Limitation on Suits

     27   

Section 6.08. Unconditional Right of Holders to Receive Principal and Interest

     27   

Section 6.09. Restoration of Rights and Remedies

     27   

Section 6.10. Rights and Remedies Cumulative

     28   

Section 6.11. Delay or Omission Not Waiver

     28   

Section 6.12. Control by Holders

     28   

Section 6.13. Waiver of Past Defaults

     28   

Section 6.14. Undertaking for Costs

     29   
ARTICLE 7   
TRUSTEE   

Section 7.01. Duties of Trustee

     29   

Section 7.02. Rights of Trustee

     30   

Section 7.03. Individual Rights of Trustee

     31   

Section 7.04. Trustee’s Disclaimer

     31   

Section 7.05. Notice of Defaults

     32   

Section 7.06. Reports by Trustee to Holders

     32   

Section 7.07. Compensation and Indemnity

     32   

Section 7.08. Replacement of Trustee

     33   

Section 7.09. Successor Trustee by Merger, etc

     34   

Section 7.10. Eligibility; Disqualification

     34   

Section 7.11. Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company

     34   

 

ii


ARTICLE 8   
S ATISFACTION AND D ISCHARGE ; D EFEASANCE   

Section 8.01. Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture

     34   

Section 8.02. Application of Trust Funds; Indemnification

     35   

Section 8.03. Legal Defeasance of Securities of any Series

     36   

Section 8.04. Covenant Defeasance

     38   

Section 8.05. Repayment to Company

     39   
ARTICLE 9   
A MENDMENTS AND W AIVERS   

Section 9.01. Without Consent of Holders

     39   

Section 9.02. With Consent of Holders

     40   

Section 9.03. Limitations

     40   

Section 9.04. Compliance with Trust Indenture Act

     41   

Section 9.05. Revocation and Effect of Consents

     41   

Section 9.06. Notation on or Exchange of Securities

     41   

Section 9.07. Trustee Protected

     42   

Section 9.08. Effect of Supplemental Indenture

     42   
ARTICLE 10   
M ISCELLANEOUS   

Section 10.01. Trust Indenture Act Controls

     42   

Section 10.02. Notices

     42   

Section 10.03. Communication by Holders with Other Holders

     43   

Section 10.04. Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent

     43   

Section 10.05. Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion

     43   

Section 10.06. Record Date for Vote or Consent of Holders

     44   

Section 10.07. Rules by Trustee and Agents

     44   

Section 10.08. Legal Holidays

     44   

Section 10.09. No Recourse Against Others

     44   

Section 10.10. Counterparts

     44   

Section 10.11. Governing Laws and Submission to Jurisdiction

     45   

Section 10.12. No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements

     45   

Section 10.13. Successors

     45   

Section 10.14. Severability

     45   

Section 10.15. Table of Contents, Headings, Etc

     45   

Section 10.16. Securities in a Foreign Currency or in ECU

     46   

Section 10.17. Judgment Currency

     46   

Section 10.18. Compliance with Applicable Anti-Terrorism and Money Laundering Regulations

     47   

Section 10.19. Force Majeure

     47   

Section 10.20. Jury Trial Waiver

     47   

 

iii


ARTICLE 11   
S INKING F UNDS   

Section 11.01. Applicability of Article

     47   

Section 11.02. Satisfaction of Sinking Fund Payments with Securities

     48   

Section 11.03. Redemption of Securities for Sinking Fund

     48   

 

iv


Reconciliation and tie between Trust Indenture Act of 1939 and Indenture,

Dated as of             , 2014

 

Section 310(a)(1)    7.10
(a)(2)    7.10
(a)(3)    Not Applicable
(a)(4)    Not Applicable
(a)(5)    7.10
(b)    7.10
(c)    Not Applicable
Section 311(a)    7.11
(b)    7.11
(c)    Not Applicable
Section 312(a)    2.06
(b)    10.03
(c)    10.03
Section 313(a)    7.06
(b)(1)    7.06
(b)(2)    7.06
(c)(1)    7.06
(d)    7.06
Section 314(a)    4.02, 10.05
(b)    Not Applicable
(c)(1)    10.04
(c)(2)    10.04
(c)(3)    Not Applicable
(d)    Not Applicable
(e)    10.05
(f)    Not Applicable
Section 315(a)    7.01
(b)    7.05
(c)    7.01
(d)    7.01
(e)    6.14
Section 316(a)(1)(A)    6.12
(a)(1)(B)    6.13
(a)(2)    Not Applicable
(b)    6.13
(c)    10.06
Section 317(a)(1)    6.03
(a)(2)    6.04
(b)    2.05
Section 318(a)    10.01

Note: This reconciliation and tie shall not, for any purpose, be deemed to be part of the Indenture.

 

v


Indenture dated as of             , 2014 between Scorpio Bulkers Inc., a company organized under the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands (the “ Company ”) and                     , a New York banking corporation (the “ Trustee ”).

Each party agrees as follows for the benefit of the other party and for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Securities issued under this Indenture.

ARTICLE 1

D EFINITIONS AND I NCORPORATION BY R EFERENCE

Section 1.01. Definitions .

Additional Amounts ” means any additional amounts which are required hereby or by any Security, under circumstances specified herein or therein, to be paid by the Company in respect of certain taxes imposed on Holders specified therein and which are owing to such Holders.

Affiliate ” of any specified person means any other person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified person. For the purposes of this definition, “control” (including, with correlative meanings, the terms “controlled by” and “under common control with”), as used with respect to any person, shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such person, whether through the ownership of voting securities or by agreement or otherwise.

Agent ” means any Registrar or Paying Agent.

Bankruptcy Law ” means Title 11 of the United States Code (or any successor thereto) or any similar federal or state law for the relief of debtors.

Board of Directors ” means the board of directors of the Company or any duly authorized committee thereof.

Board Resolution ” means a copy of a resolution certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company to have been adopted by the Board of Directors or pursuant to authorization by the Board of Directors and to be in full force and effect on the date of the certificate and delivered to the Trustee.

Business Day ” means any day other than a (x) Saturday, (y) Sunday or (z) day on which state or federally chartered banking institutions in New York, New York are not required to be open.

Capital Stock ” of any Person means any and all shares, interests, rights to purchase, warrants, options, participations or other equivalents of or interests in (however designated) equity of such Person, but excluding any debt securities convertible into such equity.


Certificated Securities ” means Securities in the form of physical, certificated Securities in registered form.

Company ” means the party named as such above until a successor replaces it in accordance with the terms of this Indenture and thereafter means the successor.

Company Order ” means a written order signed in the name of the Company by one Officer, which officer must be the Company’s principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer, General Counsel or Secretary.

Company Request ” means a written request signed in the name of the Company by its Chairman of the Board, a President or a Vice President, and by its Chief Financial Officer, its Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, and delivered to the Trustee.

Corporate Trust Office ” means the office of the Trustee at which at any particular time its corporate trust business shall be principally administered which office at the date of the execution of this Indenture is                     ,                     , Attention:                     , or at such other address as the Trustee may designate from time to time or the designated corporate trust office of any successor Trustee, or such other address as such successor Trustee may designate from time to time.

Custodian ” means any receiver, trustee, assignee, liquidator, sequestrator or similar official under any Bankruptcy Law.

Default ” or “ default ” means any event which is, or after notice or passage of time or both would be, an Event of Default.

Default Rate ” means the default rate of interest specified in the Securities.

Depository ” means, with respect to the Securities of any Series issuable or issued in whole or in part in the form of one or more Global Securities, the person designated as Depository for such Series by the Company, which Depository shall be a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act; and if at any time there is more than one such person, “Depository” as used with respect to the Securities of any Series shall mean the Depository with respect to the Securities of such Series. Initially, the Depository shall be The Depository Trust Company.

Discount Security ” means any Security that provides for an amount less than the stated principal amount thereof to be due and payable upon declaration of acceleration of the maturity thereof pursuant to Section 6.02.

Dollars ” means the currency of The United States of America.

ECU ” means the European Currency Unit as determined by the Commission of the European Union.

Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

2


Foreign Currency ” means any currency or currency unit issued by a government other than the government of The United States of America.

Foreign Government Obligations ” means with respect to Securities of any Series that are denominated in a Foreign Currency, (i) direct obligations of the government that issued or caused to be issued such currency for the payment of which obligations its full faith and credit is pledged or (ii) obligations of a person controlled or supervised by or acting as an agency or instrumentality of such government the timely payment of which is unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation by such government, which, in either case under clauses (i) or (ii), are not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuer thereof.

Global Security ” or “Global Securities” means a Security or Securities, as the case may be, in the form established pursuant to Section 2.02 evidencing all or part of a Series of Securities, issued to the Depository for such Series or its nominee, and registered in the name of such Depository or nominee.

Holder ” or “ Securityholder ” means a Person in whose name a Security is registered.

Indenture ” means this Indenture as amended and supplemented from time to time and shall include the form and terms of particular Series of Securities established as contemplated hereunder.

Interest ,” in respect of the Securities, unless the context otherwise requires, refers to interest payable on the Securities, including any additional interest that may become payable pursuant to Section 6.02(b).

Maturity ,” when used with respect to any Security or installment of principal thereof, means the date on which the principal of such Security or such installment of principal becomes due and payable as therein or herein provided, whether at the Stated Maturity or by declaration of acceleration, call for redemption, notice of option to elect repayment or otherwise.

Officer ” means the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, the Chief Operating Officer, the President, any Vice-President, the Treasurer, the Secretary, any Assistant Treasurer or any Assistant Secretary of the Company.

Officers’ Certificate ” means a certificate signed by two Officers, one of whom must be the Company’s principal executive officer, principal financial officer or principal accounting officer.

Opinion of Counsel ” means a written opinion of legal counsel who is, and which opinion is, reasonably acceptable to the Trustee and its counsel. Such legal counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Company or the Trustee.

 

3


Person ” means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, association, limited liability company, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization or government or any agency or political subdivision thereof.

Principal ” or “ principal ” of a Security means the principal of the Security plus, when appropriate, the premium, if any, on, and any Additional Amounts in respect of, the Security.

Responsible Officer ” means any officer of the Trustee in its Corporate Trust Office and also means, any vice president, managing director, director, associate, assistant vice president, or any other officer of the Trustee customarily performing functions similar to those performed by any of the above designated officers and also, with respect to a particular corporate trust matter, any other officer to whom any corporate trust matter is referred because of his or her knowledge of and familiarity with a particular subject and who shall have direct responsibility for the administration of this Indenture.

SEC ” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Security ” or “ Securities ” means the debentures, notes or other debt instruments of the Company of any Series authenticated and delivered under this Indenture.

Series ” or “ Series of Securities ” means each series of debentures, notes or other debt instruments of the Company created pursuant to Sections 2.01 and 2.02 of the Indenture.

Significant Subsidiary ” means (i) any direct or indirect Subsidiary of the Company that would be a “significant subsidiary” as defined in Article 1, Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X, promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, as such regulation is in effect on the date hereof, or (ii) any group of direct or indirect Subsidiaries of the Company that, taken together as a group, would be a “significant subsidiary” as defined in Article 1, Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X, promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, as such regulation is in effect on the date hereof.

Stated Maturity ” when used with respect to any Security or any installment of principal thereof or interest thereon, means the date specified in such Security as the fixed date on which the principal of such Security or such installment of principal or interest is due and payable.

Subordinated Indebtedness ” means any indebtedness which is expressly subordinated to the indebtedness evidenced by Securities.

Subsidiary ” means, in respect of any Person, any corporation, association, partnership or other business entity of which more than 50% of (a) the class of securities entitled to vote in the election of directors, managers, general partner or trustees; or (b) the total voting power of shares of Capital Stock or other interests (including partnership interests) entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the

 

4


election of directors, managers, general partners or trustees thereof, is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by (i) such Person; (ii) such Person and one or more Subsidiaries of such Person; or (iii) one or more Subsidiaries of such Person.

TIA ” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S. Code Sections 77aaa-77bbbb) as in effect on the date of this Indenture; provided, however, that in the event the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 is amended after such date, “TIA” means, to the extent required by any such amendment, the Trust Indenture Act as so amended.

Trustee ” means the person named as the “Trustee” in the first paragraph of this instrument until a successor Trustee shall have become such pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Indenture, and thereafter “Trustee” shall mean or include each person who is then a Trustee hereunder, and if at any time there is more than one such person, “Trustee” as used with respect to the Securities of any Series shall mean the Trustee with respect to Securities of that Series.

U.S. Government Obligations ” means securities which are (i) direct obligations of The United States of America for the payment of which its full faith and credit is pledged or (ii) obligations of a person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality of The United States of America the payment of which is unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation by The United States of America, and which in the case of (i) and (ii) are not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuer thereof, and shall also include a depository receipt issued by a bank or trust company as custodian with respect to any such U.S. Government Obligation or a specific payment of interest on or principal of any such U.S. Government Obligation held by such custodian for the account of the holder of a depository receipt, provided that (except as required by law) such custodian is not authorized to make any deduction from the amount payable to the holder of such depository receipt from any amount received by the custodian in respect of the U.S. Government Obligation evidenced by such depository receipt.

Section 1.02. Other Definitions .

 

Term

  

Defined in

Section

Applicable Law    10.18
Event of Default    6.01
Instrument    6.01
Journal    10.16
Judgment Currency    10.17
Legal Holiday    10.08
mandatory sinking fund payment    11.01
Market Exchange Rate    10.16
New York Banking Day    10.17
optional sinking fund payment    11.01
Paying Agent    2.04
Registrar    2.04
Required Currency    10.17
successor person    5.01
Temporary Securities    2.11

 

5


Section 1.03. Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act . Whenever this Indenture refers to a provision of the TIA, the provision is incorporated by reference in and made a part of this Indenture. This Indenture shall also include those provisions of the TIA required to be included herein by the provisions of the Trust Indenture Reform Act of 1990. The following TIA terms used in this Indenture have the following meanings:

indenture securities ” means the Securities.

indenture security holder ” means a Securityholder.

indenture to be qualified ” means this Indenture.

indenture trustee ” or “institutional trustee” means the Trustee.

obligor ” on the indenture securities means the Company and any successor obligor upon the Securities.

All other terms used in this Indenture that are defined by the TIA, defined by TIA reference to another statute or defined by SEC rule under the TIA and not otherwise defined herein are used herein as so defined.

Section 1.04. Rules of Construction . Unless the context otherwise requires:

(a) a term has the meaning assigned to it;

(b) an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

(c) references to “generally accepted accounting principles” shall mean generally accepted accounting principles in effect as of the time when and for the period as to which such accounting principles are to be applied;

(d) “or” is not exclusive;

(e) words in the singular include the plural, and in the plural include the singular;

(f) provisions apply to successive events and transactions;

(g) references to agreements and other instruments include subsequent amendments thereto;

 

6


(h) the term “merger” includes a statutory share exchange, and the term “merged” has a correlative meaning; and

(i) “herein,” “hereof” and other words of similar import refer to this Indenture as a whole and not to any particular Article, Section or other subdivision.

ARTICLE 2

T HE S ECURITIES

Section 2.01. Issuable in Series . The aggregate principal amount of Securities that may be authenticated and delivered under this Indenture is unlimited. The Securities may be issued in one or more Series. All Securities of a Series shall be identical except as may be set forth in a Board Resolution, a supplemental indenture or an Officers’ Certificate detailing the adoption of the terms thereof pursuant to the authority granted under a Board Resolution. In the case of Securities of a Series to be issued from time to time, the Board Resolution, Officers’ Certificate or supplemental indenture may provide for the method by which specified terms (such as interest rate, maturity date, record date or date from which interest shall accrue) are to be determined. Securities may differ between Series in respect of any matters, provided that all Series of Securities shall be equally and ratably entitled to the benefits of the Indenture.

Section 2.02. Establishment of Terms of Series of Securities . At or prior to the issuance of any Securities within a Series, the following shall be established (as to the Series generally), in the case of Subsection (a), and either as to such Securities within the Series or as to the Series generally in the case of Subsections (b) through (t) by a Board Resolution, a supplemental indenture or an Officers’ Certificate pursuant to authority granted under a Board Resolution:

(a) the title, designation, aggregate principal amount and authorized denominations of the Securities of the Series;

(b) the price or prices (expressed as a percentage of the aggregate principal amount thereof) at which the Securities of the Series will be issued;

(c) the date or dates on which the principal of the Securities of the Series is payable;

(d) the rate or rates (which may be fixed or variable) per annum or, if applicable, the method used to determine such rate or rates (including, but not limited to, any commodity, commodity index, stock exchange index or financial index) at which the Securities of the Series shall bear interest, if any, the date or dates from which such interest, if any, shall commence and be payable and any regular record date for the interest payable on any interest payment date;

(e) any optional or mandatory sinking fund provisions or conversion or exchangeability provisions upon which Securities of the Series shall be redeemed, purchased, converted or exchanged;

 

7


(f) the date, if any, after which and the price or prices at which the Securities of the Series may be optionally redeemed or must be mandatorily redeemed and any other terms and provisions of optional or mandatory provisions;

(g) if other than denominations of $25 and any integral multiple thereof, the denominations in which the Securities of the Series shall be issuable;

(h) if other than the full principal amount, the portion of the principal amount of the Securities of the Series that shall be payable upon declaration of acceleration pursuant to Section 6.02 or provable in bankruptcy;

(i) any addition to or change in the Events of Default which applies to any Securities of the Series and any change in the right of the Trustee or the requisite Holders of such Securities to declare the principal amount thereof due and payable pursuant to Section 6.02;

(j) the currency or currencies, including composite currencies, in which payments of principal of, premium or interest, if any, on the Securities of the Series will be payable, if other than the currency of the United States of America;

(k) if payments of principal of, premium or interest, if any, on the Securities of the Series will be payable, at the Company’s election or at the election of any Holder, in a currency other than that in which the Securities of the Series are stated to be payable, the period or periods within which, and the terms and conditions upon which, the election may be made;

(l) if payments of interest, if any, on the Securities of the Series will be payable, at the Company’s election or at the election of any Holder, in cash or additional securities, and the terms and conditions upon which the election may be made;

(m) if denominated in a currency or currencies other than the currency of the United States of America, the equivalent price of the Securities of the Series in the currency of the United States of America for purposes of determining the voting rights of Holders of the Securities of the Series;

(n) if the amount of payments of principal, premium or interest may be determined with reference to an index, formula or other method based on a coin or currency other than that in which the Securities of the Series are stated to be payable, the manner in which the amounts will be determined;

(o) any restrictive covenants or other material terms relating to the Securities of the Series;

(p) whether the Securities of the Series will be issued in the form of global securities or certificates in registered form;

(q) any terms with respect to subordination;

 

8


(r) any listing on any securities exchange or quotation system;

(s) additional provisions, if any, related to defeasance and discharge of the offered debt securities; and

(t) the applicability of any guarantees.

All Securities of any one Series need not be issued at the same time and may be issued from time to time, consistent with the terms of this Indenture, if so provided by or pursuant to the Board Resolution, supplemental indenture or Officers’ Certificate referred to above, and the authorized principal amount of any Series may not be increased to provide for issuance of additional Securities of such Series, unless otherwise provided in such Board Resolution, supplemental Indenture or Officers’ Certificate.

Section 2.03. Execution and Authentication . Two Officers shall sign the Securities for the Company by manual or facsimile signature.

If an Officer whose signature is on a Security no longer holds that office at the time the Security is authenticated, the Security shall nevertheless be valid.

A Security shall not be valid until authenticated by the manual signature of the Trustee or an authenticating agent. The signature shall be conclusive evidence that the Security has been authenticated under this Indenture.

The Trustee shall at any time, and from time to time, authenticate Securities for original issue in the principal amount provided in the Board Resolution, supplemental indenture hereto or Officers’ Certificate, upon receipt by the Trustee of a Company Order. Such Company Order may authorize authentication and delivery pursuant to written or electronic instructions in PDF form from the Company or its duly authorized agent or agents. Each Security shall be dated the date of its authentication unless otherwise provided by a Board Resolution, a supplemental indenture hereto or an Officers’ Certificate.

The aggregate principal amount of Securities of any Series outstanding at any time may not exceed any limit upon the maximum principal amount for such Series set forth in the Board Resolution, supplemental indenture hereto or Officers’ Certificate delivered pursuant to Section 2.02, except as provided in Section 2.08.

Prior to the issuance of Securities of any Series, the Trustee shall have received and (subject to Section 7.02) shall be fully protected, in relying on: (a) the Board Resolution, supplemental indenture hereto or Officers Certificate establishing the form of the Securities of that Series or of Securities within that Series and the terms of the Securities of that Series or of Securities within that Series, (b) an Officers’ Certificate complying with Section 10.04, and (c) an Opinion of Counsel complying with Section 10.04.

The Trustee shall have the right to decline to authenticate and deliver any Securities of such Series: (a) if the Trustee, being advised by counsel, determines that

 

9


such action may not lawfully be taken; or (b) if a Responsible Officer of the Trustee in good faith shall determine that such action would expose the Trustee to personal liability to Holders of any then outstanding Series of Securities.

The Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent acceptable to the Company to authenticate Securities. An authenticating agent may authenticate Securities whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such agent. An authenticating agent has the same rights as an Agent to deal with the Company or an Affiliate.

If any successor that has replaced the Company in accordance with Article 5 has executed an indenture supplemental hereto with the Trustee pursuant to Section 5.01, any of the Securities authenticated or delivered prior to such transaction may, from time to time, at the request of such successor, be exchanged for other Securities executed in the name of the such successor with such changes in phraseology and form as may be appropriate, but otherwise identical to the Securities surrendered for such exchange and of like principal amount; and the Trustee, upon receipt of a Company Order of such successor, shall authenticate and deliver Securities as specified in such order for the purpose of such exchange. If Securities shall at any time be authenticated and delivered in any new name of such successor pursuant to this provision of Section 2.03 in exchange or substitution for or upon registration of transfer of any Securities, such successor, at the option of the Holders but without expense to them, shall provide for the exchange of all Securities then outstanding for Securities authenticated and delivered in such new name.

Section 2.04. Registrar and Paying Agent . The Company shall maintain, with respect to each Series of Securities, at the place or places specified with respect to such Series pursuant to Section 2.02, an office or agency where Securities of such Series may be presented or surrendered for payment (“ Paying Agent ”) and where Securities of such Series may be surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange (“ Registrar ”). The Registrar shall keep a register with respect to each Series of Securities and to their transfer and exchange. The Company will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the name and address, and any change in the name or address, of each Registrar and Paying Agent. If at any time the Company shall fail to maintain any such required Registrar or Paying Agent or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the name and address thereof, such presentations and surrenders may be made or served at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, and the Company hereby appoints the Trustee as its agent to receive all such presentations and surrenders.

The Company may also from time to time designate one or more co-registrars or additional paying agents and may from time to time rescind such designations; provided, however, that no such designation or rescission shall in any manner relieve the Company of its obligations to maintain a Registrar or Paying Agent in each place so specified pursuant to Section 2.02 for Securities of any Series for such purposes. The Company will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and of any change in the name or address of any such co-registrar or additional paying agent. The term “Registrar” includes any co-registrar; and the term “Paying Agent” includes any additional paying agent.

 

10


The Company hereby appoints                      as the initial Registrar and Paying Agent for each Series unless another Registrar or Paying Agent as the case may be, is appointed prior to the time Securities of that Series are first issued. Each Registrar and Paying Agent shall be entitled to all of the rights, protections, exculpations and indemnities afforded to the Trustee in connection with its roles as Registrar and Paying Agent.

Section 2.05. Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust . The Company shall require each Paying Agent other than the Trustee to agree in writing that the Paying Agent will hold in trust, for the benefit of Securityholders of any Series of Securities, or the Trustee, all money held by the Paying Agent for the payment of principal of or interest on the Series of Securities, and will notify the Trustee of any default by the Company in making any such payment. While any such default continues, the Trustee may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee. The Company at any time may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee. Upon payment over to the Trustee, the Paying Agent (if other than the Company or a Subsidiary) shall have no further liability for the money. If the Company or a Subsidiary acts as Paying Agent, it shall segregate and hold in a separate trust fund for the benefit of Securityholders of any Series of Securities all money held by it as Paying Agent.

Section 2.06. Securityholder Lists . The Trustee shall preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of Securityholders of each Series of Securities and shall otherwise comply with TIA Section 312(a). If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee quarterly with respect to the Securities of each series not later than March 1, June 1, September 1 or December 1 of the year or at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, within 30 days after the receipt by the Company of any such request a list, in such form and as of such date as the Trustee may reasonably require, of the names and addresses of Securityholders of each Series of Securities.

Section 2.07. Transfer and Exchange . Where Securities of a Series are presented to the Registrar or a co-registrar with a request to register a transfer or to exchange them for an equal principal amount of Securities of the same Series, the Registrar shall register the transfer or make the exchange if its requirements for such transactions are met. To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Trustee shall authenticate Securities at the Registrar’s request. Any exchange or transfer shall be without charge, except that the Company or the Registrar may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge required by law.

Neither the Company nor the Registrar shall be required (a) to issue, register the transfer of, or exchange Securities of any Series for the period beginning at the opening of business 15 days immediately preceding the mailing of a notice of redemption of Securities of that Series selected for redemption and ending at the close of business on the day of such mailing, or (b) to register the transfer of or exchange Securities of any Series selected, called or being called for redemption as a whole or the portion being redeemed of any such Securities selected, called or being called for redemption in part.

 

11


All Securities issued upon any transfer or exchange of Securities shall be valid obligations of the Company, evidencing the same debt and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture, as the Securities surrendered upon such transfer or exchange. Any Registrar appointed pursuant to Section 2.04 shall provide to the Trustee such information as the Trustee may reasonably require in connection with the delivery by such Registrar of Securities upon transfer or exchange of Securities. Each Holder of a Security agrees to indemnify the Company and the Trustee against any liability that may result from the transfer, exchange or assignment of such Holder’s Security in violation of any provision of this Indenture and/or applicable U.S. federal or state securities law.

Section 2.08. Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost and Stolen Securities . If any mutilated Security is surrendered to the Registrar, the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver in exchange therefor a new Security of the same Series and of like tenor and principal amount and bearing a number not contemporaneously outstanding.

If there shall be delivered to the Company and the Registrar (i) evidence to their satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of any Security and (ii) such security or indemnity as may be required by them to save each of them and any agent of either of them harmless, then, in the absence of notice to the Company or the Registrar that such Security has been acquired by a bona fide purchaser, the Company shall execute and upon its request the Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery, in lieu of any such destroyed, lost or stolen Security, a new Security of the same Series and of like tenor and principal amount and bearing a number not contemporaneously outstanding.

In case any such mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Security has become or is about to become due and payable, the Company in its discretion may, instead of issuing a new Security, pay such Security.

Upon the issuance of any new Security under this Section, the Company may require the payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in relation thereto and any other expenses (including the fees and expenses of the Trustee) connected therewith.

Every new Security of any series issued pursuant to this Section in lieu of any destroyed, lost or stolen Security shall constitute an original additional contractual obligation of the Company, whether or not the destroyed, lost or stolen Security shall be at any time enforceable by anyone, and shall be entitled to all the benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with any and all other Securities of that Series duly issued hereunder.

The provisions of this Section are exclusive and shall preclude (to the extent lawful) all other rights and remedies with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Securities.

Section 2.09. Outstanding Securities . The Securities outstanding at any time are all the Securities authenticated by the Trustee except for those canceled by it, those

 

12


delivered to it for cancellation, those reductions in the interest on a Global Security effected by the Trustee in accordance with the provisions hereof and those described in this Section as not outstanding.

If a Security is replaced pursuant to Section 2.08, it ceases to be outstanding until the Trustee receives proof satisfactory to it that the replaced Security is held by a bona fide purchaser.

If the Paying Agent (other than the Company, a Subsidiary or an Affiliate of any thereof) holds on the Maturity of Securities of a Series money sufficient to pay such Securities payable on that date, then on and after that date such Securities of the Series cease to be outstanding and interest on them ceases to accrue.

A Security does not cease to be outstanding because the Company or an Affiliate holds the Security, provided that in determining whether the Holders of the requisite principal amount of outstanding Securities have given or taken any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action hereunder, Securities owned by or held for the account of the Company or any Affiliate of the Company will be disregarded and deemed not to be outstanding, (it being understood that in determining whether the Trustee is protected in relying upon any such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action, only Securities which a Responsible Officer of the Trustee actually knows to be so owned will be so disregarded). Securities so owned which have been pledged in good faith may be regarded as outstanding if the pledgee establishes to the satisfaction of the Trustee the pledgee’s right so to act with respect to such Securities and that the pledgee is not the Company or any Affiliate of the Company.

In determining whether the Holders of the requisite principal amount of outstanding Securities have given any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver hereunder, the principal amount of a Discount Security that shall be deemed to be outstanding for such purposes shall be the amount of the principal thereof that would be due and payable as of the date of such determination upon a declaration of acceleration of the Maturity thereof pursuant to Section 6.02.

Section 2.10. Treasury Securities . In determining whether the Holders of the required principal amount of Securities of a Series have concurred in any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver Securities of a Series owned by the Company or an Affiliate shall be disregarded, except that for the purposes of determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying on any such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver only Securities of a Series that a Responsible Officer of the Trustee actually knows are so owned shall be so disregarded.

Section 2.11. Temporary Securities . Until definitive Securities are ready for delivery, the Company may prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate temporary securities upon a Company Order (“ Temporary Securities ”). Temporary Securities shall be substantially in the form of definitive Securities but may have variations that the Company considers appropriate for temporary Securities. Without unreasonable delay,

 

13


the Company shall prepare and the Trustee upon written request shall authenticate definitive Securities of the same Series and date of maturity in exchange for temporary Securities. Until so exchanged, temporary securities shall have the same rights under this Indenture as the definitive Securities.

Section 2.12. Cancellation . The Company at any time may deliver Securities to the Trustee for cancellation. The Registrar and the Paying Agent shall forward to the Trustee or its agent any Securities surrendered to them for transfer, exchange, payment or conversion. The Trustee and no one else shall cancel, in accordance with its standard procedures, all Securities surrendered for transfer, exchange, payment, replacement, conversion or cancellation and shall deliver the cancelled Securities to the Company. No Security shall be authenticated in exchange for any Security cancelled pursuant to this Section 2.12.

The Company may, to the extent permitted by law, purchase Securities in the open market or by tender offer at any price or by private agreement. Any Securities purchased or otherwise acquired by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries prior to the final maturity of such Securities may, to the extent permitted by law, be reissued or resold or may, at the option of the Company, be surrendered to the Trustee for cancellation. Any Securities surrendered for cancellation may not be reissued or resold and shall be promptly cancelled by the Trustee, and the Company may not issue any new Securities to replace any such Securities.

Section 2.13. Defaulted Interest . If the Company defaults in a payment of interest on a Series of Securities, it shall pay defaulted interest, plus, to the extent permitted by law, any interest payable on the defaulted interest at the Default Rate, to the persons who are Security holders of the Series on a subsequent special record date. The Company shall fix the record date and payment date. At least 10 days before the record date, the Company shall mail to the Trustee and the Paying Agent and to each Securityholder of the Series a notice that states the record date, the payment date and the amount of interest to be paid. The Company may pay defaulted interest in any other lawful manner.

Section 2.14. Global Securities. (a) A Board Resolution, a supplemental indenture hereto or an Officers’ Certificate shall establish whether the Securities of a Series shall be issued in whole or in part in the form of one or more Global Securities and the Depository for such Global Security or Securities.

(b) (i) Notwithstanding any provisions to the contrary contained in Section 2.07 of the Indenture and in addition thereto, any Global Security shall be exchangeable pursuant to Section 2.07 of the Indenture for Securities registered in the names of Holders other than the Depository for such Security or its nominee only if (A) such Depository notifies the Company that it is unwilling or unable to continue as Depository for such Global Security or if at any time such Depository ceases to be a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act, and, in either case, the Company fails to appoint a successor Depository within 90 days of such event, (B) the Company determines the Securities shall no longer be represented by a Global Security and executes and delivers

 

14


to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate to the effect that such Global Security shall be so exchangeable or (C) an Event of Default with respect to the Securities represented by such Global Security shall have happened and be continuing and the Depository requests the issuance of certificated Securities.

(ii) Except as provided in this Section 2.14(b), a Global Security may not be transferred except as a whole by the Depository with respect to such Global Security to a nominee of such Depository, by a nominee of such Depository to such Depository or another nominee of such Depository or by the Depository or any such nominee to a successor Depository or a nominee of such a successor Depository.

(iii) Securities issued in exchange for a Global Security or any portion thereof shall be issued in definitive, fully registered form, without interest coupons, shall have an aggregate principal amount equal to that of such Global Security or portion thereof to be so exchanged, shall be registered in such names and be in such authorized denominations as the Depository shall designate and shall bear the applicable legends provided for herein. Any Global Security to be exchanged in whole shall be surrendered by the Depository to the Trustee, as Registrar. With regard to any Global Security to be exchanged in part, either such Global Security shall be so surrendered for exchange or, if the Registrar is acting as custodian for the Depository or its nominee with respect to such Global Security, the principal amount thereof shall be reduced by an amount equal to the portion thereof to be so exchanged, by means of an appropriate adjustment made on the records of the Trustee. Upon any such surrender or adjustment, the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver the Security issuable on such exchange to or upon the order of the Depository or an authorized representative thereof.

(iv) The registered Holder may grant proxies and otherwise authorize any Person, including participants in the Depository and persons that may hold interests through participants in the Depository, to take any action which a Holder is entitled to take under this Indenture or the Securities.

(v) In the event of the occurrence of any of the events specified in 2.14(b)(i), the Company will promptly make available to the Trustee a reasonable supply of Certificated Securities in definitive, fully registered form, without interest coupons. If (A) an event described in (A)Section 2.14(b)(i)(A) or (B) occurs and definitive Certificated Securities are not issued promptly to all beneficial owners or (B) the Registrar receives from a beneficial owner instructions to obtain definitive Certificated Securities due to an event described in Section 2.14(b)(i)(C) and definitive Certificated Securities are not issued promptly to any such beneficial owner, the Company expressly acknowledges, with respect to the right of any Holder to pursue a remedy pursuant to Section 6.07 hereof, the right of any beneficial owner of Securities to pursue such remedy with respect to the portion of the Global Security that represents such beneficial owner’s Securities as if such definitive certificated Securities had been issued.

 

15


(vi) Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary in this Indenture, so long as a Global Security remains outstanding and is held by or on behalf of the Depository, transfers of a Global Security, in whole or in part, or of any beneficial interest therein, shall only be made in accordance with Section 2.07, this Section 2.14(b) and the rules and procedures of the Depository for such Global Security to the extent applicable to such transaction and as in effect from time to time.

(c) Any Global Security issued hereunder shall bear a legend in substantially the following form:

“This Security is a Global Security within the meaning of the Indenture hereinafter referred to and is registered in the name of the Depository or a nominee of the Depository. This Security is exchangeable for Securities registered in the name of a person other than the Depository or its nominee only in the limited circumstances described in the Indenture, and may not be transferred except as a whole by the Depository to a nominee of the Depository, by a nominee of the Depository to the Depository or another nominee of the Depository or by the Depository or any such nominee to a successor Depository or a nominee of such a successor Depository.”

(d) The Depository, as a Holder, may appoint agents and otherwise authorize participants to give or take any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action which a Holder is entitled to give or take under the Indenture.

(e) Notwithstanding the other provisions of this Indenture, unless otherwise specified as contemplated by Section 2.02, payment of the principal of and interest, if any, on any Global Security shall be made to the Holder thereof at their registered office.

(f) At all times the Securities are held in book-entry form with a Depository, (i) the Trustee may deal with such Depository as the authorized representative of the Holders, (ii) the rights of the Holders shall be exercised only through the Depository and shall be limited to those established by law and agreement between the Holders and the Depository and/or direct participants of the Depository, (iii) the Depository will make book-entry transfers among the direct participants of the Depository and will receive and transmit distributions of principal and interest on the Securities to such direct participants; and (iv) the direct participants of the Depository shall have no rights under this Indenture, or any supplement hereto, under or with respect to any of the Securities held on their behalf by the Depository, and the Depository may be treated by the Trustee and its agents, employees, officers and directors as the absolute owner of the Securities for all purposes whatsoever.

Section 2.15. CUSIP Numbers . The Company in issuing the Securities may use “CUSIP,” “CCN,” “ISIN” or other identification numbers (if then generally in use), and, if so, the Trustee shall use “CUSIP,” “CCN,” “ISIN” or such other identification numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders; provided that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness of such numbers either as printed on the Securities or as contained in any notice of a redemption and that reliance may be placed only on the other elements of identification printed on the Securities, and any such

 

16


redemption shall not be affected by any defect in or omission of such numbers. The Company shall promptly notify the Trustee in writing of any change in “CUSIP,” “CCN” or “ISIN” numbers.

ARTICLE 3

R EDEMPTION

Section 3.01. Notice to Trustee . The Company may, with respect to any series of Securities, reserve the right to redeem and pay the Series of Securities or may covenant to redeem and pay the Series of Securities or any part thereof prior to the Stated Maturity thereof at such time and on such terms as provided for in such Securities. If a Series of Securities is redeemable and the Company wants or is obligated to redeem prior to the Stated Maturity thereof all or part of the Series of Securities pursuant to the terms of such Securities, it shall notify the Trustee and Registrar in writing of the redemption date and the principal amount of Series of Securities to be redeemed. The Company shall give the notice at least five calendar days before the redemption notice required by Section 3.03 shall be sent (or such shorter notice as may be acceptable to the Trustee and Registrar).

Section 3.02. Selection of Securities to be Redeemed . Unless otherwise indicated for a particular Series by a Board Resolution, a supplemental indenture or an Officers’ Certificate, if less than all the Securities of a Series are to be redeemed, the Registrar shall select the Securities of the Series to be redeemed in accordance with the Depository’s customary procedures. The Registrar shall make the selection from Securities of the Series outstanding not previously called for redemption. The Registrar may select for redemption portions of the principal of Securities of the Series that have denominations larger than $25. Securities of the Series and portions of them it selects shall be in amounts of $25 or whole multiples of $25 or, with respect to Securities of any Series issuable in other denominations pursuant to Section 2.02(g), the minimum principal denomination for each Series and integral multiples thereof. Provisions of this Indenture that apply to Securities of a Series called for redemption also apply to portions of Securities of that Series called for redemption.

Section 3.03. Notice of Redemption . Unless otherwise indicated for a particular Series by Board Resolution, a supplemental indenture hereto or an Officers’ Certificate, at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before a redemption date, the Company shall mail a notice of redemption by first-class mail to each Holder whose Securities are to be redeemed.

The notice shall identify the Securities of the Series to be redeemed and shall state:

(a) the redemption date;

(b) the redemption price;

(c) the name and address of the Paying Agent;

 

17


(d) that Securities of the Series called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect the redemption price;

(e) that interest on Securities of the Series called for redemption ceases to accrue on and after the redemption date;

(f) the “CUSIP,” “CCN” or “ISIN” number of the Securities to be redeemed; and

(g) any other information as may be required by the terms of the particular Series or the Securities of a Series being redeemed.

At the Company’s written request, the Trustee shall distribute the notice of redemption prepared by the Company in the Company’s name and at its expense.

Section 3.04. Effect of Notice of Redemption . Once notice of redemption is mailed or published as provided in Section 3.03, Securities of a Series called for redemption become due and payable on the redemption date and at the redemption price. A notice of redemption may not be conditional. Upon surrender to the Paying Agent, such Securities shall be paid at the redemption price plus accrued interest to the redemption date.

Section 3.05. Deposit of Redemption Price. On or before 10:00 a.m. New York City time on the redemption date, the Company shall deposit with the Paying Agent money sufficient to pay the redemption price of and accrued interest, if any, on all Securities to be redeemed on that date.

Section 3.06. Securities Redeemed in Part . Upon surrender of a Security that is redeemed in part, the Trustee shall authenticate for the Holder a new Security of the same Series and the same maturity equal in principal amount to the unredeemed portion of the Security surrendered.

ARTICLE 4

COVENANTS

Section 4.01. Payment of Principal and Interest . The Company covenants and agrees for the benefit of the Holders of each Series of Securities that it will duly and punctually pay the principal of and interest, if any, on the Securities of that Series in accordance with the terms of such Securities and this Indenture.

Unless otherwise provided under the terms of a particular Series of Securities:

(a) an installment of principal or interest shall be considered paid on the date it is due if the Paying Agent (other than the Company) holds by 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on that date money, deposited by the Company or an Affiliate thereof, sufficient to pay such installment. The Company shall (in immediately available funds), to the fullest extent permitted by law, pay interest on overdue principal and overdue installments of interest at the rate borne by the Securities per annum; and

 

18


(b) payment of the principal of and interest on the Securities shall be made at the office or agency of the Company maintained for that purpose in New York City (which shall initially be                     , the Paying Agent) in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts; provided, however, that at the option of the Company payment of interest may be made by check mailed to the address of the Person entitled thereto as such address appears in the register; provided, further, that a Holder with an aggregate principal amount in excess of $1,000,000 will be paid by wire transfer in immediately available funds at the election of such Holder if such Holder has provided wire transfer instructions to the Company at least 15 days prior to the payment date.

Section 4.02. SEC Reports . So long as any Securities are outstanding, the Company shall (i) file with the SEC within the time periods prescribed by its rules and regulations and (ii) furnish to the Trustee and the Holders of the Securities within 15 days after the date on which the Company would be required to file the same with the SEC pursuant to its rules and regulations (giving effect to any grace period provided by Rule 12b-25 under the Exchange Act), all financial information required to be furnished or filed with the SEC pursuant to Section 13 and Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act and, with respect to the annual consolidated financial statements only, a report thereon by the Company’s independent auditors. The Company also shall comply with the other provisions of TIA Section 314(a).

Delivery of such reports, information and documents to the Trustee is for informational purposes only, and the Trustee’s receipt of such shall not constitute constructive notice of any information contained therein or determinable from information contained therein, including the Company’s compliance with any of its covenants hereunder (as to which the Trustee is entitled to rely exclusively on Officers’ Certificates). The Company shall not be required to file any report or other information with the SEC if the SEC does not require or permit such filing. Documents filed by the Company with the SEC via the SEC’s EDGAR system (or any successor thereto) will be deemed furnished to the Trustee and the Holders of the Securities as of the time such documents are filed via EDGAR (or such successor), provided , that the Trustee shall have no obligation to determine whether such information, documents or reports have been filed via EDGAR (or such successor).

Section 4.03. Compliance Certificate . The Company shall deliver to the Trustee, within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company, an Officers’ Certificate stating that a review of the activities of the Company and its Subsidiaries during the preceding fiscal year has been made under the supervision of the signing Officers with a view to determining whether the Company has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled its obligations under this Indenture, and further stating, as to each such Officer signing such certificate, that to the best of his knowledge the Company has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled each and every covenant contained in this Indenture and is not in default in the performance or observance of any of the terms, provisions and conditions of the Indenture (or, if a Default or Event of Default shall have occurred, describing all such Defaults or Events of Default of which he may have knowledge in reasonable detail and the efforts to remedy the same).

 

19


The Company shall deliver to the Trustee, within 30 days after the occurrence thereof, written notice in the form of an Officers’ Certificate of any Event of Default described in Section 6.01(e), (f), (g) or (h) and any event of which it becomes aware that with the giving of notice or the lapse of time would become such an Event of Default, its status and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto. For the avoidance of doubt, a breach of a covenant under an Instrument that is not a payment default and that has not given rise to a right of acceleration under such Instrument shall not trigger the requirement to provide notice under this paragraph.

Section 4.04. Stay, Extension and Usury Laws . The Company covenants (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) that it will not at any time insist upon, plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay, extension or usury law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, which may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture or the Securities; and the Company (to the extent it may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law and covenants that it will not, by resort to any such law, hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but will suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law has been enacted.

Section 4.05. Corporate Existence . Subject to Article 5, the Company will do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect its corporate existence and the corporate, partnership or other existence of each Significant Subsidiary in accordance with the respective organizational documents of each Significant Subsidiary and the rights (charter and statutory), licenses and franchises of the Company and its Significant Subsidiaries; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to preserve any such right, license or franchise, or the corporate, partnership or other existence of any Significant Subsidiary, if the Board of Directors shall determine that the preservation thereof is no longer desirable in the conduct of the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole and that the loss thereof is not adverse in any material respect to the Holders.

Section 4.06. Taxes . The Company shall, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to, pay prior to delinquency all taxes, assessments and governmental levies, except as contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings.

Section 4.07. Additional Interest Notice . In the event that the Company is required to pay additional interest to Holders of Securities pursuant to Section 6.02(b) hereof, the Company shall provide a direction or order in the form of a written notice to the Trustee (and if the Trustee is not the Paying Agent, the Paying Agent) of the Company’s obligation to pay such additional interest no later than 10 Business Days prior to date on which any such additional interest is scheduled to be paid. Such notice shall set forth the amount of additional interest to be paid by the Company on such payment date and direct the Trustee (or, if the Trustee is not the Paying Agent, the Paying Agent) to make payment to the extent it receives funds from the Company to do so. The Trustee shall not at any time be under any duty or responsibility to any Holder to determine whether additional interest is payable, or with respect to the nature, extent, or calculation of the amount of additional interest owed, or with respect to the method employed in such calculation of additional interest.

 

20


Section 4.08. Further Instruments and Acts . The Company will execute and deliver such further instruments and do such further acts as may be reasonably necessary or proper to carry out more effectively the purposes of this Indenture.

Section 4.09. Calculation of Original Issue Discount . The Company shall file with the Trustee promptly at the end of each calendar year (i) a written notice specifying the amount of original issue discount (including daily rates and accrual periods) accrued on outstanding Securities as of the end of such year and (ii) such other specific information relating to such original issue discount as may then be relevant under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.

ARTICLE 5

S UCCESSORS

Section 5.01. When Company May Merge, Etc . The Company shall not consolidate with, enter into a binding share exchange, or merge into any other Person in a transaction in which it is not the surviving entity, or sell, assign, convey, transfer or lease or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties and assets to any Person (a “ successor person ”), unless:

(a) the successor person (if any) is a corporation, partnership, trust or other entity organized and validly existing under the laws of the Marshall Islands, the United States, any state of the United States or the District of Columbia and expressly assumes by a supplemental indenture executed and delivered to the Trustee, in form satisfactory to the Trustee, the due and punctual payment of the principal of, and any interest on, all Securities and the performance or observance of every covenant of this Indenture on the part of the Company to be performed or observed;

(b) immediately after giving effect to the transaction, no Default or Event of Default, shall have occurred and be continuing; and

(c) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee, prior to the consummation of the proposed transaction, an Officers’ Certificate to the foregoing effect and an Opinion of Counsel stating that the proposed transaction and such supplemental indenture comply with this Indenture.

Section 5.02. Successor Corporation Substituted . Upon any consolidation or merger, or any sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company in accordance with Section 5.01, the successor person formed by such consolidation or into or with which the Company is merged or to which such sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition is made shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, the Company under this Indenture with the same effect as if such successor person has been named as the Company herein; provided, however, that the predecessor company in the case of a sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company shall not be released from the obligation to pay the principal of and interest, if any, on the Securities.

 

21


ARTICLE 6

D EFAULTS AND R EMEDIES

Section 6.01. Events of Default . “ Event of Default ,” wherever used herein with respect to securities of any Series, means any one of the following events, unless in the establishing Board Resolution, supplemental indenture or Officers’ Certificate, it is provided that such Series shall not have the benefit of said Event of Default:

(a) default in the payment of any interest on any Security of that Series when it becomes due and payable, and continuance of such default for a period of 30 days (unless the entire amount of such payment is deposited by the Company with the Trustee or with a Paying Agent prior to the expiration of such period of 30 days); or

(b) default in the payment of any principal of any Security of that Series at its Maturity; or

(c) default in the deposit of any sinking fund payment, when and as due in respect of any Security of that Series; or

(d) the Company fails to perform or comply with any of its other covenants or agreements contained in the Securities or in this Indenture (other than a covenant or agreement a default in whose performance or whose breach is specifically dealt with in clauses (a), (b) or (c) of this Section 6.01) and the default continues for 60 days after notice is given as specified below;

(e) any indebtedness under any bond, debenture, note or other evidence of indebtedness for money borrowed by the Company or any Subsidiary or under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there may be issued or by which there may be secured or evidenced any indebtedness for money borrowed by, or any other payment obligation of, the Company or any Subsidiary (an “Instrument”) with a principal amount then, individually or in the aggregate, outstanding in excess of $25.0 million, whether such indebtedness now exists or shall hereafter be created, is not paid at Maturity or when otherwise due or is accelerated, and such indebtedness is not discharged, or such default in payment or acceleration is not cured, rescinded or waived within the applicable grace period, within a period of 30 days after there shall have been given, by registered or certified mail, to the Company by the Trustee or to the Company and the Trustee by the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Securities of that Series a written notice specifying such default and requiring the Company to cause such indebtedness to be discharged or cause such default to be cured or waived or such acceleration to be rescinded or annulled and stating that such notice is a “Notice of Default” hereunder. A payment obligation (other than indebtedness under any bond, debenture, note or other evidence of indebtedness for money borrowed by the Company or any Subsidiary or under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there may be issued or by which there may be secured or evidenced any indebtedness for money

 

22


borrowed by the Company or any Subsidiary) shall not be deemed to have matured, come due, or been accelerated to the extent that it is being disputed by the relevant obligor or obligors in good faith. For the avoidance of doubt, the Maturity of an Instrument is the Maturity as set forth in that Instrument, as it may be amended from time to time in accordance with the terms of that Instrument;

(f) the Company or any Subsidiary fails to pay one or more final and non-appealable judgments entered by a court or courts of competent jurisdiction, the aggregate uninsured or unbonded portion of which is in excess of $25.0 million, if the judgments are not paid, discharged, waived or stayed within 90 days;

(g) the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company, pursuant to or within the meaning of any Bankruptcy Law:

(i) commences a voluntary case or proceeding;

(ii) consents to the entry of an order for relief against it in an involuntary case or proceeding;

(iii) consents to the appointment of a Custodian of it or for all or substantially all of its property; or

(iv) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors; or

(v) or generally is unable to pay its debts as the same become due; or

(h) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that:

(i) is for relief against the Company or any of its Subsidiaries in an involuntary case or proceeding;

(ii) appoints a Custodian of the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries for all or substantially all of the property of the Company or any such Significant Subsidiary; or

(iii) orders the liquidation of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries;

and the case of each of clause (ii), (iii) and (iv), the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 consecutive days; or

(iv) any other Event of Default provided with respect to Securities of that Series, which is specified in a Board Resolution, a supplemental indenture hereto or an Officers’ Certificate, in accordance with Section 2.02(i).

A default under clause (d) above is not an Event of Default until the Trustee notifies the Company, or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Securities then outstanding notify the Company and the Trustee, in writing of the default,

 

23


and the Company does not cure the default within 60 days after receipt of such notice. The notice given pursuant to this Section 6.01 must specify the default, demand that it be remedied and state that the notice is a “Notice of Default.” When any default under this Section 6.01 is cured, it ceases.

The Trustee shall not be charged with knowledge of any Event of Default unless written notice thereof shall have been given to a Responsible Officer at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee by the Company, a Paying Agent, any Holder or any agent of any Holder.

Section 6.02. Acceleration of Maturity; Rescission and Annulment . (a) If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default specified in clause (g) or (h) of Section 6.01) occurs and is continuing with respect to any Securities of any Series, then in every such case, the Trustee may, by notice to the Company, or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Securities of that Series (or, if any Securities of that Series are Discount Securities, such portion of the principal amount as may be specified in the terms of such Securities) then outstanding may, by notice to the Company and the Trustee, declare all unpaid principal of, and accrued and unpaid interest on to the date of acceleration, the Securities of that Series then outstanding (if not then due and payable) to be due and payable upon any such declaration, and the same shall become and be immediately due and payable. If an Event of Default specified in clause (g) or (h) of Section 6.01 occurs, all unpaid principal of the Securities then outstanding, and all accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the date of acceleration, shall ipso facto become and be immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holder. The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Securities of that Series then outstanding by notice to the Trustee may rescind an acceleration of such Securities of that Series and its consequences if (a) all existing Events of Default, other than the nonpayment of the principal of the Securities which has become due solely by such declaration of acceleration, have been cured or waived; (b) to the extent the payment of such interest is lawful, interest (calculated at the Default Rate) on overdue installments of interest and overdue principal, which has become due otherwise than by such declaration of acceleration, has been paid; (c) the rescission would not conflict with any judgment or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction; and (d) all payments due to the Trustee and any predecessor Trustee under Section 7.07 have been made. No such rescission shall affect any subsequent default or impair any right consequent thereto.

(b) Notwithstanding any of provision of this Article 6, at the election of the Company in its sole discretion, the sole remedy under this Indenture for an Event of Default relating to the failure to comply with Section 4.02, and for any failure to comply with the requirements of Section 314(a)(1) of the TIA, will consist, for the 180 days after the occurrence of such an Event of Default, exclusively of the right to receive additional interest on the Securities at a rate equal to 0.50% per annum of the aggregate principal amount of the Securities then outstanding up to, but not including, the 181st day thereafter (or, if applicable, the earlier date on which the Event of Default relating to Section 4.02 is cured or waived). Any such additional interest will be payable in the same manner and on the same dates as the stated interest payable on the Securities. In no

 

24


event shall additional interest accrue under the terms of this Indenture at a rate in excess of 0.50% per annum, in the aggregate, for any violation or default caused by the failure of the Company to be current in respect of its Exchange Act reporting obligations. If the Event of Default is continuing on the 181st day after an Event of Default relating to a failure to comply with Section 4.02, the Securities will be subject to acceleration as provided in this Section 6.02. The provisions of this Section 6.02(b) will not affect the rights of Holders in the event of the occurrence of any other Events of Default.

In order to elect to pay additional interest as the sole remedy during the first 180 days after the occurrence of an Event of Default relating to the failure to comply with Section 4.02 in accordance with the immediately preceding paragraph, the Company shall notify in writing all Holders and the Trustee and Paying Agent of such election on or before the close of business on the fifth Business Day after the date on which such Event of Default otherwise would occur. Upon a failure by the Company to timely give such notice or pay additional interest, the Securities will be immediately subject to acceleration as otherwise provided in this Section 6.02.

Section 6.03. Collection of Indebtedness and Suits for Enforcement by Trustee . If an Event of Default with respect to any Securities of any Series occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may in its discretion proceed to protect and enforce its rights and the rights of the Holders of Securities of such Series by such appropriate judicial proceedings as the Trustee shall deem most effectual to protect and enforce any such rights, whether for the specific enforcement of any covenant or agreement in this Indenture or in aid of the exercise of any power granted herein, or to enforce any other proper remedy.

If an Event of Default in the payment of principal, interest, if any, specified in clause (a) or (b) of Section 6.01 occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against the Company or another obligor on the Securities for the whole amount of principal, and accrued interest remaining unpaid, if any, together with, to the extent that payment of such interest is lawful, interest on overdue principal, on overdue installments of interest, if any, in each case at the Default Rate, and such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel.

Section 6.04. Trustee May File Proofs of Claim . In case of the pendency of any receivership, insolvency, liquidation, bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, composition or other judicial proceeding relative to the Company or any other obligor upon the Securities or the property of the Company or of such other obligor or their creditors, the Trustee (irrespective of whether the principal of the Securities shall then be due and payable as therein expressed or by declaration or otherwise and irrespective of whether the Trustee shall have made any demand on the Company for the payment of overdue principal or interest) shall be entitled and empowered, by intervention in such proceeding or otherwise,

 

25


(a) to file and prove a claim for the whole amount of principal and interest owing and unpaid in respect of the Securities and to file such other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel) and of the Holders allowed in such judicial proceeding, and

(b) to collect and receive any moneys or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the same, and any custodian, receiver, assignee, trustee, liquidator, sequestrator or other similar official in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make such payments to the Trustee and, in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due it for the compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07.

Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Securities or the rights of any Holder thereof or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding.

Section 6.05. Trustee May Enforce Claims Without Possession of Securities . All rights of action and claims under this Indenture or the Securities may be prosecuted and enforced by the Trustee without the possession of any of the Securities or the production thereof in any proceeding relating thereto, and any such proceeding instituted by the Trustee shall be brought in its own name as trustee of an express trust, and any recovery of judgment shall, after provision for the payment of the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, be for the ratable benefit of the Holders of the Securities in respect of which such judgment has been recovered.

Section 6.06. Application of Money Collected . Any money collected by the Trustee pursuant to this Article shall be applied in the following order, at the date or dates fixed by the Trustee and, in case of the distribution of such money on account of principal or interest, upon presentation of the Securities and the notation thereon of the payment if only partially paid and upon surrender thereof if fully paid: and

First: To the payment of all amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07;

Second: To the payment of the amounts then due and unpaid for principal of and interest on the Securities in respect of which or for the benefit of which such money has been collected, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on such Securities for principal and interest, respectively; and

Third: To the Company.

 

26


Section 6.07. Limitation on Suits . No Holder of any Security of any Series shall have any right to institute any proceeding, judicial or otherwise, with respect to this Indenture, or for the appointment of a receiver or trustee, or for any other remedy hereunder, unless:

(a) such Holder has previously given written notice to the Trustee of a continuing Event of Default with respect to the Securities of that Series;

(b) the Holders of not less than 25% in principal amount of the outstanding Securities of that Series shall have made written request to the Trustee to institute proceedings in respect of such Event of Default in its own name as Trustee hereunder;

(c) such Holder or Holders have offered to the Trustee indemnity satisfactory to it against the costs, expenses and liabilities to be incurred in compliance with such request;

(d) the Trustee for 60 days after its receipt of such notice, request and offer of indemnity has failed to institute any such proceeding; and

(e) no direction inconsistent with such written request has been given to the Trustee during such 60-day period by the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Securities of that Series; it being understood and intended that no one or more of such Holders shall have any right in any manner whatever by virtue of, or by availing of, any provision of this Indenture to affect, disturb or prejudice the rights of any other of such Holders (it being understood that the Trustee does not have an affirmative duty to ascertain whether such actions or forbearances are unduly prejudicial to such Holders), or to obtain or to seek to obtain priority or preference over any other of such Holders or to enforce any right under this Indenture, except in the manner herein provided and for the equal and ratable benefit of all such Holders.

Section 6.08. Unconditional Right of Holders to Receive Principal and Interest . Notwithstanding any other provision in this Indenture, the Holder of any Security shall have the right, which is absolute and unconditional, to receive payment of the principal of and interest, if any, on such Security on the Stated Maturity or Stated Maturities expressed in such Security (or, in the case of redemption, on the redemption date) and to institute suit for the enforcement of any such payment, and such rights shall not be impaired without the consent of such Holder.

Section 6.09. Restoration of Rights and Remedies . If the Trustee or any Holder has instituted any proceeding to enforce any right or remedy under this Indenture and such proceeding has been discontinued or abandoned for any reason, or has been determined adversely to the Trustee or to such Holder, then and in every such case, subject to any determination in such proceeding, the Company, the Trustee and the Holders shall be restored severally and respectively to their former positions hereunder and thereafter all rights and remedies of the Trustee and the Holders shall continue as though no such proceeding had been instituted.

 

27


Section 6.10. Rights and Remedies Cumulative . Except as otherwise provided with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Securities in Section 2.08, no right or remedy herein conferred upon or reserved to the Trustee or to the Holders is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every right and remedy shall, to the extent permitted by law, be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other appropriate right or remedy.

Section 6.11. Delay or Omission Not Waiver . No delay or omission of the Trustee or of any Holder of any Securities to exercise any right or remedy accruing upon any Event of Default shall impair any such right or remedy or constitute a waiver of any such Event of Default or an acquiescence therein. Every right and remedy given by this Article or by law to the Trustee or to the Holders may be exercised from time to time, and as often as may be deemed expedient, by the Trustee or by the Holders, as the case may be.

Section 6.12. Control by Holders . The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Securities of any Series shall have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee, or exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee, with respect to the Securities of such Series, provided that

(a) such direction shall not be in conflict with any rule of law or with this Indenture,

(b) the Trustee may take any other action deemed proper by the Trustee which is not inconsistent with such direction; and

(c) subject to the provisions of Section 6.01, the Trustee shall have the right to decline to follow any such direction if the Trustee in good faith shall, by a Responsible Officer of the Trustee, determine that the proceeding so directed would involve the Trustee in personal liability or would be unduly prejudicial to the rights of another Holder or the Trustee.

Section 6.13. Waiver of Past Defaults . Subject to Section 9.02, the Holders of not less than a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Securities of any Series may on behalf of the Holders of all the Securities of such Series waive any past Default hereunder with respect to such Series and its consequences, except a Default in the payment of the principal of or interest on any Security of such Series (provided, however, that the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Securities of any Series may rescind an acceleration and its consequences, including any related payment default that resulted from such acceleration). Upon any such waiver, such Default shall cease to exist, and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured, for every purpose of this Indenture; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or impair any right consequent thereon.

 

28


Section 6.14. Undertaking for Costs . All parties to this Indenture agree, and each Holder of any Security by his acceptance thereof shall be deemed to have agreed, that any court may in its discretion require, in any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture, or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken, suffered or omitted by it as Trustee, the filing by any party litigant in such suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of such suit, and that such court may in its discretion assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, against any party litigant in such suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by such party litigant; but the provisions of this Section shall not apply to any suit instituted by the Company, to any suit instituted by the Trustee, to any suit instituted by any Holder, or group of Holders, holding in the aggregate more than 25% in principal amount of the outstanding Securities of any Series, or to any suit instituted by any Holder for the enforcement of the payment of the principal of or interest on any Security on or after the Stated Maturity or Stated Maturities expressed in such Security (or, in the case of redemption, on the redemption date).

ARTICLE 7

TRUSTEE

Section 7.01. Duties of Trustee . (a) If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall exercise the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture and use the same degree of care and skill in their exercise as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of his own affairs.

(b) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default:

(i) The Trustee need perform only those duties that are specifically set forth in this Indenture and no implied duties, covenants or obligations shall be deemed to be imposed upon the Trustee.

(ii) in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon Officers’ Certificates or Opinions of Counsel furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture; however, in the case of any such Officers’ Certificates or Opinions of Counsel which by any provisions hereof are specifically required to be furnished to the Trustee, the Trustee shall examine such Officers’ Certificates and Opinions of Counsel to determine whether or not they conform on their face to the requirements of this Indenture (but need not confirm or investigate the accuracy of mathematical calculations or facts stated therein).

(c) The Trustee may not be relieved from liability for its own its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act or willful misconduct, except that:

(i) This paragraph does not limit the effect of paragraph (b) of Section 7.01 herein.

 

29


(ii) The Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer.

(iii) The Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action taken, suffered or omitted to be taken by it with respect to Securities of any Series in good faith in accordance with the direction of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Securities of such Series relating to the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee, or exercising any trust or power conferred upon the Trustee, under this Indenture with respect to the Securities of such Series.

(d) Every provision of this Indenture that in any way relates to the Trustee is subject to paragraph (a), (b) and (c) of this Section.

(e) The Trustee may refuse to perform any duty or exercise any right or power unless it receives an indemnity satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense.

(f) The Trustee shall not be liable for interest on any money received by it except as the Trustee may agree in writing with the Company. Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

(g) No provision of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to risk or expend its own funds or otherwise incur liability, financial or otherwise, in the performance of any of its duties, or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers, if it shall have reasonable grounds for believing that repayment of such funds or indemnity satisfactory to it against such risk is not reasonably assured to it.

(h) The Paying Agent, the Registrar and any authenticating agent shall be entitled to the same rights, indemnities, protections and immunities afforded to the Trustee.

(i) The Trustee shall have no duty to monitor the performance or compliance of the Company with its obligations hereunder or any under supplement hereto, nor shall it have any liability in connection with the malfeasance or nonfeasance by the Company. The Trustee shall have no liability in connection with compliance by the Company with statutory or regulatory requirements related to this Indenture, any supplement or any Securities issued pursuant hereto or thereto.

Section 7.02. Rights of Trustee . (a) The Trustee may conclusively rely on and shall be fully protected in acting or refraining from acting as a result of its reasonable belief that any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, consent, order, direction, approval or other paper or document was genuine and had been signed or presented by the proper person. The Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in the document, but the Trustee, in its discretion, may make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it sees fit but shall incur no liability or additional liability by reason of such inquiry or investigation.

 

30


(b) Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require an Officers’ Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel or both. The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on such Officers’ Certificate or Opinion of Counsel.

(c) The Trustee may act through agents and shall not be responsible for the misconduct or negligence of, or for the supervision of, any agent appointed with due care. No Depository shall be deemed an agent of the Trustee and the Trustee shall not be responsible for any act or omission by any Depository.

(d) The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith which it believes to be authorized or within its rights or powers.

(e) The Trustee may consult with counsel of its selection and the advice of such counsel or any Opinion of Counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon.

(f) The Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by or pursuant to this Indenture at the request, order or direction of any of the Holders of Securities, unless such Holders shall have offered to the Trustee security or indemnity satisfactory to it against the costs, expenses and liabilities which might be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction.

(g) In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for special, indirect, punitive or consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever (including, but not limited to, loss of profit) irrespective of whether the Trustee has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of the form of action.

(h) The Trustee shall not be required to give any bond or surety in respect of the performance of its powers and duties hereunder.

(i) The Trustee may request that the Company deliver a certificate setting forth the names of individuals and/or titles of officers authorized at such time to take specified actions pursuant to this Indenture.

Section 7.03. Individual Rights of Trustee . The Trustee, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Securities and may otherwise deal with the Company or an Affiliate with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. Any Agent may do the same with like rights. The Trustee is also subject to Sections 7.10 and 7.11.

Section 7.04. Trustee’s Disclaimer . The Trustee makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture or the Securities and the recitals contained herein and in the Securities shall be taken as statements of the Company and not of the Trustee, and the Trustee has no responsibility for such recitals. The Trustee shall not be accountable for the Company’s use or application of the proceeds from the Securities or for monies paid over to the Company pursuant to this Indenture, and it shall not be responsible for any statement in the Securities other than its authentication.

 

31


Section 7.05. Notice of Defaults . If a Default or Event of Default occurs and is continuing with respect to the Securities of any Series and if a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has actual knowledge or receives written notice of such event, the Trustee shall mail to each Securityholder of the Securities of that Series, notice of a Default or Event of Default within 120 days after it occurs or, if later, after a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has actual knowledge of such Default or Event of Default. Except in the case of a Default or Event of Default in payment of principal of or interest on any Security of any Series, including any additional interest that may become payable pursuant to Section 6.02(b), the Trustee may withhold the notice so long as the Trustee in good faith determines that withholding the notice is in the interests of Securityholders of that Series.

Section 7.06. Reports by Trustee to Holders . Within 60 days after September 15 in each year, the Trustee shall transmit by mail to all Securityholders, as their names and addresses appear on the register kept by the Registrar, a brief report dated as of such September 15, in accordance with, and to the extent required under, TIA Section 313.

A copy of each report at the time of its mailing to Securityholders of any Series shall be filed with the SEC and each stock exchange on which the Securities of that Series are listed. The Company shall promptly notify the Trustee in writing when Securities of any Series are listed on any stock exchange, and of any delisting thereof.

Section 7.07. Compensation and Indemnity . The Company shall pay to the Trustee from time to time such compensation for its services as shall be agreed upon in writing. The Trustee’s compensation shall not be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust. The Company shall reimburse the Trustee upon request for all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses, disbursements and advances incurred by it. Such expenses shall include the reasonable compensation and expenses of the Trustee’s agents, counsel and other persons not regularly in its employ.

The Company shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless each of the Trustee and any predecessor Trustee and its officers, directors, employees, representatives and agents, from and against and reimburse the Trustee for any and all claims, expenses, obligations, liabilities, losses, damages, injuries (to person, property, or natural resources), penalties, stamp or other similar taxes, actions, suits, judgments, reasonable costs and expenses (including reasonable attorney’s and agent’s fees and expenses) of whatever kind or nature regardless of their merit, demanded, asserted or claimed against the Trustee directly or indirectly relating to, or arising from, claims (regardless of whether asserted by the Company, a Holder or any other Person) against the Trustee by reason of its participation in the transactions contemplated hereby, including without limitation all reasonable costs required to be associated with claims for damages to persons or property, and reasonable attorneys’ and consultants’ fees and expenses and court costs except to the extent caused by the Trustee’s negligence or willful misconduct. The provisions of this Section 7.07 shall survive the termination of this Agreement or the earlier resignation or removal of the Trustee. The Company shall defend any claim and

 

32


the Trustee shall cooperate in the defense. The Trustee may have separate counsel and the Company shall pay the reasonable fees and expenses of such counsel. The Company need not pay for any settlement made without its consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. This indemnification shall apply to officers, directors, employees, shareholders and agents of the Trustee.

The Company need not reimburse any expense or indemnify against any loss liability incurred by the Trustee or by any officer, director, employee, shareholder or agent of the Trustee through negligence or willful misconduct.

To secure the Company’s payment obligations in this Section, the Trustee shall have a lien prior to the Securities of any Series on all money or property held or collected by the Trustee, except that held in trust to pay principal and interest on particular Securities of that Series.

When the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services after an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(f) or (g) occurs, the expenses and the compensation for the services are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any Bankruptcy Law.

Section 7.08. Replacement of Trustee . A resignation or removal of the Trustee and appointment of a successor Trustee shall become effective only upon the successor Trustee’s acceptance of appointment as provided in this Section.

The Trustee may resign with respect to the Securities of one or more Series by so notifying the Company. The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Securities of any Series may remove the Trustee with respect to that Series by so notifying the Trustee and the Company. The Company may remove the Trustee with respect to Securities of one or more Series if:

(a) the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10;

(b) the Trustee is adjudged a bankrupt or an insolvent or an order for relief is entered with respect to the Trustee under any Bankruptcy Law;

(c) a Custodian or public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its property; or

(d) the Trustee becomes incapable of acting.

If the Trustee resigns or is removed or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee for any reason, the Company shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee. Within one year after the successor Trustee takes office, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Securities may appoint a successor Trustee to replace the successor Trustee appointed by the Company.

If a successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of any one or more Series does not take office within 30 days after the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee, the Company or the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Securities of the applicable Series may petition, at the expense of the Company, any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee.

 

33


A successor Trustee shall deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Company. Immediately after that, the retiring Trustee shall transfer all property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee subject to the lien provided for in Section 7.07, and subject to the payment of any and all amounts then due and owing to the retiring Trustee, the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective, and the successor Trustee shall have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee with respect to each Series of Securities for which it is acting as Trustee under this Indenture. A successor Trustee shall mail a notice of its succession to each Securityholder of each such Series. Notwithstanding replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section 7.08, the Company’s obligations under Section 7.07 hereof shall continue for the benefit of the retiring trustee with respect to expenses and liabilities incurred by it prior to such replacement.

Section 7.09. Successor Trustee by Merger, etc. If the Trustee consolidates with, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all of its corporate trust business to, another corporation, the successor corporation without any further act shall be the successor Trustee with the same effect as if the successor Trustee had been named as the Trustee herein.

Section 7.10. Eligibility; Disqualification. This Indenture shall always have a Trustee who satisfies the requirements of TIA Section 310(a)(1), (2) and (5). The Trustee shall always have a combined capital and surplus of at least $25,000,000 as set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition. The Trustee shall comply with TIA Section 310(b).

Section 7.11. Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company. The Trustee is subject to TIA Section 311(a), excluding any creditor relationship listed in TIA Section 311(b). A Trustee who has resigned or been removed shall be subject to TIA Section 311(a) to the extent indicated.

ARTICLE 8

S ATISFACTION AND D ISCHARGE ; D EFEASANCE

Section 8.01. Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture . This Indenture shall upon Company Order cease to be of further effect (except as hereinafter provided in this Section 8.01), and the Trustee, on the demand of and at the expense of the Company, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, when

(a) either

(i) all Securities theretofore authenticated and delivered (other than Securities that have been destroyed, lost or stolen and that have been replaced or paid) have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or

 

34


(ii) all such Securities not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation have become due and payable, or

(1) have become due and payable, or

(2) will become due and payable at their Stated Maturity within one year, or

(3) are to be called for redemption within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Company, or

(4) are deemed paid and discharged pursuant to Section 8.03, as applicable; and

(5) the Company, in the case of (1), (2) or (3) above, has deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee as trust funds in trust an amount sufficient for the purpose of paying and discharging the entire indebtedness on such Securities not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation, for principal and interest to the date of such deposit (in the case of Securities which have become due and payable on or prior to the date of such deposit) or to the Stated Maturity or redemption date, as the case may be;

(b) the Company has paid or caused to be paid all other sums payable hereunder by the Company; and

(c) the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each meeting the applicable requirements of Sections 10.04 and 10.05 and each stating that all conditions precedent herein relating to the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture have been complied with and the Trustee receives written demand from the Company to discharge.

Notwithstanding the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, the obligations of the Company to the Trustee under Section 7.07, and, if money shall have been deposited with the Trustee pursuant to clause (a) of this Section, the provisions of Sections 2.04, 2.07, 2.08, 8.01 8.02 and 8.05 shall survive.

Section 8.02. Application of Trust Funds; Indemnification . (a) Subject to the provisions of Section 8.05, all money deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 8.01, all money and U.S. Government Obligations or Foreign Government Obligations deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 8.03 or 8.04 and all money received by the Trustee in respect of U.S. Government Obligations or Foreign Government Obligations deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 8.03 or 8.04, shall be held in trust and applied by it, in accordance with the provisions of the Securities and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Company acting as

 

35


its own Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the persons entitled thereto, of the principal and interest for whose payment such money has been deposited with or received by the Trustee or to make mandatory sinking fund payments or analogous payments as contemplated by Sections 8.03 or 8.04.

(b) The Company shall pay and shall indemnify the Trustee and the Agents against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against U.S. Government Obligations or Foreign Government Obligations deposited pursuant to Sections 8.03 or 8.04. or the interest and principal received in respect of such obligations other than any payable by or on behalf of Holders.

(c) The Trustee shall, in accordance with the terms of this Indenture, deliver or pay to the Company from time to time, upon Company Request and at the expense of the Company any U.S. Government Obligations or Foreign Government Obligations or money held by it pursuant to this Indenture as provided in Sections 8.03 or 8.04 which, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent certified public accountants, expressed in a written certification thereof and delivered to the Trustee together with such Company Request, are then in excess of the amount thereof which then would have been required to be deposited for the purpose for which such U.S. Government Obligations or Foreign Government Obligations or money were deposited or received. This provision shall not authorize the sale by the Trustee of any U.S. Government Obligations or Foreign Government Obligations held under this Indenture.

Section 8.03. Legal Defeasance of Securities of any Series . Unless this Section 8.03 is otherwise specified, pursuant to Section 2.02(s), to be inapplicable to Securities of any Series, the Company shall be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire indebtedness on all the outstanding Securities of such Series on the date the conditions set forth in subparagraph (d) hereof are satisfied, and the provisions of this Indenture, as it relates to such outstanding Securities of such Series, shall no longer be in effect (and the Trustee, at the expense of the company, shall, at Company Request, execute proper instruments acknowledging the same), except as to:

(a) the rights of Holders of Securities of such Series to receive, from the trust funds described in subparagraph (d) hereof, (i) payment of the principal of and each installment of principal of and interest on the outstanding Securities of such Series on the Stated Maturity of such principal or installment of principal or interest and (ii) the benefit of any mandatory sinking fund payments applicable to the Securities of such Series on the day on which such payments are due and payable in accordance with the terms of this Indenture and the Securities of such Series;

(b) the provisions of Sections 2.04 2.07, 2.08, 2.14, 8.02, 8.03 and 8.05; and

(c) the rights, powers, trust and immunities of the Trustee hereunder; provided that, the following conditions shall have been satisfied:

(d) the Company shall have deposited or caused to be deposited irrevocably with the Paying Agent as trust funds in trust for the purpose of making the following

 

36


payments, specifically pledged as security for and dedicated solely to the benefit of the Holders of such Securities (i) in the case of Securities of such Series denominated in Dollars, cash in Dollars (or such other money or currencies as shall then be legal tender in the United States) and/or U.S. Government Obligations, or (ii) in the case of Securities of such Series denominated in a Foreign Currency (other than a composite currency), money and/or Foreign Government Obligations, which through the payment of interest and principal in respect thereof, in accordance with their terms, will provide (and without reinvestment and assuming no tax liability will be imposed on such Paying Agent), not later than 10 days before the due date of any payment of money, an amount in cash, sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee and the Paying Agent, to pay and discharge each installment of principal (including mandatory sinking fund or analogous payments) of and interest, if any, on all the Securities of such Series on the dates such installments of interest or principal are due;

(e) such deposit will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, this Indenture or any other agreement or instrument to which the Company is a party or by which it is bound;

(f) no Default or Event of Default with respect to the Securities of such Series shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit;

(g) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that (i) the Company has received from, or there has been published by, the Internal Revenue Service a ruling, or (ii) since the date of execution of this Indenture, there has been a change in the applicable Federal income tax law, in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel shall confirm that, the Holders of the Securities of such Series will not recognize income, gain or loss for Federal income tax purposes as a result of such deposit, defeasance and discharge and will be subject to Federal income tax on the same amount and in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such deposit, defeasance and discharge had not occurred;

(h) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that the deposit was not made by the Company with the intent of preferring the Holders of the Securities of such Series over any other creditors of the company or with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding any other creditors of the Company;

(i) such deposit shall not result in the trust arising from such deposit constituting an investment company (as defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended), or such trust shall be qualified under such Act or exempt from regulation thereunder; and

(j) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent provided for relating to the defeasance contemplated by this Section have been complied with.

 

37


Section 8.04. Covenant Defeasance. Unless this Section 8.04 is otherwise specified pursuant to Section 2.02(s) to be inapplicable to Securities of any Series, on and after the date on which the conditions set forth in subparagraph (a) hereof are satisfied, the Company may omit to comply with any term, provision or condition set forth under Sections 4.02, 4.03, 4.04, 4.05, 4.06, and 5.01 as well as any additional covenants contained in a supplemental indenture hereto for a particular Series of Securities or a Board Resolution or an Officers’ Certificate delivered pursuant to Section 2.02(s) (and the failure to comply with any such covenants shall not constitute a Default or Event of Default under Section 6.01) and the occurrence of any event described in clause (e) of Section 6.01 shall not constitute a Default or Event of Default hereunder, with respect to the Securities of such Series, provided that the following conditions shall have been satisfied:

(a) With reference to this Section 8.04, the Company has deposited or caused to be irrevocably deposited (except as provided in Section 8.02(c)) with the Paying Agent as trust funds in trust, specifically pledged as security for, and dedicated solely to, the benefit of the Holders of such Securities (i) in the case of Securities of such Series denominated in Dollars, cash in Dollars (or such other money or currencies as shall then be legal tender in the United States) and/or U.S. Government Obligations, or (ii) in the case of Securities of such Series denominated in a Foreign Currency (other than a composite currency), money and/or Foreign Government Obligations, which through the payment of interest and principal in respect thereof, in accordance with their terms, will provide (and without reinvestment and assuming no tax liability will be imposed on such Paying Agent), not later than 10 days before the due date of any payment of money, an amount in cash, sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent certified public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Paying Agent, to pay principal and interest, if any, on and any mandatory sinking fund in respect of the Securities of such Series on the dates such installments of interest or principal are due;

(b) Such deposit will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, this Indenture or any other agreement or instrument to which the Company is a party or by which it is bound;

(c) No Default or Event of Default with respect to the Securities of such Series shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit;

(d) the company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel confirming that Holders of the Securities of such Series will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such deposit and defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such deposit and defeasance had not occurred;

(e) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating the deposit was not made by the Company with the intent of preferring the Holders of the Securities of such Series over any other creditors of the Company or with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding any other creditors of the Company; and

 

38


(f) The Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent herein provided for relating to the defeasance contemplated by this Section have been complied with.

Section 8.05. Repayment to Company . The Paying Agent shall pay to the Company upon request any money held by them for the payment of principal and interest that remains unclaimed for two years. After that, Securityholders entitled to the money must look to the Company for payment as general creditors unless an applicable abandoned property law designates another person and all liability of the Paying Agent with respect to that money shall cease.

ARTICLE 9

A MENDMENTS AND W AIVERS

Section 9.01. Without Consent of Holders. The Company and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture or the Securities of one or more Series without the consent of any Securityholder:

(a) to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency;

(b) to comply with Article 5;

(c) to provide for uncertificated Securities in addition to or in place of certificated Securities;

(d) to make any change that does not adversely affect the rights of any Securityholder in any material respect;

(e) to provide for the issuance of and establish the form and terms and conditions of Securities of any Series as permitted by this Indenture;

(f) to evidence and provide for the acceptance of appointment hereunder by a successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of one or more Series and to add to or change any of the provisions of this Indenture as shall be necessary to provide for or facilitate the administration of the trusts hereunder by more than one Trustee;

(g) to comply with requirements of the TIA and any rules promulgated under the TIA; and

(h) to add to the covenants of the Company for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders or to surrender any right, power or option conferred upon the Company.

Any amendment or supplement made solely to conform the provisions of this Indenture or the Securities of any Series to the description thereof contained in the final prospectus relating to such Series will be deemed not to adversely affect the rights of any Holder.

 

39


Section 9.02. With Consent of Holders. The Company and the Trustee may enter into a supplemental indenture with the written consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Securities of all Series affected by such supplemental indenture, taken together as one class (including consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for the Securities of such Series), for the purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of this Indenture or of any supplemental indenture or of modifying in any manner the rights of the Securityholders of each such Series. Except as provided in Section 6.13, the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Securities of all Series affected by such waiver by notice to the Trustee, taken together as one class (including consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for the Securities of such Series) may waive compliance by the Company with any provision of this Indenture or the Securities with respect to such Series.

It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Holders of Securities under this Section 9.02 to approve the particular form of any proposed supplemental indenture or waiver, but it shall be sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof. After a supplemental indenture or waiver under this section becomes effective, the Company shall mail to the Holders of Securities affected thereby a notice briefly describing the supplemental indenture or waiver. Any failure by the Company to mail or publish such notice, or any defect therein, shall not, however, in any way impair or affect the validity of any such supplemental indenture or waiver.

Section 9.03. Limitations . Without the consent of each Securityholder affected, an amendment or waiver may not:

(a) change the amount of Securities whose Holders must consent to an amendment, supplement or waiver, except to increase any such amount or to provide that certain provisions of this Indenture cannot be modified, amended or waived without the consent of the Holder of each outstanding Security affected thereby;

(b) reduce the amount of interest, or change the interest payment time, on any Security;

(c) waive a redemption payment or alter the redemption provisions (other than any alteration that would not materially adversely affect the legal rights of any Holder under this Indenture) or the price at which the Company is required to offer to purchase the Securities;

(d) reduce the principal or change the Stated Maturity of any Security or reduce the amount of, or postpone the date fixed for, the payment of any sinking fund or analogous obligation;

(e) reduce the principal amount payable of any Security upon Maturity;

 

40


(f) waive a Default or Event of Default in the payment of the principal of or interest, if any, on any Security (except a rescission of acceleration of the Securities of any Series by the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Securities of such Series and a waiver of the payment default that resulted from such acceleration);

(g) change the place or currency of payment of principal of or interest, if any, on any Security other than that stated in the Security;

(h) impair the right of any Holder to receive payment of principal or, or interest on, the Securities of such Holder on or after the due dates therefor;

(i) impair the right to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on, or with respect to, any Security;

(j) make any change in Sections 10.15 or 10.16;

(k) change the ranking of the Securities; or

(l) make any modification to this Section 9.03 that would adversely affect such Securityholder.

Section 9.04. Compliance with Trust Indenture Act. Every amendment to this Indenture or the Securities of one or more Series shall be set forth in a supplemental indenture hereto that complies with the TIA as then in effect.

Section 9.05. Revocation and Effect of Consents. Until an amendment or waiver becomes effective, a consent to it by a Holder of a Security is a continuing consent by the Holder and every subsequent Holder of a Security or portion of a Security that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Security, even if notation of the consent is not made on any Security. However, any such Holder or subsequent Holder may revoke the consent as to his Security or portion of a Security if the Trustee receives the notice of revocation before the date the amendment or waiver becomes effective.

Any amendment or waiver once effective shall bind every Securityholder of each Series affected by such amendment or waiver unless it is of the type described in any of clauses (a) through (g) of Section 9.03 in that case, the amendment or waiver shall bind each Holder of a Security who has consented to it and every subsequent Holder of a Security or portion of a Security that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Security.

Section 9.06. Notation on or Exchange of Securities . If an amendment, supplement or waiver changes the terms of a Security, the Trustee may require the Holder of the Security to deliver it to the Trustee and the Trustee may place an appropriate notation on the Security about the changed terms and return it to the Holder. Alternatively, if the Company or the Trustee so determines, the Company shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate upon request new Securities of that Series that reflect the changed terms.

 

41


Section 9.07. Trustee Protected. In executing, or accepting the additional trusts created by, any supplemental indenture permitted by this Article or the modifications thereby of the trusts created by this Indenture, the Trustee shall be entitled to receive, and (subject to Section 7.01) shall be fully protected in relying upon, an Opinion of Counsel or an Officer’s Certificate, or both stating that the execution of such supplemental indenture is authorized or permitted by this Indenture and is a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Company, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms. The Trustee shall sign all supplemental indentures, except that the Trustee need not sign any supplemental indenture that adversely affects its rights, duties or indemnities.

Section 9.08. Effect of Supplemental Indenture. Upon the execution of any supplemental indenture under this Article, this Indenture shall be modified in accordance therewith, and each such supplemental indenture shall form part of this Indenture for all purposes with respect to the relevant Series; and every Holder of Securities of the relevant Series theretofore or thereafter authenticated and delivered hereunder shall be bound thereby.

ARTICLE 10

M ISCELLANEOUS

Section 10.01. Trust Indenture Act Controls. If any provision of this Indenture limits, qualifies, or conflicts with another provision which is required or deemed to be included in this Indenture by the TIA, such required or deemed provision shall control.

Section 10.02. Notices . Any notice or communication by the Company, the Trustee, the Paying Agent or the Registrar to another is duly given if in writing and delivered in person or mailed by first-class mail:

if to the Company:

Scorpio Bulkers Inc.

150 E. 58 th Street

New York, New York 10022

Attention: Mr. Hugh Baker

Tel: 212-542-1603

Fax: 212-542-1618

if to the Trustee, Registrar or Paying Agent:

[NAME OF TRUSTEE]

[ADDRESS OF TRUSTEE]

[PHONE NUMBER OF TRUSTEE]

with copy to:

[ ]

 

42


The Company, the Trustee and each Agent by notice to each other may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications.

Any notice or communication to a Securityholder shall be mailed by first-class mail to his address shown on the register kept by the Registrar. Failure to mail a notice or communication to a Securityholder of any Series or any defect in it shall not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Securityholders of that or any other Series.

If a notice or communication is mailed or published in the manner provided above, within the time prescribed, it is duly given, whether or not the Securityholder receives it.

If the company mails a notice or communication to Securityholders, it will mail a copy to the Trustee and each Agent at the same time.

Whenever a notice is required to be given by the Company, such notice may be given by the Trustee or Registrar on the Company’s behalf (and the Company will make any notice it is required to give to Holders available on its website).

Section 10.03. Communication by Holders with Other Holders.

Securityholders of any Series may communicate pursuant to TIA Section 312(b) with other Securityholders of that Series or any other Series with respect to their rights under this Indenture or the Securities of that Series or all Series. The Company, the Trustee, the Registrar and anyone else shall have the protection of TIA Section 312(c).

Section 10.04. Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent. Upon any request or application by the Company to the Trustee to take any action under this Indenture, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee:

(a) an Officers’ Certificate stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been complied with; and

(b) an Opinion of Counsel stating that, in the opinion of counsel, all such conditions precedent (including any covenants, compliance with which constitutes a condition precedent) have been complied with.

Section 10.05. Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion. Each certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture (other than a certificate provided pursuant to TIA Section 314(a)(4)) shall comply with the provisions of TIA Section 314(e) and shall include:

(a) a statement that the person making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition;

 

43


(b) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based;

(c) a statement that, in the opinion of such person, he has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and

(d) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such person, such condition or covenant has been complied with;

provided, however , that with respect to matters of fact an Opinion of Counsel may rely on an Officers’ Certificate or certificates of public officials.

Section 10.06. Record Date for Vote or Consent of Holders . The Company (or, in the event deposits have been made pursuant to Section 11.02, the Trustee) may set a record date for purposes of determining the identity of Holders entitled to vote or consent to any action by vote or consent authorized or permitted under this Indenture, which record date shall not be more than 90 days prior to the date of the commencement of solicitation of such action. Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 9.05, if a record date is fixed, those persons who were Holders of Securities at the close of business on such record date (or their duly designated proxies), and only those persons, shall be entitled to take such action by vote or consent or to revoke any vote or consent previously given, whether or not such persons continue to be Holders after such record date.

Section 10.07. Rules by Trustee and Agents . The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or a meeting of Securityholders of one or more Series. Any Agent may make reasonable rules and set reasonable requirements for its functions.

Section 10.08. Legal Holidays . Unless otherwise provided by Board Resolution, Officers’ Certificate or supplemental indenture for a particular Series, a “ Legal Holiday ” is any day that is not a Business Day. If a payment date is a Legal Holiday at a place of payment, payment may be made at that place on the next succeeding day that is not a Legal Holiday, and no interest shall accrue for the intervening period.

Section 10.09. No Recourse Against Others . A director, officer, employee or stockholder, as such, of the Company shall not have any liability for any obligations of the Company under the Securities or the Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of or by reason of such obligations or their creation. Each Securityholder by accepting a Security waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for the issue of the Securities.

Section 10.10. Counterparts . This Indenture may be executed in any number of counterparts and by the parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement. The exchange of copies of this Indenture and of signature pages by facsimile or PDF transmission shall constitute effective execution and delivery of this Indenture as to parties hereto and may be used in lieu of the original Indenture and signature pages for all purposes.

 

44


Section 10.11. Governing Laws and Submission to Jurisdiction . THIS INDENTURE AND THE SECURITIES SHALL BE GOVERNED BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK EXCLUDING ANY RULE OF LAW THAT WOULD CAUSE THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANY JURISDICTION OTHER THAN THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

The Company agrees that any legal suit, action or proceeding arising out of or based upon this Indenture may be instituted in any federal or state court sitting in New York City, and, to the fullest extent permitted by law, waives any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any such proceeding, and irrevocably submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of such court in any suit, action or proceeding. The Company, as long as any Securities remain outstanding or the parties hereto have any obligation under this Indenture, shall have an authorized agent in the United States upon whom process may be served in any such legal action or proceeding. Service of process upon such agent and written notice of such service mailed or delivered to it shall to the extent permitted by law be deemed in every respect effective service of process upon it in any such legal action or proceeding and, if it fails to maintain such agent, any such process or summons may be served by mailing a copy thereof by registered mail, or a form of mail substantially equivalent thereto, addressed to it at its address as provided for notices hereunder. The Company hereby appoints Seward & Kissel LLP, One Battery Park Plaza, New York, NY, 10004, as its agent for such purposes, and covenants and agrees that service of process in any legal action or proceeding may be made upon it at such office of such agent.

Section 10.12. No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements . This Indenture may not be used to interpret another indenture, loan or debt agreement of the Company or a Subsidiary. Any such indenture, loan or debt agreement may not be used to interpret this Indenture.

Section 10.13. Successors . All agreements of the Company in this Indenture and the Securities shall bind its successor. All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture shall bind its successor.

Section 10.14. Severability . In case any provision in this Indenture or in the Securities shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

Section 10.15. Table of Contents, Headings, Etc . The Table of Contents, Cross Reference Table, and headings of the Articles and Sections of this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not to be considered a part hereof, and shall in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof.

 

45


Section 10.16. Securities in a Foreign Currency or in ECU . Unless otherwise specified in a Board Resolution, a supplemental indenture hereto or an Officers’ Certificate delivered pursuant to Section 2.02 of this Indenture with respect to a particular Series of Securities, whenever for purposes of this Indenture any action may be taken by the Holders of a specified percentage in aggregate principal amount of Securities of all Series or all Series affected by a particular action at the time outstanding and, at such time, there are outstanding Securities of any Series which are denominated in a coin or currency other than Dollars (including ECUs), then the principal amount of Securities of such Series which shall be deemed to be outstanding for the purpose of taking such action shall be that amount of Dollars that could be obtained for such amount at the Market Exchange Rate at such time. For purposes of this Section 10.16, “ Market Exchange Rate ” shall mean the noon Dollar buying rate in New York City for cable transfers of that currency as published by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York; provided, however, in the case of ECUs, Market Exchange Rate shall mean the rate of exchange determined by the Commission of the European Union (or any successor thereto) as published in the Official Journal of the European Union (such publication or any successor publication, the “ Journal ”). If such Market Exchange Rate is not available for any reason with respect to such currency, the Trustee shall use, without liability on its part, such quotation of the Federal Reserve Bank of New York or, in the case of ECUs, the rate of exchange as published in the Journal, as of the most recent available date, or quotations or, in the case of ECUs, rates of exchange from one or more major banks in The City of New York or in the country of issue of the currency in question or, in the case of ECUs, in Luxembourg or such other quotations or, in the case of ECUs, rates of exchange as the Trustee, upon consultation with the Company, shall deem appropriate. The provisions of this paragraph shall apply in determining the equivalent principal amount in respect of Securities of a Series denominated in currency other than Dollars in connection with any action taken by Holders of Securities pursuant to the terms of this Indenture.

All decisions and determinations of the Trustee regarding the Market Exchange Rate or any alternative determination provided for in the preceding paragraph shall be in its sole discretion and shall, in the absence of manifest error, be conclusive to the extent permitted by law for all purposes and irrevocably binding upon the Company and all Holders.

Section 10.17. Judgment Currency . The Company agrees, to the fullest extent that it may effectively do so under applicable law, that (a) if for the purpose of obtaining judgment in any court it is necessary to convert the sum due in respect of the principal of or interest or other amount on the Securities of any Series (the “ Required Currency ”) into a currency in which a judgment will be rendered (the “ Judgment Currency ”), the rate of exchange used shall be the rate at which in accordance with normal banking procedures the Trustee could purchase in The City of New York the Required Currency with the Judgment Currency on the day on which final unappealable judgment is entered, unless such day is not a New York Banking Day, then, the rate of exchange used shall be the rate at which in accordance with normal banking procedures the Trustee could purchase in The City of New York the Required Currency with the Judgment Currency on the New York Banking Day preceding the day on which final unappealable judgment

 

46


is entered and (b) its obligations under this Indenture to make payments in the Required Currency (i) shall not be discharged or satisfied by any tender, any recovery pursuant to any judgment (whether or not entered in accordance with subsection (a)), in any currency other than the Required Currency, except to the extent that such tender or recovery shall result in the actual receipt, by the payee, of the full amount of the Required Currency expressed to be payable in respect of such payments, (ii) shall be enforceable as an alternative or additional cause of action for the purpose of recovering in the Required Currency the amount, if any, by which such actual receipt shall fall short of the full amount of the Required Currency so expressed to be payable, and (iii) shall not be affected by judgment being obtained for any other sum due under this Indenture. For purposes of the foregoing, “New York Banking Day” means any day except a Saturday, Sunday or a legal holiday in The City of New York on which banking institutions are authorized or required by law, regulation or executive order to close.

Section 10.18. Compliance with Applicable Anti-Terrorism and Money Laundering Regulations . In order to comply with the laws, rules, regulations and executive orders in effect from time to time applicable to banking institutions, including those relating to the funding of terrorist activities and money laundering (“ Applicable Law ”), the Trustee is required to obtain, verify and record certain information relating to individuals and entities which maintain a business relationship with the Trustee. Accordingly, each of the parties agree to provide to the Trustee, upon its request from time to time such identifying information and documentation as may be available for such party in order to enable the Trustee to comply with the Applicable Law.

Section 10.19. Force Majeure . In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations hereunder arising out of or caused by, directly or indirectly, forces beyond its control, including, without limitation, strikes, work stoppages, accidents, acts of war or terrorism, civil or military disturbances, nuclear or natural catastrophes or acts of God, and interruptions, loss or malfunctions of utilities, communications or computer (software and hardware) services; it being understood that the Trustee shall use reasonable efforts which are consistent with accepted practices in the banking industry to resume performance as soon as practicable under the circumstances.

Section 10.20. Jury Trial Waiver. EACH OF THE COMPANY, THE HOLDERS AND THE TRUSTEE HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES OR THE TRANSACTION CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

ARTICLE 11

S INKING F UNDS

Section 11.01. Applicability of Article . The provisions of this Article shall be applicable to any sinking fund for the retirement of the Securities of a Series, except as otherwise permitted or required by any form of Security of such Series issued pursuant to this Indenture.

 

47


The minimum amount of any sinking fund payment provided for by the terms of the Securities of any Series is herein referred to as a “mandatory sinking fund payment” and any other amount provided for by the terms of Securities of such Series is herein referred to as an “optional sinking fund payment.” If provided for by the terms of Securities of any Series, the cash amount of any sinking fund payment may be subject to reduction as provided in Section 11.02. Each sinking fund payment shall be applied to the redemption of Securities of any Series as provided for by the terms of the securities of such Series.

Section 11.02. Satisfaction of Sinking Fund Payments with Securities . The Company may, in satisfaction of all or any part of any sinking fund payment with respect to the Securities of any Series to be made pursuant to the terms of such Securities (1) deliver outstanding Securities of such Series to which such sinking fund payment is applicable (other than any of such Securities previously called for mandatory sinking fund redemption) and (2) apply as credit Securities of such Series to which such sinking fund payment is applicable and which have been redeemed either at the election of the Company pursuant to the terms of such Series of Securities (except pursuant to any mandatory sinking fund) or through the application of permitted optional sinking fund payments or other optional redemptions pursuant to the terms of such Securities, provided that such Securities have not been previously so credited. Such Securities shall be received by the Registrar, together with an Officers’ Certificate with respect thereto, not less than 75 days and not more than 90 days prior to the date on which the Registrar begins the process of selecting Securities for redemption, and shall be credited for such purpose by the Registrar at the price specified in such Securities for redemption through operation of the sinking fund and the amount of such sinking fund payment shall be reduced accordingly. If as a result of the delivery or credit of Securities in lieu of cash payments pursuant to this Section 11.02, the principal amount of Securities of such Series to be redeemed in order to exhaust the aforesaid cash payment shall be less than $100,000, the Registrar need not call Securities of such Series for redemption, except upon receipt of a Company Order that such action be taken, and such cash payment shall be held by the Paying Agent and applied to the next succeeding sinking fund payment, provided, however, that the Paying Agent shall from time to time upon receipt of a Company Order pay over and deliver to the Company any cash payment so being held by the Paying Agent upon delivery by the Company to the Registrar of Securities of that Series purchased by the Company having an unpaid principal amount equal to the cash payment required to be released to the Company.

Section 11.03. Redemption of Securities for Sinking Fund . Not less than 45 days and not more than 90 days (unless otherwise indicated in the Board Resolution, supplemental indenture hereto or Officers’ Certificate in respect of a particular Series of Securities) prior to each sinking fund payment date for any Series of Securities, the Company will deliver to the Trustee and the Paying Agent an Officers’ Certificate specifying the amount of the next ensuing mandatory sinking fund payment for that Series pursuant to the terms of that Series, the portion thereof, if any, which is to be

 

48


satisfied by payment of cash and the portion thereof, if any, which is to be satisfied by delivering and crediting of Securities of that Series pursuant to Section 11.02., and the optional amount, if any, to be added in cash to the next ensuing mandatory sinking fund payment, and the Company shall thereupon be obligated to pay the amount therein specified. Not less than 30 days (unless otherwise indicated in the Board Resolution, Officers’ Certificate or supplemental indenture in respect of a particular Series of Securities) before each such sinking fund payment date the Trustee shall select the Securities to be redeemed upon such sinking fund payment date in the manner specified in Section 3.02 and cause notice of the redemption thereof to be given in the name of and at the expense of the Company in the manner provided in Section 3.03. Such notice having been duly given, the redemption of such Securities shall occur in the manner specified in Sections 3.04, 3.05 and 3.06.

[ The remainder of this page is intentionally left blank ]

 

49


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Indenture to be duly executed as of the day and year first above written.

 

SCORPIO BULKERS INC.
By:  

 

  Name:
  Its:

[ Signature Page for Base Indenture ]


 

  ,
as Trustee, Registrar and Paying Agent  

 

By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

[ Signature Page for Base Indenture ]

Exhibit 4.3

This FIRST SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE (the “ First Supplemental Indenture ”), dated as of             , 2014, between SCORPIO BULKERS INC., a corporation duly organized and existing under the laws of the Republic of The Marshall Islands (the “ Company ”), and                     , a New York banking corporation, as trustee (the “ Trustee ”).

RECITALS

WHEREAS, the Company and the Trustee have heretofore executed and delivered an indenture, dated as of             , 2014 (the “ Indenture ”), providing for the issuance by the Company from time to time of its Securities to be issued in one or more series;

WHEREAS, Sections 2.01, 2.02 and 9.01 of the Indenture provide, among other things, that the Company and the Trustee may enter into indentures supplemental to the Indenture to provide for the issuance of, and to establish the form, terms and conditions applicable to any series of Securities;

WHEREAS, the Company intends by this First Supplemental Indenture to create and provide for the issuance of a new series of Securities to be designated as the “    % Senior Notes due             ” (the “ Notes ”);

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 9.01(e) of the Indenture, the Trustee and the Company are authorized to execute and deliver this First Supplemental Indenture to supplement the Indenture; and

WHEREAS, all things necessary to make the Notes, when executed by the Company and authenticated and delivered by the Trustee, issued upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth hereinafter and in the Indenture and delivered as provided in the Indenture against payment therefor, valid, binding and legal obligations of the Company according to their terms, and all actions required to be taken by the Company under the Indenture to make this First Supplemental Indenture a valid, binding and legal agreement of the Company, have been done.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and for other good and valuable consideration, the sufficiency and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

D EFINITIONS AND I NCORPORATION BY R EFERENCE

Section 1.01. Definitions . (a) All capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined below shall have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Indenture.

(b) The following are definitions used in this First Supplemental Indenture, and to the extent that a term is defined both herein and in the Indenture, the definition in this First Supplemental Indenture shall govern with respect to the Notes.


Cash and Cash Equivalents ” means, as of a given date, the Company’s cash and cash equivalents, including any cash that is classified as current or non-current restricted cash as determined in accordance with US GAAP.

Continuing Director ” means a director who either was a member of the Board of Directors on the Issue Date or who becomes a member of the Board of Directors subsequent to the Issue Date and whose election, appointment or nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders is duly approved by a majority of the continuing directors on the Board of Directors at the time of such approval by such election or appointment.

Credit Facility ” means, with respect to the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company, any debt or commercial paper facilities with banks or other lenders providing for revolving credit, term loans or letters of credit or any agreement treated as a finance or capital lease if and to the extent any of the preceding items would appear as a liability upon a balance sheet of the specified Person prepared in accordance with US GAAP.

Cross Default ” means the occurrence, with respect to any debt of the Company or any Subsidiary having an aggregate principal amount of $25.0 million or more in the aggregate for all such debt of all such Persons, of (i) an event of default that results in such debt being due and payable prior to its scheduled maturity or (ii) a failure to make a principal payment when due and such defaulted payment is not made, waived or extended within any applicable grace period.

Immaterial Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary of the Company whose net book value of its assets or revenues is not in excess of 10% of the net book value of the consolidated Total Assets or consolidated vessel revenue of the Company as set out in the annual audited consolidated financial statements of the Company for the immediately preceding fiscal year, provided, that, at no time shall (a) the total assets of all Immaterial Subsidiaries exceed 10% of the consolidated Total Assets of the Company or (b) the total vessel revenues calculated with respect to all Immaterial Subsidiaries (calculated on a stand-alone basis), in the aggregate, exceed 10% of the consolidated vessel revenue of the Company, in each case as set out in the annual audited consolidated financial statements of the Company for the immediately preceding fiscal year.

Immediate Family Member ” means an individual’s spouse, parent, children and siblings.

Issue Date ” means             , 2014, the original issue date of the Notes.

Limited Permitted Asset Sale ” means any sale, transfer, lease or other disposition of any of the Company’s or its Subsidiaries’ assets (in the ordinary course of business or otherwise) during a single fiscal year, in a single transaction or series of transactions, (i) the Net Proceeds of which have not been applied pursuant to clauses 6.06(a) through 6.06(f) of this First Supplemental Indenture in accordance with the requirements of Section 6.06 of this First Supplemental Indenture and (ii) that results in Net Proceeds in excess of the amount provided for in clause (a) of the definition of Permitted Asset Sale, provided, that the Net Proceeds of such Limited Permitted Asset Sale represent consideration at the time of such sale, transfer, lease or other disposition at

 

2


least equal to the fair market value (including as to the value of all non-cash consideration), as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company, of the assets subject to such sale, transfer, lease or other disposition. Any Net Proceeds that are not applied or invested as provided in (i) above and are in excess of the amount provided for in clause (a) of the definition of Permitted Asset Sale will constitute “ Excess Proceeds .” For the avoidance of doubt, a Limited Permitted Asset Sale may occur only once. Following the first occurrence of a Limited Permitted Asset Sale, no further Limited Permitted Asset Sale shall be permitted.

Net Borrowings ” means, in respect of the Company, on a consolidated basis, as of a given date, the aggregate of the following, without duplication:

(a) Total Borrowings; less

(b) Cash and Cash Equivalents.

Net Proceeds ” means the aggregate cash proceeds received by the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company in respect of any Asset Sale (including, without limitation, any cash received upon the sale or other disposition of any non-cash consideration received in any Asset Sale, but excluding any other consideration received in the form of assumption by the purchaser of indebtedness or other obligations relating to the property or assets that are the subject of such Asset Sale or received in any other non-cash form and not disposed of for cash), net of fees, commissions, expenses and other direct costs relating to such Asset Sale, including, without limitation, (a) fees and expenses related to such Asset Sale (including legal, accounting and investment banking fees, title and recording tax fees and sales and brokerage commissions, and any relocation expenses and severance or shutdown costs incurred as a result of such Asset Sale), (b) all federal, state, provincial, foreign and local taxes paid or payable as a result of the Asset Sale, (c) any escrow or reserve for adjustment in respect of the sale price of such assets established in accordance with US GAAP and any reserve in accordance with US GAAP against any liabilities associated with such Asset Sale and retained by the seller after such Asset Sale, including liabilities related to environmental matters and liabilities under any indemnification obligations associated with such Asset Sale, except to the extent that such proceeds are released from any such escrow or to the extent such reserve is reduced or eliminated, and (d) any indebtedness required by its terms to be repaid, repurchased, redeemed or otherwise retired upon the applicable Asset Sale.

 

3


Permitted Asset Sale ” means:

(a) any sale, transfer, lease or other disposition of any of the Company’s or its Subsidiaries’ assets (in the ordinary course of business or otherwise) in any transaction or series of transactions, such that (A) the aggregate market value of all assets so sold, transferred, leased or otherwise disposed of during any fiscal year may be up to (and including) 25% of the aggregate market value of all of the Company’s and the Company’s Subsidiaries’ assets (on a consolidated basis) on the last day of the immediately preceding fiscal year and (B) the Company receives, or the relevant Subsidiary receives, consideration at the time of such sale, transfer, lease or other disposition at least equal to the fair market value (including as to the value of all non-cash consideration), as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company, of the assets subject to such sale, transfer, lease or other disposition; and

(b) (i) the actual or constructive total loss of a Vessel or the agreed or compromised total loss of a Vessel, (ii) the destruction of a Vessel, (iii) damage to a Vessel to an extent as shall make repair thereof uneconomical or shall render such Vessel permanently unfit for normal use (other than obsolescence) or (iv) the condemnation, confiscation, requisition for title, seizure, forfeiture or other taking of title to or use of a Vessel that shall not be revoked within 30 days, in each case as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company, provided, that the aggregate market value of all assets included as a Permitted Asset Sale pursuant to this paragraph (b) during any fiscal year may not exceed 10% of the aggregate market value of all of the Company’s and the Company’s Subsidiaries’ assets (on a consolidated basis) on the last day of the immediately preceding fiscal year.

Permitted Business ” means any business conducted by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries as described in the Company’s annual report on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2013 and any businesses that, in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Company, are reasonably related, ancillary, supplemental or complementary thereto, or reasonable extensions thereof, including without limitation, the direct or indirect ownership, management, operation and chartering of Vessels and any business incidental thereto.

Permitted Holder ” means (a) Emanuele Lauro, (b) any Immediate Family Member of Emanuele Lauro, or (c) one or more Affiliates of any person listed in (a) or (b).

Redemption Date, ” with respect to any Notes or portion thereof to be redeemed, means the date fixed for such redemption pursuant to this First Supplemental Indenture or such Notes.

Related Assets ” means (a) any insurance policies and contracts from time to time in force with respect to a Vessel, (b) the Capital Stock of any Subsidiary of the Company owning one or more Vessels and related assets, (c) any requisition compensation payable in respect of any compulsory acquisition of a Vessel, (d) any earnings derived from the use or operation of a Vessel and/or any earnings account with

 

4


respect to such earnings, (e) any charters, operating leases, contracts of affreightment, Vessel purchase options and related agreements entered and any security or guarantee in respect of the charterer’s or lessee’s obligations under such charter, lease, Vessel purchase option or agreement, (f) any cash collateral account established with respect to a Vessel pursuant to the financing arrangement with respect thereto, (g) any building, conversion or repair contracts relating to a Vessel and any security or guarantee in respect of the builder’s obligations under such contract and (h) any security interest in, or agreement or assignment relating to, any of the foregoing or any mortgage in respect of a Vessel and any asset reasonably related, ancillary or complementary thereto.

Tangible Net Worth ” means, on a consolidated basis, as of a given date, the total shareholders’ equity (including retained earnings) of the Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries minus goodwill and other non-tangible items.

Total Assets ” means, in respect of the Company on a consolidated basis, as of a given date, all of the assets of the Company of the type presented on its consolidated balance sheet.

Total Borrowings ” means, in respect of the Company on a consolidated basis, as of a given date, the aggregate of the following, without duplication:

(a) the outstanding principal amount of any moneys borrowed; plus

(b) the outstanding principal amount of any acceptance under any acceptance credit; plus

(c) the outstanding principal amount of any bond, note, debenture or other similar instrument; plus

(d) the book values of indebtedness under a lease, charter, hire purchase agreement or other similar arrangement which obligation is required to be classified and accounted for as a capital lease obligation under US GAAP (the amount of such obligation at any date will be the capitalized amount thereof at such date, determined in accordance with US GAAP); plus

(e) the outstanding principal amount of all moneys owing in connection with the sale or discounting of receivables (otherwise than on a non-recourse basis or which otherwise meet any requirements for de-recognition under US GAAP); plus

(f) the outstanding principal amount of any indebtedness arising from any deferred payment agreements arranged primarily as a method of raising finance or financing the acquisition of an asset (except trade payables); plus

 

5


(g) any fixed or minimum premium payable on the repayment or redemption of any instrument referred to in clause (c) above; plus

(h) the outstanding principal amount of any indebtedness of any Person of a type referred to in the above clauses of this definition which is the subject of a guarantee given by the Company to the extent that such guaranteed indebtedness is determined and given a value in respect of the Company on a consolidated basis in accordance with US GAAP.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, “Total Borrowings” shall not include any indebtedness or obligations arising from derivative transactions entered into solely for purposes of protecting against interest rate or currency fluctuations.

US GAAP ” means United States Generally Accepted Accounting Principles.

Vessels ” means one or more shipping vessels primarily designed and utilized for the transport of cargo, including, without limitation, bulk carriers, freighters, general cargo carriers, containerships and tankers, but excluding passenger vessels, or which are otherwise engaged, used or useful in any business activities of the Company, in each case together with all related spares, equipment and any additions or improvements.

Voting Stock ” of any specified Person as of any date means the Capital Stock of such Person that is at the time entitled to vote generally in the election of the Board of Directors of such Person.

For purposes of the foregoing definitions and the covenants set forth in Article VI of this First Supplemental Indenture, any accounting term, phrase, calculation, determination or treatment used, required or referred to is to be construed in accordance with US GAAP in effect as of December 31, 2013.

Section 1.02. Other Definitions .

 

Term

  

Defined in Section
of this First
Supplemental
Indenture

“Additional Amounts”    8.01(a)
“Additional Interest”    7.02(b)
“Additional Notes”    2.04(f)
“Asset Sale”    6.06
“Beneficial Owner” and “Beneficial Ownership”    4.01(a)
“Change of Control”    4.01(a)
“Change of Control Purchase Date”    4.01(a)
“Change of Control Purchase Price”    4.01(a)
“covenant defeasance”    9.06
“DTC”    2.03
“Event of Default”    7.01
“Interest Payment Date”    2.04(c)
“legal defeasance”    9.06
“Limited Permitted Asset Sale Purchase Date”    6.06
“Limited Permitted Asset Sale Purchase Price”    6.06
“Maturity Date”    2.04(b)
“Person”    4.01(a)
“Record Date”    2.04(c)
“Reporting Default”    7.02(b)
“Restricted Payments”    6.04
“Specified Tax Jurisdiction”    8.01(a)
“Taxes”    8.01(a)

 

6


ARTICLE II

A PPLICATION OF S UPPLEMENTAL I NDENTURE AND C REATION , F ORMS , T ERMS AND C ONDITIONS OF N OTES

Section 2.01. Application of this First Supplemental Indenture . Notwithstanding any other provision of this First Supplemental Indenture, the provisions of this First Supplemental Indenture, including the covenants set forth herein, are expressly and solely for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes established by this First Supplemental Indenture. The Notes constitute a separate series of Securities as provided in Section 2.01 of the Indenture.

Section 2.02. Creation of the Notes . In accordance with Section 2.01 of the Indenture, the Company hereby creates the Notes as a separate series of its Securities issued pursuant to the Indenture, as supplemented by this First Supplemental Indenture. The Notes shall be issued initially in an aggregate principal amount of $        .

Section 2.03. Global Notes . The Notes shall be issued in the form of Global Securities, duly executed by the Company and authenticated by the Trustee, which shall be deposited with the Trustee as custodian for the Depository and registered in the name of “Cede & Co.,” as the nominee of the Depository. The Depository Trust Company (“ DTC ”) initially shall serve as Depository for the Notes. So long as the Depository, or its nominee, is the registered owner of a Global Security, the Depository or its nominee, as the case may be, shall be considered the sole owner or Holder of the Notes represented by such Global Security for all purposes under the Indenture, this First Supplemental Indenture and under such Notes. Ownership of beneficial interests in such Global Security shall be shown on, and transfers thereof will be effective only through, records maintained by the Depository or its nominee (with respect to beneficial interests of participants) or by participants or Persons that hold interests through participants (with respect to beneficial interests of beneficial owners).

Section 2.04. Terms and Conditions of the Notes . The Notes shall be governed by all the terms and conditions of the Indenture, as supplemented by this First Supplemental Indenture. The following provisions shall be terms of the Notes:

(a) Designation; Aggregate Principal Amount . The title of the Notes shall be as specified in the Recitals; and the aggregate principal amount of the Notes shall be unlimited.

 

7


(b) Stated Maturity . The Notes shall mature, and the principal of the Notes shall be due and payable in Dollars to the Holders thereof, together with all accrued and unpaid interest thereon, on                      (the “ Maturity Date ”).

(c) Payment of Principal and Interest; Additional Amounts . The Notes shall bear interest at     % per annum, from and including             , 2014, or from the most recent Interest Payment Date (as defined hereafter) on which interest has been paid or duly provided for to, but excluding, the next succeeding Interest Payment Date, the Maturity Date or the Redemption Date, as the case may be. Interest shall also be paid on overdue principal, and, to the extent lawful, overdue installments of interest at the applicable interest rate for the Notes. Interest shall be calculated on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months. Interest on the Notes shall be payable quarterly in arrears in Dollars on March 15, June 15, September 15 and December 15 of each year, commencing on             , 2014 (each such date, an “ Interest Payment Date ” for the purposes of the Notes issued under this First Supplemental Indenture). Payments of interest shall be made to the Person in whose name a Note (or predecessor Note) is registered at the close of business on March 1, June 1, September 1 or December 1 (whether or not that date is a Business Day), as the case may be, immediately preceding such Interest Payment Date (each such date, a “ Record Date ” for the purposes of the Notes issued under this First Supplemental Indenture). All payments in respect of the Notes shall include Additional Amounts as and to the extent set forth in Article VIII of this First Supplemental Indenture. If any Interest Payment Date or the Maturity Date of the Notes falls on a day that is not a Business Day, the payment of interest and/or principal, as the case may be, to be paid on such date shall be made on the next succeeding Business Day as if it were made on the date such payment was due, and no interest shall accrue on the amounts so payable for the period from and after such Interest Payment Date or Maturity Date of the Notes, as the case may be, to such next succeeding Business Day.

(d) Registration and Form; Denomination . The Notes shall be issuable as registered securities without coupons, as provided in Section 2.03 of this Article II. The form of the Notes shall be as set forth in Exhibit A attached hereto, which is incorporated herein by reference. The Notes shall be issued and may be transferred only in minimum denomination of $25.00 and integral multiples of $25.00 in excess thereof.

(e) Discharge; Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance . The provisions for satisfaction and discharge, excluding clause 8.01(a)(ii)(4) in Section 8.01 of the Indenture, shall apply with respect to the Notes. Section 8.03 of the Indenture, relating to legal defeasance, shall not apply to the Notes, and shall be superseded by the provisions of Section 9.05 of this First Supplemental Indenture. Section 8.04 of the Indenture, relating to covenant defeasance, shall not apply to the Notes, and shall be superseded by the provisions of Section 9.06 of this First Supplemental Indenture.

 

8


(f) Further Issuance . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein or in the Indenture, the Company may, from time to time, without the consent of or notice to the Holders, create and issue further debt securities having the same interest rate, maturity and other terms (except for the issue date, the public offering price and the first Interest Payment Date) as, ranking equally and ratably with, the Notes (the “ Additional Notes ”). Such additional Notes shall be consolidated with and shall form a single series with the previously outstanding Notes, including for purposes of voting and redemptions, and shall be fungible with the Notes for United States federal income tax purposes or will have a separate CUSIP number than the Notes. No Additional Notes may be issued if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing with respect to the Notes.

(g) Redemption . Except as set forth in Section 3.01 and Section 3.02 of this First Supplemental Indenture, the Notes will not be redeemable by the Company at its option prior to                     .

(h) Sinking Fund . The Notes are not entitled to any sinking fund.

(i) Registrar and Paying Agent . Section 2.04 of the Indenture shall be applicable to the Notes. With respect to the Notes, the office or agency maintained by the Company for purposes of Section 2.04 of the Indenture shall be in the City of New York and shall initially be designated to be the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, as such office of the Company.                    , the Trustee, initially shall be the Paying Agent and Registrar for the Notes.

(j) Currency . The Notes shall be issued in U.S. Dollars and all amounts payable in respect of principal or interest shall be paid in U.S. Dollars.

(k) Other Terms and Conditions . The Notes shall have such other terms and conditions as provided in the form thereof attached as Exhibit A hereto.

ARTICLE III

REDEMPTION

Section 3.01. Optional Redemption On or After                      . The Company may redeem the Notes, at its option, in whole or in part, at any time on or after                      upon providing not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior written notice to the Holders, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount to be redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but excluding, the date fixed for redemption, subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date. If money sufficient to pay the redemption price of all of the Notes, or portions thereof, to be redeemed on the applicable Redemption Date is irrevocably deposited with the Trustee or Paying Agent on or before the applicable Redemption Date are satisfied, then on and after such Redemption Date, interest will cease to accrue on such Notes, or such portion thereof, called for redemption.

 

9


(a) Selection for Redemption . In accordance with Section 3.02 of the Indenture, if fewer than all of the Notes are to be redeemed at any time, the Registrar will select the Notes, or portions thereof, to be redeemed, in compliance with the requirements of the Depository, or if the Depository prescribes no method of selection, on a pro rata basis, by lot or by any other method the Registrar deems fair and reasonable; provided, however , that Notes, and portions thereof, selected for redemption shall only be in amounts of $25.00 or whole multiples of $25.00.

(b) Notice of Redemption . In addition to the information provided for in Section 3.03 of the Indenture, a notice of redemption shall also state: the provision of the Indenture pursuant to which the Notes are being redeemed; the portion of the redemption price constituting accrued and unpaid interest; the amount of Additional Amounts (as defined below), if any, payable on the date fixed for redemption; that unless we default in making the redemption payment on the Notes called for redemption, interest on such Notes will cease to accrue on and after the Redemption Date; if any Note is being redeemed in part, the portion of the principal amount of such Note to be redeemed; if less than all of the Notes are to be redeemed, the aggregate principal amount of Notes to be outstanding after such redemption; and that the Notes called for redemption will become due on the date fixed for redemption.

Except to the extent inconsistent with the foregoing, all provisions of Article III of the Indenture shall apply to any redemption pursuant to this Section 3.01.

Section 3.02. Optional Redemption for Changes in Withholding Taxes . The Company may redeem the Notes, at its option, at any time in whole but not in part, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior written notice to the Holders (which notice shall be irrevocable), at a redemption price equal to 100% of the outstanding principal amount of Notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but excluding, the applicable date fixed for redemption, and all Additional Amounts (if any) then due and which will become due on the applicable Redemption Date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date and Additional Amounts (if any) in respect thereof), in the event that the Company determines in good faith that the Company has become or would become obligated to pay, on the next date on which any amount would be payable with respect to the Notes, Additional Amounts and such obligation cannot be avoided by taking reasonable measures available to the Company (including making payment through a paying agent located in another jurisdiction), as a result of:

(a) a change in or an amendment to the laws (including any regulations or rulings promulgated thereunder) of any Specified Tax Jurisdiction affecting taxation, which change or amendment is announced or becomes effective on or after the date of this First Supplemental Indenture; or

(b) any change in or amendment to any official position of a taxing authority in any Specified Tax Jurisdiction regarding the application, administration or interpretation of such laws, regulations or rulings (including a holding, judgment or order by a court of competent jurisdiction), which change or amendment is announced or becomes effective on or after the date of this First Supplemental Indenture.

 

10


Notwithstanding the foregoing, no notice of redemption for changes in withholding taxes may be given earlier than 60 days prior to the earliest date on which the Company would be obligated to pay Additional Amounts if a payment in respect of the Notes were then due. At least five calendar days before the Company provides notice of redemption of the Notes as set forth in Section 3.03 of the Indenture and Section 3.01(b) of this First Supplemental Indenture, the Company will deliver to the Trustee and Paying Agent (i) an Officers’ Certificate stating that the Company is entitled to effect such redemption and setting forth a statement of facts showing that the conditions precedent to the right of the Company to so redeem have occurred and (ii) an opinion of independent legal counsel of recognized standing satisfactory to the Trustee and Paying Agent that the Company has or will become obligated to pay Additional Amounts as a result of the circumstances referred to in clause (a) or (b) of the preceding paragraph.

The Trustee and Paying Agent will accept and will be entitled to conclusively rely upon the Officers’ Certificate and Opinion of Counsel as sufficient evidence of the satisfaction of the conditions precedent described above, in which case they will be conclusive and binding on the Holders.

Except to the extent inconsistent with the foregoing, all provisions of Article III of the Indenture shall apply to any redemption pursuant to this Section 3.02.

Section 3.03. Open Market Repurchases . Notwithstanding any provision hereunder or in the Indenture to the contrary, the Company and its Affiliates may purchase Notes from investors who are willing to sell from time to time, either in the open market at prevailing prices or in private transactions at negotiated prices. Notes that the Company or any of its Affiliates purchase may, at the Company’s discretion, be held, resold or canceled.

ARTICLE IV

C HANGE OF C ONTROL

Section 4.01. Change of Control . (a) If a Change of Control occurs at any time, Holders will have the right, at their option, to require the Company to purchase for cash any or all of such Holder’s Notes, or any portion of the principal amount thereof, that is equal to $25.00 or an integral multiple of $25.00. The price the Company is required to pay (the “ Change of Control Purchase Price ”) is equal to 101% of the principal amount of the Notes to be purchased, plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but excluding, the Change of Control Purchase Date, subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date. The “ Change of Control Purchase Date ” will be a date specified by the Company that is not less than 20 or more than 35 calendar days following the date of the Change of Control notice as described below. Any Notes purchased by the Company will be paid for in cash. A “ Change of Control ” will be deemed to have occurred at the time after the Notes are originally issued if

(i) any “ Person ” (defined, for purposes of this Article IV, as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act), other than one or more Permitted Holders, is or becomes the “ Beneficial Owner ” (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act, except that for purposes of this clause (ii) such Person shall be deemed to have “Beneficial Ownership” of all shares that any such Person has the right to acquire, whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time), directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Company;

 

11


(ii) the merger or consolidation of the Company with or into another Person or the merger of another Person with or into the Company, or the sale of all or substantially all the assets of the Company (determined on a consolidated basis) to another Person other than (A) a transaction in which the survivor or transferee is a Person that is controlled by a Permitted Holder or (B) a transaction following which, in the case of a merger or consolidation transaction, holders of securities that represented 100% of the Voting Stock of the Company immediately prior to such transaction (or other securities into which such securities are converted as part of such merger or consolidation transaction) own directly or indirectly at least a majority of the voting power of the Voting Stock of the surviving Person in such merger or consolidation transaction immediately after such transaction and in substantially the same proportion as before the transaction; or

(iii) Continuing Directors cease to constitute at least a majority of the Board of Directors; or

(iv) if after the Notes are initially listed on the New York Stock Exchange or another national securities exchange, the Notes fail, or at any point cease, to be listed on the New York Stock Exchange or such other national securities exchange. For the avoidance of doubt, it shall not be a Change of Control if after the Notes are initially listed on the New York Stock Exchange or another national securities exchange, such Notes are subsequently listed on a different national securities exchange and the prior listing is terminated.

ARTICLE V

O FFER TO P URCHASE

Section 5.01.

(a) On or before the 30th day after the occurrence of a Change of Control or a Limited Permitted Asset Sale, as the case may be, the Company will provide to all Holders and the Trustee and Paying Agent a written notice of the occurrence of the Change of Control or Limited Permitted Asset Sale and of the resulting purchase right. Such notice shall state, among other things: (i) the events causing a Change of Control or Limited Permitted Asset Sale, as the case may be; (ii) the date of the Change of Control or Limited Permitted Asset Sale, as the case may be; (iii) the last date on which a Holder may exercise repurchase right; (iv) the Change of Control Purchase Price or Limited

 

12


Permitted Asset Sale Purchase Price, as applicable; (v) the Change of Control Purchase Date or Limited Permitted Asset Sale, as applicable; (vi) the name and address of the Paying Agent; and (vii) the procedures that Holders must follow to require the Company to purchase their Notes.

(b) Simultaneously with providing such notice, the Company will publish a notice containing this information in a newspaper of general circulation in The City of New York or publish the information on the Company’s website or through such other public medium as the Company may use at that time to achieve a broad dissemination of such notice.

(c) To exercise the Change of Control purchase right or Limited Permitted Asset Sale purchase right, a Holder must deliver, on or before the third Business Day (or as otherwise provided in the notice provided for in Section 5.01(a) of this First Supplemental Indenture), immediately preceding the Change of Control Purchase Date or Limited Permitted Asset Sale Purchase Date, as applicable, the Notes to be purchased, duly endorsed for transfer, together with a written purchase notice and the form entitled “Form of Purchase Notice” on the reverse side of the Notes duly completed, to the Paying Agent. Such notice must:

(i) if certificated, state the certificate numbers of the Notes to be delivered for purchase;

(ii) if not certificated, comply with requisite DTC procedures;

(iii) state the portion of the principal amount of Notes to be purchased, which must be $25.00 or a multiple thereof; and

(iv) state that the Notes are to be purchased by the Company pursuant to the applicable provisions of the Notes and the Indenture.

(d) Holders may withdraw any purchase notice (in whole or in part) by a written notice of withdrawal delivered to the Paying Agent prior to the close of business on the Business Day immediately preceding the Change of Control Purchase Date or Limited Permitted Asset Sale Purchase Date, as applicable. The notice of withdrawal shall:

(i) state the principal amount of the withdrawn Notes;

(ii) if certificated Notes have been issued, state the certificate numbers of the withdrawn Notes;

(iii) if not certificated, comply with requisite DTC procedures; and

(iv) state the principal amount, if any, which remains subject to the purchase notice.

 

13


(e) On each Change of Control Purchase Date or Limited Permitted Asset Sale Purchase Date, as applicable, the Company will, to the extent lawful, (i) accept for payment all Notes or portions of Notes properly tendered pursuant to the applicable Change of Control offer or Limited Permitted Asset Sale offer made by the Company, (ii) deposit with the Paying Agent at least one Business Day prior to the Change of Control Purchase Date or Limited Permitted Asset Sale Purchase Date, as applicable, an amount equal to the Change of Control Purchase Price or the Limited Permitted Asset Sale Purchase Price, as applicable, in each case, in respect of all Notes or portions of Notes properly tendered pursuant to the applicable Change of Control offer or Permitted Limited Asset Sale offer made by the Company and (iii) deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee the Notes properly accepted, together with an Officers’ Certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of Notes or portions of Notes being repurchased. If the Paying Agent holds money or securities sufficient to pay the Change of Control Purchase Price or the Limited Permitted Asset Sale Purchase Price, as applicable, of the Notes on the Change of Control Purchase Date or the Limited Permitted Asset Sale Purchase Date, as applicable, then:

(i) the Notes will cease to be outstanding and interest will cease to accrue (whether or not book-entry transfer of the Notes is made or whether or not the Notes are delivered to the Paying Agent); and

(ii) all other rights of the Holder will terminate (other than the right to receive the Change of Control Purchase Price or the Limited Permitted Asset Sale, as applicable).

(f) In connection with any offer to purchase Notes pursuant to a Change of Control purchase notice or Limited Permitted Asset Sale purchase notice, as applicable, the Company will, to the extent applicable, comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other applicable securities laws and regulations to the extent those laws and regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of the Notes as a result of a Change of Control or Limited Permitted Asset Sale. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the Change of Control provisions of this First Supplemental Indenture, the Company will comply with any applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations under this First Supplemental Indenture by virtue of such compliance.

(g) No Notes may be purchased at the option of Holders thereof upon a Change of Control or Limited Permitted Asset Sale if the principal amount of the Notes has been accelerated, and such acceleration has not been rescinded, on or prior to such date.

ARTICLE VI

C OVENANTS

The covenants set forth in this Article VI shall be applicable to the Company in addition to the covenants in Article 4 of the Indenture, which shall in all respects be applicable in respect of the Notes.

 

14


Section 6.01. Limitation on Borrowings . The Company shall not permit Net Borrowings to equal or exceed 70% of Total Assets.

Section 6.02. Limitation on Minimum Tangible Net Worth . The Company shall ensure that its Tangible Net Worth always exceeds five hundred million dollars ($500,000,000).

Section 6.03. Reports . Following any Cross Default, the Company shall promptly notify the Trustee of the occurrence of such Cross Default.

Section 6.04. Restricted Payments . If (a) an Event of Default or an event or circumstance which, with the giving of any notice or the lapse of time, would constitute an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, (b) an Event of Default or an event or circumstance which, with the giving of any notice or the lapse of time, would constitute an Event of Default would result therefrom, (c) the Company is not in compliance with the covenant described under Section 6.01 or Section 6.02 of this First Supplemental Indenture, or (d) any payment of dividends or any form of distribution or return of capital would result in the Company not being in compliance with the covenant described under Section 6.01 or Section 6.02 of this First Supplemental Indenture, then neither the Company nor any Subsidiary will declare or pay any dividends or return any capital to its equity holders (other than the Company or a wholly-owned Subsidiary of the Company) or authorize or make any other distribution, payment or delivery of property or cash to its equity holders (other than the Company or a wholly-owned Subsidiary of the Company), or redeem, retire, purchase or otherwise acquire, directly or indirectly, for value, any interest of any class or series of its equity interests (or acquire any rights, options or warrants relating thereto but not including convertible debt) now or hereafter outstanding and held by Persons other than the Company or any wholly-owned Subsidiary, or repay any subordinated loans to equity holders (other than the Company or a wholly-owned Subsidiary of the Company) or set aside any funds for any of the foregoing purposes (“ Restricted Payments ”).

Section 6.05. Line of Business . The Company will not, nor will the Company permit any of its Subsidiaries (other than an Immaterial Subsidiary) to, engage primarily in any business other than a Permitted Business.

Section 6.06. Limitation on Asset Sales . The Company shall not, and shall not permit any Subsidiary to, in the ordinary course of business or otherwise, sell, lease, convey, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of the Company’s, or of any such Subsidiary’s, assets (including Capital Stock and warrants, options or other rights to acquire Capital Stock) (an “ Asset Sale ”), other than pursuant to a Permitted Asset Sale or a Limited Permitted Asset Sale, unless (A) the Company receives, or the relevant Subsidiary receives, consideration at the time of such Asset Sale at least equal to the fair market value (including as to the value of all non-cash consideration), as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company, of the assets subject to such Asset Sale, and (B) within 365 days after the receipt of any Net Proceeds from an Asset Sale, the Company or the relevant Subsidiary, as the case may be, shall apply all such Net Proceeds to:

(a) repay or prepay indebtedness under any Credit Facility secured by a lien on assets of the Company or any Subsidiary;

 

15


(b) acquire all or substantially all of the assets of, or any Capital Stock of, a person primarily engaged in a Permitted Business; provided , that in the case of the acquisition of Capital Stock of any Person, such Person is or becomes a Subsidiary of the Company and will be subject to all restrictions described in this First Supplemental Indenture as applying to Subsidiaries of the Company existing on the Issue Date;

(c) make a capital expenditure;

(d) acquire other assets that are not classified as current assets under US GAAP and that are used or useful in a Permitted Business (including, without limitation, Vessels and Related Assets);

(e) repay unsecured senior indebtedness of the Company or any Subsidiary (including any redemption, repurchase, retirement or other acquisition of the Notes); and

(f) any combination of the transactions permitted by the foregoing clauses (a) through (e),

provided , that any sale, assignment, conveyance, transfer or lease of all or substantially all of the Company’s properties and assets to any Person or Persons (whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions) will be governed by the provisions described under Section 4.01 of this First Supplemental Indenture and Article 5 of the Indenture and not by the provisions of this Section 6.06.

A (1) binding contract to apply the Net Proceeds in accordance with clauses (b) through (d) above shall toll the 365-day period in respect of such Net Proceeds or (2) determination by the Company to apply all or a portion of such Net Proceeds toward the exercise of an outstanding purchase option contract shall toll the 365-day period in respect of such Net Proceeds or portion thereof, in each case, for a period not to exceed 365 days or, in the case of a binding contract to acquire one or more Vessels, until the end of the construction or delivery period specified in such binding contract, as the same may be extended, from the expiration of the aforementioned 365-day period, provided , that such binding contract and such determination by the Company, in each case, shall be treated as a permitted application of Net Proceeds from the date of such binding contract or determination until and only until the earlier of (x) the date on which such acquisition or expenditure is consummated and (y) (i) in the case of a construction contract or any exercised purchase option contract, the date of expiration or termination of such construction contract or exercised purchase option contract and (ii) in all other cases, the 365th day following the expiration of the aforementioned 365-day period.

Pending the final application of any Net Proceeds, the Company or any of its Subsidiaries may apply Net Proceeds to the repayment or reduction of outstanding indebtedness or otherwise invest the Net Proceeds in any manner that is not prohibited by the Indenture.

 

16


If a Limited Permitted Asset Sale occurs at any time, the Company must, within 30 days of such Limited Permitted Asset Sale, make pursuant to Article V of this First Supplemental Indenture an offer to purchase Notes having a principal amount equal to the Excess Proceeds of such Limited Permitted Asset Sale. The price that the Company will be required to pay (the “ Limited Permitted Asset Sale Purchase Price ”) is equal to 101% of the principal amount of the Notes to be purchased, plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but excluding, the Limited Permitted Asset Sale Purchase Date, subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date. If the offer to purchase is for less than all of the outstanding Notes and Notes in an aggregate principal amount in excess of the purchase amount are tendered and not withdrawn pursuant to the offer, the Company will purchase Notes having an aggregate principal amount equal to the purchase amount on a pro rata basis, with adjustments so that only notes in multiples of $25.00 principal amount will be purchased. The “ Limited Permitted Asset Sale Purchase Date ” will be a date specified by the Company that is not less than 20 or more than 35 calendar days following the date of the Limited Permitted Asset Sale notice as described in Article V of this First Supplemental Indenture. Any Notes purchased by the Company pursuant to such offer to purchase will be paid for in cash.

Section 6.07. Compliance Certificate . Section 4.03 of the Indenture shall be superseded in its entirety by the following:

The Company shall deliver to the Trustee, within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year, an Officers’ Certificate stating that a review of the activities of the Company and its Subsidiaries during the preceding fiscal year has been made under the supervision of the signing Officers with a view to determining whether the Company has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled its obligations under the Indenture, and further stating, as to such Officer signing such certificate, that to the best of his or her knowledge the Company is not in default in the performance or observance of any of the terms, provisions and conditions of the Indenture or this First Supplemental Indenture (or, if a Default or Event of Default shall have occurred, describing all such Defaults or Events of Default of which he or she may have knowledge and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto). The Company shall deliver to the Trustee, within 30 days after the occurrence thereof, written notice in the form of an Officers’ Certificate of any Event of Default described Section 7.01 of this First Supplemental Indenture and any event of which it becomes aware that with the giving of notice or the lapse of time would become such an Event of Default, its status and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto.

ARTICLE VII

E VENTS OF D EFAULT

Section 7.01. Modifications of Certain Events of Default . The Events of Default set forth in Section 6.01 of the Indenture shall be superseded in their entirety by the following Events of Default in this Section 7.01 (each an “ Event of Default ”):

(a) default in the payment of the principal of or any premium on any Notes, or any Additional Amounts payable with respect thereto, when such principal or premium becomes or such Additional Amounts become due and payable at Maturity; or

 

17


(b) default in the payment of any interest on any Security of such series, or any Additional Amounts payable with respect thereto, when such interest becomes or such Additional Amounts become due and payable, and continuance of such default for a period of 30 days; or

(c) failure by the Company to perform or comply with the provisions of Article V of the Indenture (as amended by this First Supplemental Indenture) relating to mergers and similar events; or

(d) failure by the Company to provide notice of a Change of Control or a Limited Permitted Asset Sale or to repurchase Notes tendered for repurchase following the occurrence of a Change of Control or a Limited Permitted Asset Sale in conformity with the covenants set forth in Article IV of this First Supplemental Indenture; or

(e) default in the performance, or breach, of any covenant of the Company in this First Supplemental Indenture or the Indenture, and continuance of such default or breach for a period of 60 days after there has been given, by registered or certified mail, to the Company by the Trustee or to the Company and the Trustee by the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes, a written notice; or

(f) any debt for borrowed money of the Company or any Subsidiary having an aggregate principal amount of $25.0 million or more in the aggregate for all such debt of all such Persons (i) is subject to an event of default that results in such debt being due and payable prior to its scheduled maturity or (ii) is subject to a failure to make a principal payment when due and such defaulted payment is not made, waived or extended within the applicable grace period; or

(g) the entry against the Company of one or more final non-appealable judgments or decrees for the payment of money in an aggregate amount in excess of $25.0 million, by a court or courts of competent jurisdiction, which final non-appealable judgment or decree remains undischarged, unstayed or unwaived for a period of 90 consecutive days; or

(h) the entry by a court having competent jurisdiction of:

(i) a decree or order for relief in respect of the Company or any Significant Subsidiary in an involuntary proceeding under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other similar law and such decree or order shall remain unstayed and in effect for a period of 60 consecutive days; or

(ii) a decree or order adjudging the Company or any Significant Subsidiary to be insolvent, or approving a petition seeking reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition of the Company or any Significant Subsidiary and such decree or order shall remain unstayed and in effect for a period of 60 consecutive days; or

 

18


(iii) a final and non-appealable order appointing a custodian, receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee or other similar official of the Company or any Significant Subsidiary of any substantial part of the property of the Company or any Significant Subsidiary or ordering the winding up or liquidation of the affairs of the Company or any Significant Subsidiary; or

(i) the commencement by the Company or any Significant Subsidiary of a voluntary proceeding under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other similar law or of a voluntary proceeding seeking to be adjudicated insolvent or the consent by the Company or any Significant Subsidiary to the entry of a decree or order for relief in an involuntary proceeding under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other similar law or to the commencement of any insolvency proceedings against it, or the filing by the Company or any Significant Subsidiary of a petition or answer or consent seeking reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition of the Company or any Significant Subsidiary or relief under any applicable law, or the consent by the Company or any Significant Subsidiary to the filing of such petition or to the appointment of or taking possession by a custodian, receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee or similar official of the Company or any Significant Subsidiary or any substantial part of the property of the Company or any Significant Subsidiary or the making by the Company or any Significant Subsidiary of an assignment for the benefit of creditors, or the taking of corporate action by the Company or any Significant Subsidiary in furtherance of any such action.

Section 7.02. Acceleration of Maturity; Rescission and Annulment. Section 6.02(a) of the Indenture shall be applicable to the Notes, except that the reference therein to “clauses (g) or (h) of Section 6.01” shall be replaced by a reference to “clauses (h) or (i) of Section 7.01 of the First Supplemental Indenture.”

Section 7.03. Section 6.02(b) of the Indenture shall be superseded in its entirety by the following:

Notwithstanding the foregoing, at the election of the Company, the sole remedy with respect to an Event of Default resulting from a failure by the Company to comply with the requirements of Section 314(a)(1) of the Trust Indenture Act or the requirements of Section 4.02 of the Indenture (any such Event of Default, a “ Reporting Default ”), shall, after the occurrence of such Reporting Default consist exclusively of the right to receive additional interest (the “ Additional Interest ”) on the Notes at an annual rate equal to (i) 0.25% of the principal amount of the Notes for each day during the 90 calendar day period beginning on, and including, the date on which such Reporting Default first occurs and on which such Reporting Default is continuing and (ii) 0.50% of the principal amount of the Notes for each day during the 90 calendar day period beginning on, and including, the 91st day following the date on which such Reporting Default first occurs and on which such Reporting Default is continuing. If the Company so elects, the Additional Interest shall accrue on all outstanding Notes from and including the date on which such Reporting Default first occurs until such violation is cured or waived and shall be payable in arrears on regular Interest Payment Dates. On the 181st day after such Reporting Default (if such violation is not cured or waived prior to such 181st

 

19


calendar day), then the Trustee or the Holders of not less than 25% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes may declare the principal of all the Notes to be due and payable immediately, by a notice in writing to the Company (and to the Trustee if given by the Holders), and upon any such declaration such principal or such lesser amount shall become immediately due and payable.

If the Company elects to pay the Additional Interest as the sole remedy during the first 180 days following the occurrence of a Reporting Default, the Company shall notify in writing the Holders, the Paying Agent and the Trustee of such election at any time on or before the close of business on the fifth Business Day prior to the date on which such Reporting Default would otherwise occur. Unless and until a Responsible Officer of the Trustee receives at the Corporate Trust Office such written notice, the Trustee may assume without inquiry that Additional Interest is not payable.

ARTICLE VIII

A DDITIONAL A MOUNTS

Section 8.01. Additional Amounts . (a) All payments made by or on behalf of the Company under or with respect to the Notes will be made free and clear of and without withholding or deduction for, or on account of, any present or future tax, duty, levy, impost, assessment or other governmental charge (including penalties, interest and other liabilities related thereto) (hereinafter “ Taxes ”) unless the withholding or deduction of such Taxes is then required by law. If any deduction or withholding for, or on account of, any Taxes imposed or levied by or on behalf of the government of the Republic of Marshall Islands or any political subdivision or any authority or agency therein or thereof having power to tax, or any other jurisdiction in which the Company (including any successor entity) is organized or is otherwise resident for tax purposes, or any jurisdiction from or through which payment is made (including, without limitation, the jurisdiction of each paying agent) (each a “ Specified Tax Jurisdiction ”), will at any time be required to be made from any payments made under or with respect to the Notes. the Company will pay such additional amounts (the “ Additional Amounts ”) as may be necessary so that the net amount received in respect of such payments by a Holder (including Additional Amounts) after such withholding or deduction will not be less than the amount such Holder would have received if such Taxes had not been withheld or deducted; provided , however , that the foregoing obligation to pay Additional Amounts does not apply to:

(i) any Taxes that would not have been so imposed but for the Holder or beneficial owner of the Notes having any present or former connection with the Specified Tax Jurisdiction (other than the mere acquisition, ownership, holding, enforcement or receipt of payment in respect of the Notes);

(ii) any estate, inheritance, gift, sales, excise, transfer, personal property tax or similar tax, assessment or governmental charge;

(iii) any Taxes payable other than by deduction or withholding from payments under, or with respect to, the Notes;

 

20


(iv) any Taxes imposed as a result of the failure of the Holder or beneficial owner of the Notes to complete, execute and deliver to the Company any form or document to the extent applicable to such Holder or beneficial owner that may be required by law or by reason of administration of such law and which is reasonably requested in writing to be delivered to the Company in order to enable the Company to make payments on the Notes without deduction or withholding for Taxes, or with deduction or withholding of a lesser amount, which form or document will be delivered within 60 days of a written request therefor by the Company;

(v) any Taxes that would not have been so imposed but for the beneficiary of the payment having presented a Note for payment (in cases in which presentation is required) more than 30 days after the date on which such payment or such Note became due and payable or the date on which payment thereof is duly provided for, whichever is later (except to the extent that the Holder would have been entitled to Additional Amounts had the Note been presented on the last day of such 30-day period);

(vi) any Taxes imposed on or with respect to any payment by the Company to the Holder if such Holder is a fiduciary or partnership or Person other than the sole beneficial owner of such payment, to the extent that a beneficiary or settlor with respect to such fiduciary, a member of such partnership or the beneficial owner of such payment would not have been entitled to Additional Amounts had such beneficiary, settlor, member or beneficial owner been the actual Holder of such Note;

(vii) any Taxes that are required to be deducted or withheld on a payment pursuant to European Council Directive 2003/48/EC or any law implementing, or introduced in order to conform to, such directive; or

(viii) any combination of items (i) through (vii) above.

(b) If the Company becomes aware that it will be obligated to pay Additional Amounts with respect to any payment under or with respect to the Notes, the Company will deliver to the Trustee and Paying Agent at least 30 days prior to the date of that payment (unless the obligation to pay Additional Amounts arises after the 30th day prior to that payment date, in which case the Company will notify the Trustee and Paying Agent in writing promptly thereafter but in no event later than five calendar days prior to the date of payment) an Officers’ Certificate stating the fact that Additional Amounts will be payable and the amount so payable. The Officers’ Certificate shall also set forth any other information necessary to enable the Paying Agent to pay Additional Amounts to Holders on the relevant payment date. The Trustee and Paying Agent will be entitled to rely solely on such Officers’ Certificate as conclusive proof that such payments are necessary. The Company will provide the Trustee and Paying Agent with documentation evidencing the payment of Additional Amounts.

 

21


(c) The Company will make all withholdings and deductions required by law and will remit the full amount deducted or withheld to the relevant governmental authority on a timely basis in accordance with applicable law. As soon as practicable, the Company will provide the Trustee and Paying Agent with an official receipt or, if official receipts are not obtainable, other documentation evidencing the payment of the Taxes so withheld or deducted. Upon written request, copies of those receipts or other documentation, as the case may be, will be made available by the Trustee and Paying Agent to the Holders of the Notes.

(d) Whenever in the Indenture or this First Supplemental Indenture there is referenced, in any context, the payment of amounts based upon the principal amount of the Notes or of principal, interest or any other amount payable under, or with respect to, the Notes, such reference will be deemed to include payment of Additional Amounts as described under this heading to the extent that, in such context, Additional Amounts are, were or would be payable in respect thereof.

(e) The Company will indemnify a Holder, within 10 Business Days after written demand therefor, for the full amount of any Taxes paid by such Holder to a governmental authority of a Specified Tax Jurisdiction, on or with respect to any payment by on or account of any obligation of the Company to withhold or deduct an amount on account of Taxes for which the Company would have been obligated to pay Additional Amounts hereunder and any penalties, interest and reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant governmental authority. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to the Company by a Holder will be conclusive absent manifest error.

(f) The Company will pay any present or future stamp, court or documentary taxes or any other excise or property taxes, charges or similar levies that arise in any Specified Tax Jurisdiction from the execution, delivery, enforcement or registration of the Notes, the Indenture or any other document or instrument in relation thereof, or the receipt of any payments with respect to the Notes, and the Company will indemnify the Holders for any such taxes paid by such Holders.

Section 8.02. Obligations to Survive . The obligations described in Section 8.01 of this First Supplemental Indenture will survive any termination, defeasance or discharge of the Indenture and will apply mutatis mutandis to any jurisdiction in which any successor person to the Company is organized or any political subdivision or authority or agency thereof or therein.

 

22


ARTICLE IX

FURTHER MODIFICATIONS TO INDENTURE

Section 9.01. Outstanding Securities . Section 2.09 of the Indenture shall be applicable to the Notes, except that the third paragraph shall be superseded in its entirety by the following:

If, on or after the Maturity of the Securities or any redemption date or date for purchase of the Notes pursuant to an Offer to Purchase, the Trustee (or Paying Agent, other than the Company or an Affiliate of the Company) holds money sufficient to pay all amounts then due, those Notes payable or to be redeemed or purchased on that date cease to be outstanding and interest on them ceases to accrue.

Section 9.02. Successors . Section 5.01 and Section 5.02 of the Indenture shall be superseded in their entirety by the following:

(a) The Company will not

(i) consolidate with or merge with or into any Person or permit any Person to merge with or into the Company, or

(ii) sell, assign, convey, transfer, or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties and assets, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, to any Person or

(iii) lease all or substantially all of its assets, whether in one transaction or a series of transactions, to one or more other Persons, unless

(A) the successor Person, if any, is a corporation, partnership, trust or other entity organized and validly existing under the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands, the United States of America, any State of the United States of America or the District of Columbia, the Commonwealth of the Bahamas, the Republic of Liberia, the Republic of Panama, the Commonwealth of Bermuda, the British Virgin Islands, the Cayman Islands, the Isle of Man, Cyprus, Norway, Greece, Hong Kong, the United Kingdom, Malta, any Member State of the European Union and any other jurisdiction generally acceptable, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company, to institutional lenders in the shipping industries;

(B) immediately after giving effect to the transaction, no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing;

(C) such Person or Persons shall expressly assume by supplemental indenture executed and delivered to the Trustee, in form satisfactory to the Trustee, the due and punctual payment of the principal of, and any interest on, all Notes and the performance or observance of every covenant of the Indenture and the First Supplemental Indenture on the part of the Company to be performed or observed; and

(D) the Company delivers to the Trustee, prior to the consummation of the transaction, an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that the consolidation, merger or transfer and the supplemental indenture (if any) comply with the Indenture, as supplemented by the First Supplemental Indenture.

 

23


(b) Upon the consummation of any transaction effected in accordance with these provisions, the successor Person will succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, the Company under the Indenture, the First Supplemental Indenture and the Notes with the same effect as if such successor Person had been named as the Company in the Indenture. Upon such substitution, except in the case of (i) a lease or (ii) the sale, conveyance, transfer or disposition of less than all its assets, the Company will be released from its obligations under the Indenture, the First Supplemental Indenture and the Notes.

Section 9.03. Principal and Interest Inclusive . With respect to the Notes, all provisions of this First Supplemental Indenture and the Indenture relating to principal and interest, shall be understood to include, to the extent applicable, the Change of Control Purchase Price, the Limited Permitted Asset Sale Purchase Price, any redemption price, any Additional Amounts, any Additional Interest, and any other amounts then payable upon the Notes.

Section 9.04. Satisfaction and Discharge . Section 8.01 of the Indenture shall be applicable to the Notes, except that in Section 8.01(a)(ii) the phrase “have become due and payable, or” shall be deleted.

Section 9.05. Legal Defeasance. Section 8.03 of the Indenture shall not apply to the Notes, and shall be superseded by the provisions of this Section 9.05 of this First Supplemental Indenture. After the 123rd day following the deposit referred to in clause (1), the Company will be deemed to have paid and will be discharged from its obligations in respect of the Notes and the Indenture, other than its obligations in Article 2 of the Indenture, and Sections 4.01 of the Indenture, Section 7.07 of the Indenture, Section 7.08 of the Indenture, Section 8.05 of the Indenture and Section 9.07 of this First Supplemental Indenture (“ legal defeasance ”), provided the following conditions have been satisfied:

(a) The Company has irrevocably deposited in trust with the Trustee, as trust funds solely for the benefit of the Holders, money or U.S. Government Obligations or a combination thereof sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certificate thereof delivered to the Trustee, without consideration of any reinvestment, to pay principal of and interest on the Notes to maturity or redemption, as the case may be, provided that any redemption before maturity has been irrevocably provided for under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee.

(b) No default has occurred and is continuing on the date of the deposit or occurs at any time during the 123-day period following the deposit.

(c) The deposit will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, the Indenture, this First Supplemental Indenture or any other agreement or instrument to which the Company is a party or by which it is bound.

 

24


(d) The Company has delivered to the Trustee

(i) either (x) a ruling received from the Internal Revenue Service to the effect that the beneficial owners of the Notes to be defeased will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of the defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amount and in the same manner and at the same times as would otherwise have been the case or (y) an Opinion of Counsel, based on a change in law after the date of this First Supplemental Indenture, to the same effect as the ruling described in clause (x), and

(ii) an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that (i) the creation of the defeasance trust does not violate the Investment Company Act of 1940, (ii) the Holders have a valid first priority Note interest in the trust funds (subject to customary exceptions), and (iii) after the passage of 123 days following the deposit, the trust funds will not be subject to the effect of Section 547 of the United States Bankruptcy Code or Section 15 of the New York Debtor and Creditor Law.

(e) If the Notes are listed on a national securities exchange, the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that the deposit and defeasance will not cause the Notes to be delisted.

(f) The Company has delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, in each case stating that all conditions precedent provided for herein relating to the defeasance have been complied with.

Prior to the end of the 123-day period, none of the Company’s obligations under the Indenture or the First Supplemental Indenture will be discharged. Thereafter, the Trustee upon request will acknowledge in writing the discharge of the Company’s obligations under the Notes, the Indenture and the First Supplemental Indenture except for the surviving obligations specified above.

Section 9.06. Covenant Defeasance . Section 8.04 of the Indenture shall not apply to the Notes, and shall be superseded by the provisions of this Section 9.06 of this First Supplemental Indenture. After the 123rd day following the deposit referred to in clause (1) of Section 9.05 of this First Supplemental Indenture, the Company’s obligations set forth in Sections 6.01 through 6.06 of this First Supplemental Indenture and clauses (c), (d), (e), (f) and (g) of Section 7.01 of this First Supplemental Indenture will no longer constitute Events of Default (“ covenant defeasance ”), provided the following conditions have been satisfied:

(a) The Company has complied with clauses (a), (b), (c), d(ii), (e) and (f) of Section 9.05 of this First Supplemental Indenture; and

(b) the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that the beneficial owners of the Notes to be defeased will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of the defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amount and in the same manner and at the same times as would otherwise have been the case.

 

25


Except as specifically stated above, none of the Company’s obligations under the Indenture will be discharged.

Section 9.07. Reinstatement. If and for so long as the Trustee is unable to apply any money or U.S. Government Obligations held in trust pursuant to Section 8.01 of the Indenture, or Sections 9.05 or 9.06 of this First Supplemental Indenture by reason of any legal proceeding or by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, the Company’s obligations under the Indenture, the First Supplemental Indenture and the Notes will be reinstated as though no such deposit in trust had been made. If the Company makes any payment of principal of or interest on any Notes because of the reinstatement of its obligations, it will be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money or U.S. Government Obligations held in trust.

Section 9.08. Modification Without Consent . With respect to the Notes, the following clauses (a) through (h) shall replace clauses (a) through (h) of Section 9.01 of the Indenture:

(a) to cure any ambiguity, omission, defect or inconsistency that does not adversely affect the rights of any Holder of the Notes in any material respect;

(b) to provide for the assumption by a successor corporation of the Company’s obligations under the Indenture and this First Supplemental Indenture, in accordance with Article 5 of the Indenture, as amended by Section 9.02 of this First Supplemental Indenture;

(c) to secure the Notes;

(d) to add to the Covenants of the Company for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes or to surrender any right or power conferred upon the Company;

(e) to provide for uncertificated Notes, at any time that the Notes are in certificated form;

(f) to evidence and provide for the acceptance of appointment of a successor Trustee with respect to the Notes;

(g) to comply with the requirements of the TIA and any rules promulgated under the TIA; and

(h) to make any other change that does not adversely affect the rights of any Holder of the Notes in any material respect;

 

26


Section 9.09. Modification With Consent . With respect to the Notes, the following clauses (a) through (k) shall replace clauses (a) through (l) of Section 9.03 of the Indenture:

(a) change the stated maturity of the principal of, or any interest on, the Notes;

(b) reduce the principal amount of, or interest on, the Notes;

(c) change the interest rate applicable to the Notes;

(d) change the currency of payment of principal of, or interest on, the Notes or change any Note’s place of payment;

(e) impair the right of any Holder to receive payment of principal of, and interest on, such Holder’s Notes on or after the due dates therefor or to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on, or with respect to, the Notes;

(f) modify the provisions with respect to the purchase rights of the Holders pursuant to Section 4.01 and Section 6.06 of this First Supplemental Indenture in a manner adverse to the Holders of Notes;

(g) change the ranking of the Notes;

(h) change the Company’s obligation to pay Additional Amounts on any Note;

(i) waive a default or Event of Default in the payment of principal of, or interest, if any, on any Note (except a rescission of acceleration of the Notes by the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes and a waiver of the payment default that resulted from such acceleration);

(j) waive a redemption payment with respect to any Note or change any of the provisions with respect to the redemption of the Notes in a manner adverse to the Holders of Notes; and

(k) modify provisions with respect to modification, amendment or waiver (including waiver of Events of Default), except to increase the percentage required for modification, amendment or waiver or to provide for consent of each affected Holder of the Notes.

ARTICLE X

M ISCELLANEOUS

Section 10.01. Ratification of Indenture . This First Supplemental Indenture is executed and shall be constructed as an indenture supplement to the Indenture, and as supplemented and modified hereby, the Indenture is in all respects ratified and confirmed, and the Indenture and this First Supplemental Indenture shall be read, taken and constructed as one and the same instrument.

 

27


Section 10.02. Trust Indenture Act Controls . If any provision of this First Supplemental Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with another provision that is required or deemed to be included in this First Supplemental Indenture by the Trust Indenture Act, the required or deemed provision shall control.

Section 10.03. Notices . All notices and other communications shall be given as provided in the Indenture.

Section 10.04. Governing Law . With respect to the Notes, Section 10.11 of the Indenture shall be superseded in its entirety by the following:

THE INDENTURE, THIS FIRST SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE AND THE NOTES SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK APPLICABLE TO AGREEMENTS MADE OR INSTRUMENTS ENTERED INTO AND, IN EACH CASE, PERFORMED IN THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

(a) Any legal suit, action or proceeding arising out of or based upon this Indenture (each a “ Related Proceeding ”) may be instituted in the federal courts of the United States of America located in the City and County of New York, Borough of Manhattan, or the courts of the State of New York in each case located in the City and County of New York, Borough of Manhattan (collectively, the “ Specified Courts ”), and each party irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction (except for proceedings instituted in regard to the enforcement of a judgment of any such court (a “ Related Judgment ”), as to which such jurisdiction is non-exclusive) of such courts in any such suit, action or proceeding. Service of any process, summons, notice or document by mail to such party’s address set forth above shall be effective service of process for any suit, action or other proceeding brought in any such court. The parties irrevocably and unconditionally waive any objection to the laying of venue of any suit, action or other proceeding in the Specified Courts and irrevocably and unconditionally waive and agree not to plead or claim in any such court that any such suit, action or other proceeding brought in any such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum. Each of the Company and its subsidiaries not located in the United States irrevocably appoints Sting, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, as its agent to receive service of process or other legal summons for purposes of any such suit, action or proceeding that may be instituted in any state or federal court in the City and County of New York.

(b) With respect to any Related Proceeding, each party irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, all immunity (whether on the basis of sovereignty or otherwise) from jurisdiction, service of process, attachment (both before and after judgment) and execution to which it might otherwise be entitled in the Specified Courts, and with respect to any Related Judgment, each party waives any such immunity in the Specified Courts or any other court of competent jurisdiction, and will not raise or claim or cause to be pleaded any such immunity at or in respect of any such Related Proceeding or Related Judgment, including, without limitation, any immunity pursuant to the United States Foreign Sovereign Immunities Act of 1976, as amended.

 

28


Section 10.05. Successors . All covenants and agreements in this First Supplemental Indenture and the Notes by the Company shall bind its successors and assigns, whether so expressed or not.

Section 10.06. Counterparts . This First Supplemental Indenture may be executed in several counterparts, each of which shall be an original and all of which shall constitute but one and the same instrument. The exchange of copies of this Indenture and of signature pages by facsimile or PDF transmission shall constitute effective execution and delivery of this Indenture as to parties hereto and may be issued in lieu of the original Indenture and signature pages for all purposes.

Section 10.07. Headings . The Article and Section headings of this First Supplemental Indenture are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.

Section 10.08. Cross-References . To the extent this First Supplemental Indenture supersedes or replaces a section of the Indenture, references to such section elsewhere in the Indenture shall be understood to refer to the section of this First Supplemental Indenture superseding or replacing such section.

Section 10.09. Trustee Not Responsible for Recitals . The recitals contained herein and in the Notes, except the Trustee’s certificate of authentication shall be taken as the statements of the Company and neither the Trustee nor any Authenticating Agent assumes any responsibility for their correctness. The Trustee makes no representations as to the validity or sufficiency of this First Supplemental Indenture or of the Notes, except that the Trustee represents that it is duly authorized to execute and deliver this First Supplemental Indenture, authenticate the Notes and perform its obligations hereunder and that the statements made by it in a Statement of Eligibility on Form T-1 supplied to the Company are true and accurate, subject to the qualifications set forth therein. Neither the Trustee nor any Authenticating Agent shall be accountable for the use or application by the Company of the Notes or the proceeds thereof.

The Trustee shall not be responsible in any manner whatsoever for or with respect to (i) the proper authorization hereof by the Company by action or otherwise, (ii) the due execution hereof by the Company, or (iii) the consequences of any amendment herein provided for.

 

29


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this First Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed as of the date first written above.

 

COMPANY:

 

SCORPIO BULKERS INC.

By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

[ Signature Page to First Supplemental Indenture ]


TRUSTEE:
                                         , as trustee

By:

 

 

By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

[ Signature Page to First Supplemental Indenture ]


EXHIBIT A

FORM OF NOTE

THIS NOTE IS A GLOBAL SECURITY WITHIN THE MEANING OF THE INDENTURE HEREINAFTER REFERRED TO AND IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF A DEPOSITORY (AS DEFINED IN THE INDENTURE) OR A NOMINEE THEREOF. THIS NOTE IS EXCHANGEABLE FOR NOTES REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF A PERSON OTHER THAN THE DEPOSITORY OR ITS NOMINEE ONLY IN THE LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES DESCRIBED IN THE INDENTURE AND, UNLESS AND UNTIL IT IS EXCHANGED IN WHOLE OR IN PART FOR NOTES IN DEFINITIVE FORM, THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT AS A WHOLE BY THE DEPOSITORY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITORY, OR BY A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITORY TO THE DEPOSITORY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITORY, OR BY THE DEPOSITORY OR ANY SUCH NOMINEE TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITORY OR A NOMINEE OF SUCH SUCCESSOR DEPOSITORY.

UNLESS THIS NOTE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION (“ DTC ”), TO THE COMPANY (AS DEFINED BELOW) OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY NOTE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.

CUSIP NO. [ ]

ISIN NO. [ ]

SCORPIO BULKERS INC.

    % SENIOR NOTE DUE                     

 

$            No.:    

SCORPIO BULKERS INC., a Marshall Islands corporation (hereinafter called the “Company”, which term includes any successor corporation under the Indenture referred to below), for value received, hereby promises to pay to Cede & Co., or registered assigns, the principal sum of $         (            MILLION DOLLARS) set forth on Schedule I annexed hereto on                     , and to pay interest thereon from and including             , 2014 or from the most recent Interest Payment Date on which interest has been paid or duly provided for, quarterly on March 15, June 15, September 15 and December 15 in each year, commencing             , 2014, at the rate of     % per annum, until the principal hereof is paid or made available for payment. Interest on this Note

 

A-1


shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months. If any Interest Payment Date or the Maturity Date falls on a day that is not a Business Day, the required payment of interest or principal, as the case may be, shall be made on the next succeeding Business Day as if it were made on the date such payment was due and no interest shall accrue on the amount so payable for the period from and after such Interest Payment Date or the Maturity Date, as the case may be, to such next Business Day. The interest so payable and punctually paid or duly provided for on any Interest Payment Date will, as provided in the Indenture, be paid to the Person in whose name this Note (or one or more predecessor Notes) is registered at the close of business on the Regular Record Date for such interest, which shall be March 1, June 1, September 1 or December 1 (whether or not a Business Day), as the case may be, next preceding such Interest Payment Date. Any such interest which is payable but not punctually paid or duly provided for on any Interest Payment Date shall forthwith cease to be payable to the registered Holder hereof on the relevant Regular Record Date by virtue or having been such Holder, and may be paid to the Person in whose name this Note (or one or more predecessor Notes) is registered at the close of business on a subsequent special record date (which shall be at least 10 days before the payment date) for the payment of such defaulted interest to be fixed by the Company, notice whereof shall be given to the Holders of Notes not less than 10 days prior to such Special Record Date, or may be paid at any time in any other lawful manner not inconsistent with the requirements of any securities exchange on which the Notes may be listed, and upon such notice as may be required by such exchange, all as more fully provided in the Indenture.

Payment of the principal of and interest on this Note (including, without limitation, any purchase price relating to a Change of Control offer to purchase or a Limited Permitted Asset sale offer to purchase) will be made at the office or agency of the Company maintained for that purpose in The Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts; provided , however , that, at the option of the Company, interest may be paid by check mailed to the address of the Person entitled thereto as such address shall appear in the Security register; provided , further , that payment to DTC or any successor depository may be made by wire transfer to the account designated by DTC or such successor depository in writing.

This Note is one of a duly authorized issue of securities of the Company designated as its     % Senior Notes due                      (herein called the “ Notes ”), issued and to be issued in one or more series under an Indenture, dated as of             , 2014 (the “ Base Indenture ”), between the Company and                                         , as Trustee (herein called the “ Trustee, ” which term includes any successor trustee under the Indenture), as supplemented by the First Supplemental Indenture, dated             , 2014, between the Company and the Trustee (the “ First Supplemental Indenture ” and, together with the Base Indenture, the “ Indenture ”), to which Indenture and all indentures supplemental thereto reference is hereby made for a statement of the respective rights, limitations of rights, duties and immunities thereunder of the Company, the Trustee and the Holders of the Notes, and of the terms upon which the Notes are, and are to be, authenticated and delivered. This Note is one of the series designated on the face hereof, initially limited (subject to exceptions provided in the Indenture) to the aggregate principal amount of $        .

 

A-2


If an Event of Default with respect to the Notes shall occur and be continuing, the principal of the Notes may be declared due and payable in the manner and with the effect provided in the Indenture.

The Notes may not be redeemed prior to the Stated Maturity, except as described in Section 3.01 and 3.02 of the First Supplemental Indenture. The Notes are not subject to any sinking fund.

Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control or a Limited Permitted Asset Sale, each Holder of Notes will have the right to require the Company to purchase all or a portion of such Holder’s Notes at a purchase price equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to but excluding the date of purchase, to the extent provided for in the Indenture.

The Indenture contains provisions permitting, with certain exceptions as therein provided, the amendment thereof and the modification of the rights and obligations of the Company and the rights of the Holders of the Notes of each series issued under the Indenture at any time by the Company and the Trustee with the written consent of the Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes at the time Outstanding of each series affected thereby. The Indenture also contains provisions permitting the Holders of specified percentages in aggregate principal amount of the Notes of any series at the time Outstanding, on behalf of the Holders of all Notes of such series, to waive compliance by the Company with certain provisions of the Indenture and certain past defaults under the Indenture and their consequences. Any such consent or waiver by the Holder of this Note shall be conclusive and binding upon such Holder and upon all future Holders of this Note and of any Notes issued upon the registration of transfer hereof or in exchange herefor or in lieu hereof, whether or not notation of such consent or waiver is made upon this Note.

No reference herein to the Indenture and no provision of this Note or of the Indenture shall alter or impair the obligation of the Company, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay the principal of and interest on this Note, at the times, place and rate, and in the coin or currency, herein and in the Indenture prescribed.

As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations set forth therein and in this Note, the transfer of this Note may be registered on the Security register upon surrender of this Note for registration of transfer at the office or agency of the Company maintained for that purpose in any place where the principal of and interest on this Note are payable, duly endorsed by, or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company and the Registrar duly executed by, the Holder hereof or by his attorney duly authorized in writing, and thereupon one or more new Notes of this series and of like tenor, of authorized denominations and for the same aggregate principal amount, will be issued to the designated transferee or transferees.

 

A-3


The Notes are issuable only in registered form in the denominations of $25.00 or any integral multiple thereof. As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations set forth in the Indenture, and in this Note, the Notes are exchangeable for a like aggregate principal amount of Notes of this series in different authorized denominations, as requested by the Holders surrendering the same.

No service charge shall be made for any such registration of transfer or exchange, but the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge payable in connection therewith, other than in certain cases provided in the Indenture.

Prior to due presentment of this Note for registration of transfer, the Company, the Trustee and any agent of the Company or the Trustee may treat the Person in whose name this Note is registered as the owner hereof for all purposes, whether or not this Note be overdue, and neither the Company, the Trustee nor any such agent shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

The Indenture contains provisions whereby (i) the Company may be discharged from its obligations with respect to the Notes (subject to certain exceptions) or (ii) the Company may be released from its obligations under specified covenants and agreements in the Indenture, in each case if the Company irrevocably deposits with the Trustee money or U.S. Government Obligations, or a combination thereof, in an amount sufficient, without consideration of any reinvestment, to pay and discharge the entire indebtedness on all Notes of this series, and satisfies certain other conditions, all as more fully provided in the Indenture.

This Note shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York applicable to agreements made or instruments entered into and, in each case, performed in said State.

All terms used in this Note without definition that are defined in the Indenture shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.

[ Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank ]

 

A-4


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Note to be to be duly executed as of the date set forth below.

 

SCORPIO BULKERS INC.
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

[ Signature Page to     % Senior Note due                      ]


Trustee’s Certificate of Authentication

This is one of the Securities of the series designated therein referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture.

Dated:             , 2014

 

                                         , as Trustee
By:  

 

  Authorized Signatory

[ Certificate of Authentication to     % Senior Note due                      ]


ASSIGNMENT FORM

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned hereby sell(s), assign(s) and transfer(s) unto

PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY OR OTHER IDENTIFYING NUMBER OF ASSIGNEE

 

 

PLEASE PRINT OR TYPEWRITE NAME AND ADDRESS INCLUDING POSTAL ZIP CODE OF ASSIGNEE

 

 

 

 

the within Security and all rights thereunder, hereby irrevocably constituting and appointing attorney to transfer said Security on the books of the Company, with full power of substitution in the premises.

 

Dated:  

 

Signature:  

 

 

NOTICE:    THE SIGNATURE TO THIS ASSIGNMENT MUST CORRESPOND WITH THE NAME AS WRITTEN UPON THE FACE OF THE WITHIN INSTRUMENT IN EVERY PARTICULAR, WITHOUT ALTERATION OR ENLARGEMENT OR ANY CHANGE WHATEVER.

Signature Guarantee:

SIGNATURE GUARANTEE

Signatures must be guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” meeting the requirements of the Registrar, which requirements include membership or participation in the Security Transfer Agent Medallion Program (“STAMP”) or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.


FORM OF PURCHASE NOTICE

If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 5.01 of the First Supplemental Indenture, check the box:

 

¨

If you want to elect to have only part of this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 5.01 of the First Supplemental Indenture, state the amount in principal amount: $        

 

Dated:  

 

    Your Signature:  

 

        (Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Note.)

 

Signature Guarantee:   

 

   (Signature must be guaranteed)

Signatures must be guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” meeting the requirements of the Registrar, which requirements include membership or participation in the Security Transfer Agent Medallion Program (“STAMP”) or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.


Schedule I

SCHEDULE OF TRANSFERS AND EXCHANGES

The initial principal amount of this Global Security is $50,000,000 (FIFTY MILLION DOLLARS)]. The following increases or decreases in principal amount of this Global Security have been made:

 

Date of Exchange

   Amount of
Decrease in
Principal
Amount of this
Global Security
   Amount of
Increase in

Principal Amount
of this Global

Security
   Principal
Amount of this
Global Security
following such
Decrease or
Increase
   Signature of
Authorized
Signatory of
trustee or
Custodian

Start here

           

 

Sch-1

Exhibit 5.1

 

LOGO

August 7, 2014            

Scorpio Bulkers Inc.

9, Boulevard Charles III

MC 98000 Monaco

Re: Scorpio Bulkers Inc.

Ladies and Gentlemen:

We have acted as special counsel to Scorpio Bulkers Inc., a corporation organized under the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands (the “ Company ”), in connection with the registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”) and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder of the Company’s Senior Notes (the “ Notes ”) pursuant to a registration statement on Form F-1 (the “ Registration Statement ”), and the prospectus contained therein, as amended and supplemented (the “ Prospectus ”). The Notes will be issued pursuant to an indenture (the “ Base Indenture ”), as amended and supplemented by the First Supplemental Indenture (the “ Supplemental Indenture ” and, together with the Base Indenture, the “ Indenture ”), between the Company and the trustee.

In our capacity as counsel to the Company we have examined (a) the Registration Statement, including the Prospectus (b) the Base Indenture and the Supplemental Indenture, (c) the form of the Notes attached to the Supplemental Indenture, and (d) the originals, or copies identified to our satisfaction, of such corporate records and corporate actions of the Company, certificates of public officials, officers of the Company and other persons, and such other documents, agreements and instruments as we have deemed necessary as a basis for the opinions expressed below. In our examination, we have assumed the authenticity of all documents submitted to us as originals, the conformity with the originals of all documents submitted to us as copies, the genuineness of the signatures of persons signing all documents, the persons identified as officers of the Company are serving as such and, as to factual matters, the truth, accuracy and completeness of the information, representations and warranties contained in the Registration Statement, including the Prospectus, and such other documents, agreements and instruments.


Based on and subject to the foregoing and the other assumptions, exclusions and qualifications in this letter, we are of the opinion that when the Notes have been duly executed by the Company and authenticated by the Trustee in accordance with the Base Indenture and the Supplemental Indenture and delivered to and paid for by the purchasers thereof as contemplated by the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, the Notes will constitute binding obligations of the Company.

This opinion is limited to the laws of the State of New York and the federal laws of the United States of America as in effect on the date hereof. This opinion is as of the date hereof and we have no responsibility to update this opinion for events and circumstances occurring after the date hereof or as to facts relating to prior events that are subsequently brought to our attention.

We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement, and to each reference to us and the discussions of advice provided by us under the headings “Legal Matters” in the Prospectus, without admitting we are “experts” within the meaning of the Securities Act or the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder with respect to any part of the Registration Statement.

 

Very truly yours,
/s/ Seward & Kissel LLP
SEWARD & KISSEL LLP

Exhibit 8.1

 

LOGO

                                     August 7, 2014

Scorpio Bulkers Inc.

9, Boulevard Charles III

MC 98000 Monaco

Re: Scorpio Bulkers Inc.

Ladies and Gentlemen:

We have acted as special counsel to Scorpio Bulkers Inc., a corporation organized under the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands (the “ Company ”), in connection with the registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”) and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder of the Company’s Senior Notes (the “ Notes ”) pursuant to a registration statement on Form F-1 (the “ Registration Statement ”), and the prospectus contained therein, as amended and supplemented (the “ Prospectus ”). The Notes will be issued pursuant to an indenture (the “ Base Indenture ”), as amended and supplemented by the First Supplemental Indenture (the “ Supplemental Indenture ” and, together with the Base Indenture, the “ Indenture ”), between the Company and the trustee.

In formulating our opinion, we have examined originals or copies, certified or otherwise identified to our satisfaction, of the Registration Statement and the prospectus contained therein and such other papers, documents, agreements, and records of the Company and such other instruments, certificates and documents as we have deemed necessary or appropriate as a basis for the opinions hereinafter expressed. In such examinations, we have assumed the authenticity of all documents submitted to us as originals, the conformity to original documents of all documents submitted to us as copies or drafts of documents to be executed, the genuineness of all signatures and the legal competence or capacity of persons or entities to complete the execution of documents. As to matters of fact material to this opinion that have not been independently established, we have relied upon representations, statements, and certificates of public officials, directors or officers of the Company, and others, in each case as we have deemed relevant and appropriate. We have not independently verified the facts so relied on.


Based on the facts as set forth in the Registration Statement and, in particular, on the representations, covenants, assumptions, conditions and qualifications described under the headings “Risk Factors—We may have to pay tax on United States-source income, which would reduce our earnings and cash flow,” “Risk Factors – United States tax authorities could treat us as a ‘passive foreign investment company,’ which could have adverse United States federal income tax consequences to United States holders,” “Tax Considerations” and “Marshall Islands Tax Considerations”, we hereby confirm that the discussions of United States federal income tax matters and Marshall Islands tax matters expressed in the Registration Statement under the headings “Risk Factors—We may have to pay tax on United States source income, which would reduce our earnings and cash flow,” “Risk Factors – United States tax authorities could treat us as a ‘passive foreign investment company,’ which could have adverse United States federal income tax consequences to United States holders,” “Tax Considerations” and “Marshall Islands Tax Considerations” accurately state our views as to the tax matters discussed therein.

Our views on the tax matters discussed above are based on the current provisions of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, published pronouncements of the Internal Revenue Service, which may be cited or used as precedents, and case law, any of which may be changed at any time with retroactive effect. No opinion is expressed on any matters other than those specifically referred to above by reference to the Registration Statement.

We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement, and to each reference to us and discussion of advice provided by us in the Prospectus. In giving such consent, we do not hereby admit that we are “experts” within the meaning of the Securities Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder with respect to any part of the Registration Statement.

 

Very truly yours,
/s/ Seward & Kissel LLP
SEWARD & KISSEL LLP

Exhibit 10.14

SHIPBUILDING CONTRACT

FOR

THE CONSTRUCTION OF

ONE (1) 180,000 DWT CLASS BULK CARRIER

HULL NO.

BETWEEN

[SUBSIDIARY]

(AS BUYER)

AND

SUNGDONG SHIPBUILDING & MARINE ENGINEERING CO., LTD.

(AS BUILDER)


INDEX

 

             PAGE  

PREAMBLE

     1   

ARTICLE

 

I

 

: DESCRIPTION AND CLASS

     2   
 

II

 

: CONTRACT PRICE

     5   
 

III

 

: ADJUSTMENT OF THE CONTRACT PRICE

     6   
 

IV

 

: INSPECTION AND APPROVAL

     9   
 

V

 

: MODIFICATIONS, CHANGES AND EXTRAS

     14   
 

VI

 

: TRIALS AND COMPLETION

     16   
 

VII

 

: DELIVERY

     20   
 

VIII

 

: DELAYS AND EXTENSIONS OF TIME FOR DELIVERY

     23   
      (FORCE MAJEURE)   
 

IX

 

: WARRANTY OF QUALITY

     25   
 

X

 

: PAYMENT

     28   
 

XI

 

: BUYER’S AND BUILDER’S DEFAULT

     32   
 

XII

 

: BUYER’S SUPPLIES

     36   
 

XIII

 

: DISPUTES AND ARBITRATION

     38   
 

XIV

 

: SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS

     40   
 

XV

 

: INSURANCE

     41   
 

XVI

 

: TAXES AND DUTIES

     43   
 

XVII

 

: PATENTS, TRADEMARKS AND COPYRIGHTS

     44   
 

XVIII

 

: LANGUAGE AND GOVERNING LAW

     45   
 

XIX

 

: NOTICE

     46   
 

XX

 

: EXCLUSIVENESS

     47   
 

XXI

 

: EFFECTIVENESS

     48   

 

ATTACHEMENTS

EXHIBIT “A”

  

REFUND GUARANTEE

EXHIBIT “B”

  

PERFORMANCE GUARANTEE


LIST OF DEFINED TERMS

 

DEFINED TERMS

  

DEFINED AT:

CONTRACT   

PREAMBLE

BUYER   

PREAMBLE

BUILDER   

PREAMBLE

VESSEL   

PREAMBLE

SHIPYARD   

PREAMBLE

SPECS   

ARTICLE I.1.

PLAN   

ARTICLE I.1.

SPECIFICATIONS   

ARTICLE I.1

CLASSIFICATION SOCIETY   

ARTICLE I. 4. (a)

CONTRACT PRICE   

ARTICLE II.

BUYER’S REPRESENTATIVE   

ARTICLE IV.1. (a)

OUTER SHIPYARD   

ARTICLE IV.1. (b)

DRAWINGS   

ARTICLE IV.3. (a)

DELIVERY DATE   

ARTICLE VII.1

GUARANTEE PERIOD   

ARTICLE IX. 1

BUSINESS DAY   

ARTICLE X. 2. (a). (i)

DUE DATE   

ARTICLE X. 2. (a). (v)

BUILDER’S BANK   

ARTICLE X. 4. (a). (i)

REFUND GUARANTEE   

ARTICLE X. 8. (a)

PERFORMANCE GUARANTEE   

ARTICLE X. 9

BUYER’S SUPPLIES   

ARTICLE XII. 1. (a)

NOTICE   

ARTICLE XIX. 1


SHIPBUILDING CONTRACT

THIS SHIPBUILDING CONTRACT (hereinafter called the “ CONTRACT ”), made and entered into on this     day of            ,         by and between                     , a corporation incorporated and existing under the laws of                    with its registered office at                    (hereinafter called the “ BUYER ”), the party of the first part, and Sungdong Shipbuilding & Marine Engineering Co., Ltd., a company organized and existing under the laws of the Republic of Korea, having its principal office at 1609-2, Hwang-li, Gwangdo-myeon, Tongyoung-si, Gyeongnam, Korea (hereinafter called the “ BUILDER ”), the party of the second part.

WHEREAS:

By a Letter of intent dated    day of            , the BUYER and the BUILDER agreed to enter into this CONTRACT.

W I T N E S S E T H:

In consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein, the BUILDER agrees to design, build, launch, equip and complete one (1) 180,000 DWT class Bulk Carrier as described in ARTICLE I hereof (hereinafter called the “ VESSEL ”) at the BUILDER’s shipyard in Korea being Tongyoung, South Korea (hereinafter called the “ SHIPYARD ”) and to sell and deliver the VESSEL to the BUYER, and the BUYER agrees to purchase and accept delivery of the VESSEL from the BUILDER, according to the terms and conditions set forth in this CONTRACT.

(End of Preamble)

 

1/58


ARTICLE I. DESCRIPTION AND CLASS

 

1. DESCRIPTION

The VESSEL shall have the BUILDER’s Hull No.      and shall be designed, constructed, equipped and completed in accordance with the specifications No.      , the memorandum of discussion No.      for which as of the date of this CONTRACT the extra cost is not included in the CONTRACT PRICE and makers list No.      signed by both parties hereto (the specifications, memorandum of discussion and the makers list are hereinafter called the “ SPECS ”) and the general arrangement plan No.      (             attached to the SPECS and signed by both parties hereto (hereinafter called the “ PLAN ”), both of which shall constitute an integral part of this CONTRACT although not attached hereto.

The SPECS and the PLAN are intended to explain each other and anything shown on the PLAN and not stipulated in the SPECS or anything stipulated in the SPECS and not shown on the PLAN shall be deemed and considered as if included in both. Should there be any of inconsistencies or contradictions between the SPECS and the PLAN, the SPECS shall prevail (both of the SPECS and the PLAN hereinafter called the “ SPECIFICATIONS ”). Should there be any inconsistencies or contradictions between this CONTRACT and the SPECIFICATIONS, this CONTRACT shall prevail.

 

2. BASIC DIMENSIONS AND PRINCIPAL PARTICULARS OF THE VESSEL

 

  (a) The basic dimensions and principal particulars of the VESSEL shall be:

 

Length, overall      About    292 m
Length, between perpendiculars         283.5 m
Breadth, moulded         45 m
Depth to Upper Deck         24.8 m
Design draft, moulded, in seawater of specific gravity of 1.025         16.5 m
Scantling draft, moulded, in seawater of specific gravity of 1.025         18.3 m
Deadweight on the above moulded scantling draft of 18.3 m      About    180,000 M/T
Main propulsion engine     

One(1), MAN B&W 6G70ME-C9.2

Tier II with part Load EGB Tuning

MCR: 15,478kW x 72.6rpm

NCR: 12,110kW x 66.9rpm

 

2/58


Guaranteed speed at 16.5 meters design draft at the condition of clean bottom and in calm and deep sea with main engine developing a NCR of 12,110kW with fifteen percent (15%) sea margin     

14.5 Knots

(Guaranteed speed)

Specific fuel consumption of the main engine applying I.S.O. reference conditions to the result of official shop test at a MCR of 15,478 kW using marine diesel oil having lower calorific value of 10,200 kcal per kg.     

162.8 gr/kW.HR

(Guaranteed fuel consumption)

The details of the above particulars as well as the definitions and method of measurements and calculations are as indicated in the SPECIFICATIONS.

 

  (b) The dimensions may be slightly modified by the BUILDER, who also reserves the right to make changes to the SPECIFICATIONS if found necessary to suit the local conditions and facilities of the SHIPYARD, the availability of materials and equipment, the introduction of improved production methods or otherwise, subject to the approval of the BUYER which the BUYER shall not unreasonably withhold.

 

3. CLASSIFICATION, RULES AND REGULATIONS

 

  (a) The VESSEL shall be; (i) designed, built, tested and surveyed in compliance with the rules and regulations of Lloyd’s Register and Korean Register of Shipping (hereinafter called the “ CLASSIFICATION SOCIETY ”) which are in force as of the date of signing of this CONTRACT and (ii) classed and registered as LR, “+100A1 Bulk Carrier, CSR, BC-A, {Hold nos. 2, 4 and 6 may be empty}, GRAB[25], ESP, LI,*IWS, ShipRight(CM, ACS(B)), CG, ECO, +LMC, UMS with the descriptive notes ShipRight(BWT, IHM, BWMP(S), SERS, SCM)” and KR, “+KRS1 - Bulk Carrier ESP, CSR, BC-A(Holds 2, 4 & 6 may be empty), GRAB(25), SeaTrust(HCM), IWS, ENV(IBWM, IAFS, IOPP, IAPP, ISPP, IGPP), PSPC, CHA, LI, +KRM1, UMA, STCM” and also (iii) in compliance with the rules and regulations of the other regulatory bodies which are in force as of the date of signing of this CONTRACT or are announced and come into effect before the Keel Laying date as described in the SPECIFICATIONS and/or in either case which are to be effective on or before delivery of the Vessel. BUILDER undertakes that it is a condition of this CONTRACT that the Keel Laying occurs prior to                 .

 

  (b) The BUILDER shall arrange with the CLASSIFICATION SOCIETY for the assignment by the CLASSIFICATION SOCIETY of its representative(s) to the VESSEL during construction. All fees and charges incidental to classification of the VESSEL in compliance with the above specified rules and regulations as well as royalties, if any, payable on account of the construction of the VESSEL shall be borne by the BUILDER unless otherwise expressly agreed upon between the parties hereto.

 

  (c) The decision of the CLASSIFICATION SOCIETY as to whether the VESSEL complies with the rules and regulations of the CLASSIFICATION SOCIETY shall be final and binding upon the BUILDER and the BUYER.

 

3/58


4. SUBCONTRACTING

The BUILDER may sub-contract any item and/or equipment for design and/or construction, if the BUILDER deems that sub-contracting is necessary for the normal operation of the SHIPYARD provided always that any major sub-contract award (for the purpose of this CONTRACT a major subcontract award shall mean an award involving consideration in excess of USD One (1) Million or its equivalent in any other currency) are subject to the BUYER’s prior written approval, and such approval shall not be unreasonably withheld by the BUYER. It is agreed that the engine room and stern sections of A216P/S, A210P/S, A217C, A111C as defined in Exhibit C, shall be fabricated at the SHIPYARD. The construction works for the bow block shall be carried out in Korea with the BUYER’s prior consent and such consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, and that the VESSEL under construction shall always remain at the SHIPYARD unless BUYER and BUILDER agree otherwise.

It is a condition of any subcontracting that the BUILDER shall always remain responsible for all subcontracted works and the quality and/or performance of the item and/or equipment according to the CONTRACT. If requested by the BUYER, the BUILDER shall provide the BUYER with the relevant information about the sub-contractor(s) nominated by the BUILDER together with the scope of the sub-contracting within reasonable time prior to the appointment of any such sub-contractor(s), for the BUYER’s review. Any sub-contractor appointed by the BUILDER shall be based in the Republic of Korea, and any such item(s) so subcontracted shall be designed and/or constructed in the Republic of Korea.

 

5. VESSEL REGISTRATION

The VESSEL shall be registered in the registry of Marshall Islands by the BUYER at BUYER’s own costs and expenses under the laws of Marshall Islands with its home port of Majuro at the time of its delivery and acceptance as evidenced by a protocol of delivery and acceptance signed by the BUYER and the BUILDER hereunder.

(End of ARTICLE I )

 

4/58


ARTICLE II. CONTRACT PRICE

The contract price of the VESSEL delivered to the BUYER at the SHIPYARD shall be United States Dollars        only (US$        .    ) (hereinafter called the “ CONTRACT PRICE ”) which shall be paid in accordance with ARTICLE X plus any increase or less any decrease due to adjustments or modifications, if any, as set forth in this CONTRACT. The above CONTRACT PRICE shall include payment for services in the inspection, tests, survey and classification of the VESSEL which will be rendered by the CLASSIFICATION SOCIETY and shall not include the cost of the BUYER’S SUPPLIES as stipulated in ARTICLE XII.

The CONTRACT PRICE also includes all costs and expenses for all necessary DRAWINGS as stipulated in the SPECIFICATIONS except those to be furnished by the BUYER for the VESSEL in accordance with the SPECIFICATIONS.

(End of ARTICLE II )

 

5/58


ARTICLE III. ADJUSTMENT OF THE CONTRACT PRICE

The CONTRACT PRICE shall be adjusted as hereinafter set forth in the event of the following contingencies. The adjustment of CONTRACT PRICE shall be made by way of addition to or subtraction from the CONTRACT PRICE upon delivery of the VESSEL. It is hereby understood by both parties hereto that any downward adjustment of the CONTRACT PRICE as provided in this ARTICLE is by way of liquidated damages and not by way of penalty.

 

1. DELAYED DELIVERY

 

  (a) The CONTRACT PRICE shall not be affected or changed by reason of delayed delivery for the first thirty (30) days of the delay in delivery of the VESSEL beyond the DELIVERY DATE ascertained as per ARTICLE VII.1. The period of the first thirty (30) days shall end as of 12 o’clock midnight Korean Standard Time on the thirtieth (30th) day of delay.

 

  (b) If delivery of the VESSEL is delayed more than thirty (30) days beyond the DELIVERY DATE, beginning at midnight of the thirtieth (30th) day after such DELIVERY DATE, the CONTRACT PRICE of the VESSEL shall be reduced by U.S. Dollars         (US$        .    ) for each full day of delay after the first thirty (30) days of the delay in delivery of the VESSEL.

However, unless the parties hereto agree otherwise, the total amount of deduction from the CONTRACT PRICE shall not exceed the amount covering the delay of one hundred and eighty (180) days counted after the first thirty (30) days of the delay in delivery of the VESSEL, that is U.S. Dollars        (US$        .    ).

 

  (c) If the delay in delivery of the VESSEL continues for a period of more than two hundred and ten (210) days beyond the DELIVERY DATE, after such period has expired, the BUYER may, at its option, terminate this CONTRACT by serving upon the BUILDER a NOTICE of termination directed to the BUILDER. Such termination shall be effective as of the date the NOTICE is received by the BUILDER. If the BUYER has not served the NOTICE of termination after the aforementioned two hundred and ten (210) days’ delay in delivery, the BUILDER may demand the BUYER to make an election in accordance with ARTICLE VIII.3.(b).

 

  (d) For the purpose of this ARTICLE, the delivery of the VESSEL shall be deemed to be delayed when and if the VESSEL, after taking into full account postponements of the DELIVERY DATE by reason of all permissible delays as provided in ARTICLES V, VI, VIII, XI, is delivered beyond the date upon which delivery would then be due under the terms of this CONTRACT.

 

  (e) In any event the BUYER will receive the reduction in the CONTRACT PRICE attributable to the delay that has already accrued and if the BUILDER fails to deliver by the reset delivery date the BUYER will be entitled to further liquidated damages in accordance with this Paragraph 1.

 

2. INSUFFICIENT SPEED

 

  (a) The CONTRACT PRICE shall not be affected or changed by reason of insufficient speed if the actual speed determined by trial runs as more fully described in ARTICLE VI is not, up to the maximum deficiency of three-tenths (3/10) of a knot, slower than the Guaranteed trial speed required under the terms of this CONTRACT and the SPECIFICATIONS.

 

6/58


  (b) For the deficiency exceeding three-tenths (3/10) of a knot in actual speed below the Guaranteed trial speed under this CONTRACT, the CONTRACT PRICE shall be reduced by U.S. Dollars (US$        ) for the initial full one-tenth (1/10) in excess of the said three-tenths (3/10) and thereafter            (US$        .    ) per each full one-tenth (1/10) of a knot in excess of four-tenths (4/10) of a knot of deficiency in speed (fractions of less than one-tenth (1/10) of a knot shall be disregarded), provided that, unless the parties hereto agree otherwise, the total amount of reduction from the CONTRACT PRICE due to insufficient speed shall not exceed the amount covering the deficiency of one (1) full knot below the guaranteed speed.

 

  (c) If the deficiency in actual speed of the VESSEL is exceeding one (1) full knot below the speed guaranteed under this CONTRACT, the BUYER, subject to the BUILDER’s right to effect corrections as provided in ARTICLE VI.6 (c) and (d), may reject the VESSEL and terminate this CONTRACT or accept the VESSEL at a reduction in the CONTRACT PRICE in the amount equal to covering the deficiency of seven-tenths (7/10) of a knot only counted over the first three-tenths (3/10) a knot below the Guaranteed trial speed only.

 

3. EXCESSIVE FUEL CONSUMPTION

 

  (a) The CONTRACT PRICE shall not be affected or changed by reason of excessive fuel consumption of the VESSEL’s main engine if such excess, determined by the engine manufacturer’s shop trial as per the SPECIFICATIONS, is not exceeding five per cent (5%) of the Guaranteed fuel consumption of the VESSEL’s main engine.

 

  (b) For the excess of more than five per cent (5%) in the actual fuel consumption of the Guaranteed fuel consumption of the VESSEL’s main engine, the CONTRACT PRICE shall be reduced by U.S. (US$        .    ) per each full one per cent (1%) increase in fuel consumption in excess of the said five per cent (5%) increase in fuel consumption (fractions of less than one per cent (1%) shall be prorated), provided that, unless the parties hereto agree otherwise, the total amount of reduction from the CONTRACT PRICE due to excessive fuel consumption shall not exceed the amount covering the excess of ten per cent (10%) of the Guaranteed fuel consumption of the VESSEL’s main engine.

 

  (c) If actual fuel consumption exceeds the Guaranteed fuel consumption of the VESSEL’s main engine by more than ten per cent (10%), the BUYER, subject to the BUILDER’s right to effect corrections as specified in ARTICLE VI.4, may reject the VESSEL and terminate this CONTRACT or accept the VESSEL at a reduction in the CONTRACT PRICE in the amount equal to covering five per cent (5%) excessive fuel consumption only counted over the first exceeding five per cent (5%) of the Guaranteed fuel consumption only.

 

4. DEADWEIGHT BELOW CONTRACT REQUIREMENTS

 

  (a) The CONTRACT PRICE shall not be affected or changed by reason of the deficiency of the deadweight if actual deadweight, determined as provided in this CONTRACT and the SPECIFICATIONS, is below the deadweight of One Hundred Eighty Thousand (180,000) metric tons on the moulded scantling draft of 18.3 metres required by this CONTRACT and the SPECIFICATIONS by an amount of One Thousand and Eight Hundred metric tons or less.

 

7/58


  (b) For the deficiency in the actual deadweight of the VESSEL exceeding 1% (1,800) metric tons below the said required deadweight, the CONTRACT PRICE of the VESSEL shall be reduced by the sum of U.S. Dollars        (US$        .    ) for each full one (1) metric ton of decreased deadweight in excess of One Thousand and Eight Hundred (1,800) metric tons (fractions of less than one (1) metric ton shall be disregarded), provided that, unless the parties hereto agree otherwise, the total amount of deduction from the CONTRACT PRICE due to deficiency of deadweight shall not exceed the amount covering the deficiency of Three Thousand and Six Hundred (3,600) metric tons below the said required deadweight.

 

  (c) If the deficiency in the deadweight of the VESSEL is more than Three Thousand and Six Hundred (3,600) metric tons below the said required deadweight, the BUYER, subject to the BUILDER’s right to effect corrections without the BUYER’s prior consent as specified in ARTICLE VI.6, may reject the VESSEL and terminate this CONTRACT or accept the VESSEL at a reduction in the CONTRACT PRICE equal to the amount covering One Thousand and Eight Hundred (1,800) metric tons of deficiency only counted over the first One Thousand and Eight Hundred (1,800) metric tons of deficiency below the required deadweight, being the maximum amount of U.S. Dollars        (US$        .    ).

 

5. ADJUSTMENT OF THE BASIC DIMENSIONS AND PRINCIPAL PARTICULARS

In the event that any of the basic dimensions or principal particulars specified in ARTICLE I are modified pursuant to ARTICLE V, the liquidated damages payable hereunder in relation to such specified dimensions and particulars shall be calculated by mutual agreement and by reference to the adjusted dimensions and particulars.

 

6. CONCLUSIVE PECUNIARY COMPENSATION

The liquidated damages hereunder shall be the conclusive pecuniary compensation recoverable in connection with each particular event herein and BUILDER shall not be liable for any additional compensation claimed by BUYER in relation to such particular event and its consequential events.

 

7. EFFECT OF TERMINATION

It is expressly understood and agreed upon by the parties hereto that in any case, if the BUYER terminates this CONTRACT in accordance with this ARTICLE, the BUYER shall not save its rights and remedy set out in Article XI hereof be entitled to any liquidated damages.

(End of ARTICLE III )

 

8/58


ARTICLE IV. INSPECTION AND APPROVAL

 

1. APPOINTMENT OF BUYER’S REPRESENTATIVE

 

  (a) The BUYER shall timely dispatch to and maintain at the SHIPYARD, at its own cost, expense and risk, one or more representatives (hereinafter called the “ BUYER’S REPRESENTATIVE ”) who shall be duly authorized in writing by the BUYER to act on behalf of the BUYER to supervise adequately the construction of the VESSEL.

Upon appointment of the BUYER’S REPRESENTATIVE, the BUYER shall give NOTICE to the BUILDER of the name and the scope of the authority of the BUYER’S REPRESENTATIVE, such as adjustment of the CONTRACT PRICE, modifications of the SPECIFICATIONS, approval of the DRAWINGS, attendance to the tests and inspections relating to the VESSEL, her machinery, equipments and outfit and any other matters for which they are specifically authorized by the BUYER.

 

2. AUTHORITY OF THE BUYER’S REPRESENTATIVE

 

  (a) According to the BUYER’s written authorization, the BUYER’S REPRESENTATIVE may, at all times during working hours of the construction until delivery of the VESSEL, have the right to inspect the VESSEL, all tests according to the agreed test list, her equipment and all outfits, and work in progress, or materials utilized in connection with the construction of the VESSEL, wherever such work is being done or such materials are stored, for the purpose of determining that the VESSEL, her equipment and outfits are being constructed in accordance with the terms of this CONTRACT and the SPECIFICATIONS.

 

  (b) The BUILDER will endeavor to arrange for the inspection by the BUYER’S REPRESENTATIVE during working hours of the BUILDER. However, such inspection may be arranged beyond the BUILDER’s normal working hours, including weekend and holiday if this is considered necessary by the BUILDER in order to meet the BUILDER’s construction schedule, on the condition that the BUILDER will inform the BUYER’S REPRESENTATIVE at least three (3) days in advance of such inspection, but in any case always to act proactively and give more advance notice when possible.

 

  (c) The BUYER’S REPRESENTATIVE shall be entitled to as well as obliged to make decisions or give approvals to the BUILDER on behalf of the BUYER promptly on all problems arising out of, or in connection with, the construction of the VESSEL and shall generally act in a reasonable manner with a view to cooperating in accordance with usual good shipbuilding practice with the BUILDER in the construction process of the VESSEL. Any decision or approval of the BUYER’S REPRESENTATIVE shall be deemed to have been given by the BUYER and once given shall not be withdrawn, revoked or modified without consent of the BUILDER. As far as the BUYER’S REPRESENTATIVE or his assistants comply with the foregoing obligations, no act or omission of the BUYER’S REPRESENTATIVE or his assistants shall, in any way, diminish the liability of the BUILDER under ARTICLE IX. The BUYER’S REPRESENTATIVE shall give NOTICE to the BUILDER promptly in writing of his discovery of any construction or materials, which he believes do not or will not conform to the requirements of the CONTRACT or the SPECIFICATIONS and likewise consult with the BUILDER on all matters pertaining to the construction of the VESSEL, as may be required by the BUILDER, or as he may deem necessary, without limiting the BUILDER’s responsibility for construction of the VESSEL.

 

9/58


  (d) The BUYER shall undertake to ensure that the BUYER’S REPRESENTATIVES carry out their duties hereunder in accordance with the normal shipbuilding practice of the BUILDER and in such a way as to avoid any unnecessary increase in building cost and delay in the construction of the VESSEL.

 

  (e) The BUILDER shall comply with any demand of the BUYER’S REPRESENTATIVE in accordance with this CONTRACT and the SPECIFICATIONS with regard to construction, arrangement and outfit of the VESSEL, provided that any and all such demands shall be submitted in writing to the authorised representative of the BUILDER. The BUILDER shall give NOTICE to the BUYER’S REPRESENTATIVE of the names of the persons who are from time to time authorised by the BUILDER for this purpose.

It is agreed upon between the BUYER and the BUILDER that the modifications, alterations or changes and other measures necessary to comply with such demand may be effected at a convenient time and place at the BUILDER’s reasonable discretion in view of the construction schedule of the VESSEL.

 

  (f) If the BUYER’S REPRESENTATIVE discovers any construction, material or workmanship which is not deemed to conform to the requirements of this CONTRACT and the SPECIFICATIONS, the BUYER’S REPRESENTATIVE shall promptly give the BUILDER a NOTICE in writing that such alleged non-conformity exists. Upon receipt of such NOTICE from the BUYER’S REPRESENTATIVE, the BUILDER shall correct such non-conformity, if the BUILDER agrees to his view. Any disagreement shall be resolved in accordance with ARTICLE XIII.

 

  (g) If the CLASSFICATION SOCIETY or the arbitrator enters a determination in favour of the BUYER, then in such case the BUILDER shall correct such non-conformity, or if such corrections cannot be made in time to meet the construction schedule for the VESSEL the BUILDER shall make fair and reasonable adjustment of the CONTRACT PRICE in lieu of such corrections. If the CLASSFICATION SOCIETY or the arbitrator enters a determination in favour of the BUILDER, then the time for delivery of the VESSEL shall be postponed for the period of delay in construction, if any, occasioned by such proceedings, and the BUYER shall compensate the BUILDER for the proven losses and damages incurred by the BUILDER as a result of the dispute herein referred to and in case of dispute the CLASSFICATION SOCIETY or arbitrator shall decide the amount and fairness of such compensation.

 

3. APPROVAL OF DRAWINGS

 

  (a) The BUILDER shall submit to the BUYER three (3) copies of each of the detailed plans and drawings prepared for the VESSEL in accordance with this CONTRACT and the SPECIFICATIONS (in this contract called the “ DRAWINGS ”) for its approval at its address as set forth in ARTICLE XIX. The BUYER shall, within twenty one (21) days after receipt thereof return to the BUILDER one (1) copy of such DRAWINGS with the approval or comments, if any, of the BUYER. A list of the DRAWINGS to be so submitted to the BUYER shall be mutually agreed upon between the parties hereto.

 

10/58


  (b) When and if the BUYER’S REPRESENTATIVE shall have been sent by the BUYER to the SHIPYARD and, if applicable, to the OUTER SHIPYARD in accordance with Paragraph 1 above, the BUILDER may submit the remainder, if any, of the DRAWINGS in the agreed list, to the BUYER’S REPRESENTATIVE for his approval, unless otherwise agreed upon between the parties hereto.

The BUYER’S REPRESENTATIVE shall, within ten (10) days after receipt thereof, return to the BUILDER one (1) copy of such DRAWINGS with his approval or comments, if any, written thereon.

Approval by the BUYER’S REPRESENTATIVE of the DRAWINGS duly submitted to him under (a) and (b) above shall be deemed to be the approval by the BUYER for all purposes of this CONTRACT

 

  (c) In the event that the BUYER or the BUYER’S REPRESENTATIVE shall fail to return the DRAWINGS to the BUILDER within the time limit as provided above, such DRAWINGS shall be deemed to have been automatically approved without any comment. In the event the DRAWINGS submitted by the BUILDER to the BUYER or the BUYER’S REPRESENTATIVE in accordance with this ARTICLE do not obtain the BUYER’s or the BUYER’S REPRESENTATIVE’s approval, the matter may be submitted by either party hereto for determination pursuant to ARTICLE XIII. If the BUYER’s comments on the DRAWINGS that are returned to the BUILDER by the BUYER within the said time limit are not clearly specified or detailed, the BUILDER shall be entitled to place its own interpretation on such comments in implementing them.

 

4. SALARIES AND EXPENSES

All salaries and expenses of the BUYER’S REPRESENTATIVE, his assistants or any other person or persons employed by the BUYER hereunder shall be for the BUYER’s account.

 

5. RESPONSIBILITY OF BUILDER

 

  (a) The BUILDER shall provide, according to BUILDER’s practice, the BUYER’S REPRESENTATIVE and his assistants free of charge with suitably furnished and air-conditioned office space at, or in the immediate vicinity of, the SHIPYARD together with access to internal and external telephone and facsimile facilities, computer outlet and internet connection and international lines for telefaxes as may be necessary to enable the BUYER’S REPRESENTATIVE and his assistants to carry out their work under this CONTRACT. However, the BUYER shall pay the bills for telephone and facsimile facilities as well as for the computer outlet and internet connection used by the BUYER’S REPRESENTATIVE or his assistants.

The BUILDER, its employees, agents and subcontractors, during its working hours until delivery of the VESSEL within the shipbuilding practices of the BUILDER, shall arrange for them to have free and ready access to the VESSEL, her equipment and outfits, and to any other place, except the areas controlled for the purpose of national security, where work is being done, or materials are being processed or stored in connection with the construction of the VESSEL including the premises of the BUILDER’s sub-contractors or suppliers.

 

11/58


  (b) The BUYER’S REPRESENTATIVE and his assistants shall at all times remain the employees of the BUYER and not of the BUILDER. The BUILDER shall not be liable to the BUYER or the BUYER’S REPRESENTATIVE or to his assistants or to the BUYER’s employees or agents for personal injuries or death whether or not suffered during the time when he or they are on the VESSEL, or within the premises of either the BUILDER or its sub-contractors, or are otherwise engaged in and about the construction of the VESSEL, unless such personal injuries or death, are caused by the willful acts or gross negligence of the BUILDER, its sub-contractors, or its or their employees or agents. The BUILDER shall not be liable to the BUYER for damages to, or destruction of property of the BUYER or of the BUYER’S REPRESENTATIVE or his assistants or the BUYER’s employees or agents, unless such damages, loss or destruction is caused by the willful acts or gross negligence of the BUILDER, its sub-contractors, or its or their assistants, employees or agents.

 

6. RESPONSIBILITY OF BUYER

 

  (a) The BUYER shall undertake and assure that the BUYER’S REPRESENTATIVE and his assistants shall carry out their duties hereunder in accordance with the normal shipbuilding practice of the BUILDER and in such a way as to avoid any unnecessary increase in building cost, delay in the construction of the VESSEL, and any disturbance in the construction schedule of the BUILDER.

The BUYER’S REPRESENTATIVE and his assistants or employees shall observe the work’s rules, regulations and the guidance prevailing at the SHIPYARD and the BUILDER’s and its sub-contractor’s other premises. The BUILDER shall promptly provide or shall ensure that its sub-contractors promptly provide to the BUYER’S REPRESENTATIVE and his assistants of all information such as work’s rules, regulations and the guidance prevailing at the BUILDER’s and its sub-contractor’s other premises as he or they may reasonably request. Nothing in this paragraph shall unreasonably restrict the BUYER’S REPRESENTATIVE from carrying out his duties.

 

  7. LIABILITY OF THE BUYER

The BUYER shall be under no liability whatsoever to the BUILDER, or to the BUILDER’s employees, agents, subcontractors or suppliers for personal injuries, including death, during the time when they, or any of them, are on the VESSEL, or within the premises of either the BUILDER or its subcontractors or suppliers, or are otherwise engaged in and about the construction of the VESSEL, unless, however, such personal injuries, including death, were caused by wilful acts or gross negligence by the BUYER or the BUYER’S REPRESENTATIVES. Nor shall the BUYER be under any liability whatsoever to the BUILDER for damage to, or loss or destruction of property in Korea of the BUILDER, or of the BUILDER’s employees, agents, subcontractors or suppliers unless such damage, loss or destruction was caused by the wilful acts or gross negligence of the BUYER or the BUYER’S REPRESENTATIVES.

 

  8. QUALIFICATION OF BUYER’S REPRESENTATIVE

 

  (a) The BUYER and the BUILDER agree that it is of the utmost importance to create and maintain the smoothest possible cooperation between the BUYER’S REPRESENTATIVE and the BUILDER, and both parties undertake to do their utmost to solve any differences of opinion between the BUYER’S REPRESENTATIVE and the BUILDER in an amicable way.

 

12/58


  (b) If, however, despite the BUILDER’s efforts under paragraph 7(a) above, BUYER’S REPRESENTATIVE or his assistants persistently and unduly obstructs the normal or orderly procedure of the construction by the BUILDER, the BUILDER may request the BUYER by written notice, specifying in detail the nature of the problem, to replace that BUYER’S REPRESENTATIVE or his assistants. After receipt of said notice the BUYER shall replace that BUYER’S REPRESENTATIVE or his assistants as promptly as reasonably practicable, if the BUYER determines in its reasonable discretion that the BUILDER’s request is justified

(End of ARTICLE IV )

 

13/58


ARTICLE V. MODIFICATIONS, CHANGES AND EXTRAS

 

1. HOW EFFECTED

 

  (a) Minor modifications or changes to the SPECIFICATIONS under which the VESSEL is to be constructed may be made at any time hereafter by written agreement between the parties hereto. Any modification or change requested by the BUYER which does not affect the frame-work of the SPECIFICATIONS shall be agreed to by the BUILDER if the BUYER agrees to adjustment of the CONTRACT PRICE, the DELIVERY DATE, speed requirements, deadweight and/or cubic capacity, and other terms and conditions of this CONTRACT reasonably required as a result of such modification or change. The BUILDER has the right to continue construction of the VESSEL in compliance with the SPECIFICATIONS until the BUYER has agreed to such adjustments. The BUILDER shall be entitled to refuse to make any alteration, change or modification of the SPECIFICATIONS requested by the BUYER, if the BUYER does not agree to the aforesaid adjustments within seven (7) days of the BUILDER’s notification of the same to the BUYER, or, if, in the BUILDER’s judgement, the compliance with such request of the BUYER would cause an unreasonable disruption of the normal working schedule of the SHIPYARD.

The BUILDER agrees to exert its efforts to accommodate such reasonable request by the BUYER so that the said change and modification shall be made at a reasonable cost and within the shortest period of time reasonably possible. The agreement to modify and change the SPECIFICATIONS may be effected by exchange of letters duly signed by the authorised representatives of the parties hereto or facsimiles manifesting the agreement.

 

  (b) The letters and facsimiles exchanged by the parties hereto pursuant to the foregoing shall constitute an amendment to this CONTRACT and the SPECIFICATIONS under which the VESSEL shall be built. Upon consummation of such an agreement to modify and change this CONTRACT and the SPECIFICATIONS, the BUILDER shall alter the construction of the VESSEL in accordance therewith including any addition to, or deduction from, the work to be performed in connection with such construction.

 

2. SUBSTITUTION OF MATERIAL

If any materials, machinery or equipment required by the SPECIFICATIONS or otherwise under this CONTRACT for the construction of the VESSEL cannot be procured in time to meet the BUILDER’s construction schedule for the VESSEL, the BUILDER may supply, subject to the BUYER’s prior approval, other materials, machinery or equipment of equal quality and effect capable of meeting the requirements of the CLASSIFICATION SOCIETY and the rules, regulations and requirements with which the construction of the VESSEL must comply. The BUILDER shall use its best efforts to avoid any substitutions and, in any event, no substitutions shall result in any additional costs to the BUYER.

 

3. CHANGES IN RULES AND REGULATIONS

 

  (a)

If, after the date of execution of this CONTRACT, the specified rules and regulations with which the construction of the VESSEL is required to comply are altered or changed by the CLASSIFICATION SOCIETY or other regulatory bodies authorised to make such alterations or changes, either the BUYER or the BUILDER, upon receipt of NOTICE thereof or becoming aware of such changes, shall forthwith give NOTICE thereof to the other party in writing.

 

14/58


  Thereupon, within ten (10) days after giving or receiving the NOTICE, the BUILDER shall give NOTICE to the BUYER specifying (i) the costs and expenses to be reimbursed by the BUYER to the BUILDER in complying with the altered or changed rules and regulations and (ii) the proposed new Delivery Date, if adjustment of Delivery Date is necessary in complying with the altered or changed rules and regulations. Thereupon, within ten (10) Business Days after the BUYER’s receipt of such NOTICE from the BUILDER, the BUYER shall give NOTICE to the BUILDER as to the alterations and changes, if any, to be made on the VESSEL which the BUYER, in its sole discretion, shall decide. The BUILDER shall not be obliged to comply with such alterations or changes if the BUYER fails to give NOTICE to the BUILDER of its decision within the time limit stated above.

The BUILDER shall comply promptly with the said request of the BUYER on condition that the BUILDER and the BUYER shall first agree to:

 

  (i) any reasonable increase or decrease in the CONTRACT PRICE that is occasioned by such compliance;

 

  (ii) any reasonable extension or advancement in the DELIVERY DATE that is occasioned by such compliance;

 

  (iii) any increase or decrease in the deadweight and/or cubic capacity of the VESSEL, if such compliance results in any increase or reduction in the deadweight and/or cubic capacity;

 

  (iv) adjustment of the speed requirements if such compliance results in any increase or reduction in the speed; and

 

  (v) any other alterations in the terms of this CONTRACT and the SPECIFICATIONS, if such compliance makes such alterations of the terms necessary.

 

(b) If the parties are unable to agree any of the above within fourteen (14) days, the parties shall by mutual agreement refer the dispute to a third party expert as may be mutually agreed between the parties hereto and who shall act as an expert and not as an arbitrator and whose decision shall be final, conclusive and binding on the parties hereto . If the parties are unable to agree on an expert within seven (7) days, the BUILDER shall appoint a qualified expert subject to the BUYER’s approval and such approval shall not be unreasonably withheld by the BUYER. The appointed expert must make a final, conclusive and binding decision within seven (7) days from his/her appointment. In the event that the for any reason the technical expert is unable to make a final, conclusive and binding decision in accordance with the foregoing or the event that either party makes an election the matters hereunder shall be referred to determination in accordance with Article XIII.

Any delay in the construction of the VESSEL caused by the Parties in making a decision or agreement as above shall constitute a permissible delay under this CONTRACT. Such agreement by the BUYER shall be effected in the same manner as provided above for modification and change of the SPECIFICATIONS and the PLAN.

(End of ARTICLE V )

 

15/58


ARTICLE VI. TRIALS AND COMPLETION

 

1. NOTICE

 

  (a) The BUILDER shall give NOTICE to the BUYER in writing at least twenty five (25) days and fourteen (14) days in advance of the time and place of the trial run of the VESSEL and BUYER shall promptly acknowledge receipt of such notice. Such NOTICE shall specify the place from which the VESSEL will commence her trial run and date and time upon which the trial run is planned to take place. Such place, date and time shall be further confirmed by the BUILDER five (5) days in advance of the trial run by NOTICE to the Buyer. On receipt of each of the NOTICEs, the BUYER shall promptly give acknowledgement of receipt of such NOTICEs to the BUILDER by facsimile.

 

  (b) The BUYER’S REPRESENTATIVE, who is to witness the performance of the VESSEL during such trial run, shall be present at such place on the date and time specified in such NOTICE. Should the BUYER’S REPRESENTATIVE fail to be present after the BUILDER’s due NOTICE to the BUYER as provided above, such failure shall operate to extend the date for delivery of the VESSEL by the actual period of delay caused by such failure and such delay shall be deemed as a permissible delay in the delivery of the VESSEL. However, if the start of the Trial Run is delayed by this cause for more than five (5) days, the Buyer shall be deemed to have waived its right to have its representatives on board the VESSEL at the trial run and the BUILDER shall be entitled to conduct such trial run with the presence of the representative(s) of the CLASSIFICATION SOCIETY only without the BUYER’S REPRESENTATIVE being present. In such case, the BUYER shall be obliged to accept the VESSEL on the basis of a certificate, issued by the BUILDER which is also signed by the representative(s) of the CLASSIFICATION SOCIETY, verifying that the VESSEL, after the trial run has been found to conform to the SPECIFICATIONS and this CONTRACT.

 

2. WEATHER CONDITION

 

  (a) The trial run shall be carried out under the weather conditions which are deemed favourable enough in the reasonable judgement of the BUILDER. In the event of unfavourable weather on the date specified for the trial run, the trial run shall take place on the first available day thereafter that weather conditions permit. The parties hereto recognise that the weather conditions in Korean waters, in which the trial run is to take place, are such that great changes in weather may arise momentarily and without warning and, therefore, it is agreed upon that if, during the trial run, the weather should become so unfavourable that orderly conduct of the trial run cannot be continued, then the trial run shall be discontinued and postponed until the first favourable day next following, unless the BUYER shall assent to the acceptance of the VESSEL by notification in writing on the basis of such trial run so far made prior to such unfavourable change in weather conditions.

 

  (b) Any delay of the trial run caused by such unfavourable weather conditions shall postpone the DELIVERY DATE by the period of delay involved and such delay shall be deemed as a permissible delay in the delivery of the VESSEL.

 

16/58


3. CONSUMABLE STORES

The BUILDER shall load the VESSEL with the required quantity of fuel oil, lubricating oil and greases, fresh water, and other stores necessary to conduct the trial run as set forth in the SPECIFICATIONS. The necessary fresh water and such other ballast as may be required to bring the VESSEL to the trial load draft, as specified in the SPECIFICATIONS, as well as the fuel oil shall be supplied and paid for by the BUILDER whilst lubricating oil and greases shall be supplied and paid for by the BUYER within the time give NOTICE to by the BUILDER for the conduct of trial run as well as for use before the delivery of the VESSEL to the BUYER. The fuel oil as well as lubricating oil and greases shall be in accordance with the specifications of the main engine and other machinery. The BUYER may decide and give NOTICE to the BUILDER of the supplier’s name for lubricating oil and greases before the work-commencement of the VESSEL, provided that the supplier shall be acceptable to the BUILDER and to the makers of all the machinery

 

4. HOW CONDUCTED

 

  (a) The BUILDER shall be entitled to conduct preliminary trial runs, during which the propulsion plant and its appurtenances shall be adjusted according to the BUILDER’s judgement. The BUILDER shall have the right to repeat any preliminary trial run whatsoever as it deems necessary. The trial runs shall start when the VESSEL is reasonably completed according to the SPECIFICATIONS to prove the VESSEL’s fulfillment of the performance requirements as set forth therein. The trial runs shall be conducted in the manner prescribed in this CONTRACT and the SPECIFICATIONS.

 

  (b) Subject to Paragraph 3 above, all costs and expenses in connection with the trial run of the VESSEL are to be for the account of the BUILDER and the BUILDER shall provide at its own cost and expense the necessary materials and crew to comply with conditions of safe navigation.

 

  (c) If, during any trial run, any breakdown occurs entailing interruption or irregular performance which can be repaired on board, the trial run shall be continued after such repairs and shall be valid in all respects.

 

  (d) If, during or after the trial run, it becomes apparent that the VESSEL or any part of her machinery and equipment does not conform to the requirements of this CONTRACT and/or the SPECIFICATIONS, the BUILDER shall correct or alter such non-conformity and perform such tests and trials as may be deemed necessary until the BUILDER is able to prove conformity of the same in accordance with the requirements of this CONTRACT and the SPECIFICATIONS without extra cost to the BUYER and without any permissible delay extension of the Delivery Date. Upon receipt from the BUILDER of NOTICE of completion of such corrections or alterations, the BUYER shall attend such further trials or tests as necessary and within two (2) Business Days shall give NOTICE to the BUILDER in writing whether or not the BUYER deems such non-conformity to have been corrected or altered and proved to meet the requirements of this CONTRACT and the SPECIFICATIONS.

 

5. QUALIFIED ACCEPTANCE OR REJECTION

 

  (a)

As soon as possible following the completion of the trial run of the VESSEL and if the BUILDER considers that the results of the trial run indicates conformity of the VESSEL to this CONTRACT and the SPECIFICATION, the BUILDER shall deliver to the BUYER a detailed report setting out the results of the trial and an analysis of such results. The BUYER shall within

 

17/58


  three (3) Business Days after receipt of such report, give NOTICE to the BUILDER in writing of its qualified acceptance of the VESSEL or of its rejection of the VESSEL with details in respect of which the VESSEL or any part of equipment thereof does not conform to this CONTRACT and the SPECIFICATIONS. If the BUYER fails to give NOTICE to the BUILDER of its acceptance or rejection of the VESSEL as provided above, the BUYER shall be deemed to have accepted the VESSEL as complying with the SPECIFICATION.

 

  (b) Nothing herein shall preclude the BUYER from making a qualified acceptance of the VESSEL with its qualifications and/or remarks on any non-conformity with the CONTRACT following the Trial Run and/or further tests or trials as aforesaid in which case the BUILDER shall acknowledge such qualifications and remarks on non-conformity before tendering the delivery of the VESSEL and if the BUILDER is in agreement with the BUYER’s determination as to non-conformity, the BUILDER shall make alterations or changes as may be necessary to correct such non-conformity before tendering delivery of the VESSEL to the BUYER.

 

  (c) In any case, the BUYER shall not unreasonably reject the VESSEL because of minor non-conformities, as determined by the BUYER, and provided always that such minor non-conformities do not (i) affect the seaworthiness of the VESSEL, or (ii) adversely affect (a) normal operation of the VESSL, (b) the Class; or (c) the trading of the VESSEL, and further provided that the BUILDER shall not be released from the obligation to correct and/or remedy such minor non-conformities at their own cost and expense as soon as practicable after the delivery of the VESSEL and without affecting the normal operations and trading of the VESSEL.

 

6. EFFECT OF ACCEPTANCE OR REJECTION

 

  (a) The BUYER’s NOTICE of acceptance delivered to the BUILDER shall be final and binding insofar as conformity of the VESSEL with this CONTRACT and the SPECIFICATIONS is concerned and, therefore, shall preclude the BUYER from refusing formal delivery of the VESSEL, provided always that the on condition that the BUILDER complies with all procedural requirements of delivery as set forth in ARTICLE VII. However, the BUYER’s qualified acceptance of the VESSEL shall not affect the BUYER’s right under ARTICLE IX.

 

  (b) Any fuel oil, fresh water and other ballast or other consumable stores furnished and paid for by the BUILDER for trial run remaining on board the VESSEL, at the time of acceptance of the VESSEL by the BUYER, shall be bought by the BUYER from the BUILDER at the BUILDER’s purchase price for such supply in Korea and payment by the BUYER thereof shall be made at the time of delivery of the VESSEL. The BUILDER shall pay the BUYER at the time of delivery of the VESSEL for the consumed quantity of any lubricating oil and greases which were furnished and paid for by the BUYER at the BUYER’s purchase price thereof. The consumed quantity of lubricating oils and greases shall be calculated on the basis of the difference between the remaining amount, including the same remaining in the main engine, other machinery and their pipes, stern tube and the like, and the supplied amount.

 

  (c)

In case the BUYER rejected the VESSEL based on the non-conformity of the result of trial run and, if the BUILDER is in agreement to non-conformity as specified in the BUYER’S NOTICE of rejection, then, the BUILDER shall take necessary steps to correct such non-conformity. Upon

 

18/58


  completion of correction of such non-conformity, the BUILDER shall give the BUYER a written NOTICE of completion of correction. The BUYER shall, within two (2) days after receipt of such NOTICE from the BUILDER give NOTICE to the BUILDER of its qualified acceptance or rejection of the VESSEL.

 

  (d) In case the BUYER rejected the VESSEL based on the non-conformity of the result of trial run and, if the BUILDER does not agree with the BUYER as to non-conformity or any of the reasons for such non-conformity, the BUILDER shall so give NOTICE to the BUYER in writing stating its reasons. At any time thereafter either the BUILDER or the BUYER may submit the matter for resolution in accordance with ARTICLE XIII.

(End of ARTICLE VI )

 

19/58


ARTICLE VII. DELIVERY

 

1. TIME AND PLACE

The VESSEL shall be delivered by the BUILDER to the BUYER at the SHIPYARD, safely afloat and alongside, in all respects in conformity with this CONTRACT and the SPECIFICATIONS on or before              after completion of satisfactory trial run and qualified acceptance by the BUYER in accordance with the terms of ARTICLE VI, except that, in the event of delays in construction of the VESSEL or any other performance required to be done by the BUILDER due to causes which under the express terms of this CONTRACT permit postponement of the time for delivery of the VESSEL, the aforementioned DELIVERY DATE shall be postponed accordingly.

In this CONTRACT, the date specified in above sentence or such date which may be mutually agreed upon between the BUYER and the BUILDER or to which delivery of the VESSEL may be postponed pursuant to the terms of this CONTRACT is referred to as the “ DELIVERY DATE ”.

The BUILDER shall have the right to advance the DELIVERY DATE on condition that the BUILDER shall have given to the BUYER a NOTICE of the new proposed earlier delivery date at least six (6) months prior to such new proposed advanced delivery date and the BUYER has confirmed their acceptance of the same. Any such advanced new delivery date shall be considered as the DELIVERY DATE for the purpose of this CONTRACT.

 

2. WHEN AND HOW EFFECTED

Delivery of the VESSEL shall be forthwith effected upon concurrent delivery by each of the parties hereto to the other of a PROTOCOL OF DELIVERY AND ACCEPTANCE, signed by the duly authorized representative of the BUYER and the duly authorized representative of the BUILDER, of the VESSEL acknowledging delivery of the VESSEL by the BUILDER and acceptance thereof by the BUYER, on condition that the BUYER shall concurrently with delivery of the PROTOCOL OF DELIVERY AND ACCEPTANCE release to the BUILDER the third instalment as set forth in ARTICLE X.2 and shall have fulfilled all of its obligations provided in this CONTRACT. The PROTOCOL OF DELIVERY AND ACCEPTANCE shall be prepared in duplicate and signed by each of the parties hereto.

 

3. DOCUMENTS TO BE DELIVERED TO BUYER

Upon delivery and acceptance of the VESSEL, the BUILDER shall deliver to the BUYER the following documents, which shall accompany the PROTOCOL OF DELIVERY AND ACCEPTANCE:

 

  (a) PROTOCOL OF TRIALS of the VESSEL made pursuant to this CONTRACT and the SPECIFICATIONS;

 

  (b) PROTOCOL OF INVENTORY of the equipment of the VESSEL, including spare parts, all as specified in the SPECIFICATIONS;

 

  (c) PROTOCOL OF STORES OF CONSUMABLE NATURE, such as all fuel oil and fresh water remaining in tanks if its cost is charged to the BUYER under ARTICLE VI.6:

 

  (d) DRAWINGS pertaining to the VESSEL as stipulated in the SPECIFICATIONS, which shall be furnished to the BUYER at no additional cost;

 

20/58


  (e) ALL CERTIFICATES required to be furnished upon delivery of the VESSEL pursuant to this CONTRACT, the SPECIFICATIONS and the customary shipbuilding practice free of any conditions, recommendations, restrictions or qualifications, including;

 

  (i) Classification Certificate

 

  (ii) Safety Construction Certificate

 

  (iii) Safety Equipment Certificate

 

  (iv) Safety Radio Certificate

 

  (v) International Loadline Certificate

 

  (vi) International Tonnage Certificate

 

  (vii) Ship Sanitation Control Exemption Certificate

It is agreed upon by the parties hereto that if the Classification Certificate or other certificates are not available at the time of delivery of the VESSEL, provisional certificates shall be accepted by the BUYER, provided that the BUILDER shall furnish the BUYER with formal certificates as promptly as possible after such formal certificates have been issued;

 

  (f) DECLARATION OF WARRANTY of the BUILDER that the VESSEL is delivered to the BUYER free and clear of any liens, claims, debts, mortgages, or other encumbrances upon the VESSEL or the BUYER’s title thereto, and in particular, that the VESSEL is absolutely free of all burdens in the nature of imposts, taxes, or charges imposed by the local or central governmental authorities of Korea as well as of all liabilities of the BUILDER to its sub-contractors and employees and of all liabilities arising from the operation of the VESSEL in trial runs, or otherwise, prior to delivery except as otherwise provided in this CONTRACT.

 

  (g) Any other documents reasonably required by the BUYER or the BUYER’s bank.

 

  (h) The documents listed above shall be duly notarized and legalized by the BUILDER at the reasonable request of the BUYER and shall be provided in the English language or with a certified translation if required

 

4. TENDER OF THE VESSEL

If the BUYER fails to take delivery of the VESSEL after completion thereof according to this CONTRACT and the SPECIFICATIONS, the BUILDER shall have the right to tender delivery of the VESSEL after compliance with all procedural requirements as provided above. Such tender shall be made by a notice to BUYER stating that the VESSEL is tendered for delivery pursuant to ARTICLE VII.4 of the CONTRACT

 

5. TITLE AND RISK

Title to and risk of loss of the VESSEL shall pass to the BUYER upon delivery and acceptance of the VESSEL being effected at the time and date stated in the Protocol of Delivery and Acceptance referred to in Paragraph 2 and the BUILDER shall be free of all responsibility or liability whatsoever related with this CONTRACT except for the warranty of quality contained in ARTICLE IX and for the obligation to correct and remedy, as provided in ARTICLE VI.5.(b), if any. It is expressly

 

21/58


understood between the parties hereto that, until such delivery and acceptance is effected, the VESSEL and equipment thereof are at the entire risk of the BUILDER including but not confined to, risks of war, insurrection and seizure by governments or authorities, whether Korean or foreign, and whether at war or at peace. The title to the BUYER’S SUPPLIES as provided in ARTICLE XII shall remain with the BUYER and the BUILDER’s responsibility for such BUYER’S SUPPLIES shall be as described in ARTICLE XII.2.

 

6. REMOVAL OF THE VESSEL

The BUYER shall take possession of the VESSEL immediately upon delivery and acceptance thereof having been effected and shall remove the VESSEL from the premises of the SHIPYARD within three (3) days after delivery and acceptance thereof is effected. If the BUYER shall not remove the VESSEL from the premises of the SHIPYARD within the aforementioned three (3) day period, then, the BUYER shall pay the reasonable mooring charges of the VESSEL to the BUILDER. Port dues including mooring charges and other charges levied by the Korean governmental or other authorities after delivery and acceptance of the VESSEL and any other costs related to the removal of the VESSEL, if any, shall be borne by the BUYER.

(End of ARTICLE VII )

 

22/58


ARTICLE VIII. DELAYS AND EXTENSIONS OF TIME FOR DELIVERY (FORCE MAJEURE)

 

1. CAUSES OF DELAY

 

  (a) If, at any time after signing this CONTRACT, either the construction or delivery of the VESSEL or any performance required hereunder as a prerequisite to the delivery thereof is delayed by any of the following events; namely, Acts of God or the public enemy; war or other hostilities; acts of state or government; requirements of government authorities; blockade; revolution; insurrections; mobilization; civil commotion; national or industrial riots; industrial strikes, sabotage, lockouts, plague or other epidemics; quarantines; shortage or prolonged failure of electric current; shortage; freight embargoes; or defects in the BUYER’S SUPPLIES as stipulated in ARTICLE XII, if any; inability to obtain delivery of or delays in delivery of essential materials, machinery or equipment, provided that at the time of ordering the same could reasonably be expected by the BUILDER to be delivered in time but only to the extent that no other supplier can be found to replace the supplier affected by the relevant force majeure contingency; earthquakes; tidal waves; typhoons; hurricanes; destruction or damage of the SHIPYARD or works of the BUILDER, its key equipment suppliers, by fire, landslides, flood, lightning, explosion or collisions or any other causes herein described; the BUYER’s faulty action or omission or the BUYER’s breach of its obligations under the CONTRACT; or other causes beyond the control of the BUILDER, as the case may be, then, in the event of delays due to the happening of any of the aforementioned contingencies, the DELIVERY DATE of the VESSEL under this CONTRACT shall be postponed for a period of time which shall not exceed the total accumulated time of all such delays subject nevertheless to the BUYER’s right of termination cancellation under Paragraph 3 of this Article and subject however to all relevant provisions of this CONTRACT which authorize and permit extension of the time of delivery of the VESSEL.

 

  (b) However, in the event of the application of this Paragraph 1 (a), the BUILDER shall use and take all reasonable efforts and steps to overcome and minimize the delay including by obtaining replacement suppliers (where practicable) and through the introduction of additional shifts and overtime working.

 

  (c) For the avoidance of doubt, any delays attributed to BUILDER’S DEFAULT or resulting from financial difficulties of the BUILDER shall not in any circumstances be considered permissible delays.

 

  (d) Delays on account of the foregoing causes specified in Paragraph 1 (a) above shall be understood to be permissible delays, and are to be distinguished from non-permissible, unauthorised delays on account of which the CONTRACT PRICE of the VESSEL is subject to adjustment as per the provision in ARTICLE III.

 

2. NOTICE OF DELAYS

As soon as practicably possible but in any event within ten (10) days after commencement of any delay on account of which the BUILDER claims that it is entitled under this CONTRACT to an postponement of the DELIVERY DATE of the VESSEL, excluding delays due to arbitration, the BUILDER shall in any event give NOTICE to the BUYER in writing within ten (10) days after the commencement of any cause of delay, the reasons thereof and the steps planned and taken to

 

23/58


overcome and minimize the delay and, if possible, its estimated duration of the probable delay in the delivery of the VESSEL, and shall supply the BUYER, if reasonably available, with evidence to justify the delay claimed. Within one (1) week after such cause of delay ends, the BUILDER shall likewise give NOTICE to the BUYER in writing of the date that such cause of delay ended, and also, shall specify the period of time by which the BUILDER claims the DELIVERY DATE should be postponed by reason of such delay.

 

3. RIGHT TO TERMINATE FOR EXCESSIVE DELAY

 

  (a) If the total accumulated time of all permissible delays specified in paragraph 1 of this Article aggregate two hundred and ten (210) days or more, or if the total accumulated permissible and non-permissible delays, excluding delays due to (i) arbitration under ARTICLE XIII, (ii) the BUYER’s defaults under ARTICLE XI, (iii) modifications and changes under ARTICLE V, or (iv) delays or defects in the BUYER’S SUPPLIES as stipulated in ARTICLE XII, aggregates two hundred and seventy (270) days or more, then, the BUYER may, at its option, at any time thereafter, terminate this CONTRACT by serving upon the BUILDER a NOTICE of termination in writing to the BUILDER. Such termination shall be effective as of the date the NOTICE thereof is received by the BUILDER.

 

  (b) If the BUYER has not served a NOTICE of termination as provided in the above or ARTICLE III.1. hereof, the BUILDER may, at any time after expiration of the accumulated time of the delay in delivery, either two hundred and seventy (270) days in case of the delay in this Paragraph 3 or two hundred and ten (210) days in case of the delay in ARTICLE III.1, give NOTICE to the BUYER of the future date upon which the BUILDER estimates the VESSEL will be ready for delivery and demand in writing that the BUYER make an election either to terminate this CONTRACT or to consent to the delivery of the VESSEL at such future date, in which case the BUYER shall, within ten (10) days after receipt of such demand, make and give NOTICE to the BUILDER of such election.

 

  (i) If the BUYER elects to consent to the delivery of the VESSEL at such future date, or other future date as the parties hereto may agree to, then, such future date shall become the contractual delivery date for the purposes of this CONTRACT and shall be subject to postponement by reason of permissible delays as herein provided, and if the VESSEL is not delivered by such revised contractual delivery date as postponed by reason of permissible delays, the BUYER shall have the same right of termination upon the same terms as provided in above and ARTICLE III. 1.

 

  (ii) If the BUYER shall not make an election within ten (10) days as provided above, then, the BUYER shall be deemed to have accepted such postponement of the DELIVERY DATE to the future delivery date indicated by the BUILDER.

(End of ARTICLE VIII )

 

24/58


ARTICLE IX. WARRANTY OF QUALITY

 

1. GUARANTEE OF BUILDER

The BUILDER, for the period of twelve (12) months from the date of delivery of the VESSEL to the BUYER (hereinafter called the “ GUARANTEE PERIOD ”), guarantees the VESSEL and all parts and equipment thereof that are manufactured or furnished or supplied by the BUILDER or by its subcontractors or suppliers under this CONTRACT but excluding any item of the VESSEL which is supplied or designated by the BUYER or by any other bodies on behalf of the BUYER and against all defects (i) which are discovered within the GUARANTEE PERIOD; (ii) which are due to faulty design on condition that such faulty design is caused by negligence of the BUILDER and/or faulty installation, defective materials, construction miscalculation, poor workmanship and/or negligence or omissions on the part of the BUILDER, provided that such defects have not been caused by accidents, perils of the sea, rivers or navigations, or by normal wear and tear overloading, improper loading or stowage, corrosion or the materials, fire, accidents at sea or elsewhere, or by incompetence, mismanagement, misuse, negligence or willful neglect or other improper acts or omissions on the part of the BUYER, its employees or agent, any alteration or addition to the VESSEL which has not previously been approved by the BUILDER

The BUILDER will be responsible for all machinery or parts of machinery and all constructions which are supplied by sub-contractors and suppliers and will guarantee the above mentioned for a period of twelve (12) months on the basis as laid down in this Paragraph.

 

2. NOTICE OF DEFECTS

The BUYER or its duly authorised representative shall give NOTICE to the BUILDER in writing confirmed in writing as promptly as possible, in any event, within fourteen (14) days after discovery of any defect for which a claim is to be made under this guarantee.

The BUYER’s written NOTICE shall include full particulars as to the nature and cause of the defect and the suspected extent of the damage caused and, where possible, contain photos of each of those defects. Builder shall also have no obligation whatsoever for or in respect of any defect discovered prior to the expiry period of this guarantee if such notice of defect is not received by BUILDER in relation to that effect within twenty one (21) days after expiry of the GUARANTEE Period.

 

3. REMEDY OF DEFECTS

 

  (a) The BUILDER shall remedy, at its expense, any defects, against which the VESSEL is guaranteed under this ARTICLE IX, by making all necessary repairs or replacements at the SHIPYARD or elsewhere as provided in (b) below.

In such case, the VESSEL shall be taken at the BUYER’s cost and responsibility to the place selected, ready in all respects for such repairs or replacements and in any event, the BUILDER shall not be responsible for towage, dockage, wharfage, port charges and anything else incurred for the BUYER’s getting and keeping the VESSEL ready for such repairing or replacing.

 

25/58


  (b) However, if in the opinion of the BUYER, it is impractical, which shall include, but not be limited to, an emergency or excessive cost or delay (having regard to the value of the proposed repairs) or excessive disruption to the operating schedule of the VESSEL, to bring the VESSEL to the SHIPYARD, the BUYER may require the necessary repairs or replacements to be made elsewhere which is deemed by the BUYER with the consent of the BUILDER which shall not be unreasonably withheld, to be suitable for the purpose, provided that, in such event, the BUILDER may forward or supply replacement parts or materials under the terms described in Paragraph (c) below, unless forwarding or supplying thereof under the terms described in Paragraph (c) below would impair or delay the operation or working schedule of the VESSEL. In the event that the BUYER proposes to cause the necessary repairs or replacements to be made to the VESSEL at any shipyard or works other than the SHIPYARD, the BUYER shall first, but in all events as soon as reasonably possible, give the BUILDER NOTICE in writing of the time and place such repairs will be made, and if the VESSEL is not thereby delayed, or her operation or working schedule is not thereby impaired, the BUILDER shall have the right to verify by its own representative(s) the nature and extent of the defects complained of. The BUILDER shall, in such case, promptly give NOTICE to the BUYER, after such examination has been completed, of its acceptance or rejection of the defects as ones that are covered by the guarantee herein provided. Upon the BUILDER’s acceptance of the defects as justifying remedy under this ARTICLE IX, or upon award of the arbitration so determining, the BUILDER shall compensate the BUYER an amount equal to the actual cost of making the same repairs or replacements provided however that the BUILDER’s liability hereunder shall not exceed an amount equal to the one hundred and ten per cent (110%) of the average of three (3) quotes for cost of making the same repairs or replacements from mutually agreeable shipyard in Korea, China or Singapore.

 

  (c) In the event that it is necessary for the BUILDER to forward a replacement for a defective part under this guarantee, replacement parts shall be shipped to the BUYER under the terms of FOB port of the country where they are to be purchased.

 

  (d) The BUILDER reserves the option to retrieve, at the BUILDER’s cost and expense, any of the replaced equipment and parts in case defects are remedied in accordance with the provisions in this ARTICLE IX.

 

  (e) Any dispute under this ARTICLE IX shall be referred to arbitration in accordance with the provisions of ARTICLE XIII.

 

4. EXTENT OF THE BUILDER’S LIABILITY

 

  (a) After delivery of the VESSEL the responsibility of the BUILDER in respect of and in connection with the VESSEL and this CONTRACT shall be limited to the extent expressly provided in this ARTICLE IX. Except as expressly provided in Paragraph 3 above or any other obligations to the BUYER which by their nature will remain after delivery, in no circumstances and on no ground shall the BUILDER have any responsibility or liability arising in respect of or in connection with the VESSEL or this CONTRACT after the delivery of the VESSEL. Furthermore, but without in any way limiting the generality of the foregoing, the BUILDER shall have no liability or responsibility arising for or in connection with any consequential economic or special losses, damages or expenses, including but not limited to loss of time, loss of profit or earnings or demurrage directly or indirectly caused, any pecuniary loss or expense, any liability to any third party or any fine, compensation, penalty or other payment or sanction incurred by or imposed upon the BUYER or any other party whatsoever in relation to or in connection with

 

26/58


  this CONTRACT or the VESSEL provided always that the BUILDER shall be liable to the BUYER for any damage directly caused by any defects covered by the BUILDER’S guarantee under this Article IX provided that the liability of the BUILDER shall be limited to damage caused during the guarantee period referred to in Paragraph 1 above.

 

  (b) The BUILDER shall be under no obligation with respect to defects in respect of which the BUILDER has not received NOTICE in accordance with Paragraph 2 above by the expiry date of the GUARANTEE PERIOD.

 

  (c) The BUILDER shall under no circumstances be liable for defects in the VESSEL or any part of equipment thereof caused by perils of the sea, rivers or navigations, or by normal wear and tear overloading, improper loading or stowage, corrosion of the materials, fire, accidents at sea or elsewhere, or by incompetence, mismanagement, misuse, negligence or willful neglect or other improper acts or omissions, any alteration or addition to relevant part by the BUYER, its employees or agents or any other person on or doing work on the VESSEL, including the VESSEL’s officers, crew and passengers. Likewise, the BUILDER shall not be liable for defects in the VESSEL or any part of equipment thereof that are due to repairs carried out by any other than the BUILDER or which have not been carried out in accordance with the procedure set out in Paragraph 3. (b) above.

 

  (d) The BUILDER shall not be obliged to repair and shall not be liable for damage to the VESSEL or any part of the equipment thereof, which after delivery of the VESSEL, is caused other than by the defects of the nature specified in this ARTICLE IX. The guarantees in this ARTICLE IX replace and exclude any other liability, guarantee, warranty and condition imposed or implied by statute, common law, custom, contract, including this CONTRACT, or otherwise on the part of the BUILDER by reason of the construction and sale of the VESSEL for and to the BUYER or for any other reason whatsoever.

(End of ARTICLE IX )

 

27/58


ARTICLE X. PAYMENT

 

1. PAYMENT CURRENCY

All payments under this CONTRACT shall be made in United States Dollars.

 

2. TERMS OF PAYMENT OF CONTRACT PRICE

 

  (a) The payments of the CONTRACT PRICE shall be made by the BUYER to the BUILDER as follows:

 

  (i) First Instalment

U.S. Dollars          (US$        .    ) shall be paid within five (5) BUSINESS DAYS after BUYER’s receipt of the BUILDER’s NOTICE that the REFUND GUARANTEE specified in Paragraph 8 below covering all pre-delivery instalments has been duly issued. Such NOTICE shall include, as an attachment, a copy of (i) duly issued REFUND GUARANTEE or (ii) SWIFT message evidencing the due issuance of the REFUND GUARANTEE.

In this CONTRACT, “ BUSINESS DAY ” means a day on which banks are open for business in The Netherlands, Monaco, New York, N.Y., U.S.A. and Seoul, Korea.

 

  (ii) Second Instalment

U.S. Dollars          (US$        .    ) shall be paid within six (6) months from the date of signing this CONTRACT provided always that the First Instalment has become due and a valid REFUND GUARANTEE is being maintained. The BUILDER shall send to the BUYER a telefax demand for payment of this installment and the amount shall become due and payable and be paid within four (4) Business Days thereof.

 

  (iii) Third Instalment

U.S. Dollars          (US$        .    ) plus or minus any increase or decrease due to modification or adjustment arising prior to delivery of the VESSEL under this CONTRACT, if any, shall be paid to the BUILDER prior to or concurrently with the delivery of the VESSEL.

In this CONTRACT, the date stipulated for payment of each of the three instalments mentioned above shall be referred to as the “ DUE DATE ”.

 

  (b) It is understood and agreed upon by the BUILDER and the BUYER that all payments under the provisions of this ARTICLE shall not be unreasonably delayed or withheld by the BUYER. Expenses for remitting payments and any other expenses connected with such payments shall be for the BUYER’s account.

 

28/58


3. DEMAND FOR PAYMENT

At least fourteen (14) days prior to the date of each event provided in Paragraph 2 above according to which relevant payment shall fall due hereunder in case of the second instalment, the BUILDER shall give NOTICE the BUYER of the date on which each payment shall become due.

The BUYER shall acknowledge by a NOTICE receipt of such notification to the BUILDER, and make payment as set forth in this ARTICLE. If the BUILDER fails to receive the BUYER’s said acknowledgement within three (3) days after sending the aforementioned notification, the BUILDER shall promptly facsimile to the BUYER a second notification of similar import. The BUYER shall acknowledge by facsimile receipt of the foregoing second notification regardless of whether or not the first notification was acknowledged as aforesaid.

 

4. METHOD OF PAYMENT

 

  (a) All the pre-delivery payments and the payment due on delivery in settlement of the CONTRACT PRICE as provided in Paragraph 2 above shall be made in U.S. Dollars on or before the DUE DATE thereof by telegraphic transfer as follows;

 

  (i) The payment of the first and second instalments shall be made by telegraphic transfer remittance on or before the DUE DATE to the account in the BUILDER’S or the REFUND GUARANTOR’S name to be duly designated by the BUILDER. As such designation, the account number, identity of account holder and name of account bank (hereinafter called the “ BUILDER’S BANK ”) shall be notified by the BUILDER to the BUYER at least five (5) BUSINESS DAYS prior to the DUE DATE.

 

  (ii) The payment of the third instalment as provided in Paragraph 2.(v) above shall be made by depositing the instalment to the BUILDER’S BANK duly designated by the BUILDER and notified to the BUYER by the BUILDER as per Paragraph (i) above by conditional telegraphic transfer remittance at least three (3) BUSINESS DAYS prior to the scheduled delivery date of the VESSEL with instructions that the said instalment is held to the Buyer’s order and irrevocable instructions to pay and release to the BUILDER against presentation by the BUILDER to the BUILDER’S BANK of a fascimile copy of the PROTOCOL OF DELIVERY AND ACCEPTANCE of the VESSEL signed by the BUILDER and the BUYER.

 

  (b) Simultaneously with each of such remittances, the BUYER shall give NOTICE to the BUILDER of the details of the payments by facsimile and at the same time, the BUYER shall cause the BUYER’s remitting bank to give NOTICE to the BUILDER’S BANK of the details of such payments via telex or SWIFT.

 

29/58


5. REFUND BY THE BUILDER

 

  (a) The payments made by the BUYER to the BUILDER prior to delivery of the VESSEL shall constitute advance payments to the BUILDER. If the VESSEL is rejected by the BUYER in accordance with the terms of this CONTRACT, or except in the case of termination of this CONTRACT by the BUILDER under the provisions of ARTICLE XI, if the BUYER terminates this CONTRACT pursuant to any of the provisions of this CONTRACT specifically permitting the BUYER to do so, the BUILDER shall, within thirty (30) days after its receipt of the BUYER’s NOTICE of written demand, forthwith refund to the BUYER, in U.S. Dollars, the full amount of total sums paid by the BUYER to the BUILDER in advance of delivery together with interest thereon as herein provided.

 

  (b) The transfer and other bank charges of such refund shall be for the BUILDER’s account. The interest rate of the refund shall be five per cent (5%) per annum from the date following the date of receipt by the BUILDER of the pre-delivery instalment(s) to the date of remittance by telegraphic transfer of such refund, provided that if the termination of this CONTRACT by the BUYER is based upon delays due to force majeure or other causes beyond the control of the BUILDER as provided in ARTICLE VIII, then in such event, the interest rate of refund shall be reduced to zero per cent (0%) per annum.

 

  (c) If, the BUILDER is required to refund to the BUYER the instalments paid by the BUYER to the BUILDER as provided in this Paragraph 5, the BUILDER shall return to the BUYER all of the BUYER’S SUPPLIES as stipulated in ARTICLE XII which were not incorporated into the VESSEL and pay to the BUYER an amount equal to the cost to the BUYER of those supplies incorporated into the VESSEL.

 

6. TOTAL LOSS

If there is an actual total loss or a constructive total loss of the VESSEL prior to delivery, the BUILDER shall proceed according to the mutual agreement of the parties hereto either:

 

  (i) to build another vessel in place of the VESSEL so lost and deliver it under this CONTRACT to the BUYER, provided that the parties hereto shall have agreed in writing to a reasonable cost and time for the construction of such vessel in place of the lost VESSEL; or

 

  (ii) to refund to the BUYER the full amount of the total sums paid by the BUYER to the BUILDER under the provisions of Paragraph 2 above together with interest thereon at the rate of five per cent (5%) per annum from the date following the date of receipt by the BUILDER of such pre-delivery instalments to the date of payment by the BUILDER to the BUYER of the refund. The BUILDER shall also return (at its cost) any Buyer Supplies or if they cannot be returned, the BUILDER shall promptly pay to the BUYER an amount equal to the BUYER’s proven costs of acquiring and shipping the relevant Buyer’s Supplies to the BUILDER. Thereafter, this CONTRACT shall be deemed to be terminated and all rights, duties, liabilities and obligations of each of the parties to the other shall terminate forthwith.

 

  (iii) If the parties hereto fail to reach such agreement within two (2) months after the VESSEL is determined to be an actual total loss or a constructive total loss, the provisions of Paragraph (ii) above shall be applied automatically.

 

30/58


7. DISCHARGE OF OBLIGATIONS

Such refund as provided in Paragraphs 5 and 6 by the BUILDER to the BUYER shall forthwith discharge all the obligations, duties and liabilities of each of the parties hereto, under this CONTRACT. Any and all refunds or payments due to the BUYER under this CONTRACT shall be made in United States Dollars by telegraphic transfer to the account specified by the BUYER.

 

8. REFUND GUARANTEE

 

  (a) As security to the BUYER and as a pre-condition to the BUYER’S obligation to pay any part of the CONTRACT PRICE The BUILDER shall provide to the BUYER, by courier or by SWIFT message through the BUYER’s bank, an assignable letter of guarantee issued in a form acceptable to the BUYER by                  or                  or its equivalent acceptable to the BUYER for the assurance of refund of the pre-delivery instalments plus interest accrued thereon as aforesaid to the BUYER under or pursuant to Paragraph 5 and/or Paragraph 6 in the form and substance annexed hereto as EXHIBIT “A” (in this contract called the “ REFUND GUARANTEE ”) together with evidence acceptable to the BUYER of due registration of the REFUND GUARANTEE, if the same is required.

The REFUND GUARANTEE shall be provided no later than Sixty (60) days after signing the CONTRACT. Should REFUND GUARANTEE not be in place by the above timeframe, the BUYER shall have the option to extend the period for issuance of the REFUND GUARANTEE. In case the REFUND GUARANTEE is not issued within Sixty (60) days after signing the CONTRACT the BUYER shall have the option to terminate the CONTRACT or to mutually agree with the BUILDER a new timeframe for the REFUND GUARANTEE to be issued. If the BUYER exercises its option to terminate the CONTRACT, parties shall be released from their obligation to the CONTRACT and neither party shall have any claim against the other party.

 

  (b) Where the REFUND GUARANTEE is to be provided by SWIFT message, the BUYER shall give NOTICE to the BUILDER of the details of the BUYER’s bank including the SWIFT bank identity code upon or immediately after the execution of this CONTRACT. If the BUYER fails to give NOTICE to the BUILDER of the details of the BUYER’s bank including the SWIFT bank identity code by the time when the BUILDER has completed all prerequisites required for issuance of the REFUND GUARANTEE, the BUILDER may provide the BUYER the REFUND GUARANTEE by courier.

 

  (c) All expenses in issuing and maintaining the REFUND GUARANTEE shall be borne by the BUILDER.

 

9. PERFORMANCE GUARANTEE

On the date of signing of this CONTRACT, the BUYER shall provide the BUILDER with an irrevocable and unconditional corporate guarantee issued by securing the BUYER’s obligation to pay all of the 2 nd instalment of the CONTRACT PRICE, in the form and substance annexed hereto as Exhibit “B” (in this contract called the “ PERFORMANCE GUARANTEE ”).

(End of ARTICLE X )

 

31/58


ARTICLE XI. BUYER’S AND BUILDER’S DEFAULT

 

1. DEFINITION OF BUYER’S DEFAULT

 

  (a) The BUYER shall be deemed to be in default under this CONTRACT in any of the following cases:

 

  (i) If the first and second instalment is not paid to the BUILDER within respective DUE DATE of such instalments;

 

  (ii) If the third instalment is not deposited at the BUILDER’S BANK in accordance with ARTICLE X.4.(a)(ii);

 

  (iii) If the BUYER fails to take delivery of the VESSEL when the VESSEL is duly tendered for delivery by the BUILDER under the provisions of ARTICLE VII and the BUYER fails to remedy such failure within three (3) Business Days from receipt of the BUILDER’S notice holding it in default;

 

  (iv) If an order or an effective resolution shall be passed for winding up of the BUYER (except for the purpose of reorganization, merger or amalgamation);

 

  (v) If the BUYER fails to provide PERFORMANCE GUARANTEE to the BUILDER in accordance with the ARTICLE X.9..

 

  (b) In case the BUYER is in default as set out in (a) above, the BUILDER is entitled to and shall have the following rights, powers and remedies in addition to such other rights, powers and remedies as the BUILDER may have under other provisions elsewhere in this CONTRACT

 

2. EFFECT OF THE BUYER’S DEFAULT ON OR BEFORE THE DELIVERY OF THE VESSEL

If the BUYER shall be in default as provided in Paragraph 1 above, then:

 

  (a) the BUILDER shall notify the BUYER to that effect by telefax or email after the date of occurrence of the default as per paragraph 1 of this Article and the BUYER shall forthwith acknowledge by telefax or email to the BUILDER that such notification has been received. In case the BUYER does not give the aforesaid telefax or telex acknowledgment to the BUILDER within five (5) calendar days it shall be deemed that such notification has been duly received by the BUYER.

 

  (b) the DELIVERY DATE of the VESSEL shall be postponed automatically for the actual period of such default and the BUILDER shall not be obliged to pay any liquidated damages for the delay in delivery of the VESSEL caused thereby; In such event, BUYER shall be responsible for all proven costs and expenses and other losses incurred by BUILDER by reason of such postponement;

 

  (c) the BUYER shall pay to the BUILDER interest at the rate of five per cent (5%) per annum in respect of the instalment(s) in default from the respective DUE DATE to the date of actual receipt by the BUILDER of the full amount of such instalment(s);

 

32/58


  (d) where the BUYER is in default in payment of any of the instalment(s) due and payable prior to or simultaneously with the delivery of the VESSEL, the BUILDER shall give NOTICE to the BUYER to that effect, and the BUYER shall, upon receipt of such notification, forthwith acknowledge in writing confirmed in writing to the BUILDER that such notification has been received;

 

  (e) where any of the BUYER’s default continues for a period of fourteen (14) days after the BUILDER’s notification to the BUYER of such default, the BUILDER may, whether or not the BUYER acknowledges its receipt of such notification, at its option, terminate this CONTRACT by serving upon the BUYER a written NOTICE of termination.

 

  (f) in the event of such termination by the BUILDER of this CONTRACT, the BUILDER shall be entitled to retain the instalments already paid by the BUYER and shall have the full right and power either to construct/complete or not to construct/complete the VESSEL which is the sole property of the BUILDER, and full right and power either to sell the VESSEL or not sell the VESSEL (in its completed or uncompleted state, as the case may be) at any stage. BUILDER shall have unfettered discretion in exercising any of the rights and power referred to above and BUYER shall not raise any complaint whatsoever in respect of any aspect of BUILDER’s exercise of such discretion.

BUILDER shall be entitled to construct the Vessel without engaging any independent construction supervisors or inspectors. If BUILDER engages such supervisors or inspectors, the costs of such engagement shall from part of the costs of sale which BUILDER is entitled to recover from BUYER.

Irrespective of whether or not BUILDER intends to construct/complete the Vessel for sale, BUILDER shall have the right to sell or otherwise dispose of any of the BUYER’s Supplies to third parties, provided that BUILDER shall not act unreasonably in doing so and that the proceeds of sale thereof shall be applied to payment of proven direct damages incurred by the BUILDER in consequence of such default.

In the event that the BUILDER decides to sell the Vessel in its uncompleted state or to construct/complete and sell it under a shipbuilding contract with a new purchaser, however, if it elects to sell the VESSEL the BUILDER shall: (i) promptly notify the BUYER in advance, by telefax or e-mail, of its election and of the details and timing of the sale process; and (ii) use all reasonable commercial efforts to obtain the best possible price for the VESSEL.

In the event that BUILDER sells the Vessel as described above, that part of the contract price for sale of Vessel which corresponds to the changes (if any) made to the Specifications after the termination of the Contract shall be excluded from calculating the proceeds of the sale of the Vessel which are to be applied as prescribed below.

 

  (f) In the event of the sale of the Vessel in its completed state, the proceeds of sale received by BUILDER shall be applied firstly to payment of all direct proven costs and expenses attending such sale and otherwise incurred by BUILDER as a result of BUYER’s default, and secondly to payment of:

 

  (i) all unpaid instalments and interest on such instalments at the rate of five percent (5%) per annum from the respective due dates thereof to the date of application; and

 

  (ii) all and any other payment of money which BUILDER would have been entitled to receive from the BUYER had the Contract been performed in full without being terminated.

 

33/58


  (h) In the event of the sale of the Vessel in its incomplete state, the proceeds of sale received by BUILDER shall be applied firstly to payment of all costs and expenses attending such sale, provided the same are reasonably and properly documented and otherwise incurred by BUILDER as a result of BUYER’s default, and secondly to payment of

 

  (i) all costs of construction of the Vessel less the instalment(s) retained by BUILDER;

 

  (ii) compensation to BUILDER for reasonable loss of profit due to the termination of this CONTRACT;

 

  (i) In either of the above events of sale, if the proceed of sale exceeds the total of the amounts to which such proceeds are to be applied as aforesaid, the BUILDER shall promptly pay the excesses to the BUYER without interest, provided, however that the amount of each payment to the BUYER shall in no event exceed the total amount of installments already paid by the BUYER and the cost of the BUYER’s Supplied Items, if any.

 

  (j) If the proceeds of the sale together with instalment(s) retained by the BUILDER are insufficient to pay such total amount payable to the BUILDER as provided above, the BUYER shall be liable for the deficiency and shall pay the same to the BUILDER upon its demand.

 

3. DEFINITION OF BUILDER’S DEFAULT

In addition to the events and/or occurrences which under other provisions of this CONTRACT entitle the BUYER to terminate this CONTRACT, the BUILDER shall be deemed to be in default and the BUYER shall be entitled to terminate this Contract:

 

  (i) If the BUILDER shall apply for or consent to the appointment of a receiver, trustee or liquidator, or shall be adjudicated insolvent, or shall apply to the courts for protection from its creditors, or file a voluntary petition in bankruptcy or take advantage of any insolvency law, or any action shall be taken by the BUILDER whether before a court or administration, having an effect similar to any of the foregoing or the equivalent thereof in any jurisdiction or the BUILDER shall be unable to pay its debts as they fall due and any construction and / or normal operational activities at the shipyard materially slow down or interrupted, for a period of sixty (60) days as identified by the BUYER’S REPRESENTATIVE acting reasonably,

 

  (ii) If the BUILDER is in material breach of any other terms or conditions of this CONTRACT and such breach is not remedied within thirty (30) days of the BUYER’S notice of such breach,

 

  (iii) If the Refund Guarantee is not maintained in accordance with the terms and conditions of this CONTRACT, or if sub-paragraph (i) above applies to the issuer of the Refund Guarantee and the BUILDER fails to provide the BUYER with a replacement Refund Guarantee from a first class bank acceptable to the BUYER (acting reasonably) within fifty (50) days of the BUYER’S notice during which period the BUYER’S obligations to make any payments under this Contract shall be suspended,

 

34/58


(vi) If the BUILDER, without reasonable excuse, delays in the commencement or progress of the construction of the VESSEL for a period of one hundred (100) days or more and the BUILDER has not rectified the same within fourteen (14) days of being notified by the BUYER of such delay, or

 

(v) If there is a major change to the existing shareholding ownership structure of the BUILDER which undermines the BUILDERS performance under this CONTRACT.

 

4. EFFECT OF THE BUILDER’S DEFAULT

In the event of any BUILDER’s default entitling the BUYER to terminate this CONTRACT, the BUYER may do so by written notice to the BUILDER. Such termination will be effective as of the date when such notice of termination is received by the BUILDER. Thereupon the BUILDER shall refund in United States dollars immediately to the BUYER the full amount of all sums paid by the BUYER to the BUILDER on account of the VESSEL and interest in United States Dollars at the rate of five percent (5%) on the amount required herein to be refunded to the BUYER computed from the respective dates when such sums were received by the BUILDER’s bank to the date of remittance by telegraphic transfer of such refund to the BUYER from the BUILDER.

(End of ARTICLE XI )

 

35/58


ARTICLE XII. BUYER’S SUPPLIES

 

1. RESPONSIBILITY OF THE BUYER

 

  (a) The BUYER shall, at its own risk, cost and expense, supply and deliver all the BUYER’s supplies as specified in the SPECIFICATIONS (in this contract called the “ BUYER’S SUPPLIES ”) to the BUILDER at the SHIPYARD in good condition ready for installation in or on the VESSEL and in accordance with the time schedule to be furnished by the BUILDER to meet the building schedule of the VESSEL.

 

  (b) In order to facilitate the installation of the BUYER’S SUPPLIES by the BUILDER in or on the VESSEL, the BUYER shall furnish the BUILDER with the necessary specifications, plans, drawings, instruction books, manuals, test report and all test certificates reasonably required by the BUILDER and shall cause the representative(s) of the makers of the BUYER’S SUPPLIES to give the BUILDER any advice, instructions or assistance which the BUILDER may reasonably require in the installation or adjustment thereof at the SHIPYARD, all without cost or expense to the BUILDER.

 

  (c) The BUYER shall be liable for any expense incurred by the BUILDER for repair of the BUYER’S SUPPLIES due to defective design or materials, poor workmanship or performance or due to damage in transit and the DELIVERY DATE shall be automatically postponed for the period of such repair if such repair is proven to affect the delivery of the VESSEL.

 

  (d) Commissioning into good order of the BUYER’S SUPPLIES during and after installation on board shall be made at the BUYER’s expense by the representative of respective maker or the person designated by the BUYER in accordance with the BUILDER’s building schedule.

 

  (e) Should the BUYER fail to deliver to the BUILDER the BUYER’S SUPPLIES and the necessary document or advice for such supplies by the date specified by the BUILDER, the DELIVERY DATE shall automatically be postponed for the period of such delay if such delay in delivery is proven to affect the delivery of the VESSEL. In such event, the BUYER shall pay to the BUILDER all proven and reasonable losses and damages sustained by the BUILDER due to such delay in the delivery of the BUYER’S SUPPLIES and such payment shall be made upon delivery of the VESSEL, provided that the BUILDER shall have:

 

  (i) furnished the BUYER with the time schedule referred to above, two (2) months prior to installation of the BUYER’S SUPPLIES; and

 

  (ii) given the BUYER written NOTICE of any delay in delivery of the BUYER’S SUPPLIES and the necessary document or advice for such supplies as soon as the delay occurs which might give rise to a claim by the BUILDER under this Paragraph (e).

Furthermore, if the delay in delivery of the BUYER’S SUPPLIES and the necessary document or advice for such supplies should exceed fourteen (14) days from the date specified by the BUILDER, the BUILDER shall be entitled to proceed with construction of the VESSEL without installation of such items, regardless of their nature or importance to the BUYER or to the VESSEL, in or on the VESSEL without prejudice to the BUILDER’s right provided above, and the BUYER shall accept the VESSEL so completed.

 

36/58


2. RESPONSIBILITY OF THE BUILDER

The BUILDER shall be responsible for taking good care in storing, safekeeping and handling with reasonable care the BUYER’S SUPPLIES which the BUILDER is required to install in or on the VESSEL under the SPECIFICATIONS after delivery of such supplies to the SHIPYARD, and shall install such supplies on board the VESSEL at the BUILDER’s expense unless otherwise specified in the SPECIFICATIONS.

Upon arrival of such shipment of the BUYER’s Supplied Items, both parties shall undertake a joint unpacking inspection. If any damages are found to be not suitable for installation, the BUILDER shall be entitled to refuse to accept the BUYER’s Supplied Items.

However, the BUILDER shall not be responsible for the quality, performance and/or efficiency of any of the BUYER’S SUPPLIES and is under no obligation with respect to the guarantee of the BUYER’S SUPPLIES against any defects caused by poor quality, performance and/or efficiency of the BUYER’S SUPPLIES.

(End of ARTICLE XII )

 

37/58


ARTICLE XIII. DISPUTES AND ARBITRATIONS

 

1. PROCEEDING

 

  (a) It is recognized that in the event of any dispute or difference of opinion arising in regard to the construction of the VESSEL, her machinery and equipment, or concerning the quality of materials or workmanship thereof or thereon, such dispute may be referred to the Classification Society, or a mutually acceptable independent expert jointly appointed by the parties, in either case upon mutual written agreement of the parties hereto. In such case, the opinion of the CLASSIFICATION SOCIETY appointed for such purpose by the head office of the CLASSIFICATION SOCIETY shall be final and binding upon the parties hereto. Such surveyor shall be entitled to access such information as he may reasonably deem it necessary for the purposes of determining the dispute. Within ten (10) days after the dispute is submitted to him, unless the parties hereto agree on extending such a period, he shall issue his written decision which shall include a determination as to which of the parties hereto shall bear the costs of the proceedings or the proportion of such costs which each party shall bear.

If the CLASSIFICATION SOCIETY declare that they are not able to appoint the surveyor or involve itself into the dispute between the parties hereto or if the surveyor fails or refuse to determinate the disputes referred to him in the period of time prescribed above or if either the BUILDER or the BUYER does not accept the decision of the surveyor of the CLASSIFICATION SOCIETY, the matter shall be referred to arbitration in accordance with Paragraph (c) below.

 

  (b) Any dispute concerning the VESSEL’s compliance or non-compliance with the rules and regulations of the CLASSIFICATION SOCIETY shall be referred to the CLASSIFICATION SOCIETY, the decision of which shall be final and binding upon the parties hereto.

 

  (c) In the event of any dispute between the parties hereto as to any matter arising out of or relating to this CONTRACT or any stipulation herein or with respect thereto which cannot be settled by the parties themselves, such dispute shall be resolved by arbitration in the English language at the London Maritime Arbitrators Association (“LMAA”) in London, England in accordance with English laws and LMAA’s rules.

Either party may demand arbitration of any such disputes by giving written notice to the other party. Any demand for arbitration by either party hereto shall state the name of the arbitrator appointed by such party and shall also state specifically the question or questions as to which such party is demanding arbitration. Within twenty (20) days after receipt of notice of such demand for arbitration, the other party shall in turn appoint a second arbitrator. The two arbitrators thus appointed shall thereupon select a third arbitrator, and the three arbitrators so named shall constitute the board of arbitration (hereinafter called the “Arbitration Board”) for the settlement of such dispute.

 

2. ALTERATION OF DELIVERY OF THE VESSEL

In the event of reference to the CLASSIFICATION SOCIETY under paragraph 1(b) or (c) above or to arbitration of any dispute or disputes arising or occurring prior to delivery of the VESSEL, the award deciding the said dispute or disputes shall include a declaration as to any postponement of the DELIVERY DATE, which shall be at the absolute discretion of the body deciding the said dispute or disputes

 

38/58


3. NOTICE OF AWARD

Notice of any award shall immediately be given in writing or by telefax or e-mail email to the BUILDER and the BUYER.

 

4. COST

The arbitrator(s) shall determine which party shall bear the cost of the arbitration or the proportion of such cost which each party shall bear.

 

5. AWARD OF ARBITRATION

Award of arbitration shall be final and binding upon the parties concerned. Any form or right of appeal, review or recourse to any state court or any other judicial authority in relation to any dispute arising out of or in connection with any arbitration award made under this Article XIII is hereby expressly and irrevocably precluded and excluded by the Parties hereto.

 

6. ENTRY IN COURT

Judgment on any award may be entered in any court of competent jurisdiction.

(End of ARTICLE XIII )

 

39/58


ARTICLE XIV. SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS

The BUILDER agrees that, prior to delivery of the VESSEL, this CONTRACT may, with the prior written approval of the BUILDER, which the BUILDER shall not unreasonably withhold, be transferred by assignment or novation to and the title thereof may be taken by another company. In the event of any novation pursuant to the terms of this CONTRACT, the transferee, its successors and assigns shall succeed to all the rights and obligations of the BUYER under this CONTRACT.

The BUILDER also agrees that the BUYER (i) has a free right to assign this CONTRACT (without the need to seek or obtain the BUILDER’S consent) to a company controlled directly or indirectly by the BUYER’S parent company, or to a bank or financial institution providing financing to the BUYER in connection with the BUYER’S payment obligations; and (ii) has a free right to assign the BUYER’S rights under Article IX of this CONTRACT after delivery, without the need to seek or obtain the BUILDER’S consent. However, in cases of assignment the BUYER shall remain responsible for performance by the assignee, its successors and assigns of all the BUYER’s obligations, liabilities and responsibilities under this CONTRACT. It is understood that any reasonable and proven administration expenses or charges incurred due to assignment of this CONTRACT shall be for the account of the BUYER.

The BUILDER shall have the right to assign this CONTRACT at any time after the effective date hereof, provided that prior written approval is obtained from the BUYER.

(End of ARTICLE XIV )

 

40/58


ARTICLE XV. INSURANCE

 

1. EXTENT OF INSURANCE COVERAGE

From the time of main engine installation of the VESSEL until the same is completed, delivered to and accepted by the BUYER, the BUILDER shall, at its own cost and expense, keep the VESSEL and all machinery, materials, equipment, appurtenances and outfit, delivered to the SHIPYARD for the VESSEL or built into, or installed in or upon the VESSEL, fully insured with Korean insurance companies under coverage corresponding to the Korean Builder’s Risks Insurance Clause for all customary BUILDER’s risks . A copy of the relevant policy or policies, and proof of payment of all premiums, will be promptly provided to the BUYER upon request.

The amount of such insurance coverage shall, up to the date of delivery of the VESSEL, be in an amount at least equal to, but not limited to, the aggregate of the payment made by the BUYER to the BUILDER.

 

2. APPLICATION OF RECOVERED AMOUNT

 

  (a) Partial Loss

In the event the VESSL shall be damaged by any insured cause whatsoever prior to acceptance thereof by the BUYER and in the further event that such damage shall not constitute an actual or a constructive total loss of the VESSEL, the BUILDER shall apply the amount recovered under the insurance policy referred to in Paragraph 1 of this ARTICLE to the repair of such damage satisfactory to the CLASSIFICATION SOCIETY, and the BUYER shall accept the VESSEL under this CONTRACT if completed in accordance with this CONTRACT and the SPECIFICATIONS.

 

  (b) Total Loss

However, in the event that the VESSEL is determined to be an actual or constructive total loss, the BUILDER shall by the mutual agreement between the parties hereto, either:

 

  (i) proceed in accordance with the terms of this CONTRACT, in which case the amount recovered under said insurance policy shall be applied to the reconstruction of the VESSEL’s damage, provided the parties hereto shall have first agreed in writing as to such reasonable postponement of the DELIVERY DATE and adjustment of other terms of this CONTRACT including the CONTRACT PRICE as may be necessary for the completion of such reconstruction or

 

  (ii) refund immediately to the BUYER the amount of all installments paid to the BUILDER under this CONTRACT with five per cent (5%) interest. The BUILDER shall also return (at its cost) any Buyer’s Supplies or they cannot be returned, the BUILDER shall promptly pay to the BUYER an amount equal to the BUYER’S costs of acquiring and shipping the relevant Buyer’s Supplies to the BUILDER. Thereafter, whereupon this CONTRACT shall be deemed to be terminated and all rights, duties, liabilities and obligations of each of the parties to the other shall terminate forthwith.

If the parties hereto fail to reach such agreement within two (2) months after the VESSEL is determined to be an actual or constructive total loss, the provisions of sub-paragraph (b) (ii) as above shall apply.

 

41/58


3. TERMINATION OF BUILDER’S OBLIGATION TO ISSURE

The BUILDER’s obligation to insure the VESSEL hereunder shall cease and terminate forthwith upon delivery thereof and acceptance by the BUYER.

(End of ARTICLE XV )

 

42/58


ARTICLE XVI. TAXES AND DUTIES

 

1. TAXES AND DUTIES WITHIN KOREA

Unless otherwise expressly provided in this CONTRACT, all taxes and duties including stamp duties imposed within Korea in connection with execution and performance of this CONTRACT before delivery of the VESSEL, if any, shall be borne by the BUILDER, excluding any taxes and duties imposed within Korea upon the BUYER’S SUPPLIES which are not in connection with execution and performance of this CONTRACT.

 

2. TAXES AND DUTIES OUTSIDE KOREA

Unless otherwise expressly provided in this CONTRACT, all taxes and duties including stamp duties imposed outside Korea in connection with execution and performance of this CONTRACT by the BUYER shall be borne by the BUYER, provided that taxes and duties imposed outside Korea upon those items to be procured by the BUILDER for construction of the VESSEL shall be borne by the BUILDER.

 

3. The BUILDER shall indemnify the BUYER for, and hold it harmless against, any duties imposed in Korea upon materials and equipment which under the terms of this CONTRACT and/or the Specifications will, or may be, supplied by the BUYER from abroad for installation in the VESSEL as well as any duties imposed in Korea upon running stores, provisions and supplies furnished by the BUYER from abroad to be stocked on board the VESSEL and also from the payment of export duties, if any, to be imposed upon the VESSEL as a whole or upon any of its parts or equipment.

(End of ARTICLE XVI )

 

43/58


ARTICLE XVII. PATENTS, TRADEMARKS AND COPYRIGHTS

 

1. PATENTS, TRADEMARKS AND COPYRIGHTS

Machinery and equipment of the VESSEL, whether made or furnished by the BUILDER under this CONTRACT, may bear the patent numbers, trademarks, or trade names of the manufacturers. The BUILDER shall defend and hold harmless the BUYER from all liabilities or claims for or on account of the use of any patents, copyrights or design of any nature or kind, or for the infringement thereof including any unpatented invention made or used in the performance of this CONTRACT and also for any costs and expenses of litigation, if any, in connection therewith. The BUILDER’s warranty in this Paragraph 1 does not extend to the BUYER’S SUPPLIERS and no liability or responsibility shall be with the BUILDER with regard to machinery, components, equipment and design supplied by the BUYER.

Nothing contained herein shall be construed as transferring any patent, trademark or trade name rights or copyrights in machinery and equipment covered by this CONTRACT, and all such rights are hereby expressly reserved to the true and lawful owners thereof.

 

2. RIGHTS TO THE SPECIFICATIONS, DRAWINGS AND ETC.

The BUILDER retains all rights with respect to the SPECIFICATIONS, DRAWINGS, working drawings, technical descriptions, calculations, test results and other data, information and documents concerning the design and construction of the VESSEL and the BUYER shall not disclose the same or divulge any information contained therein to any third parties, including, but not limited to, any other shipbuilders, without the prior written consent of the BUILDER, except where it is necessary in connection with compliance with Classification Society, flag state or other regulatory requirements or for usual operation, repair, management, maintenance, sale or chartering of the VESSEL and provided always that the BUYER may disclose or divulge the same to subsequent owners of the VESSEL .

 

3. REMEDIES

In case the BUYER is in breach of its obligation under this ARTICLE, the BUILDER shall be entitled to any rights, powers and remedies in this CONTRACT, at law, at equity or otherwise to recover any damages caused by the breach of the BUYER.

(End of ARTICLE XVII )

 

44/58


ARTICLE XVIII. LANGUAGE AND GOVERNING LAW

This CONTRACT has been prepared in English language and shall be executed in duplicate and in such number of additional copies as may be required by either party respectively. The parties hereto agree that the validity and interpretation of this CONTRACT and of each ARTICLE and part thereof shall be governed by the laws of England.

(End of ARTICLE XVIII )

 

45/58


ARTICLE XIX. NOTICE

Unless otherwise specified this CONTRACT, any and all notices, requests, demands, instructions, approvals, confirmations, advices and communications in connection with this CONTRACT (each referred to in this CONTRACT as a “ NOTICE ”) shall be written in English language, sent by registered air mail, facsimile, by hand or email. The phrase “in writing” when used in this CONTRACT shall include any communication sent by registered air mail, facsimile, email or by hand. Any NOTICE shall be addressed as follows, unless and until the relevant party gives NOTICE of revised contact details:

 

To the BUILDER:   

Sungdong Shipbuilding & Marine Engineering Co., Ltd.

1609-2, Hwang-li, Gwangdo-myeon, Tongyoung-si,

Gyeongnam, Korea

  

Contract Administration Department

Attn: Mr.K.J.Kim

Facsimile: (82) 55 647 7460

Tel: (82) 55 647 5078

E-mail: sd@isungdong.com

To the BUYER:   

c/o Scorpio Commercial Management S.A.M.

“Le Milenium”, 9 Boulevard Charles III, 98000 Monaco

Attention: Mr. Luca Forgione, Legal Department

  

Fax No. :+ 377 97 77 83 46

  

Tel No: + 377 97 98 57 00

E-mail : legal@scorpiogroup.net

Each NOTICE shall become effective upon receipt by the receiver thereof. Where a NOTICE is given by facsimile it will be deemed to have been received by the recipient when the recipient’s answerback is received by the sender. Where a NOTICE is given by email, it shall become effective upon delivery in the normal course unless the recipient can reasonably show that the email was not received. Where a NOTICE is given by registered mail or by hand it will be deemed to have been received when delivered as evidenced by the acknowledgement (which may, without limitation, be in the form of a chop or stamp showing receipt by the recipient) provided to the person or company delivering the same.

(End of ARTICLE XIX )

 

46/58


ARTICLE XX. EXCLUSIVENESS

This CONTRACT shall constitute the only and entire agreement and understanding between the parties hereto, and unless otherwise expressly provided in this CONTRACT, all other negotiations, representations, undertakings and agreements on any subject matter of this CONTRACT, oral or written, made or entered into between the parties hereto prior to the execution of this CONTRACT shall be superseded by this CONTRACT.

(End of ARTICLE XX )

 

47/58


ARTICLE XXI. EFFECTIVENESS OF THE CONTRACT

This CONTRACT shall become effective upon signing by the parties hereto.

(End of ARTICLE XXI )

 

48/58


ARTICLE XXII. Anti Bribery and Corruption and Confidentiality

1. Anti Bribery and Corruption, Reporting

The BUILDER represents and warrants to the BUYER with effect from the date of this Contract and on a continuing basis for the duration of this Contract that, to the best of its knowledge, neither the BUILDER nor any of its directors, officers, agents, employees, representatives or any other similar person acting for or on behalf of the foregoing in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Contract has offered, paid, promised to pay, or authorized the payment of any money, or offered, given a promise to give, or authorized the giving of anything of value, to any government official, political party or official thereof or to any candidate for political office (or to any person where it or any of its directors, officers, agents, employees, representatives of any other similar person knew or was aware of a high probability that all or a portion of such money or thing of value would be offered, given or promised, directly or indirectly, to any government official, political party, party official or candidate for political office) for the purpose of:

 

(a) influencing any act or decision of such government official, political party, party official or candidate in his or her official capacity; or

 

(b) inducing such government official, political party, party official or candidate to do or omit to do any act in violation of the lawful duty of such government official, political party, party official or candidate; or

 

(c) securing any improper advantage; or

 

(d) inducing such government official, political party, party official or candidate to use his or her influence with any governmental authority to affect or influence any act or decision of such governmental authority, in order to assist it in obtaining or retaining business, the transactions contemplated by this CONTRACT.

The BUILDER warrants and undertakes to the BUYER with effect from the date of this CONTRACT and on a continuing basis for the duration of this CONTRACT that:

 

(a) it has not engaged in any activity, practice or conduct which would constitute a breach of any applicable law or convention relating to the prevention of bribery and corruption including, but not limited to: (A) the UK Bribery Act 2010 (the “Bribery Act”); (B) the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977 (as amended); and (C) the Convention on Combating Bribery of Foreign Public Officials in International Business Transactions, signed in Paris on December 17, 1997, which entered into force on February 15, 1999, and the Convention’s Commentaries;

 

(b) it has maintained in place adequate procedures designed to prevent it or any of their respective directors, officers, employees, agents or other persons acting on the behalf of any of the foregoing, from undertaking any conduct that would give rise to an offence under the Bribery Act (as each such term is defined in the Bribery Act);

 

(c) it has not violated in any material respect any applicable law or regulation in connection with this Agreement, or in connection with the carrying on of its business (including, without limitation, the US Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act and the US Foreign Corrupt Practices Act);

 

(d) in performing its obligations under this CONTRACT, it shall maintain appropriate business standards, procedures, precautions and controls, including those necessary to avoid any real or apparent impropriety or adverse impact on the interests of the BUYER;

 

49/58


(e) it shall implement (and shall ensure that its employees and other representatives comply with) a policy which prohibits the giving or receiving of any inappropriate favours, gifts, entertainment, payments, loans or other consideration of any kind directly or indirectly connected with this Contract or the work hereunder or any other activities that might influence individuals to act contrary to the best interests of their principal or applicable law; and

 

(f) all financial settlements, reports and billings rendered to the BUYER party under or in connection with this Contract shall properly reflect the facts of all activities and transactions handled for the BUYER’S account and may be relied upon as being complete and accurate in any further recording or reporting made by the BUYER or any other member of the corporate group to which the BUYER belongs.

The BUILDER agrees that any breach of this provision by the BUILDER may be treated by the BUYER as a material breach of the terms and conditions of this CONTRACT which will entitle the BUYER to terminate this CONTRACT under and with the effects provided for in obligations for in Article XI.

2. CONFIDENTIALITY

Neither of the parties hereto shall disclose or divulge any or whole terms and conditions under this CONTRACT to any third party unless prior consent of the other party is given in writing, excepting where it is necessary for the party to perform its obligations under this CONTRACT or to the extent it is required by law, by any governmental or other regulatory authority or by a court or other authority of competent jurisdiction.

The parties hereto shall make known to such third parties to whom any terms of this CONTRACT needs to be disclosed the terms of this Article XXII.2 and ensure that they are under obligation to be bound by the terms hereof.

This XXII.2 shall continue in force for a period of four (4) years from the Effective Date of this CONTRACT notwithstanding the completion or termination of this CONTRACT.

 

50/58


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have caused this CONTRACT to be duly executed on the date and year first above written.

 

For and on behalf of     For and on behalf of
    SUNGDONG SHIPBUILDING
    & MARINE ENGINEERING CO., LTD.

 

   

 

Name:     Name:
Title:     Title:
Witness:     Witness:

 

51/58


EXHIBIT “A” REFUND GUARANTEE

Dated:

To: [N AME OF THE B UYER ]

[address]

Dear Sirs:

 

  1. We hereby issue our irrevocable letter of guarantee number [ ] (hereinafter referred to as the “ Guarantee ”) (in favor of [Name of the Buyer] (hereinafter referred to as the “ Buyer ”) for the account of [Name of the Builder] (hereinafter referred to as the “ Builder ”) as follows in connection with the shipbuilding contract dated [ ] (hereinafter referred to as the “ Contract ”) made by and between the Buyer and the Builder for the construction and sale of [    ] having Builder’s Hull No.  [ ] (hereinafter referred to as the “ Vessel ”).

 

  2. If in connection with the terms of the Contract, the Buyer shall become entitled to a refund of the advance payments made to the Builder prior to the delivery of the Vessel, we hereby irrevocably absolutely and unconditionally guarantee as primary obligor and not by way of secondary liability only, the repayment of the same to the Buyer [ ] U.S. Dollars (US$ [ ] ) together with interest thereon at the rate of five percent (5%) per annum per annum or zero percent (0%) as per X.5.(b), if and when the same becomes repayable to you from the BUILDER in accordance with the terms of the Contract, then in such event, such interest to be calculated from the date following the date of receipt by the Builder to the date of remittance by telegraphic transfer of such refund.

 

  3. The amount of this Guarantee will be automatically increased, not more than [two (2) ] times, upon the Builder’s receipt of the respective further installments: each time by the amount of installment of:

 

  (a) [ ] U.S. Dollars (US$ [ ] );

 

  (b) [ ] U.S. Dollars (US$ [ ] );

 

  (c) [ ] U.S. Dollars (US$ [ ] ); and

 

  (d) [ ] U.S. Dollars (US$ [ ] );

respectively plus interest thereon as provided in the Contract, but in any eventuality the amount of this Guarantee shall not exceed the total sum of [ ] U.S. Dollars (US$ [ ] ) plus interest thereon at the rate of five percent (5%) per annum from the date following the date of Builder’s receipt of each installment to the date of remittance by telegraphic transfer of the refund.

[It is condition for the making of a demand under this letter of guarantee in relation to an instalment that such instalment has been paid in the account no.04-029-695 held with Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, New York in the name of The Export-Import Bank of Korea in favour of the BUILDER.] [NB:ONLY IF THE REFUND GUARANTEE IS ISSUED BY KEXIM]

 

L ETTER OF R EFUND G UARANTEE    - 52 -    2010


  4. In case any refund is made to you by the Builder or by us under this Guarantee, our liability hereunder shall be automatically reduced by the amount of such refund received by you.

 

  5. This Guarantee is payable against our simple receipt of a signed statement from you certifying that Buyer’s demand for refund has been made in conformity with the Contract and the Builder has failed to make the refund within [ thirty ( 30 ) ] days after your demand to the Builder. Any notice, claim or demand to be given or made by you under this Guarantee may be served on us either by post or by tested telex or by authorized SWIFT or equivalent as follows:

[Bank’s address]

[Bank’s telex details]

[Bank’s SWIFT details]

 

  6. Refund shall be made to you by telegraphic transfer (net of bank charges) in United States Dollars within [ twenty one  ( 21 ) ] days from the receipt of your demand. All payments under this Guarantee shall be made without deduction or withholding for or on account of any taxes, duties or charges whatsoever unless we are compelled by law to deduct or withhold the same, in which case we shall make the minimum deduction or withholding permitted by law and will pay such additional amounts as may be necessary in order that the amount received by you after such deductions or withholdings shall be equal to the amount which would have been received had no such deduction or withholding been made.

 

  7. This Guarantee shall expire and become null and void upon the earliest of:

 

  (a) receipt by the Buyer of all of the sums guaranteed hereby together with interest thereon as aforesaid;

 

  (b) acceptance by the Buyer of the delivery of the Vessel as evidenced by a duly executed protocol of delivery and acceptance; or

 

  (c) termination of the Contract due to the Buyer’s default in accordance with the Contract unless such default has been disputed by you within ten (10) wording days of your receipt of Builder’s written notice of termination.

In any such case, the Buyer shall return this Guarantee to us.

 

  8. Notwithstanding any provision hereinabove, in the event that within [ Twenty one ( 21 ) ] days from the date of your demand to the Builder referred to above, we receive notification from you or the Builder accompanied by written confirmation by an arbitrator to the effect that your claim to cancel the Contract or your claim for refund thereunder has been disputed and referred to arbitration in accordance with the Contract, we shall under this Guarantee refund to you the sum (not exceeding [ ] U.S. Dollars (US$ [ ] ) plus interest by the same manner hereinabove) due to you from the Builder pursuant to the award made under such arbitration immediately upon receipt from you [ or within [ ] days from the receipt from you ] of the demand for payment of the sum and a copy of the award.

 

  9. This Guarantee shall be assignable by you and by any permitted assignee of your rights under the Contract subject to our prior consent which shall not be unreasonably withheld.

 

  10. Our liabilities and obligations under this Letter of Guarantee shall not be affected, prejudiced or discharged by any variation or amendment of the Contract or by any other circumstances that would otherwise affect, prejudice or discharge our liabilities and obligations as guarantor.

 

  11. This guarantee shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of England and the undersigned hereby submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of England and appoints [                    ], with its registered office at [                    ] to receive service of proceedings in such court on its behalf.

 

Yours faithfully
For and on behalf of
[                    ]

 


EXHIBIT “B” PERFORMANCE GUARANTEE

GUARANTEE

Date: [ ], 20 [ ]

Gentlemen:

In consideration of your executing a shipbuilding contract (hereinafter called the “ CONTRACT ”) dated [ ], 20[ ] with [ ], a corporation incorporated and existing under the laws of [ ] with its principal office at [ ] (hereinafter called the “ BUYER ”) providing for the construction of one (1) [ ] DWT class [ ] having the BUILDER’s Hull No. S[ ] (hereinafter called the “ VESSEL ”), and providing, among other things, for payment of the contract price amounting to U.S. Dollars [ ] only (US$[ ].-) for the VESSEL, prior to and upon the delivery of the VESSEL, the undersigned, as a primary obligor and not merely as a surety, hereby unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees to you, your successors and assigns, the due and faithful performance by the BUYER of the payment of the 2 nd and 3 rd instalments of the CONTRACT PRICE due under the CONTRACT and any supplements, amendments, changes or modifications hereinafter made thereto to you, your successors and assigns under the CONTRACT, and confirms that this guarantee shall be fully applicable to the CONTRACT whether so supplemented, amended, changed or modified and if it shall be assigned by the BUYER in accordance with the terms of the CONTRACT.

This guarantee will expire automatically on delivery of the VESSEL to the BUYER as evidenced by a duly executed protocol of delivery and acceptance and you shall thereafter return the original copy of this to us.

The undersigned hereby certifies, represents and warrants that all acts, conditions and things required to be done and performed and to have occurred precedent to the creation and issuance of this guarantee, and to constitute the guarantee the valid and legally binding obligation of the undersigned enforceable in accordance with its terms have been done and performed and have occurred in due and compliance with applicable laws.

The payment by the undersigned under this guarantee shall be made forthwith upon receipt by us of written demand from you including a statement that the BUYER is in default of payment of the amounts and such default has continued for a period of fourteen (14) days, including, but not limited to, the instalment(s) payable prior to or upon delivery of the VESSEL, that were due under the CONTRACT, without requesting you to take any or further procedure or step against the BUYER. In the event that any withholding or deduction is imposed by any law, the undersigned will pay such additional amount as may be necessary in order that the actual amount received after deduction or withholding shall equal to the amount that would have been received if such deduction or withholding were not required.

This guarantee shall be governed by and interpreted in accordance with the laws of England and the undersigned hereby submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the Courts of England city in London and appoints Scorpio UK Ltd, located at 32 Dover Street, London, W1S 4NE for the attention of Mr. Luca Forgione) to receive service of proceedings in such courts on its behalf.

 

Very truly yours,
For and on behalf of
By  
Name:   [ ]
Title:   [ ]

Exhibit 10.15

SHIPBUILDING CONTRACT

FOR

THE CONSTRUCTION AND SALE

OF

ONE (1) 180,000 TDW BULK CARRIER

(HULL NO.:                    )

BY AND BETWEEN

 

(as BUYER)

AND

DAEHAN SHIPBUILDING CO., LTD.

(as BUILDER)


Table of Contents

 

ARTICLE I. DESCRIPTION AND CLASS      1   

1.

    

Description:

     1   

2.

    

Dimensions and Characteristics:

     1   

3.

    

Classification, Rules and Regulations:

     2   

4.

    

Subcontracting of Construction Work:

     3   

5.

    

Registration:

     3   
ARTICLE II. CONTRACT PRICE AND TERMS OF PAYMENT      3   

1.

    

Contract Price:

     3   

2.

    

Currency:

     3   

3.

    

Terms of Payment:

     3   

4.

    

Method of Payment:

     4   

5.

    

Refund Guarantee:

     5   

6.

    

Corporate Guarantee:

     5   
ARTICLE III. ADJUSTMENT OF CONTRACT PRICE      6   

1.

    

Delayed Delivery:

     6   

2.

    

Insufficient Speed:

     7   

3.

    

Excessive Fuel Consumption:

     7   

4.

    

Deadweight below contract requirements:

     8   

5.

    

Conclusive Pecuniary Compensation:

     8   

6.

    

Effect of Termination:

     8   
ARTICLE IV. APPROVAL OF PLANS AND DRAWINGS AND INSPECTION DURING CONSTRUCTION      8   

1.

    

Approval of Plans and Drawings:

     8   

2.

    

Appointment of Buyer’s Representative:

     9   

3.

    

inspection:

     9   

4.

    

Facilities:

     10   

5.

    

Liability of Builder:

     10   

6.

    

Responsibility of Buyer:

     11   
ARTICLE V. MODIFICATIONS      11   

1.

    

Modification of Specifications:

     11   

2.

    

Change in Class, etc.:

     12   

3.

    

Substitution of Materials:

     12   
ARTICLE VI. TRIALS      12   

1.

    

Notices:

     12   

2.

    

Weather Conditions:

     13   

3.

    

How Conducted:

     13   

4.

    

Method of Acceptance or Rejection:

     14   

5.

    

Effect of Acceptance:

     14   

6.

    

Disposition of Surplus Consumable Stores:

     14   
ARTICLE VII. DELIVERY DATE AND DELIVERY      15   

1.

    

Time and Place:

     15   

2.

    

When and How Effected:

     15   

3.

    

Documents to be Delivered to Buyer:

     15   

4.

    

Tender of Vessel:

     16   

5.

    

Title and Risk:

     16   

6.

    

Removal of Vessel:

     16   
ARTICLE VIII. DELAYS AND EXTENSION OF TIME FOR DELIVERY (FORCE MAJEURE)      16   

1.

    

Causes of Delay:

     16   

2.

    

Definition of Permissible Delay:

     17   

3.

    

Notice of Delay:

     17   

4.

    

Right to Terminate Contract for Excessive Delay:

     17   

 

ii


ARTICLE IX. WARRANTY OF QUALITY      18   

1.

    

Guarantee:

     18   

2.

    

Notice of Defects:

     18   

3.

    

Extent of Builder’s Responsibility:

     18   

4.

    

Remedy of Defects:

     19   

5.

    

Assignment of Warranty:

     20   

6.

    

Guarantee Engineer:

     20   
ARTICLE X. REMEDIES OF BUYER      20   

1.

    

Builder’s Default:

     20   

2.

    

Notice:

     20   

3.

    

Refund by Builder:

     20   

4.

    

Discharge of Obligations:

     21   
ARTICLE XI. REMEDIES OF BUILDER      21   

1.

    

Definition of Default:

     21   

2.

    

Interest and Charges:

     22   

3.

    

Effect of Default:

     22   

4.

    

Sale of Vessel:

     23   

5.

    

Remedies Cumulative:

     24   
ARTICLE XII. INSURANCE      24   

1.

    

Extent of Insurance Coverage:

     24   

2.

    

Application of Recovered Amount:

     25   

3.

    

Redelivery of Buyer’s Supplies:

     25   

4.

    

Termination of Builder’s Obligation to Insure:

     25   
ARTICLE XIII. DISPUTES AND ARBITRATION      26   

1.

    

Proceedings:

     26   

2.

    

Alteration of Delivery of the Vessel:

     27   

3.

    

Entry in Court:

     27   
ARTICLE XIV. RIGHT OF ASSIGNMENT      27   
ARTICLE XV. TAXES AND DUTIES      27   

1.

    

Taxes and Duties in Korea:

     27   

2.

    

Taxes and Duties outside Korea:

     27   
ARTICLE XVI. PATENTS, TRADEMARKS, COPYRIGHTS, ETC      28   

1.

    

Patents, Trademarks and Copyrights:

     28   

2.

    

Rights to General Plans. Specifications and Working Drawings:

     28   
ARTICLE XVII. BUYER’S SUPPLIES      28   

1.

    

Responsibility of Buyer:

     28   

2.

    

Responsibility of Builder:

     29   

3.

    

Return of Buyer’s Supplies

     29   
ARTICLE XVIII. REPRESENTATIVES      30   
ARTICLE XIX. NOTICE AND LANGUAGE      30   

1.

    

Notice:

     30   

2.

    

Language:

     30   

3.

    

Writing

     30   
ARTICLE XX. EFFECTIVE DATE OF CONTRACT      30   
ARTICLE XXI. INTERPRETATION      31   

1.

    

Laws Applicable:

     31   

2.

    

Discrepancies:

     31   

3.

    

Entire Agreement:

     31   

4.

    

Amendment:

     31   

5.

    

Headings:

     31   

6.

    

Severability:

     31   
EXHIBIT A. REFUND GUARANTEE      33   
EXHIBIT B. CORPORATE GUARANTEE      35   

 

iii


SHIPBUILDING CONTRACT

THIS CONTRACT made the      day of                      by and between                      a corporation incorporated and existing under the laws of                      with its principal office at                                          or its nominee (“Buyer”), and DAEHAN Shipbuilding Co., Ltd. a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the Republic of Korea, having its principal office 887, Gurim-ri, Hwawon-myeon, Haenam-un, Jeollanam-do, Korea (“Builder”).

IT IS AGREED AND DECLARED as follows:

Builder agrees to design, build, launch, equip and complete One (1) 180,000 TDW Bulk Carrier more fully described in the Specifications (as defined below) (the “Vessel”) at Builder’s shipyard located at Haenam, Korea (the “Shipyard”) and to sell and deliver the same to Buyer, and Buyer hereby agrees to purchase and take delivery of the Vessel from Builder, on the terms and conditions herein set out.

ARTICLE I. DESCRIPTION AND CLASS

 

1. Description:

The Vessel shall have Builder’s Hull no.      and shall be built, equipped and completed in accordance with the provisions of this Contract, and the specifications No.      dated                     , and the General Arrangement Plan No.      dated                     , and the Makers’ list (hereinafter called respectively the “Specifications”, the “Plan” and the “Makers’ list”), signed by the parties which shall constitute an integral part of this Contract although not attached hereto.

The SPECIFICATIONS and the PLAN are intended to explain each other and anything shown on the PLAN and not stipulated in the SPECIFICATIONS or anything stipulated in the SPECIFICATIONS and not shown on the PLAN shall be deemed and considered as if included in both.

 

2. Dimensions and Characteristics:

The basic dimensions and principal particulars of the Vessel shall be:

 

Length, overall    about 292.00 m
Length, between perpendiculars    about 283.00 m
Breadth, moulded    about 45.00 m
Depth, moulded    about 24.75 m
Design draft, moulded    about 16.50 m
Scantling draft, moulded    about 18.20 m
Deadweight at the design draft of 16.50 m, in sea water with specific gravity of 1.025    about 159,000 metric tons
Deadweight at the scantling draft of 18.20 m, in sea water with specific gravity of 1.025 (hereinafter called the “Guaranteed Deadweight”)    about 180,000 metric tons

 

1


Cubic capacity of cargo hold (incl. hatch coaming)

   about 198,000 M3

Main propelling machinery

   MAN B&W 6G70ME-C9.2
   MCR 15,500 KW x 69.8 RPM
   NCR 12,010 KW x 664.1 RPM
Service speed at the design draft 16.50 m with the ME running at NCR (12,010 KW) with 15% sea Margin (hereinafter called the “Guaranteed Speed”)    14.5 knots
Specific fuel consumption of the main engine applying I.S.O. reference conditions to the result of official shop test at a MCR of 15,500 KW using marine diesel oil having lower calorific value of 10,200 Kcal per Kg    163.8 gr/KW.HR

 

3. Classification, Rules and Regulations:

The Vessel, including her materials, hull, machinery, equipment appliances and outfit, shall be designed, constructed and equipped in accordance with the edition and amendments thereto in force at the execution date of this Contract as well as at the date of ship’s delivery (provided they are officially published and made known prior to the signing date of this Contract) of the rules and regulations of and under special survey of                      Class with equivalent notations, (the “Classification Society”). The applicable notations for each candidate Classification Society to be as follows:

The actual Classification Society shall be decided by the Buyer within One (1) month from the Contract signing date.

*KRS1-Bulk carrier, ‘ESP’, (CSR), BC-A(Hold Nos. 2, 4, 6 and 8 may be empty with Maximum cargo density 3.0t/m3), GRAB[20], IWS, SeaTrust(HCM), PSPC, LI, CHA, ENV(IBWM, IAFS, IOPP, ISPP, IGPP, IAPP)

*KRM1-UMA, STCM

Decisions of the Classification Society as to compliance or non-compliance of the Vessel with the said rules and regulations of the Classification Society shall be final and binding upon the parties.

The Vessel, shall also comply with the applicable rules, regulations and requirements of the other regulatory bodies referred to in the Specifications as in effect at the signing date of this Contract.

The VESSEL’S classification status, and all Classification, Statutory and other required certificates hereunder are to be clean and free of all conditions, recommendations and restrictions whatsoever other than those permitted in the Specifications. It is understood that provisional certificates, which are to be replaced by full term ones at a later time (including trim and stability booklet) are to be accepted.

 

2


All fees and charges incidental to the classification of the Vessel and with respect to compliance with the said rules, regulations, and requirements shall be for the account of Builder unless otherwise stipulated in the Specifications,

 

4. Subcontracting of Construction Work:

Builder, may, at its option and sole responsibility towards Buyer, subcontract any portion of the construction work of the Vessel to any property qualified subcontractor, under the Builder’s liability for the performance of this Contract.

Buyer may request the Shipyard to replace any subcontractor whose level of workmanship has been demonstrated not to meet the requirements of the Contract and Specifications which request Builder shall not unreasonably refuse. Engine room, bow, and stern blocks shall be fabricated in Korea.

 

5. Registration:

The Vessel shall be registered by Buyer at its own cost and expense under the laws of the Republic of Panama at the port of Panama (the “Administration”) at the time of delivery and acceptance.

It is mutually agreed between the BUYER and BUILDER that the VESSEL shall be designed, constructed and be ready to fly the flag in compliance with the regulations and requirements of the Republic of Panama. Prior to delivery of the VESSEL to the BUYER, the BUILDER shall send to the BUYER such documents which the BUYER requires reasonably for registration purposes.

ARTICLE II. CONTRACT PRICE AND TERMS OF PAYMENT

 

1. Contract Price:

The Contract Price of the Vessel is United States Dollars                                         (USD         .-), (the “Contract Price”), net receivable by Builder, which is exclusive of Buyer’s Supplies. The Contract Price shall be subject to upward or downward adjustment, as set out in this Contract. Any such adjustment shall be determined prior to delivery of the Vessel.

The above CONTRACT PRICE shall include the installation of a Ballast Water Treatment System as well as payment for services in the inspection, tests, survey and classification of the VESSEL which will be rendered by the CLASSIFICATION SOCIETY and shall not include the cost of the BUYER’s supplies as stipulated in Article XVII.

The CONTRACT PRICE also includes all costs and expenses for supplying all necessary drawings as stipulated in the SPECIFICATIONS except those to be furnished by the BUYER for the VESSEL in accordance with the SPECIFICATIONS.

 

2. Currency:

All payments required to be made by either party under this Contract shall be made in United States Dollars.

 

3. Terms of Payment:

The Contract Price shall be paid by Buyer to Builder in instalments (“Instalment(s)”) as follows:

(A “banking day” referred to in this Contract means a day on which commercial banks are open for domestic and foreign exchange business in Seoul, New York and London)

 

3


(a) First Instalment:

Ten percent (10%) of the Contract Price, amounting to United States Dollars,                                         (USD        .-) shall be paid within Five(5) banking days from the date of receipt by Buyer of the Refund Guarantee (Exhibit A) from Builder’s Bank by authenticated SWIFT MESSAGE to the Buyer’s Financing Bank (as defined in Article X.3) for the Vessel.

 

(b) Second Instalment:

Twenty percent (20%) of the Contract Price, amounting to United States Dollars                                         (USD        ) shall be paid within Five(5) banking days from the date of receipt by Buyer of a notice from Builder confirmed by the Classification Society that the steel cutting of the Vessel has been commenced.

 

(c) Third Instalment:

Twenty percent (20%) of the Contract Price, amounting to United States Dollars                                         (USD        .-) shall be paid within Five(5) banking days from the date of receipt by Buyer of a notice from Builder confirmed by the Classification Society that the keel laying for the first block of the Vessel has been completed.

 

(d) Fourth Instalment:

Twenty Five percent (25%) of the Contract Price amounting to United States Dollars Thirteen Million                                          (USD        .-) shall be paid within Five(5) banking days from the date of receipt by Buyer of a notice from Builder confirmed by the Classification Society that the Launching of the Vessel has been completed.

 

(e) Fifth Instalment:

Twenty Five percent (25%) of the Contract Price amounting to United States Dollars                                          (USD        ) plus other sums due to Builder under this Contract and any increase or minus any decrease due to adjustments, if any, to the Contract Price shall be paid upon delivery of the Vessel.

 

4. Method of Payment:

 

(a) Instalments Payable before Delivery:

After receipt of a notice from Builder, but in any event in or before the due date of the respective Instalment, Buyer shall, at its own cost and expense, remit each of the respective Instalments payable before delivery of the Vessel as provided in Article II.3 by telegraphic transfer to                                          in favour of DAEHAN Shipbuilding Co., Ltd. or to the account of a first class Bank (“Builder’s Bank”) as indicated by Builder at the same time as the relevant notice is given, under advice by authenticated SWIFT message to                                          or Builder’s Bank by the remitting bank.

 

4


(b) Instalment Payable on Delivery:

Upon receipt by Buyer of Builder’s notice of the scheduled delivery date of the Vessel (Builder shall notify Buyer Fourteen (14) days prior to the scheduled delivery date), Buyer shall, at its own cost and expense open an account in the name of Buyer or in the name of the Buyer’s financing bank with                  or Builder’s Bank at least Seven (7) days before the scheduled delivery date of the Vessel. At least Three (3) banking days prior to the scheduled delivery date the Buyer at its own cost and expense shall deposit the Fifth Instalment (as provided in Article II.3) by telegraphic transfer to the said account with                  or Builder’s Bank in favour of Builder, under advice by authenticated SWIFT message to Builder’s Bank by the remitting bank, with irrevocable instruction that the said deposit shall be released to Builder’s account against presentation by Builder to the Builder’s Bank of a duplicate original copy of the Protocol of Delivery and Acceptance of the Vessel signed by Builder and Buyer together with an invoice for the amount due under this instalment.

If the Protocol of Delivery and Acceptance of the Vessel shall not have been signed within Seven (7) banking days of the deposit of the Sixth Instalment it shall be returned to Buyer unless otherwise agreed.

 

(c) Prompt payment:

No payment due and payable to Builder under this Contract shall be delayed or withheld by Buyer on account of any dispute or disagreement of whatsoever nature arising between the parties hereto or by the reason of reference of the said dispute or disagreement to arbitration provided for in Article XIII and shall not be subject to any set-off or deduction.

Time shall be of the essence of this Contract in respect of payment of any of the Instalments and/or interest thereon.

 

5. REFUND GUARANTEE

The BUILDER shall, prior to the payment of the first instalment arrange for delivery to the BUYER’S financing bank by authenticated SWIFT of an assignable letter of guarantee issued by the BUILDER’S BANK (the “Refund Guarantor) for the refund of the pre-delivery instalments plus interest as aforesaid to the BUYER under or pursuant to Paragraph 3 of Article X in the form annexed hereto as Exhibit “A”, subject to it being is acceptable to BUYER’s financial bank. All expenses in issuing and maintaining the letter of guarantee described in this Paragraph shall be borne by the BUILDER. The BUYER shall advise the BUILDER of the details of the BUYER’s bank including the SWIFT address upon execution of this CONTRACT.

The Builder shall provide all assistance and co-operation necessary including any application to the Bank of Korea to obtain a replacement Refund Guarantee in the event of any assignment or novation by the Buyer as contemplated by Article XI (b) below.

In the event that Buyer is obliged under the terms of the Refund Guarantee to return the original of the Refund Guarantee to the issuer thereof, if Buyer fails to do so within fourteen (14) days after it has become so obliged, Buyer shall be liable to indemnify Builder against all and any fees which Builder is required to pay to that issuer in respect of the Refund Guarantee after the expiry of that fourteen (14) day period.

 

6. Corporate Guarantee:

Within a reasonable time from execution of this Contract, Buyer shall furnish to Builder an irrevocable and unconditional corporate guarantee (the “Corporate Guarantee”) duly executed and issued by a guarantor (the “Corporate Guarantor”) acceptable to Builder and or Builder’s

 

5


Bank (as the case may be), covering and guaranteeing the due performance of Buyer’s obligations under this Contract including, but not limited to, the payment of the Contract Price and taking delivery of the Vessel in accordance with the provisions of this Contract and substantially in the form annexed hereto as Exhibit “B”. The Corporate Guarantor shall on demand furnish to Builder evidence satisfactory to Builder of its power and authority to enter into the Corporate Guarantee and as to the execution thereof by its duly authorised representative. The Corporate Guarantee shall continue in full force and effect until the full performance of all of Buyer’s obligations under or in connection with this Contract.

ARTICLE III. ADJUSTMENT OF CONTRACT PRICE

The Contract Price shall be subject to adjustment as hereinafter set out in the following circumstances. Any reduction of the Contract Price pursuant to this Article is by way of liquidated damages and not by way of penalty:

 

1. Delayed Delivery:

 

(a) No adjustment shall be made and the Contract Price shall remain unchanged for the first Thirty (30) days of delay in delivery of the Vessel beyond the Delivery Date as defined in article VII 1. (a) (ending as of twelve o’clock midnight, Korean time of the Thirtieth (30 th ) day of delay).

 

(b) If the delivery of the Vessel, for causes for which Builder is liable, is delayed more than Thirty (30) days after the Delivery Date, then, in such event, beginning at twelve o’clock midnight of the Thirtieth (30 th ) day after the Delivery Date, the Contract Price shall be reduced by deducting therefrom as follows:

 

31st - 210th day

     USD            .-per day   

However, the total reduction in the Contract Price shall not exceed the amount due to cover a delay of One Hundred Eighty (180) days counting from midnight of the Thirtieth (30 th ) day after the Delivery Date at the above specified rate of reduction.

 

(c) If such delay in delivery of the Vessel continues, due to Builder’s default, for a period of One Hundred Eighty (180) days or more from the Thirty-first (31 st ) day after the Delivery Date, in such event, and after such period has expired, Buyer may, at its option, terminate this Contract in accordance with the provisions of Article X, or accept the Vessel with a total reduction in the Contract Price of United States Dollars                                         (USD        .-).

Builder may, at any time after the expiration of the aforementioned Two Hundred and Ten (210) days of delay in delivery, if Buyer has not served notice of termination as provided in Article X, notify Buyer of the expected future date for delivery and demand in writing that Buyer shall make an election, in which case Buyer shall, within Ten (10) days after such demand is delivered to Buyer, notify Builder of its termination of this Contract or acceptance of the revised future date for delivery. If the Vessel is not delivered by such revised future date for delivery, Buyer shall have the same right of termination upon the same terms and conditions as hereinabove provided. If Buyer fails to notify Builder of its termination of this Contract as specified above within such Ten (10) days period, Buyer shall be deemed to have consented to the delivery of the Vessel at the future date for delivery proposed by Builder.

 

(d)

For the purpose of this Article, the delivery of the Vessel shall be deemed to be delayed when and if the Vessel, after taking into full account of all postponements of the

 

6


  Delivery Date by reason of permissible delays as defined in this Contract, is not delivered by the date upon which the delivery is required under the terms of this Contract.

 

2. Insufficient Speed:

 

(a) The Contract Price shall not be affected or changed by reason of a deficiency in the actual speed of the Vessel, as determined on the basis of trial run, being less than Three-tenths (3/10) of One (1) knot below the guaranteed peed of the Vessel at the designed draft in the conditions as set out in the Specifications.

 

(b) If the deficiency in actual speed of the Vessel amounts to or exceeds Three-tenths (3/10) of One (1) knot below the guaranteed speed of the Vessel at the design draft (fractions less than One-tenth (1/10) of One (1) knot of deficiency to be taken into account pro rata), the Contract Price shall be reduced as follows:

 

Deficiency in Actual Speed

   Total Reduction  

Three-tenths

  

of a knot

     USD               

Four-tenths

  

of a knot

     USD               

Five-tenths

  

of a knot

     USD               

Six-tenths

  

of a knot

     USD               

Seven-tenths

  

of a knot

     USD               

Eight-tenths

  

of a knot

     USD               

Nine-tenths

  

of a knot

     USD               

One knot

        USD               

The above amounts in this sub-paragraph (b) are not cumulative.

 

(c) If the deficiency in actual speed of the Vessel as determined during the trial run is more than One (1) full knot below the guaranteed speed of the Vessel at the designed draft, Buyer may, at its option, reject the Vessel in accordance with Article VI.4 and terminate this Contract in accordance with the provisions of Article X, or accept the Vessel with a total reduction in the Contract Price of United States Dollars                                         (USD        .-).

 

3. Excessive Fuel Consumption:

 

(a) The Contract Price shall not be affected or changed by reason of the actual specific fuel consumption of the Vessel’s main engine, as determined by a shop trial of the engine manufacturer according to the Specifications, exceeding the guaranteed specific fuel consumption of the Vessel’s main engine, if such excess is not more than Five percent (5%) of the guaranteed specific fuel consumption in the conditions as set out in the Specifications.

 

(b) If the actual specific fuel consumption exceeds Five percent (5%) over the guaranteed fuel consumption of the Vessel’s main engine, the Contract Price shall be reduced by the sum of United States Dollars                                         (USD        -) for each full One percent (1%) increase in specific fuel consumption above said Five percent (5%) (fractions of less than 1% to be taken into account pro rata), up to a maximum of Ten percent (10%) above the guaranteed specific fuel consumption of the Vessel’s main engine.

 

(c)

If the actual specific fuel consumption exceeds Ten percent (10%) above the guaranteed specific fuel consumption of the Vessel’s main engine, Buyer may, at its

 

7


  option, reject the Vessel in accordance with Article VI.4 and terminate this Contract in accordance with the provisions of Article X, or accept the Vessel with a total reduction in the Contract Price of United States Dollars                                          (USD         .-).

 

4. Deadweight below contract requirements:

 

(a) The Contract Price shall not be affected or changed by reason of a deficiency in the actual deadweight of the Vessel, being not more than 180,000 metric tons below the guaranteed deadweight at the scantling draft in the conditions as set out in the Specifications.

 

(b) If the deficiency in the actual deadweight of the Vessel exceeds 2,000 metric tons below the guaranteed deadweight at the design draft, the Contract Price shall be reduced by the sum of United States Dollars                      (USD         ) for each full metric ton of such deficiency in excess of 2,000 metric tons (but disregarding fractions of a ton) up to a maximum deficiency of 4,000 metric tons.

 

(c) if the deficiency in the actual deadweight of Vessel is more than 4,000 metric tons below the guaranteed deadweight at the design draft, then, Buyer may, at its option, reject the Vessel in accordance with Article VI.4 and terminate this Contract in accordance with the provisions of Article X, or accept the Vessel with a total reduction in the Contract Price of United States Dollars                      (USD         ).

 

5. Conclusive Pecuniary Compensation:

The liquidated damages hereunder shall be the conclusive pecuniary compensation recoverable in connection with each particular event stated herein and Builder shall not be liable for any additional compensation claimed by Buyer in relation to such particular event and its consequential events.

 

6. Effect of Termination:

If Buyer terminates this Contract for any reason whatsoever, Buyer shall not be entitled to any liquidated damages.

ARTICLE IV. APPROVAL OF PLANS AND DRAWINGS AND INSPECTION DURING CONSTRUCTION

 

1. Approval of Plans and Drawings:

 

(a) Builder shall submit to Buyer three (3) copies of each of the plans and drawings, the list of which shall be mutually agreed upon between the parties hereto, for its approval. Buyer shall, within Fourteen (14) days after receipt thereof, return to Builder One (1) copy of such plans and drawings with Buyer’s approval or comments (if any) written thereon. A list of plans and drawings to be so submitted to the Buyer shall be mutually agreed upon between the parties hereto.

If from the nature of the comment a further review of revised plan and drawing is required, the BUILDER will re-submit same to the BUYER.

When and if the BUYER’S REPRESENTATIVE shall have been sent by the BUYER to the SHIPYARD in accordance with Paragraph 2 of this Article, the BUILDER may submit the remainder, if any, of the plans and drawings in the agreed list, to the BUYER’S REPRESENTATIVE for his approval, unless otherwise agreed upon between the parties hereto, (however important plan and drawing may only be approved by the BUYER’s head office)

 

8


(b) If the above comments made by Buyer are not clearly specified or detailed, the Builder shall seek clarification and in the absence of prompt clarification within One (1) working day thereof may place its own interpretation on such comments in implementing the same.

 

(c) If Buyer or the Representative shall fail to return the plans and drawings to Builder within the time limit as above provided, such plans and drawings shall be deemed to have been approved or confirmed without any comment.

 

2. Appointment of Buyer’s Representative:

Buyer shall in due time despatch to and maintain at the Shipyard, at Buyer’s own cost and expense, one or more representative(s) (the “Representative” or the “Representatives”) who shall be duly authorized in writing by Buyer to act on behalf of Buyer in connection with confirmation of the Production Schedule, approval of the plans and drawings, attendance to the tests and inspections relating to the Vessel, its machinery, equipment and outfit and any other matters for which he is authorized by Buyer.

 

3. Inspection:

The necessary tests and inspections of the Vessel, her machinery, equipment and outfit either as required by the Classification Society or by other applicable regulatory bodies or as agreed by the parties hereto, shall be carried out by the Classification Society, other regulatory bodies and/or an inspection team of Builder throughout the entire period of construction, in order to ensure that the construction of the Vessel is duly performed in accordance with this Contract and the Specifications. During construction of the Vessel the Representative shall have the right to attend such tests and inspections of the Vessel, her machinery and equipment as mutually agreed between Buyer and Builder.

Builder shall give a reasonable advance notice to the Representative of the date and place of such tests, trials and inspections which may be attended by him. Failure by the Representative to be present at such tests, trials and inspections after due notice to him as aforesaid shall be deemed to be a waiver of the Representative’s right to be present. In the event that Builder needs an inspection for coating work to be made during non-working hours for smooth progress of work, the Representative shall exercise his best endeavour to attend such inspection provided that Builder has given a reasonable advance notice to the Representative.

In working hours during construction of the Vessel until delivery thereof, the Representative shall, provide that he shall comply with the Shipyard’s HSE policy(Health, Safety and Environment), be permitted free and ready access to the Vessel, her machinery and equipment, and to any other place where work on the Vessel is being done, or materials are being processed or stored in connection with the construction of the Vessel, including the yards, workshops, stores and offices of Builder, and the premises of subcontractors of Builder, who are doing work or storing materials in connection with the Vessel’s construction.

If the Representative discovers any construction, material or workmanship which he considered not to conform to the requirements of this Contract and/or the Specifications, the Representative shall promptly give Builder a notice in writing specifying the alleged non-conformity. Upon receipt of such notice from the Representative, Builder shall correct such non-conformity, if Builder agrees to his view. Any disagreement shall be resolved in accordance with Article XIII.1.

 

9


If a non compliance to the Specifications is discovered at any time but during the construction period, the Builder shall rectify it.

If the Classification Society or an arbitrator enters a determination in favour of Buyer, then in such case Builder shall correct such non-conformity, or if such corrections cannot be made in time to meet the construction schedule for the Vessel, Builder shall make fair and reasonable adjustment of the Contract Price in lieu of such corrections. If the Classification Society or the arbitrator enters a determination in favour of Builder, then the time for delivery of the Vessel shall be extended for the period of delay in construction, if any, occasioned by such proceedings, and Buyer shall compensate Builder for the proven loss and damages incurred by Builder as a result of the dispute herein referred to.

 

4. Facilities:

Builder shall furnish the Representatives free of charge, with adequate and suitable office space equipped with desks, chairs, tables, filing cabinets, book shelves, internal and external telephone extensions, international line for telefax machine, internet access and printer at, or in the immediate vicinity of the Shipyard and shall make available the use of such other reasonable facilities as may be necessary to enable them to carry out their duties effectively, according to Builder’s practice. However, Buyer shall pay telephone and telefax charges, and shall reimburse costs and expenses for installation of any additional telefax or external telephone lines and facilities and office equipment and furniture, if any provided additionally.

 

5. Liability of Builder:

The Representative(s) shall at all times be deemed to be the employee(s) of Buyer and not of Builder.

Builder shall be under no liability whatsoever to Buyer, or the Representative(s) for personal injuries or death, whether or not suffered during the time when he or they are on the Vessel, or within the premises of either Builder or its subcontractors, or are otherwise engaged in and about the construction of the Vessel, unless such personal injuries or death are caused by gross negligence of Builder. Without prejudice to the foregoing, in the event that such injury or death is caused by the fault (other than gross negligence) of Builder, its employees, agents or subcontractors, Buyer shall assume the liability (if any) which Builder, its employees, agents and/or subcontractors may otherwise have had in respect of or for the relevant injury or death (as the case may be).

Nor shall Builder be under any liability whatsoever to Buyer, or the Representative(s) for damage to, or loss or destruction of property of Buyer or of the Representative(s) in the Shipyard, unless such damage, loss or destruction is caused by gross negligence of Builder. Without prejudice to the foregoing, in the event that such damage, loss or destruction is caused by the fault (other than gross negligence) of Builder, its employees, agents or subcontractors, Buyer shall assume the liability (if any) which Builder, its employees, agents and/or subcontractors may otherwise have had in respect of or for the relevant damage, loss or destruction (as the case may be).

Buyer shall keep Builder, its employees, agents and subcontractors indemnified and harmless from and against all and any proceedings, costs, claims, expenses and liabilities whatsoever brought, caused or incurred by or in respect of personal injuries or death or damage to or for loss of or destruction of property suffered as aforesaid by Buyer or the Representative(s), provided that Buyer shall have no obligation to keep Builder indemnified and harmless as prescribed above in respect of any such injuries, death, damage, loss or destruction caused by the gross negligence of Builder or any of its employees, agents or subcontractors.

 

10


6. Responsibility of Buyer:

Buyer shall advise Builder in advance of the names, experiences and scope of authority of the Representative(s) and of any other information pertaining to their qualifications. If Builder shall have reasonable cause to disapprove of any of the Representative(s), it shall so advise Buyer and Buyer shall take proper action If Buyer believes same is warranted.

Buyer shall undertake and assure that Buyer’s Representative(s) shall carry out their duties hereunder in accordance with good shipbuilding practice and in such a way as to avoid any unnecessary increase in building cost or delay in the production schedules of Builder. The Representative(s) shall abide by the work rules and regulations prevailing at the premises of Builder and its subcontractors.

Builder has the right to request Buyer to replace any Representative(s) if deemed unsuitable and unsatisfactory for the proper progress of the Vessel’s construction. If Buyer considers that such Builder’s request is justified, Buyer shall effect such replacement as soon as conveniently arrangeable.

ARTICLE V. MODIFICATIONS

 

1. Modification of Specifications:

The Specifications and Plan may be modified to a minor extent by written agreement of the parties hereto, provided that such modifications will not, in Builder’s reasonable judgement, adversely affect Builder’s planning or program in relation to Builder’s other commitments, and provided, further, that Buyer shall first agree, before such modifications and/or changes are carried out, to alterations in the Contract Price, the Delivery Date, deadweight, speed and other terms and conditions of this Contract and Specifications occasioned by or resulting from such modifications and/or changes within Seven (7) days from the receipt by Buyer of Builder’s proposal. Builder has the right to continue construction of the Vessel on the basis of the Specifications and Plan until agreement as above has been reached.

An agreement to modify this Contract or the Specifications and Plan shall be effected by an exchange of letters signed by the authorized representatives of the parties or by an addendum to this Contract and/or the Specifications.

Builder may also make /minor changes to the Specifications including, but not limited to, the dimensions and characteristics of the Vessel, if found necessary to suit the Shipyard’s local conditions and facilities, the availability of materials and equipment, introduction of improved methods or otherwise, provided that Builder shall first obtain Buyer’s approval, which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. In the event that Buyer intends not to give such approval, Buyer shall submit the detailed reasons for such rejection to Builder promptly (in any event within Seven (7) days of receiving Builder’s request for such approval), failing which Buyer shall be deemed to have given such approval.

 

11


2. Change in Class, etc.:

If after the date of this Contract, any requirements of the Classification Society, or of other rules and regulations specified in Article 1.3 (or the interpretation thereof by the relevant body), to which the construction of the Vessel is required to conform, are changed by the Classification Society or other regulatory bodies authorized to make such changes, the following provisions shall apply:

 

(a) If the changes are compulsory for the Vessel, any of the parties hereto, upon receipt of information from the Classification Society or such other regulatory bodies, shall promptly transmit the same to the other in writing, and Builder shall thereupon incorporate such changes into the construction of the Vessel, provided that Buyer shall first have agreed to adjustments required by Builder in the Contract Price, the Delivery Date, deadweight, speed and other terms and conditions of this Contract and the Specifications occasioned by or resulting from such changes within Ten (10) days from the receipt by Buyer of Builder’s proposal. Builder has the right to continue construction of the Vessel on the basis of the unmodified Specifications unless and until such agreement has been reached between the parties in writing.

 

(b) If the changes are not compulsory for the Vessel, but Buyer desires to incorporate any of them into the construction of the Vessel, Buyer shall notify Builder of that intention. Builder may accept such changes, provided that such changes will not in its reasonable judgement adversely affect Builder’s planning or program in relation to Builder’s other commitments, and provided, further, that Buyer shall first have agreed to adjustments required by Builder in the Contract Price, the Delivery Date, deadweight, speed and other terms and conditions of this Contract and the Specifications occasioned by or resulting from such changes within Ten (10) days from the receipt by Buyer of Builder’s proposal.

Agreements as to any changes under this Article V.2 shall be made in the same manner as provided in Article V.1 for modifications or changes to the Specifications.

Any delay in the construction of the Vessel caused by Buyer’s delay in making a decision or agreement as above shall constitute a permissible delay under this Contract.

 

3. Substitution of Materials:

If any of the materials or equipment required by the Specifications or otherwise under this Contract for the construction of the Vessel are in short supply or cannot be procured in time to maintain the Delivery Date of the Vessel or are unreasonably high in price as compared with prevailing international market rates,, Builder may, provided that Buyer shall so agree in writing (which agreement shall not be unreasonably withheld), supply other materials capable of meeting the requirements of the Classification Society and of the rules, regulations and requirements bodies with which the construction of the Vessel must comply. Any agreement as to substitution of materials shall be effected in the manner as provided in Article V.1.

ARTICLE VI. TRIALS

The Builder shall carry out and run the tests and trials on the VESSEL in the manner and to the extent as described in the SPECIFICATIONS

 

1. Notices:

Builder shall notify Buyer in writing by e-mail or fax tentatively at least Twenty (20) days in advance of the expected time and place of the trial run of the Vessel, and Buyer shall promptly acknowledge receipt of such notice. Such date shall be confirmed by Builder at least Five (5) days in advance. However, if the trial run of the Vessel is postponed or delayed due to unfavourable weather conditions and/or unreadiness of the Vessel for the trial run then no fresh notice under this Article V1.1 shall be required.

 

12


Buyer shall have the Representative(s) and such other persons as Buyer may require in writing on board the Vessel to witness the trial run. Failure by the Representative(s) to attend the trial run of the Vessel for any reason whatsoever after due notice to Buyer as above provided shall be deemed to be a waiver by Buyer of its right to have the Representative(s) on board the Vessel at the trial run, and Builder may conduct the trial run without the Representative(s) being present, provided that a representative of the Classification Society shall be on board the Vessel for such trial run. In such case Buyer shall be obliged to accept the Vessel on the basis of a certificate of Builder, confirmed by the Classification Society, if applicable, that the Vessel, on the trial run, is found to conform to this Contract and the Specifications. In any event Builder shall promptly supply to Buyer a copy of all records of tests and trials carried out with regard to the Vessel, her machinery and equipment.

 

2. Weather Conditions:

The trial run shall be carried out under weather which are deemed favourable enough in the reasonable judgement of Builder in accordance with the Specifications. In the event of unfavourable weather on the date specified for the trial run, the same shall take place on the first available day thereafter that weather conditions permit.

It is agreed that if during the trial run the weather should suddenly become so unfavourable that the satisfactory conduct of the trial run can no longer be continued, the trial run shall be discontinued and postponed until the next following favourable day, unless Buyer shall assent in writing to a request from Builder to accept the Vessel on the basis of the trial run already made before such discontinuance occurred.

Any delay in the trial run caused by unfavourable weather conditions shall be deemed a permissible delay in the delivery of the Vessel and shall operate to postpone the Delivery Date by the period of delay involved.

 

3. How Conducted:

 

(a) All expenses in connection with the trial run are for the account of Builder, and Builder shall provide at its own expense the necessary crew to comply with the requirements of safe navigation. The trial run shall be conducted in the manner prescribed in the Specifications, and shall prove fulfilment of the performance requirements for the trial run as set forth in the Specifications. The course of the trial run shall be determined by Builder. Builder shall have the right to conduct preliminary trials and to repeat any trial whatsoever as it deems necessary.

 

(b) Notwithstanding Article VI.3(a), lubricating oils and greases necessary for the trial run shall be supplied by Buyer at the Shipyard prior to the time advised by Builder for the conduct of tests and trials as stated in the Specifications, and Builder shall pay Buyer upon delivery of the Vessel the cost of the quantities of lubricating oils and greases consumed during the trial run at their original purchase prices. In measuring such consumed quantities, lubricating oils and greases remaining in the main engine, sump-tanks, other machinery and in pipes, stern tube and the like, shall be excluded.

The quantities of lubricating oils and greases to be supplied by Buyer as aforesaid shall be in accordance with the instructions of Builder. The fuel oil as well as lubricating oils and greases shall be in accordance with the engine specifications and Buyer shall advise Builder of the suppliers’ names for lubricating oils and greases in due time, provided always that such suppliers shall be acceptable to Builder and/or the makers of all the machinery.

 

13


4. Method of Acceptance or Rejection:

 

(a) If during any sea trial any breakdowns occur entailing interruption or irregular performance which can be repaired on board, the trial shall be continued after repairs and be valid in all respects. However, if the Vessel must return to a port to enable the breakdown to be remedied, then trials interrupted by such breakdown shall be repeated in their entirety and repaired equipment shall be fully re-tested.

 

(b) As soon as practicable after satisfactory completion of the trial run, Builder shall give Buyer a report thereon and notice that Builder considers that the results of the trial run indicate conformity of the Vessel to this Contract and the Specifications. Buyer shall, within Three (3) working days after receipt of such notice from Builder, notify Builder of its acceptance or rejection of the Vessel on the basis of its conformity with the requirements of this Contract and the Specifications.

 

(c) If the results of the trial run indicate that the Vessel, or any part or equipment thereof, does not conform to the requirements of this Contract and/or the Specifications, then, Builder shall take the necessary steps to correct such non-conformity. Upon completion of correction of such non-conformity, Builder shall give Buyer notice thereof. Buyer shall, within Two (2) working days after receipt of such notice from Builder notify Builder of its acceptance or rejection of the Vessel. However, Buyer shall not be entitled to reject the Vessel by reason of any minor or insubstantial defect or non-conformity judged from the viewpoint of standard shipbuilding practice but in such case, the Builder shall not be released from its obligation to correct and/or remedy such minor or insubstantial non-conformity as far as practicable during the Warranty Period.

 

(d) If Buyer considers that the results of the trial run indicate that the Vessel or any part or equipment thereof does not conform to this Contract and/or the Specifications, Buyer shall indicate in detail in a notice of rejection in what respect the Vessel or any part or equipment thereof, does not in its opinion conform to this Contract and/or the Specifications.

 

(e) If Buyer fails to notify Builder in writing or telefax confirmed in writing of the acceptance or rejection of the Vessel together with the reason therefor within the period as provided in Article VI.4 (b) or (c), Buyer shall be deemed to have accepted the Vessel.

(f) Builder may dispute the rejection of the Vessel by Buyer under this Article VI.4, in which case the matter shall be submitted for final decision by arbitration in accordance with Article XIII.

 

5. Effect of Acceptance:

Acceptance of the Vessel as above provided shall be final and binding so far as the conformity of the Vessel to this Contract and the Specifications is concerned, and shall preclude Buyer from refusing formal delivery of the Vessel as hereinafter provided, if Builder complies with all procedural requirements for delivery of the Vessel as provided in Article VII

 

6. Disposition of Surplus Consumable Stores:

Should any fuel oil, fresh water or consumable stores furnished by Builder for the trial run remain on board the Vessel at the time of delivery thereof to Buyer, Buyer agrees to buy the same from Builder at the original purchase prices thereof, and payment by Buyer shall be made upon delivery of the Vessel.

 

14


ARTICLE VII. DELIVERY DATE AND DELIVERY

 

1. Time and Place:

 

(a) Delivery Date and Place:

The Vessel shall be delivered safely afloat at either a berth at the Shipyard or at a suitable berth or at near the Shipyard in South Korea by Builder to Buyer on before                                        , after completion of trials and acceptance by the Buyer in accordance with the terms of Article VI, except that, in the event of delays in the construction of the Vessel or any performance required under this Contract due to causes which under the terms of this Contract permit postponement of the date for delivery, the aforementioned date for delivery of the Vessel shall be postponed accordingly. The aforementioned date, or such later date to which the requirement of delivery is postponed pursuant to such terms, is herein called the “Delivery Date”.

With Sixty (60) days prior written notice to Buyer of its intention to deliver the Vessel early, Builder shall be entitled to deliver the Vessel to Buyer up to Sixty (60) days earlier than the Delivery Date. The Delivery Date shall not be affected or changed by such notice or by Builder’s failure to deliver the Vessel early as stated in such notice.

 

(b) Actual Delivery Date:

The Actual Delivery Date shall mean the date on which Builder shall have actually delivered the Vessel to Buyer.

 

2. When and How Effected:

Provided that Buyer shall have fulfilled all of its obligations under this Contract (including, but not limited to, full payment of the Contract Price and settlement of any indebtedness to Builder), delivery of the Vessel shall be duly made hereunder by Builder and such delivery shall be evidenced by a Protocol of Delivery and Acceptance signed by the parties hereto, acknowledging delivery of the Vessel by Builder and acceptance thereof by Buyer.

 

3. Documents to be Delivered to Buyer:

Upon delivery and acceptance of the Vessel, Builder shall deliver to Buyer the following documents which shall accompany the Protocol of Delivery and Acceptance:

 

(a) Protocol of Trials (including the results of the Main Engine Shop Trials) of the Vessel made pursuant to this Contract and the Specifications.

 

(b) Protocol of Inventory of the equipment of the Vessel, including spare parts and the like, all as specified in the Specifications.

 

(c) Protocol of Stores of Consumable Nature referred to under Article Vl.3(b), including the original purchase price thereof.

 

(d) All Certificates including Builder’s Certificate required to be furnished upon delivery of the Vessel pursuant to this Contract and the Specifications and customary shipbuilding practice. It is agreed that if, through no fault on the part of Builder, the classification certificate and/or other certificates are not available at the time of delivery of the Vessel, provisional certificates free of conditions of Class or statutory conditions shall be accepted by buyer, provided that Builder shall furnish to Buyer the formal/full term certificates as promptly as possible after such formal certificates have been issued and in any case not later than the expiry of the provisional certificates.

 

15


(e) Declaration of Warranty of Builder that the Vessel is delivered to Buyer free and clear of any liens, charges, claims, mortgages, or other encumbrances upon the Buyer’s title thereto and in particular, that the Vessel is absolutely free of all burdens in the nature of imposts, taxes or charges imposed by the Korean governmental authorities, as well as of all liabilities of Builder to its subcontractors, employees and crew, and of all liabilities arising from the operation of the Vessel in trial runs, or otherwise, prior to delivery except as otherwise provided under this Contract.

 

(f) Drawings, Plans and Manuals or other documentation pertaining to the Vessel as stipulated in the Specifications, which shall be furnished to the Buyer at no additional cost.

 

(g) Commercial Invoice

 

(h) Bill of Sale, notarially attested and legalised by Apostille, transferring title to the Vessel free of all liens, claims, mortgages and other encumbrances whatsoever.

 

(i) Builder’s Certificate, notarially attested and legalised by Apostille.

 

(j) Necessary documents required to be issued by the Builder and the Classification Society for the Buyer’s registration of the Vessel prior to Delivery date at no additional cost to the Buyer as per shipbuilding practice.

 

4. Tender of Vessel:

If Buyer fails to take delivery of the Vessel after completion thereof according to this Contract and the Specifications, the Builder shall have the right to tender the delivery of the Vessel to Buyer. Such tender shall be made by Builder by a notice to Buyer stating that the Vessel is tendered for delivery pursuant to Article VII.4 of the Contract.

 

5. Title and Risk:

The title to and risk of the Vessel shall pass to the Buyer only upon delivery and acceptance thereof having been completed as stated above, and the title to and risk of the Vessel and her equipment shall remain with Builder until such delivery is effected.

 

6. Removal of Vessel:

Buyer shall take possession of the Vessel immediately upon delivery and acceptance thereof and shall remove the Vessel from the premises of the Shipyard within three (3) days after delivery and acceptance thereof is effected. If Buyer shall not remove the Vessel from the premises of the Shipyard within the aforesaid three (3) days, then, in such event Buyer shall pay to Builder reasonable mooring charges for the Vessel.

ARTICLE VIII. DELAYS AND EXTENSION OF TIME FOR DELIVERY (FORCE MAJEURE)

 

1. Causes of Delay:

If at any time before the delivery of the Vessel, either the construction of the Vessel or any performance required hereunder is delayed due to Acts of God; acts of princes or rulers; requirements of government authorities; war or other hostilities or preparations therefor; blockade, revolution, insurrections, mobilization, civil war, civil commotion or riots; vandalism;

 

16


sabotage; strikes or lockouts; plague or other epidemics; quarantines; flood, typhoons, hurricanes, storms or other abnormal weather conditions not included in normal planning; earthquakes; tidal waves; landslides; lightning, explosions, collisions or strandings; embargoes; import restrictions; defects in major forgings or castings; delay in delivery or inability to take delivery thereof (provided that such materials and equipment at the time of ordering could reasonably be expected by Builder to be delivered in time); prolonged failure, shortage or restriction of electric current, oil or gas supplies; defects in materials, machinery or equipment which could not have been detected by Builder using reasonable care (provided same did not result from Builder’s failure to take the reasonable and necessary measures to avoid any such delay); delays caused by the Classification Society or other bodies whose documents are required; destruction of or damage to the Shipyard or works of Builder, suppliers, or of or to the Vessel or any part thereof, by any causes herein described; delays caused by any faulty action or omission on the part of Buyer (but without prejudice to any other rights of Builder under this Contract); then and in any such case, the Delivery Date shall be postponed for such period as the delivery of the Vessel is delayed thereby, provided that the Builder shall use all reasonable efforts to mitigate any delay in the construction of the Vessel, resulting from such events. Such delays must be continuous for a period of at least One (1) day, otherwise the Builder cannot claim an extension to the Delivery Date for such individual events.

 

2. Definition of Permissible Delay:

Delays on account of such causes as specified in Article VIII.1 and any other delays of a nature which under the terms of this Contract permit postponement of the Delivery Date shall be understood to be permissible delays and are to be distinguished from unauthorized delays on account of which the Contract Price is subject to adjustment as provided in Article III.

 

3. Notice of Delay:

 

(a) As soon as practically possible, but not later than Ten (10) days after the commencement of any cause of delay, on account of which Builder claims that it is entitled under this Contract to a postponement of the Delivery Date, Builder shall (if practically possible) notify Buyer of the date, the cause of delay which has occurred and, its expected duration and shall provide the Buyer if reasonably available with evidence to justify the delay claimed.

 

(b) Within Ten (10) days after the ending of such cause of delay, if practically possible, Builder shall notify Buyer in writing of the date such cause of delay ended.

 

(c) Builder shall also notify Buyer of the period by which the Delivery Date is postponed by reason of such cause of delay with all reasonable despatch after it has been determined. Failure by Buyer to object to Builder’s claim for postponement of the Delivery Date within ten (10) days after receipt by Buyer of such notice of claim shall be deemed to be a waiver by Buyer of its right to object to such postponement of the Delivery Date.

 

4. Right to Terminate Contract for Excessive Delay:

If the total accumulated time of all permissible and non-permissible delays, excluding delays due to (i) arbitration under Article XIII, (ii) the BUYER’s defaults under Article XI, (iii) modifications and changes under Article V or (iv) delays or defects in the BUYER’s supplies as stipulated in Article XVII, aggregates two hundred and seventy (270) days or more, then, the BUYER may, at any time thereafter, cancel this CONTRACT by giving a written notice of cancellation to the BUILDER. Accordingly the Buyer may cancel the Contract in a similar manner, if total accumulated time of all non permissible delays aggregates two hundred ten (210) days or more.

 

17


If Buyer has not served notice of termination as provided in Article X, Builder may, at any time after the said accumulated time justifying termination by Buyer has occurred, notify Buyer of the expected future date for delivery and demand in writing that Buyer shall make an election, in which case Buyer shall, within Ten (10) days after such demand is delivered to Buyer, notify Builder of either its termination of this Contract or its acceptance of the revised future date for delivery specified by Builder. If the Vessel is not delivered by such revised future date, Buyer shall have the same right of termination upon the same terms and conditions as above provided. If Buyer fails to notify Builder of its termination of this Contract as specified above within such within Ten (10) days period, Buyer shall be deemed to have consented to the delivery of the Vessel at the revised future date for delivery.

ARTICLE IX. WARRANTY OF QUALITY

 

1. Guarantee:

Subject to the provisions hereinafter set out, Builder undertakes (by way of post-delivery guarantee against defects in the Vessel) to remedy or replace, free of charge to Buyer, any defects in the Vessel which are due to defective design, materials, construction, miscalculation, and/or improper workmanship on the part of the Builder and/or its subcontractors, provided that the defects shall appear or be discovered during a period of Twelve (12) months after the Actual Delivery Date, or as for repairs or repaired or replaced parts Twelve (12) months from the date of repair or replacement, but not exceeding Eighteen (18) months from the Actual Delivery Date (the “Warranty Period”) and a written notice thereof is duly given to Builder as prescribed below. For the purpose of this Article IX, the Vessel includes her hull, coating, all its machinery, equipment, appliances and gear, but excludes material, machinery and equipment which have been supplied by or on behalf of Buyer.

If further warranty or guarantee provided by any subcontractor or supplier is of wider scope or remains in effect after the expiry of Builder’s guarantee laid down in this Clause, such additional warranty shall be assigned to the Buyer on expiry of Builder’s warranty.

 

2. Notice of Defects:

Buyer or its duly authorised representative shall notify Builder in writing or by e-mail or facsimile of any defects for or in respect of which claim is made under the aforesaid guarantee as promptly as possible (in any event, within 10 days) after the discovery thereof. Buyer’s notice shall describe the nature and extent of each of the defects and contain photos of each of those defects. Builder shall in any event have no obligation whatsoever for or in respect of any defect if such notice of defect is not received by Builder in relation to that defect within Ten (10) days after the first discovery thereof. Builder shall also have no obligation whatsoever for or in respect of any defect if such notice of defect is not received by Builder in relation to that effect defect within Fifteen (15) days after expiry of the Warranty Period.

 

3. Extent of Builder’s Responsibility:

 

(a) Builder shall have no responsibility or liability whatsoever for or in relation to any defects in the Vessel other than the defects specified and guaranteed against in Article IX.1, and Builder shall not be liable in any circumstances whatsoever for any liability or loss other than the relevant cost of remedying the defect or any other consequential or special losses, damages or expenses including, but not limited to, loss of time, loss of profit or earnings or demurrage directly or indirectly occasioned to Buyer by reason of the defects specified in Article IX. 1 or owing to repairs or other works done to the Vessel to remedy such defects.

 

18


(b) Builder shall not be responsible for any defects in any part of the Vessel which may subsequent to delivery of the Vessel have been replaced or in any way repaired by any other contractors (except those approved by Builder), nor for any defect which has been caused or aggravated by omission or improper use and maintenance of the Vessel on the part of Buyer, its servants or agents or by ordinary wear and tear or by perils of the sea, rivers or navigations or by accidents or fire or by any other circumstances whatsoever beyond the control of Builder.

 

(c) The undertakings contained in this Article replace and exclude any other liability, guarantee, warranty and/or condition imposed or implied by the law, customary, statutory or otherwise, by reason of the construction and/or sale of the Vessel by Builder for and to Buyer.

 

4. Remedy of Defects:

 

(a) Builder shall remedy at its expense any defects, against which the Vessel is guaranteed under this Article by making all necessary repairs or replacements at the Shipyard or elsewhere as provided for in (b) herein below.

 

(b) However, if it is impractical to bring the Vessel to the Shipyard, Buyer may cause the necessary repairs or replacements to be made at another place suitable for the purpose, provided that, in such event, Builder may forward or supply replacement parts or materials to the Vessel on CIF terms unless such forwarding or supply thereof to the Vessel would impair or delay the operation or working schedule of the Vessel, in this case, Buyer shall be responsible for handling of the replacement parts or materials after Builder’s CIF delivery. Thereafter, Buyer shall first try to have the defects be remedied by the Vessel’s crew as far as practically possible, in which case no compensation by Builder shall be made to Buyer for the works performed by the Vessel’s crew.

If Buyer proposes to cause the necessary repairs or replacements to be made to Vessel at any yard or works other than the Shipyard, Buyer shall before doing so, and in any event as soon as possible, give Builder notice of the time and place where such repairs will be made. If the Vessel is not thereby delayed, nor her operation or working schedule thereby materially impaired, Builder shall have the right to verify by its own or appointed representative(s) the nature and extent of the defects complained of. Builder shall, in such case, promptly advise Buyer after such examination has been completed, of its acceptance or rejection of defects as being covered by the undertakings hereby provided.

Upon Builder’s acceptance of defects as justifying remedy under this Article IX.3.(b), or upon the final award of an arbitration so determining, Builder shall reimburse Buyer the documented expenses incurred by Buyer, at the end of the Warranty Period or at the time of final award of an arbitration, as the case may be, but such reimbursement shall not exceed the average cost quoted by two reputable Shipyards in Singapore, one of which shall be selected by the Buyer and the other shall be selected by the Builder.

 

(c) In any case, the Vessel shall at Buyer’s risk and expense be taken to the place chosen and be kept ready in all respects for such repairs or replacements at that place and Builder shall not be responsible for towage, dockage, wharfage, port charges, inspection and underwater survey costs for defects finding, and anything else incurred in Buyer’s getting and keeping the Vessel ready for such repairs and replacements.

 

(d) Builder shall have the option to retrieve at its own cost any of the replaced equipment and parts where the defects are remedied in accordance with the provisions of this Article IX.

 

(e) Any dispute under this Article shall be referred to arbitration in accordance with the provisions of Article XIII.1.(b).

 

19


5. Assignment of Warranty:

Benefits of this Article IX may be assigned by Buyer to a purchaser of the Vessel after the delivery of the Vessel.

 

6. Guarantee Engineer

The BUILDER may at the request of the BUYER appoint a guarantee engineer to serve on the VESSEL as its representative for a period of one (1) months from the date the VESSEL is delivered. However, if the BUYER and the BUILDER shall deem it necessary to keep the guarantee engineer on the VESSEL for a longer period, then he shall remain on board the VESSEL after the said one (1) month, but not longer than three (3) months from the delivery of the VESSEL.

The BUYER and its employees shall give such guarantee engineer full cooperation in carrying out his duties as the representative of the BUILDER on board the VESSEL./

The BUYER shall accord the guarantee engineer treatment comparable to the VESSEL’S chief engineer, and shall provide board and lodging at no cost to the BUILDER or the guarantee engineer.

While the guarantee engineer is on board the VESSEL, the BUYER shall pay to the BUILDER as reimbursement for the wage costs of the guarantee engineer the sum of U.S. Dollars              (US$             .-) per month, the expenses of his repatriation to Seoul, Korea by air upon termination of his service, the expenses of his communication with the BUILDER incurred in performing his duties and expenses, if any, of his medical and hospital care in the VESSEL’S hospital.

ARTICLE X. REMEDIES OF BUYER

 

1. Builder’s Default:

The Buyer shall have the right to terminate this Contract:

 

(a) if Builder becomes insolvent or winding-up proceedings (or their equivalent) are commenced against the Builder and/or the Shipyard;

 

(b) if Builder has defaulted under any provision of this Contract and have not rectified same within Fourteen days (14) of being notified by Buyer of such default.

 

2. Notice:

The payments made by Buyer prior to the delivery of the Vessel shall be in the nature of advances to Builder. If Buyer shall exercise its right of termination of this Contract under this Article, Article III or Article VIII then Buyer shall immediately notify Builder in writing of its termination of this Contract and such termination shall be effective as of the date when the notice is received by Builder.

 

3. Refund by Builder:

Unless Builder duly contests any termination by Buyer by commencing arbitration within Ten (10) working days (as defined below) of receiving the relevant notice of termination pursuant to Article XIII, Builder shall promptly refund to Buyer the full amount of all sums paid by Buyer to

 

20


Builder on account of the Vessel, provided that for this purpose the date of commencing arbitration shall be the date on which the Builder appoints an arbitrator and that the term “working day” shall mean a day which is not a public holiday (including a Saturday and a Sunday) in Seoul, New York or London.

The transfer and other bank charges of such refund shall be on the Builder’s account.

In such event, Builder shall pay Buyer interest at the ate of six percent (6%) per annum for the date of such refund on the amount required herein to be refunded to Buyer, computed from the respective date following the date of receipt by Builder of each instalment or advance payment to the date of remittance of such refund to Buyer by Builder,

It is hereby understood by both parties that payment of any interest provided herein is by way of liquidated damages due to cancellation of this CONTRACT and not by way of compensation for use of money.

If, the BUILDER is required to refund to the BUYER the instalments paid by the BUYER to the BUILDER as provided in this Paragraph, the BUILDER shall return to the BUYER all of the BUYER’S supplies as stipulated in Article XVII which were not incorporated into the VESSEL and pay to the BUYER an amount equal to the cost to the BUYER of those supplies incorporated into the VESSEL.

As security for the due performance of its obligations under this Article X, Builder shall provide Buyer with a transferable irrevocable Letter of Guarantee issued by Builder’s Bank, in form and substance as annexed hereto, as Exhibit A, which cover the full amount of all sums paid by Buyer to Builder on account of the Vessel and any interest payable thereon, if a termination will become effective pursuant to this Article (the “Refund Guarantee”).

In the event that Buyer is obliged under the terms of the Refund Guarantee to return the original of the Refund Guarantee to the issuer thereof, if Buyer fails to do so within seven (7) days after it has become so obliged, Buyer shall be liable to indemnify Builder against all and any fees which Builder is required to pay to that issuer in respect of the Refund Guarantee after the expiry of that seven (7) day period.

 

4. Discharge of Obligations:

Upon such refundment by Builder to Buyer and the return to the Buyer of all the Buyer’s Supplies, all obligations, duties and liabilities of Builder under this Contract shall be forthwith completely discharged.

ARTICLE XI. REMEDIES OF BUILDER

 

1. Definition of Default:

Buyer shall be deemed to be in default under this Contract in any of the following events:

 

(a) if Buyer fails to pay any of the Instalments to Builder on the due date for payment thereof under this Contract; or

 

(b) if Buyer fails to take delivery of the Vessel when the Vessel is duly tendered for delivery by Builder under the provisions of Article VII;

 

(c) if Buyer fails punctually, duly and fully to comply with any of its material obligations under this Contract; or

 

(d)

if Buyer or the Corporate Guarantor (without the prior written consent of Builder) stops payment of its debts , or ceases or threatens to cease to carry on its business, or is

 

21


  unable to pay its debts as they fall due, or is deemed unable to pay its debts, or enters into any arrangements with its creditors generally, or becomes insolvent, or is in liquidation or administration or subject to any other insolvency procedure in any jurisdiction, or if a receiver, manager, trustee, custodian or analogous officer is appointed in respect of all or any part of its property, undertaking or assets.

 

2. Interest and Charges:

If Buyer shall be in default of payment of any Instalment as provided in Article XI.1 (a), Buyer shall pay interest on such Instalment at rate of six percent (6%) per annum from the due date thereof to the date of payment of the full amount including interest to Builder. In case Buyer shall fail to take delivery of the Vessel as provided in Article XI.1(c), Buyer shall be deemed to be in default of payment of the Fifth Instalment and shall pay interest thereon at the same rate as aforesaid from and including the day on which the Vessel is duly tendered for delivery by Builder.

In addition, Buyer shall be liable for all charges and expenses whatsoever incurred by Builder by reason of the occurrence of any default of Buyer or by reason of the exercise by Builder of any remedy under this Article XI.

 

3. Effect of Default:

 

(a) If any default by Buyer occurs as defined in Article XI.1(a), (b), (c), or (d) the Delivery Date shall be automatically postponed for the period of continuance of such default by Buyer (provided that Builder shall have the right to declare at any stage that the Delivery Date has not been so postponed or has been so postponed only for part of such period) and (for the avoidance of doubt) Builder shall not be obliged to pay any liquidated damages for the delay in delivery of the Vessel caused thereby. In such event, Buyer shall be responsible for all costs and expenses and other losses incurred by Builder by reason of such postponement.

 

(b) If any default by Buyer as defined in Article XI.1 (a), (b), (c), or (d) continues for a period of Fourteen (14) days, or if any default by Buyer as defined in Article XI.1(d) occurs, Builder may, at its option, terminate this Contract by giving notice to such effect to Buyer. Upon receipt by Buyer of such notice of termination, this Contract shall forthwith stand terminated and any of Buyer’s Supplies delivered to the Shipyard shall become the sole property of Builder.

In the event of such termination of this Contract, Builder shall be entitled to retain and apply any Instalment(s) paid by Buyer to Builder on account of this Contract to the recovery of Builder’s loss and damage including, but not limited to, reasonably estimated profit which Builder would have been entitled to receive if the Vessel had been completed and delivered to Buyer.

Buyer shall ensure that Buyer’s Representatives leave Builder’s yard promptly upon the termination of the Contract.

In case of such termination of this Contract, Buyer shall return the original of the Refund Guarantee to the issuer thereof or Builder within Seven (7) days of such termination. If Buyer fails to do so, Buyer shall be liable to indemnify Builder against all and any fees which Builder is required to pay to that issuer in respect of the Refund Guarantee after the expiry of that Seven (7)-day period.

 

(c)

In the event that there occurs any of the defaults referred to in Article XI.1.(a) above, during the period in which such default continues, despite the terms of Article IV.1, Builder shall be entitled (but not obliged) to construct the Vessel only under Class

 

22


  supervision and approval and without: (A) any inspection or supervision conducted on behalf of Buyer; (B) submitting any plans or drawings to Buyer; and/or (C) obtaining any approval of plans or drawings from Buyer. If Buyer remedies the relevant default in full while Builder has not exercised its right of termination in respect of that default, Builder shall (where appropriate) have an obligation to submit plans and drawings to Buyer pursuant to the terms of Article IV. 1 in respect of that part of the Vessel that has not yet been constructed as at the time when such full remedy of the relevant default has occurred.

 

4. Sale of Vessel:

 

(a) If Builder terminates this Contract as provided in this Article XI, Builder shall have the full right and power either to construct/complete or not to construct/complete the Vessel and the full right and power either to sell or not to sell the Vessel (in its completed or uncompleted state, as the case may be) at any stage. Builder shall have unfettered discretion in exercising any of the rights and power referred to above and Buyer shall not raise any complaint whatsoever in respect of any aspect of Builder’s exercise of such discretion.

Builder shall be entitled to construct the Vessel without engaging any independent construction supervisors or inspectors. If Builder engages such supervisors or inspectors, the costs of such engagement shall form part of the costs of sale which Builder is entitled to recover from Buyer.

Irrespective of whether or not Builder intends to construct/complete the Vessel for sale, Builder shall have the right to sell or otherwise dispose of any of the Buyer’s Supplies to third parties, provided that Builder shall not act unreasonably in doing so and that the proceeds of sale thereof shall be applied to payment of damages and/or debt to which Builder is entitled.

In the event that the Builder decides to sell the Vessel in its uncompleted state or to construct/complete and sell it under a shipbuilding contract with a new purchaser, Builder shall be entitled to engage new building brokers to find a suitable purchaser and/or to achieve such sale (whether by way of a new shipbuilding contract or otherwise). All and any money payable to such brokers or lawyers under or in relation to such engagement and/or such sale shall constitute part of the costs of sale which Builder is entitled to recover from Buyer.

Builder shall have the right to refuse to sell the Vessel (in its completed or uncompleted state) to Buyer or any company which is owned directly or indirectly as to 30% of its share capital by Buyer or its officers or shareholders.

In the event that Builder sells the Vessel as described above, that part of the Contract price for sale of the Vessel which corresponds to the changes (if any) made to the Specifications after the termination of the Contract shall be excluded from calculating the proceeds of the sale of the Vessel which are to be applied as prescribed below.

 

(b) In the event of the sale of the Vessel in its completed state, the proceeds of sale received by Builder shall be applied firstly to payment of all costs and expenses attending such sale and otherwise incurred by Builder as a result of Buyer’s default, and secondly to payment of: (i) all unpaid Instalments and interest on such Instalments at the rate of Six percent (6.%) per annum from the respective due dates thereof to the date of application; and (ii) all and any other payment of money which Builder would have been entitled to receive from Buyer had the Contract been performed in full without being terminated.

 

23


(c) In the event of the sale of the Vessel in its incomplete state, the proceeds of sale received by Builder shall be applied firstly to payment of all costs and expenses attending such sale and otherwise incurred by Builder as a result of Buyer’s default, and secondly to payment of: (i) all costs of construction of the Vessel less the instalment(s) retained by Builder; (ii) compensation to Builder for reasonable loss of profit as determined by Builder corresponding to its incomplete state; and (i) ail and any other payment of money which Builder would have been entitled to receive from Buyer had the Contract been performed in full without being terminated.

 

(d) In either of the above events of sale, if the proceeds of sale exceed the total amount to which such proceeds are to be applied as aforesaid, Builder shall promptly pay the excess to Buyer without interest, provided, however, that the amount of such payment to Buyer shall in no event exceed the total amount of Instalment(s) already paid by Buyer and the cost of Buyer’s Supplies, if any.

 

(e) If the proceeds of sale are insufficient to pay such total amount payable as set out in Article Xl.4(b) or (c), Buyer shall promptly pay the deficiency to Builder upon demand.

 

(f) Notwithstanding the foregoing, if and to the extent that, due to the termination of the Contract, Builder needs to cancel or amend contracts with third parties (such as the sellers of materials, equipment or machinery) which it has entered into for construction of the Vessel for Buyer and thereby incurs liability to the relevant third party, Buyer shall indemnify Builder against the total amount of such liability and against any legal or other fees which Builder incurs to deal with the legal and other issues (potential or actual) that arise or might arise between Builder and any of such third parties.

 

5. Remedies Cumulative:

No remedy referred to in this Article XI is intended to be exclusive, but each shall be cumulative and is in addition to, and may be exercised concurrently with, any other remedy which is referred to in this Article XI, or which may otherwise be available to Builder including, without limitation, the right to terminate this Contract.

No express or implied waiver by Builder of any default of Buyer shall in any way be, or be construed to be, a waiver of any other, further or subsequent default of Buyer.

ARTICLE XII. INSURANCE

 

1. Extent of Insurance Coverage:

From the time of launching of the Vessel until the Vessel is completed, delivered to and accepted by Buyer, Builder shall, at its own cost and expense, keep the Vessel and all machinery, materials, equipment, appurtenances and outfit, delivered to the Shipyard for the Vessel, or built into or installed in or upon the Vessel, including Buyer’s Supplies, fully insured with first class Korean insurance companies (with min. S&P rating A- or A.M. Best A-) under insurance coverage corresponding to the Institute of London Underwriters Clauses for Builders’ Risks.

The amount of such insurance coverage shall, up to the date of delivery of the Vessel, be in an amount at least equal to, but not limited to, the aggregate of the payments made by Buyer to Builder plus the value of Buyer’s Supplies in custody of the Shipyard, if any. The insurance referred to hereinabove shall be taken out in the name of Builder and all losses under the insurance shall be payable to Builder. Builder shall supply Buyer with copies of the insurance documents and all renewals thereof.

 

24


If Buyer so requests, Builder shall at Buyer’s cost procure insurance on the Vessel and all parts, materials, machinery and equipment intended therefore against other risks not provided in this Article XII. 1 and shall make all arrangements to that end. The cost of such insurance shall be reimbursed to Builder by Buyer upon delivery of the Vessel.

Notwithstanding the above, Buyer shall compensate Builder for any increased cost and expense under or pursuant to any provision of this Article XII, incurred by Builder due to any Buyer’s default as specified in Article XI.

 

2. Application of Recovered Amount:

 

(a) Partial Loss

If the Vessel shall be damaged by any insured cause whatsoever prior to acceptance thereof by Buyer and in the further event that such damage shall not constitute an actual, constructive, arranged or compromised total loss of the Vessel, Builder shall apply the amount recovered under the insurance referred to in Article XII.1 to the repair of such damage to the Classification Society’s satisfaction and in accordance with the Specifications, and Buyer shall accept the Vessel under this Contract when completed in accordance with this Contract and the Specifications.

 

(b) Total Loss

If the Vessel is determined to be an actual, constructive, arranged or compromised total loss, Builder shall by agreement between the parties hereto, either:

 

  (i) proceed in accordance with the terms of this Contract, in which case the amount recovered under said insurance shall be applied to the reconstruction of the Vessel’s damage, provided the parties hereto shall have further agreed in writing as to such reasonable postponement of the Delivery Date and adjustment of other terms of this Contract (including the Contract Price) as may be necessary for the completion of such reconstruction: or

 

  (ii) refund immediately to Buyer the amount of all Instalments paid to Builder under this Contract plus an amount equal to the value of any Buyer’s Supplies which shall have become a total loss as aforesaid without any interest, whereupon this Contract shall be deemed to be terminated and all rights, duties, liabilities and obligations of each of the parties towards the other shall terminate forthwith.

If the parties fail to reach all necessary agreements within Two (2) months after the Vessel is determined to be an actual, constructive, arranged or compromised total loss, the provisions of Article Xll.2(b) (ii) shall apply.

 

3. Redelivery of Buyer’s Supplies:

If the Vessel shall be determined to be an actual, constructive, arranged or compromised total loss and it shall not be agreed between the parties that the Vessel be reconstructed as aforesaid, Builder shall redeliver to Buyer at the Shipyard any Buyer’s Supplies which shall not have become a total loss.

 

4. Termination of Builder’s Obligation to Insure:

Builder’s obligations to insure the Vessel hereunder shall cease and terminate forthwith upon delivery thereof to Buyer.

 

25


ARTICLE XIII. DISPUTES AND ARBITRATION

 

1. Proceedings:

If any dispute, controversy or difference shall arise between the parties hereto out of or in relation to or in connection with this Contract which cannot be settled by the parties themselves, it shall be resolved as follows:

 

(a) Any dispute relating solely to technical matters concerning the construction, material or quality of work under this Contract or the Specifications may, subject to mutual agreement between the parties hereto, be referred to a suitably qualified expert (“Expert”) who (if the parties cannot agree on his identity) shall be appointed by the President for the time being of the Royal Institution of Naval Architects, London. The said Expert shall act as assessor and not an arbitrator. The Expert shall publish his/her determination of the dispute in writing. Such determination shall include findings as to any required extension of the Delivery Date by reason of the dispute and may also include a finding as to payment of costs incurred in relation to or in connection with such dispute.

The determination the Expert thus published shall be final and binding on the parties.

 

(b) All other disputes arising out of or in connection with this Contract shall be referred to arbitration in London, England before a tribunal of three arbitrators, unless the parties shall agree forthwith upon the appointment of a sole arbitrator. One arbitrator shall be appointed by Builder and another by Buyer, and the two arbitrators shall choose and appoint the third arbitrator by agreement. If the two arbitrators fail to choose and appoint the third arbitrator by agreement, either of the said two arbitrators may apply to the President for the time being of The London Maritime Arbitrators’ Association to choose and appoint the third arbitrator on behalf of the two arbitrators.

Such arbitration shall be conducted in accordance with the Arbitration Act 1996 of United Kingdom or any re-enactment or statutory modification thereof for the time being in force and with the rules of The London Maritime Arbitrators’ Association for the time being in force.

The final award (interim or otherwise) of the arbitration tribunal shall be final and binding on the parties.

The claimant in the arbitration to serve points of claim within fourteen (14) days of the appointment of the Arbitration Tribunal.

The respondent in the arbitration to serve points of defence and points of counterclaim, if any, within fourteen (14) days thereafter.

The claimant to serve points of reply and defence to counterclaim, if any within seven (7) days thereafter and the hearing of the arbitration to commence within twelve (12) weeks of the appointment of the Arbitration Tribunal.

The Arbitrators shall determine which party shall bear the expenses of the arbitration or the portion of such expenses which each party shall bear.

 

26


Where Builder makes an application for a partial award, a provisional award, an interim award or an interim final award in respect of an Instalment that Builder claims has fallen due, Buyer shall not oppose the arbitration tribunal considering such application and/or issuing such award in favour of either of the parties.

 

(c) Notwithstanding anything in this Article XIII.1, decisions of the Classification Society (but not merely by individual on-site inspectors) or the Flag State as to compliance or non-compliance of the Vessel with the rules and regulations of the Classification Society or the Flag State shall be final and binding on the parties.

 

2. Alteration of Delivery of the Vessel:

In the event of reference to arbitration of any dispute or disputes arising out of matters occurring prior to delivery of the Vessel, the award by the arbitration tribunal shall include a declaration as to any postponement of the Delivery Date, which the arbitration tribunal may in his/their absolute discretion deem appropriate.

 

3. Entry in Court:

Judgement on an award by arbitrators may be entered in any court of competent jurisdiction for enforcement thereof.

ARTICLE XIV. RIGHT OF ASSIGNMENT

The Builder agrees that prior to delivery of the Vessel, this Contract may be:

 

  a) Freely assign by the Buyer at any time by way of security to a bank or other financing institution providing finance to the Buyer in connection with the Vessel, or

 

  b) Assigned by the Buyer to another company with the prior written approval of the Builder, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed, and the Builder will in such case enter into such acknowledgements of assignment and/or novation agreements as the Builder may approve, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

This Contract shall ensure to the benefit of and shall be binding upon the lawful successors or the legitimate assigns of either of parties hereto.

ARTICLE XV. TAXES AND DUTIES

 

1. Taxes and Duties in Korea:

Builder shall bear and pay all taxes and duties levied or imposed in Korea including stamp duties in connection with the execution and/or performance of this Contract, except any taxes and duties imposed in Korea upon Buyer’s Supplies or upon the activities or personal incomes of Buyer’s employees and agents (including the Representatives and representatives of the manufacturers of Buyer’s Supplies).

 

2. Taxes and Duties outside Korea:

Buyer shall bear and pay all taxes and duties levied or imposed outside Korea in connection with execution and/or performance of this Contract except for any taxes and duties imposed upon those items or services to be procured by Builder for construction of the Vessel.

 

27


ARTICLE XVI. PATENTS, TRADEMARKS, COPYRIGHTS, ETC.

 

1. Patents, Trademarks and Copyrights:

 

(a) Builder shall indemnify Buyer against ail actual claims, losses, damages and liabilities (excluding any indirect or consequential losses) for infringement of patent rights, copyrights, design rights, service marks or trademarks arising directly from the construction of the Vessel by Builder at the Shipyard and against all costs and expenses of litigation, if any (excluding Buyer’s internal costs and expenses), but such indemnity shall not extend to any claims, losses, damages and liabilities involving Buyer’s Supplies.

 

(b) Buyer shall indemnify Builder and its subcontractors against all actual claims, losses, damages and liabilities (excluding any indirect or consequential losses) for infringement of patent rights, copyrights, design rights, service marks or trademarks arising directly from the performance by Builder of its obligations to take delivery, store, install, test and commission the Buyer’s Supplies under this Contract and against all costs and expenses of litigation, if any (excluding Builder’s internal costs and expenses).

 

(c) Nothing contained herein shall be construed as transferring such patent, trademark, service mark or copyright covered by this Contract, and all such rights are hereby expressly reserved to the true and lawful owners thereof.

 

2. Rights to General Plans, Specifications and Working Drawings:

 

(a) Builder retains all rights with respect to the Specifications, plans, working drawings, technical descriptions, calculations, test results and other data, information and all other materials and documents relating to the design and construction of the Vessel (“Design Documents”).

 

(b) Buyer shall not use the Design Documents other than for the purposes of construction, operation, repair, and maintenance, of the Vessel.

 

(c) Buyer undertakes to keep the Design Documents confidential and not to disclose the same or divulge any information contained therein directly or indirectly to any third parties, without the prior written consent of Builder, except where it is necessary for the usual operation, repair and maintenance of the Vessel. Where Buyer discloses the Design Documents to such third parties, it shall ensure that it imposes identical restrictions on such third parties as to confidentiality, use and disclosure as are imposed on Buyer herein and strictly enforce such restrictions.

 

(d) Buyer shall indemnify Builder against all actual claims, losses, damages and liabilities (excluding any indirect or consequential losses) arising from breach by Buyer of its obligations under this Article or any failure by third parties to which it has disclosed the Design Documents to comply with their parallel obligations in accordance with the terms of confidentiality, use and disclosure set forth herein.

ARTICLE XVII. BUYER’S SUPPLIES

 

1. Responsibility of Buyer:

 

(a)

Buyer shall, at its own risk, cost and expense, supply and deliver to Builder all of the items (including funnel mark, ship name and other information necessary for the timely

 

28


  construction of the Vessel) to be furnished by Buyer as set out in the specifications (“Buyer’s Supplies”) at warehouse or other storage of the Shipyard in good condition ready for installation or use in or on the Vessel, in accordance with the time schedule designated by Builder to meet the building schedule of the Vessel.

 

(b) In order to facilitate installation or use by Builder of Buyer’s Supplies in or on the Vessel, Buyer shall furnish Builder with necessary specifications, plans, drawings, instruction books, manuals, test reports and certificates required by Builder. Buyer, if so requested by Builder, shall, without any charge to Builder, cause representatives of the manufacturers of Buyer’s Supplies to assist Builder in installation thereof in or on the Vessel and/or to carry out installation thereof by themselves or to make necessary adjustments, tests and inspection thereof at the Shipyard.

 

(c) Any and all of Buyer’s Supplies shall be subject to Builder’s reasonable right of rejection, if they are found to be unsuitable or in improper condition for installation or use. However, if so requested by Buyer, Builder may repair or adjust Buyer’s Supplies without prejudice to Builder’s other rights hereunder and without being responsible for any consequences arising therefrom. In such case, Buyer shall reimburse Builder for all costs and expenses incurred by Builder in such repair or adjustment and the Delivery Date shall be postponed for any period of delay in the construction of the Vessel caused by the making of such repair or adjustment.

 

(d) Should Buyer fail to deliver any of Buyer’s Supplies within the time designated by Builder, the Delivery Date shall be extended for the period of such delay in delivery of Buyer’s Supplies if such delay in delivery shall affect the Vessel’s construction or the Delivery Date of the Vessel. In such event, Buyer shall be responsible for all losses and damages incurred by Builder by the reason of such delay in delivery of Buyer’s Supplies and such payment shall be made upon delivery of the Vessel.

 

(e) If delay in delivery of any of Buyer’s Supplies exceeds Fifteen (15) days, then Builder shall be entitled to proceed with construction of the Vessel without installation thereof in or on the Vessel, without prejudice to Builder’s other rights as hereinabove provided, and Buyer shall accept and take delivery of the Vessel as so constructed.

 

2. Responsibility of Builder:

Builder shall be responsible for the storing, and handling with reasonable care of Buyer’s Supplies after delivery thereof to the Shipyard, and shall, at its own cost and expense, install them in or on the Vessel, unless otherwise provided herein or agreed by the parties hereto, provided, always, that Builder shall not be responsible for quality, efficiency and/or performance of any of Buyer’s Supplies and for the loss of or damage to Buyer’s Supplies caused without Builder’s wilful misconduct or gross negligence.

 

3. Return of Buyer’s Supplies

Where under any provision of this Contract Builder shall be required either to refund the value of or to return Buyer’s Supplies to Buyer, then Builder shall lawfully discharge any such obligation by returning the Buyer’s Supplies in question FOB Mokpo to the address to be advised by the Buyer or, in Builder’s option by paying to Buyer the invoiced cost to Buyer of such supplies CIF Mokpo including transportation costs.

 

29


ARTICLE XVIII. REPRESENTATIVES

Buyer’s representative and address designated for the purpose of notices and other communications under this Contract shall be:

 

Address:  
Attention:  
Telephone:  
Telefax:  

unless and until Buyer notifies Builder otherwise in writing.

Builder’s representative and address designated for the purpose of notices and other communications under this Contract shall be:

 

   Daehan Shipbuilding Co., Ltd.
Address:    887, Gurim-ri, Hwawon-myeon,
   Haenam-gun, Jeonnam, Korea
Attention:    Mr. Hong-soon Park
Telephone:    +82-61-531-1005
Telefax:    +82-61-531-1099

unless and until Builder notifies Buyer otherwise in writing.

ARTICLE XIX. NOTICE AND LANGUAGE

 

1. Notice:

Except as may be more specifically set out in any particular provision of this Contract, any and all notices, requests, demands, instructions, advices and communications in connection with this Contract shall be in writing and shall be conveyed by registered airmail, by express courier service, personally, by telefax or by email, and shall be deemed to be given at, and become effective from, the time when the same is delivered to (or in the case of a telefax or email, received at) the address of the party to be served.

 

2. Language:

Any and all notices and communications in connection with this Contract shall be written in the English language.

 

3. Writing

A telefax or email message shall be deemed to be a notice “in writing” for purposes of this Contract.

ARTICLE XX. EFFECTIVE DATE OF CONTRACT

This Contract shall become effective from the signing date of the Contract by both Buyer and Builder. However, if Builder fails to provide Buyer with Refund Guarantee referred to in Article X.2 within Sixty (60) days after the effective date of the Contract, then, the Buyer has the right to cancel the Contract, or at sole Buyer’s option to extend above sixty (60) days for a reasonable

 

30


time (at sole Buyer’s judgement) but not less than thirty (30) days for issuance of a new Refund Guarantee. This time may further extended up to three hundred (300) days from the effective date of the Contract, however the Buyer shall have the option to cancel the Contract at any time during this during this extended period of time. The Builder shall in any case keep this ship’s building slot for the Buyer, and shall not allocate it to another client, even for the reason of non issuance of Refund Guarantee to the Buyer. In case of no issuance of the Refund Guarantee after three hundred (300) days from the effective date of the Contract, otherwise mutually agreed in writing between the parties hereto, and the parties shall be immediately and completely discharged from all of their obligations to the other party under this Contract as though this Contract had never been entered into at all.

ARTICLE XXI. INTERPRETATION

 

1. Laws Applicable:

This Contract shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of England.

 

2. Discrepancies:

In the event of any conflict between this Contract and the Specifications, the provisions of this Contract shall prevail. In the event of any conflict between the Specifications and plans, the provisions of the specifications shall prevail.

 

3. Entire Agreement:

This Contract contains the entire agreement and understanding between the parties hereto and supersedes all prior negotiations, representations, undertakings and agreements on any subject matter of this Contract.

 

4. Amendment:

No provision of this Contract may be amended, modified, waived or terminated except by an instrument in writing executed by each of the parties hereto.

 

5. Headings:

The descriptive headings of Articles and Clauses herein are for convenience of reference only and are not to be used in construing or interpreting this Contract.

 

6. Severability:

Any provision of this Contract which is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provisions in any other jurisdiction. To the extent permitted by applicable laws, both parties hereby waive any provision of law which renders any provision hereof prohibited or unenforceable in any respect.

 

31


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Contract to be signed by their duly authorized signatories the day and year first above written.

 

For and on behalf of Builder:     For and on behalf of Buyer:
DAEHAN SHIPBUILDING CO., LTD.    
By:   LOGO     By:    
Name:   Lee, Byung-Mo     Name:  
Title:   CEO     Title:  

 

32


EXHIBIT A. REFUND GUARANTEE

 

To:    Date: [                    ]

OUR LETTER OF GUARANTEE NO.

Gentlemen:

We hereby issue our irrevocable Letter guarantee No.      in favour of                      (herein called “Buyer”) for account of Daehan Shipbuilding., Ltd., Seoul, Korea (herein called “Builder”) as follows in connection with the Shipbuilding Contract dated                      (hereinafter called the “Contract”) made by and between Buyer and the Builder for the construction and sale of                      having Builder’s Hull No.      (hereinafter called the “Vessel”).

If in connection with the terms and conditions of the Contract Buyer shall become entitled to a refund of the instalments or advance payments made to Builder prior to the delivery of the Vessel, we hereby irrevocably, unconditionally and absolutely as primary obligor and not merely as surety guarantee to make the repayment of the same to Buyer within thirty (30) days after demand by the buyer together with interest thereon at the rate of      percent(    %) per annum from the date following the date of receipt by Builder of each instalments or advance payments to the date of remittance by telegraphic transfer of such refund.

The amount of this guarantee will be automatically increased upon Builder’s receipt of each successive instalment, not more than three (3) times, each time by the amount of the instalment or advance payment plus interest thereon as provided in the Contract, but in any eventuality the amount of this Credit shall not exceed the total sum of United States Dollars                   (USD         ) plus interest thereon at the rate of      percent(    %) per annum from the date following the date of Builder’s receipt of each instalment or advance payment to the date of remittance by telegraphic transfer of the refund.

If any termination of the Contract is based on delays due to Force Majeure or other causes beyond the control of Builder as specified in Article VIII of the Contract, no interest shall be payable.

The payment by the undersigned under this guarantee (subject to the second and third paragraph hereof) shall be made upon simple receipt by us of written demand from you including a signed statement certifying that the Buyer’s demand for refund has been made in conformity with Article II of the Contract and the Builder has failed to make the refund.

Our liability under this Letter of Guarantee shall not be affected, prejudiced or discharged by any delay in construction and/or delivery of the Vessel for whatever reason, by any invalidity, illegibility or unenforceability of the Contract by any variation or amendment of the Contract or by the liquidation, insolvency, bankruptcy or analogous proceedings of the Builder.

It is hereby understood that payment of any interest provided herein is by way of liquidated damages due to cancellation of the Contract and not by way of compensation for use of money.

 

33


This Letter of guarantee shall expire and become null and void upon receipt by Buyer of the sum guaranteed hereby together with interest thereon as aforesaid or upon the execution by Buyer and Builder of the Protocol of Delivery and Acceptance of the Vessel or upon termination of the Contract due to Buyer’s default in accordance with the provisions of Article XI of the Contract, in any such case, this Letter of guarantee shall be returned to us . or the Buyer shall arrange with their bank to confirm us by SWIFT (our SWIFT address :                     ) that this letter of guarantee has been null and void.

Notwithstanding the provisions hereinabove, in the event that within thirty (30) days from the date of your claim to the BUILDER referred to above, we receive notification from you or the Builder accompanied by written confirmation to the effect that your claim to cancel the Contract or your claim for refundment thereunder has been disputed and referred to arbitration in accordance with the provisions of the Contract, we shall under this guarantee, refund to you the sum adjudged to be due to you by the Builder pursuant to the award made under such arbitration immediately upon receipt from you of a demand for the sums so adjudged and a copy of the award.

Any and all payments by us under this Guarantee shall be made without any set off or counter claim and without deduction or withholding for on or account of any taxes, duties or charges whatsoever.

This Letter of guarantee is assignable and valid from the date of this letter of guarantee until such time as the Vessel is delivered by Builder to Buyer in accordance with the provisions of the Contract.

For the purposes of any legal proceedings hereunder we hereby irrevocably appoint [                    ] at present of [                    ] as our agents for the service of process.

This guarantee shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of England and the undersigned hereby submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of England.

Yours very truly,

 

For and on behalf of

 

Name:  
Title:  

 

34


EXHIBIT B. CORPORATE GUARANTEE

(CORPORATE GUARANTEE)

DAEHAN Shipbuilding Co., Ltd.

887, Gurim-ri, Hwawon-myeon,

Haenam-gun, Jeollanam-do, Korea.

 

   Date: [                    ]

Dear Sirs,

Hull No. [                    ]

 

1. We refer to the shipbuilding contract dated [                    ] (as may be and may have been from time to time amended, varied and/or supplemented the “Contract”) dated [                    ] made between (1) [                                         ] (the “Buyer”) and (2) yourselves (the “Builder”) for the construction and sale of a [                                        ] having your hull number [                    ] (the “Vessel”).

 

2. In consideration of your entering into the Contract with the Buyer and the payment to us of five United States Dollars (USD 5) and other good and valuable consideration (the receipt and sufficiency of which we hereby acknowledge), we, the undersigned, as a primary obligor and not merely as a surety, hereby irrevocably and unconditionally:-

 

  (A) guarantee to you the due and full performance by the Buyer of all of its obligations under the Contract including, without limitation, the taking of delivery of the Vessel and the due and punctual payment by the Buyer of all amounts of whatever nature payable by it under the Contract; and

 

  (B) undertake immediately upon your first written demand to pay and/or perform our obligations under paragraph (A) above and to indemnify you against and hold you harmless from all losses or damage of any kind arising directly or indirectly from any failure on the part of the Buyer to perform any of its obligations under the Contract

 

3. We hereby expressly waive the right to receive any notice of any supplement, amendment, change or modification to or of the Contract that may be agreed between you and the Buyer.

 

4. This Corporate Guarantee shall remain in full force and effect from the date hereof until the Buyer has performed in full all of its obligations under the Contract.

 

5.

This Corporate Guarantee shall be a continuing guarantee. Our liability of under this guarantee shall not be discharged or affected by any intermediate performance of obligation or payment or settlement of account by the Buyer, any security or other indemnity now or hereafter held by you in respect thereof or of the Buyer’s obligations under the Contract, any invalidity, illegality or unenforceability of the Contract, any alteration, amendment or variation of the terms of the Contract, any allowance of time, forbearance, forgiveness or indulgence in respect of any matter concerning the Contract or this guarantee on your part, or the insolvency, bankruptcy, winding

 

35


  up or analogous proceedings or re-organisation of the Buyer, or any act, omission, fact or circumstances whatsoever which might otherwise diminish or nullify in any way our obligations under this Corporate Guarantee.

 

6. You shall not be required to exhaust your recourse against the Buyer or any other security which you may hold in respect of its obligations under the Contract before being entitled to performance by us of our obligations hereunder or payment by us of any amount hereby guaranteed.

 

7. All payments by us under this Corporate Guarantee shall be made immediately upon your first written demand in United States Dollars to such account as you may designate without any deduction of any present or future taxes, restrictions or conditions of any nature, or any set-off or counter-claim for any reason whatsoever. If we are required to make any deduction or withholding in respect of taxes from any payment due hereunder, the sum due from us in respect of such payment shall be increased to the extent necessary to ensure that, after the making of such deduction or withholding, you receive on the due date for such payment (and retain, free from any liability in respect of such deduction or withholding) a net sum equal to the sum which you would have received had no such deduction or withholding been required to be made.

However, in case we receive notification stating that arbitration proceedings have been commenced by any party to determine the validity of your demand, our liabilities hereunder in respect of any such demand shall be subject to the issuance of an arbitration award, or, in the event of an appeal therefrom, a final judgement determining such issue in your favour.

 

8. We shall supply to you such information regarding the financial condition, business and operations of us as you may reasonably request and, promptly upon becoming aware thereof, the details of any litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings which are current, threatened or pending against us, and which might, if adversely determined, have a material adverse effect. We shall further notify you of any event of default (and the steps, if any, being taken to remedy it) promptly upon becoming aware of its occurrence.

 

9. Any demand or notice to be made by you hereunder shall be made in writing in the English language and shall be delivered to us in person or sent by registered airmail or by telefax addressed to us at the following address:-

[                                         ]

[                                         ]

[                                         ]

Telefax: [                          ]

 

10. The benefit of this Corporate Guarantee may be assigned by you without our consent to any lawful assignee of the Contract and shall ensure for the benefit of yourselves, your successors and assigns.

 

11. This Corporate Guarantee shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of England.

 

12. We hereby agree that any dispute, controversy or difference arising out of or in relation to this Corporate Guarantee shall be finally settled by proceedings in the English courts.

 

36


Yours faithfully,
[I NSERT N AME OF C ORPORATE G UARANTOR ]
By:  
Title:  

 

37

Exhibit 10.16

Date: as of July 29, 2014

SCORPIO BULKERS INC.

as Borrower

THE GUARANTORS

listed in Schedule 1-A

as Guarantors

THE BANKS AND FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS

listed in Schedule 1-B

as Lenders

THE EXPORT-IMPORT BANK OF CHINA, CRÉDIT AGRICOLE CORPORATE AND

INVESTMENT BANK, DEUTSCHE BANK AG LONDON, BNP PARIBAS and

SKANDINAVISKA ENSKILDA BANKEN AB (PUBL)

as Lead Arrangers

CRÉDIT AGRICOLE CORPORATE AND INVESTMENT BANK

and DEUTSCHE BANK AG LONDON,

as Bookrunners

and

CRÉDIT AGRICOLE CORPORATE AND INVESTMENT BANK,

as Coordinating Bank, Administrative Agent, Security Trustee and Account Bank

 

 

CREDIT AGREEMENT

 

 

relating to senior secured term credit facility in the amount of up to US$330,000,000


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

                Page  
1.  

INTERPRETATION

     2   
 

1.1

    

Definitions

     2   
 

1.2

    

Construction of certain terms

     25   
 

1.3

    

Meaning of “month”

     27   
 

1.4

    

Meaning of “subsidiary”

     27   
 

1.5

    

General interpretation

     27   
 

1.6

    

Headings

     28   
 

1.7

    

Accounting Terms

     28   
 

1.8

    

Inferences Regarding Materiality

     28   
2.  

FACILITY

     28   
 

2.1

    

Amount of Facility

     28   
 

2.2

    

Lenders’ participations in Advance

     28   
 

2.3

    

Purpose of Advance

     28   
 

2.4

    

Reduction and Cancellation of Total Commitments

     28   

3.

 

POSITION OF THE LENDERS

     29   
 

3.1

    

Interests Several

     29   
 

3.2

    

Individual Right of Action

     29   
 

3.3

    

Proceedings Requiring Majority Lender Consent

     29   
 

3.4

    

Obligations Several

     29   
 

3.5

    

Replacement of a Lender

     29   

4.

 

DRAWDOWN

     31   
 

4.1

    

Request for Advance

     31   
 

4.2

    

Availability

     31   
 

4.3

    

Notification to Lenders of Receipt of a Drawdown Notice

     31   
 

4.4

    

Drawdown Notice Irrevocable

     32   
 

4.5

    

Lenders to Make Available Contributions

     32   
 

4.6

    

Disbursement of Advance

     32   
 

4.7

    

Disbursement of Advance to Third Party

     32   
 

4.8

    

Promissory Note

     32   

5.

 

INTEREST

     33   
 

5.1

    

Normal Rate of Interest

     33   
 

5.2

    

Payment of Normal Interest

     33   
 

5.3

    

Payment of Accrued Interest

     33   
 

5.4

    

Notification of Interest Periods and Rates of Normal Interest

     33   
 

5.5

    

Notice of Prepayment

     33   
 

5.6

    

Prepayment; Termination of Commitments

     33   
 

5.7

    

Application of Prepayment

     34   
 

5.8

    

Market Disruption

     34   

 

i


6.

 

INTEREST PERIODS

     35   
 

6.1

    

Commencement of Interest Periods

     35   
 

6.2

    

Duration of Normal Interest Periods

     35   
 

6.3

    

Duration of Interest Periods for Repayment Installments

     35   
 

6.4

    

Non-availability of Matching Deposits for Interest Period Selected

     35   

7.

 

DEFAULT INTEREST

     36   
 

7.1

    

Payment of Default Interest on Overdue Amounts

     36   
 

7.2

    

Default Rate of Interest

     36   
 

7.3

    

Calculation of default rate of interest

     36   
 

7.4

    

Notification of Interest Periods and Default Rates

     37   
 

7.5

    

Payment of Accrued Default Interest

     37   

8.

 

REPAYMENT AND PREPAYMENT

     37   
 

8.1

    

Amount of Repayment Installments

     37   
 

8.2

    

Repayment Dates

     37   
 

8.3

    

Maturity Date

     37   
 

8.4

    

Voluntary Prepayment

     37   
 

8.5

    

Conditions for Voluntary Prepayment

     38   
 

8.6

    

Effect of Notice of Prepayment

     38   
 

8.7

    

Notification of Notice of Prepayment

     38   
 

8.8

    

Application of Partial Prepayment

     38   
 

8.9

    

Mandatory Prepayment

     38   
 

8.10

    

Amounts Payable on Prepayment

     39   
 

8.11

    

No Reborrowing

     39   
 

8.12

    

Release of Borrower and/or Collateral Vessel Owning Guarantor

     39   

9.

 

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

     39   
 

9.1

    

Documents, Fees and No Default

     39   
 

9.2

    

Waiver of Conditions Precedent

     41   

10.

 

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

     42   
 

10.1

    

General

     42   
 

10.2

    

Status

     42   
 

10.3

    

Company Power; Consents

     43   
 

10.4

    

Consents in Force

     43   
 

10.5

    

Title

     43   
 

10.6

    

Legal Validity; Effective Security Interests

     44   
 

10.7

    

No Third Party Security Interests

     44   
 

10.8

    

No Conflicts

     45   
 

10.9

    

Taxes

     45   
 

10.10

    

No Default

     46   
 

10.11

    

Information

     46   
 

10.12

    

No Litigation

     47   
 

10.13

    

ISM Code and ISPS Code Compliance

     47   

 

ii


 

10.14

    

No Rebates, etc

     47   
 

10.15

    

Compliance with Law; Environmentally Sensitive Material

     47   
 

10.16

    

Ownership Structure

     48   
 

10.17

    

Pension Plans

     48   
 

10.18

    

Margin Stock

     48   
 

10.19

    

Investment Company, Public Utility, etc

     48   
 

10.20

    

Asset Control

     49   
 

10.21

    

No Money Laundering

     49   
 

10.22

    

Anti-bribery, anti-corruption and anti-money laundering

     50   
 

10.23

    

Collateral Vessels

     50   
 

10.24

    

Place of Business

     50   
 

10.25

    

Solvency

     51   
 

10.26

    

Borrower’s Business; Guarantors’ Business

     51   
 

10.27

    

Immunity; Enforcement; Submission to Jurisdiction; Choice of Law

     51   
 

10.28

    

Status of Secured Liabilities

     52   

11.

 

GENERAL AFFIRMATIVE AND NEGATIVE COVENANTS

     52   
 

11.1

    

Affirmative Covenants

     52   
 

11.2

    

Negative Covenants

     60   

12.

 

FINANCIAL COVENANTS

     63   
 

12.1

    

General

     63   
 

12.2

    

Maximum Leverage

     63   
 

12.3

    

Minimum Tangible Net Worth

     63   
 

12.4

    

Minimum Interest Coverage

     63   
 

12.5

    

Free Liquidity

     63   

13.

 

MARINE INSURANCE COVENANTS

     64   
 

13.1

    

General

     64   
 

13.2

    

Maintenance of Obligatory Insurances

     64   
 

13.3

    

Terms of Obligatory Insurances

     64   
 

13.4

    

Further Protections for the Creditor Parties

     65   
 

13.5

    

Renewal of Obligatory Insurances

     66   
 

13.6

    

Copies of Policies; Letters of Undertaking

     66   
 

13.7

    

Copies of Certificates of Entry

     67   
 

13.8

    

Deposit of Original Policies

     68   
 

13.9

    

Payment of Premiums

     68   
 

13.10

    

Guarantees

     68   
 

13.11

    

Compliance with Terms of Insurances

     68   
 

13.12

    

Alteration to Terms of Insurances

     69   
 

13.13

    

Settlement of Claims

     69   
 

13.14

    

Provision of Copies of Communications

     69   
 

13.15

    

Provision of Information

     69   
 

13.16

    

Mortgagee’s Interest, Additional Perils and Political Risk Insurances

     70   
 

13.17

    

Review of Insurance Requirements

     70   
 

13.18

    

Modification of Insurance Requirements

     70   
 

13.19

    

Compliance with Instructions

     70   

 

iii


14.

 

COLLATERAL VESSEL COVENANTS

     70   
 

14.1

    

General

     70   
 

14.2

    

Collateral Vessel’s Name and Registration

     71   
 

14.3

    

Repair and Classification

     71   
 

14.4

    

Classification Society Instructions

     71   
 

14.5

    

Modification

     72   
 

14.6

    

Removal of Parts

     72   
 

14.7

    

Surveys

     72   
 

14.8

    

Inspection

     73   
 

14.9

    

Prevention of and Release from Arrest

     73   
 

14.10

    

Compliance with Laws etc

     73   
 

14.11

    

Provision of Information

     74   
 

14.12

    

Notification of Certain Events

     74   
 

14.13

    

Restrictions on Chartering, Appointment of Managers etc

     75   
 

14.14

    

Notice of Mortgage

     76   
 

14.15

    

ISPS Code

     76   

15.

 

SECURITY MAINTENANCE COVER RATIO

     76   
 

15.1

    

General

     76   
 

15.2

    

Security Maintenance Cover Ratio

     76   
 

15.3

    

Provision of Additional Security; Prepayment

     77   
 

15.4

    

Value of Additional Vessel Security

     77   
 

15.5

    

Valuations Binding

     77   
 

15.6

    

Provision of Information

     77   
 

15.7

    

Payment of Valuation Expenses

     77   
 

15.8

    

Application of Prepayment

     77   

16.

 

GUARANTEE

     78   
 

16.1

    

Guarantee and Indemnity

     78   
 

16.2

    

Continuing Guarantee

     78   
 

16.3

    

Performance of Guaranteed Obligations; Obligations pari passu

     79   
 

16.4

    

Reinstatement

     79   
 

16.5

    

Liability Absolute and Unconditional

     79   
 

16.6

    

Waiver of Promptness, etc

     80   
 

16.7

    

Waiver of Revocation, etc

     80   
 

16.8

    

Waiver of Certain Defenses

     80   
 

16.9

    

Waiver of Disclosure, etc

     81   
 

16.10

    

Immediate Recourse

     81   
 

16.11

    

Acknowledgment of Benefits

     81   
 

16.12

    

Independent Obligations

     81   
 

16.13

    

Deferral of Guarantor’s Rights

     81   
 

16.14

    

Limitation of Liability

     81   
 

16.15

    

Reliance of Creditor Parties

     82   

 

iv


17.

 

PAYMENTS AND CALCULATIONS

     82   
 

17.1

    

Currency and Method of Payments

     82   
 

17.2

    

Payment on Non-Business Day

     82   
 

17.3

    

Basis for Calculation of Periodic Payments

     82   
 

17.4

    

Distribution of Payments to Creditor Parties

     83   
 

17.5

    

Permitted Deductions by Agent

     83   
 

17.6

    

Agent Only Obliged to Pay When Monies Received

     83   
 

17.7

    

Refund to Agent of Monies Not Received

     83   
 

17.8

    

Agent May Assume Receipt

     83   
 

17.9

    

Creditor Party Accounts

     84   
 

17.10

    

Agent’s Memorandum Account

     84   
 

17.11

    

Accounts Prima Facie Evidence

     84   

18.

 

APPLICATION OF RECEIPTS

     84   
 

18.1

    

Normal Order of Application

     84   
 

18.2

    

Variation of Order of Application

     85   
 

18.3

    

Notice of Variation of Order of Application

     85   
 

18.4

    

Appropriation Rights Overridden

     85   
 

18.5

    

Payments in Excess of Contribution

     85   

19.

 

APPLICATION OF EARNINGS, SALES PROCEEDS, INSURANCE PROCEEDS AND RETENTION ACCOUNT

     86   
 

19.1

    

General

     86   
 

19.2

    

Payment of Earnings

     86   
 

19.3

    

Location of Accounts

     86   
 

19.4

    

Borrower’s Obligations Unaffected

     86   
 

19.5

    

Interest Accrued on Retention Account

     87   
 

19.6

    

Debt for Expenses etc

     87   
 

19.7

    

Retention Account: Credits and Withdrawals

     87   
 

19.8

    

Use of Proceeds in Earnings Accounts

     87   

20.

 

EVENTS OF DEFAULT

     88   
 

20.1

    

Events of Default

     88   
 

20.2

    

Actions Following an Event of Default

     91   
 

20.3

    

Termination of Commitments

     91   
 

20.4

    

Acceleration of Loan

     91   
 

20.5

    

Multiple Notices; Action Without Notice

     91   
 

20.6

    

Notification of Creditor Parties and Security Parties

     92   
 

20.7

    

Creditor Party Rights Unimpaired

     92   
 

20.8

    

Exclusion of Creditor Party Liability

     92   

21.

 

FEES AND EXPENSES

     92   
 

21.1

    

Arrangement, Commitment and Up-Front Fees

     92   
 

21.2

    

Costs of Negotiation, Preparation, etc

     93   
 

21.3

    

Costs of Variations, Amendments, Enforcement, etc

     93   

 

v


 

21.4

     Documentary Taxes      93   
 

21.5

     Certification of Amounts      94   
22.   INDEMNITIES      94   
 

22.1

     Indemnities Regarding Borrowing and Repayment of Loan      94   
 

22.2

     Breakage Costs      94   
 

22.3

     Miscellaneous Indemnities      95   
 

22.4

     Currency Indemnity      95   
 

22.5

     Certification of Amounts      96   
 

22.6

     Sums Deemed Due to a Lender      96   
 

22.7

     Survival of Indemnities      96   
23.   NO SET-OFF OR TAX DEDUCTION; TAX INDEMNITY; FATCA      96   
 

23.1

     No Deductions      96   
 

23.2

     Grossing-Up for Taxes      96   
 

23.3

     Evidence of Payment of Taxes      96   
 

23.4

     Indemnity for Taxes      97   
 

23.5

     Exclusion from Indemnity and Gross-Up for Taxes      97   
 

23.6

     Delivery of Tax Forms      98   
 

23.7

     FATCA Information      98   
 

23.8

     FATCA Withholding      99   
 

23.9

     FATCA Mitigation      100   
 

23.10

     Additional Borrowers and/or Guarantors      100   
 

23.11

     Tax Credits      101   
24.   ILLEGALITY, ETC      101   
 

24.1

     Illegality      101   
 

24.2

     Notification of Illegality      101   
 

24.3

     Prepayment; Termination of Commitment      101   
 

24.4

     Mitigation      102   
25.   INCREASED COSTS      102   
 

25.1

     Increased Costs      102   
 

25.2

     Meaning of “ Increased Costs      103   
 

25.3

     Notification to Borrower of Claim for Increased Costs      103   
 

25.4

     Payment of Increased Costs      103   
 

25.5

     Notice of Prepayment      104   
 

25.6

     Prepayment; Termination of Commitment      104   
 

25.7

     Application of Prepayment      104   
26.   SET-OFF      104   
 

26.1

     Application of Credit Balances      104   
 

26.2

     Existing Rights Unaffected      104   
 

26.3

     Sums Deemed Due to a Lender      105   
 

26.4

     No Security Interest      105   

 

vi


27.

 

TRANSFERS AND CHANGES IN LENDING OFFICES

     105   
 

27.1

    

Transfer by Borrower or Guarantor

     105   
 

27.2

    

Transfer by a Lender

     105   
 

27.3

    

Transfer Certificate, Delivery and Notification

     106   
 

27.4

    

Effective Date of Transfer Certificate

     106   
 

27.5

    

No Transfer Without Transfer Certificate

     106   
 

27.6

    

Lender Re-Organization; Waiver of Transfer Certificate

     106   
 

27.7

    

Effect of Transfer Certificate

     106   
 

27.8

    

Maintenance of Register of Lenders

     107   
 

27.9

    

Reliance on Register of Lenders

     108   
 

27.10

    

Authorization of Agent to Sign Transfer Certificates

     108   
 

27.11

    

Registration Fee

     108   
 

27.12

    

Sub-Participation; Subrogation Assignment

     108   
 

27.13

    

Disclosure of Information

     108   
 

27.14

    

Change of Lending Office

     108   
 

27.15

    

Notification

     108   
 

27.16

    

Security Over Lenders’ Rights

     108   
 

27.17

    

Replacement of Reference Bank

     109   

28.

 

VARIATIONS AND WAIVERS

     109   
 

28.1

    

Variations, Waivers, Etc. by Required Lenders

     109   
 

28.2

    

Variations, Waivers, Etc. Requiring Agreement of All Lenders

     109   
 

28.3

    

Variations, Waivers, Etc. Relating to the Servicing Banks

     110   
 

28.4

    

Exclusion of Other or Implied Variations

     110   

29.

 

NOTICES

     111   
 

29.1

    

General

     111   
 

29.2

    

Addresses for Communications

     111   
 

29.3

    

Effective Date of Notices

     112   
 

29.4

    

Service Outside Business Hours

     112   
 

29.5

    

Illegible Notices

     113   
 

29.6

    

Valid Notices

     113   
 

29.7

    

English Language

     113   
 

29.8

    

Meaning of “N otice

     113   

30.

 

SUPPLEMENTAL

     113   
 

30.1

    

Rights Cumulative, Non-Exclusive

     113   
 

30.2

    

Severability of Provisions

     113   
 

30.3

    

Counterparts

     113   
 

30.4

    

Binding Effect

     113   

31.

 

THE SERVICING BANKS AND PARALLEL DEBT

     114   
 

31.1

    

Appointment and Granting

     114   
 

31.2

    

Scope of Duties

     115   
 

31.3

    

Reliance

     116   

 

vii


 

31.4

    

Knowledge

     116   
 

31.5

    

Security Trustee and Agent as Lenders

     117   
 

31.6

    

Indemnification of Security Trustee and Agent

     117   
 

31.7

    

Reliance on Security Trustee or Agent

     117   
 

31.8

    

Actions by Security Trustee and Agent

     118   
 

31.9

    

Resignation and Removal

     118   
 

31.10

    

Release of Collateral

     119   
 

31.11

    

Parallel Debt

     119   
 

31.12

    

Instructions to Agent/Security Trustee

     120   

32.

 

LAW AND JURISDICTION

     120   
 

32.1

    

Governing Law

     120   
 

32.2

    

Consent to Jurisdiction

     120   
 

32.3

    

Creditor Party Rights Unaffected

     121   
 

32.4

    

Meaning of “P roceedings

     121   
 

32.5

    

Waiver of Sovereign Immunity

     121   
 

32.6

    

Waiver of Damages

     121   

33.

 

WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL

     122   
 

33.1

    

WAIVER

     122   

34.

 

PATRIOT ACT NOTICE

     122   
 

34.1

    

PATRIOT Act Notice

     122   

 

EXECUTION PAGE

     123   

SCHEDULE 1-A INITIAL GUARANTORS

     125   

SCHEDULE 1-B LENDERS AND COMMITMENTS

     126   

SCHEDULE 2 POTENTIAL GUARANTORS AND COLLATERAL VESSELS

     128   

SCHEDULE 3 DRAWDOWN NOTICE

     130   

SCHEDULE 4 DOCUMENTS REQUIRED AS CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

     134   

SCHEDULE 5 TRANSFER CERTIFICATE

     142   

SCHEDULE 6 LIST OF APPROVED BROKERS

     146   

SCHEDULE 7 PAYMENT DATES AND AMOUNTS

     147   

SCHEDULE 8 MANDATORY COST FORMULA

     149   

APPENDIX A FORM OF CHARTER ASSIGNMENT

     152   

 

viii


APPENDIX B FORM OF COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

     153   

APPENDIX C-1 FORM OF EARNINGS ACCOUNT PLEDGE

     154   

APPENDIX C-2 FORM OF RETENTION ACCOUNT PLEDGE

     155   

APPENDIX D FORM OF EARNINGS ASSIGNMENT

     156   

APPENDIX E FORM OF GUARANTOR JOINDER AGREEMENT

     157   

APPENDIX F FORM OF FIRST PREFERRED SHIP MORTGAGE

     158   

APPENDIX G FORM OF MANAGER’S UNDERTAKING

     159   

APPENDIX H FORM OF NOTE

     160   

APPENDIX I FORM OF SHARES PLEDGE

     161   

APPENDIX J FORM OF INSURANCE ASSIGNMENT

     162   

APPENDIX K FORM OF SUPPLEMENT TO SHARES PLEDGE

     163   

 

ix


THIS CREDIT AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is made as of July 29, 2014

AMONG

 

(1) SCORPIO BULKERS INC., a corporation incorporated and existing under the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands whose registered address is at Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, Marshall Islands MH96960, as borrower (the “ Borrower ”);

 

(2) THE GUARANTORS listed in Schedule 1-A, each a corporation incorporated and existing under the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands whose registered address is at Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, Marshall Islands MH96960, as joint and several guarantors (together with any other person that becomes a guarantor pursuant to a Guarantor Joinder Agreement (as defined below), the “ Guarantors ”);

 

(3) THE BANKS AND FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS listed in Schedule 1-B, as lenders (the “ Lenders ”, which expression includes their respective successors, transferees and assigns);

 

(4) THE EXPORT-IMPORT BANK OF CHINA, CRÉDIT AGRICOLE CORPORATE AND INVESTMENT BANK, DEUTSCHE BANK AG LONDON, BNP PARIBAS and SKANDINAVISKA ENSKILDA BANKEN AB (PUBL), as lead arrangers (the “ Lead Arrangers ”, which expression includes their respective successors, transferees and assigns);

 

(5) CRÉDIT AGRICOLE CORPORATE AND INVESTMENT BANK and DEUTSCHE BANK AG LONDON, as bookrunners (the “ Bookrunners ”, which expression includes their respective successors, transferees and assigns);

 

(6) CRÉDIT AGRICOLE CORPORATE AND INVESTMENT BANK as coordinating bank (in such capacity the “ Coordinating Bank ”, which expression includes its successors, transferees and assigns), acting in such capacity through its office at 9 quai du President Paul Doumer, 92920 La Defense Cedex, France;

 

(7) CRÉDIT AGRICOLE CORPORATE AND INVESTMENT BANK, as administrative agent for the Lenders (in such capacity, the “ Agent ”, which expression includes its successors, transferees and assigns), acting in such capacity through its principal office at 9 quai du President Paul Doumer, 92920 Paris La Defense Cedex, France;

 

(8) CRÉDIT AGRICOLE CORPORATE AND INVESTMENT BANK, as security trustee for the Lenders (in such capacity, the “ Security Trustee ”, which expression includes its successors, transferees and assigns), acting in such capacity through its principal office at 9 quai du President Paul Doumer, 92920 Paris La Defense Cedex, France; and

 

(9) CRÉDIT AGRICOLE CORPORATE AND INVESTMENT BANK, as account bank acting in such capacity through its principal office at 9 quai du President Paul Doumer, 92920 Paris La Defense Cedex, France.


BACKGROUND

The Lenders have agreed to make available to the Borrower a credit facility of up to $330,000,000 for the purpose of financing part of the acquisition cost of each of the Collateral Vessels.

IT IS AGREED as follows:

 

1. INTERPRETATION

 

  1.1 Definitions . Subject to Clause 1.5, in this Agreement:

Account Bank ” means CRÉDIT AGRICOLE CORPORATE AND INVESTMENT BANK, acting through its principal office at 9 quai du President Paul Doumer, 92920 Paris La Defense Cedex, France;

Account Pledges ” means the Earnings Account Pledge and the Retention Account Pledge and “ Account Pledge ” means either of such pledge agreements;

Advance ” means each borrowing of a portion of the Total Commitment by the Borrower or (as the context may require) the outstanding principal amount of such borrowing at any relevant time;

Affiliate ” means, as to any person, any other person that, directly or indirectly, controls, is controlled by or is under common control with such person or is a director or officer of such person, and for purposes of this definition, the term “ control ” (including the terms “controlling”, “ controlled by ” and “ under common control with ”) of a person means the possession, direct or indirect, of the power to vote 20% or more of the Voting Stock of such person or to direct or cause direction of the management and policies of such person, whether through the ownership of Voting Stock, by contract or otherwise;

Agreed Form ” means in relation to any document, that document in the form reasonably acceptable to the Agent with the consent of all Lenders (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed), or as otherwise reasonably approved in accordance with any other approval procedure specified in any relevant provision of any Finance Document;

Approved Broker ” means any of the companies listed on Schedule 6 or such other company proposed by the Borrower which the Agent may, with the consent of all Lenders (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed), approve from time to time for the purpose of valuing the Collateral Vessels who shall act as an expert and not as arbitrator and whose valuation shall be conclusive and binding on all parties to this Agreement;

Approved Commercial Management Agreement ” means, in relation to a Collateral Vessel in respect of its commercial management, a management agreement between the relevant

 

2


Guarantor and an Approved Commercial Manager which shall be on the BIMCO Shipman 2009 form or such other form of management agreement, in each case which the Agent may reasonably approve on behalf of all Lenders;

Approved Commercial Manager ” means SCM, Scorpio Services Holdings Ltd or any other reputable commercial management company proposed by the Borrowers which the Agent, with the consent of all Lenders, may reasonably approve from time to time as the commercial manager of a Collateral Vessel;

Approved Flag ” means the Bahamian, Hong Kong, Maltese, Panamanian, Singaporean or Marshall Islands flag or such other flag as the Agent may, with the consent of all Lenders (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed), approve from time to time in writing as the flag on which a Collateral Vessel shall be registered;

Approved Management Agreement ” means either an Approved Commercial Management Agreement or an Approved Technical Management Agreement as the context requires;

Approved Manager ” means either an Approved Commercial Manager or an Approved Technical Manager, as the context requires;

Approved Technical Management Agreement ” means, in relation to a Collateral Vessel in respect of its technical management, a management agreement between the relevant Guarantor and an Approved Technical Manager which shall be on the BIMCO Shipman 98 form or such other form of management agreement, in each case which the Agent may reasonably approve on behalf of the Required Lenders;

Approved Technical Manager ” means SSM, Zenith A.S. or any other reputable technical manager proposed by the Borrower which the Agent, with the consent of the Required Lenders may reasonably approve from time to time as technical manager of a Collateral Vessel;

Available Commitments ” means amounts readily available for drawing by the Borrower under committed revolving credit facilities with a maturity date in excess of twelve (12) months and which remain undrawn and could be drawn for general working capital or other general corporate purposes and provided that no event of default has occurred and is continuing under any such revolving credit facility and the Borrower is entitled to borrow under such committed revolving credit facility;

Availability Period ” means the period commencing on the Effective Date and ending on the earlier of:

 

  (a) December 31, 2016 (or such later date as the Agent may, with the consent of all Lenders, agree with the Borrower); or

 

  (b) the date on which the Total Commitment is fully borrowed, cancelled or terminated;

Bank Secrecy Act ” means the United States Bank Secrecy Act of 1970, as amended;

 

3


Basel III ” means any of the changes designed to strengthen any capital standards or introduce minimum liquidity or other requirements referenced in the publication of the Groups of Governors and Heads of Supervision of the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (the “ Basel Committee ”) dated December 16, 2010, or any subsequent paper or document published by the Basel Committee on any of those requirements;

Base Prepayment Amount ” means $5,000,000;

Builder ” means the builder identified as such in a Contract;

Builder’s Bank ” has the meaning given in Clause 9.2(b)(ii);

Business Day ” means a day on which banks are open in Beijing, China; Frankfurt, Germany; Hamburg, Germany; London, England; Stockholm, Sweden; Paris, France and New York, New York, U.S.A.;

Capitalized Lease ” means, as applied to any person, any lease of any property (whether real, personal or mixed) of which the discounted present value of the rental obligations of such person, as lessee, in conformity with US GAAP, is required to be capitalized on the balance sheet of such person; and “Capitalized Lease Obligation” is defined to mean the rental obligations, as aforesaid, under a Capitalized Lease;

Cash Equivalents ” means:

 

  (a) securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States of America or any agency or instrumentality thereof (provided that the full faith and credit of the United States of America is pledged in support thereof);

 

  (b) time deposits, certificates of deposit or deposits held with any commercial bank of recognized standing organized under the laws of the United States of America, any state thereof or any foreign jurisdiction having capital and surplus in excess of $500,000,000;

 

  (c) time deposits, certificates of deposit or deposits held with any Lender; and

 

  (d) such other securities or instruments as the Required Lenders shall agree in writing;

and in respect of both (a) and (b) above, with a Rating Category of at least “A+” by S&P and “A” by Moody’s (or the equivalent used by another Rating Agency) in each case having maturities of not more than ninety (90) days from the date of acquisition;

Change of Control ” means:

 

  (a) in respect of a Guarantor, the occurrence of any act, event or circumstance that without prior written consent of all Lenders results in the Borrower owning directly or indirectly less than 100% of the issued and outstanding Equity Interests in such Guarantor; and

 

4


  (b) in respect of the Borrower, means:

 

  (i) a “ person ” or “ group ” (within the meaning of Sections 13(d) and 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act as in effect on the Effective Date), other than any holders of the Borrower’s Equity Interests as of the Effective Date, becomes the ultimate “ beneficial owner ” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act and including by reason of any change in the ultimate “ beneficial ownership ” of the Equity Interests of the Borrower) of more than 35% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Borrower (calculated on a fully diluted basis); or

 

  (ii) individuals who at the beginning of any period of two consecutive calendar years constituted the Board of Directors or equivalent governing body of the Borrower (together with any new directors (or equivalent) whose election by such Board of Directors or equivalent governing body or whose nomination for election was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the members of such Board of Directors or equivalent governing body then still in office who either were members of such Board of Directors or equivalent governing body at the beginning of such period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved) cease for any reason to constitute at least 35% of the members of such Board of Directors or equivalent governing body then in office;

Charter ” means, in relation to a Collateral Vessel, any time or consecutive voyage charter or other contract for the employment in respect of such Collateral Vessel, including, but not limited to, a contract of affreightment, for a term which exceeds, or which by virtue of any optional extensions may exceed, 12 months (other than any charter relating to the contribution of a Collateral Vessel to a pool);

Charter Assignment ” means, in relation to a Collateral Vessel, an assignment of the relevant Charter in the form set out in Appendix A;

CISADA ” means the United States Comprehensive Iran Sanctions, Accountability, and Divestment Act of 2010;

Classification Society ” means, in relation to a Collateral Vessel, American Bureau of Shipping, China Classification Society, Det Norske Veritas, Lloyd’s Register or such other vessel classification society that is a member of IACS that the Agent may approve from time to time, provided, however, that if China Classification Society has been appointed as the Classification Society for such Collateral Vessel, the Borrower or the relevant Guarantor, as the case may be, shall at all times appoint another Classification Society to act as co-class society for such Collateral Vessel;

 

5


Code ” means the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the regulations promulgated and rulings issued thereunder;

Collateral ” means all property (including, without limitation, any proceeds thereof) referred to in the Finance Documents that is subject to any Security Interest in favor of the Security Trustee, for the benefit of the Lenders, securing the Secured Liabilities;

Collateral Vessel ” means each of the vessels identified as a proposed collateral vessel in Schedule 2 once such proposed collateral vessel becomes owned by a Guarantor and “ Collateral Vessels ” means any or all of the Collateral Vessels;

Commission ” or “ SEC ” means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission, as from time to time constituted, created under the Exchange Act;

Commitment ” means, in relation to a Lender, the amount set forth opposite its name in Schedule 1-B, or, as the case may require, the amount specified in the relevant Transfer Certificate, as that amount may be reduced, cancelled or terminated in accordance with this Agreement (and “ Total Commitments ” means the aggregate of the Commitments of all the Lenders);

Compliance Certificate ” means a certificate executed by the Chief Financial Officer of the Borrower in the form set out in Appendix B;

Consolidated EBITDA ” means, for any accounting period, the consolidated net income of the Borrower for that accounting period:

 

  (a) plus, to the extent deducted in computing the net income of the Borrower for that accounting period, the sum, without duplication, of:

 

  (i) all federal, state, local and foreign income taxes and tax distributions;

 

  (ii) Consolidated Net Interest Expense;

 

  (iii) depreciation, depletion, amortization of intangibles, restricted stock, and other non-cash charges or non-cash losses (including non-cash transaction expenses and the amortization of debt discounts) and any extraordinary losses not incurred in the ordinary course of business;

 

  (iv) expenses incurred in connection with a special or intermediate survey (including any underwater survey done in lieu thereof) of a Collateral Vessel during such period; and

 

  (v) any dry-docking expenses;

 

  (b) minus, to the extent added in computing the consolidated net income of the Borrower for that accounting period, (i) any non-cash income or losses, non-cash gains or losses and (ii) any extraordinary gains or losses on asset sales not in the ordinary course of business;

 

6


Consolidated Funded Debt ” means, for any accounting period, the sum of the following for the Borrower determined (without duplication) on a consolidated basis for such period and in accordance with US GAAP consistently applied:

 

  (a) all Financial Indebtedness; and

 

  (b) all obligations to pay a specific purchase price for goods or services whether or not delivered or accepted (including take-or-pay and similar obligations which in accordance with US GAAP would be shown on the liability side of a balance sheet);

provided that balance sheet accruals for future dry-dock expenses shall not be classified as Consolidated Funded Debt;

Consolidated Liquidity ” means, on a consolidated basis at any time, the sum of (a) cash, (b) Cash Equivalents, in each case held by the Borrower on a freely available and unencumbered basis, and (c) Available Commitments; provided, however, that 66 2/3% of Consolidated Liquidity shall at all times consist of cash;

Consolidated Net Interest Expense ” means the aggregate of all interest, commissions, discounts and other costs, charges or expenses accruing that are due from the Borrower and all of its subsidiaries during the relevant accounting period less (i) commitment fees, (ii) interest income received and (iii) amortization of deferred charges and arrangement fees, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with US GAAP and as shown in the consolidated statements of income for the Borrower;

Consolidated Tangible Net Worth ” means, on a consolidated basis, the total shareholders’ equity (including retained earnings) of the Borrower, minus goodwill;

Consolidated Total Capitalization ” means Consolidated Tangible Net Worth plus Consolidated Funded Debt;

Contract ” means, in relation to a Collateral Vessel, the shipbuilding contract made between a Builder and the Guarantor that will be the owner of such Collateral Vessel;

Contractual Currency ” has the meaning given in Clause 22.4;

Contribution ” means, in relation to a Lender, the part of the Loan which is owing to that Lender;

Creditor Party ” means the Agent, the Lead Arrangers, the Bookrunners, the Security Trustee or any Lender, whether as at the date of this Agreement or at any later time;

Delivery Date ” has the meaning given in Clause 9.2(b)(i);

 

7


Disbursement Authorization ” has the meaning given in clause 9.2(b)(ii);

Dollars ” and “ $ ” means the lawful currency for the time being of the United States of America;

Drawdown Date ” means, in relation to an Advance, the date requested by the Borrower for such Advance to be made, or (as the context requires) the date on which such Advance is actually made;

Drawdown Notice ” means a notice in the form set out in Schedule 3 (or in any other form which the Agent approves or reasonably requires);

Earnings ” means, in relation to a Collateral Vessel, all moneys whatsoever which are now, or later become, payable (actually or contingently) to the Guarantor owning such Collateral Vessel or the Security Trustee and which arise out of the use or operation of that Collateral Vessel, including (but not limited to):

 

  (a) except to the extent that they fall within paragraph (b):

 

  (i) all freight, hire and passage moneys;

 

  (ii) compensation payable to such Guarantor or the Security Trustee in the event of requisition of that Collateral Vessel for hire;

 

  (iii) remuneration for salvage and towage services;

 

  (iv) demurrage and detention moneys;

 

  (v) damages for breach (or payments for variation or termination) of any charter party or other contract for the employment of that Collateral Vessel; and

 

  (vi) all moneys which are at any time payable under Insurances in respect of loss of hire; and

 

  (b) if and whenever that Collateral Vessel is employed on terms whereby any moneys falling within paragraphs (a)(i) to (vi) are pooled or shared with any other person, that proportion of the net receipts of the relevant pooling or sharing arrangement which is attributable to that Collateral Vessel together with any and all other distributions of moneys made by such pool or sharing entity to or for the account or benefit of that Collateral Vessel or the Guarantor owing such Collateral Vessel including, but not limited to, returns of working capital, deposit or retention moneys and any other moneys of any nature whatsoever that is retained by such pool or sharing entity for the account of such Collateral Vessel or such Guarantor that is the owner thereof;

 

8


Earnings Account ” means (i) an account in the name of the Borrower with the Account Bank and designated as the “Master Earnings Account”, (ii) an account in the name of the Guarantor owning the relevant Collateral Vessel with the Account Bank designated as the “Earnings Account” for such Collateral Vessel or (iii) any other account which is designated by the Agent as an “Earnings Account” for the purpose of this Agreement;

Earnings Account Pledge ” means the pledge of each Earnings Account pursuant to an Account Pledge in the form set out in Appendix C-1;

Earnings Assignment ” means with respect to any Collateral Vessel an assignment of the Earnings and Requisition Compensation of such Collateral Vessel, in the form set out in Appendix D;

EDGAR ” means the Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis, and Retrieval system maintained by the SEC;

Effective Date ” means the date on which this Agreement is executed and delivered by the parties hereto;

Environmental Claim ” means:

 

  (a) any claim by any governmental, judicial or regulatory authority which arises out of an Environmental Incident or an alleged Environmental Incident or which relates to any Environmental Law; or

 

  (b) any claim by any other person which relates to an Environmental Incident or to an alleged Environmental Incident,

and “ claim ” means a claim for damages, compensation, indemnification, contribution, fines, penalties or any other payment of any kind whether or not similar to the foregoing; an order or direction to take, or not to take, certain action or to desist from or suspend certain action; and any form of enforcement or regulatory action, including the arrest or attachment of any asset;

Environmental Incident ” means:

 

  (a) any release of Environmentally Sensitive Material from a Collateral Vessel; or

 

  (b) any incident in which Environmentally Sensitive Material is released and which involves a collision or allision between a Collateral Vessel and another vessel or object, or some other incident of navigation or operation, in any case, in connection with which such Collateral Vessel is actually liable to be arrested, attached, detained or injuncted and/or such Collateral Vessel and/or the Guarantor owning such Collateral Vessel and/or any operator or manager of such Collateral Vessel is at fault or otherwise liable to any legal or administrative action; or

 

9


  (c) any other incident in which Environmentally Sensitive Material is released otherwise than from a Collateral Vessel and in connection with which such Collateral Vessel is actually or potentially liable to be arrested and/or where the Guarantor owning such Collateral Vessel and/or any operator or manager of such Collateral Vessel is at fault or otherwise liable to any legal or administrative action;

Environmental Law ” means any law or regulation relating to pollution or protection of the environment, to the carriage of Environmentally Sensitive Material or to actual or threatened releases of Environmentally Sensitive Material;

Environmental Permit ” means any permit, approval, identification number, license, exemption or other authorization required under any applicable Environmental Law;

Environmentally Sensitive Material ” means oil, oil products and any other substance (including any chemical, gas or other hazardous or noxious substance) which is (or is capable of being or becoming) polluting, toxic or hazardous;

Equity Interests ” of any person means:

 

  (a) any and all shares and other equity interests (including common stock, preferred stock, limited liability company interests and partnership interests) in such person; and

 

  (b) all rights to purchase, warrants or options or convertible debt (whether or not currently exercisable), participations or other equivalents of or interests in (however designated) such shares or other interests in such person;

Equity Proceeds ” means the net cash proceeds from the issuance of common or preferred stock of the Borrower (excluding the issuance of restricted stock);

ERISA ” means the United States Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, and the regulations promulgated and rulings issued thereunder;

ERISA Affiliate ” means any affiliate or subsidiary that, together with the Borrower, would be deemed to be a single employer under Section 414 of the Code;

ERISA Funding Event ” means:

 

  (a) any failure by any Plan to satisfy the minimum funding standards (for purposes of Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA), whether or not waived;

 

  (b) the filing pursuant to Section 412 of the Code or Section 303 of ERISA of an application for a waiver of the minimum funding standard with respect to any Plan;

 

10


  (c) the failure by the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate to make any required contribution to a Multiemployer Plan;

 

  (d) a determination that any Plan is, or is expected to be, in “at risk” status (within the meaning of Section 430(i) of the Code);

 

  (e) the incurrence by the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate of any liability with respect to the withdrawal or partial withdrawal from any Plan or Multiemployer Plan; or

 

  (f) a determination that a Multiemployer Plan is, or is expected to be, in endangered status within the meaning of Section 432 of the Code or Section 305 of ERISA;

ERISA Termination Event ” means:

 

  (a) the imposition of any lien in favor of the PBGC of any Plan or Multiemployer Plan;

 

  (b) the receipt by the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate from the PBGC or a plan administrator of any notice relating to an intention to terminate any Plan or Multiemployer Plan or to appoint a trustee to administer any Plan or Multiemployer Plan under Section 4042 of ERISA;

 

  (c) the receipt by the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate of any notice that a Multiemployer Plan is in critical status within the meaning of Section 432 of the Code or Section 305 of ERISA; or

 

  (d) the filing of a notice of intent to terminate a Plan under Section 4041 of ERISA;

Estate ” has the meaning assigned such term in Clause 31.1(b)(ii);

Event of Default ” means any of the events or circumstances described in Clause 20.1;

Exchange Act ” means the United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and any successor act thereto, and (unless the context otherwise requires) includes the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder;

Executive Order ” means an executive order issued by the President of the United States of America;

Fair Market Value ” means, in relation to a Collateral Vessel, the market value of such Collateral Vessel at any date that is shown by the average of two (2) valuations (other than when Fair Market Value is being determined in connection with Paragraph 22 of Part B of Schedule 4, in which case one (1) valuation shall be sufficient) each prepared for the Borrower and addressed to the Agent at the sole cost of the Borrower:

 

  (a) as at a date not more than 30 days prior to the date such valuation is delivered to the Agent;

 

11


  (b) by Approved Brokers selected by the Borrower;

 

  (c) with or without physical inspection of such Collateral Vessel (as the Agent may require); and

 

  (d) on the basis of a sale for prompt delivery for cash on normal arm’s length commercial terms as between a willing seller and a willing buyer, free of any existing charter or other contract of employment (and with no value to be given to any pooling arrangements);

provided that (A) if a range of market values is provided in a particular appraisal, then the market value in such appraisal shall be deemed to be the mid-point within such range and (B) if an additional appraisal is obtained as provided in Clause 11.1(h), the market value of the Collateral Vessel shall be the average of the three appraisals obtained; and provided further that if consented to by the Borrower, the Agent shall have the option to have the market value of a Collateral Vessel determined by a single Approved Broker selected by the Required Lenders;

FATCA ” means Section 1471 through 1474 of the Code as of the date of this Agreement and any amended or successor version that is substantively comparable and not materially more onerous to comply with and any current or future Treasury regulations or other official administrative guidance (including any Revenue Ruling, Revenue Procedure, Notice or similar guidance issued by the Internal Revenue Service) promulgated thereunder or any intergovernmental agreement to implement FATCA;

FATCA Deduction ” means a deduction or withholding from a payment under any Finance Document required by or under FATCA;

FATCA Exempt Party ” means a FATCA Relevant Party who is entitled under FATCA to receive payments free from any FATCA Deduction;

FATCA Non-Exempt Lender ” means any Lender who is a FATCA Non-Exempt Party;

FATCA Non-Exempt Party ” means a FATCA Relevant Party who is not a FATCA Exempt Party;

FATCA Relevant Party ” means each Creditor Party and each Security Party;

Fee Letter ” means each letter of even date herewith made between (inter alios) the Borrower and the Agent in respect of certain fees payable under Clause 21.1;

Finance Documents ” means:

 

  (a) this Agreement;

 

12


  (b) all Charter Assignments;

 

  (c) all Account Pledges;

 

  (d) all Earnings Assignments;

 

  (e) all Insurance Assignments;

 

  (f) all Mortgages;

 

  (g) the Note;

 

  (h) the Shares Pledge and all Shares Pledge Supplements;

 

  (i) the Fee Letter;

 

  (j) each Guarantor Joinder Agreement; and

 

  (k) any other document (whether creating a Security Interest or not) which is executed at any time by any person as security for, or to establish any form of subordination or priorities arrangement in relation to (other than a Manager’s Undertaking), any amount payable to the Lenders under this Agreement or any of the other documents referred to in this definition;

Financial Indebtedness ” means, with respect to any person (the “ Debtor ”) at any date of determination (without duplication):

 

  (a) all obligations of the Debtor for principal, interest or any other sum payable in respect of any moneys borrowed or raised by the Debtor;

 

  (b) all obligations of the Debtor evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other similar instruments;

 

  (c) all obligations of the Debtor in respect of any acceptance credit, guarantee or letter of credit facility or equivalent made available to the Debtor (including reimbursement obligations with respect thereto);

 

  (d) all obligations of the Debtor to pay the deferred purchase price of property or services, which purchase price is due more than six months after the date of placing such property in service or taking delivery thereto or the completion of such services, except trade payables;

 

  (e) all Capitalized Lease Obligations of the Debtor as lessee;

 

  (f) all Financial Indebtedness of persons other than the Debtor secured by a Security Interest on any asset of the Debtor, whether or not such Financial Indebtedness is assumed by the Debtor, provided that the amount of such Financial Indebtedness shall be the lesser of (i) the fair market value of such asset at such date of determination and (ii) the amount of such Financial Indebtedness; and

 

  (g) all Financial Indebtedness of persons other than the Debtor under any guarantee, indemnity or similar obligation entered into by the Debtor to the extent such Financial Indebtedness is guaranteed, indemnified, etc. by the Debtor.

 

13


The amount of Financial Indebtedness of any Debtor at any date shall be the outstanding balance at such date of all unconditional obligations as described above and, with respect to contingent obligations described in (f) and (g) above, the maximum liability upon the occurrence of the contingency giving rise to the obligation, provided that (i) the amount outstanding at any time of any Financial Indebtedness issued with an original issue discount is the face amount of such Financial Indebtedness less the remaining unamortized portion of such original issue discount of such Financial Indebtedness at such time, and (ii) Financial Indebtedness shall not include any liability for taxes;

First Repayment Date ” has the meaning given in Clause 8.2;

Fiscal Year ” means, in relation to any person, each period of one (1) year commencing on January 1 of each year and ending on December 31 of such year in respect of which its accounts are or ought to be prepared;

Foreign Pension Plan ” means any plan, fund (including without limitation, any superannuation fund) or other similar program established or maintained outside the United States of America by the Borrower or any of the Guarantors or any one or more of their respective subsidiaries primarily for the benefit of employees of such Security Party or such subsidiaries residing outside the United States of America, which plan, fund or other similar program provides, or results in, retirement income, a deferral of income in contemplation of retirement or payments to be made upon termination of employment, and which plan is not subject to ERISA or the Code;

Guaranteed Obligations ” has the meaning given in Clause 16.1;

Guarantor Joinder Agreement ” means an agreement providing for the joinder of a person to this Agreement as a Guarantor in the form set out in Appendix E;

IACS ” means the International Association of Classification Societies;

Insurances ” means in relation to a Collateral Vessel:

 

  (a) all policies and contracts of insurance, including entries of such Collateral Vessel in any protection and indemnity or war risks association, effected in respect of such Collateral Vessel, the Earnings or otherwise in relation to such Collateral Vessel; and

 

  (b) all rights and other assets relating to, or derived from, any of the foregoing, including any rights to a return of a premium;

 

14


Insurance Assignment ” means in relation to a Collateral Vessel, an Assignment of Insurances in the form set out in Appendix J;

Interest Period ” means a period determined in accordance with Clause 6;

ISM Code ” means the International Safety Management Code (including the guidelines on its implementation), adopted by the International Maritime Organization, as the same may be amended or supplemented from time to time (and the terms “ safety management system ”, “ Safety Management Certificate ” and “ Document of Compliance ” have the same meanings as are given to them in the ISM Code);

ISM Code Documentation ” includes, in respect of a Collateral Vessel:

 

  (a) the Document of Compliance and Safety Management Certificate issued pursuant to the ISM Code in relation to such Collateral Vessel within the periods specified by the ISM Code;

 

  (b) all other documents and data which are relevant to the safety management system and its implementation and verification which the Agent may reasonably require; and

 

  (c) any other documents which are prepared or which are otherwise relevant to establish and maintain such Collateral Vessel’s compliance or the compliance of the Guarantor owning such Collateral Vessel or the relevant Approved Manager with the ISM Code which the Agent may require;

ISPS Code ” means the International Ship and Port Facility Security Code as adopted by the International Maritime Organization, as the same may be amended or supplemented from time to time;

ISPS Code Documentation ” includes:

 

  (a) the ISSC; and

 

  (b) all other documents and data which are relevant to the ISPS Code and its implementation and verification which the Agent may require;

ISSC ” means a valid and current International Ship Security Certificate issued under the ISPS Code;

Lending Office ” means, with respect to any Lender, the office of such Lender specified as its “ Lending Office ” under its name on Schedule 1 or in the relevant Transfer Certificate pursuant to which it became a Lender, or such other office of such Lender as such Lender may from time to time specify to the Borrower and the Agent;

LIBOR ” means, in relation to any period for which an interest rate is to be determined under any provision of a Finance Document, the rate per annum equal to the offered quotation for deposits in Dollars for a period equal to, or as near as possible equal to, such period which

 

15


appears on Reuters Page LIBOR01 at or about 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the Quotation Date for the relevant period (and, for the purposes of this Agreement, “Reuters Page LIBOR01” means the display designated as “Page LIBOR01” on the Reuters Service or such other page as may replace Page LIBOR01 on that service for the purpose of displaying rates comparable to that rate or such other service as may be nominated by ICE Benchmark Administration Limited (or any other person which takes over the administration of that rate) as the information vendor for the purpose of displaying ICE Benchmark Administration Limited’s Interest Settlement Rates for Dollars in the London interbank market) and if LIBOR falls below zero, such rate is deemed to be zero;

Loan ” means the principal amount from time to time outstanding under this Agreement;

Major Casualty ” means, in relation to a Collateral Vessel, any casualty to such Collateral Vessel in respect of which the claim or the aggregate of the claims against all insurers, before adjustment for any relevant franchise or deductible, exceeds $2,500,000 or the equivalent in any other currency;

Manager’s Undertaking ” means, in relation to a Collateral Vessel, the letter executed and delivered by an Approved Manager, in the form set out in Appendix G;

Mandatory Cost ” means the percentage rate per annum calculated by the Agent in accordance with Schedule 8;

Margin ” means 2.925% per annum;

Margin Stock ” has the meaning specified in Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the United States Federal Reserve System and any successor regulations thereto, as in effect from time to time;

Material Adverse Effect ” means the existence of one or more events and/or conditions that have had, or could reasonably be expected by the Lenders to have, (i) a material adverse effect on the business, operations, properties, assets, liabilities or condition (financial or otherwise) of the Borrower and/or the Guarantors taken as a whole, or (ii) a material adverse effect on the validity or enforceability of, or a material impairment of the rights, remedies or benefits available to any Creditor Party under any of the Finance Documents or (iii) a material adverse effect on the ability of any Security Party to perform any of its obligations under any of the Finance Documents;

Maturity Date ” means for each Advance, the earlier of the seventh (7 th ) anniversary of the Effective Date and the date on which the Loan is accelerated pursuant to Clause 20.4;

Moody’s ” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc., a subsidiary of Moody’s Corporation, and its successors;

Mortgage ” means in relation to a Collateral Vessel, the first preferred or first priority ship mortgage on such Collateral Vessel, in Agreed Form; provided that a mortgage in respect of a Collateral Vessel registered under the Marshall Islands flag shall be in the form set out in Appendix F;

 

16


Multiemployer Plan ” means, at any time, a “multiemployer plan” as defined in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA to which the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate has any liability or obligation to contribute or has within any of the six preceding plan years had any liability or obligation to contribute;

Net Debt ” means Financial Indebtedness less cash and Cash Equivalents;

Non-indemnified Tax ” means (a) any tax on the net income of a Creditor Party (but not a tax on gross income or individual items of income), whether collected by deduction or withholding or otherwise, which is levied by a taxing jurisdiction which:

 

  (i) is located in the country under whose laws such entity is formed (or in the case of a natural person is a country of which such person is a citizen); or

 

  (ii) with respect to any Lender, is located in the country of its Lending Office; or

 

  (iii) with respect to any Creditor Party other than a Lender, is located in the country from which such party has originated its participation in this transaction; or

(b) any FATCA Deduction made on account of a payment to a FATCA Non-Exempt Party;

Note ” means a promissory note of the Borrower, payable to the order of the Agent, evidencing the aggregate indebtedness of the Borrower under this Agreement, in the form set out in Appendix H;

Notifying Lender ” has the meaning given in Clause 24.1 or Clause 25.1 as the context requires;

OFAC ” means the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the United States Department of the Treasury;

Parallel Debt ” has the meaning given in Clause 31.11(a);

pari passu ”, when used with respect to the ranking of any Financial Indebtedness of any person in relation to other Financial Indebtedness of such person, means that each such Financial Indebtedness:

 

  (a) either (i) is not subordinated in right of payment to any other Financial Indebtedness of such person or (ii) is subordinate in right of payment to the same Financial Indebtedness of such person as is the other and is so subordinate to the same extent; and

 

  (b) is not subordinate in right of payment to the other or to any Financial Indebtedness of such person as to which the other is not so subordinate;

 

17


PATRIOT Act ” means the United States Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Improvement and Reauthorization Act of 2005 (H.R. 3199);

Payment Currency ” has the meaning given in Clause 22.4;

PBGC ” means the Pension Benefit Guarantee Corporation and its successors;

Permitted Security Interests ” means:

 

  (a) Security Interests created by the Finance Documents;

 

  (b) pledges of certificates of deposit or other cash collateral securing any Guarantor’s reimbursement obligations in connection with letters of credit now or hereafter issued for the account of such Guarantor in connection with the establishment of the financial responsibility of such Guarantor under 33 C.F.R. Part 130 or 46 C.F.R. Part 540, as the case may be, as the same may be amended or replaced;

 

  (c) Security Interests to secure obligations under workmen’s compensation laws or similar legislation, deposits to secure public or statutory obligations, warehousemen’s or other like liens, or deposits to obtain the release of such liens and deposits to secure surety, appeal or customs bonds on which any of the Guarantors is the principal, as to all of the foregoing, only to the extent arising and continuing in the ordinary course of business;

 

  (d) Security Interests for loss, damage or expense which are fully covered by insurance, subject to applicable deductibles;

 

  (e) Security Interests for unpaid master’s and crew’s wages in accordance with usual maritime practice that are not more than thirty (30) days past due;

 

  (f) Security Interests for salvage;

 

  (g) Security Interests arising by operation of law for not more than two (2) months’ prepaid hire under any charter or other contract of employment in relation to a Collateral Vessel not otherwise prohibited by this Agreement or any other Finance Document;

 

  (h) Security Interests for master’s disbursements incurred in the ordinary course of trading of a Collateral Vessel and any other Security Interests arising by operation of law or otherwise in the ordinary course of such Collateral Vessel’s business, provided such Security Interests do not secure amounts more than 30 days overdue (unless the overdue amount is being contested by the relevant Guarantor in good faith by appropriate steps) and subject, in the case of Security Interests for repair or maintenance, to Clause 14.13(h);

 

18


  (i) any Security Interest created in favor of a plaintiff or defendant in any proceedings or arbitration as security for costs and expenses where the relevant Guarantor is actively prosecuting or defending such proceedings or arbitration in good faith and such Security Interest does not (and is not likely to) result in any sale, forfeiture or loss of the relevant Collateral Vessel;

 

  (j) Security Interests arising by operation of law in respect of taxes which are not overdue for payment or in respect of taxes being contested in good faith by appropriate steps and in respect of which appropriate reserves have been made; and

 

  (k) Security Interests incidental to the conduct of the business of each Security Party or the ownership of such Security Party’s property and assets, which Security Interests do not in the aggregate materially detract from the value of each such Security Party’s property or assets or materially impair the use thereof in the operation of its business;

Pertinent Document ” means:

 

  (a) any Finance Document;

 

  (b) any policy or contract of insurance contemplated by or referred to in Clause 13 or any other provision of this Agreement or another Finance Document;

 

  (c) any other document contemplated by or referred to in any Finance Document; and

 

  (d) any document which has been or is at any time sent by or to a Servicing Bank in contemplation of or in connection with any Finance Document or any policy, contract or document falling within paragraphs (b) or (c);

Pertinent Jurisdiction ”, in relation to a company, means:

 

  (a) the jurisdiction under the laws of which the company is incorporated or formed;

 

  (b) a jurisdiction in which the company has the center of its main interests or in which the company’s central management and control is or has recently been exercised;

 

  (c) a jurisdiction in which the overall net income of the company is subject to corporation tax, income tax or any similar tax;

 

19


  (d) a jurisdiction in which assets of the company (other than securities issued by, or loans to, related companies) having a substantial value are situated, in which the company maintains a branch or permanent place of business, or in which a Security Interest created by the company must or should be registered in order to ensure its validity or priority; or

 

  (e) a jurisdiction the courts of which have jurisdiction to make a winding up, administration or similar order in relation to the company whether as a main or territorial or ancillary proceedings or which would have such jurisdiction if their assistance were requested by the courts of a country referred to in paragraphs (a) or (b) above;

Pertinent Matter ” means:

 

  (a) any transaction or matter contemplated by, arising out of, or in connection with a Pertinent Document; or

 

  (b) any statement relating to a Pertinent Document or to a transaction or matter falling within paragraph (a),

and covers any such transaction, matter or statement, whether entered into, arising or made at any time before the signing of this Agreement or on or at any time after that signing;

Plan ” means any employee benefit plan (other than a Multiemployer Plan) subject to the provisions of Title IV of ERISA or Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA, and in respect to which a Security Party or ERISA Affiliate is (or, if such plan were terminated, would under Section 4069 of ERISA be deemed to be) an “employer” as defined in Section 3(5) of ERISA;

Principal Obligations ” mean, in relation to the Borrower or a Guarantor all monetary obligations (other than its Parallel Debt) which now or at any time hereafter may be or become due, owing or incurred by the Borrower or such Guarantor to any Creditor Party, whether due or not, whether contingent or not and whether alone or jointly with others, as principal, surety or otherwise, under or in connection with or pursuant to the Finance Documents, as such obligations may be extended, restated, prolonged, amended, renewed or novated from time to time;

Quarterly Payment Date ” means March 21 st , June 21 st , September 21st and December 21 st of each year during the term of the Loan;

Quotation Date ” means, in relation to any period for which an interest rate is to be determined under any provision of a Finance Document, the day which is two (2) Business Days before the first day of that period, unless market practice differs in the London interbank market for a currency, in which case the Quotation Date will be determined by the Agent in accordance with market practice in the London interbank market (and if quotations would normally be given by leading banks in the London interbank market on more than one day, the Quotation Date will be the last of those days);

 

20


Rating Agencies ” means:

 

  (a) S&P and Moody’s; or

 

  (b) if S&P or Moody’s or both of them are not making ratings of securities publicly available, a nationally recognized United States rating agency or agencies, as the case may be, selected by the Agent with the consent of the Required Lenders, which will be substituted for S&P or Moody’s or both, as the case may be;

Rating Category ” means:

 

  (a) with respect to S&P, any of the following categories (any of which may include a “+” or “-”): AAA, AA, A, BBB, BB, B, CCC, CC, C and D (or equivalent successor categories);

 

  (b) with respect to Moody’s, any of the following categories: Aaa, Aa, A, Baa, Ba, B, Caa, Ca, C and D (or equivalent successor categories); and

 

  (c) the equivalent of any such categories of S&P or Moody’s used by another Rating Agency, if applicable;

Reference Bank ” means the Agent;

Registry ” means in respect of a Collateral Vessel, such registrar, commissioner or representative of the relevant Approved Flag who is duly authorized to register such Collateral Vessel, the relevant Guarantor’s title to such Collateral Vessel and the relevant Mortgage over such Collateral Vessel under the laws of such Approved Flag;

Repayment Date ” means a date on which a repayment is required to be made under Clause 8;

Required Lenders ” means: (a) before the Loan has been made, Lenders whose Commitments total 66.67% or more of the Total Commitments; and (b) after the Loan has been made, Lenders whose Contributions total 66.67% or more of the Loan;

Requisition Compensation ” includes all compensation or other moneys payable by reason of any act or event such as is referred to in paragraph (b) of the definition of “Total Loss”;

Restricted Party ” means a person that is: (a) listed on, owned or controlled by a person listed on any Sanctions List; (b) located in, incorporated under the laws of, or owned or controlled by, or acting on behalf of, a person located in or organized under the laws of a country or territory which is a subject of country- or territory-wide Sanctions; or (c) otherwise a target of Sanctions;

Retention Account ” means an account in the name of the Borrower with the Account Bank in Paris, France designated Borrower - Retention Account, or any other account which is designated by the Agent as the Retention Account for the purpose of this Agreement;

 

21


Retention Account Pledge ” means the pledge of the Retention Account pursuant to an Account Pledge in the form set out in Appendix C-2;

Retention Amount ” means, in relation to any Retention Date, such sum as shall be the aggregate of:

 

  (a) one-third (1/3rd) of the repayment installment for an Advance falling due for payment pursuant to Clause 8 (as the same may have been reduced by any prepayment) on the next Repayment Date for such an Advance after the relevant Retention Date; and

 

  (b) the applicable fraction (as hereinafter defined) of the aggregate amount of interest falling due to be paid in respect of such an Advance during and at the end of each current Interest Period at the relevant Retention Date and, for this purpose, the expression “applicable fraction” in relation to each Interest Period shall mean a fraction having a numerator of one and a denominator equal to the number of Retention Dates falling within the relevant Interest Period for such an Advance;

Retention Dates ” means the 21 st day of each calendar month after the first Quarterly Payment Date following the Drawdown Date of each Advance of the Loan and prior to the Maturity Date for such Advance;

S&P ” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, a division of The McGraw Hill Companies Inc., and its successors;

Sanctions ” means any trade, economic or financial sanctions, laws, regulations, embargoes or restrictive measures (a) enacted, enforced or imposed by the United States Government (including CISADA), the United Nations Security Council, the European Union or its Member States (including, without limitation, the United Kingdom and France), or the respective governmental institutions and agencies of any of the foregoing, including without limitation, OFAC, the United States Department of State, and Her Majesty’s Treasury (“ HMT ”) (together, the “ Sanctions Authorities ”); (b) imposed by the Wassenaar Arrangement on Export Controls for Conventional Arms and Dual-Use Goods and Technologies (as amended through the date hereof and as may be amended in the future); or (c) otherwise imposed by any law or regulation binding on a Security Party;

Sanctions List ” means the Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons list maintained by OFAC, the Consolidated List of Financial Sanctions Targets maintained by HMT, or any similar list maintained and made public by the United Nations Security Council or any of the Sanctions Authorities;

SCM ” means Scorpio Commercial Management S.A.M., a Monaco company, an Approved Commercial Manager of the Collateral Vessels;

Secured Liabilities ” means all liabilities which the Security Parties or any of them have, at the date of this Agreement or at any later time or times, under or in connection with any Finance Document or any judgment relating to any Finance Documents and for this purpose,

 

22


there shall be disregarded any total or partial discharge of these liabilities, or variation of their terms, which is effected by, or in connection with, any bankruptcy, liquidation, arrangement or other procedure under the insolvency laws of any country;

Security Interest ” means:

 

  (a) a mortgage, encumbrance, charge (whether fixed or floating) or pledge, any maritime or other lien or privilege or any other security interest of any kind;

 

  (b) the security rights of a plaintiff under an action in rem; and

 

  (c) any arrangement entered into by a person (A) the effect of which is to place another person (B) in a position which is similar, in economic terms, to the position in which B would have been had he held a security interest over an asset of A; but this paragraph (c) does not apply to a right of set off or combination of accounts conferred by the standard terms of business of a bank or financial institution;

Security Maintenance Cover Ratio ” has the meaning given in Clause 15.2;

Security Party ” means each of the Borrower, each of the Guarantors and any other person (except a Creditor Party and an Approved Manager) who, as a surety, guarantor, mortgagor, assignor or pledgor, as a party to any subordination or priorities arrangement, or in any similar capacity, executes a Finance Document;

Security Period ” means the period commencing on the Effective Date and ending on the date on which the Agent notifies the Borrower (such notice not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) that:

 

  (a) all amounts which have become due for payment by the Borrower or any other Security Party under the Finance Documents have been paid in full;

 

  (b) no amount is owing or has accrued (without yet having become due for payment) under any Finance Document; and

 

  (c) neither the Borrower nor any other Security Party has any liability under Clause 21, 22 or 23 or any other provision of this Agreement or another Finance Document;

Servicing Bank ” means the Agent or the Security Trustee;

Shares Pledge ” means a pledge by the Borrower of the Equity Interests of each of the Guarantors, in the form set out in Appendix I and includes any and all Share Pledge Supplements;

Shares Pledge Supplement ” means any supplement to the Shares Pledge in the form set out in Appendix K that is executed and delivered by the Borrower with respect to the Equity Interest of any Guarantor that becomes a party to this Agreement through the execution and delivery to the Agent of a Guarantor Joinder Agreement after the Effective Date;

 

23


SSM ” means Scorpio Ship Management S.A.M., a Monaco company, an Approved Technical Manager of the Collateral Vessels;

Total Loss ” means in relation to a Collateral Vessel:

 

  (a) actual, constructive, compromised, agreed or arranged total loss of such Collateral Vessel;

 

  (b) any expropriation, confiscation, requisition or acquisition of such Collateral Vessel, whether for full consideration, a consideration less than its proper value, a nominal consideration or without any consideration, which is effected by any government or official authority or by any person or persons claiming to be or to represent a government or official authority (excluding a requisition for hire for a fixed period not exceeding one (1) year without any right to an extension), unless it is within three (3) months redelivered to the full control of the Guarantor that is the owner thereof; or

 

  (c) any arrest, capture, seizure or detention of such Collateral Vessel (including any hijacking or theft) unless it is within three (3) months redelivered to the full control of the Guarantor that is the owner thereof;

Total Loss Date ” means in relation to a Collateral Vessel:

 

  (a) in the case of an actual loss of such Collateral Vessel, the date on which it occurred or, if that is unknown, the date when such Collateral Vessel was last heard of;

 

  (b) in the case of a constructive, compromised, agreed or arranged total loss of such Collateral Vessel, the earliest of:

 

  (i) the date on which a notice of abandonment is given to the insurers; and

 

  (ii) the date of any compromise, arrangement or agreement made by or on behalf of the Guarantor owning such Collateral Vessel with such Collateral Vessel’s insurers in which the insurers agree to treat such Collateral Vessel as a total loss; and

 

  (c) in the case of any other type of total loss, on the date (or the most likely date) on which it reasonably appears to the Agent that the event constituting the total loss occurred;

Transfer Certificate ” has the meaning given in Clause 27.2;

Transferee Lender ” has the meaning given in Clause 27.2;

 

24


Transferor Lender ” has the meaning given in Clause 27.2;

UCC ” means the Uniform Commercial Code of the State of New York;

US GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America as in effect from time to time; and

Voting Stock ” of any person as of any date means the Equity Interests of such person that are at the time entitled to vote in the election of the board of directors or similar governing body of such person.

1.2 Construction of certain terms . In this Agreement:

approved ” means, for the purposes of Clause 13, approved in writing by the Agent;

asset ” includes every kind of property, asset, interest or right, including any present, future or contingent right to any revenues or other payment;

company ” includes any corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, unincorporated association, joint stock company and trust;

consent ” includes an authorization, consent, approval, resolution, license, exemption, filing, registration, notarization and legalization;

contingent liability ” means a liability which is not certain to arise and/or the amount of which remains unascertained;

continuing ” means with respect to an Event of Default that it has not been (i) waived; or (ii) cured during the applicable grace period;

document ” includes a deed; also a letter, email or fax;

excess risks ” means, in relation to a Collateral Vessel, the proportion of claims for general average, salvage and salvage charges not recoverable under the hull and machinery policies in respect of such Collateral Vessel in consequence of its insured value being less than the value at which such Collateral Vessel is assessed for the purpose of such claims;

expense ” means any kind of cost, charge or expense (including all legal costs, charges and expenses) and any applicable value added or other tax;

law ” includes any order or decree, any form of delegated legislation, any treaty or international convention and any statute, regulation or resolution of the United States of America, any state thereof, the Council of the European Union, the European Commission, the United Nations or its Security Council or any other Pertinent Jurisdiction;

legal or administrative action ” means any legal proceeding or arbitration and any administrative or regulatory action or investigation;

 

25


liability ” includes every kind of debt or liability (present or future, certain or contingent), whether incurred as principal or surety or otherwise;

months ” shall be construed in accordance with Clause 1.3;

obligatory insurances ” means, in relation to a Collateral Vessel, all insurances effected, or which the Guarantor owning such Collateral Vessel is obliged to effect, under Clause 13 or any other provision of this Agreement or another Finance Document;

parent company ” has the meaning given in Clause 1.4;

person ” includes natural persons; any company; any state, political sub-division of a state and local or municipal authority; and any international organization;

policy ”, in relation to any insurance, includes a slip, cover note, certificate of entry or other document evidencing the contract of insurance or its terms;

protection and indemnity risks ” means the usual risks covered by a protection and indemnity association, including pollution risks and the proportion (if any) of any sums payable to any other person or persons in case of collision which are not recoverable under the hull and machinery policies by reason of the incorporation in them of clause 6 of the International Time Clauses (Hulls)(1/11/02 or 1/11/03) or clause 8 of the Institute Time Clauses (Hulls) (1/10/83) or the Institute Amended Running Down Clause (1/10/71) or any equivalent provision;

regulation ” includes any regulation, rule, official directive, request or guideline whether or not having the force of law, of any governmental body, intergovernmental or supranational agency, department or regulatory, self-regulatory or other authority or organization;

subsidiary ” has the meaning given in Clause 1.4;

successor ” includes any person who is entitled (by assignment, novation, merger or otherwise) to any other person’s rights under this Agreement or any other Finance Document (or any interest in those rights) or who, as administrator, liquidator or otherwise, is entitled to exercise those rights; and in particular references to a successor include a person to whom those rights (or any interest in those rights) are transferred or pass as a result of a merger, division, reconstruction or other reorganization of it or any other person;

tax ” includes any present or future tax, duty, impost, levy or charge of any kind which is imposed by any state, any political sub-division of a state or any local or municipal authority or any other governmental authority authorized to levy such tax (including any such imposed in connection with exchange controls), and any related penalties, interest or fines; and

war risks ” includes the risk of mines and all risks excluded by clause 29 of the Institute Hull Clauses (1/11/02 or 1/11/03) or clause 24 of the Institute Time clauses (Hulls) (1/11/1995) or clause 23 of the Institute Time Clauses (Hulls) (1/10/83).

 

26


  1.3 Meaning of “month” . A period of one or more “ months ” ends on the day in the relevant calendar month numerically corresponding to the day of the calendar month on which the period started (“ the numerically corresponding day ”), but:

 

  (a) on the Business Day following the numerically corresponding day if the numerically corresponding day is not a Business Day or, if there is no later Business Day in the same calendar month, on the Business Day preceding the numerically corresponding day; or

 

  (b) on the last Business Day in the relevant calendar month, if the period started on the last Business Day in a calendar month or if the last calendar month of the period has no numerically corresponding day,

and “ month ” and “ monthly ” shall be construed accordingly.

 

  1.4 Meaning of “subsidiary” . A company (S) is a subsidiary of another company (P) if:

 

  (a) a majority of the issued Equity Interests in S (or a majority of the issued Equity Interests in S which carry unlimited rights to capital and income distributions) are directly owned by P or are indirectly attributable to P; or

 

  (b) P has direct or indirect control over a majority of the voting rights attaching to the issued Equity Interests of S; or

 

  (c) P has the direct or indirect power to appoint or remove a majority of the directors (or equivalent) of S; or

 

  (d) P otherwise has the direct or indirect power to ensure that the affairs of S are conducted in accordance with the wishes of P;

and any company of which S is a subsidiary is a parent company of S.

 

  1.5 General interpretation . In this Agreement:

 

  (a) references to, or to a provision of, a Finance Document or any other document are references to it as amended, supplemented and/or restated, whether before the date of this Agreement or otherwise;

 

  (b) references in Clause 1.1 to a document being in the form of a particular Appendix include references to that form with any modifications to that form which the Agent approves or reasonably requires and which are acceptable to the Borrower;

 

  (c) references to, or to a provision of, any law include any amendment, extension, re-enactment or replacement, whether made before the date of this Agreement or otherwise;

 

27


  (d) words denoting the singular number shall include the plural and vice versa; and

 

  (e) Clauses 1.1 to 1.5 apply unless the contrary intention appears.

 

  1.6 Headings . In interpreting a Finance Document or any provision of a Finance Document, all clause, sub-clause and other headings in that and any other Finance Document shall be entirely disregarded.

 

  1.7 Accounting Terms . Unless otherwise specified herein, all accounting terms used in this Agreement and in the other Finance Documents shall be interpreted, and all financial statements and certificates and reports as to financial matters required to be delivered to any Creditor Party under this Agreement shall be prepared, in accordance with US GAAP.

 

  1.8 Inferences Regarding Materiality . To the extent that any representation, warranty, covenant or other undertaking of a Security Party in this Agreement or any other Finance Document is qualified by reference to those matters which are not reasonably expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect or language of similar import, no inference shall be drawn therefrom that any Creditor Party has knowledge or approves of any noncompliance by such Security Party with any law or regulation.

 

2. FACILITY

 

  2.1 Amount of Facility . Subject to the other provisions of this Agreement, the Lenders severally agree to make available to the Borrower a credit facility in the principal amount of up to $330,000,000 in up to twenty two (22) Advances, one in respect of each Collateral Vessel. The amount of each Advance shall not exceed the lesser of (a) $15,000,000 or (b) sixty percent (60%) of the Fair Market Value of the relevant Collateral Vessel on the date of the Drawdown Notice for the relevant Advance. The aggregate amount of all Advances shall not exceed $330,000,000 or such lesser amount as provided in this Agreement.

 

  2.2 Lenders’ participations in Advance . Subject to the other provisions of this Agreement, each Lender shall participate in an Advance in the proportion which its Commitment bears to the Total Commitments.

 

  2.3 Purpose of Advance . The Borrower undertakes with each Creditor Party to use each Advance only to (a) finance, (b) refinance or (c) reimburse the Borrower for part of the acquisition cost of the Collateral Vessel to which such Advance relates. No Creditor Party shall have any responsibility for the application of any Advance by the Borrower.

 

28


  2.4 Reduction and Cancellation of Total Commitments .

 

  (a) Upon not less than fifteen (15) Business Days written notice to the Agent, the Borrower may, without premium or penalty, irrevocably reduce any unused Commitment in whole or in part.

 

  (b) Any portion of the Total Commitments not disbursed to the Borrower shall be cancelled and terminated automatically on the expiration of the Availability Period.

 

  (c) Any partial cancellation shall be applied against Commitments of each Lender pro rata to reduce future scheduled repayments and the commitment fee referred to in Clause 21.1(b) on such cancelled portion of the Commitments shall cease to accrue.

 

3. POSITION OF THE LENDERS

 

  3.1 Interests Several . The rights of the Lenders under this Agreement are several.

 

  3.2 Individual Right of Action . Each Lender shall be entitled to sue for any amount which has become due and payable by a Security Party to it under this Agreement without joining the Agent, the Security Trustee or any other Lender as additional parties in the proceedings.

 

  3.3 Proceedings Requiring Required Lender Consent . Except as provided in Clause 3.2, no Lender may commence proceedings against any Security Party in connection with a Finance Document without the prior consent of the Required Lenders.

 

  3.4 Obligations Several . The obligations of the Lenders under this Agreement are several; and a failure of a Lender to perform its obligations under this Agreement shall not result in:

 

  (a) the obligations of the other Lenders being increased; nor

 

  (b) the Borrower, any other Security Party or any other Lender being discharged (in whole or in part) from its obligations under any Finance Document,

and in no circumstances shall a Lender have any responsibility for a failure of another Lender to perform its obligations under this Agreement.

 

  3.5 Replacement of a Lender .

 

  (a) If at any time:

 

  (i) any Lender becomes a Non-Consenting Lender (as defined in paragraph (c) below);

 

29


  (ii) the Borrower or any other Security Party becomes obliged in the absence of an Event of Default to repay any amount in accordance with Clause 24 or to pay additional amounts pursuant to Clause 23 or Clause 25 to any Lender in excess of amounts payable to other Lenders generally; or

 

  (iii) any Lender fails to make its portion of an Advance available pursuant to the terms of Clause 2.2,

then the Borrower may, on 30 Business Days’ prior written notice to the Agent and such Lender, replace such Lender by requiring such Lender to (and such Lender shall) transfer pursuant to Clause 27 on the last day of an Interest Period all (and not part only) of its rights and obligations under this Agreement to a Lender or other bank or financial institution (a “ Replacement Lender ”) selected by the Borrower, which is acceptable to the Agent, which confirms its willingness to assume and by its execution of a Transfer Certificate does assume all the obligations of the transferring Lender (including the assumption of the transferring Lender’s participations on the same basis as the transferring Lender) for a purchase price in cash payable at the time of transfer equal to the outstanding principal amount of such Lender’s participation in the outstanding Advances and all accrued interest and/or other quantifiable customary and actual breakage costs, for which reasonable evidence of calculation has been provided to the Borrower, and amounts payable in relation thereto under the Finance Documents.

 

  (b) The replacement of a Lender pursuant to this Clause 3.5 shall be subject to the following conditions:

 

  (i) the Borrower shall have no right to replace the Agent or the Security Trustee in such capacities;

 

  (ii) neither the Agent nor any Lender shall have any obligation to the Borrower to find a Replacement Lender but nothing contained herein shall preclude them from doing so;

 

  (iii) in the event of a replacement of a Non-Consenting Lender such replacement must take place no later than 30 Business Days after the date the Borrower notifies the Non-Consenting Lender and the Agent of its intent to replace the Non-Consenting Lender pursuant to Clause 3.5(a); and

 

  (iv) in no event shall the Lender replaced under this paragraph (b) be required to pay or surrender to such Replacement Lender any of the fees received by such Lender pursuant to the Finance Documents.

 

30


  (c) For purposes of this Clause 3.5, in the event that:

 

  (i) the Borrower or the Agent has requested the Lenders to give a consent in relation to or to agree to a waiver or amendment of any provisions of the Finance Documents;

 

  (ii) the consent, waiver or amendment in question requires the approval of all Lenders; and

 

  (iii) Lenders whose Commitments aggregate more than 50.00% percent of the Total Commitments have consented to or agreed to such waiver or amendment,

then any Lender who does not and continues not to consent or agree to such waiver or amendment shall be deemed a “ Non-Consenting Lender ”.

 

4. DRAWDOWN

 

  4.1 Request for Advance . Subject to the following conditions, the Borrower may request an Advance to be made by delivering to the Agent a completed Drawdown Notice for such Advance not later than 11:00 a.m. (Paris time) three (3) Business Days prior to the intended Drawdown Date for such Advance.

 

  4.2 Availability . The conditions referred to in Clause 4.1 are that:

 

  (a) the Drawdown Date must be a Business Day during the Availability Period;

 

  (b) the owner of the Collateral Vessel to which the Advance relates shall be a Guarantor under this Agreement or the Borrower shall have caused such owner to deliver to the Agent a duly completed Guarantor Joinder Agreement on or before delivery of the Drawdown Notice;

 

  (c) there shall be no more than one Advance in respect of a Collateral Vessel;

 

  (d) the amount of the requested Advance shall not exceed the lesser of (i) $15,000,000 or (ii) sixty percent (60%) of the Fair Market Value of the Collateral Vessel on the date of the Drawdown Notice for such Advance; and

 

  (e) the applicable conditions precedent stated in Clause 9 hereof shall have been satisfied or waived as provided therein.

 

  4.3 Notification to Lenders of Receipt of a Drawdown Notice . The Agent shall promptly notify the Lenders that it has received a Drawdown Notice and shall inform each Lender of:

 

  (a) the amount of the Advance and the Drawdown Date;

 

  (b) the amount of that Lender’s participation in the Advance; and

 

  (c) the duration of the first Interest Period.

 

31


  4.4 Drawdown Notice Irrevocable . A Drawdown Notice must be signed by an officer or a duly authorized attorney-in-fact of the Borrower and once served, a Drawdown Notice cannot be revoked without the prior consent of the Agent, acting on the authority of the Required Lenders.

 

  4.5 Lenders to Make Available Contributions . Subject to the provisions of this Agreement, each Lender shall, before 10:00 a.m. (Paris time) on and with value on the Drawdown Date, make available to the Agent for the account of the Borrower the amount due from that Lender under Clause 2.2.

 

  4.6 Disbursement of Advance . Subject to the provisions of this Agreement, the Agent shall on the Drawdown Date pay to the Borrower the amounts which the Agent receives from the Lenders under Clause 4.5 and that payment to the Borrower shall be made:

 

  (a) to the account which the Borrower specifies in the Drawdown Notice; and

 

  (b) in the like funds as the Agent received the payments from the Lenders.

 

  4.7 Disbursement of Advance to Third Party . The payment by the Agent under Clause 4.6 to the account of a third party designated by the Borrower in a Drawdown Notice shall constitute the making of the Advance and the Borrower shall at that time become indebted, as principal and direct obligor, to each Lender in an amount equal to that Lender’s Contribution.

 

  4.8 Promissory Note.

 

  (a) The obligation of the Borrower to pay the principal of, and interest on, the Loan shall be evidenced by the Note, which shall be dated the date of the Drawdown Date of the initial Advance.

 

  (b) Each Advance made by the Lenders to the Borrower may be evidenced by a notation of the same made by the Agent on the grid attached to the Note, which notation, absent manifest error, shall be prima facie evidence of the amount of the relevant Advance.

 

  (c) Each Lender shall record on its internal records the amount of its participation in the relevant Advance and each payment in respect thereof, and the unpaid balance of such participation in such Advance shall, absent manifest error and to the extent not inconsistent with the notations made by the Agent on the grid attached to the Note, be as so recorded.

 

  (d) The failure of the Agent or any Lender to make any such notation shall not affect the obligation of the Borrower in respect of any Advance or the Loan nor affect the validity of any transfer by the Agent of the Note.

 

32


  (e) On receipt of satisfactory evidence that the Note has been lost, mutilated or destroyed and on surrender of the remnants thereof, if any, the Borrower shall promptly replace the Note, without charge to the Creditor Parties, with a similar Note. If such replacement Note replaces a lost Note it shall bear an endorsement to that effect. Any lost Note subsequently found shall be surrendered to the Borrower and cancelled. The Agent shall indemnify the Borrower from any losses, claims or damages resulting from the loss of such Note.

 

5. INTEREST

 

  5.1 Normal Rate of Interest . Subject to the provisions of this Agreement, the rate of interest on each Advance of the Loan in respect of an Interest Period shall be the percentage rate per annum which is the aggregate of the Margin, LIBOR and Mandatory Costs, if any, for that Interest Period.

 

  5.2 Payment of Normal Interest . Subject to the provisions of this Agreement, interest on the Loan in respect of each Interest Period shall be paid by the Borrower on the last day of that Interest Period.

 

  5.3 Payment of Accrued Interest . In the case of an Interest Period longer than three (3) months, accrued interest shall be paid every three (3) months during that Interest Period and on the last day of that Interest Period.

 

  5.4 Notification of Interest Periods and Rates of Normal Interest . The Agent shall notify the Borrower and each Lender of:

 

  (a) each rate of interest; and

 

  (b) the duration of each Interest Period (as determined under Clause 6.2), as soon as reasonably practicable after each is determined (but in all cases, not later than two (2) Business Days before the start of each Interest Period.

 

  5.5 Notice of Prepayment . If the Borrower does not agree with an interest rate notified by the Agent under Clause 5.4, the Borrower may give the Agent not less than ten (10) Business Days’ notice of its intention to prepay (without premium or penalty) the Loan at the end of the interest period set by the Agent.

 

  5.6 Prepayment; Termination of Commitments . A notice under Clause 5.5 shall be irrevocable; the Agent shall promptly notify the Lenders of the Borrower’s notice of intended prepayment and:

 

  (a) on the date on which the Agent serves that notice, the Total Commitments shall be cancelled; and

 

  (b) the Borrower shall prepay (without premium or penalty) the Loan, together with accrued interest thereon plus any sums payable pursuant to Clause 22.1(b) at the end of the Interest Period set by the Agent.

 

33


  5.7 Application of Prepayment . The provisions of Clause 8 shall apply in relation to the prepayment.

 

  5.8 Market Disruption.

 

  (a) If with respect to any Interest Period:

 

  (i) the Agent determines that LIBOR is not available for such Interest Period; or

 

  (ii) at least one (1) Business Day prior to the start of such Interest Period, Lenders owning or holding Contributions in the aggregate greater than or equal to 50% of the Loan (or if the Loan has not been made, Commitments in the aggregate greater than or equal to 50% of the Total Commitments) notify the Agent that LIBOR fixed by the Agent would not accurately reflect the cost to those Lenders of funding their respective Contributions (or any part thereof) during the Interest Period in the relevant interbank market at or about 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the Quotation Date for such Interest Period,

then the Agent shall promptly notify the Borrower and each of the Lenders stating the circumstances falling within this Clause 5.8(a) which have caused its notice to be given and shall provide the Borrower with reasonably available details in connection with such circumstances;

 

  (b) After the Agent’s notice under clause 5.8(a) is served the Borrower, the Agent or the Lenders shall use reasonable commercial efforts in good faith and fair dealing, to agree, within the thirty (30) days after the date on which the Agent serves its notice under clause 5.8(a) (the “ Negotiation Period ”), an alternative interest rate or (as the case may be) an alternative basis for the Lenders to fund or continue to fund their or its Contribution during the Interest Period concerned.

 

  (c) Any alternative interest rate or an alternative basis which is agreed during the Negotiation Period shall take effect in accordance with the terms agreed.

 

  (d)

If an alternative interest rate or alternative basis is not agreed within the Negotiation Period, and the relevant circumstances are continuing at the end of the Negotiation Period, then the Agent shall, with the agreement of each Lender for each one month period, set an interest rate representing the actual cost of funding of the Lenders in Dollars of their or its Contribution plus the Margin and Mandatory Costs (if any). Such

 

34


  alternative pricing agreed upon pursuant to this Clause 5.8(d) shall be binding on all parties hereto. The procedure provided for by this Clause 5.8 shall be repeated if the relevant circumstances are continuing at the end of each one month period.

 

  (e) If the Borrower does not agree with the interest rate set by the Agent under this Clause 5.8, the Borrower may give the Agent not less than seven (7) Business Days’ notice of its intention to prepay the Loan.

 

  (f) A notice by the Borrower under Clause 5.8(e) shall be irrevocable; the Agent shall promptly notify the Lenders of the Borrower’s notice of intended prepayment; and

 

  (i) on the date on which the Agent serves the notice, the Total Commitments shall be cancelled; and

 

  (ii) the Borrower shall prepay (without premium or penalty) the Loan together with accrued interest thereon plus any sums payable pursuant to Clause 22.1(b) on the last Business Day of the Interest Period set by the Agent.

 

6. INTEREST PERIODS

 

  6.1 Commencement of Interest Periods . The first Interest Period applicable to an Advance shall commence on the Drawdown Date of such Advance and shall end on the first Quarterly Payment Date for such Advance. Each subsequent Interest Period for such Advance shall commence on the expiry of the preceding Interest Period.

 

  6.2 Duration of Normal Interest Periods . Subject to Clauses 6.3 and 6.4, except with respect to the first Interest Period of each Advance provided for in Clause 6.1, each Interest Period shall be:

 

  (a) three (3) months; or

 

  (b) such other period as the Agent may, with the authorization of all Lenders, agree with the Borrower; and

 

  (c) on the date of expiry of the preceding Interest Period, all previous Advances not previously consolidated shall be consolidated for the purpose of setting future Interest Periods.

 

  6.3 Duration of Interest Periods for Repayment Installments . In respect of an amount due to be repaid under Clause 8 on a particular Repayment Date, an Interest Period shall end on that Repayment Date.

 

  6.4

Non-availability of Matching Deposits for Interest Period Selected . If, after the Borrower has selected and the Lenders have agreed an Interest Period longer

 

35


  than three (3) months, any Lender notifies the Agent by 11:00 a.m. (Paris time) on the Business Day following the Business Day on which the Agent provided notification pursuant to Clause 5.4 that it is not satisfied that deposits in Dollars for a period equal to the Interest Period will be available to it in the London interbank market when the Interest Period commences, the Interest Period shall be three (3) months.

 

7. DEFAULT INTEREST

 

  7.1 Payment of Default Interest on Overdue Amounts . A Security Party shall pay interest in accordance with the following provisions of this Clause 7 on any amount payable by such Security Party under any Finance Document which the Agent, the Security Trustee or any other designated payee does not receive on or before the relevant date, that is:

 

  (a) the date on which the Finance Documents provide that such amount is due for payment; or

 

  (b) if a Finance Document provides that such amount is payable on demand, the date on which the demand is served; or

 

  (c) if such amount has become immediately due and payable under Clause 20.4, the date on which it became immediately due and payable.

 

  7.2 Default Rate of Interest . Interest shall accrue on an overdue amount from (and including) the relevant date until the date of actual payment (as well after as before judgment) at the rate per annum determined by the Agent to be two percent (2%) above:

 

  (a) in the case of an overdue amount of principal, the higher of the rates set out at Clauses 7.3(a) and (b); or

 

  (b) in the case of any other overdue amount, the rate set out at Clause 7.3(b).

 

  7.3 Calculation of default rate of interes t. The rates referred to in Clause 7.2 are:

 

  (a) the rate applicable to the overdue principal amount immediately prior to the relevant date (but only for any unexpired part of any then current Interest Period); and

 

  (b) the Margin plus, in respect of successive periods of any duration (including at call) up to three (3) months which the Agent may, with the consent of the Required Lenders, select from time to time:

 

  (i) LIBOR; or

 

  (ii)

if the Agent determines that Dollar deposits for any such period are not being made available by leading banks in the London interbank

 

36


  market in the ordinary course of business, a rate from time to time determined by the Agent by reference to the actual cost of funds to the Lenders from such other sources as the Agent may from time to time reasonably determine.

 

  7.4 Notification of Interest Periods and Default Rates . The Agent shall promptly notify the Lenders and each relevant Security Party of each interest rate determined by the Agent under Clause 7.3 and of each period selected by the Agent for the purposes of paragraph (b) of that Clause; but this shall not be taken to imply that such Security Party is liable to pay such interest only with effect from the date of the Agent’s notification.

 

  7.5 Payment of Accrued Default Interest . Subject to the other provisions of this Agreement, any interest due under this Clause shall be paid on the last day of the period by reference to which it was determined; and the payment shall be made to the Agent for the account of the Creditor Party to which the overdue amount is due.

 

8. REPAYMENT AND PREPAYMENT

 

  8.1 Amount of Repayment Installments . Subject to the provisions of Clause 8.9, the Borrower shall repay each Advance of the Loan by consecutive quarterly installments equal to 1/48 th (one forty eighth) of the original amount of such Advance, together with a balloon payment in the amount of the outstanding principal balance of such Advance (the “ Balloon Installment ”) payable concurrently with the last repayment installment on the Maturity Date.

 

  8.2 Repayment Dates . The first repayment installment for an Advance shall be paid on the 21 st day of the last month of the fiscal quarter immediately following the fiscal quarter of the Drawdown Date relating to such Advance (in relation to each Advance, a “ First Repayment Date ”). The second repayment installment for such Advance shall be paid on the Quarterly Payment Date of the fiscal quarter following the fiscal quarter of the First Repayment Date. Each subsequent installment for such Advance shall be paid on each subsequent Quarterly Payment Date, and the last installment together with the Balloon Installment shall be paid on the Maturity Date for such Advance all as set forth in Schedule 7.

 

  8.3 Maturity Date . On the Maturity Date for an Advance, the Borrower shall additionally pay to the Agent for the account of the Creditor Parties all other sums then accrued or owing under any Finance Document with respect to such Advance and on the Maturity Date for the last Advance to be repaid, the Borrower shall additionally pay to the Agent for the account of the Creditor Parties all other sums then accrued or owing under any Finance Document.

 

  8.4 Voluntary Prepayment . Subject to the following conditions, the Borrower may prepay the whole or any part of an Advance of the Loan at any time without premium or penalty, provided that in the event that such prepayment occurs at any time other than on the last day of an Interest Period applicable thereto, it will be subject to payment by the Borrower of breakage costs.

 

37


  8.5 Conditions for Voluntary Prepayment . The conditions referred to in Clause 8.4 are that:

 

  (a) a partial prepayment shall be at least equal to the Base Prepayment Amount or such higher amount which shall be equal to the Base Prepayment Amount plus an integral multiple of $1,000,000 (or such lesser amount acceptable to the Agent);

 

  (b) the Agent has received from the Borrower at least fifteen (15) Business Days’ prior written notice specifying the amount to be prepaid for such Advance and the date on which the prepayment is to be made; and

 

  (c) the Borrower has complied with Clause 8.12 on or prior to the date of prepayment.

 

  8.6 Effect of Notice of Prepayment . A prepayment notice may not be withdrawn or amended without the consent of the Agent, given with the authorization of the Required Lenders, and the amount specified in the prepayment notice shall become due and payable by the Borrower on the date for prepayment specified in the prepayment notice.

 

  8.7 Notification of Notice of Prepayment . The Agent shall notify the Lenders promptly upon receiving a prepayment notice, and shall provide any Lender which so requests with a copy of any document delivered by the Borrower under Clause 8.5(b).

 

  8.8 Application of Partial Prepayment . Each partial prepayment shall be applied pro rata against the repayment installments for the relevant Advances.

 

  8.9 Mandatory Prepayment . If a Collateral Vessel is sold or refinanced, if a Collateral Vessel becomes a Total Loss or if a Change of Control shall occur, the Borrower shall prepay in full the Advance related to such Collateral Vessel or prepay in full the Loan in the case of a Change of Control:

 

  (a) in the case of a sale, on or before the date on which the sale is completed by delivery of the Collateral Vessel to the buyer;

 

  (b) in the case of a refinancing, on or before the date on which the refinancing is completed;

 

  (c) in the case of a Total Loss, on the earlier of the Maturity Date, the date falling 180 days after the Total Loss Date and the date of receipt by the Security Trustee of the proceeds of insurance relating to such Total Loss; or

 

  (d) in the case of a Change of Control, on or before the date falling 60 days from the earlier of (i) the date the Borrower becomes aware of the Change of Control or (ii) the date on which through reasonable diligence the Borrower should have become aware of the Change of Control.

 

38


  8.10 Amounts Payable on Prepayment . A voluntary prepayment under Clause 8.4 and a mandatory prepayment under Clause 8.9 shall be made together with:

 

  (a) accrued interest (and any other amount payable under Clause 22 or otherwise) in respect of the amount prepaid; and

 

  (b) if the prepayment is not made on the last day of an Interest Period, any sums payable under Clause 22.1(b), but without premium or penalty.

 

  8.11 No Reborrowing . No amount prepaid may be reborrowed.

 

  8.12 Release of Borrower and/or Collateral Vessel Owning Guarantor . Upon the full prepayment or repayment of an Advance or the voluntary cancellation of all Commitments relating to an Advance pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, the Creditor Parties agree, at the expense of the Borrower, to execute all such documents as Borrower may reasonably require to discharge the Finance Documents relating to (i) the Borrower but only to the extent of such Advance; and (ii) the Guarantor and its Collateral Vessel to which such Advance relates and such Guarantor shall be released as a Guarantor from under this Agreement and from its obligations under any other Finance Documents to which it is a party.

 

9. CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

 

  9.1 Documents, Fees and No Default . Each Lender’s obligation to contribute to an Advance is subject to the following conditions precedent:

 

  (a) on or before the Effective Date, the Agent shall have received or is satisfied it will receive the documents described in Part A of Schedule 4 in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent;

 

  (b) that, on or prior to the Drawdown Date of an Advance for a Collateral Vessel but prior to the making of such Advance, (i) the Agent shall have received or is satisfied that it will receive on the making of such Advance the documents described in Part B of Schedule 4 in form and substance satisfactory to it and (ii) the Agent shall have confirmed that the amount of the Advance requested complies with the requirements of Clause 2.1;

 

  (c) that, on or before the service of the first Drawdown Notice, the Agent shall have received any accrued commitment fee payable pursuant to Clause 21.1 and has received payment of the expenses referred to in Clause 21.2; and

 

39


  (d) that both at the date of each Drawdown Notice and at each Drawdown Date:

 

  (i) no Event of Default or event or circumstances which, with the giving of notice and/or lapse of time would constitute an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would result from the borrowing of such Advance;

 

  (ii) the representations and warranties in Clause 10 and those of the Borrower or any other Security Party which are set out in the other Finance Documents (other than those relating to a specific date) would be true and not misleading if repeated on each of those dates with reference to the circumstances then existing, provided that the requirements of this Clause 9.1(d)(ii) shall apply in respect of the representations and warranties in Clause 10.24 only as of the Delivery Date of the relevant Collateral Vessel;

 

  (iii) none of the circumstances contemplated by Clause 5.8 has occurred and is continuing, unless the Agent is satisfied that an alternate rate of interest can be set pursuant to Clause 5.8;

 

  (iv) there has been no material adverse change in the consolidated financial condition, operations or business prospects of the Borrower since December 31, 2013;

 

  (v) there has been no Change of Control; and

 

  (vi) there is no judgment, order, injunction or other restraint issued in connection with any legal or administration action prohibiting or imposing any material adverse conditions with respect to the performance by any party of its obligation under any of the Finance Documents or the transactions provided for in the Finance Documents.

 

  (e) that, on the date of the Drawdown Notice for each Advance after the initial Advance if the Security Maintenance Cover Ratio were applied immediately following the making of such Advance, the Borrower would not be required to provide additional Collateral or prepay part of the Loan under Clause 15; and

 

  (f) that the Agent has received, and found to be reasonably acceptable to it and in full force and effect, any further opinions, consents, agreements and documents in connection with the Finance Documents which the Agent may, with the authorization of all of the Lenders, reasonably request by notice to the Borrower prior to the Drawdown Date.

 

40


  9.2 Waiver of Conditions Precedent . Notwithstanding anything in Clause 9.1 to the contrary:

 

  (a) if the Agent, with the consent of all Lenders, permits an Advance to be borrowed before certain of the conditions referred to in Clause 9.1 are satisfied, the Borrower shall ensure that such conditions are satisfied within ten (10) Business Days after such Drawdown Date (or such longer period as the Agent may specify).

 

  (b) each Advance may be borrowed before the applicable conditions set forth in Clause 9.1 are satisfied and:

 

  (i) each Lender agrees to fund its Contribution on the Drawdown Date requested by the Borrower, which day shall not be more than three (3) Business Days prior to the date of the scheduled acquisition and delivery of such Collateral Vessel (such date, the “ Delivery Date ”); and

 

  (ii) the Agent shall on the date on which such Advance is funded (or as soon thereafter as practicable) (A) preposition an amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of such Advance at the bank or financial institution designated by the builder in the relevant Contract (“ Builder’s Bank ”), which funds shall be held at Builder’s Bank in the name and under the sole control of the Agent or one of its Affiliates and (B) issue a SWIFT MT 199 or other similar communication (each such communication, a “ Disbursement Authorization ”) authorizing the release of such funds by the Builder’s Bank on the relevant Delivery Date upon receipt of a protocol of delivery and acceptance in respect of such Collateral Vessel duly executed by the builder and the relevant Guarantor and countersigned by a representative of the Agent;

provided, that if delivery of such Collateral Vessel does not occur within five (5) Business Days after the scheduled Delivery Date, the funds held at the Builder’s Bank shall be released to the Agent for further disbursement to the Lenders.

For the avoidance of doubt, the parties hereto acknowledge and agree that:

(1) the date on which the Lenders fund such Advance constitutes the Drawdown Date in respect of such Advance and all interest and fees thereon shall accrue from such date;

(2) the Agent and the Lenders suspend fulfillment of the conditions precedent set forth in Schedule 4, Part B, Paragraphs 5, 7, 9, 10, 11 and 12 solely for the period on and between such Drawdown Date and the relevant Delivery Date and the Borrower acknowledges and agrees that such conditions precedent must be fulfilled to the satisfaction of the Agent or the Agent must be satisfied that such conditions will be fulfilled immediately thereafter before the Agent will instruct its representative to countersign the protocol of delivery and acceptance referred to in Clause 9.2(b)(ii);

 

41


(3) from the date the proceeds of the Advance are deposited at the Builder’s Bank to the Delivery Date (or, if delivery of such Collateral Vessel does not occur within the time prescribed in the Disbursement Authorization, the date on which the funds are returned to the Agent for further distribution to the Lenders), the Borrower shall be entitled to interest on such Advance at the applicable rate, if any, paid by the Builder’s Bank for such deposited funds;

(4) if such Collateral Vessel is not delivered within the time prescribed in the Disbursement Authorization and the proceeds of such Advance are returned to the Agent and distributed to the Lenders, (i) the Borrower shall pay all accrued interest and fees in respect of such returned proceeds on the date such proceeds are returned to the Agent and (ii) the relevant available Commitment will be increased by an amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of the Loan proceeds so returned;

(5) if the Borrower has instructed the Agent to convert the aggregate principal amount of such Advance borrowed into a currency other than Dollars for deposit with the Builder’s Bank and such Collateral Vessel is not delivered within the time prescribed in the Disbursement Authorization and the proceeds of such Advance are returned to the Agent for further distribution to the Lenders, the Agent shall convert the aggregate amount of funds so returned back into Dollars and if such funds are less than the Dollar amount of the aggregate principal amount of such Advance incurred on the relevant Drawdown Date, the Borrower shall immediately repay the difference and, in any event, the Borrower shall pay any and all fees, charges and expenses arising from such conversion; and

(6) if such Collateral Vessel is not delivered within the time prescribed in the Disbursement Authorization and the proceeds of such Advance are returned to the Agent, the Borrower shall pay breakage cost in accordance with Clause 22.1(b) on the returned proceeds of such Advance.

 

10. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

  10.1 General . The Borrower and each of the Guarantors jointly and severally represent and warrant to each Creditor Party as of the Effective Date and each Drawdown Date as follows.

 

  10.2 Status . Each Security Party is:

 

  (a) duly incorporated or formed and validly existing and in good standing under the law of its jurisdiction of incorporation or formation; and

 

  (b)

duly qualified and in good standing as a foreign company in each other jurisdiction in which it owns or leases property or in which the conduct of its business requires it to so qualify or be licensed except where, in each

 

42


  case, the failure to so qualify or be licensed and be in good standing could not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on its business, assets or financial condition or which may affect the legality, validity, binding effect or enforceability of the Finance Documents, and there are no proceedings or actions pending or contemplated by any Security Party, or to the knowledge of the Borrower or any of the Guarantors contemplated by any third party, seeking to adjudicate it as bankrupt or insolvent, or seeking liquidation, winding up, reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, protection, relief, or composition of it or its debts under any law relating to bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization or relief of debtors, or seeking the entry of an order for relief or the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian or other similar official for it or for any substantial part of its property.

 

  10.3 Company Power; Consents . Each Security Party has the capacity and has taken all action, and no consent of any person is required, for:

 

  (a) it to own or lease and operate its properties and to carry on its business as now conducted and as proposed to be conducted;

 

  (b) it to execute each Finance Document to which it is or is to become a party;

 

  (c) it to purchase and pay for the Collateral Vessel to be acquired by it and register such Collateral Vessel in its name under an Approved Flag;

 

  (d) it to comply with its obligations under each Finance Document to which it is or is to become a party;

 

  (e) it to grant the Security Interests granted or to be granted by it pursuant to the Finance Documents to which it is or is to become a party;

 

  (f) the perfection or maintenance of the Security Interests created by the Finance Documents (including the first priority nature thereof); and

 

  (g) the exercise by any Creditor Party of their rights under any of the Finance Documents or the remedies in respect of the Collateral pursuant to the Finance Documents to which it is or is to become a party,

except, in each case, for consents which have been duly obtained, taken, given or made and are in full force and effect.

 

  10.4 Consents in Force . All the consents referred to in Clause 10.3 remain in force and nothing has occurred which makes any of them liable to revocation.

 

  10.5 Title .

 

  (a)

Each Security Party owns in the case of owned personal property, good and valid title to, or, in the case of leased personal property, valid and

 

43


  enforceable leasehold interests in, all of its properties and assets, tangible and intangible, of any nature whatsoever, free and clear in each case of all Security Interests or claims, except for Permitted Security Interests.

 

  (b) Each Security Party has not created nor is it contractually bound to create any Security Interest on or with respect to any of its assets, properties, rights or revenues, except for Permitted Security Interests, and except as provided in this Agreement each Guarantor is not restricted by contract, applicable law or regulation or otherwise from creating Security Interests on any of its assets, properties, rights or revenues.

 

  (c) Each Guarantor has received (or will receive on the date it takes delivery of the Collateral Vessel to be owned by it) all deeds, assignments, waivers, consents, non-disturbance and attornment or similar agreements, bills of sale and other documents, and has duly effected (or will duly effect on the date it takes delivery of the Collateral Vessel to be owned by it) all recordings, filings and other actions necessary to establish, protect and perfect such Guarantor’s right, title and interest in and to the Collateral Vessel owned or to be owned by it and other properties and assets (or arrangements, for such recordings, filings and other actions shall have been made).

 

  10.6 Legal Validity; Effective Security Interests . Subject to any relevant insolvency laws affecting creditors’ rights generally:

 

  (a) the Finance Documents to which each Security Party is a party, constitute or, as the case may be, will constitute upon execution and delivery (and, where applicable, registration as provided for in the Finance Documents), such Security Party’s legal, valid and binding obligations enforceable against it in accordance with their respective terms; and

 

  (b) the Finance Documents to which each Security Party is a party, create or, as the case may be, will create upon execution and delivery (and, where applicable, registration as provided for in the Finance Documents), legal, valid and binding Security Interests enforceable in accordance with their respective terms over all the assets to which they, by their terms, relate.

 

  10.7 No Third Party Security Interests . Without limiting the generality of Clauses 10.5 and 10.6, at the time of the execution and delivery of each Finance Document:

 

  (a) the relevant Security Party will have the right to create all the Security Interests which that Finance Document purports to create; and

 

  (b) no third party will have any Security Interest (except for Permitted Security Interests) or any other interest, right or claim over, in or in relation to any asset to which any such Security Interest, by its terms, relates.

 

44


  10.8 No Conflicts . The execution of each Finance Document, the borrowing of each Advance, and compliance with each Finance Document, will not involve or lead to a contravention of:

 

  (a) any present law or regulation applicable to the relevant Security Party;

 

  (b) the constitutional documents of any Security Party; or

 

  (c) any contractual or other obligation or restriction which is binding on any Security Party or any of its assets.

 

  10.9 Taxes.

 

  (a) All payments which a Security Party is liable to make under the Finance Documents to which it is a party can properly be made without deduction or withholding for or on account of any tax payable under any law of any Pertinent Jurisdiction.

 

  (b) Each Security Party has timely filed or has caused to be filed all tax returns and other reports that it is required by law or regulation to file in any Pertinent Jurisdiction, and has paid or caused to be paid all taxes, assessments and other similar charges that are due and payable in any Pertinent Jurisdiction, other than taxes and charges:

 

  (i) which (A) are not yet due and payable or (B) are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which adequate reserves have been established and as to which such failure to have paid such tax does not create any risk of sale, forfeiture, loss, confiscation or seizure of the Collateral Vessel or of criminal liability; or

 

  (ii) the non-payment of which could not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the financial condition of such Security Party.

The charges, accruals, and reserves on the books of each Security Party respecting taxes are adequate in accordance with US GAAP.

 

  (c) No material claim for any tax has been asserted in writing against a Security Party by any Pertinent Jurisdiction or other taxing authority other than claims that are included in the liabilities for taxes in the most recent balance sheet of such person or disclosed in the notes thereto, if any.

 

  (d) The execution, delivery, filing and registration or recording (if applicable) of the Finance Documents and the consummation of the transactions contemplated thereby will not cause any of the Creditor Parties to be required to make any registration with, give any notice to, obtain any license, permit or other authorization from, or file any declaration, return, report or other document with any governmental authority in any Pertinent Jurisdiction.

 

45


  (e) No taxes are required by any governmental authority in any Pertinent Jurisdiction to be paid with respect to or in connection with the execution, delivery, filing, recording, performance or enforcement of any Finance Document.

 

  (f) The execution, delivery, filing, registration, recording, performance and enforcement of the Finance Documents by any of the Creditor Parties will not cause such Creditor Party to be deemed to be resident, domiciled or carrying on business in any Pertinent Jurisdiction of any Security Party or subject to taxation under any law or regulation of any governmental authority in any Pertinent Jurisdiction of any Security Party.

 

  (g) Other than the recording of the Mortgages in accordance with the laws of the Approved Flag and such filings as may be required in a Pertinent Jurisdiction in respect of certain of the Finance Documents, and the payment of fees consequent thereto, it is not necessary for the legality, validity, enforceability or admissibility into evidence of this Agreement or any other Finance Document that any of them or any document relating thereto be registered, filed recorded or enrolled with any court or authority in any relevant jurisdiction or that any stamp, registration or similar taxes be paid on or in relation to this Agreement or any of the other Finance Documents.

 

  10.10 No Default . No Event of Default or event or circumstances which, with the giving of notice and/or lapse of time would constitute an Event of Default has occurred or would result from the borrowing of the Advance and no other circumstances exist which constitute or (with the giving of notice, lapse of time, determination of materiality or the fulfillment of any other applicable condition or any combination of the foregoing) would constitute a default under any document which is binding on a Security Party or any of its assets and which may have a material adverse effect on the ability of a Security Party to perform its obligations under the Finance Documents to which it is or is to be a party.

 

  10.11 Information . All financial statements, information and other data furnished by or on behalf of a Security Party to any of the Creditor Parties:

 

  (a) was true, accurate and complete in all material respects at the time it was given;

 

  (b) such financial statements, if any, have been prepared in accordance with US GAAP and accurately and fairly represent the financial condition of such Security Party as of the date or respective dates thereof and the results of operations of such Security Party for the period or respective periods covered by such financial statements;

 

46


  (c) there are no other facts or matters the omission of which would have made or make any such information false or misleading;

 

  (d) there has been no material adverse change in the financial condition, operations or business prospects of any Security Party since the date on which such information was provided other than as previously disclosed to the Agent in writing which might reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and

 

  (e) none of the Security Parties has any contingent obligations, liabilities for taxes or other outstanding financial obligations which are material in the aggregate except as disclosed in such statements, information and data.

 

  10.12 No Litigation . No legal or administrative action involving a Security Party (including any action relating to any alleged or actual breach of the ISM Code, the ISPS Code or any Environmental Law) has been commenced or taken by any person, or, to the Borrower’s or any Guarantor’s knowledge, has been threatened which, in either case, if adversely determined, would be reasonably expected to have a material adverse effect on the business, assets or financial condition of a Security Party or which may affect the legality, validity, binding effect or enforceability of the Finance Documents.

 

  10.13 ISM Code and ISPS Code Compliance . The relevant Guarantor has obtained or will obtain or will cause to be obtained all necessary ISM Code Documentation and ISPS Code Documentation in connection with the Collateral Vessel to be owned by it and its operation and will be or will cause such Collateral Vessel and the Approved Manager to be in full compliance with the ISM Code and the ISPS Code to the extent applicable.

 

  10.14 No Rebates, etc . There is no agreement or understanding to allow or pay any rebate, premium, commission, discount or other benefit or payment (howsoever described) to any Borrower, Guarantor, any Affiliate of the Borrower, or any third party in connection with the acquisition of any of the Collateral Vessels except as disclosed in the public filings of the Borrower or as otherwise disclosed to the Agent in writing.

 

  10.15 Compliance with Law; Environmentally Sensitive Material . Except to the extent the following could not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the business, assets or financial condition of any Security Party, or affect the legality, validity, binding effect or enforceability of the Finance Documents:

 

  (a) the operations and properties of each Security Party complies with all applicable laws and regulations, including without limitation Environmental Laws, all necessary Environmental Permits have been obtained and are in effect for the operations and properties of such Security Party and each Security Party is in compliance in all material respects with all such Environmental Permits; and

 

47


  (b) none of the Security Parties has been notified in writing by any person that it or any of its subsidiaries or Affiliates is potentially liable for the remedial or other costs with respect to treatment, storage, disposal, release, arrangement for disposal or transportation of any Environmentally Sensitive Material, except for costs incurred in the ordinary course of business with respect to treatment, storage, disposal or transportation of such Environmentally Sensitive Material.

 

  10.16 Ownership Structure.

 

  (a) Each of the Guarantors has no subsidiaries.

 

  (b) 100% of the Equity Interests of each of the Guarantors have been validly issued, is fully paid, non-assessable and free and clear of all Security Interests other than Permitted Security Interests and are owned beneficially and directly of record by the Borrower.

 

  (c) None of the Equity Interests of any of the Guarantors is subject to any existing option, warrant, call, right, commitment or other agreement of any character to which such Guarantor is a party requiring, and there are no Equity Interests of such Guarantor outstanding which upon conversion or exchange would require, the issuance, sale or transfer of any additional Equity Interests of such Guarantor or other Equity Interests convertible into, exchangeable for or evidencing the right to subscribe for or purchase Equity Interests of such Guarantor.

 

  10.17 Pension Plans . i) On the Effective Date, no Security Party is a party to any Plan or Multiemployer Plan or Foreign Pension Plan.

 

  (a) The execution and delivery of this Agreement and the consummation of the transaction hereunder will not constitute a non-exempt “prohibited transaction” for the purpose of Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code.

 

  (b) No ERISA Termination Event has occurred.

 

  (c) No ERISA Funding Event exists or has occurred.

 

  10.18 Margin Stock . None of the Borrower and the Guarantors is engaged in the business of extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying Margin Stock and no proceeds of any Advance will be used to buy or carry any Margin Stock or to extend credit to others for the purpose of buying or carrying any Margin Stock.

 

48


  10.19 Investment Company, Public Utility, etc . The Borrower and each of the Guarantors is not:

 

  (a) an “ investment company ,” or an “ affiliated person ” of, or “ promoter ” or “ principal underwriter ” for, an “ investment company ,” as such terms are defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended; or

 

  (b) a “ public utility ” within the meaning of the United States Federal Power Act of 1920, as amended.

 

  10.20 Asset Control .

 

  (a) Neither the Borrower nor any of the Guarantors (nor any of their subsidiaries, directors, officers, or, to the best of their knowledge, any of their affiliates or employees) (a)is a “ national ” of any “ designated foreign country ”, within the meaning of the Foreign Assets Control Regulations or the Cuban Asset Control Regulations of the United States Department of the Treasury, 31 C.F.R., Subtitle B, Chapter V, as amended, (b) is a Restricted Party, (c) is owned or controlled by, or acting directly or indirectly on behalf of or for the benefit of, a Restricted Party, (d) owns or controls a Restricted Party, (e) is subject to any claim, proceedings, formal notice or investigation with respect to Sanctions or (e) has taken any action resulting in a violation by such person of Sanctions.

 

  (b) Neither the making of an Advance nor the use of the proceeds thereof nor the performance by the Borrower or any of the Guarantors of its obligations under any of the Finance Documents to which it is a party violates any law, regulation or Executive Order restricting loans to, investments in, or the export of assets to, foreign countries or entities doing business there.

 

  (c) Neither the making of an Advance nor the use of the proceeds thereof nor the performance by the Borrower or any of the Guarantors of its obligations under any of the Finance Documents to which it is a party violates any Sanctions, or shall be made available, directly or indirectly, to or for the benefit of a Restricted Party or otherwise shall be, directly or indirectly, applied in a manner or for a purpose prohibited by Sanctions.

 

  10.21 No Money Laundering . Without prejudice to the generality of Clause 2.3, in relation to the borrowing by the Borrower of an Advance, the performance and discharge of its obligations and liabilities under the Finance Documents, and the transactions and other arrangements affected or contemplated by the Finance Documents to which the Borrower is a party, the Borrower confirms that:

 

  (a) it is acting for its own account;

 

  (b) it will use the proceeds of an Advance for its own benefit, under its full responsibility and exclusively for the purposes specified in this Agreement; and

 

49


  (c) the foregoing will not involve or lead to a contravention of any law, official requirement or other regulatory measure or procedure implemented to combat “ money laundering ” (as defined in Article 1 of Directive 2005/60/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council) and comparable United States federal and state laws, including without limitation the PATRIOT Act and the Bank Secrecy Act, or comparable United Nations or European Union legislation.

 

  10.22 Anti-bribery, anti-corruption and anti-money laundering . Neither the Borrower nor any of the Guarantors (nor any of their subsidiaries, directors, officers, or, to the best of their knowledge, any of their affiliates or employees) has engaged in any activity or conduct which would violate any applicable anti-bribery, anti-corruption or anti-money laundering laws or regulations in any applicable jurisdiction and the Borrower and the Guarantors have instituted and maintain policies and procedures designated to prevent violation of such laws, regulations and rules.

 

  10.23 Collateral Vessels . As of the Delivery Date of each Collateral Vessel, such Collateral Vessel will be:

 

  (a) in the sole and absolute ownership of the relevant Guarantor and duly registered in such Guarantor’s name under the law of an Approved Flag, unencumbered save and except for the Mortgage thereon in favor of the Security Trustee recorded against it and as permitted thereby;

 

  (b) seaworthy for hull and machinery insurance warranty purposes and in every way fit for its intended service; and

 

  (c) insured in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement and the requirements hereof in respect of such Insurances will have been complied with.

 

  10.24 Place of Business . For purposes of the UCC, each Security Party has only one place of business located at, or, if it has more than one place of business, the chief executive office from which it manages the main part of its business operations and conducts its affairs is located at:

9, Boulevard Charles III

Monaco 98000

None of the Security Parties has a place of business in the United States of America, the District of Columbia, the United States Virgin Islands, or any territory or insular possession subject to the jurisdiction of the United States of America, other than its representative office at:

150 East 58th Street

New York, New York 10155

 

50


  10.25 Solvency . In the case of the Borrower and each of the Guarantors:

 

  (a) the sum of its assets, at a fair valuation, does and will exceed its liabilities, including, to the extent they are reportable as such in accordance with US GAAP, contingent liabilities;

 

  (b) the present fair market saleable value of its assets is not and shall not be less than the amount that will be required to pay its probable liability on its then existing debts, including, to the extent they are reportable as such in accordance with US GAAP, contingent liabilities, as they mature;

 

  (c) it does not and will not have unreasonably small working capital with which to continue its business; and

 

  (d) it has not incurred, does not intend to incur and does not believe it will incur, debts beyond its ability to pay such debts as they mature.

 

  10.26 Borrower’s Business; Guarantors’ Business . From the date of its incorporation until the date hereof, neither the Borrower nor any of the Guarantors have conducted any business other than in connection with, or for the purpose of, owning, managing, chartering and/or operating the Collateral Vessels and other vessels owned by the Borrower’s subsidiaries and, in the case of the Borrower, owning the Equity Interest in the Guarantors and its other subsidiaries.

 

  10.27 Immunity; Enforcement; Submission to Jurisdiction; Choice of Law.

 

  (a) Each Security Party is subject to civil and commercial law with respect to its obligations under the Finance Documents, and the execution, delivery and performance by each Security Party of the Finance Documents to which it is a party constitute private and commercial acts rather than public or governmental acts.

 

  (b) No Security Party or any of its properties has any immunity from suit, court jurisdiction, attachment prior to judgment, attachment in aid of execution of a judgment, set-off, execution of a judgment or from any other legal process in relation to any Finance Document.

 

  (c) It is not necessary under the laws of any Security Party’s jurisdiction of incorporation or formation, in order to enable any Creditor Party to enforce its rights under any Finance Document or by reason of the execution of any Finance Document or the performance by the any Security Party of its obligations under any Finance Document, that such Creditor Party should be licensed, qualified or otherwise entitled to carry on business in such Security Party’s jurisdiction of incorporation or formation.

 

  (d) None of the Creditor Parties will be deemed to be resident, domiciled or carrying on business in any Security Party’s jurisdiction of incorporation or formation by reason only of the execution, performance and/or enforcement of any Finance Document.

 

51


  (e) Under the law of each Security Party’s jurisdiction of incorporation or formation, the choice of the law of New York to govern this Agreement and the other Finance Documents to which New York law is applicable is valid and binding.

 

  (f) The submission by the Security Parties to the jurisdiction of the courts of New York State and the U.S. Federal court sitting in New York County pursuant to Clause 32.2(a) is valid and binding and not subject to revocation, and service of process effected in the manner set forth in Clause 32.2(d) will be effective to confer personal jurisdiction over the Security Parties in such courts.

 

  10.28 Status of Secured Liabilities . The Secured Liabilities constitute direct, unconditional and general obligations of each Security Party and rank (a) senior to all subordinated Financial Indebtedness and (b) not less than pari passu (as to priority of payment and as to security) with all other Financial Indebtedness of each Security Party except for obligations mandatorily preferred by law.

 

11. GENERAL AFFIRMATIVE AND NEGATIVE COVENANTS

 

  11.1 Affirmative Covenants . From the Effective Date until the Total Commitments have terminated and all amounts payable hereunder have been paid in full, the Borrower and each of the Guarantors, as the case may be, undertakes with each Creditor Party to comply or cause compliance with the following provisions of this Clause 11.1, except as the Agent, with the consent of the Required Lenders, may approve from time to time in writing such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, provided, however, that such consent and approval shall be subject always to Clauses 28.1 and 28.2 of this Agreement:

 

  (a) Performance of Obligations . Each Security Party shall duly observe and perform its obligations under each Charter and each Finance Document to which it is or is to become a party.

 

  (b) Notification of Defaults (etc) . The Borrower and each of the Guarantors shall promptly notify the Agent, upon becoming aware of the same, of:

 

  (i) the occurrence of an Event of Default or event or circumstances which, with the giving of notice and/or lapse of time would constitute an Event of Default or any other event (including any litigation) which is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect;

 

  (ii) any material breach by any party to a Charter; and

 

  (iii) any damage or injury caused by or to a Collateral Vessel requiring repairs the cost of which exceeds $2,500,000.

 

52


  (c) Confirmation of No Default . The Borrower will, within two (2) Business Days after service by the Agent of a written request, serve on the Agent a notice which is signed by an officer of the Borrower and which states that:

 

  (i) no Event of Default or event or circumstances which, with the giving of notice and/or lapse of time would constitute an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing; or

 

  (ii) no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, except for a specified event or matter, of which all material details are given.

The Agent may serve requests under this Clause 11.1(c) from time to time but only if asked to do so by a Lender or Lenders having Contributions exceeding 33% of the Loan or (if no Advances have been made) Commitments exceeding 33% of the Total Commitments, and this Clause 11.1(c) does not affect the Borrower’s obligations under Clause 11.1(b).

 

  (d) Notification of Litigation . The Borrower will provide the Agent with relevant details of any legal or administrative action involving the Borrower, any other Security Party or any Collateral Vessel, the Earnings or the Insurances as soon as the Borrower becomes aware that such action is instituted, unless it is likely that the legal or administrative action cannot be considered material in the context of any Finance Document.

 

  (e) Provision of Further Information . The Borrower will, as soon as practicable after receiving the request, provide the Agent with any additional financial or other information relating to:

 

  (i) the Borrower or any of the Guarantors or any of their respective subsidiaries; or

 

  (ii) any other matter relevant to, or to any provision of, a Finance Document, which may be requested by the Agent.

 

  (f) Books of Record and Account . The Borrower and each of the Guarantors shall keep proper books of record and account, in which full and materially correct entries shall be made of all financial transactions and the assets and business of each of the Borrowers and the Guarantor in accordance with US GAAP, and the Agent shall have the right to examine the books and records of the Borrower and each of the Guarantors wherever the same may be kept from time to time as it sees fit, in its sole reasonable discretion, or to cause an examination to be made by a firm of accountants selected by it, provided that any examination shall be done without undue interference with the day to day business of the Borrower or any of the Guarantors, as the case may be.

 

53


  (g) Financial Reports .

The Borrower shall furnish to the Agent:

(i) as soon as reasonably practicable and in any event within 60 days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters in each Fiscal Year and within 90 days after the end of the final fiscal quarter in each Fiscal Year, quarterly reports on Form 6-K (or any successor form) containing unaudited consolidated financial statements (including a balance sheet and statement of income, changes in stockholders’ equity and cash flow) for and as of the end of such fiscal quarter (with comparable financial statements for the corresponding fiscal quarter of the immediately preceding Fiscal Year) together with a Compliance Certificate;

(ii) as soon as reasonably practicable and in any event within 120 days after the end of each Fiscal Year, an annual report on Form 20-F (or any successor form) containing the audited consolidated financial and other information required to be contained therein for such Fiscal Year together with a Compliance Certificate;

(iii) at or prior to such times as would be required to be filed or furnished to the SEC all such other reports and information that the Borrower is required to file or furnish to the SEC under Sections 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act;

(iv) as soon as reasonably practicable and in any event within 90 days after the end of each Fiscal Year, cash flow projections (including a statement of profit and loss, balance sheet and statement of cash flows for the Borrower and its subsidiaries (on a consolidated basis) for the following four calendar years; and

(v) such other financial statements (including without limitation details of all off-balance sheet and time charter hire commitments), annual budgets, statements of profit and loss, balance sheets, statements of cash flows, projections and compliance certificates together with quarterly reports and cash flow projections as may be reasonably requested by the Agent for the Borrower and/or any of its subsidiaries (including any Guarantor), each to be in such form as the Agent may reasonably request,

provided that to the extent that the Borrower ceases to qualify as a “foreign private issuer” within the meaning of the Exchange Act, the Borrower will furnish to the Agent all reports and

 

54


other information that it would be required to file with (or furnish to) the Commission pursuant Sections 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act if it were required to file such documents under the Exchange Act as follows:

 

  (1) if the Borrower is then subject to Sections 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, within 30 days of the respective dates on which the Borrower is required to file such documents pursuant to the Exchange Act; or

 

  (2) if the Borrower is not then subject to Sections 13(a) or 15(d) under the Exchange Act, the applicable time periods described above with respect to quarterly, annual and other reports and information.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Borrower will be deemed to have furnished to the Agent such reports and information referred to above if the Borrower has filed such reports and information with the Commission via the EDGAR system (or any successor system) and such reports and information are publicly available.

 

  (h) Appraisals of Fair Market Value . The Borrower shall procure and deliver to the Agent two written appraisal reports or one written appraisal report (as the case may be) setting forth the Fair Market Value of each of the Collateral Vessels as follows:

 

  (i) at the Borrower’s expense, for inclusion with each Compliance Certificate required to be delivered together with the second quarterly and annual financial statements that the Borrower delivers under Clause 11.1(g)(ii)(A) and (B); and

 

  (ii) at the Lenders’ expense, at all other times upon the request of the Agent or the Required Lenders, unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, in which case the Borrower shall procure it at its expense as often as requested.

 

  (i) Taxes . Each Security Party shall prepare and timely file all tax returns required to be filed by it and pay and discharge all taxes imposed upon it or in respect of any of its property and assets before the same shall become in default, as well as all lawful claims (including, without limitation, claims for labor, materials and supplies) which, if unpaid, might become a Security Interest upon the Collateral or any part thereof, except in each case, for any such taxes (i) as are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings, (ii) as to which such failure to have paid does not create any risk of sale, forfeiture, loss, confiscation or seizure of a Collateral Vessel or criminal liability, or (iii) the failure of which to pay or discharge would not be likely to have a material adverse effect on the business, assets or financial condition of any of the Borrower or any other Security Party or to affect the legality, validity, binding effect or enforceability of the Finance Documents.

 

55


  (j) Consents . Each Security Party shall obtain or cause to be obtained, maintain in full force and effect and comply with the conditions and restrictions (if any) imposed in connection with, every consent and do all other acts and things which may from time to time be necessary or required for the continued due performance of all of its obligations under any Charter and each Finance Document to which it is or is to become a party, and shall deliver a copy of all such consents to the Agent promptly upon its request.

 

  (k) Compliance with Applicable Law . Each Security Party shall comply in all material respects with all applicable federal, state, local and foreign laws, ordinances, rules, orders and regulations now in force or hereafter enacted, including, without limitation, all Environmental Laws and regulations relating thereto, the failure to comply with which would be likely to have a material adverse effect on the financial condition of such Security Party or affect the legality, validity, binding effect or enforceability of any Charter and each Finance Document to which it is or is to become a party.

 

  (l) Existence . Each Security Party shall do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect its existence in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation or formation.

 

  (m) Borrower and Guarantors’ Business .

 

  (i) The Borrower shall conduct business in connection with, or for the purpose of, managing, chartering and operating the Collateral Vessels and other vessels and directly or indirectly owning the Equity Interest of each of the Guarantors and other vessel owning companies, provided, however, that the business of the Borrower and its subsidiaries shall be limited to the dry bulk shipping business except to the extent that any non-dry bulk shipping business and/or assets acquired by the Borrower and/or any of its subsidiaries shall be limited solely to maritime and/or logistics business and/or assets and shall not at any time constitute more than fifteen percent (15%) of the Consolidated Total Capitalization of the Borrower; and

 

  (ii) Each Guarantor shall conduct business only in connection with, or for the purpose of, owning, managing, chartering and operating the Collateral Vessel owned by it in the dry bulk shipping business.

 

  (n)

Properties . Except to the extent the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the business, assets or financial condition of a Security Party or affect the legality, validity, binding effect or enforceability of the Finance Documents, each Security

 

56


  Party shall maintain and preserve all of its properties that are used or useful in the conduct of its business in good working order and condition, ordinary wear and tear excepted.

 

  (o) Loan Proceeds . The Borrower shall use the proceeds of each Advance solely to partially finance the payment of the acquisition cost for a Collateral Vessel.

 

  (p) Change of Place of Business . Each Security Party shall notify promptly the Agent of any change in the location of the place of business where it or any other Security Party conducts its affairs and keeps its records.

 

  (q) Pollution Liability . Each Security Party shall take, or cause to be taken, such actions as may be reasonably required to mitigate potential liability to it arising out of pollution incidents or as may be reasonably required to protect the interests of the Creditor Parties with respect thereto.

 

  (r) Subordination of Loans . Each Security Party shall cause all loans made to it by any Affiliate, parent or subsidiary and all sums and other obligations (financial or otherwise) owed by it to any Affiliate, parent or subsidiary to be fully and unconditionally subordinated to all Secured Liabilities.

 

  (s) OFAC; Money Laundering; CISADA . Each Security Party shall to the best of its knowledge and ability:

 

  (i) ensure that no person who owns a controlling interest in or otherwise controls the Borrower, the Guarantors or any parent or subsidiary thereof is a Restricted Party;

 

  (ii) comply, and cause each of their subsidiaries to comply, with any applicable law, official requirement or other regulatory measure or procedure implemented to combat “money laundering” (as defined in Article 1 of Directive 2005/60/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council) and comparable United States federal and state laws, including without limitation the PATRIOT Act and the Bank Secrecy Act, or comparable United Nations or European Union legislation;

 

  (iii) not use or permit the use of the proceeds of any Advance to violate any Sanctions, or be made available, directly or indirectly, to or for the benefit of a Restricted Party or otherwise shall be, directly or indirectly, applied in a manner or for a purpose prohibited by Sanctions; and

 

  (iv)

not knowingly permit or authorize and shall to the best of its abilities prevent any of the Collateral Vessels being used directly or indirectly by or for the benefit of any Restricted Party and/or in

 

57


  any trade which will expose any of the Collateral Vessels, any Security Party or the insurers of any of the Collateral Vessels to enforcement proceedings or any other consequences whatsoever arising from Sanctions,

provided, however, to the extent a Creditor Party resident in Germany (“ Inländer ”) within the meaning of Section 2, Paragraph 15 of the German foreign trade and payments act referred to as Außenwirtschaftsgesetz (“ AWG ”) and therefore subject to Section 7 of the German foreign trade ordinance ( Außenwirtschaftsverordnung AWV ”) would not be permitted to make a representation or grant an undertaking that is made or is to be made or granted or is to be granted by a Security Party with respect to OFAC, CISADA or any other sanctions contemplated in this Agreement, then such Creditor Party shall not, in the event of a breach by such Security Party of any such representation or undertaking, be entitled to invoke or declare an Event of Default under this Agreement or vote in favor of a cancellation of the Total Commitment and immediate repayment of the Loan in accordance with Clause 24.3; and provided, further, that the representations made by any Security Party in Clause 10.20 of this Agreement and the undertakings made by any Security Party in this Clause 11.1(s) to any Inländer within the meaning of Section 2, Paragraph 15 of the AWG are made or granted, as the case may be, only to the extent such Creditor Party itself would be permitted to make such representations or undertakings pursuant to Section 7 of the AWV.

 

  (t) ERISA . Promptly upon becoming aware of:

 

  (i) the occurrence of any ERISA Termination Event; or

 

  (ii) the occurrence or existence of any ERISA Funding Event;

the Borrower shall furnish or cause to be furnished to the Agent written notice thereof and the action, if any, which the Borrower has taken and proposes to take with respect thereto.

 

  (u) Information Provided to be Accurate . All financial and other information which is provided in writing by or on behalf of any Security Party under or in connection with any Finance Document will be true and not misleading and will not omit any material fact or consideration.

 

  (v) Shareholder and Creditor Notices . The Borrower and each of the Guarantors will send the Agent, at the same time as they are dispatched, copies of all communications which are dispatched to their (i) shareholders or any class of them or (ii) their creditors generally.

 

  (w) Maintenance of Security Interests . The Borrower and each of the Guarantors will:

 

  (i) at its own cost, do all that it reasonably can to ensure that any Finance Document validly creates the obligations and the Security Interests which it purports to create; and

 

58


  (ii) without limiting the generality of paragraph (i), at its own cost, promptly register, file, record or enroll any Finance Document with any court or authority in all Pertinent Jurisdictions, pay any stamp, registration or similar tax in all Pertinent Jurisdictions in respect of any Finance Document, give any notice or take any other step which, in the opinion of the Required Lenders, is or has become reasonably necessary or desirable for any Finance Document to be valid, enforceable or admissible in evidence or to ensure or protect the priority of any Security Interest which it creates.

 

  (x) Know your customer ” checks . If:

 

  (i) the introduction of or any change in (or in the interpretation, administration or application of) any law or regulation made after the date of this Agreement;

 

  (ii) any change in the status of any Security Party after the date of this Agreement; or

 

  (iii) a proposed assignment or transfer by a Lender of any of its rights and obligations under this Agreement to a party that is not a Lender prior to such assignment or transfer,

obliges the Agent or any Lender (or, in the case of paragraph (iii), any prospective new Lender) to comply with “know your customer” or similar identification procedures in circumstances where the necessary information is not already available to it, the Borrower and each of the Guarantors shall promptly upon the reasonable request of the Agent or the Lender concerned supply, or procure the supply of, such documentation and other evidence as is reasonably requested by the Agent (for itself or on behalf of any Lender) or the Lender concerned (for itself or, in the case of the event described in paragraph (iii), on behalf of any prospective new Lender) in order for the Agent, the Lender concerned or, in the case of the event described in paragraph (iii), any prospective new Lender to carry out and be satisfied it has complied with all necessary “know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations pursuant to the transactions contemplated in the Finance Documents.

 

  (y) Copies of Charters; Charter Assignment . Provided that all approvals necessary under Clause 14.13 have been previously obtained, the Borrower shall:

 

  (i) furnish promptly to the Agent a true and complete copy of any Charter for any Collateral Vessel and a true and complete copy of each material amendment thereof; and

 

59


  (ii) in respect of any such Charter, (a) execute and deliver to the Agent a Charter Assignment and (b) use reasonable commercial efforts to cause the charterer to execute and deliver to the Security Trustee a consent and acknowledgement to such Charter Assignment in the form required thereby.

 

  (z) Further Assurances . From time to time, at its expense, the Borrower and each of the Guarantors shall duly execute and deliver to the Agent such further documents and assurances as the Agent may reasonably request to effectuate the purposes of this Agreement, the other Finance Documents or obtain the full benefit of any of the Collateral.

 

  11.2 Negative Covenants . From the Effective Date until the Total Commitments have terminated and all amounts payable hereunder have been paid in full, the Borrower and each of the Guarantors, as the case may be, undertakes with each Creditor Party to comply or cause compliance with the following provisions of this Clause 11.2, except as the Agent, with the consent of the Required Lenders, may approve from time to time in writing such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, provided, however, that such consent and approval shall be subject always to Clauses 28.1 and 28.2 of this Agreement:

 

  (a) Security Interests . Each of the Guarantors will not create, assume or permit to exist any Security Interest whatsoever upon any of its properties or assets, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, except for Permitted Security Interests and the Borrower will not create, assume or permit to exist any Security Interest on the shares of each of the Guarantors, other than those in favor of the Security Trustee.

 

  (b) Sale of Assets; Merger . Each of the Borrower and the Guarantors shall not sell, transfer or lease (other than in connection with a Charter) all or substantially all of its properties and assets, or enter into any transaction of merger or consolidation or liquidate, windup or dissolve itself (or suffer any liquidation or dissolution), provided that any Guarantor may sell its respective Collateral Vessel pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

 

  (c) Affiliate Transactions . No Security Party will enter into any transaction or series of related transactions, whether or not in the ordinary course of business, with any Affiliate, parent or subsidiary, other than on terms and conditions substantially as favorable to such person as would be obtainable by such person at the time in a comparable arm’s-length transaction with a person other than an Affiliate, parent or subsidiary.

 

60


  (d) Change of Business . Each of the Guarantors will not change the nature of its business or commence any business other than in connection with, or for the purpose of, owning, managing, chartering and operating the Collateral Vessel to be owned by it. The Borrower will not change the nature of its business or commence any business other than in connection with, or for the purpose of, owning, managing, chartering and operating vessels and directly or indirectly owning the Equity Interests of each of the Guarantors and other subsidiaries.

 

  (e) Change of Control; Negative Pledge . The Borrower and each of the Guarantors will not permit any act, event or circumstance that would result in a Change of Control, and each of the Guarantors will not permit any pledge or assignment of its Equity Interests except in favor of the Security Trustee to secure the Secured Liabilities.

 

  (f) Increases in Capital . None of the Guarantors will increase its capital by way of the issuance of any class or series of Equity Interests or create any new class of Equity Interests that is not subject to a Security Interest to secure the Secured Liabilities.

 

  (g) Financial Indebtedness . None of the Guarantors shall incur any Financial Indebtedness other than (i) the Loan, (ii) Financial Indebtedness incurred in the ordinary course of business provided that such indebtedness does not give to rise to any Security Interests other than Permitted Security Interests, (iii) existing indebtedness outstanding on the date of this Agreement which is disclosed to, and acceptable to, the Required Lenders and (iv) intercompany loans and advances (which at all times shall be fully and unconditionally subordinated to all Secured Liabilities).

 

  (h) Dividends . So long as an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, or if an Event of Default would result therefrom, or if the Borrower is not in compliance with any of Clauses 12.2 through and including 12.5, the Borrower and each of the Guarantors shall not declare or pay any dividends or return any capital to its equity holders or authorize or make any other distribution, payment or delivery of property or cash to its equity holders, or redeem, retire, purchase or otherwise acquire, directly or indirectly, for value, any interest of any class or series of its Equity Interests (or acquire any rights, options or warrants relating thereto but not including convertible debt) now or hereafter outstanding, or repay any subordinated loans to equity holders or set aside any funds for any of the foregoing purposes.

 

  (i) No Amendment to the Charters . Each of the Guarantors will not agree to any material amendment or supplement to, or waive or fail to enforce a Charter or any of its material provisions without the prior consent of the Agent acting on behalf of the Required Lenders.

 

61


  (j) No Employees; VAT group; Ordinary Course of Business .

 

  (i) Each of the Guarantors shall not have any employees other than the master, the officers and the crew of the Collateral Vessel to be owned by it.

 

  (ii) The Guarantors shall not be or become a member of any VAT (value added tax) group.

 

  (iii) The Guarantors shall not enter into any transaction or series of related transactions other than in the ordinary course of business.

 

  (k) Loans and Investments . Except for any capital expenditures or investments related to ordinary upgrades or maintenance work of the Collateral Vessels, the Guarantors shall not make any loan or advance to, make any investment in, or enter into any working capital maintenance or similar agreement with respect to any person, whether by acquisition of Equity Interests or indebtedness, by loan, guarantee or otherwise unless (i) after giving effect to any such investment, the Guarantors are in pro forma compliance with the financial covenants in Clause 12 and (ii) no event or circumstances which, with the giving of notice and/or lapse of time would constitute an Event of Default or Event of Default exists at the time of incurrence thereof or would result therefrom.

 

  (l) Acquisition of Capital Assets . The Guarantors shall not acquire any capital assets (including any vessel other than a Collateral Vessel) by purchase, charter or otherwise, provided that for the avoidance of doubt nothing in this Clause 11.2(l) shall prevent or be deemed to prevent capital improvements being made to a Collateral Vessel.

 

  (m) Changes to Fiscal Year and Accounting Policies . The Borrower and each of the Guarantors shall not (i) change its Fiscal Year without the prior written consent of the Required Lenders or (ii) make or permit any change in accounting policies affecting (a) the presentation of financial statements or (b) reporting practices, except in either case in accordance with US GAAP or pursuant to the requirements of applicable laws or regulations.

 

  (n) Jurisdiction of Incorporation or Formation; Amendment of Constitutional Documents . No Security Party shall change the jurisdiction of its incorporation or formation or materially amend its constitutional documents without the prior written consent of all Lenders.

 

  (o) Sale of Collateral Vessel . None of the Guarantors will consummate the sale of its Collateral Vessel without paying or causing to be paid all amounts due and owing under this Agreement or in connection therewith and the other Finance Documents prior to or simultaneously with the consummation of such sale.

 

62


  (p) Change of Location . No Security Party shall change the location of its chief executive office or the office where its corporate records are kept or open any new office for the conduct of its business on less than thirty (30) days prior written notice to the Agent.

 

  (q) Money Laundering . The Borrower and each of the Guarantors shall not contravene any law, official requirement or other regulatory measure or procedure implemented to combat “money laundering” (as defined in Article 1 of Directive 2005/60/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council and comparable United States federal and state laws, including without limitation the Bank Secrecy Act and the PATRIOT Act.

 

  (r) Location of bank accounts . No Guarantor shall open or maintain a bank account with a bank or other financial institution other than the Account Bank.

 

12. FINANCIAL COVENANTS

 

  12.1 General . From the Effective Date until the Total Commitments have terminated and all amounts payable hereunder have been paid in full, the Borrower undertakes with each Creditor Party to comply or cause compliance with the following provisions of this Clause 12 except as the Agent, with the consent of the Required Lenders, may approve from time to time in writing, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, provided, however, that such consent and approval shall be subject always to Clauses 28.1 and 28.2 of this Agreement.

 

  12.2 Maximum Leverage . The Borrower shall maintain a ratio of Net Debt to Consolidated Total Capitalization of not more than 0.60 to 1.00, to be tested on the last day of each fiscal quarter.

 

  12.3 Minimum Tangible Net Worth . The Borrower shall maintain a Consolidated Tangible Net Worth of not less than $500,000,000 plus (a) 25% of the Borrower’s cumulative, positive consolidated net income for each fiscal quarter commencing on or after December 31, 2013 and (b) 50% of the value of the Equity Proceeds realized from any issuance of Equity Interest in the Borrower occurring on or after December 31, 2013.

 

  12.4 Minimum Interest Coverage . The Borrower shall maintain a ratio of Consolidated EBITDA to Consolidated Net Interest Expense of not less than 1.00 to 1.00 for the quarter ending September 30, 2015 until and including the quarter ending December 31, 2016, 2.00 to 1.00 for the quarter ending March 31, 2017 until and including the quarter ending December 31, 2017, and thereafter 2.50 to 1.00. Such ratio shall be calculated quarterly on a trailing four quarter basis.

 

  12.5

Free Liquidity . From and after the Effective Date, the Borrower shall maintain Consolidated Liquidity of not less than the greater of (i) $50,000,000, or (ii) $850,000 per vessel owned by the Borrower or any subsidiary of the Borrower.

 

63


  For the avoidance of doubt, Consolidated Liquidity shall include all amounts held in the Earnings Account and the Retention Account or in any other accounts of the Borrower or its subsidiaries with any of the Lenders.

 

13. MARINE INSURANCE COVENANTS

 

  13.1 General . From the first Drawdown Date of an Advance until the Total Commitments have terminated and all amounts payable hereunder have been paid in full, each of the Guarantors undertakes with each Creditor Party to comply or cause compliance with the following provisions of this Clause 13 except as the Agent, with the consent of the Required Lenders, may approve from time to time in writing, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.

 

  13.2 Maintenance of Obligatory Insurances . Each of the Guarantors shall keep the Collateral Vessel owned by it insured at its expense against:

 

  (a) fire and usual marine risks (including hull and machinery and excess risks);

 

  (b) war risks (including without limitation terrorism and piracy and war risk P&I and London blocking and trapping addendum);

 

  (c) protection and indemnity risks (including FD&D coverage for all periods that such Collateral Vessel operates on a time charter);

 

  (d) any other risks against which the Security Trustee considers, having regard to practices and other circumstances prevailing at the relevant time, it would be reasonable in the opinion of the Security Trustee for that Guarantor to insure and which are specified by the Security Trustee by notice to the Borrower and the Guarantors.

 

  13.3 Terms of Obligatory Insurances . The relevant Guarantor shall effect such insurances in respect of its Collateral Vessel:

 

  (a) in Dollars;

 

  (b) in the case of fire and usual marine risks and war risks, in an amount on an agreed value basis at least the greater of:

 

  (i) 110% of the Advance of the Loan applicable to such Collateral Vessel; and

 

  (ii) the Fair Market Value of the Collateral Vessel owned by it;

provided that not less than 80% of the insured value established pursuant to (i) or (ii) above shall be on a hull and machinery basis.

 

64


  (c) in the case of oil pollution liability risks, for an aggregate amount equal to the highest level of cover from time to time available under basic protection and indemnity club entry and in the international marine insurance market (currently 1 billion US dollars);

 

  (d) in relation to protection and indemnity risks in respect of the full tonnage of the Collateral Vessel owned by it;

 

  (e) on approved terms; and

 

  (f) through approved brokers and with approved insurance companies and/or underwriters or, in the case of war risks and protection and indemnity risks, in approved war risks and protection and indemnity risks associations that are members of the International Group of P&I Clubs.

 

  13.4 Further Protections for the Creditor Parties . In addition to the terms set out in Clause 13.3, each Guarantor shall procure that the obligatory Insurances effected by it shall:

 

  (a) subject always to paragraph (b), name such Guarantor and Approved Manager as the only named assureds unless the interest of every other named assured is limited:

 

  (i) in respect of any obligatory Insurances for hull and machinery and war risks;

 

  (A) to any provable out-of-pocket expenses that it has incurred and which form part of any recoverable claim on underwriters; and

 

  (B) to any third party liability claims where cover for such claims is provided by the policy (and then only in respect of discharge of any claims made against it); and

 

  (ii) in respect of any obligatory Insurances for protection and indemnity risks, to any recoveries it is entitled to make by way of reimbursement following discharge of any third party liability claims made specifically against it;

and, where requested in writing by the Security Trustee, every other named assured has undertaken in writing to the Security Trustee (in such form as it reasonably requires) that any deductible shall be apportioned between the relevant Guarantor and every other named assured in proportion to the aggregate claims made or paid by each of them and that it shall do all things necessary and provide all documents, evidence and information to enable the Security Trustee to collect or recover any moneys which at any time become payable in respect of the obligatory insurances;

 

65


  (b) name the Security Trustee as loss payee with such directions for payment as the Security Trustee may specify;

 

  (c) to the extent permitted by the terms of the Insurances, provide that all payments by or on behalf of the insurers under the obligatory insurances to the Security Trustee shall be made without set-off, counterclaim or deductions or condition whatsoever save for the deduction of unpaid premiums or other amounts applicable to the relevant Guarantors and the Collateral Vessels and not applicable to any other vessel or person;

 

  (d) provide that such obligatory insurances shall be primary without right of contribution from other Insurances which may be carried by the Security Trustee or any other Creditor Party; and

 

  (e) provide that the Security Trustee may make proof of loss if the relevant Guarantor fails to do so.

 

  13.5 Renewal of Obligatory Insurances . Each of the Guarantors shall:

 

  (a) at least 14 days before the expiry of any obligatory Insurance:

 

  (i) notify the Security Trustee of the brokers (or other insurers) and any protection and indemnity or war risks association through or with whom the relevant Guarantors propose to renew that obligatory Insurance and of the proposed terms of renewal; and

 

  (ii) obtain the Security Trustee’s approval to the matters referred to in paragraph (i);

 

  (b) at least 7 days before the expiry of any obligatory Insurance, renew that obligatory Insurance in accordance with the Security Trustee’s approval pursuant to paragraph (a); and

 

  (c) procure that the approved brokers and/or the war risks and protection and indemnity associations with which such a renewal is effected shall promptly after the renewal notify the Security Trustee in writing of the terms and conditions of the renewal.

 

  13.6 Copies of Policies; Letters of Undertaking . The Guarantors shall ensure that all approved brokers provide the Security Trustee with statements detailing the intended cover of all policies relating to the obligatory Insurances which they are to effect or renew and of a letter or letters or undertaking in a form required by the Security Trustee and including undertakings by the approved brokers that:

 

  (a) they will have endorsed on each policy, immediately upon issue, a loss payable clause and a notice of assignment in accordance with the Insurance Assignment;

 

66


  (b) they will hold such policies, and the benefit of such insurances, to the order of the Security Trustee in accordance with the said loss payable clause;

 

  (c) they will advise the Security Trustee immediately of any material change to the terms of the obligatory Insurances or if they cease to act as brokers;

 

  (d) they will notify the Security Trustee, not less than 14 days before the expiry of the obligatory Insurances, in the event of their not having received notice of renewal instructions from the relevant Security Party or its agents and, in the event of their receiving instructions to renew, they will promptly notify the Security Trustee of the terms of the instructions; and

 

  (e) in each case to the extent permitted by the terms of the Insurances, they will not set off against any sum recoverable in respect of a claim relating to the Collateral Vessel owned by such Guarantor under such obligatory Insurances any premiums or other amounts due to them or any other person in respect of any vessel other than the Collateral Vessel, to which the claim refers, they waive any lien on the policies, or any sums received under them, which they might have in respect of such premiums or other amounts related to vessels other than the Collateral Vessels or persons other than the Borrowers, and they will not cancel such obligatory Insurances by reason of non-payment of such premiums or other amounts related to vessels other than the Collateral Vessels or persons other than the Guarantors, and will arrange for a separate policy to be issued in respect of the relevant Collateral Vessels forthwith upon being so requested by the Security Trustee.

 

  13.7 Copies of Certificates of Entry . The relevant Guarantor shall ensure that any protection and indemnity and/or war risks associations in which the Collateral Vessel owned by it is entered provides the Security Trustee with:

 

  (a) a certified copy of the certificate of entry for the Collateral Vessel;

 

  (b) a letter or letters of undertaking in such form as may be required by the Security Trustee;

 

  (c) where required to be issued under the terms of insurance/indemnity provided by the protection and indemnity association, but only if and when so requested by the Agent, a certified copy of each United States of America voyage quarterly declaration (or other similar document or documents) made by such Guarantor in relation to that Collateral Vessel in accordance with the requirements of such protection and indemnity association; and

 

  (d) a certified copy of each certificate of financial responsibility for pollution by oil or other Environmentally Sensitive Material issued by the relevant certifying authority in relation to that Collateral Vessel.

 

67


  13.8 Deposit of Original Policies . The relevant Guarantor shall ensure that all policies relating to obligatory Insurances are deposited with the approved brokers through which the Insurances are effected or renewed.

 

  13.9 Payment of Premiums . The relevant Guarantor shall punctually pay all premiums or other sums payable in respect of the obligatory insurances and produce all relevant receipts when so required by the Security Trustee; provided, however, that should the relevant Guarantor fail to pay such premiums or other sums, the Security Trustee shall have the right but not the obligation to pay such premiums or other sums as it deems advisable in its sole discretion.

 

  13.10 Guarantees . The relevant Guarantor shall ensure that any guarantees required by a protection and indemnity or war risks association are promptly issued and remain in full force and effect.

 

  13.11 Compliance with Terms of Insurances . The relevant Guarantor shall neither do nor omit to do (nor permit to be done or not to be done) any act or thing which would or might render any obligatory Insurance invalid, void, voidable or unenforceable or render any sum payable under an obligatory Insurance repayable in whole or in part; and, in particular:

 

  (a) the relevant Guarantor shall take all necessary action and comply with all requirements which may from time to time be applicable to the obligatory Insurances, and (without limiting the obligation contained in Clause 13.6(c)) ensure that the obligatory insurances are not made subject to any exclusions or qualifications to which the Security Trustee has not given its prior approval;

 

  (b) the relevant Guarantor shall not make any changes relating to the classification or classification society or manager or operator of the Collateral Vessel owned by it unless approved by the underwriters of the obligatory Insurances;

 

  (c) the relevant Guarantor shall make (and promptly supply copies to the Agent of) all quarterly or other voyage declarations which may be required by the protection and indemnity risks association in which the Collateral Vessel owned by it is entered to maintain cover for trading to the United States of America’s Exclusive Economic Zone (as defined in the United States Oil Pollution Act 1990 or any other applicable legislation); and

 

  (d) the relevant Guarantor shall not employ the Collateral Vessel owned by it, nor allow it to be employed, otherwise than in conformity with the terms and conditions of the obligatory Insurances, without first obtaining the consent of the insurers and complying with any requirements (as to extra premium or otherwise) which the insurers specify.

 

68


  13.12 Alteration to Terms of Insurances . The relevant Guarantor shall neither make nor agree to any alteration to the terms of any obligatory Insurance nor waive any right relating to any obligatory Insurance without the prior written consent of the Required Lenders (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed).

 

  13.13 Settlement of Claims . The relevant Guarantor shall not settle, compromise or abandon any claim under any obligatory insurance for Total Loss or for a Major Casualty, and shall do all things necessary and provide all documents, evidence and information to enable the Security Trustee to collect or recover any moneys which at any time become payable in respect of the obligatory Insurances.

 

  13.14 Provision of Copies of Communications . The relevant Guarantor shall provide the Security Trustee, at the time of each such communication, copies of all written communications between such Security Party and:

 

  (a) the approved insurance brokers;

 

  (b) the approved protection and indemnity and/or war risks associations; and

 

  (c) the approved insurance companies and/or underwriters, which relate directly or indirectly to:

 

  (i) such Guarantor’s obligations relating to the obligatory insurances including, without limitation, all requisite declarations and payments of additional premiums or calls; and

 

  (ii) any credit arrangements made between such Guarantor and any of the persons referred to in paragraphs (a) or (b) relating wholly or partly to the effecting or maintenance of the obligatory insurances.

 

  13.15 Provision of Information . In addition, the relevant Guarantor shall promptly provide the Security Trustee (or any persons which it may designate) with any information which the Security Trustee (or any such designated person) reasonably requests for the purpose of:

 

  (a) obtaining or preparing any report from an independent marine insurance broker as to the adequacy of the obligatory insurances effected or proposed to be effected; and/or

 

  (b) effecting, maintaining or renewing any such insurances as are referred to in Clause 13.16 or dealing with or considering any matters relating to any such Insurances; and the relevant Guarantor shall, forthwith upon demand, indemnify the Security Trustee in respect of all fees and other expenses incurred by or for the account of the Security Trustee in connection with any such report as is referred to in paragraph (a).

 

69


  13.16 Mortgagee’s Interest, Additional Perils and Political Risk Insurances . The Security Trustee shall be entitled from time to time to effect, maintain and renew a mortgagee’s interest additional perils insurance, a mortgagee’s political risks insurance and a mortgagee’s interest marine insurance in such amounts (not to exceed 110% of the Loan), on such terms, through such insurers and generally in such manner as the Security Trustee may from time to time consider appropriate and the Borrower and each of the Guarantors shall upon demand fully indemnify the Security Trustee in respect of all premiums and other expenses which are incurred in connection with or with a view to effecting, maintaining or renewing any such insurance or dealing with, or considering, any matter arising out of any such insurance.

 

  13.17 Review of Insurance Requirements . The Security Trustee may and, on instruction of the Required Lenders, shall review, at the expense of the Borrower and each of the Guarantors, the requirements of this Clause 13 from time to time in order to take account of any changes in circumstances after the date of this Agreement which are, in the reasonable opinion of the Agent or the Required Lenders significant and capable of affecting the relevant Guarantor or a Collateral Vessel and its insurance (including, without limitation, changes in the availability or the cost of insurance coverage or the risks to which the relevant Guarantor may be subject.)

 

  13.18 Modification of Insurance Requirements . The Security Trustee shall notify the Borrower and each of the Guarantors of any proposed modification under Clause 13.17 to the requirements of this Clause 13 which the Security Trustee may or, on instruction of the Required Lenders, shall reasonably consider necessary and appropriate in the circumstances and such modification shall take effect on and from the date it is notified in writing to the Borrowers as an amendment to this Clause 13 and shall bind the Borrower and each of the Guarantors accordingly.

 

  13.19 Compliance with Instructions . The Security Trustee shall be entitled (without prejudice to or limitation of any other rights which it may have or acquire under any Finance Document) to require a Collateral Vessel to remain at any safe port or to proceed to and remain at any safe port designated by the Security Trustee until the relevant Guarantor implements any amendments to the terms of the obligatory insurances and any operational changes required as a result of a notice served under Clause 13.18.

 

14. COLLATERAL VESSEL COVENANTS

 

  14.1

General . From the first Drawdown Date until the Total Commitments have terminated and all amounts payable hereunder have been paid in full, the Borrower and each of the Guarantors, as the case may be, undertakes with each Creditor Party to comply or cause compliance with the following provisions of

 

70


  this Clause 14, except as the Agent, with the consent of the Required Lenders, may approve from time to time in writing such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, provided, however, that such consent and approval shall be subject always to Clauses 28.1 and 28.2 of this Agreement.

 

  14.2 Collateral Vessel’s Name and Registration . Each Guarantor shall:

 

  (a) keep the Collateral Vessel owned by it registered in its name under the law of an Approved Flag;

 

  (b) not do, omit to do or allow to be done anything as a result of which such registration might be cancelled or imperiled; and

 

  (c) not change the name or port of registry on which its Collateral Vessel was registered when it became subject to a Mortgage.

 

  14.3 Repair and Classification . Each Guarantor shall keep the Collateral Vessel owned by it in a good and safe condition and state of repair:

 

  (a) consistent with first-class ship ownership and management practice;

 

  (b) so as to maintain the highest class for such Collateral Vessel with the Classification Society, free of any overdue recommendations and conditions affecting such Collateral Vessel’s class; and

 

  (c) so as to comply with all laws and regulations applicable to vessels registered under the law of the Approved Flag on which such Collateral Vessel is registered or to vessels trading to any jurisdiction to which such Collateral Vessel may trade from time to time, including but not limited to the ISM Code and the ISPS Code, to the extent applicable in the discretion of the Agent.

 

  14.4 Classification Society Instructions . The relevant Guarantor shall instruct the Classification Society referred to in Clause 14.3(b):

 

  (a) to send to the Agent, following receipt of a written request from the Agent, copies of all original class records held by the Classification Society in relation to its Collateral Vessel;

 

  (b) to allow the Security Trustee (or its agents), at any time and from time to time, to inspect the original class and related records of that Guarantor and its Collateral Vessel either (i) electronically (through the Classification Society directly or by way of indirect access via the Guarantor’s account manager and designating the Security Trustee as a user or administrator of the system under its account) or (ii) in person at the offices of the Classification Society, and to take copies of them electronically or otherwise;

 

71


  (c) to notify the Security Trustee immediately in writing if the Classification Society:

 

  (i) receives notification from that Guarantor or any other person that the Collateral Vessel’s Classification Society is to be changed; or

 

  (ii) becomes aware of any facts or matters which may result in or have resulted in a change, suspension, discontinuance, withdrawal or expiry of that Collateral Vessel’s class under the rules or terms and conditions of that Guarantors or that Collateral Vessel’s membership of the Classification Society;

 

  (d) following receipt of a written request from the Security Trustee:

 

  (i) to confirm that that Guarantor is not in default of any of its contractual obligations or liabilities to the Classification Society and, without limiting the foregoing, that it has paid in full all fees or other charges due and payable to the Classification Society; or

 

  (ii) if that Guarantor is in default of any of its contractual obligations or liabilities to the Classification Society, to specify to the Security Trustee in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances of such default, the consequences of such default, and any remedy period agreed or allowed by the Classification Society.

 

  14.5 Modification . No Guarantor shall make any modification or repairs to, or replacement of, the Collateral Vessel owned by it or equipment installed on such Collateral Vessel which would or is reasonably likely to materially negatively alter the structure, type or performance characteristics of such Collateral Vessel or materially reduce its value.

 

  14.6 Removal of Parts . The relevant Guarantor shall not remove any material part owned by it from the Collateral Vessel owned by it, or any item of equipment owned by it installed on, that Collateral Vessel unless the part or item so removed has become obsolete or is forthwith replaced by a suitable part or item which is in the same condition as or better condition than the part or item removed, is free from any Security Interest or any right in favor of any person other than the Security Trustee and becomes on installation on that Collateral Vessel, the property of that Security Party and subject to the security constituted by the Mortgage, provided that the relevant Guarantor may install and remove equipment owned by a third party if the equipment can be removed without material damage to the Collateral Vessel owned by it.

 

  14.7 Surveys . The relevant Guarantor shall submit the Collateral Vessel owned by it, at its sole expense, regularly to all periodical or other surveys which may be required for classification purposes and, if so required by the Security Trustee provide the Security Trustee, at such Guarantor’s expense, with copies of all survey reports.

 

72


  14.8 Inspection . The relevant Guarantor shall permit the Security Trustee (by surveyors or other persons appointed by it for that purpose at the cost of such Guarantor) to board the Collateral Vessel owned by it up to once per year to inspect its condition or to satisfy themselves about proposed or executed repairs and shall afford all proper facilities for such inspections provided, however , that the Security Trustee shall be entitled to inspect the Ship owned by such Guarantor at any time following a Major Casualty (a “ Post Casualty Inspection ”) until the Collateral Vessel is repaired and such Post Casualty Inspection shall not constitute an annual inspection as provided herein and provided, further , that the first Post Casualty Inspection for such Collateral Vessel shall be at the cost of the relevant Guarantor and any subsequent Post Casualty Inspections related to such Major Casualty conducted by the Security Trustee shall be at its cost. The Security Trustee shall use reasonable endeavors to ensure that the operation of such Collateral Vessel is not adversely affected as a result of such inspections. Notwithstanding the foregoing, at any time after an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing the Security Trustee (by surveyors or other persons appointed by it at the cost of the Borrower and the relevant Guarantor) shall have the right to board the relevant Collateral Vessel at any time or place for any purpose.

 

  14.9 Prevention of and Release from Arrest . The relevant Guarantor shall promptly discharge:

 

  (a) all liabilities which give or may give rise to maritime or possessory liens on or claims enforceable against the Collateral Vessel owned by it, the Earnings or the Insurances;

 

  (b) all taxes, dues and other amounts charged in respect of such Collateral Vessel, the Earnings or the Insurances; and

 

  (c) all other accounts payable whatsoever in respect of such Collateral Vessel, the Earnings or the Insurances,

and, forthwith upon (and in any event, not more than 30 days after) receiving notice of the arrest of the Collateral Vessel owned by it, or of its detention in exercise or purported exercise of any lien or claim, the relevant Guarantor shall procure its release by providing bail or otherwise as the circumstances may require.

 

  14.10 Compliance with Laws etc . The relevant Guarantor shall:

 

  (a) comply, or procure compliance with the ISM Code, the ISPS Code, all Environmental Laws and all other applicable laws or regulations relating to the Collateral Vessel owned by it, its ownership, operation and management or to the business of such Guarantor;

 

  (b) not employ the Collateral Vessel nor allow its employment in any manner contrary to any applicable law or regulation in any relevant jurisdiction including but not limited to the ISM Code and the ISPS Code; and

 

73


  (c) in the event of hostilities in any part of the world (whether war is declared or not), not cause or permit that Collateral Vessel to enter or trade to any zone which is declared a war zone by that Collateral Vessel’s war risks insurers unless the relevant Guarantor has (at its expense) effected any special, additional or modified insurance cover which its war risks insurers may require.

 

  14.11 Provision of Information . The relevant Guarantor shall promptly provide the Security Trustee with any information which it requests regarding:

 

  (a) the Collateral Vessel owned by it, its employment, position and engagements;

 

  (b) the Earnings and payments and amounts due to such Collateral Vessel’s master and crew;

 

  (c) any expenses incurred, or likely to be incurred, in connection with the operation, maintenance or repair of such Collateral Vessel and any payments made in respect of such Collateral Vessel;

 

  (d) any towages and salvages;

 

  (e) the relevant Guarantor’s, the Approved Manager’s or the Collateral Vessel’s compliance with the ISM Code and the ISPS Code; and

 

  (f) the latest technical reports on such Collateral Vessel from the Approved Manager, and, upon the Security Trustee’s request, provide copies of any current charter and charter guarantee relating to the Collateral Vessel, and copies of the Guarantor’s or the Approved Manager’s Document of Compliance.

 

  14.12 Notification of Certain Events . The relevant Guarantor shall immediately notify the Security Trustee by fax or email, confirmed forthwith by letter, of:

 

  (a) any casualty which is or is likely to be or to become a Major Casualty;

 

  (b) any occurrence as a result of which the Collateral Vessel owned by it has become or is, by the passing of time or otherwise, likely to become a Total Loss;

 

  (c) any requirement or condition made by any insurer, Classification Society or Co-Classification Society or by any competent authority which is not immediately complied with;

 

  (d) any arrest or detention of the Collateral Vessel owned by it, any exercise or purported exercise of any Security Interest on that Collateral Vessel or the Earnings or any requisition of the Collateral Vessel for hire;

 

74


  (e) any intended dry docking of the Collateral Vessel owned by it;

 

  (f) any Environmental Claim in excess of $2,500,000 made against the relevant Guarantor or in connection with the Collateral Vessel owned by it, or any Environmental Incident in excess of $2,500,000;

 

  (g) any claim for breach of the ISM Code or the ISPS Code being made against the Guarantor, the Approved Manager or otherwise in connection with the Collateral Vessel; or

 

  (h) any other matter, event or incident, actual or threatened, the effect of which will or could lead to the ISM Code or the ISPS Code not being complied with;

and the relevant Guarantor shall keep the Security Trustee advised in writing on a regular basis and in such detail as the Security Trustee shall require of that Guarantor’s, the Approved Manager’s or any other person’s response to any of those events or matters.

 

  14.13 Restrictions on Chartering, Appointment of Managers etc . The relevant Guarantor shall not unless consented to by the Agent or in the case of any Charter, the Required Lenders (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed):

 

  (a) let the Collateral Vessel owned by it on demise charter for any period;

 

  (b) let the Collateral Vessel owned by it on any time or consecutive voyage charter for a term which exceed, or which by virtue of any optional extension may exceed, 18 months;

 

  (c) enter into any charter in relation to such Collateral Vessel under which more than two (2) months’ hire (or the equivalent) is payable in advance;

 

  (d) charter such Collateral Vessel otherwise than on bona fide arm’s length terms at the time when the Collateral Vessel is fixed;

 

  (e) appoint a manager of such Collateral Vessel other than the Approved Manager or agree to any material alteration to the material terms of the Approved Management Agreement, provided, however, that any manager so appointed including an Approved Manager appointed after the Effective Date shall enter into a manager’s undertaking in favor of the Security Trustee in form and substance acceptable to the Agent;

 

  (f) de-activate or lay up the Collateral Vessel owned by it;

 

  (g) change the Classification Society other than to another Classification Society; or

 

75


  (h) put the Collateral Vessel owned by it in to the possession of any person for the purpose of work being done upon it in an amount exceeding or likely to exceed $1,000,000 (or the equivalent in any other currency) unless that person has first given to the Security Trustee and in terms satisfactory to it a written undertaking not to exercise any Security Interest on that Collateral Vessel or the Earnings for the cost of such work or for any other reason.

 

  14.14 Notice of Mortgage . The relevant Guarantor shall keep the Mortgage registered against the Collateral Vessel owned by it as a valid first preferred mortgage, carry on board the Collateral Vessel owned by it a certified copy of the Mortgage and place and maintain in a conspicuous place in the navigation room and the Master’s cabin of the Collateral Vessel a framed printed notice stating that the Collateral Vessel is mortgaged by such Guarantor to the Security Trustee.

 

  14.15 ISPS Code . The relevant Guarantor shall comply with the ISPS Code and in particular, without limitation, shall:

 

  (a) procure that the Collateral Vessel owned by it and the company responsible for the Collateral Vessel’s compliance with the ISPS Code comply with the ISPS Code; and

 

  (b) maintain for such Collateral Vessel an ISSC; and

 

  (c) notify the Agent immediately in writing of any actual or threatened withdrawal, suspension, cancellation or modification of the ISSC.

 

15. SECURITY MAINTENANCE COVER RATIO

 

  15.1 General . From the first Drawdown Date of an Advance until the Total Commitments have terminated and all amounts payable hereunder have been paid in full, the Borrower undertakes with each Creditor Party to comply with the following provisions of this Clause 15 except as the Agent, with the consent of all Lenders, may approve from time to time in writing, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.

 

  15.2 Security Maintenance Cover Ratio . If, at any time, the Agent notifies the Borrower that the ratio of:

 

  (a) the aggregate Fair Market Value of the Collateral Vessels delivered to the Guarantors; plus

 

  (b) the net realizable value of any additional Collateral previously provided under this Clause 15, to:

 

  (c) the Advances of the Loan relating to such Collateral Vessels;

 

76


(such ratio being the “ Security Maintenance Cover Ratio ”) is below the SMC Threshold, the Agent shall require the Borrower to comply with the requirements of Clause 15.3, unless otherwise agreed by all Lenders. For the purpose of this Clause 15.2, the “ SMC Threshold ” means 140% of the outstanding principal balance of the Loan.

 

  15.3 Provision of Additional Security; Prepayment . When the Agent serves a notice on the Borrower under Clause 15.2, the Borrower shall, within thirty (30) days after the date on which the Agent’s notice is served, either:

 

  (a) provide, or ensure that a third party provides, additional Collateral which, in the reasonable opinion of the Lenders, is in form and substance acceptable to the Lenders and has a net realizable value at least equal to the shortfall and is documented in such terms as may be reasonably satisfactory to the Security Trustee acting with the authorization of all Lenders (it being understood that cash collateral comprised of U.S. Dollars is satisfactory and that it shall be valued at par); or

 

  (b) prepay the Loan in such amount as will eliminate the shortfall.

 

  15.4 Value of Additional Vessel Security . The net realizable value of any additional Collateral which is provided under Clause 15.3 and which consists of a Security Interest over a vessel shall be that shown by a valuation complying with the definition of Fair Market Value.

 

  15.5 Valuations Binding . Any valuation under Clause 15.3 or 15.4 shall be binding and conclusive as regards the Borrower and the Lenders, as shall be any valuation which the Agent makes of any additional security which does not consist of or include a Security Interest.

 

  15.6 Provision of Information . The Borrower shall promptly provide the Agent and any Approved Broker or other expert acting under Clause 15.4 with any information which the Agent or the Approved Broker or other expert may request for the purposes of the valuation; and, if the Borrower fails to provide the information by the date specified in the request, the valuation may be made on any basis and assumptions which the Approved Broker or the Agent (or the expert appointed by the Agent) consider prudent.

 

  15.7 Payment of Valuation Expenses . Without prejudice to the generality of the Borrower’s obligations under Clauses 21.2, 21.3 and 22.3, the Borrowers shall, on demand, pay the Agent the amount of the fees and expenses of any Approved Broker or other expert instructed by the Agent under this Clause 15 and all legal and other expenses incurred by any Creditor Party in connection with any matter arising out of Clause 15.3 or 15.4.

 

  15.8 Application of Prepayment . Clause 8 shall apply in relation to any prepayment pursuant to Clause 15.3(b).

 

77


16. GUARANTEE

 

  16.1 Guarantee and Indemnity . In order to induce the Lenders to make the Loan to the Borrower, each of the Guarantors, jointly and severally, irrevocably and unconditionally:

 

  (a) guarantees, as a primary obligor and not merely as a surety, to each Creditor Party, the punctual payment and performance by the Borrower when due, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, of all Secured Liabilities of the Borrower, whether for principal, interest, fees, expenses or otherwise (collectively, the “ Guaranteed Obligations ”);

 

  (b) undertakes with each Creditor Party that whenever the Borrower does not pay any Guaranteed Obligation when due, the Guarantors shall immediately on demand pay that Guaranteed Obligation as if they were the primary obligors; and

 

  (c) indemnifies each Creditor Party immediately on demand against any cost, loss or liability suffered or incurred by that Creditor Party (i) if any Guaranteed Obligation is or becomes unenforceable, invalid or illegal or (ii) by operation of law as a consequence of the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents. The amount of the cost, loss or liability shall be equal to the amount which that Creditor Party would otherwise have been entitled to recover.

 

  16.2 Continuing Guarantee . This guarantee:

 

  (a) is a continuing guarantee;

 

  (b) is joint and several with any other guarantee given in respect of the Guaranteed Obligations and shall not in any way be prejudiced by any other guarantee or security now or subsequently held by any Creditor Party in respect of the Guaranteed Obligations;

 

  (c) shall remain in full force and effect until the later of the termination of the Total Commitments and the payment and performance in full of the Guaranteed Obligations and all other amounts payable hereunder regardless of any intermediate payment or discharge in whole or in part;

 

  (d) shall be binding upon the Guarantor, its successors and permitted assigns; and

 

  (e) is a guarantee of payment not collection.

 

78


  16.3 Performance of Guaranteed Obligations; Obligations pari passu .

 

  (a) Each of the Guarantors agrees that the Guaranteed Obligations will be performed and paid strictly in accordance with the terms of the relevant Finance Document regardless of any law or regulation or order of any court:

 

  (i) affecting (A) any term of such Finance Document or the rights of any of the Creditor Parties with respect thereto or (B) the Borrower’s ability or obligation to make or render, or right of any Creditor Party to receive, any payments or performance due thereunder; or

 

  (ii) which might otherwise constitute a defense to, or a legal or equitable discharge of, the Borrower.

 

  (b) The obligations of each of the Guarantors under this guarantee shall rank pari passu with all other unsecured obligations of such Guarantor.

 

  16.4 Reinstatement . If any payment of any of the Guaranteed Obligations is rescinded, discharged, avoided or reduced or must otherwise be returned by a Creditor Party or any other person upon the insolvency, bankruptcy or reorganization of the Borrower or any other Security Party or otherwise:

 

  (a) this guarantee shall continue to be effective or be reinstated, and the liability of each of the Guarantors hereunder shall continue or be reinstated, as the case may be, as if the payment, discharge, avoidance or reduction had not occurred; and

 

  (b) each Creditor Party shall be entitled to recover the value or amount of that payment from any of the Guarantors, as if the payment, discharge, avoidance or reduction had not occurred.

 

  16.5 Liability Absolute and Unconditional . The obligations of each of the Guarantors under this Clause 16 shall be irrevocable, absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by an act, omission, matter or thing which, but for this Clause, would reduce, release or prejudice any of its obligations under this Clause 16, and each of the Guarantors hereby irrevocably waives any defenses it may now have or hereafter acquire in any way relating to, any or all of the following:

 

  (a) any time, waiver or consent granted to, or composition with, any Security Party or other person;

 

  (b) the release of any other Security Party or any other person under the terms of any composition or arrangement with any creditor of any Security Party;

 

  (c) the taking, variation, compromise, exchange, renewal or release of, or refusal or neglect to perfect, take up or enforce, any rights against, or security over assets of, any Security Party or other person or any non-presentation or non-observance of any formality or other requirement in respect of any instrument or any failure to realize the full value of any security;

 

79


  (d) any incapacity or lack of power, authority or legal personality of or dissolution or change in the corporate or company structure or status of a Security Party or any other person (including without limitation any change in the holding of such Security Party’s or other person’s Equity Interests);

 

  (e) any amendment to or replacement of a Finance Document or any other document or security;

 

  (f) any unenforceability, illegality or invalidity of any obligation of any Security Party or any other person under any Finance Document or any other document or security;

 

  (g) any bankruptcy, insolvency or similar proceedings; or

 

  (h) any other circumstance whatsoever that might otherwise constitute a defense available to, or a legal or equitable discharge of, any Security Party.

 

  16.6 Waiver of Promptness, etc. Each of the Guarantors hereby unconditionally and irrevocably waives promptness, diligence, notice of acceptance, presentment, demand for performance, notice of non-performance, default, acceleration, protest or dishonor and any other notice with respect to any of the Guaranteed Obligations and this guarantee and any requirement that a Creditor Party protect, secure, perfect or insure any Security Interest or any property subject thereto or exhaust any right or take any action against any Security Party or any other person or entity or any Collateral.

 

  16.7 Waiver of Revocation, etc. Each of the Guarantors hereby unconditionally and irrevocably waives any right to revoke this guarantee.

 

  16.8 Waiver of Certain Defenses . Each of the Guarantors hereby unconditionally and irrevocably waives:

 

  (a) any defense arising by reason of any claim or defense based upon an election of remedies by a Creditor Party that in any manner impairs, reduces, releases or otherwise adversely affects the subrogation, reimbursement, exoneration, contribution or indemnification rights of such Guarantor or other rights of such Guarantor to proceed against the Borrower, any of the other Security Parties, any other guarantor or any other person or entity or any Collateral; and

 

  (b) any defense based on any right of set-off or counterclaim against or in respect of the obligations of such Guarantor hereunder.

 

80


  16.9 Waiver of Disclosure, etc. Each of the Guarantors hereby unconditionally and irrevocably waives any duty on the part of any Creditor Party to disclose to such Guarantor any matter, fact or thing relating to the business, condition (financial or otherwise), operations, performance, properties or prospects of the Borrower, any other Security Party or any of their respective subsidiaries now or hereafter known by any Creditor Party.

 

  16.10 Immediate Recourse . Each of the Guarantors waives any right it may have of first requiring any Creditor Party (or any trustee or agent on its behalf) to proceed against or enforce any other rights or security or claim payment from any person before claiming from such Guarantor under this Clause 16. This waiver applies irrespective of any law or any provision of a Finance Document to the contrary.

 

  16.11 Acknowledgment of Benefits . Each of the Guarantors acknowledges that it will receive substantial direct and indirect benefits from the financing arrangements contemplated by the Finance Documents and that the waivers set forth in this Clause 16 are knowingly made in contemplation of such benefits.

 

  16.12 Independent Obligations . The obligations of each of the Guarantors under or in respect of this guarantee are independent of the Guaranteed Obligations or any other obligations of the Borrower or any other Security Party under or in respect of the Finance Documents, and a separate action or actions may be brought and prosecuted against each Guarantor to enforce this guarantee irrespective of whether any action is brought against the Borrower or any other Security Party or whether the Borrower or any other Security Party is joined in any such action or actions.

 

  16.13 Deferral of Guarantor’s Rights . Until the Guaranteed Obligations have been irrevocably paid and performed in full and unless the Agent otherwise directs, each of the Guarantors will not exercise any rights which it may have by reason of performance by it of its obligations under the Finance Documents:

 

  (a) to be indemnified by another Security Party;

 

  (b) to claim any contribution from any other guarantor of any Security Party’s obligations under the Finance Documents; and/or

 

  (c) to take the benefit (in whole or in part and whether by way of subrogation or otherwise) of any rights of the Creditor Parties under the Finance Documents or of any other guarantee or security taken pursuant to, or in connection with, the Finance Documents by any Creditor Party.

 

  16.14

Limitation of Liability . Each of the Guarantors and each of the Creditor Parties hereby confirms that it is its intention that the Guaranteed Obligations do not constitute a fraudulent transfer or conveyance for purposes of the United States Bankruptcy Code, the Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act, the Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act or any similar law. To effectuate the foregoing intention, each of the Guarantors and each of the Creditor Parties hereby irrevocably agrees

 

81


  that the Guaranteed Obligations guaranteed by each of the Guarantors shall be limited to such amount as will, after giving effect to such maximum amount and all other (contingent or otherwise) liabilities of such Guarantor that are relevant under such laws, result in the Guaranteed Obligations of such Guarantor in respect of such maximum amount not constituting a fraudulent transfer or conveyance.

 

  16.15 Reliance of Creditor Parties . Each of the Creditor Parties has entered into this Agreement in reliance upon, among other things, this guarantee.

 

17. PAYMENTS AND CALCULATIONS

 

  17.1 Currency and Method of Payments . All payments to be made by the Lenders or by the Security Parties under a Finance Document shall be made to the Agent or to the Security Trustee, in the case of an amount payable to it:

 

  (a) by not later than 11:00 a.m. (Paris time) on the due date;

 

  (b) in same day Dollar funds settled through the New York Clearing House Interbank Payments System (or in such other Dollar funds and/or settled in such other manner as the Agent shall specify as being customary at the time for the settlement of international transactions of the type contemplated by this Agreement);

 

  (c) in the case of an amount payable by a Lender to the Agent or by another Security Party to the Agent or any Lender, to the account of the Agent as the Agent may from time to time notify to the Borrower, the other Security Parties and the other Creditor Parties; and

 

  (d) in the case of an amount payable to the Security Trustee, to such account as it may from time to time notify to the Borrower and the other Creditor Parties.

 

  17.2 Payment on Non-Business Day . If any payment by any Security Party under a Finance Document would otherwise fall due on a day which is not a Business Day:

 

  (a) the due date shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day; or

 

  (b) if the next succeeding Business Day falls in the next calendar month, the due date shall be brought forward to the immediately preceding Business Day;

and interest shall be payable during any extension under paragraph (a) at the rate payable on the original due date.

 

  17.3 Basis for Calculation of Periodic Payments . All interest, commitment fee and any other payments under any Finance Document which are of an annual or periodic nature shall accrue from day to day and shall be calculated on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed and a 360 day year.

 

82


  17.4 Distribution of Payments to Creditor Parties . Subject to Clauses 17.5, 17.6 and 17.7

 

  (a) any amount received by the Agent under a Finance Document for distribution or remittance to a Lender or the Security Trustee shall be made available by the Agent to that Lender or, as the case may be, the Security Trustee by payment, with funds having the same value as the funds received, to such account as the Lender or the Security Trustee may have notified to the Agent not less than five (5) Business Days previously; and

 

  (b) amounts to be applied in satisfying amounts of a particular category which are due to the Lenders generally shall be distributed by the Agent to each Lender pro rata to the amount in that category which is due to it.

 

  17.5 Permitted Deductions by Agent . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement or any other Finance Document, the Agent may, before making an amount available to a Lender, deduct and withhold from that amount any sum which is then due and payable to the Agent from that Lender under any Finance Document or any sum which the Agent is then entitled under any Finance Document to require that Lender to pay on demand.

 

  17.6 Agent Only Obliged to Pay When Monies Received . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement or any other Finance Document, the Agent shall not be obliged to make available to the Borrower or any Lender any sum which the Agent is expecting to receive for remittance or distribution to the Borrower or that Lender until the Agent has satisfied itself that it has received that sum.

 

  17.7 Refund to Agent of Monies Not Received . If and to the extent that the Agent makes available a sum to the Borrower or a Lender, without first having received that sum, the Borrower or (as the case may be) the Lender concerned shall, on demand:

 

  (a) refund the sum in full to the Agent; and

 

  (b) pay to the Agent the amount (as certified by the Agent) which will indemnify the Agent against any funding or other loss, liability or expense incurred by the Agent as a result of making the sums available before receiving it.

 

  17.8 Agent May Assume Receipt . Clause 17.7 shall not affect any claim which the Agent has under the law of restitution, and applies irrespective of whether the Agent had any form of notice that it had not received the sum which it made available.

 

83


  17.9 Creditor Party Accounts . Each Creditor Party shall maintain accounts showing the amounts owing to it by the Borrower and each other Security Party under the Finance Documents and all payments in respect of those amounts made by the Borrower and any other Security Party.

 

  17.10 Agent’s Memorandum Account . The Agent shall maintain a memorandum account showing the amounts advanced by the Lenders and all other sums owing to the Agent, the Security Trustee and each Lender from the Borrower and each other Security Party under the Finance Documents and all payments in respect of those amounts made by the Borrower and any other Security Party.

 

  17.11 Accounts Prima Facie Evidence . If any accounts maintained under Clauses 17.9 and 17.10 show an amount to be owing by the Borrower or any other Security Party to a Creditor Party, those accounts shall be prima facie evidence that that amount is owing to that Creditor Party.

 

18. APPLICATION OF RECEIPTS

 

  18.1 Normal Order of Application . Except as any Finance Document may otherwise provide, any sums which are received or recovered by any Creditor Party under or by virtue of any Finance Document shall be applied:

 

  (a) FIRST: in or towards satisfaction of any amounts then due and payable under the Finance Documents in the following order and proportions:

 

  (i) first , in or towards satisfaction pro rata of all amounts then due and payable to the Creditor Parties under the Finance Documents other than those amounts referred to at paragraphs (ii) and (iii) (including, but without limitation, all amounts payable by the Borrowers’ under Clauses 21, 22 and 23 of this Agreement or by the Borrowers or any other Security Party under any corresponding or similar provision in any other Finance Document);

 

  (ii) second , in or towards satisfaction pro rata of any and all amounts of interest or default interest payable to the Creditor Parties under the Finance Documents; and

 

  (iii) third , in or towards satisfaction pro rata of any and all amounts of principal payable to the Lenders under this Agreement;

 

  (b) SECOND: in retention of an amount equal to any amount not then due and payable under any Finance Document but which the Agent, by notice to the Borrower, the other Security Parties and the other Creditor Parties, states in its opinion will or may become due and payable in the future and, upon those amounts becoming due and payable, in or towards satisfaction of them in accordance with the provisions of Clause 18.1(a); and

 

  (c) THIRD: any surplus shall be paid to the Borrower or to any other person appearing to be entitled to it.

 

84


  18.2 Variation of Order of Application . The Agent may, with the authorization of all Lenders, by notice to the Borrowers, the other Security Parties and the other Creditor Parties provide for a different manner of application from that set out in Clause 18.1 either as regards a specified sum or sums or as regards to sums in a specified category or categories.

 

  18.3 Notice of Variation of Order of Application . The Agent may give notices under Clause 18.2 from time to time; and such a notice may be stated to apply not only to sums which may be received or recovered in the future, but also to any sum which has been received or recovered on or after the third Business Day before the date on which the notice is served.

 

  18.4 Appropriation Rights Overridden . This Clause 18 and any notice which the Agent gives under Clause 18.2 shall override any right of appropriation possessed, and any appropriation made, by the Borrower or any other Security Party.

 

  18.5 Payments in Excess of Contribution.

 

  (a) If any Lender shall obtain any payment (whether voluntary, involuntary, through the exercise of any right of set-off, counterclaim or otherwise) in excess of its Contribution, such Lender shall forthwith purchase from the other Lenders such participation in their respective Contributions as shall be necessary to share the excess payment ratably with each of them, provided that if all or any portion of such excess payment is thereafter recovered from such purchasing Lender, such purchase from each other Lender shall be rescinded and such Lender shall repay to the purchasing Lender the purchase price to the extent of such recovery together with an amount equal to such Lender’s ratable share (according to the proportion of (a) the amount of such Lender’s required repayment to (b) the total amount so recovered from the purchasing Lender) of any interest or other amount paid or payable by the purchasing Lender in respect of the total amount so recovered.

 

  (b) The Borrower agrees that any Lender so purchasing a participation from another Lender pursuant to this Clause 18.5 may, to the fullest extent permitted by law, exercise all of its rights of payment (including the right of set-off) with respect to such participation as fully as if such Lender were the direct creditor of the Borrower in the amount of such participation.

 

  (c)

Notwithstanding paragraphs (a) and (b) of this Clause 18.5, any Lender which shall have commenced or joined (as a plaintiff) in an action or proceeding in any court to recover sums due to it under any Finance

 

85


  Document and pursuant to a judgment obtained therein or a settlement or compromise of that action or proceeding shall have received any amount, such Lender shall not be required to share any proportion of that amount with a Lender which has the legal right to, but does not, join such action or proceeding or commence and diligently prosecute a separate action or proceeding to enforce its rights in the same or another court.

 

  (d) Each Lender exercising or contemplating exercising any rights giving rise to a receipt or receiving any payment of the type referred to in this Clause 18.5 or instituting legal proceedings to recover sums owing to it under this Agreement shall, as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter, give notice thereof to the Agent who shall give notice to the other Lenders.

 

19. APPLICATION OF EARNINGS, SALES PROCEEDS, INSURANCE PROCEEDS AND RETENTION ACCOUNT

 

  19.1 General . From the first Drawdown Date until the Total Commitments have terminated and all amounts payable hereunder have been paid in full, the Borrower and each of the Guarantors undertakes with each Creditor Party to comply or cause compliance with the following provisions of this Clause 19 except as the Agent, with the consent of the Required Lenders, may approve from time to time in writing, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.

 

  19.2 Payment of Earnings . The Borrower and each of the Guarantors undertakes with each Creditor Party to ensure that subject only to the provisions of any Charter Assignment or Earnings Assignment, all of the Earnings of each Collateral Vessel are paid to the Earnings Account.

 

  19.3 Location of Accounts . The Borrower and each of the Guarantors shall promptly:

 

  (a) comply with any requirement of the Agent as to the location or re-location of the Earnings Account and the Retention Account; and

 

  (b) execute the Earnings Account Pledge with respect to the Earnings Account and the Retention Account Pledge with respect to the Retention Account and/or any other documents which the Agent specifies to create or maintain in favor of the Security Trustee a Security Interest over (and/or rights of set-off, consolidation or other rights in relation to) any of the Earnings Account and the Retention Account.

 

  19.4 Borrower’s Obligations Unaffected . The provisions of this Clause 19 do not affect:

 

  (a) the liability of the Borrower to make payments of principal and interest on the due dates; or

 

  (b) any other liability or obligation of the Borrower or any other Security Party under any Finance Document.

 

86


  19.5 Interest Accrued on Retention Account . Any credit balance on the Retention Account shall bear interest at the rate from time to time offered by the Account Bank to the Borrower and such interest shall be paid to the Retention Account and applied in accordance with Clause 19.7(b).

 

  19.6 Debt for Expenses etc. The Agent shall be entitled (but not obliged) from time to time to debit the Retention Account with prior notice to the Borrower in order to discharge any amount due and payable under Clause 21 or Clause 22 to a Creditor Party or payment of which any Creditor Party has become entitled to demand under Clause 21 or 22.

 

  19.7 Retention Account: Credits and Withdrawals.

 

  (a) The Borrower undertakes with the Credit Parties that it will, from the Effective Date and for so long as any moneys are owing under the Finance Documents, on each Retention Date commencing with the fiscal quarter immediately following the fiscal quarter of the first drawdown, for an Advance of the Loan pay to the Agent for credit to the Retention Account, the Retention Amount for the applicable Advance of the Loan for such Retention Date less any amounts credited to the Retention Account pursuant to Section 19.5 provided however that, to the extent that there are moneys standing to the credit of the Earnings Account as at the relevant Retention Date, such moneys shall, up to an amount equal to the Retention Amount, be transferred to the Retention Account on that Retention Date.

 

  (b) Unless and until there shall occur an Event of Default (whereupon the provisions of Clause 20.4 shall apply), all Retention Amounts credited to the Retention Account together with interest from time to time accruing or at any time accrued on any amounts standing to the credit of the Retention Account from time to time, shall be applied by the Agent upon each Repayment Date and/or on each day that interest is payable pursuant to Clause 7, in or towards payment to the Lenders of (i) the relevant amount of interest then due, and (ii) the relevant installment then falling due for repayment. Each such application by the Agent shall constitute a payment in or towards satisfaction of the Borrower’s corresponding payment obligations under this Agreement but shall be strictly without prejudice to the obligations of the Borrower to make any such payment to the extent that the aforesaid application by the Agent is insufficient to meet the same.

 

  (c) Unless the Agent otherwise agrees in writing, the Borrower shall not be entitled to withdraw any moneys from the Retention Account at any time from the Effective Date and so long as any moneys are owing under the Finance Documents.

 

  19.8 Use of Proceeds in Earnings Accounts . Unless and until an Event of Default occurs, the Earnings of each Collateral Vessel shall be freely available to each of the Guarantors and the Borrower.

 

87


20. EVENTS OF DEFAULT

 

  20.1 Events of Default . An Event of Default occurs if:

 

  (a) the Borrower or any other Security Party fails to pay when due any principal or interest payable under a Finance Document or under any document relating to a Finance Document, unless its failure to pay is caused by a technical or administrative error and payment is made within three (3) Business Days of its due date, or, in the case of all other amounts and sums payable on demand, within five (5) Business Days after the date when first demanded; or

 

  (b) any breach occurs of any of Clauses 8.9, 9.2, 10.20, 11.1(l), 11.1(s), 11.2(b), 11.2(p), 13, 15.3 or 19.7(a); or

 

  (c) any breach by the Borrower or any other Security Party occurs of any provision of a Finance Document (other than a breach covered by paragraphs (a), (b), (e) or (m) of this Clause 20.1) which, in the opinion of the Agent acting on behalf of the Required Lenders, is capable of remedy, and such default continues unremedied 30 days after written notice from the Agent requesting action to remedy the same; or

 

  (d) (subject to any applicable grace period specified in the Finance Document) any breach by the Borrower or any other Security Party occurs of any provision of a Finance Document (other than a breach falling within paragraphs (a), (b), (c) or (e) of this Clause 20.1); or

 

  (e) any representation, warranty or statement made or repeated by, or by an officer or director of, the Borrower or any other Security Party in a Finance Document or in the Drawdown Notice or any other notice or document relating to a Finance Document is untrue or misleading in any material respect when it is made or repeated; or

 

  (f) an event of default, or an event or circumstance which, with the giving of any notice, the lapse of time or both would constitute an event of default, has occurred on the part of a Security Party under any contract or agreement in excess of $5,000,000 (other than the Finance Documents) to which such Security Party is a party, and such event of default has not been cured within any applicable grace period;

 

  (g)

any Financial Indebtedness of a Security Party in excess of $5,000,000 is not paid when due (or if there is an applicable grace period within such applicable grace period) or, only in the case of sums payable on demand, when first demanded, except for any such Financial Indebtedness which is

 

88


  being contested by such Security Party in good faith and through appropriate proceedings and in a manner that does not involve any risk of sale, forfeiture, loss, confiscation or seizure of the Collateral Vessel owned by such Security Party; or

 

  (h) the Borrower or any of the Guarantors shall generally not pay its debts as such debts become due, or shall admit in writing its inability to pay its debts generally, or shall make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors; or

 

  (i) any proceeding shall be instituted by or against the Borrower or any of the Guarantors seeking to adjudicate it a bankrupt or insolvent, or seeking liquidation, winding up, reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, protection, relief, or composition of it or its debts under any law relating to bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization or relief of debtors, or seeking the entry of an order for relief or the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian or other similar official for it or for any substantial part of its property, and solely in the case of an involuntary proceeding:

 

  (i) such proceeding shall remain undismissed or unstayed for a period of 60 days; or

 

  (ii) any of the actions sought in such involuntary proceeding (including, without limitation, the entry of an order for relief against, or the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian or other similar official for, it or for any substantial part of its property) shall occur; or

 

  (j) all or a material part of the undertakings, assets, rights or revenues of, or shares or other ownership interest in, any Security Party are seized, nationalized, expropriated or compulsorily acquired by or under authority of any government provided that, in the reasonable opinion of the Agent (acting with the authorization of the Required Lenders), such occurrence would adversely affect any Security Party’s ability to perform its obligations under the Finance Documents to which it is a party; or

 

  (k) a creditor attaches or takes possession of, or a distress, execution, sequestration or process (each an “ action ”) is levied or enforced upon or sued out against, a material part of the undertakings, assets, rights or revenues (the “ assets ”) of any Security Party in relation to a claim by such creditor which, in the reasonable opinion of the Required Lenders, is likely to materially and adversely affect the ability of such Security Party to perform all or any of its material obligations under or otherwise to comply with the terms of any Finance Document to which it is a party and such Security Party does not procure that such action is lifted, released or expunged within 30 Business Days of such action being (i) instituted and (ii) notified to such Security Party; or

 

89


  (l) the Borrower or any Guarantor ceases or suspends or threatens to cease or suspend the carrying on of its business, except in the case of a sale or a proposed sale of a Collateral Vessel by a Guarantor that owns such Collateral Vessel; or

 

  (m) a Collateral Vessel becomes a Total Loss or suffers a Major Casualty and (i) in the case of a Total Loss, insurance proceeds are not collected or received by the Security Trustee from the underwriters or the Borrower has not repaid the Advance relating to the lost Collateral Vessel within 180 days of the Total Loss Date or (ii) in the case of a Major Casualty, such Collateral Vessel has not been otherwise repaired in a proper fashion; or

 

  (n) it becomes unlawful or impossible:

 

  (i) for any Security Party to discharge any liability under a Finance Document or to comply with any other obligation which the Required Lenders consider material under a Finance Document;

 

  (ii) for the Agent, the Security Trustee or the Lenders to exercise or enforce any right under, or to enforce any Security Interest created by, a Finance Document; or

 

  (o) any consent necessary to enable any of the Guarantors to own, operate or charter the Collateral Vessel owned by it or to enable the Borrower or any other Security Party to comply with any provision which the Required Lenders consider material of a Finance Document or a Charter is not granted, expires without being renewed, is revoked or becomes liable to revocation or any condition of such a consent is not fulfilled; or

 

  (p) any material provision of a Finance Document proves to have been or becomes invalid or unenforceable, or a Security Interest created by a Finance Document proves to have been or becomes invalid or unenforceable or such a Security Interest proves to have ranked after, or loses its priority to, another Security Interest or any other third party claim or interest;

 

  (q) an event or series of events occurs which, in the reasonable opinion of the Required Lenders, may have a Material Adverse Effect; or

 

  (r) an ERISA Funding Event or an ERISA Termination Event has occurred and is continuing which, in the reasonable opinion of the Required Lenders, could reasonably be expected to result in a material adverse effect on the Security Parties’ business, assets or financial conditions or which may affect the legality, validity, binding effect and/or enforceability of any of the Finance Documents.

 

90


  20.2 Actions Following an Event of Default . On, or at any time after, the occurrence of an Event of Default (after the expiration of any applicable grace periods):

 

  (a) the Agent may, and if so instructed by the Required Lenders, the Agent shall:

 

  (i) serve on the Borrower a notice stating that the Commitments and all other obligations of each Lender to the Borrower under this Agreement are cancelled; and/or

 

  (ii) serve on the Borrower a notice stating that the Loan, all accrued interest and all other amounts accrued or owing under this Agreement are immediately due and payable or are due and payable on demand , provided that in the case of an Event of Default under either of Clauses 20.1(h) or (i), the Loan and all accrued interest and other amounts accrued or owing hereunder shall be deemed immediately due and payable without notice or demand therefor; and/or

 

  (iii) take any other action which, as a result of the Event of Default or any notice served under paragraph (i) or (ii), the Agent and/or the Lenders are entitled to take under any Finance Document or any applicable law; and/or

 

  (b) the Security Trustee may, and if so instructed by the Agent, acting with the authorization of the Required Lenders, the Security Trustee shall, take any action which, as a result of the Event of Default or any notice served under paragraph (a) (i) or (ii), the Security Trustee, the Agent and/or the Lenders are entitled to take under any Finance Document or any applicable law.

 

  20.3 Termination of Commitments . On the service of a notice under Clause 20.2(a)(i), the Commitments and all other obligations of each Lender to the Borrower under this Agreement shall be cancelled.

 

  20.4 Acceleration of Loan . On the service of a notice under Clause 20.2(a)(ii), the Loan, all accrued interest and all other amounts accrued or owing from the Borrower or any other Security Party under this Agreement and every other Finance Document shall become immediately due and payable or, as the case may be, payable on demand, and the Security Trustee shall forthwith be entitled to enforce the Security Interests created by this Agreement and any other Finance Document in any manner available to it and in such sequence as the Security Trustee may, in its absolute discretion, determine.

 

  20.5 Multiple Notices; Action Without Notice. The Agent may serve notices under Clauses 20.2(a)(i) and (ii) simultaneously or on different dates and it and/or the Security Trustee may take any action referred to in Clause 20.2 if no such notice is served or simultaneously with or at any time after the service of both or either of such notices.

 

91


  20.6 Notification of Creditor Parties and Security Parties . The Agent shall send to each Lender, the Security Trustee and each Security Party a copy of the text of any notice which the Agent serves on the Borrower under Clause 20.2. Such notice shall become effective when it is served on the Borrower, and no failure or delay by the Agent to send a copy or the text of the notice to any other person shall invalidate the notice or provide the Borrower or any Security Party with any form of claim or defense.

 

  20.7 Creditor Party Rights Unimpaired . Nothing in this Clause shall be taken to impair or restrict the exercise of any right given to individual Lenders under a Finance Document or the general law; and, in particular, this Clause is without prejudice to Clause 3.1.

 

  20.8 Exclusion of Creditor Party Liability . No Creditor Party, and no receiver or manager appointed by the Security Trustee, shall have any liability to any Security Party:

 

  (a) for any loss caused by an exercise of rights under, or enforcement of a Security Interest created by, a Finance Document or by any failure or delay to exercise such a right or to enforce such a Security Interest; or

 

  (b) as mortgagee in possession or otherwise, for any income or principal amount which might have been produced by or realized from any asset comprised in such a Security Interest or for any reduction (however caused) in the value of such an asset,

provided that nothing in this Clause 20.8 shall exempt a Creditor Party or a receiver or manager from liability for losses shown to have been caused by the gross negligence or the willful misconduct of such Creditor Party’s own officers and employees or (as the case may be) such receiver’s or manager’s own partners or employees.

 

21. FEES AND EXPENSES

 

  21.1 Arrangement, Commitment and Up-Front Fees . The Borrower shall pay to the Agent:

 

  (a) for the account of the Arranger an upfront arrangement fee in such amount and payable on such date as set forth in the relevant Fee Letter;

 

  (b) quarterly in arrears during the period from (and including) the Effective Date until the undrawn portion of the Total Commitments is permanently reduced to zero, for the account of the Lenders, a commitment fee at the rate of 1.17% per annum on the amount of the Total Commitments less the amount of the Loan, for distribution among the Lenders pro rata to their Commitments;

 

92


  (c) for the account of the Agent an annual agency fee in such amount per delivered Collateral Vessel as set forth in the Fee Letter which shall be payable on the Drawdown Date of the Advance for such Collateral Vessel and thereafter on each anniversary of the Effective Date occurring after the year in which such Drawdown Date of such Advance fell; and

 

  (d) for the account of the Lenders, an upfront participation fee in such amount and payable on such date as set forth in the relevant Fee Letter and shall be distributed pro rata to each Lender in proportion to which its Commitment bears to the Total Commitments.

 

  21.2 Costs of Negotiation, Preparation, etc. The Borrower shall pay to the Agent on its demand the amount of all expenses incurred by the Agent or the Security Trustee in connection with the negotiation, preparation, execution or registration of any Finance Document or any related document or with any transaction contemplated by a Finance Document or a related document, including, without limitation, the reasonable fees and disbursements of a Creditor Party’s legal counsel and any local counsel retained by them.

 

  21.3 Costs of Variations, Amendments, Enforcement, etc . The Borrower shall pay to the Agent, on the Agent’s demand, for the account of the Creditor Party concerned, the amount of all expenses incurred by a Creditor Party in connection with:

 

  (a) any amendment or supplement to a Finance Document, or any proposal for such an amendment to be made;

 

  (b) any consent or waiver by the Lenders, the Required Lenders or the Creditor Party concerned under or in connection with a Finance Document, or any request for such a consent or waiver;

 

  (c) the valuation of any Collateral provided or offered under Clause 15 or any other matter relating to such Collateral; or

 

  (d) any step taken by the Security Trustee, a Lender with a view to the protection, exercise or enforcement of any right or Security Interest created by a Finance Document or for any similar purpose.

There shall be recoverable under paragraph (d) the full amount of all reasonable legal expenses, whether or not such as would be allowed under rules of court or any taxation or other procedure carried out under such rules.

 

  21.4 Documentary Taxes . The Borrower shall promptly pay any tax payable on or by reference to any Finance Document, and shall, on the Agent’s demand, fully indemnify each Creditor Party against any claims, expenses, liabilities and losses resulting from any failure or delay by the Borrower to pay such a tax.

 

93


  21.5 Certification of Amounts . A notice which is signed by an officer of a Creditor Party, which states that a specified amount, or aggregate amount, is due to that Creditor Party under this Clause 21 and which indicates (without necessarily specifying a detailed breakdown) the matters in respect of which the amount, or aggregate amount, is due shall be prima facie evidence that the amount, or aggregate amount, is due.

 

22. INDEMNITIES

 

  22.1 Indemnities Regarding Borrowing and Repayment of Loan . The Borrower shall fully indemnify the Agent and each Lender on the Agent’s demand and the Security Trustee on its demand in respect of all claims, expenses, liabilities and losses which are made or brought against or incurred by that Creditor Party, or which that Creditor Party reasonably and with due diligence estimates that it will incur, as a result of or in connection with:

 

  (a) the Advance not being borrowed on the date specified in the Drawdown Notice for any reason other than a default by the Lender claiming the indemnity;

 

  (b) the receipt or recovery of all or any part of the Loan or an overdue sum otherwise than on the last day of an Interest Period or other relevant period;

 

  (c) any failure (for whatever reason) by the Borrower to make payment of any amount due under a Finance Document on the due date or, if so payable, on demand (after giving credit for any default interest paid by the Borrower on the amount concerned under Clause 7); or

 

  (d) the occurrence of an Event of Default and/or the acceleration of repayment of the Loan under Clause 20.

It is understood that the indemnities provided in this Clause 22.1 shall not apply to any claim cost or expense which is a tax levied by a taxing authority on the indemnified party (which taxes are subject to indemnity solely as provided in Clause 23 below) but shall apply to any other costs associated with any tax which is not a Non-indemnified Tax.

 

  22.2 Breakage Costs . Without limiting its generality, Clause 22.1 covers any quantifiable and customary actual claim, expense, liability or loss incurred by a Lender in liquidating or employing deposits from third parties acquired or arranged to fund or maintain all or any part of its Contribution and/or any overdue amount (or an aggregate amount which includes its Contribution or any overdue amount) for which reasonable evidence of calculations has been provided to the Borrower.

 

94


  22.3 Miscellaneous Indemnities . The Borrower shall fully indemnify each Creditor Party severally on their respective demands in respect of all claims, expenses, liabilities and losses which may be made or brought against or incurred by a Creditor Party, in any country, as a result of or in connection with:

 

  (a) any action taken, or omitted or neglected to be taken, under or in connection with any Finance Document by the Agent, the Security Trustee or any other Creditor Party or by any receiver appointed under a Finance Document; or

 

  (b) any other Pertinent Matter,

other than claims, expenses, liabilities and losses which are shown to have been caused by the dishonesty or willful misconduct or gross negligence of the officers or employees of the Creditor Party concerned.

Without prejudice to its generality, this Clause 22.3 covers any claims, expenses, liabilities and losses which arise, or are asserted, under or in connection with any law relating to safety at sea, the ISM Code, the ISPS Code or any Environmental Law.

 

  22.4 Currency Indemnity . If any sum due from the Borrower or any other Security Party to a Creditor Party under a Finance Document or under any order or judgment relating to a Finance Document has to be converted from the currency in which the Finance Document provided for the sum to be paid (the “ Contractual Currency ”) into another currency (the “ Payment Currency ”) for the purpose of:

 

  (a) making or lodging any claim or proof against the Borrower or any other Security Party, whether in its liquidation, any arrangement involving it or otherwise; or

 

  (b) obtaining an order or judgment from any court or other tribunal; or

 

  (c) enforcing any such order or judgment,

the Borrower shall indemnify the Creditor Party concerned against the loss arising when the amount of the payment actually received by that Creditor Party is converted at the available rate of exchange into the Contractual Currency.

In this Clause 22.4, the “ available rate of exchange ” means the rate at which the Creditor Party concerned is able at the opening of business (London time) on the Business Day after it receives the sum concerned to purchase the Contractual Currency with the Payment Currency.

This Clause 22.4 creates a separate liability of the Borrower which is distinct from its other liabilities under the Finance Documents and which shall not be merged in any judgment or order relating to those other liabilities.

 

95


  22.5 Certification of Amounts . A notice which is signed by an officer of a Creditor Party, which states that a specified amount, or aggregate amount, is due to that Creditor Party under this Clause 22 and which indicates (without necessarily specifying a detailed breakdown) the matters in respect of which the amount, or aggregate amount, is due shall be prima facie evidence that the amount, or aggregate amount, is due.

 

  22.6 Sums Deemed Due to a Lender . For the purposes of this Clause 22, a sum payable by the Borrowers to the Agent or the Security Trustee for distribution to a Lender shall be treated as a sum due to that Lender.

 

  22.7 Survival of Indemnities . All indemnities provided by the Borrower under this Clause 22 shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

 

23. NO SET-OFF OR TAX DEDUCTION; TAX INDEMNITY; FATCA

 

  23.1 No Deductions . All amounts due from a Security Party under a Finance Document shall be paid:

 

  (a) without any form of set-off, cross-claim or condition; and

 

  (b) free and clear of any tax deduction except a tax deduction which such Security Party is required by law to make.

 

  23.2 Grossing-Up for Taxes . If a Security Party is required by law to make a tax deduction from any payment:

 

  (a) such Security Party shall notify the Agent as soon as it becomes aware of the requirement;

 

  (b) such Security Party shall pay the tax deducted to the appropriate taxation authority promptly, and in any event before any fine or penalty arises; and

 

  (c) except if the deduction is for collection or payment of a Non-indemnified Tax of a Creditor Party, the amount due in respect of the payment shall be increased by the amount necessary to ensure that each Creditor Party receives and retains (free from any liability relating to the tax deduction) a net amount which, after the tax deduction, is equal to the full amount which it would otherwise have received.

 

  23.3 Evidence of Payment of Taxes . Within one (1) month after making any tax deduction, the relevant Security Party shall deliver to the Agent documentary evidence satisfactory to the Agent that the tax had been paid to the appropriate taxation authority.

 

96


  23.4 Indemnity for Taxes . The Borrower hereby indemnifies and agree to hold each Creditor Party harmless from and against all taxes other than Non-indemnified Taxes levied on such Creditor Party (including, without limitation, taxes imposed on any amounts payable under this Clause 23.4) paid or payable by such person, whether or not such taxes or other taxes were correctly or legally asserted. Such indemnification shall be paid within 10 days from the date on which such Creditor Party makes written demand therefore specifying in reasonable detail the nature and amount of such taxes or other taxes.

 

  23.5 Exclusion from Indemnity and Gross-Up for Taxes . The Borrower shall not be required to indemnify any Creditor Party for a tax pursuant to Clause 23.4, or to pay any additional amounts to any Creditor Party pursuant to Clause 23.2, to the extent that the tax is collected by withholding on payments (a “ Withholding ”) and is levied by a Pertinent Jurisdiction of the payer and:

 

  (a) the person claiming such indemnity or additional amounts was not an original party to this agreement and under applicable law (after taking into account relevant treaties and assuming that such person has provided all forms it may legally and truthfully provided) on the date such person became a party to this Agreement a Withholding would have been required on such payment provided that this exclusion shall not apply to the extent such Withholding does not exceed the Withholding that would have been applicable if such payment had been made to the person from whom such person acquired its rights under the Agreement and this exclusion shall not apply to the extent that such Withholding exceeds the amount of Withholding that would have been required under the law in effect on the date such person became a party to this Agreement; or

 

  (b) the person claiming such indemnity or additional amounts is a Lender who has changed its Lending Office and under applicable law (after taking into account relevant treaties and assuming that such Lender has provided all forms it may legally and truthfully provide) on the date such Lender changed its Lending Office Withholding would have been required on such payment provided that this exclusion shall not apply to the extent such Withholding does not exceed the Withholding that would have been applicable to such payment if such Lender had not changed its Lending Office and this exclusion shall not apply to the extent that the Withholding exceeds the amount of Withholding that would have been required under the law in effect immediately after such Lender changed its Lending Office; or

 

  (c) in the case of a Lender, to the extent that Withholding would not have been required on such payment if such Lender has complied with its obligations to deliver certain tax form pursuant to Section 23.6 below.

 

97


  23.6 Delivery of Tax Forms .

 

  (a) Upon the reasonable request of the Borrower, each Lender or transferee that is organized under the laws of a jurisdiction outside the United States (a “ Non-U.S. Lender ”) shall deliver to the Agent and the Borrower two properly completed and duly executed copies of either U.S. Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN, W-8ECI or W-8IMY or, upon request of the Borrower or the Agent, any subsequent versions thereof or successors thereto, in each case claiming such reduced rate (which may be zero) of U.S. Federal withholding tax with respect to payments of interest hereunder as such Non-U.S. Lender may properly claim.

 

  (b) In addition, in the case of a Non-U.S. Lender claiming exemption from U.S. Federal withholding tax under Section 871(h) or 881(c) of the Code, such Non-U.S. Lender shall, when so requested by the Borrower provide to the Agent and the Borrower to in addition to the W-8BEN required under Section 23.6(a) a certificate representing that such Non-U.S. Lender is not a bank for purposes of Section 881(c) of the Code, is not a 10-percent shareholder (within the meaning of Section 871(h)(3)(B) of the Code) of the Borrower and is not a controlled foreign corporation related to the Borrower (within the meaning of Section 864(d)(4) of the Code), and such Non-U.S. Lender agrees that it shall promptly notify the Agent in the event any representation in such certificate is no longer accurate.

 

  (c) Each Non-U.S. Lender shall deliver such forms within 20 days after receipt of a written request therefor from the Agent or Borrower.

 

  (d) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Clause 23.6, a Non-U.S. Lender shall not be required to deliver any form pursuant to this Clause 23.6 that such Non-U.S. Lender is not legally entitled to deliver.

 

  23.7 FATCA Information

 

  (a) Subject to paragraph (c) below, each FATCA Relevant Party confirms to each other FATCA Relevant Party whether it is or is not a FATCA Exempt Party on the date hereof and thereafter within ten (10) Business Days of a reasonable request by another FATCA Relevant Party:

 

  (i) confirm to the other party whether it is a FATCA Exempt Party or is not a FATCA Exempt Party; and

 

  (ii) supply to the requesting party (with a copy to all other FATCA Relevant Parties) such other form or forms (including IRS Form W-8 or Form W-9 or any successor or substitute form, as applicable) and any other documentation and other information relating to its status under FATCA (including its applicable “passthru percentage” or other information required under FATCA or other official guidance including intergovernmental agreements) as the requesting party reasonably requests for the purpose of determining whether any payment to such party may be subject to any FATCA Deduction.

 

98


  (b) If a FATCA Relevant Party confirms to any other FATCA Relevant Party that it is a FATCA Exempt Party or provides an IRS Form W-8 or W-9 to show that it is a FATCA Exempt Party and it subsequently becomes aware that it is not, or has ceased to be a FATCA Exempt Party, that party shall so notify all other FATCA Relevant Parties reasonably promptly.

 

  (c) Nothing in this Clause 23.7 shall obligate any FATCA Relevant Party to do anything which would or, in its reasonable opinion, might constitute a breach of any law or regulation, any policy of that party, any fiduciary duty or any duty of confidentiality, or to disclose any confidential information (including, without limitation, its tax returns and calculations); provided, that nothing in this paragraph shall excuse any FATCA Relevant Party from providing a true, complete and correct IRS Form W-8 or W-9 (or any successor or substitute form where applicable). Any information provided on such IRS Form W-8 or W-9 (or any successor or substitute forms) shall not be treated as confidential information of such party for purposes of this paragraph.

 

  (d) If a FATCA Relevant Party fails to confirm its status or to supply forms, documentation or other information requested in accordance with the provision of this Agreement or the provided information is insufficient under FATCA then:

 

  (i) such party shall be treated as if it were a FATCA Non-Exempt Party; and

 

  (ii) if that party failed to confirm its applicable passthru percentage then such party shall be treated for the purposes of the Finance Documents (and payments made thereunder) as if its applicable passthru percentage is 100%,

until (in each case) such time as the party in question provides sufficient confirmation, forms, documentation or other information to establish the relevant facts.

 

  23.8 FATCA Withholding .

 

  (a) A FATCA Relevant Party making a payment to any FATCA Non-Exempt Party shall make such FATCA Deduction as it determines is required by law and shall render payment to the IRS within the time allowed and in the amount required by FATCA.

 

  (b) If a FATCA deduction is required to be made by any FATCA Relevant Party to a FATCA Non-Exempt Party, the amount of the payment due from such FATCA Relevant Party shall be reduced by the amount of the FATCA Deduction reasonably determined to be required by such FATCA Relevant Party.

 

99


  (c) Each FATCA Relevant Party shall promptly upon becoming aware that a FATCA Deduction is required with respect to any payment owed to it (or that there is any change in the rate or basis of a FATCA Deduction) notify each other FATCA Relevant Party accordingly.

 

  (d) Within thirty days of making either a FATCA Deduction or any payment required in connection with that FATCA Deduction, the party making such FATCA Deduction shall deliver to the Agent for delivery to the party on account of whom the FATCA Deduction was made evidence reasonably satisfactory to that party that the FATCA Deduction has been made or (as applicable) any appropriate payment paid to the IRS.

 

  (e) A FATCA Relevant Party who becomes aware that it must make a FATCA Deduction in respect of a payment to another FATCA Relevant Party (or that there is any change in the rate or basis of such FATCA Deduction) shall notify that party and the Agent.

 

  (f) The Agent shall promptly upon becoming aware that it must make a FATCA Deduction in respect of a payment to a Lender which relates to a payment by the Borrower (or that there is any change in the rate or the basis of such a FATCA Deduction) notify the Borrower and the relevant Lender.

 

  (g) If a FATCA Deduction is made as a result of any Creditor Party failing to be a FATCA Exempt Party, such party shall indemnify each other Creditor Party against any loss, cost or expense to it resulting from such FATCA Deduction.

 

  23.9 FATCA Mitigation. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, if a FATCA Deduction is or will be required to be made by any party under Clause 23.8 in respect of a payment to any FATCA Non-Exempt Lender, the FATCA Non-Exempt Lender may either:

 

  (a) transfer its entire interest in the Loan to a U.S. branch or affiliate, or

 

  (b) nominate one or more transferee lenders who upon becoming a Lender would be a FATCA Exempt Party, by notice in writing to the Agent and the Borrower specifying the terms of the proposed transfer, and cause such transferee lender(s) to purchase all of the FATCA Non-Exempt Lender’s interest in the Loan.

 

  23.10 Additional Borrowers and/or Guarantors. Except for the proposed Guarantors set forth in the Schedule 2, no additional borrowers and/or guarantors shall be added as parties to this Agreement without the consent of all Lenders.

 

100


  23.11 Tax Credits . A Creditor Party which receives for its own account a repayment or credit in respect of tax on account of which the Borrower has made an increased payment under Clause 23.2 shall pay to the Borrower a sum equal to the proportion of the repayment or credit which that Creditor Party allocates to the amount due from the Borrower in respect of which the Borrower made the increased payment, provided that:

 

  (a) the Creditor Party shall not be obliged to allocate to this transaction any part of a tax repayment or credit which is referable to a class or number of transactions;

 

  (b) nothing in this Clause 23.9 shall oblige a Creditor Party to arrange its tax affairs in any particular manner, to claim any type of relief, credit, allowance or deduction instead of, or in priority to, another or to make any such claim within any particular time;

 

  (c) nothing in this Clause 23.9 shall oblige a Creditor Party to make a payment which would leave it in a worse position than it would have been in if the Borrowers had not been required to make a tax deduction from a payment; and

 

  (d) any allocation or determination made by a Creditor Party under or in connection with this Clause 23.9 shall be conclusive and binding on the Borrower and the other Creditor Parties.

 

24. ILLEGALITY, ETC

 

  24.1 Illegality . This Clause 24 applies if a Lender (the “ Notifying Lender ”) notifies the Agent that it has become, or will with effect from a specified date, become:

 

  (a) unlawful or prohibited as a result of the introduction of a new law, an amendment to an existing law or a change in the manner in which an existing law is or will be interpreted or applied; or

 

  (b) contrary to, or inconsistent with, any regulation,

for the Notifying Lender to maintain or give effect to any of its obligations under this Agreement in the manner contemplated by this Agreement.

 

  24.2 Notification of Illegality . The Agent shall promptly notify the Borrower, the other Security Parties, the Security Trustee and the other Lenders of the notice under Clause 24.1 which the Agent receives from the Notifying Lender.

 

  24.3 Prepayment; Termination of Commitment . On the Agent notifying the Borrower under Clause 24.2, the Notifying Lender’s Commitment shall terminate; and thereupon or, if later, on the date specified in the Notifying Lender’s notice under Clause 24.1 as the date on which the notified event would become effective the Borrower shall prepay the Notifying Lender’s Contribution with accrued interest, but without penalty, premium or breakage cost.

 

101


  24.4 Mitigation . If circumstances arise which would result in a notification under Clause 24.1 then, without in any way limiting the rights of the Notifying Lender under Clause 24.3, the Notifying Lender shall use reasonable commercial efforts to transfer its obligations, liabilities and rights under this Agreement and the Finance Documents to another office or financial institution not affected by the circumstances but the Notifying Lender shall not be under any obligation to take any such action if, in its opinion, to do would or might:

 

  (a) have an adverse effect on its business, operations or financial condition; or

 

  (b) involve it in any activity which is unlawful or prohibited or any activity that is contrary to, or inconsistent with, any regulation; or

 

  (c) involve it in any expense (unless indemnified to its satisfaction) or tax disadvantage.

 

25. INCREASED COSTS

 

  25.1 Increased Costs . This Clause 25 applies if a Lender (the “ Notifying Lender ”) notifies the Agent that the Notifying Lender considers that as a result of:

 

  (a) the introduction or alteration after the date of this Agreement of a law or an alteration after the date of this Agreement in the manner in which a law is interpreted or applied (disregarding any effect which relates to the application to payments under this Agreement of a Non-Indemnified tax);

 

  (b) complying with any regulation (including any which relates to capital adequacy or liquidity controls or which affects the manner in which the Notifying Lender allocates capital resources to its obligations under this Agreement) which is introduced, or altered, or the interpretation or application of which is altered, after the date of this Agreement, the Notifying Lender (or a parent company of it) has incurred or will incur an “ increased cost ”; or

 

  (c) the implementation or application of or compliance with Basel III or any other law or regulation which implements Basel III (whether such implementation, application or compliance is by a government, regulator, Creditor Party or any of its affiliates).

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, and all requests, rules, guidelines and directives promulgated thereunder, are deemed to have been introduced or adopted after the date of this Agreement, regardless of the date enacted or adopted.

 

102


  25.2 Meaning of “ Increased Costs . In this Clause 25, “ increased costs ” means, in relation to a Notifying Lender:

 

  (a) an actual additional or increased cost incurred as a result of, or in connection with, the Notifying Lender having entered into, or being a party to, this Agreement or having taken an assignment of rights under this Agreement, of funding or maintaining its Commitment or Contribution or performing its obligations under this Agreement, or of having outstanding all or any part of its Contribution or other unpaid sums;

 

  (b) a reduction in the amount of any payment to the Notifying Lender under this Agreement or in the effective return which such a payment represents to the Notifying Lender or on its capital;

 

  (c) an actual additional or increased cost of funding all or maintaining all or any of the advances comprised in a class of advances formed by or including the Notifying Lender’s Contribution or (as the case may require) the proportion of that cost attributable to the Contribution; or

 

  (d) a liability to make a payment, or a return foregone, which is calculated by reference to any amounts received or receivable by the Notifying Lender under this Agreement;

 

  (e) but not an item attributable to a change in the rate of tax on the overall net income of the Notifying Lender (or a parent company of it) or an item covered by the indemnity for tax in Clause 22.1 or by Clause 23 or an item arising directly out of the implementation or application of or compliance with Basel III (whether such implementation, application or compliance is by a government, regulator, Creditor Party or any of its affiliates). For the purposes of this Clause 25.2 the Notifying Lender may in good faith allocate or spread costs and/or losses among its assets and liabilities (or any class of its assets and liabilities) on such basis as it considers appropriate.

In each case, reasonable evidence of such Increased Cost shall be provided to the Borrower.

 

  25.3 Notification to Borrower of Claim for Increased Costs . The Agent shall promptly notify the Borrower and the other Security Parties of the notice which the Agent received from the Notifying Lender under Clause 25.1.

 

  25.4 Payment of Increased Costs . The Borrower shall pay to the Agent, on the Agent’s demand, for the account of the Notifying Lender the amounts which the Agent from time to time notifies the Borrower that the Notifying Lender has specified to be necessary to compensate the Notifying Lender for the increased cost.

 

103


  25.5 Notice of Prepayment . If the Borrower is not willing to continue to compensate the Notifying Lender for the increased cost under Clause 25.4, the Borrower may give the Agent not less than 14 days’ notice of its intention to prepay the Notifying Lender’s Contribution at the end of an Interest Period.

 

  25.6 Prepayment; Termination of Commitment . A notice under Clause 25.5 shall be irrevocable; the Agent shall promptly notify the Notifying Lender of the Borrower’s notice of intended prepayment; and:

 

  (a) on the date on which the Agent serves that notice, the Commitment of the Notifying Lender shall be cancelled; and

 

  (b) on the date specified in its notice of intended prepayment, the Borrower shall prepay (without premium or penalty) the Notifying Lender’s Contribution, together with accrued interest thereon at the applicable rate plus the Margin.

 

  25.7 Application of Prepayment . Clause 8.8 shall apply in relation to the prepayment.

 

26. SET-OFF

 

  26.1 Application of Credit Balances . Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, each Creditor Party may without prior notice:

 

  (a) apply any balance (whether or not then due) which at any time stands to the credit of any account in the name of the Borrower at any office in any country of that Creditor Party in or towards satisfaction of any sum then due from the Borrower to that Creditor Party under any of the Finance Documents; and

 

  (b) for that purpose:

 

  (i) break, or alter the maturity of, all or any part of a deposit of the Borrower;

 

  (ii) convert or translate all or any part of a deposit or other credit balance into Dollars; and

 

  (iii) enter into any other transaction or make any entry with regard to the credit balance which the Creditor Party concerned considers appropriate.

 

  26.2 Existing Rights Unaffected . No Creditor Party shall be obliged to exercise any of its rights under Clause 26.1; and those rights shall be without prejudice and in addition to any right of set-off, combination of accounts, charge, lien or other right or remedy to which a Creditor Party is entitled (whether under the general law or any document).

 

104


  26.3 Sums Deemed Due to a Lender . For the purposes of this Clause 26, a sum payable by the Borrower to the Agent or the Security Trustee for distribution to, or for the account of, a Lender shall be treated as a sum due to that Lender; and each Lender’s proportion of a sum so payable for distribution to, or for the account of, the Lenders shall be treated as a sum due to such Lender.

 

  26.4 No Security Interest . This Clause 26 gives the Creditor Parties a contractual right of set-off only, and does not create any Security Interest over any credit balance of the Borrower.

 

27. TRANSFERS AND CHANGES IN LENDING OFFICES

 

  27.1 Transfer by Borrower or Guarantor . Neither the Borrower nor any of the Guarantors may, without the consent of the Agent, given on the instructions of all Lenders, transfer any of its rights, liabilities or obligations under any Finance Document.

 

  27.2 Transfer by a Lender . Subject to Clause 27.4, a Lender (the “ Transferor Lender ”) may at any time, after consultation with the Borrower, cause:

 

  (a) its rights in respect of all or part of its Contribution in an amount of not less than $10,000,000; or

 

  (b) its obligations in respect of all or part of its Commitment in an amount of not less than $10,000,000; or

 

  (c) a combination of (a) and (b),

to be (in the case of its rights) transferred to, or (in the case of its obligations) assumed by, another bank or financial institution (subject, if the transfer or the assumption is to be made before the first Drawdown Date, to the consent of the Borrower which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed and which shall be deemed to have been given fifteen business days after being sought unless expressly refused within that period and, for the avoidance of doubt no consent of the Borrower shall be required for any transfer occurring on or after the first Drawdown Date) (each, a “ Transferee Lender ”) which (i) is regularly engaged in or established for the purpose of making, purchasing or investing in asset finance loans or other related products and (ii) is not an Affiliate of the Borrower, by delivering to the Agent a completed certificate in the form set out in Schedule 5 with any modifications approved or required by the Agent (a “ Transfer Certificate ”) executed by the Transferor Lender and the Transferee Lender, provided, however, that the minimum transfer amounts set forth in Clause 27.2 shall not apply when a Transferor Lender transfers all of its right and obligations in respect of its Commitments and Contributions to a Transferee Lender.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, any rights and obligations of the Transferor Lender in its capacity as Agent or Security Trustee shall be determined in accordance with Clause 31.

 

105


  27.3 Transfer Certificate, Delivery and Notification . As soon as reasonably practicable after a Transfer Certificate is delivered to the Agent, it shall (unless it has reason to believe that the Transfer Certificate may be defective):

 

  (a) sign the Transfer Certificate on behalf of itself, the Borrower, the other Security Parties, the Security Trustee and each of the other Lenders;

 

  (b) on behalf of the Transferee Lender, send to the Borrower and each other Security Party letters or faxes notifying them of the Transfer Certificate and attaching a copy of it;

 

  (c) send to the Transferee Lender copies of the letters or faxes sent under paragraph (b),

but the Agent shall only be obliged to execute a Transfer Certificate delivered to it by the Transferor Lender and the Transferee Lender once it is satisfied it has complied with all necessary “ know your customer ” or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations to the transfer to that Transferee Lender.

 

  27.4 Effective Date of Transfer Certificate . A Transfer Certificate becomes effective on the date, if any, specified in the Transfer Certificate as its effective date, provided that it is signed by the Agent under Clause 27.3 on or before that date.

 

  27.5 No Transfer Without Transfer Certificate . Except as provided in Clause 27.6, no assignment or transfer of any right or obligation of a Lender under any Finance Document is binding on, or effective in relation to, the Borrower, any other Security Party, the Agent or the Security Trustee unless it is effected, evidenced or perfected by a Transfer Certificate.

 

  27.6 Lender Re-Organization; Waiver of Transfer Certificate . If a Lender enters into any merger, de-merger or other reorganization as a result of which all its rights or obligations vest in a successor, the Agent may, if it sees fit, by notice to the successor and the Borrower and the Security Trustee waive the need for the execution and delivery of a Transfer Certificate and, upon service of the Agent’s notice, the successor shall become a Lender with the same Commitment and Contribution as were held by the predecessor Lender.

 

  27.7 Effect of Transfer Certificate . The effect of a Transfer Certificate is as follows:

 

  (a) to the extent specified in the Transfer Certificate, all rights and interests (present, future or contingent) which the Transferor Lender has under or by virtue of the Finance Documents are assigned to the Transferee Lender absolutely, free of any defects in the Transferor Lender’s title and of any rights or equities which the Borrower or any other Security Party had against the Transferor Lender;

 

106


  (b) the Transferor Lender’s Commitment is discharged to the extent specified in the Transfer Certificate;

 

  (c) the Transferee Lender becomes a Lender with the Contribution previously held by the Transferor Lender and a Commitment of an amount specified in the Transfer Certificate;

 

  (d) the Transferee Lender becomes bound by all the provisions of the Finance Documents which are applicable to the Lenders generally, including those about pro-rata sharing and the exclusion of liability on the part of, and the indemnification of, the Agent and the Security Trustee and, to the extent that the Transferee Lender becomes bound by those provisions (other than those relating to exclusion of liability), the Transferor Lender ceases to be bound by them;

 

  (e) any part of the Loan which the Transferee Lender advances after the Transfer Certificate’s effective date ranks in point of priority and security in the same way as it would have ranked had it been advanced by the transferor, assuming that any defects in the transferor’s title and any rights or equities of the Borrower or any other Security Party against the Transferor Lender had not existed;

 

  (f) the Transferee Lender becomes entitled to all the rights under the Finance Documents which are applicable to the Lenders generally, including but not limited to those relating to the Required Lenders and Clause 21, and to the extent that the Transferee Lender becomes entitled to such rights, the Transferor Lender ceases to be entitled to them; and

 

  (g) in respect of any breach of a warranty, undertaking, condition or other provision of a Finance Document or any misrepresentation made in or in connection with a Finance Document, the Transferee Lender shall be entitled to recover damages by reference to the loss incurred by it as a result of the breach or misrepresentation, irrespective of whether the original Lender would have incurred a loss of that kind or amount.

The rights and equities of the Borrower or any other Security Party referred to above include, but are not limited to, any right of set off and any other kind of cross-claim.

 

  27.8 Maintenance of Register of Lenders . During the Security Period the Agent shall maintain a register in which it shall record the name, Commitment, Contribution and administrative details (including the lending office) from time to time of each Lender holding a Transfer Certificate and the effective date (in accordance with Clause 27.4) of the Transfer Certificate; and the Agent shall make the register available for inspection by any Lender, the Security Trustee and the Borrower during normal banking hours, subject to receiving at least three (3) Business Days’ prior notice.

 

107


  27.9 Reliance on Register of Lenders . The entries on that register shall, in the absence of manifest error, be conclusive in determining the identities of the Lenders and the amounts of their Commitments and Contributions and the effective dates of Transfer Certificates and may be relied upon by the Agent and the other parties to the Finance Documents for all purposes relating to the Finance Documents.

 

  27.10 Authorization of Agent to Sign Transfer Certificates . The Borrower, the Security Trustee and each Lender irrevocably authorizes the Agent to sign Transfer Certificates on its behalf.

 

  27.11 Registration Fee . In respect of any Transfer Certificate, the Agent shall be entitled to recover a registration fee of $5,000 from the Transferor Lender or (at the Agent’s option) the Transferee Lender.

 

  27.12 Sub-Participation; Subrogation Assignment . A Lender may sub-participate all or any part of its rights and/or obligations under or in connection with the Finance Documents with notice to the Agent and the Security Trustee.

 

  27.13 Disclosure of Information . A Lender may disclose to a potential Transferee Lender or sub-participant any information which the Lender has received in relation to the Borrower, any other Security Party or their affairs under or in connection with any Finance Document, unless the information is clearly of a confidential nature.

 

  27.14 Change of Lending Office . A Lender may change its lending office by giving notice to the Agent and the change shall become effective on the later of:

 

  (a) the date on which the Agent receives the notice; and

 

  (b) the date, if any, specified in the notice as the date on which the change will come into effect.

 

  27.15 Notification . On receiving such a notice, the Agent shall notify the Borrower and the Security Trustee; and, until the Agent receives such a notice, it shall be entitled to assume that a Lender is acting through the lending office of which the Agent last had notice.

 

  27.16 Security Over Lenders’ Rights . In addition to the other rights provided to Lenders under this Clause 27, each Lender may without consulting with or obtaining consent from the Borrower or any other Security Party, at any time charge, assign or otherwise create a Security Interest in or over (whether by way of collateral or otherwise) all or any of its rights under any Finance Document to secure obligations of that Lender including, without limitation:

 

  (a) any charge, assignment or other Security Interest to secure obligations to a federal reserve or central bank; and

 

108


  (b) in the case of any Lender which is a fund, any charge, assignment or other Security Interest granted to any holders (or trustee or representatives of holders) of obligations owed, or securities issued, by that Lender as security for those obligations or securities;

except that no such charge, assignment or Security Interest shall:

 

  (i) release a Lender from any of its obligations under the Finance Documents or substitute the beneficiary of the relevant charge, assignment or Security Interest for the Lender as a party to any of the Finance Documents; or

 

  (ii) require any payments to be made by the Borrower or any other Security Party or grant to any person any more extensive rights than those required to be made or granted to the relevant Lender under the Finance Documents.

 

  27.17 Replacement of Reference Bank . If any Reference Bank ceases to be a Lender or is unable on a continuing basis to supply quotations for the purposes of Clause 5 then, unless the Borrower, the Agent and the Required Lenders otherwise agree, the Agent, acting on the instructions of the Required Lenders, and after consulting the Borrower, shall appoint another bank (whether or not a Lender) to be a replacement Reference Bank; and, when that appointment comes into effect, the first-mentioned Reference Bank’s appointment shall cease to be effective.

 

28. VARIATIONS AND WAIVERS

 

  28.1 Variations, Waivers, Etc. by Required Lenders . Subject to Clause 28.2, a document shall be effective to vary, waive, suspend or limit any provision of a Finance Document, or any Creditor Party’s rights or remedies under such a provision or the general law, only if the document is signed, or specifically agreed to by fax, by the Borrower, by the Agent on behalf of the Required Lenders, by the Agent and the Security Trustee in their own rights, and, if the document relates to a Finance Document to which a Security Party is party, by that Security Party.

 

  28.2 Variations, Waivers, Etc. Requiring Agreement of All Lenders . As regards the following, Clause 28.1 applies as if the words “ by the Agent on behalf of the Required Lenders ” were replaced by the words “ by the Agent on behalf of every Lender ”:

 

  (a) a reduction in the Margin;

 

  (b) a postponement to the date for, or a reduction in the amount of, any payment of principal, interest, fees or other sum payable under this Agreement or the Note;

 

  (c) an extension of the Availability Period;

 

109


  (d) an increase in any Lender’s Commitment;

 

  (e) a change to the definition of “Required Lenders”;

 

  (f) a change to Clauses 3, 11.1(o), 11.1 (s), 11.1(x), 11.2(b), 11.2(e), 11.2(o), 11.2(q), 12.5, 14.2(a), 14.2(c), 14.3, 14.5, 14.6, 15.2 or this Clause 28;

 

  (g) any release of, or material variation to, a Security Interest, guarantee, indemnity or subordination arrangement set out in a Finance Document;

 

  (h) any other change or matter which this Agreement or another Finance Document expressly provides that each Lender’s consent is required;

 

  (i) the substitution of any Security Party; and

 

  (j) any amendment or waiver if the Agent or a Lender which is a FATCA Non-Exempt Party reasonably believes that it may constitute a “material modification” within the meaning of FATCA that may result (directly or indirectly) in any party to any Finance Document being required to make a FATCA Deduction.

 

  28.3 Variations, Waivers, Etc. Relating to the Servicing Banks . An amendment or waiver that relates to the rights or obligations of the Agent or the Security Trustee under Clause 31 may not be effected without the consent of the Agent or the Security Trustee.

 

  28.4 Exclusion of Other or Implied Variations . Except for a document which satisfies the requirements of Clauses 28.1, 28.2 or 28.3, no document, and no act, course of conduct, failure or neglect to act, delay or acquiescence on the part of the Creditor Parties or any of them (or any person acting on behalf of any of them) shall result in the Creditor Parties or any of them (or any person acting on behalf of any of them) being taken to have varied, waived, suspended or limited, or being precluded (permanently or temporarily) from enforcing, relying on or exercising:

 

  (a) a provision of this Agreement or another Finance Document; or

 

  (b) an Event of Default; or

 

  (c) a breach by the Borrower or another Security Party of an obligation under a Finance Document or the general law; or

 

  (d) any right or remedy conferred by any Finance Document or by the general law,

and there shall not be implied into any Finance Document any term or condition requiring any such provision to be enforced, or such right or remedy to be exercised, within a certain or reasonable time.

 

110


29. NOTICES

 

  29.1 General . Unless otherwise specifically provided, any notice under or in connection with any Finance Document shall be given by letter, email or fax and references in the Finance Documents to written notices, notices in writing and notices signed by particular persons shall be construed accordingly, provided, however, that if notice is provided by email, such notice shall also be given by confirming letter or fax to constitute effective notice hereunder unless receipt of such email notice is confirmed by return email and, provided, further, that notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, all notices must be in writing.

 

  29.2 Addresses for Communications . A notice by letter or fax shall be sent:

 

(a)    to the Borrower   
   or a Guarantor:    9, Boulevard Charles III
      Monaco 98000
      Attention: General Counsel
      Facsimile: +377 97 77 8346
      Email: legal@scorpiogroup.net
with a copy to:    150 E. 58th Street
      New York, New York 10155
      Attention: Chief Financial Officer
      Facsimile: +212-542-1618
      Email: blee@scorpiogroup.net
(b)    to a Lender:   

At the address below its name in

Schedule 1-B or (as the case may

require) in the relevant Transfer

Certificate.

(c)    to the Agent:    Crédit Agricole Corporate And Investment Bank
      Middle Office Shipping
      Attention: Marie-Claire VANDERPERRE
      9 quai du President Paul Doumer
      92920 Paris La Defense Cedex
      France
      Facsimile: +33 141 891 934
      Email: marieclaire.vanderperre@ca-cib.com
with a copy to:    Crédit Agricole Corporate And Investment Bank
      Ship Finance Department
      Broadwalk House, 5 Appold Street
      London EC2A 2DA
      United Kingdom

 

111


to the Security Trustee:    Crédit Agricole Corporate And Investment Bank
      Middle Office Shipping
      Attention: Marie-Claire VANDERPERRE
      9 quai du President Paul Doumer
      92920 Paris La Defense Cedex
      France
      Facsimile: +33 141 891 934
      Email: marieclaire.vanderperre@ca-cib.com
with a copy to:    Crédit Agricole Corporate And Investment Bank
      Ship Finance Department
      Broadwalk House, 5 Appold Street
      London EC2A 2DA
      United Kingdom

or to such other address as the relevant party may notify the Agent or, if the relevant party is the Agent or the Security Trustee, the Borrower, the Lenders and the Security Parties.

 

  29.3 Effective Date of Notices . Subject to Clauses 29.4 and 29.5:

 

  (a) a notice which is delivered personally or posted shall be deemed to be served, and shall take effect, at the time when it is delivered;

 

  (b) a notice which is sent by fax shall be deemed to be served, and shall take effect, two (2) hours after its transmission is completed; and.

 

  (c) a notice which is sent by electronic mail shall be deemed to be served and shall take effect at the time that (i) the confirming letter or fax is deemed to be served as provided in (a) or (b) above; or (ii) if receipt is confirmed by return email, the time of such return email.

 

  29.4 Service Outside Business Hours . However, if under Clause 29.3 a notice would be deemed to be served:

 

  (a) on a day which is not a business day in the place of receipt; or

 

  (b) on such a business day, but after 5:00 p.m. local time,

the notice shall (subject to Clause 29.5) be deemed to be served, and shall take effect, at 9:00 a.m. on the next day which is such a business day, save that a notice which is given by a Creditor Party following the occurrence of an Event of Default shall be deemed to be served and shall take effect on the same day.

 

112


  29.5 Illegible Notices . Clauses 29.3 and 29.4 do not apply if the recipient of a notice notifies the sender within one (1) hour after the time at which the notice would otherwise be deemed to be served that the notice has been received in a form which is illegible in a material respect.

 

  29.6 Valid Notices . A notice (other than a notice sent solely by electronic mail without a confirming letter, fax or return email) under or in connection with a Finance Document shall not be invalid by reason that its contents or the manner of serving it do not comply with the requirements of this Agreement or, where appropriate, any other Finance Document under which it is served if:

 

  (a) the failure to serve it in accordance with the requirements of this Agreement or other Finance Document, as the case may be, has not caused any party to suffer any significant loss or prejudice; or

 

  (b) in the case of incorrect and/or incomplete contents, it should have been reasonably clear to the party on which the notice was served what the correct or missing particulars should have been.

 

  29.7 English Language . Any notice under or in connection with a Finance Document shall be in English.

 

  29.8 Meaning of “N otice . In this Clause 29, “ notice ” includes any demand, consent, authorization, approval, instruction, waiver or other communication.

 

30. SUPPLEMENTAL

 

  30.1 Rights Cumulative, Non-Exclusive . The rights and remedies which the Finance Documents give to each Creditor Party are:

 

  (a) cumulative;

 

  (b) may be exercised as often as appears expedient; and

 

  (c) shall not, unless a Finance Document explicitly and specifically states so, be taken to exclude or limit any right or remedy conferred by any law.

 

  30.2 Severability of Provisions . If any provision of a Finance Document is or subsequently becomes void, unenforceable or illegal, that shall not affect the validity, enforceability or legality of the other provisions of that Finance Document or of the provisions of any other Finance Document.

 

  30.3 Counterparts . A Finance Document may be executed in any number of counterparts.

 

  30.4 Binding Effect . This Agreement shall become effective on the Effective Date and thereafter shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of each of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns.

 

113


31. THE SERVICING BANKS AND PARALLEL DEBT

 

  31.1 Appointment and Granting .

 

  (a) The Agent . Each of the Lenders appoints and authorizes (with a right of revocation) the Agent to act as its agent hereunder and under any of the other Finance Documents with such powers as are specifically delegated to the Agent by the terms of this Agreement and of any of the other Finance Documents, together with such other powers as are reasonably incidental thereto.

 

  (b) The Security Trustee .

 

  (i) Authorization of Security Trustee . Each of the other Creditor Parties appoints and authorizes (with a right of revocation) the Security Trustee to act as security trustee hereunder and under the other Finance Documents (other than the Notes) with such powers as are specifically delegated to the Security Trustee by the terms of this Agreement and such other Finance Documents, together with such other powers as are reasonably incidental thereto.

 

  (ii)

Granting Clause . To secure the payment of all sums of money from time to time owing to the Creditor Parties under the Finance Documents plus accrued interest thereon and the performance of the covenants of the Borrower and any other Security Party herein and therein contained, and in consideration of the premises and of the covenants herein contained and of the extensions of credit by the Lenders, the Security Trustee does hereby declare that it will hold as such trustee in trust for the benefit of the other Creditor Parties, from and after the execution and delivery thereof, all of its right, title and interest as mortgagee in, to and under the Mortgages and its right, title and interest as assignee and secured party under the other Finance Documents (the right, title and interest of the Security Trustee in and to the property, rights and privileges described above, from and after the execution and delivery thereof, and all property hereafter specifically subjected to the Security Interest of the indenture created hereby and by the Finance Documents by any amendment hereto or thereto are herein collectively called the “ Estate ”); TO HAVE AND TO HOLD the Estate unto the Security Trustee and its successors and assigns forever, BUT IN TRUST, NEVERTHELESS, for the equal and proportionate benefit and security of the other Creditor Parties and their respective successors and assigns without any priority of any one over any other, UPON THE CONDITION that, unless and until an Event of Default under this Agreement shall have occurred and be continuing, each of the Guarantors shall be permitted, to the exclusion of the Security Trustee, to possess and use the Collateral

 

114


  Vessel owned by it. IT IS HEREBY COVENANTED, DECLARED AND AGREED that all property subject or to become subject hereto is to be held, subject to the further covenants, conditions, uses and trusts hereinafter set forth, and each Security Party, for itself and its respective successors and assigns, hereby covenants and agrees to and with the Security Trustee and its successors in said trust, for the equal and proportionate benefit and security of the other Creditor Parties as hereinafter set forth.

 

  (iii) Acceptance of Trusts . The Security Trustee hereby accepts the trusts imposed upon it as Security Trustee by this Agreement, and the Security Trustee covenants and agrees to perform the same as herein expressed and agrees to receive and disburse all monies constituting part of the Estate in accordance with the terms hereof.

 

  31.2 Scope of Duties . Neither the Agent nor the Security Trustee (which terms as used in this sentence and in Clause 31.5 hereof shall include reference to their respective affiliates and their own respective and their respective affiliates’ officers, directors, employees, agents and attorneys-in-fact):

 

  (a) shall have any duties or responsibilities except those expressly set forth in this Agreement and in any of the Finance Documents, and shall not by reason of this Agreement or any of the Finance Documents be (except, with respect to the Security Trustee, as specifically stated to the contrary in this Agreement) a trustee for a Lender;

 

  (b) shall be responsible to the Lenders for any recitals, statements, representations or warranties contained in this Agreement or in any of the Finance Documents, or in any certificate or other document referred to or provided for in, or received by any of them under, this Agreement or any of the other Finance Documents, or for the value, validity, effectiveness, genuineness, enforceability or sufficiency of this Agreement or any of the other Finance Documents or any other document referred to or provided for herein or therein or for any failure by a Security Party or any other person to perform any of its obligations hereunder or thereunder or for the location, condition or value of any property covered by any Security Interest under any of the Finance Documents or for the creation, perfection or priority of any such Security Interest;

 

  (c) shall be required to initiate or conduct any litigation or collection proceedings hereunder or under any of the Finance Documents unless expressly instructed to do so in writing by the Required Lenders; or

 

  (d)

shall be responsible for any action taken or omitted to be taken by it hereunder or under any of the Finance Documents or under any other document or instrument referred to or provided for herein or therein or in

 

115


  connection herewith or therewith, except for its own gross negligence or willful misconduct. Each of the Security Trustee and the Agent may employ agents and attorneys-in-fact and neither the Security Trustee nor the Agent shall be responsible for the negligence or misconduct of any such agents or attorneys-in-fact selected by it in good faith. Each of the Security Trustee and the Agent may deem and treat the payee of a Note as the holder thereof for all purposes hereof unless and until a written notice of the assignment or transfer thereof shall have been filed with the Agent together with the written consent of the Borrower to such assignment or transfer, provided, however, that if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, no consent of the Borrower shall be required for such assignment or transfer.

 

  31.3 Reliance . Each of the Security Trustee and the Agent shall be entitled to rely upon any certification, notice or other communication (including any thereof by telephone, telex, telefacsimile, telegram or cable) believed by it to be genuine and correct and to have been signed or sent by or on behalf of the proper person or persons, and upon advice and statements of legal counsel, independent accountants and other experts selected by the Security Trustee or the Agent, as the case may be. As to any matters not expressly provided for by this Agreement or any of the other Finance Documents, each of the Security Trustee and the Agent shall in all cases be fully protected in acting, or in refraining from acting, hereunder or thereunder in accordance with instructions signed by the Required Lenders, and such instructions and any action taken or failure to act pursuant thereto shall be binding on all of the Lenders.

 

  31.4 Knowledge . Neither the Security Trustee nor the Agent shall be deemed to have knowledge or notice of the occurrence of an event or circumstances which, with the giving of notice and/or lapse of time would constitute an Event of Default or Event of Default (other than, in the case of the Agent, the non-payment of principal of or interest on the Loan or actual knowledge thereof) unless each of the Security Trustee and the Agent has received notice from a Lender or the Borrower specifying such event or circumstances which, with the giving of notice and/or lapse of time would constitute an Event of Default or Event of Default and stating that such notice is a “ Notice of Default ”. If the Agent receives such a notice of the occurrence of such event or circumstances which, with the giving of notice and/or lapse of time would constitute an Event of Default or Event of Default, the Agent shall give prompt notice thereof to the Security Trustee and the Lenders (and shall give each Lender prompt notice of each such non-payment). Subject to Clause 31.8 hereof, the Security Trustee and the Agent shall take such action with respect to such event or circumstances which, with the giving of notice and/or lapse of time would constitute an Event of Default or Event of Default or other event as shall be directed by the Required Lenders, except that, unless and until the Security Trustee and the Agent shall have received such directions, each of the Security Trustee and the Agent may (but shall not be obligated to) take such action, or refrain from taking such action, with respect to such event or circumstances which, with the giving of notice and/or lapse of time would constitute an Event of Default or Event of Default or other event as it shall deem advisable in the best interest of the Lenders.

 

116


  31.5 Security Trustee and Agent as Lenders . Each of the Security Trustee and the Agent (and any successor acting as Security Trustee or Agent, as the case may be) in its individual capacity as a Lender hereunder shall have the same rights and powers hereunder as any other Lender and may exercise the same as though it were not acting as the Security Trustee or the Agent, as the case may be, and the term “ Lender ” or “Lenders” shall, unless the context otherwise indicates, include each of the Security Trustee and the Agent in their respective individual capacities. Each of the Security Trustee and the Agent (and any successor acting as Security Trustee and Agent, as the case may be) and their respective affiliates may (without having to account therefor to a Lender) accept deposits from, lend money to and generally engage in any kind of banking, trust or other business with the Borrower and any of its subsidiaries or affiliates as if it were not acting as the Security Trustee or the Agent, as the case may be, and each of the Security Trustee and the Agent and their respective affiliates may accept fees and other consideration from the Borrower for services in connection with this Agreement or otherwise without having to account for the same to the Lenders.

 

  31.6 Indemnification of Security Trustee and Agent . The Lenders severally agree, ratably in accordance with the aggregate principal amount of each Lender’s Contribution in the Loan, to indemnify each of the Agent and the Security Trustee (to the extent not reimbursed under other provisions of this Agreement, but without limiting the obligations of the Borrowers under said other provisions) for any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements of any kind and nature whatsoever which may be imposed on, incurred by or asserted against the Security Trustee or the Agent in any way relating to or arising out of this Agreement or any of the other Finance Documents or any other documents contemplated by or referred to herein or therein or the transactions contemplated hereby (including, without limitation, the costs and expenses which the Borrower are to pay hereunder, but excluding, unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, normal administrative costs and expenses incident to the performance of their respective agency duties hereunder) or the enforcement of any of the terms hereof or thereof or of any such other documents, except that no Lender shall be liable for any of the foregoing to the extent they arise from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the party to be indemnified.

 

  31.7

Reliance on Security Trustee or Agent . Each Lender agrees that it has, independently and without reliance on the Security Trustee, the Agent or any other Lender, and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own credit analysis of the Borrower and decision to enter into this Agreement and that it will, independently and without reliance upon the Security Trustee, the Agent or any other Lender, and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own analysis and decisions in taking or not taking action under this Agreement or any

 

117


  of the Finance Documents. None of the Security Trustee or the Agent shall be required to keep itself informed as to the performance or observance by the Borrower of this Agreement or any of the Finance Documents or any other document referred to or provided for herein or therein or to inspect the properties or books of the Borrower. Except for notices, reports and other documents and information expressly required to be furnished to the Lenders by the Security Trustee or the Agent hereunder, neither the Security Trustee nor the Agent shall have any duty or responsibility to provide a Lender with any credit or other information concerning the affairs, financial condition or business of the Borrower or any of its parents, subsidiaries or affiliates which may come into the possession of the Security Trustee, the Agent or any of their respective affiliates.

 

  31.8 Actions by Security Trustee and Agent . Except for action expressly required of the Security Trustee or the Agent hereunder and under the other Finance Documents, each of the Security Trustee and the Agent shall in all cases be fully justified in failing or refusing to act hereunder and thereunder unless it shall receive further assurances to its satisfaction from the Lenders of their indemnification obligations under Clause 31.6 against any and all liability and expense which may be incurred by it by reason of taking or continuing to take any such action.

 

  31.9 Resignation and Removal . Subject to the appointment and acceptance of a successor Security Trustee or Agent (as the case may be) as provided below, each of the Security Trustee and the Agent may resign at any time by giving notice thereof to the Lenders and the Borrower, and the Security Trustee or the Agent may be removed at any time with or without cause by the Required Lenders by giving notice thereof to the Agent, the Security Trustee, the Lenders and the Borrower. Upon any such resignation or removal, the Required Lenders shall have the right to appoint a successor Security Trustee or Agent, as the case may be which shall be either one of the Lenders or any other third party acceptable to the Required Lenders and the Borrower (the Borrower’s consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed). If no successor Security Trustee or Agent, as the case may be, shall have been so appointed by the Lenders or, if appointed, shall not have accepted such appointment within 30 days after the retiring Security Trustee’s or Agent’s, as the case may be, giving of notice of resignation or the Required Lenders’ removal of the retiring Security Trustee or Agent, as the case may be, then the retiring Security Trustee or Agent, as the case may be, may, on behalf of the Lenders, appoint a successor Security Trustee or Agent. Upon the acceptance of any appointment as Security Trustee or Agent hereunder by a successor Security Trustee or Agent, such successor Security Trustee or Agent, as the case may be, shall thereupon succeed to and become vested with all the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring Security Trustee or Agent, as the case may be, and the retiring Security Trustee or Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations hereunder. After any retiring Security Trustee or Agent’s resignation or removal hereunder as Security Trustee or Agent, as the case may be, the provisions of this Clause 31 shall continue in effect for its benefit in respect of any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it while it was acting as the Security Trustee or the Agent, as the case may be.

 

118


  31.10 Release of Collateral . Without the prior written consent of all Lenders neither the Security Trustee nor the Agent will consent to any modification, supplement or waiver under any of the Finance Documents nor without the prior written consent of all of the Lenders release any Collateral or otherwise terminate any Security Interest under the Finance Documents, except that no such consent is required, and each of the Security Trustee and the Agent is authorized, to release any Security Interest covering property if the Secured Liabilities have been paid and performed in full or which is the subject of a disposition of property permitted hereunder or to which the Lenders have consented.

 

  31.11 Parallel Debt.

 

  (a) The Borrower hereby irrevocably and unconditionally undertakes, as far as necessary in advance, to pay to the Security Trustee, as creditor in its own right and not as representative of any of the other Creditor Parties, an amount equal to the aggregate of all its Principal Obligations to all the Creditor Parties from time to time due in accordance with the terms and conditions of such Principal Obligations (such payment undertaking and the obligations and liabilities which are the result thereof, its “ Parallel Debt ”).

 

  (b) Each of the parties hereto hereby acknowledges that (i) the Parallel Debt of the Borrower constitutes undertakings, obligations and liabilities of the Borrower to the Security Trustee which are separate and independent from, and without prejudice to, the Principal Obligations which the Borrower has to any other Creditor Party and (ii) that the Parallel Debt represents the Security Trustee’s own claim to receive payment of such Parallel Debt by the Borrower, provided that the total amount which may become due under the Parallel Debt of the Borrower under this Clause 31.11 shall never exceed the total amount which may become due under all the Principal Obligations of the Borrower to all the Creditor Parties.

 

  (i) The total amount due by the Borrower as the Parallel Debt under Clause 31.11(a) shall be decreased to the extent that the Borrower shall have paid any amounts to the Creditor Parties or any of them to reduce the Borrower’s outstanding Principal Obligations or any Creditor Party otherwise receive any amount of such Principal Obligations (other than by virtue of Clause 31.11(b)(ii); and

 

  (ii) To the extent that the Borrower shall have paid any amounts to the Security Trustee under the Parallel Debt or the Security Trustee shall have otherwise received monies in payment of such Parallel Debt, the total amount due under the Principal Obligations shall be decreased by the same amount.

 

119


  (c) In the event the Security Trustee should resign or be removed by the Required Lenders, the Security Trustee shall assign the Parallel Debt owed to it to its successor security trustee together with all of its other rights and obligations under this Clause 31.11 and shall take all such further actions as the Agent in its sole discretion may deem necessary or desirable in order to assign and transfer to the successor security trustee the Parallel Debt and the other rights and obligations under this Clause 31.11.

 

  31.12 Instructions to Agent/Security Trustee . Unless a Finance Document expressly provides that the Agent and/or the Security Trustee shall only act or refrain from acting on the instructions of all Lenders, the Agent and/or the Security Trustee shall be entitled to act on the instructions of the Required Lenders.

 

32. LAW AND JURISDICTION

 

  32.1 Governing Law . THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER FINANCE DOCUMENTS (EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE PROVIDED IN A FINANCE DOCUMENT) SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT REGARD TO ITS CONFLICT OF LAW PRINCIPLES.

 

  32.2 Consent to Jurisdiction.

 

  (a) Each of the Security Parties hereby irrevocably and unconditionally submits, for itself and its property, to the nonexclusive jurisdiction of any New York State court or Federal court of the United States of America sitting in New York County, and any appellate court thereof, in any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or any of the other Finance Documents to which such Security Party is a party or for recognition or enforcement of any judgment, and each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees that all claims in respect of any such action or proceeding may be heard and determined in such New York State Court or, to the extent permitted by law, in such Federal court. Each of the parties hereto agrees that a final judgment in any such action or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law.

 

  (b) Nothing in this Clause 32.2 shall affect the right of a Creditor Party to bring any action or proceeding against a Security Party or its property in the courts of any other jurisdictions where such action or proceeding may be heard.

 

  (c)

Each of the Security Parties hereby irrevocably and unconditionally waives, to the fullest extent it may legally and effectively do so, any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement in

 

120


  any New York State or Federal court and the defense of an inconvenient forum to the maintenance of such action or proceeding in any such court and any immunity from jurisdiction of any court or from any legal process with respect to itself or its property.

 

  (d) Each of the Security Parties hereby agrees to appoint Seward & Kissel LLP, with offices currently located at One Battery Park Plaza, New York, New York 10004, Attention: Michael Timpone, as its designated agent for service of process for any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or any other Finance Document. Each of the Security Parties also irrevocably consents to the service of any and all process in any such action or proceeding by the mailing of copies of such process to its address specified in Clause 29.2. Each of the Security Parties also agrees that service of process may be made on it by any other method of service provided for under the applicable laws in effect in the State of New York.

 

  32.3 Creditor Party Rights Unaffected . Nothing in this Clause 32 shall exclude or limit any right which any Creditor Party may have (whether under the law of any country, an international convention or otherwise) with regard to the bringing of proceedings, the service of process, the recognition or enforcement of a judgment or any similar or related matter in any jurisdiction.

 

  32.4 Meaning of “P roceedings . In this Clause 32, “ proceedings ” means proceedings of any kind, including an application for a provisional or protective measure.

 

  32.5 Waiver of Sovereign Immunity To the extent that a Security Party may be entitled, in any jurisdiction in which judicial proceedings may at any time be commenced with respect to any of the Finance Documents, to claim for itself or its revenues, assets or properties any immunity from suit, the jurisdiction of any court, attachment prior to judgment, attachment in aid of execution of a judgment, set-off, execution of a judgment or any other legal process, and to the extent that in any such jurisdiction there may be attributed such immunity (whether or not claimed), each such Security Party irrevocably agrees not to claim and hereby irrevocably waives such immunity to the fullest extent permitted by the laws of such jurisdiction and hereby agrees that the foregoing waiver shall be enforced to the fullest extent permitted under the Foreign Sovereign Immunities Act of 1976 of the United States of America, as amended, and is intended to be irrevocable for the purpose of such act.

 

  32.6 Waiver of Damages Each of the Borrower and the Guarantors waives, to the maximum extent not prohibited by law, any right it may have to claim or recover any special, indirect, exemplary, punitive or consequential damages in any action or proceeding arising out of or related to this Agreement or any of the other Finance Documents to which such Security Party is a party.

 

121


33. WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL

 

  33.1 WAIVER . EACH OF THE SECURITY PARTIES AND THE CREDITOR PARTIES MUTUALLY AND IRREVOCABLY WAIVE ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

 

34. PATRIOT ACT NOTICE

 

  34.1 PATRIOT Act Notice . Each of the Agent and the Lenders hereby notifies the Borrowers that pursuant to the requirements of the PATRIOT Act and the policies and practices of the Agent and each Lender, the Agent and each of the Lenders is required to obtain, verify and record certain information and documentation that identifies each Security Party, which information includes the name and address of each Security Party and such other information that will allow the Agent and each of the Lenders to identify each Security Party in accordance with the PATRIOT Act.

[SIGNATURE PAGES FOLLOW ON NEXT PAGES]

 

122


EXECUTION PAGE

WHEREFORE, the parties hereto have caused this Loan Agreement to be executed as of the date first above written.

 

SCORPIO BULKERS INC.,

as Borrower

   

CRÉDIT AGRICOLE CORPORATE AND INVESTMENT BANK,

as Lender, Coordinating Bank, Bookrunner, Administrative Agent, Lead Arranger, Security Trustee and Account Bank

By:  

/s/ Hugh Baker

       
Name:   Hugh Baker     By:  

/s/ Geoffrey D. Ferrer

Title:   Chief Financial Officer       Name:   Geoffrey D. Ferrer
        Title:   Attorney-in-Fact
     

THE EXPORT-IMPORT BANK OF CHINA,

as Lender and Lead Arranger

      By:  

/s/ Chen Bin

        Name:   Chen Bin
        Title:   Deputy General Manager
     

DEUTSCHE BANK AG LONDON,

as Lead Arranger and Bookrunner

      By:  

/s/ Geoffrey D. Ferrer

        Name:   Geoffrey D. Ferrer
        Title:   Attorney-in-Fact

 

123


BNP PARIBAS,

as Lender and Lead Arranger

By:  

/s/ Geoffrey D. Ferrer

  Name:   Geoffrey D. Ferrer
  Title:   Attorney-in-Fact

SKANDINAVISKA ENSKILDA BANKEN AB (PUBL),

as Lender and Lead Arranger

By:  

/s/ Geoffrey D. Ferrer

  Name:   Geoffrey D. Ferrer
  Title:   Attorney-in-Fact

DEUTSCHE BANK AG FILIALE DEUTSCHLANDGESCHAEFT,

as Lender

By:  

/s/ Geoffrey D. Ferrer

  Name:   Geoffrey D. Ferrer
  Title:   Attorney-in-Fact

 

124


Schedule 1-A

INITIAL GUARANTORS

NONE

 

125


Schedule 1-B

THE LENDERS AND THEIR COMMITMENTS

 

          Commitment  

Name

  

Lending Office and Contact Details

   ($)  

Crédit Agricole Corporate And Investment Bank

  

Lending Office

9 quai du President Paul Doumer

   $ 35,000,000   
   92920 Paris La Defense Cedex   
   France   
  

 

Address for Notices

  
   Middle Office Shipping   
   Attention: Marie-Claire VANDERPERRE   
   9 quai du President Paul Doumer   
   92920 Paris La Defense Cedex   
   France   
   Facsimile: +33 141 891 934   

The Export-Import Bank of China

  

Lending Office

No. 30 Fu Xing Men Nei St.

   $ 198,000,000   
   Xicheng District   
   Beijing, China   
   100031   
   Address for Notices   
   Transport Finance Department   
   Attention: Mi Jie/Lu Tianmin   
   The Export-Import Bank of China   
   No. 30 Fu Xing Men Nei St.   
   Xicheng District   
   Beijing, China   
   100031   
   Facsimile: 8610 83578428   

Deutsche Bank AG Filiale Deutschlandgeschaeft

  

Lending Office

Adolphsplatz 7

20457 Hamburg

   $ 27,000,000   
   Germany   
  

 

Address for Notices

  
   Adolphsplatz 7   
   20457 Hamburg   
   Germany   
   Attention: Stephan Vetter/Bastian Duehmert   
   Facsimile: 49 (40) 3701-4550   

 

126


BNP Paribas

   Lending Office    $ 35,000,000   
   16 Boulevard des Italiens   
   75009 Paris   
   France   
  

 

Address for Notices

  
   16 rue de Hanovre   
   75048 Paris Cedex 02   
   France   
  

 

Attention: Transportation Group Middle

  
   Office – ACI: CAT 04B1   
   Fax: +33 1 4298 4355   

Skandinaviska Enskilda Banken AB (PUBL)

   Lending Office    $ 35,000,000   
  

 

Kungsträdgårdsgatan 8

  
   SE-106 40 Stockholm   
   Sweden   
  

 

Address for Notice

 

Shipping Finance

  
   Kungsträdgårdsgatan 8   
   SE-106 40 Stockholm   
   Sweden   
   Facsimile:   

 

127


Schedule 2

POTENTIAL GUARANTORS AND COLLATERAL VESSELS

PROPOSED COLLATERAL VESSELS AND GUARANTORS

 

No.

  

Collateral
Vessel

  

Collateral Vessel Owner/Guarantor

  

Type

  

DWT

  

Contract Delivery
Date

  

Hull No.

  

IMO
No.

1.    SBI Bravo    SBI Bravo Shipping Company Ltd    Ultramax Bulk Carrier    61,000    16 March 2015    NE180   
2.    SBI Antares    SBI Antares Shipping Company Ltd    Ultramax Bulk Carrier    61,000    16 March 2015    NE181   
3.    SBI Maia    SBI Maia Shipping Company Ltd    Ultramax Bulk Carrier    61,000    30 September 2015    NE182   
4.    SBI Hydra    SBI Hydra Shipping Company Ltd    Ultramax Bulk Carrier    61,000    30 September 2015    NE183   
5.    SBI Hyperion    SBI Hyperion Shipping Company Ltd    Ultramax Bulk Carrier    61,000    [15 May 2016]    NE194   
6.    SBI Tethys    SBI Tethys Shipping Company Ltd    Ultramax Bulk Carrier    61,000    [15 June 2016]    NE195   
7.    SBI Leo    SBI Leo Shipping Company Ltd    Ultramax Bulk Carrier    61,000    29 May 2015    DE018   
8.    SBI Lyra    SBI Lyra Shipping Company Ltd    Ultramax Bulk Carrier    61,000    31 July 2015    DE019   
9.    SBI Subaru    SBI Subaru Shipping Company Ltd    Ultramax Bulk Carrier    61,000    31 August 2015    DE020   
10.    SBI Ursa    SBI Ursa Shipping Company Ltd    Ultramax Bulk Carrier    61,000    30 October 2015    DE021   
11.    SBI Pegasus    SBI Pegasus Shipping Company Ltd    Ultramax Bulk Carrier    63,500    30 September 2015    CX0651   
12.    SBI Orion    SBI Orion Shipping Company Ltd    Ultramax Bulk Carrier    63,500    30 November 2015    CX0652   
13.    SBI Hercules    SBI Hercules Shipping Company Ltd    Ultramax Bulk Carrier    63,500    31 January 2016    CX0653   

 

128


14.    SBI Kratos    SBI Kratos Shipping Company Ltd    Ultramax Bulk Carrier    63,500    [30 April 2016]    TBD   
15.    SBI Samson    SBI Samson Shipping Company Ltd    Ultramax Bulk Carrier    63,500    [30 June 2016]    TBD   
16.    SBI Phoenix    SBI Phoenix Shipping Company Ltd    Ultramax Bulk Carrier    63,500    [30 September 2016]    TBD   
17.    SBI Capoeira    SBI Capoeira Shipping Company Ltd    Kamsarmax Bulk Carrier    82,000    31 July 2015    S1228   
18.    SBI Carioca    SBI Carioca Shipping Company Ltd    Kamsarmax Bulk Carrier    82,000    31 October 2015    S1229   
19.    SBI Lambada    SBI Lambada Shipping Company Ltd    Kamsarmax Bulk Carrier    82,000    31 January 2016    S1230   
20.    SBI Macarena    SBI Macarena Shipping Company Ltd    Kamsarmax Bulk Carrier    82000    31 May 2016    S1231   
21.    SBI Swing    SBI Swing Shipping Company Ltd    Kamsarmax Bulk Carrier    82,000    31 August 2016    S1232   
22.    SBI Jive    SBI Jive Shipping Company Ltd    Kamsarmax Bulk Carrier    82,000    30 September 2016    S1233   

 

129


Schedule 3

IRREVOCABLE

DRAWDOWN NOTICE

Dated:             , 20    

Crédit Agricole Corporate and Investment Bank,

as Agent

9 quai du President Paul Doumer

92920 Paris La Defense Cedex

France

Ladies and Gentlemen:

The undersigned, Scorpio Bulkers Inc. (the “ Borrower ”), (i) refers to the senior secured term credit agreement, dated as of                     , 2014 (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”; the terms defined therein being used herein as therein defined unless otherwise defined herein), among the Borrower, as borrower, [            ] and [            ] , as guarantors, the banks and financial institutions listed in Schedule 1 thereto as lenders, The Export-Import Bank of China, Crédit Agricole Corporate and Investment Bank, Deutsche Bank AG London, BNP Paribas and Skandinaviska Enskilda Banken AB (PUBL), as lead arrangers, Crédit Agricole Corporate and Investment Bank and Deutsche Bank AG London, as Bookrunners, and Crédit Agricole Corporate and Investment Bank, as coordinating bank, administrative agent, security trustee and account bank, and (ii) hereby gives you notice, irrevocably, pursuant to Clause 4.1 of the Credit Agreement that the undersigned hereby requests an Advance under the Credit Agreement, and in connection therewith sets forth below the information relating to such Advance (the “ Proposed Advance ”):

 

  (i) The Business Day of the Proposed Advance is                     .

 

  (ii) The Collateral Vessel to which the Proposed Advance relates is the                     , and the Proposed Advance is being remitted to [pay/refinance/reimburse the Borrower for] part of the acquisition cost for such Collateral Vessel in the amount of $        .

 

  (iii) The initial Interest Period(s) for the Proposed Advance is                      months.

 

  (iv) The Guarantor that is or will be the owner of the Collateral Vessel to which the Proposed Advance relates [is a party to the Credit Agreement/has executed and delivered a Guarantor Joinder Agreement to the Agent];

 

  (v) Remittance Instructions:                                         .

 

130


The undersigned hereby certifies that the following statements are true on the date hereof, and will be true on the date of the Proposed Advance:

(A) The representations and warranties of each of the Security Parties contained in each of the Finance Documents in effect or intended to be in effect immediately following the Proposed Advance are correct in all material respects on and as of the date of the Proposed Advance, before and after giving effect to the Proposed Advance and to the application of the proceeds therefrom, as though made on and as of such date, other than any such representations or warranties that, by their terms, refer to a specific date other than the date of the Proposed Advance.

(B) No event has occurred and is continuing, or would result from such Proposed Advance or from the application of the proceeds therefrom, that is an event or circumstances which, with the giving of notice and/or lapse of time would constitute an Event of Default or is an Event of Default.

(C) No Material Adverse Event has occurred since December 31, 2013.

(D) If applicable, the Borrower is in compliance with the Security Maintenance Cover Ratio under the Credit Agreement, as evidenced by the back-up calculations attached hereto as Schedule A.

Delivery of an executed counterpart of this Notice of Drawdown by facsimile shall be effective as delivery of an original executed counterpart of this Notice of Drawdown. This Notice of Drawdown cannot be revoked or amended or modified in any way without the prior written consent of the Required Lenders.

[Signature Page Follows]

 

131


Very truly yours,
Scorpio Bulkers Inc.
By  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

132


SCHEDULE A

Security Maintenance Cover Ratio - Backup Calculations

 

133


Schedule 4

DOCUMENTS REQUIRED AS CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

(referred to in Clause 9)

Part A

 

1. Constitutional Documents

Copies, certified by an officer of each Security Party as true, complete and up to date copies of all documents which contain or establish or relate to the constitution of that Security Party;

 

2. Corporate Authorizations

copies of resolutions of the directors of each Security Party and stockholders of each Security Party (other than the Borrower) approving such of the Finance Documents to which such Security Party is, or is to be, party and authorizing the signature, delivery and performance of such Security Party’s obligations thereunder, certified (in a certificate dated no earlier than five (5) Business Days prior to the Effective Date) by an officer of such Security Party as:

 

  (a) being true and correct;

 

  (b) being duly passed at meetings of the directors of such Security Party and of (if required by applicable laws of the jurisdiction of incorporation) the stockholders of such Security Party duly convened and held or duly adopted by written consent;

 

  (c) not having been amended, modified or revoked; and\

 

  (d) being in full force and effect,

together with originals or certified copies of any powers of attorney issued by any Security Party pursuant to such resolutions;

 

3. Specimen Signatures

copies of the signatures of the persons who have been authorized on behalf of each Security Party to sign and have or will sign such of the Finance Documents to which such Security Party is, or is to be, party and to give notices and communications, including notices of drawing, under or in connection with the Finance Documents, certified (in a certificate dated no earlier than five (5) Business Days prior to the Effective Date) by an officer of such Security Party as being the true signatures of such persons;

 

134


4. Certificate of Incumbency

a list of directors and officers of each Security Party specifying the names and positions of such persons, certified (in a certificate dated no earlier than five (5) Business Days prior to the Effective Date) by an officer of such Security Party to be true, complete and up to date;

 

5. Borrower’s Consents and Approvals

a certificate (dated no earlier than five (5) Business Days prior to the Effective Date) from an officer of the Borrower that no other consents, authorizations, licenses or approvals are necessary for the Borrower to authorize or are required by the Borrower in connection with the borrowing by that Borrower of the Loan pursuant to this Agreement or the execution, delivery and performance of the Borrower of the Finance Documents to which it is or will be a party;

 

6. Other Consents and Approvals

a certificate (dated no earlier than five (5) Business Days prior to the Effective Date) from an officer of each Security Party (other than the Borrower) that no other consents, authorizations, licenses or approvals are necessary for such Security Party to guarantee and/or grant security for the borrowing by the Borrower of the Total Commitments pursuant to this Agreement and execute, deliver and perform the Finance Documents insofar as such Security Party is a party thereto;

 

7. “KYC”

such documentation and other evidence as is reasonably requested by the Agent in order for each Creditor Party to carry out and be satisfied with the results of all necessary “know your customer” or other checks which it is required to carry out in relation to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the other Finance Documents and to the identity of any parties to the Finance Documents (other than the Creditor Parties) and their directors and officers;

 

8. Finance Documents

 

  (a) the Note, the Fee Letter, the Earnings Account Pledge, the Retention Account Pledge, the Shares Pledge, if applicable, and the Charter Assignments (if any), each duly executed by the parties thereto; and

 

  (b) all notices of assignment and other documents, certificates and instruments required pursuant to the Finance Documents named in subpart (a).

 

9. Accounts

evidence that the Earnings Account and the Retention Account have been opened and duly completed mandate forms in respect thereof have been delivered to the Agent;

 

135


10. Fees and Commissions

evidence that any fees and commissions due under Clause 21 have been paid in full;

 

11. Borrowers’ Process Agent

a letter from the Borrower’s agent for receipt of service of proceedings referred to in Clause 32.2 accepting its appointment under the said Clause and under each of the other Finance Documents in which it is or is to be appointed as the Borrower’s agent and referred to in this Part A;

 

12. Security Parties’ Process Agent

a letter from each Security Party’s (other than the Borrowers) agent for receipt of service of proceedings referred to in each of the Finance Documents to which such Security Party is a party and referred to in this Part A accepting its appointment under each such Finance Document;

 

13. Security Parties’ Counsel’s Opinion

an opinion of Seward & Kissel LLP, special counsel to the Security Parties, in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent;

 

14. Agent’s Counsel’s Opinion

An opinion of Cozen O’Connor, special counsel for the Agent, in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent;

 

15. Certificates of Goodstanding

A Certificate of Goodstanding for each of the Security Parties issued by the Republic of the Marshall Islands dated not more than five (5) Business Days prior to the Effective Date; and

 

16. Further Conditions

any such further conditions, documents or opinions as may be reasonably required by the Agent.

Part B

 

1. Drawdown Notice

The Drawdown Notice in respect of the relevant Advance (for the purposes of this Part B only, the “ Relevant Advance ”), duly executed;

 

2. If the Guarantor that owns the Collateral Vessel to which the Relevant Advance relates is not already a Guarantor, under this Agreement, (i) a duly completed Guarantor Joinder Agreement; and (ii) the Borrower shall provide a duly completed supplement to the Shares Pledge;

 

136


3. Updated corporate authorizations/certificates of incumbency

(a) For the Borrower and if the Guarantor to which the Relevant Advance relates is already a party to this Agreement and has previously provided to the Agent the documents specified in paragraphs 1 through 7 of Part A of Schedule 4, a list of directors and officers of each Security Party specifying the names and positions of such persons and copies of the signatures of the persons who have been authorized on behalf of each Security Party to sign and who have or will sign such of the Finance Documents to which such Security Party is, or is to be, party and referred to in this Part B in respect of the Relevant Advance, and to give notices and communications, including notices of drawing, under or in connection with the Finance Documents, certified by an officer of such Security Party to be, in the case of the list of directors, true, complete and up to date and, in the case of the specimen signatures, true signatures of such persons or a certificate by an officer of such Security Party that the list provided in respect of that Security Party pursuant to paragraph 4 of Part A of this schedule and that the specimen signatures provided in respect of the Security Party pursuant to paragraph 3 of Part A of this schedule remain true, complete and up to date;

(b) If the Guarantor to which the Relevant Advance relates is not already a party to this Agreement and is required to execute and deliver a Guarantor Joinder Agreement, such Guarantor shall provide the documents specified in paragraphs 1 through 8 of Part A of Schedule 4;

 

4. Collateral Vessel conditions

evidence that the Collateral Vessel to which the Relevant Advance relates:

 

  (a) Registration and Encumbrances

is registered in the name of the relevant Guarantor through the relevant Registry under the laws and flag of the relevant Flag State and that such Collateral Vessel and its Earnings, Insurances and Requisition Compensation are free of Security Interests other than Permitted Security Interests; and

 

  (b) Classification

a statement of class from the relevant Classification Society that the Collateral Vessel to which the Relevant Advance relates is in class, without recommendations affecting class and ready to sail; and

 

  (c) Insurance

is insured in accordance with the provisions of the relevant Finance Documents and all requirements of the Finance Documents in respect of such Insurances have been complied with (including without limitation, confirmation from the protection and indemnity association or other insurer with which such Collateral Vessel is, or is to be, entered for

 

137


insurance or insured against protection and indemnity risks (including oil pollution risks) that any necessary declarations required by the association or insurer for the removal of any oil pollution exclusion have been made and that any such exclusion does not apply to such Collateral Vessel); and

 

  (d) Commercial Invoice

a commercial invoice issued by the Seller of such Collateral Vessel with respect to the purchase price of such Collateral Vessel.

 

5. No claim

if required by the Agent, confirmation satisfactory to the Agent that, to the knowledge of the Security Parties, that neither the seller of the Collateral Vessel nor any other party who may have a claim pursuant to the relevant sale contract for the Collateral Vessel to which the Relevant Advance relates have any pending or threatened claims against the relevant Collateral Vessel or the relevant Guarantor and that there have been no breaches of the terms of the relevant sale contract for the Collateral Vessel any default thereunder;

 

6. Title and no Encumbrances

 

  (a) evidence that the transfer of title to the Collateral Vessel to which the Relevant Advance relates from the builder to the relevant Guarantor has been duly recorded with the relevant Registry free from Security Interest other than Permitted Security Interests; and

 

  (b) evidence that any prior registration of the Collateral Vessel to which the Relevant Advance relates in the name of any third party in any ship register, if any, has been deleted;

 

7. Fees and commissions

payment of any fees and commissions due from the Borrower to any of the Creditor Parties pursuant to the terms of Clause 21 or any other provision of the Finance Documents;

 

8. Finance Documents and Manager’s Undertakings

the Mortgage, the Earnings Assignment, the Insurance Assignment, the Charter Assignment (if any), Earning Account Pledge, the Shares Pledge or a Supplement to the Shares Pledge, as the case may be, and the Manager’s Undertakings in respect of the Collateral Vessel to which the Relevant Advance relates, each duly executed and delivered;

 

138


9. Mortgage registration

evidence that the Mortgage in respect of the Collateral Vessel to which the Relevant Advance relates has been registered against such Collateral Vessel through the relevant Registry under the laws and flag of the relevant Flag State;

 

10. Notices of assignment

duly executed notices of assignment in the forms prescribed by the Finance Documents for the Collateral Vessel to which the Relevant Advance relates;

 

11. Insurance opinion

an opinion from insurance consultants to the Agent in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent and made at the cost and expense of the Borrower, on the insurances effected or to be effected in respect of the Collateral Vessel to which the Relevant Advance relates, upon and following the Delivery Date of such Collateral Vessel;

 

12. Guarantor’s process agent

unless previously provided, a letter from the relevant Guarantor’s agent for receipt of service of proceedings referred to in the relevant Mortgage for the Collateral Vessel to which the Relevant Advance relates and in which it is or is to be appointed as that Guarantor’s agent accepting its appointment under such document;

 

13. Security Parties’ process agent

unless previously provided, a letter from the Borrower and the Manager’s agent for receipt of service of proceedings referred to in each Finance Document to which the relevant Security Party is a party and which is referred to in this Part B in respect of the Relevant Advance, accepting its appointment under each of the relevant Finance Documents;

 

14. Management Agreement

a copy, certified as a true and complete copy by an officer of the relevant Guarantor, of the Approved Management Agreement for the Collateral Vessel to which the Relevant Advance relates;

 

15. DOC and application for SMC

a certified copy of the DOC and either (i) a certified copy of the interim SMC for the Collateral Vessel to which the Relevant Advance relates or (ii) evidence satisfactory to the Agent that the Operator has applied for an SMC for such Collateral Vessel;

 

139


16. ISPS Code compliance

 

  (a) evidence satisfactory to the Agent that the Collateral Vessel to which the Relevant Advance relates is subject to a ship security plan which complies with the ISPS Code; and

 

  (b) a copy dated no earlier than five (5) Business Days prior to the Delivery Date of such Collateral Vessel) of the interim ISSC for such Collateral Vessel;

 

17. UCC-1 Financing Statement

UCC-1 financing statement for each Security Party as shall be reasonably required by the Agent shall have been submitted for filing with such jurisdictions as the Agent may reasonably require.

 

18. Security Parties’ counsel’s opinion

an opinion of Seward & Kissel LLP, special counsel to the Security Parties, in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent;

 

19. Agent’s Counsel’s opinion

an opinion of Cozen O’Connor, special counsel to the Agent, in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent;

 

20. Financial Reports

all financial reports and Compliance Certificates required to be provided to the Agent by the Borrower and each Guarantor, in accordance with Clause 11.1(g) hereof shall have been provided and shall be in all respects acceptable to the Agent; provided, however, that if a Drawdown Notice shall be issued by the Borrower prior to the issuance of the first Compliance Certificate to be issued in accordance with Section 11.1(g), the Borrower shall provide a Compliance Certificate together with such Drawdown Notice;

 

21. One appraisal from an Approved Broker establishing the Fair Market Value of the relevant Collateral Vessel, provided that if a sister ship to the relevant Collateral Vessel has been delivered within 60 days of the delivery date of the relevant Collateral Vessel, the valuation for such sister ship shall be used in determining the Fair Market Value of the relevant Collateral Vessel;

 

22. Equity Contribution

evidence that all payments required to be made by the relevant Guarantor under the relevant Contract have been made, provided, however, that if an Advance is borrowed in accordance with Clause 9.2(b), the relevant Guarantor shall deposit with the Agent for payment to the Builder any equity payments required to be made under the relevant Contract at least three (3) Business Days prior to the proposed Drawdown Date of the relevant Advance; and

 

140


23. Further conditions

any such other conditions, documents or evidence as may be reasonably required by the Agent.

 

141


Schedule 5

TRANSFER CERTIFICATE

The Transferor and the Transferee accept exclusive responsibility for ensuring that this Certificate and the transaction to which it relates comply with all legal and regulatory requirements applicable to them respectively.

To: [Name of Agent] for itself and for and on behalf of the Borrower, the Guarantors, the Security Trustee and each Lender, as defined in the Credit Agreement referred to below.

[Date]

 

1. This Certificate relates to a Credit Agreement dated as of             , 2014 (the “Credit Agreement”) made among Scorpio Bulkers Inc. (the “Borrower”), a corporation incorporated and existing under the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands, as borrower; [            ] and [            ], each a corporation incorporated and existing under the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands, as guarantors (the “Guarantors”); THE BANKS AND FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS listed in Schedule 1 to the Credit Agreement, as lenders (the “Lenders”, which expression includes their respective successors, transferees and assigns); The Export-Import Bank of China, Crédit Agricole Corporate and Investment Bank, Deutsche Bank AG London, BNP Paribas and Skandinaviska Enskilda Banken AB (PUBL), as lead arrangers, Crédit Agricole Corporate and Investment Bank and Deutsche Bank AG London, as bookrunners and Crédit Agricole Corporate And Investment Bank, as coordinating bank, administrative agent, security trustee and account bank, for a credit facility of up to $330,000,000.

 

2. In this Certificate, terms defined in the Credit Agreement shall, unless the contrary intention appears, have the same meanings when used in this Certificate and:

“Relevant Parties” means the Agent, the Borrower, the Guarantors, the Security Trustee and each Lender;

“Transferor” means [full name] of [lending office];

“Transferee” means [full name] of [lending office].

 

3. The effective date of this Certificate is                     , provided that this Certificate shall not come into effect unless it is signed by the Agent on or before that date.

 

4. The Transferor assigns to the Transferee absolutely all rights and interests (present, future or contingent) which the Transferor has as Lender under or by virtue of the Credit Agreement and every other Finance Document in relation to     % of its Contribution, which percentage represents $        .

 

5. [By virtue of this Certificate and Clause 27 of the Credit Agreement, the Transferor is discharged [entirely from its Commitment which amounts to $        ] [from     % of its Commitment, which percentage represents $         and the Transferee acquires a Commitment of $        .]

 

142


6. The Transferee undertakes with the Transferor and each of the Relevant Parties that the Transferee will observe and perform all the obligations under the Finance Documents which Clause 27 of the Credit Agreement provides will become binding on it upon this Certificate taking effect.

 

7. The Agent, at the request of the Transferee (which request is hereby made) accepts, for the Agent itself and for and on behalf of every other Relevant Party, this Certificate as a Transfer Certificate taking effect in accordance with Clause 27 of the Credit Agreement.

 

8. The Transferor:

 

  (a) warrants to the Transferee and each Relevant Party that:

 

  (i) the Transferor has full capacity to enter into this transaction and has taken all corporate action and obtained all consents which are required in connection with this transaction; and

 

  (ii) this Certificate is valid and binding as regards the Transferor;

 

  (b) warrants to the Transferee that the Transferor is absolutely entitled, free of encumbrances, to all the rights and interests covered by the assignment in paragraph 4; and

 

  (c) undertakes with the Transferee that the Transferor will, at its own expense, execute any documents which the Transferee reasonably requests for perfecting in any relevant jurisdiction the Transferee’s title under this Certificate or for a similar purpose.

 

9. The Transferee:

 

  (a) confirms that it has received a copy of the Credit Agreement and each of the other Finance Documents;

 

  (b) agrees that it will have no rights of recourse on any ground against the Transferor, the Agent, the Security Trustee or any Lender in the event that:

 

  (i) any of the Finance Documents prove to be invalid or ineffective;

 

  (ii) the Borrower or the Guarantors fail to observe or perform their obligations, or to discharge their respective liabilities, under any of the Finance Documents; and

 

  (iii) it proves impossible to realize any asset covered by a Security Interest created by a Finance Document, or the proceeds of such assets are insufficient to discharge the liabilities of the Borrower or the Guarantors under any of the Finance Documents;

 

143


  (c) agrees that it will have no rights of recourse on any ground against the Agent, the Security Trustee or any Lender in the event that this Certificate proves to be invalid or ineffective;

 

  (d) warrants to the Transferor and each Relevant Party that:

 

  (i) it has full capacity to enter into this transaction and has taken all corporate action and obtained all consents which it needs to take or obtain in connection with this transaction; and

 

  (ii) that this Certificate is valid and binding as regards the Transferee; and

 

  (e) confirms the accuracy of the administrative details set out below regarding the Transferee.

 

10. The Transferor and the Transferee each undertake with the Agent and the Security Trustee severally, on demand, fully to indemnify the Agent and/or the Security Trustee in respect of any claim, proceeding, liability or expense (including all legal expenses) which they or either of them may incur in connection with this Certificate or any matter arising out of it, except such as are shown to have been mainly and directly caused by the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Agent’s or the Security Trustee’s own officers or employees.

 

11. The Transferee shall repay to the Transferor on demand so much of any sum paid by the Transferor under paragraph 10 as exceeds one-half of the amount demanded by the Agent or the Security Trustee in respect of a claim, proceeding, liability or expense which was not reasonably foreseeable at the date of this Certificate; but nothing in this paragraph shall affect the liability of each of the Transferor and the Transferee to the Agent or the Security Trustee for the full amount demanded by it.

 

144


[Name of Transferor]       [Name of Transferee]
By:   

 

      By:   

 

Name:             Name:
Title:             Title:
Date:             Date:

AGENT

Signed for itself and for and on behalf of itself

as Agent and for every other Relevant Party

 

CRÉDIT AGRICOLE CORPORATE AND INVESTMENT BANK
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  
Date:  

 

145


Schedule 6

LIST OF APPROVED BROKERS

Clarkson Plc

Galbraith’s Ltd.

Braemar Seascope Ltd.

Astrup Fearnley

RS Platou ASA

Maersk Broker

Howe Robinson & Co.

Arrow Sale and Purchase Ltd.

 

146


Schedule 7

Payment Dates and Amounts

ADVANCE PAYMENT DATES AND AMOUNT

 

     COLLATERAL VESSEL DELIVERY PERIOD 1  
     1-1-2015 to
3-31-2015
    4-1-2015 to
6-30-2015
     7-1-2015 to
9-30-2015
     10-1-2015 to
12-31-2015
     1-1-2016 to
3-31-2016
     4-1-2016 to
6-30-2016
     7-1-2016 to
9-30-2016
     10-1-2016 to
12-31-2016
 

QUARTERLY PAYMENT DATE

                      

6-21-2015

   $ 312,500 2                      

9-21-2015

   $ 312,500      $ 312,500                     

12-21-2015

   $ 312,500      $ 312,500       $ 312,500                  

3-21-2016

   $ 312,500      $ 312,500       $ 312,500       $ 312,500               

6-21-2016

   $ 312,500      $ 312,500       $ 312,500       $ 312,500       $ 312,500            

9-21-2016

   $ 312,500      $ 312,500       $ 312,500       $ 312,500       $ 312,500       $ 312,500         

12-21-2016

   $ 312,500      $ 312,500       $ 312,500       $ 312,500       $ 312,500       $ 312,500       $ 312,500      

3-21-2017

   $ 312,500      $ 312,500       $ 312,500       $ 312,500       $ 312,500       $ 312,500       $ 312,500       $ 312,500   

6-21-2017

   $ 312,500      $ 312,500       $ 312,500       $ 312,500       $ 312,500       $ 312,500       $ 312,500       $ 312,500   

9-21-2017

   $ 312,500      $ 312,500       $ 312,500       $ 312,500       $ 312,500       $ 312,500       $ 312,500       $ 312,500   

12-21-2017

   $ 312,500      $ 312,500       $ 312,500       $ 312,500       $ 312,500       $ 312,500       $ 312,500       $ 312,500   

3-21-2018

   $ 312,500      $ 312,500       $ 312,500       $ 312,500       $ 312,500       $ 312,500       $ 312,500       $ 312,500   

6-21-2018

   $ 312,500      $ 312,500       $ 312,500       $ 312,500       $ 312,500       $ 312,500       $ 312,500       $ 312,500   

 

1 The Advance for each Collateral Vessel delivered during the relevant delivery period will have the indicated principal repayment schedule as adjusted in accordance with the terms of the Agreement. Repayment will begin on the First Repayment Date for the relevant Guarantor.
2 Each quarterly payment is based on an Advance with an original principal amount of U.S.$15,000,000 and a repayment profile of 48 equal quarterly payments. In accordance with the terms of the Agreement, should an Advance be in an original principal amount of less than U.S.$15,000,000, each quarterly payment will be adjusted to reflect 1/48 th of the actual principal amount of such Advance.

 

147


9-21-2018

   $ 312,500       $ 312,500       $ 312,500       $ 312,500       $ 312,500       $ 312,500       $ 312,500       $ 312,500   

12-21-2018

   $ 312,500       $ 312,500       $ 312,500       $ 312,500       $ 312,500       $ 312,500       $ 312,500       $ 312,500   

3-21-2019

   $ 312,500       $ 312,500       $ 312,500       $ 312,500       $ 312,500       $ 312,500       $ 312,500       $ 312,500   

6-21-2019

   $ 312,500       $ 312,500       $ 312,500       $ 312,500       $ 312,500       $ 312,500       $ 312,500       $ 312,500   

9-21-2019

   $ 312,500       $ 312,500       $ 312,500       $ 312,500       $ 312,500       $ 312,500       $ 312,500       $ 312,500   

12-21-2019

   $ 312,500       $ 312,500       $ 312,500       $ 312,500       $ 312,500       $ 312,500       $ 312,500       $ 312,500   

3-21-2020

   $ 312,500       $ 312,500       $ 312,500       $ 312,500       $ 312,500       $ 312,500       $ 312,500       $ 312,500   

6-21-2020

   $ 312,500       $ 312,500       $ 312,500       $ 312,500       $ 312,500       $ 312,500       $ 312,500       $ 312,500   

9-21-2020

   $ 312,500       $ 312,500       $ 312,500       $ 312,500       $ 312,500       $ 312,500       $ 312,500       $ 312,500   

12-21-2020

   $ 312,500       $ 312,500       $ 312,500       $ 312,500       $ 312,500       $ 312,500       $ 312,500       $ 312,500   

3-21-2021

   $ 312,500       $ 312,500       $ 312,500       $ 312,500       $ 312,500       $ 312,500       $ 312,500       $ 312,500   

6-21-2021

   $ 312,500       $ 312,500       $ 312,500       $ 312,500       $ 312,500       $ 312,500       $ 312,500       $ 312,500   

Maturity Date Balloon Payment 3

   $ 7,187,500       $ 7,500,000       $ 7,812,500       $ 8,125,000       $ 8,437,500       $ 8,750,000       $ 9,062,500       $ 9,375,000   

4

 

3 This is the amount of the Balloon Payment for an Advance that will be made on the Maturity Date or made as otherwise provided in the Agreement. Should the original principal amount of an Advance be less than $15,000,000, the amount of the Balloon Payment will be adjusted as provided in the Agreement.

 

148


Schedule 8

Mandatory Cost Formula

 

1. The Mandatory Cost is an addition to the interest rate to compensate Lenders for the cost of compliance with (a) the requirements of the Financial Conduct Authority and/or the Prudential Regulation Authority (or, in any case, any other authority which replaces all or any of its functions) or (b) the requirements of the European Central Bank.

 

2. On the first day of each Interest Period (or as soon as possible thereafter) the Agent shall calculate, as a percentage rate, a rate (the “Additional Cost Rate” ) for each Lender, in accordance with the paragraphs set out below. The Mandatory Cost will be calculated by the Agent as a weighted average of the Lenders’ Additional Cost Rates (weighted in proportion to the percentage participation of each Lender in the relevant Advance) and will be expressed as a percentage rate per annum.

 

3. The Additional Cost Rate for any Lender lending from a lending office in a Participating Member State will be the percentage notified by that Lender to the Agent. This percentage will be certified by that Lender in its notice to the Agent to be its reasonable determination of the cost (expressed as a percentage of that Lender’s participation in all Advances made from that lending office) of complying with the minimum reserve requirements of the European Central Bank in respect of loans made from that lending office.

 

4. The Additional Cost Rate for any Lender lending from a lending office in the United Kingdom will be calculated by the Agent as follows:

 

   E x  0.01   percent per annum         
   300           

where:

 

  E is designed to compensate Lenders for amounts payable under all the Fees Rules and is calculated by the Agent as being the average of the most recent rates of charge supplied by the Lenders to the Agent pursuant to paragraph 6 below and expressed in pounds per £1,000,000.

 

5. For the purposes of this Schedule:

 

  (a) Eligible Liabilities ” and “ Special Deposits ” have the meanings given to them from time to time under or pursuant to the Bank of England Act 1998 or (as may be appropriate) by the Bank of England;

 

  (b) Fees Rules ” means the rules on periodic fees contained in the Financial Conduct Authority Fees Manual or the Prudential Regulation Authority Fees Manual (as the case may be) or such other law or regulation as may be in force from time to time in respect of the payment of fees for the acceptance of deposits;

 

149


  (c) Fee Tariffs ” means the fee tariffs specified in the relevant Fees Rules under the activity group A.1 Deposit acceptors (ignoring any minimum fee or zero rated fee required pursuant to the relevant Fees Rules but taking into account any applicable discount rate);

 

  (d) Participating Member State ” means any member state of the European Union that adopts or has adopted the euro as its lawful currency in accordance with legislation of the European Union relating to European Monetary Union; and

 

  (e) Tariff Base ” has the meaning given to it in, and will be calculated in accordance with, the relevant Fees Rules.

 

6. If requested by the Agent, each Lender shall, as soon as practicable after publication by the Financial Conduct Authority or the Prudential Regulation Authority (as the case may be), supply to the Agent, the aggregate of rates of charge payable by that Lender to each the Financial Conduct Authority and the Prudential Regulation Authority pursuant to the relevant Fees Rules in respect of the relevant financial year of the Financial Conduct Authority or the Prudential Regulation Authority (as the case may be) (calculated for this purpose by that Lender as being the average of the Fee Tariffs applicable to that Lender for that financial year) and expressed in pounds per £1,000,000 of each Tariff Base of that Lender.

 

7. Each Lender shall supply any information required by the Agent for the purpose of calculating its Additional Cost Rate. In particular, but without limitation, each Lender shall supply the following information in writing on or prior to the date on which it becomes a Lender:

 

(a) the jurisdiction of its lending office; and

 

(b) any other information that the Agent may reasonably require for such purpose. Each Lender shall promptly notify the Agent in writing of any change to the information provided by it pursuant to this paragraph.

 

8. The rates of charge of each Lender for the purpose of E above shall be determined by the Agent based upon the information supplied to it pursuant to paragraph 6 above and on the assumption that, unless a Lender notifies the Agent to the contrary, each Lender’s obligations in relation to cash ratio deposits and Special Deposits are the same as those of a typical bank from its jurisdiction of incorporation with a lending office in the same jurisdiction as its lending office.

 

9. The Agent shall have no liability to any person if such determination results in an Additional Cost Rate which over or under compensates any Lender and shall be entitled to assume that the information provided by any Lender pursuant to paragraphs 3, 6 and 7 above is true and correct in all respects.

 

10. The Agent shall distribute the additional amounts received as a result of the Mandatory Cost to the Lenders on the basis of the Additional Cost Rate for each Lender based on the information provided by each Lender pursuant to paragraphs 3, 6 and 7 above.

 

150


11. Any determination by the Agent pursuant to this Schedule in relation to a formula, the Mandatory Cost, an Additional Cost Rate or any amount payable to a Lender shall, in the absence of manifest error, be conclusive and binding on all parties.

 

12. The Agent may from time to time, after consultation with the Borrower and the Lenders, determine and notify to all parties any amendments which are required to be made to this Schedule in order to comply with any change in law, regulation or any requirements from time to time imposed by the Financial Conduct Authority, the Prudential Regulation Authority or the European Central Bank (or, in any case, any other authority which replaces all or any of its functions) and any such determination shall, in the absence of manifest error, be conclusive and binding on all parties.

 

151


Appendix A

FORM OF CHARTER ASSIGNMENT

 

152


Appendix B

FORM OF COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

 

153


Appendix C-1

FORM OF EARNINGS ACCOUNT PLEDGE

 

154


APPENDIX C-2

FORM OF RETENTION ACCOUNT PLEDGE

 

155


Appendix D

FORM OF EARNINGS ASSIGNMENT

 

156


Appendix E

FORM OF GUARANTOR JOINDER AGREEMENT

 

157


Appendix F

FORM OF FIRST PREFERRED SHIP MORTGAGE

 

158


Appendix G

FORM OF MANAGER’S UNDERTAKING

 

159


Appendix H

FORM OF NOTE

 

160


Appendix I

FORM OF SHARES PLEDGE

 

161


Appendix J

FORM OF INSURANCE ASSIGNMENT

 

162


Appendix K

FORM OF SUPPLEMENT TO SHARES PLEDGE

 

163

Exhibit 10.17

Execution version

Date 27 June 2014

SCORPIO BULKERS INC.

as Borrower

– and –

THE BANKS AND FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS

listed in Schedule 1

as Lenders

– and –

THE BANKS AND FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS

listed in Schedule 2

as Swap Banks

– and –

NIBC BANK N.V.

as Mandated Lead Arranger, Agent

and as Security Trustee

 

 

LOAN AGREEMENT

 

 

relating to

a post-delivery term loan facility of up to $39,600,000 to provide finance

in relation to Hull No. 1284 (tbn “ SBI CAKEWALK ”) and

Hull No. 1285 (tbn “ SBI CHARLESTON ”)

Watson, Farley & Williams

London


INDEX

 

Clause         Page  

1

   INTERPRETATION      1   

2

   FACILITY      21   

3

   POSITION OF THE LENDERS AND SWAP BANKS      22   

4

   DRAWDOWN      22   

5

   INTEREST      23   

6

   INTEREST PERIODS      25   

7

   DEFAULT INTEREST      26   

8

   REPAYMENT AND PREPAYMENT      27   

9

   CONDITIONS PRECEDENT      29   

10

   REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES      30   

11

   GENERAL UNDERTAKINGS      32   

11

   CORPORATE AND FINANCIAL UNDERTAKINGS      37   

13

   INSURANCE      39   

14

   SHIP COVENANTS      43   

15

   SECURITY COVER      48   

16

   PAYMENTS AND CALCULATIONS      49   

17

   APPLICATION OF RECEIPTS      51   

18

   APPLICATION OF EARNINGS      52   

19

   EVENTS OF DEFAULT      53   

20

   FEES AND EXPENSES      57   

21

   INDEMNITIES      58   

22

   NO SET-OFF OR TAX DEDUCTION      60   

23

   ILLEGALITY, ETC      62   

24

   INCREASED COSTS      63   

25

   SET-OFF      64   

26

   TRANSFERS AND CHANGES IN LENDING OFFICES      65   

27

   VARIATIONS AND WAIVERS      70   

28

   NOTICES      71   

29

   SUPPLEMENTAL      73   

30

   LAW AND JURISDICTION      74   

SCHEDULE 1 LENDERS AND COMMITMENTS

     75   

SCHEDULE 2 SWAP BANKS

     76   

SCHEDULE 3 DRAWDOWN NOTICE

     77   

SCHEDULE 4 CONDITION PRECEDENT DOCUMENTS

     78   

SCHEDULE 5 TRANSFER CERTIFICATE

     81   

SCHEDULE 6 DESIGNATION NOTICE

     85   


SCHEDULE 7 LIST OF APPROVED BROKERS

     86   

SCHEDULE 8 FORM OF COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

     87   

SCHEDULE 9 MANDATORY COST

     88   

EXECUTION PAGES

     91   


THIS AGREEMENT is made on 27 June 2014

BETWEEN

 

(1) SCORPIO BULKERS INC. , a corporation incorporated in the Republic of the Marshall Islands whose registered office is at Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, Marshall Islands (the “ Borrower ”);

 

(2) THE BANKS AND FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS listed in Schedule 1, as Lenders ;

 

(3) THE BANKS AND FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS listed in Schedule 2, as Swap Banks ;

 

(4) NIBC BANK N.V. , as Mandated Lead Arranger ;

 

(5) NIBC BANK N.V. , as Agent ; and

 

(6) NIBC BANK N.V. , as Security Trustee .

BACKGROUND

 

(A) The Lenders have agreed to make available to the Borrower a facility of up to $39,600,000 in two tranches each of up to $19,800,000 to be on-lent by the Borrower to:

 

  (i) SBI Cakewalk Shipping Company Limited, the Borrower’s wholly owned subsidiary, for the purpose of assisting SBI Cakewalk Shipping Company Limited in financing up to 55 per cent. of the Fair Market Value of hull no. 1284 (to be named “ SBI CAKEWALK ”); and

 

  (ii) SBI Charleston Shipping Company Limited, the Borrower’s wholly owned subsidiary, for the purpose of assisting SBI Charleston Shipping Company Limited in financing up to 55 per cent. of the Fair Market Value of hull no. 1285 (to be named “ SBI CHARLESTON ”),

in each case, constructed by Shanghai Waigaoqiao Shipbuilding Co., Ltd, the People’s Republic of China.

 

(B) The Swap Banks may enter into interest rate swap transactions with the Borrower from time to time to hedge the Borrower’s exposure under this Agreement to interest rate fluctuations.

 

(C) The Lenders and the Swap Banks have agreed to share pari passu in the security to be granted to the Security Trustee pursuant to this Agreement.

IT IS AGREED as follows:

 

1 INTERPRETATION

 

1.1 Definitions. Subject to Clause 1.5, in this Agreement:

Account Security Deed ” means, in respect of each Earnings Account, a deed creating security in respect of that Earnings Account in the Agreed Form;

Account Bank ” means, in relation to each Earnings Account, ABN Amro Bank N.V., Rotterdam or a recognised international bank or financial institution proposed by the Borrower and which the Agent may, with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders, approve from time to time as the account bank with which such Earnings Account shall be held;


Accounting Information ” means the annual audited consolidated accounts of the Borrower and the annual audited individual accounts of the Borrower and each Owner or the quarterly unaudited consolidated accounts of the Borrower and the quarterly unaudited individual accounts of the Borrower and each Owner, in each case, delivered to the Agent in accordance with Clause 11.6;

Accounting Period ” means each consecutive quarterly period during the Security Period ending on 31 March, 30 June, 30 September and 31 December of each financial year of the Borrower;

Affected Lender ” has the meaning given in Clause 5.7;

Affiliate ” means, in relation to any person, a subsidiary of that person or a Holding Company of that person or any other subsidiary of that Holding Company.

Agency and Trust Deed ” means the agency and trust deed dated the same date as this Agreement and made between the same parties;

Agent ” means NIBC Bank N.V., acting in its capacity as agent for the Lenders and the Swap Banks through its office at 4 Carnegieplein, 2517 KJ, The Hague, The Netherlands and includes its successor appointed under clause 5 of the Agency and Trust Deed and any transferee or assign;

Agreed Form ” means in relation to any document, that document in the form approved in writing by the Agent (acting on the instructions of all of the Lenders), or as otherwise approved in accordance with any other approval procedure specified in any relevant provision of any Finance Document;

Approved Broker ” means any of the companies listed in Schedule 7 or such other company proposed by the Borrower which the Agent may (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders) approve in writing from time to time to act as an “ Approved Broker ” under this Agreement;

Approved Classification Society ” means, in relation to a Ship, Lloyds Register, DNV, ABS or any other generally recognised first class classification society that is a member of IACS that the Agent may (acting on the authorisation of the Majority Lenders), approve in writing from time to time as the “ Approved Classification Society ” of that Ship for the purposes of this Agreement;

Approved Flag ” means, in relation to a Ship, the Republic of the Marshall Islands, the Republic of Liberia, Malta, United Kingdom or such other flag as the Agent may (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders) approve from time to time in writing as the flag on which such Ship shall be registered;

Approved Pooling Arrangement ” means, in relation to a Ship, the Scorpio Bulkers Kamsarmax Bulk Carrier Pool and any other any pooling arrangement:

 

  (a) proposed by the Borrower or the Owner of that Ship;

 

  (b) run by any Affiliate of the Approved Ship Manager responsible for the commercial management of the Ship; and

 

  (c) approved in writing by the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders) prior to that Ship’s entry into pooling such arrangement;

 

2


Approved Ship Manager ” means, in relation to the commercial management of a Ship, Scorpio Commercial Management s.a.m. of 9, Boulevard Charles III, Monte Carlo, the Principality of Monaco and, in relation to the technical management of a Ship, Scorpio Ship Management s.a.m. of 9, Boulevard Charles III, Monte Carlo, the Principality of Monaco, Anglo-Eastern Ship Management (Singapore) Pte. Ltd. of 200, Cantonment Road, #16-02, Southpoint, Singapore, 089763, Hellespont Ship Management GmbH & Co. KG of Beim Strohhause 28, 20097 Hamburg, Germany, Fleet Management Ltd of 11/F Dah Sing Financial Centre, 108 Gloucester Road, Wanchai, Hong Kong, Univan Ship Management Limited of 35 th Floor, Citicorp Centre 18, Whitfield Road, North Point, Hong Kong, Synergy Marine Pte. Ltd. of 1 Kim Seng Promenade, #10-11/12 Great World City West Tower, Singapore 237994, C.P. Offen Tankschiffreedrel (GmbH & Co.) KG of Blichenbruecke 10, 20354 Hamburg, Zenith Gemi Islemeciligi Anonim Sirketi of FSM Mahallesi, Poligon Caddesi, Buyaka 2/B Sitesi NO:8, c-Blok Kat, Umraniye, 34771 Istanbul, Turkey, or any other company proposed by the Borrower or an Owner which the Agent may (acting on the instructions of all the Lenders), approve from time to time as the technical and/or commercial manager of a Ship;

Approved Ship Manager’s Undertaking ” means, in relation to a Ship, the letter executed and delivered by an Approved Ship Manager, in the Agreed Form;

Availability Period ” means, in relation to each Tranche, the period commencing on the date of this Agreement and ending on:

 

  (d) 15 December 2014 (or such later date as the Agent may, with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders, agree with the Borrower); or

 

  (e) if earlier, the date on which the Total Commitments are fully borrowed, cancelled or terminated;

Builder ” means Shanghai Waigaoqiao Shipbuilding Co., Ltd, a company organised and existing under the laws of the People’s Republic of China;

Business Day ” means a day on which banks are open in London and Rotterdam and, in respect of a day on which a payment is required to be made under a Finance Document, also in New York City;

Cash ” means any credit balance on any deposit, savings, current or other account, and any cash in hand held with banks or other financial institutions of the Borrower and/or any subsidiary of the Borrower which is:

 

  (a) freely withdrawable on demand;

 

  (b) not subject to any Security Interest (other than pursuant to the Finance Documents);

 

  (c) denominated and payable in freely transferable and freely convertible currency; and

 

  (d) capable of being remitted to the Borrower or such subsidiary of the Borrower.

Cash Equivalents ” means:

 

  (a) unencumbered securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States of America or any agency or instrumentality thereof (provided that the full faith and credit of the United States of America is pledged in support thereof);

 

3


  (b) time deposits, certificates of deposit or deposits in the interbank market of any commercial bank of recognised standing organised under the laws of the United States of America, any state thereof or any foreign jurisdiction having capital and surplus in excess of $500,000,000; and

 

  (c) such other securities or instruments as the Agent shall, with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders, agree in writing,

provided that in respect of (a) and (b) above such Cash Equivalents shall have a rating of at least “A+” given by S&P or “A” given by Moody’s (or the equivalent rating given by another Rating Agency), in each case having maturities of not more than ninety (90) days from the date of acquisition;

Change of Control ” means the occurrence of any act, event or circumstances which results in:

 

  (a) 100 per cent. of the Equity Interests of either Owner ceasing to be ultimately owned and/or controlled by the Borrower;

 

  (b) a person or group other than any holders of the Borrower’s Equity Interests as at the date of this Agreement, becomes the ultimate beneficial owner of the Borrower including, without limitation, any change from the date of this Agreement in the ultimate beneficial owner of more than 35 per cent. of the total voting power of the voting stock of the Borrower (calculated on a fully diluted basis); or

 

  (c) individuals who constitute the board of directors of the Borrower at the beginning of any period of two consecutive calendar years and yet cease for any reason to constitute at least 50 per cent. of the total members of the Borrower’s board of directors at any time during such two year period;

Charter ” means, in relation to a Ship, any charterparty in respect of that Ship having a duration (including, without limitation, by virtue of any optional extensions) of more than 12 months entered or to be entered into by the Owner which is or is to be the owner of that Ship with a charterer and on terms and conditions acceptable to the Agent (acting on the instructions of all the Majority Lenders);

Charterparty Assignment ” means, in respect of a Charter and any guarantee of that Charter (to the extent that such guarantee is available), an assignment of the rights and interests of the Owner which is party to that Charter in respect of that Charter and any related guarantee (to the extent that such guarantee is available) to be executed by that Owner in favour of the Security Trustee in the Agreed Form;

CISADA ” means the United States Comprehensive Iran Sanctions, Accountability and Divestment Act of 2010 as it applies to non-US persons.

Code ” means the US Internal Revenue Code of 1986;

Commitment ” means, in relation to a Lender, the amount set opposite its name in Schedule 1, or, as the case may require, the amount specified in the relevant Transfer Certificate, as that amount may be reduced, cancelled or terminated in accordance with this Agreement (and “ Total Commitments ” means the aggregate of the Commitments of all the Lenders);

Compliance Certificate ” means a certificate executed by the chief financial officer of the Borrower in the form set out in Schedule 8;

 

4


Confidential Information ” means all information relating to the Borrower, any Security Party, the Finance Documents or any Master Agreement of which a Creditor Party becomes aware in its capacity as, or for the purpose of becoming, a Creditor Party or which is received by a Creditor Party in relation to, or for the purpose of becoming a Creditor Party under, the Finance Documents or any Master Agreement from either:

 

  (a) the Borrower or any Security Party or any of their advisers; or

 

  (b) another Creditor Party, if the information was obtained by that Creditor Party directly or indirectly from the Borrower or any Security Party or any of their advisers,

in whatever form, and includes information given orally and any document, electronic file or any other way of representing or recording information which contains or is derived or copied from such information but excludes information that:

 

  (i) is or becomes public information other than as a direct or indirect result of any breach by that Creditor Party of Clause 26.13; or

 

  (ii) is identified in writing at the time of delivery as non-confidential by the Borrower or any Security Party or any of their advisers; or

 

  (iii) is known by that Creditor Party before the date the information is disclosed to it in accordance with paragraphs (a) or (b) above or is lawfully obtained by that Creditor Party after that date, from a source which is, as far as that Creditor Party is aware, unconnected with the Borrower or any Security Party and which, in either case, as far as that Creditor Party is aware, has not been obtained in breach of, and is not otherwise subject to, any obligation of confidentiality.

Confidentiality Undertaking ” means a confidentiality undertaking in substantially the appropriate form recommended by the Loan Market Association from time to time or in any other form agreed between the Borrower and the Agent;

Confirmation ” and “ Early Termination Date ”, in relation to any continuing Designated Transaction, have the meanings given in the relevant Master Agreement;

Consolidated EBITDA ” means, for any Accounting Period, the consolidated net income of the Borrower for that Accounting Period:

 

  (a) plus , to the extent deducted in computing the net income of the Borrower for that Accounting Period, the sum, without duplication, of:

 

  (i) all federal, state, local and foreign income taxes and tax distributions;

 

  (ii) Consolidated Net Interest Expense;

 

  (iii) depreciation, depletion, amortisation of intangibles and other non-cash charges or non-cash losses (including non-cash transaction expenses and the amortisation of debt discounts) and any extraordinary losses not incurred in the ordinary course of business;

 

  (iv) expenses incurred in connection with a special or intermediate survey (including any underwater survey done in lieu thereof) of a Fleet Vessel during such period; and

 

  (v) any drydocking expenses;

 

5


  (b) minus , to the extent added in computing the consolidated net income of the Borrower for that Accounting Period:

 

  (i) any non-cash income or non-cash gains; and

 

  (ii) any extraordinary gains on asset sales not received in the ordinary course of business;

Consolidated Financial Indebtedness ” means, with respect to any person (the “ Debtor ”) at any date of determination (without duplication):

 

  (a) all obligations of the Debtor for principal, interest or any other sum payable in respect of any moneys borrowed or raised by the Debtor;

 

  (b) all obligations of the Debtor evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other similar instruments;

 

  (c) all obligations of the Debtor in respect of any acceptance credit, guarantee or letter of credit facility or equivalent made available to the Debtor (including reimbursement obligations with respect thereto);

 

  (d) all obligations of the Debtor to pay the deferred purchase price of property or services, which purchase price is due more than six months after the date of placing such property in service or taking delivery thereto or the completion of such services, except trade payables;

 

  (e) all capitalised lease obligations of the Debtor as lessee;

 

  (f) all Consolidated Financial Indebtedness of persons other than the Debtor secured by a Security Interest on any asset of that person, whether or not such Consolidated Financial Indebtedness is assumed by the Debtor, provided that the amount of such Consolidated Financial Indebtedness shall be the lesser of:

 

  (i) the fair market value of such asset at such date of determination; and

 

  (ii) the amount of such Consolidated Financial Indebtedness; and

 

  (g) all Consolidated Financial Indebtedness incurred under any guarantee, indemnity or similar obligation to the extent such Consolidated Financial Indebtedness is guaranteed, secured, expressed to be indemnified by, or otherwise assured by the Debtor.

The amount of Consolidated Financial Indebtedness of any Debtor at any date shall be the outstanding balance at such date of all unconditional obligations as described above and, with respect to the contingent obligations set out in paragraphs (f) and (g) above, the maximum liability which would or might arise upon the occurrence of the contingency giving rise to the obligation provided that:

 

  (i) the amount outstanding at any time of any Consolidated Financial Indebtedness issued with an original issue discount shall be deemed to be the face amount of such Consolidated Financial Indebtedness less the remaining unamortised portion of such original issue discount of such Consolidated Financial Indebtedness at such time; and

 

  (ii) the calculation of Consolidated Financial Indebtedness shall not take into account any liability of the Debtor for taxes;

 

6


Consolidated Funded Debt ” means, for any Accounting Period, the sum of the following for the Borrower determined (without duplication) on a consolidated basis for such period and in accordance with IFRS consistently applied:

 

  (a) all Consolidated Financial Indebtedness; and

 

  (b) all obligations to pay a specific purchase price for goods or services whether or not delivered or accepted (including take-or-pay and similar obligations which in accordance with IFRS would be shown on the liability side of a balance sheet),

provided that balance sheet accruals for future drydock expenses shall not be classified as Consolidated Funded Debt;

Consolidated Net Interest Expense ” means, for any Accounting Period, the aggregate of all interest, commissions, discounts and other costs, charges or expenses accruing that are due from the Borrower and all of its subsidiaries during the relevant Accounting Period less:

 

  (a) commitment fees;

 

  (b) interest income received; and

 

  (c) amortisation of deferred charges and arrangement fees, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with IFRS and as shown in the consolidated statements of income for the Borrower;

Consolidated Tangible Net Worth ” means, on a consolidated basis, the total shareholders’ equity (including retained earnings) of the Borrower, minus goodwill and other non-tangible items;

Consolidated Total Capitalisation ” means the Consolidated Tangible Net Worth plus Consolidated Funded Debt;

Contractual Currency ” has the meaning given in Clause 21.4;

Contribution ” means, in relation to a Lender, the part of the Loan which is owing to that Lender;

Creditor Party ” means the Agent, the Security Trustee, the Mandated Lead Arranger, any Lender or any Swap Bank, whether as at the date of this Agreement or at any later time;

Delivery Date ” means, in respect of a Ship, the date on which such Ship is delivered by the Builder to the relevant Owner under the relevant Shipbuilding Contract;

Designated Transaction ” means a Transaction which fulfils the following requirements:

 

  (a) it is entered into by the Borrower pursuant to a Master Agreement with a Swap Bank;

 

  (b) its purpose is the hedging of the Borrower’s exposure under this Agreement to fluctuations in LIBOR arising from the funding of the Loan (or any part thereof) for a period expiring no later than the Maturity Date; and

 

  (c) it is designated by the Borrower, by delivery by the Borrower to the Agent of a notice of designation in the form set out in Schedule 6, as a Designated Transaction for the purposes of the Finance Documents;

 

7


Disruption Event ” means either or both of:

 

  (a) a material disruption to those payment or communications systems or to those financial markets which are, in each case, required to operate in order for payments to be made in connection with the Loan (or otherwise in order for the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents to be carried out) which disruption is not caused by, and is beyond the control of, any of the parties; or

 

  (b) the occurrence of any other event which results in a disruption (of a technical or systems-related nature) to the treasury or payments operations of a party prevent that, or any other party:

 

  (i) from performing its payment obligations under the Finance Documents; or

 

  (ii) from communicating with other parties in accordance with the terms of the Finance Documents,

and which (in either such case) is not caused by, and is beyond the control of, the party whose operations are disrupted.

Dollars ” and “ $ ” means the lawful currency for the time being of the United States of America;

Drawdown Date ” means, in relation to a Tranche, the date requested by the Borrower for such Tranche to be made, or (as the context requires) the date on which such Tranche is actually made;

Drawdown Notice ” means a notice in the form set out in Schedule 3 (or in any other form which the Agent approves or reasonably requires);

Earnings ” means, in relation to a Ship, all moneys whatsoever which are now, or later become, payable (actually or contingently) to the Owner owning that Ship or the Security Trustee and which arise out of the use or operation of that Ship, including (but not limited to):

 

  (a) except to the extent that they fall within paragraph (b):

 

  (i) all freight, hire and passage moneys;

 

  (ii) compensation payable to the relevant Owner or the Security Trustee in the event of requisition of that Ship for hire;

 

  (iii) remuneration for salvage and towage services;

 

  (iv) demurrage and detention moneys;

 

  (v) damages for breach (or payments for variation or termination) of any charterparty or other contract for the employment of that Ship; and

 

  (vi) all moneys which are at any time payable under Insurances in respect of loss of hire; and

 

  (b) if and whenever that Ship is employed on terms whereby any moneys falling within paragraphs (a)(i) to (vi) are pooled or shared with any other person, that proportion of the net receipts of the relevant pooling or sharing arrangement which is attributable to that Ship;

 

8


Earnings Account ” means, in relation to a Ship, an account in the name of the Owner of that Ship with the relevant Account Bank designated as the Earnings Account in respect of such Ship, or any other account (with the relevant Account Bank, the Agent or with a bank or financial institution acceptable to the Majority Lenders) which is designated by the Agent as the Earnings Account for the purposes of this Agreement;

Email ” has the meaning given in Clause 28.1;

Environmental Claim ” means:

 

  (a) any claim by any governmental, judicial or regulatory authority which arises out of an Environmental Incident or an alleged Environmental Incident or which relates to any Environmental Law; or

 

  (b) any claim by any other person which relates to an Environmental Incident or to an alleged Environmental Incident,

and “ claim ” means a claim for damages, compensation, fines, penalties or any other payment of any kind whether or not similar to the foregoing; an order or direction to take, or not to take, certain action or to desist from or suspend certain action; and any form of enforcement or regulatory action, including the arrest or attachment of any asset;

Environmental Incident ” means:

 

  (a) any release of Environmentally Sensitive Material from a Ship; or

 

  (b) any incident in which Environmentally Sensitive Material is released from a vessel other than a Ship and which involves a collision between a Ship and such other vessel or some other incident of navigation or operation, in either case, in connection with which such Ship is actually or potentially liable to be arrested, attached, detained or injuncted and/or such Ship and/or the Owner of such Ship and/or any operator or manager of such Ship is at fault or allegedly at fault or otherwise liable to any legal or administrative action; or

 

  (c) any other incident in which Environmentally Sensitive Material is released otherwise than from a Ship and in connection with which such Ship is actually or potentially liable to be arrested and/or where the Owner of such Ship and/or any operator or manager of such Ship is at fault or allegedly at fault or otherwise liable to any legal or administrative action;

Environmental Law ” means any law relating to pollution or protection of the environment, to the carriage of Environmentally Sensitive Material or to actual or threatened releases of Environmentally Sensitive Material;

Environmentally Sensitive Material ” means oil, oil products and any other substance (including any chemical, gas or other hazardous or noxious substance) which is (or is capable of being or becoming) polluting, toxic or hazardous;

Equity Interests ” of any person means:

 

  (a) any and all shares and other equity interests (including common stock, preferred stock, limited liability company interests and partnership interests) in such person; and

 

  (b) all rights to purchase, warrants or options or convertible debt (whether or not currently exercisable), participations or other equivalents of or interests in (however designated) such shares or other interests in such person;

 

9


Equity Proceeds ” means the net cash proceeds from the issuance of common or preferred stock of the Borrower;

Event of Default ” means any of the events or circumstances described in Clause 19.1;

Existing Buyer ” means, in relation to:

 

  (a) Ship A, Existing Buyer A; and

 

  (b) Ship B, Existing Buyer B;

Existing Buyer A ” means Caithness Shipping Limited, a company incorporated in the Republic of Malta whose registered office is at 171, Old Bakery Street, Valletta VLT 1455 Malta;

Existing Buyer B ” means Skegness Shipping Limited; a company incorporated in the Republic of Malta whose registered office is at 171, Old Bakery Street, Valletta VLT 1455 Malta;

Fair Market Value ” means, in relation to a Ship, a valuation determined in accordance with Clause 15.3;

FATCA ” means:

 

  (a) sections 1471 to 1474 of the Code or any associated regulations or other official guidance;

 

  (b) any treaty, law, regulation or other official guidance enacted in any other jurisdiction, or relating to an intergovernmental agreement between the US and any other jurisdiction, which (in either case) facilitates the implementation of paragraph (a) above; or

 

  (c) any agreement pursuant to the implementation of paragraphs (a) or (b) above with the US Internal Revenue Service, the US government or any governmental or taxation authority in any other jurisdiction;

FATCA Application Date ” means:

 

  (a) in relation to a “withholdable payment” described in section 1473(1)(A)(i) of the Code (which relates to payments of interest and certain other payments from sources within the US), 1 July 2014;

 

  (b) in relation to a “withholdable payment” described in section 1473(1)(A)(ii) of the Code (which relates to “gross proceeds” from the disposition of property of a type that can produce interest from sources within the US), 1 January 2017; or

 

  (c) in relation to a “passthru payment” described in section 1471(d)(7) of the Code not falling within paragraphs (a) or (b) above, 1 January 2017,

or, in each case, such other date from which such payment may become subject to a deduction or withholding required by FATCA as a result of any change in FATCA after the date of this Agreement;

FATCA Deduction ” means a deduction or withholding from a payment under a Finance Document required by FATCA;

FATCA Exempt Party ” means a party to this Agreement that is entitled to receive payments free from any FATCA Deduction;

 

10


FATCA Protected Lender ” means any Lender irrevocably designated as a “FATCA Protected Lender” by the Borrower by notice to that Lender and the Agent at least six months prior to the earliest FATCA Application Date for a payment by a party to this Agreement to that Lender (or to the Agent for the account of that Lender);

Finance Documents ” means:

 

  (a) this Agreement;

 

  (b) the Agency and Trust Deed;

 

  (c) the Guarantees;

 

  (d) the Mortgages;

 

  (e) the General Assignments

 

  (f) the Account Security Deeds;

 

  (g) any Charterparty Assignment;

 

  (h) any Intercompany Loan Assignment;

 

  (i) the Shares Pledge;

 

  (j) any Master Agreement Assignment; and

 

  (k) any other document (whether creating a Security Interest or not) which is executed at any time by the Borrower, any Security Party or any other person as security for, or to establish any form of subordination or priorities arrangement in relation to, any amount payable to the Lenders and/or the Swap Banks under this Agreement or any of the other documents referred to in this definition (provided always that the Approved Ship Manager Undertakings shall be excluded from this item (k));

Financial Indebtedness ” means, in relation to a person (the “ debtor ”), a liability of the debtor:

 

  (a) for principal, interest or any other sum payable in respect of any moneys borrowed or raised by the debtor;

 

  (b) under any loan stock, bond, note or other security issued by the debtor;

 

  (c) under any acceptance credit, guarantee or letter of credit facility or dematerialised equivalent made available to the debtor;

 

  (d) under a financial lease, a deferred purchase consideration arrangement or any other agreement having the commercial effect of a borrowing or raising of money by the debtor;

 

  (e) under any foreign exchange transaction, any interest or currency swap or any other kind of derivative transaction entered into by the debtor or, if the agreement under which any such transaction is entered into requires netting of mutual liabilities, the liability of the debtor for the net amount; or

 

  (f) under a guarantee, indemnity or similar obligation entered into by the debtor in respect of a liability of another person which would fall within paragraphs (a) to (e) if the references to the debtor referred to the other person;

 

11


Fiscal Year ” means, in relation to any person, each period of 1 year commencing on January 1 of each year and ending on December 31 of such year in respect of which its accounts are or ought to be prepared;

Fleet Vessel ” means each vessel owned by a wholly owned direct or indirect subsidiary of the Borrower (including, but not limited to, the Ships);

GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America including IFRS;

General Assignment ” means, in relation to a Ship, a general assignment of the Earnings, the Insurances and any Requisition Compensation for that Ship in the Agreed Form;

Guarantee ” means, in relation to each Owner, a guarantee to be executed by that Owner in favour of the Security Trustee in the Agreed Form;

Holding Company ” means, in relation to a person, any other person in respect of which it is a subsidiary.

IACS ” means the International Association of Classification Societies;

IFRS ” means international accounting standards within the meaning of the IAS Regulations 1606/2002 to the extent applicable to the relevant financial statements;

Insurances ” means, in relation to a Ship:

 

  (a) all policies and contracts of insurance, including entries of that Ship in any protection and indemnity or war risks association, effected in respect of that Ship, its Earnings or otherwise in relation to that Ship; and

 

  (b) all rights and other assets relating to, or derived from, any of the foregoing, including any rights to a return of a premium and any rights in respect of any claim whether or not the relevant policy, contract of insurance or entry has expired on or before the date of this Agreement;

Intercompany Loan ” means any transaction constituting Financial Indebtedness entered into by the Borrower (“ Party A ”) with the Owners or either of them (“ Party B ”) whereby Party A is entitled to receive any payment in cash or in kind from Party B.

Intercompany Loan Assignment ” means an assignment of each Intercompany Loan made or to be made by the person providing such Intercompany Loan in favour of the Security Trustee in the Agreed Form;

Interest Period ” means a period determined in accordance with Clause 6;

ISM Code ” means the International Safety Management Code (including the guidelines on its implementation), adopted by the International Maritime Organisation, as the same may be amended or supplemented from time to time (and the terms “ safety management system ”, “ Safety Management Certificate ” and “ Document of Compliance ” have the same meanings as are given to them in the ISM Code);

ISPS Code ” means the International Ship and Port Facility Security Code as adopted by the International Maritime Organisation, as the same may be amended or supplemented from time to time;

 

12


ISSC ” means a valid and current International Ship Security Certificate issued under the ISPS Code;

Latent Event of Default ” means an event or circumstance which, with the giving of any notice, the lapse of time, would constitute an Event of Default;

Lender ” means, subject to Clause 26.6, a bank or financial institution listed in Part 1 of Schedule 1 and acting through its branch indicated in Schedule 1 (or through another branch notified to the Borrower under Clause 26.14) or its transferee, successor or assign;

LIBOR ” means, in relation to any period for which an interest rate is to be determined under any provision of a Finance Document:

 

  (a) the applicable Screen Rate; or

 

  (b) if no Screen Rate is available for that period, the rate per annum determined by the Agent to be the arithmetic mean (rounded upwards to 4 decimal places) of the rates, as supplied to the Agent at its request, quoted by each Reference Bank to leading banks in the London Interbank Market;

as of 11 a.m. (London time) on the Quotation Date for that period for the offering of deposits in the relevant currency and for a period comparable to that period and, if any such rate is below zero, LIBOR shall be deemed to be zero;

Loan ” means the principal amount for the time being outstanding under this Agreement;

Major Casualty ” means, in relation to a Ship, any casualty to that Ship in respect of which the claim or the aggregate of the claims against all insurers, before adjustment for any relevant franchise or deductible, exceeds $1,000,000 or the equivalent in any other currency;

Majority Lenders ” means:

 

  (a) before a Tranche has been made, Lenders whose Commitments total 66.66 per cent. of the Total Commitments; and

 

  (b) after a Tranche has been made, Lenders whose Contributions total 66.66 per cent. of the Loan;

Mandated Lead Arranger ” means NIBC Bank N.V., acting in its capacity as Mandated Lead Arranger through its office at 4 Carnegieplein, 2517 KJ, The Hague, The Netherlands and includes any transferee, assign or successor;

Mandatory Cost ” means the percentage rate, which represents the cost to the Lenders, relative to the Loan, of compliance with the requirements of the Bank of England, the Financial Services Authority or any other regulatory authority, as determined by the Agent in accordance with the formula detailed in Schedule 9;

Margin ” means 2.925 per cent. per annum;

Master Agreement ” means each master agreement (on the 2002 ISDA (Multicurrency - Crossborder) form) in the Agreed Form made between the Borrower and a Swap Bank and includes all Designated Transactions from time to time entered into and Confirmations from time to time exchanged under the master agreement;

 

13


Master Agreement Assignment ” means, in relation to each Master Agreement, the assignment of the Master Agreement to be entered into between the Borrower and the Security Trustee in Agreed Form;

Maturity Date ” means, in the case of each Tranche, the fifth anniversary of the date of this Agreement;

Moody’s ” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc., a subsidiary of Moody’s Corporation;

Mortgage ” means, in relation to a Ship the first priority or, as the case may be, preferred ship mortgage on the Ship under the applicable Approved Flag together with any deed of covenant collateral thereto, (if applicable) in the Agreed Form;

Negotiation Period ” has the meaning given in Clause 5.10;

Net Debt ” means Consolidated Financial Indebtedness less Cash and Cash Equivalents;

Notifying Lender ” has the meaning given in Clause 23.1 or Clause 24.1 as the context requires;

Owner ” means each of Owner A and Owner B;

Owner A ” means SBI Cakewalk Shipping Company Limited, a corporation incorporated in the Marshall Islands, whose registered office is at Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, Marshall Islands;

Owner B ” means SBI Charleston Shipping Company Limited, a corporation incorporated in the Marshall Islands, whose registered office is at Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, Marshall Islands;

Payment Currency ” has the meaning given in Clause 21.4;

Permitted Security Interests ” means:

 

  (a) Security Interests created by the Finance Documents;

 

  (b) liens for unpaid master’s and crew’s wages in accordance with usual maritime practice;

 

  (c) liens for salvage;

 

  (d) liens arising by operation of law for not more than 2 months’ prepaid hire under any charter in relation to a Ship not prohibited by this Agreement or any other Finance Document;

 

  (e) liens for master’s disbursements incurred in the ordinary course of trading and any other lien arising by operation of law or otherwise in the ordinary course of the operation, repair or maintenance of a Ship, provided such liens do not secure amounts more than 30 days overdue (unless the overdue amount is being contested by the Owner that owns such Ship in good faith by appropriate steps) and subject, in the case of liens for repair or maintenance, to Clause 14.13(h);

 

  (f) any Security Interest created in favour of a plaintiff or defendant in any proceedings or arbitration as security for costs and expenses where the Owner that owns such Ship or the Borrower, as the case may be, is actively prosecuting or defending such proceedings or arbitration in good faith; and

 

  (g) Security Interests arising by operation of law in respect of taxes which are not overdue for payment or in respect of taxes being contested in good faith by appropriate steps and in respect of which appropriate reserves have been made;

 

14


Pertinent Document ” means:

 

  (a) any Finance Document;

 

  (b) any policy or contract of insurance contemplated by or referred to in Clause 13 or any other provision of this Agreement or another Finance Document;

 

  (c) any other document contemplated by or referred to in any Finance Document; and

 

  (d) any document which has been or is at any time sent by or to a Servicing Bank in contemplation of or in connection with any Finance Document or any policy, contract or document falling within paragraphs (b) or (c);

Pertinent Jurisdiction ”, in relation to a company, means:

 

  (a) England and Wales, the Principality of Monaco, New York State of the United States of America, The Netherlands and the Republic of the Marshall Islands;

 

  (b) if not within any of the jurisdictions referred to in (a) above, the country under the laws of which the company is incorporated or formed;

 

  (c) if not within any of the jurisdictions referred to in (a) above, a country in which the company has the centre of its main interests or in which the company’s central management and control is or has recently been exercised;

Pertinent Matter ” means:

 

  (a) any transaction or matter contemplated by, arising out of, or in connection with a Pertinent Document; or

 

  (b) any statement relating to a Pertinent Document or to a transaction or matter falling within paragraph (a),

and covers any such transaction, matter or statement, whether entered into, arising or made at any time before the signing of this Agreement or on or at any time after that signing;

Prohibited Person ” means any person (whether designated by name or by reason of being included in a class of persons) against whom Sanctions are directed;

Quotation Date ” means, in relation to any period for which an interest rate is to be determined under any provision of a Finance Document, the day which is 2 Business Days before the first day of that period, unless market practice differs in the London Interbank Market for a currency, in which case the Quotation Date will be determined by the Agent in accordance with market practice in the London Interbank Market (and if quotations would normally be given by leading banks in the London Interbank Market on more than one day, the Quotation Date will be the last of those days);

Rating Agency ” means S&P, Moody’s or, if both of them are not making ratings of securities publically available, an internationally recognised rating agency selected by the Agent which shall be substituted for S&P or Moody’s;

 

15


Reference Banks ” means, subject to Clause 26.16, ABN Amro Bank N.V. and ING Bank N.V., and any other prime international banks selected by the Agent and notified to the Borrower;

Relevant Person ” has the meaning given in Clause 19.9;

Repayment Date ” means a date on which a repayment is required to be made under Clause 8;

Requisition Compensation ” includes all compensation or other moneys payable by reason of any act or event such as is referred to in paragraph (b) of the definition of “ Total Loss ”;

S&P ” means Standard & Poor’s Rating Services, a division of the McGraw Hill Companies Inc.;

Sanctions ” means any sanctions, embargoes, freezing provisions, prohibitions or other restrictions relating to trading, doing business, investment, exporting, financing or making assets available (or other activities similar to or connected with any of the foregoing):

 

  (a) imposed by law or regulation of the Council of the European Union, the United Nations or its Security Council or the United Kingdom;

 

  (b) under CISADA;

 

  (c) in respect of (i) a “national” of any “designated foreign country”, within the meaning of the Foreign Assets Control Regulations or the Cuban Asset Control Regulations of the United States Department of the Treasury, 31 C.F.R., Subtitle B, Chapter V, as amended, or (ii) a “specially designated national” listed by OFAC or any regulations or rulings issued thereunder; or

 

  (d) otherwise imposed by any law or regulation or Executive Order by which any Creditor Party, the Borrower or any Security Party is bound or, as regards a regulation, compliance with which is reasonable in the ordinary course of business of any Creditor Party, the Borrower or any Security Party, including without limitation laws or regulations or Executive Orders restricting loans to, investments in, or the export of assets to, foreign countries or entities doing business there;

Screen Rate ” means, in respect of LIBOR for any period, the rate administered by ICE Benchmark Administration Limited (or any other person which takes over the administration of that rate) for Dollars for the relevant period displayed on the appropriate page of the Reuters screen. If the agreed page is replaced or service ceases to be available, the Agent may specify another page or service displaying the appropriate rate after consultation with the Borrower and the Lenders;

Secured Liabilities ” means all liabilities which the Borrower, the Security Parties or any of them have, at the date of this Agreement or at any later time or times, under or in connection with any Finance Document or the Master Agreements or any judgment relating to any Finance Documents or the Master Agreements; and for this purpose, there shall be disregarded any total or partial discharge of these liabilities, or variation of their terms, which is effected by, or in connection with, any bankruptcy, liquidation, arrangement or other procedure under the insolvency laws of any country;

 

16


Security Interest ” means:

 

  (a) a mortgage, charge (whether fixed or floating) or pledge, any maritime or other lien or any other security interest of any kind;

 

  (b) the security rights of a plaintiff under an action in rem ; and

 

  (c) any arrangement entered into by a person (A) the effect of which is to place another person (B) in a position which is similar, in economic terms, to the position in which B would have been had he held a security interest over an asset of A; but this paragraph (c) does not apply to a right of set off or combination of accounts conferred by the standard terms of business of a bank or financial institution;

Security Party ” means each Owner and any other person (except a Creditor Party) who, as a surety or mortgagor, as a party to any subordination or priorities arrangement, or in any similar capacity, executes a document falling within the last paragraph of the definition of “ Finance Documents ” (but for the avoidance of doubt shall not include the Approved Ship Managers);

Security Period ” means the period commencing on the date of this Agreement and ending on the date on which the Agent acting reasonably notifies the Borrower, the Security Parties and the other Creditor Parties that:

 

  (a) all amounts which have become due for payment by the Borrower or any Security Party under the Finance Documents and the Master Agreements have been paid;

 

  (b) no amount is owing or has accrued (without yet having become due for payment) under any Finance Document or any Master Agreement;

 

  (c) neither the Borrower nor any Security Party has any future or contingent liability under Clause 20, 21 or 22 or any other provision of this Agreement or another Finance Document or a Master Agreement; and

 

  (d) the Agent, the Security Trustee and the Majority Lenders do not consider that there is a significant risk that any payment or transaction under a Finance Document or a Master Agreement would be set aside, or would have to be reversed or adjusted, in any present or possible future bankruptcy of the Borrower or a Security Party or in any present or possible future proceeding relating to a Finance Document or a Master Agreement or any asset covered (or previously covered) by a Security Interest created by a Finance Document;

Security Trustee ” means NIBC Bank N.V., acting in its capacity as Security Trustee for the Lenders and the Swap Banks through its office at 4 Carnegieplein, 2517 KJ, The Hague, The Netherlands and includes any transferee, assign or any successor of it appointed under clause 5 of the Agency and Trust Deed;

Servicing Bank ” means the Agent or the Security Trustee;

Shares Pledge ” means a deed creating security over the share capital of each Owner in favour of the Security Trustee in the Agreed Form;

Ship A ” means the kamsarmax bulk carrier currently under construction by the Builder with hull number 1284 and which upon delivery pursuant to the Ship A Shipbuilding Contract shall be registered in the ownership of Owner A under an Approved Flag with the name “SBI CAKEWALK”;

Ship A Shipbuilding Contract ” means, in relation to Ship A, the shipbuilding contract dated 25 June 2012 as amended and supplemented from time to time and originally

 

17


entered into between the Builder and Existing Buyer A in respect of the construction by the Builder of Ship A as the same shall be assigned, transferred or novated by Existing Buyer A to Owner A at or prior to the Delivery Date of Ship A;

Ship B ” means the kamsarmax bulk carrier currently under construction by the Builder with hull number 1285 and which upon delivery pursuant to the Ship B Shipbuilding Contract shall be registered in the ownership of Owner B under an Approved Flag with the name “SBI CHARLESTON”;

Ship B Shipbuilding Contract ” means, in relation to Ship B, the shipbuilding contract dated 25 June 2012 as amended and supplemented from time to time and entered into between the Builder and Existing Buyer B in respect of the construction by the Builder Ship B as the same shall be assigned, transferred or novated by Existing Buyer B to Owner B at or prior to the Delivery Date of Ship B;

Shipbuilding Contract ” means each of the Ship A Shipbuilding Contract and the Ship B Shipbuilding Contract;

SMC ” means a safety management certificate issued in respect of the Ship in accordance with Rule 13 of the ISM Code;

Swap Bank ” means a bank or financial institution listed in Schedule 2 and acting through its branch indicated in Schedule 1;

Swap Counterparty ” means, at any relevant time and in relation to a continuing Designated Transaction, the Swap Bank which is a party to that Designated Transaction;

Swap Exposure ” means, as at any relevant date and in relation to a Swap Counterparty, the amount certified by the Swap Counterparty to the Agent to be the aggregate net amount in Dollars which would be payable by the Borrower to the Swap Counterparty under (and calculated in accordance with) section 6(e) (Payments on Early Termination) of the Master Agreement entered into by the Swap Counterparty with the Borrower if an Early Termination Date had occurred on the relevant date in relation to all continuing Designated Transactions entered into between the Borrower and the Swap Counterparty;

Total Loss ” means, in relation to a Ship:

 

  (a) actual, constructive, compromised, agreed or arranged total loss of that Ship;

 

  (b) any expropriation, confiscation, requisition or acquisition of that Ship, whether for full consideration, a consideration less than its proper value, a nominal consideration or without any consideration, which is effected by any government or official authority or by any person or persons claiming to be or to represent a government or official authority (excluding a requisition for hire for a fixed period not exceeding 1 year without any right to an extension), unless it is within 6 months redelivered to the full control of the Owner owning that Ship;

 

  (c) any arrest, capture, seizure or detention of that Ship (including any theft) unless it is within 6 months redelivered to the full control of the Owner owning that Ship; and

 

  (d) any hijacking of that ship unless it is within 6 months redelivered to the full control of the Owner owning that Ship;

 

18


Total Loss Date ” means:

 

  (a) in the case of an actual loss of that Ship, the date on which it occurred or, if that is unknown, the date when that Ship was last heard of;

 

  (b) in the case of a constructive, compromised, agreed or arranged total loss of that Ship, the earliest of:

 

  (i) the date on which a notice of abandonment is given to the insurers; and

 

  (ii) the date of any compromise, arrangement or agreement made by or on behalf with that Ship’s insurers in which the insurers agree to treat such Ship as a total loss; and

 

  (c) in the case of any other type of total loss, on the date (or the most likely date) on which it appears to the Agent that the event constituting the total loss occurred;

Tranche ” means the principal amount of each borrowing by the Borrower under this Agreement comprising Tranche A and Tranche B;

Tranche A ” means an amount up to the lower of (i) $19,800,000 and (ii) 55 per cent. of the Fair Market Value of Ship A to be advanced to the Borrower and on-lent to Owner A pursuant to an Intercompany Loan to assist Owner A in partially re-financing the cost of its purchase of Ship A from the Builder under the ship A Shipbuilding Contract, as that amount may be reduced, cancelled or terminated in accordance with this Agreement;

Tranche B ” means an amount up to the lower of (i) $19,800,000 and (ii) 55 per cent. of the Fair Market Value of Ship B to be advanced to the Borrower to be on-lent to Owner B pursuant to an Intercompany Loan to assist Owner B in partially re-financing the cost of its purchase of Ship B from the Builder under the Ship B Shipbuilding Contract, as that amount may be reduced, cancelled or terminated in accordance with this Agreement;

Transaction ” has the meaning given in each Master Agreement;

Transfer Certificate ” has the meaning given in Clause 26.2; and

Trust Property ” has the meaning given in clause 3.1 of the Agency and Trust Deed.

 

1.2 Construction of certain terms. In this Agreement:

administration notice ” means a notice appointing an administrator, a notice of intended appointment and any other notice which is required by law (generally or in the case concerned) to be filed with the court or given to a person prior to, or in connection with, the appointment of an administrator;

approved ” means, for the purposes of Clause 13, approved in writing by the Agent;

asset ” includes every kind of property, asset, interest or right, including any present, future or contingent right to any revenues or other payment;

company ” includes any partnership, joint venture and unincorporated association;

consent ” includes an authorisation, consent, approval, resolution, licence, exemption, filing, registration, notarisation and legalisation;

contingent liability ” means a liability which is not certain to arise and/or the amount of which remains unascertained;

document ” includes a deed; also a letter or fax;

 

19


excess risks ” means, in relation to a Ship, the proportion of claims for general average, salvage and salvage charges not recoverable under the hull and machinery policies in respect of that Ship in consequence of its insured value being less than the value at which such Ship is assessed for the purpose of such claims;

expense ” means any kind of cost, charge or expense (including all legal costs, charges and expenses) and any applicable value added or other tax;

law ” includes any order or decree, any form of delegated legislation, any treaty or international convention and any regulation or resolution of the Council of the European Union, the European Commission, the United Nations or of its Security Council;

legal or administrative action ” means any legal proceeding or arbitration and any administrative or regulatory action or investigation;

liability ” includes every kind of debt or liability (present or future, certain or contingent), whether incurred as principal or surety or otherwise;

months ” shall be construed in accordance with Clause 1.3;

obligatory insurances ” means, in relation to a Ship, all insurances effected, or which the Owner owning that Ship is obliged to effect, under Clause 13 or any other provision of this Agreement or another Finance Document;

parent company ” has the meaning given in Clause 1.4;

party ” means any party to this Agreement;

person ” includes any company; any state, political sub-division of a state and local or municipal authority; and any international organisation;

policy ”, in relation to any insurance, includes a slip, cover note, certificate of entry or other document evidencing the contract of insurance or its terms;

protection and indemnity risks ” means the usual risks covered by a protection and indemnity association managed in London, including pollution risks and the proportion (if any) of any sums payable to any other person or persons in case of collision which are not recoverable under the hull and machinery policies by reason of the incorporation in them of clause 6 of the International Time Clauses (Hulls)(1/11/02 or 1/11/03) or clause 8 of the Institute Time Clauses (Hulls) (1/10/83) or the Institute Amended Running Down Clause (1/10/71) or any equivalent provision;

regulation ” includes any regulation, rule, official directive, request or guideline whether or not having the force of law of any governmental body, intergovernmental or supranational, agency, department or regulatory, self-regulatory or other authority or organisation;

subsidiary ” has the meaning given in Clause 1.4;

tax ” includes any present or future tax, duty, impost, levy or charge of any kind which is imposed by any state, any political sub-division of a state or any local or municipal authority (including any such imposed in connection with exchange controls), and any connected penalty, interest or fine; and

war risks ” includes the risk of mines and all risks excluded by clause 29 of the Institute Hull Clauses (1/11/02 or 1/11/03) or clause 24 of the Institute Time clauses (Hulls) (1/11/1995) or clause 23 of the Institute Time Clauses (Hulls) (1/10/83).

 

20


1.3 Meaning of “month”. A period of one or more “ months ” ends on the day in the relevant calendar month numerically corresponding to the day of the calendar month on which the period started (“ the numerically corresponding day ”), but:

 

(a) on the Business Day following the numerically corresponding day if the numerically corresponding day is not a Business Day or, if there is no later Business Day in the same calendar month, on the Business Day preceding the numerically corresponding day; or

 

(b) on the last Business Day in the relevant calendar month, if the period started on the last Business Day in a calendar month or if the last calendar month of the period has no numerically corresponding day,

and “ month ” and “ monthly ” shall be construed accordingly.

 

1.4 Meaning of “subsidiary”. A company (S) is a subsidiary of another company (P) if:

 

(a) a majority of the issued shares in S (or a majority of the issued shares in S which carry unlimited rights to capital and income distributions) are directly owned by P or are indirectly attributable to P; or

 

(b) P has direct or indirect control over a majority of the voting rights attaching to the issued shares of S; or

 

(c) P has the direct or indirect power to appoint or remove a majority of the directors of S; or

 

(d) P otherwise has the direct or indirect power to ensure that the affairs of S are conducted in accordance with the wishes of P;

and any company of which S is a subsidiary is a parent company of S.

 

1.5 General Interpretation. In this Agreement:

 

(a) references to, or to a provision of, a Finance Document or any other document are references to it as amended or supplemented, whether before the date of this Agreement or otherwise;

 

(b) references to, or to a provision of, any law include any amendment, extension, re-enactment or replacement, whether made before the date of this Agreement or otherwise;

 

(c) words denoting the singular number shall include the plural and vice versa; and

 

(d) Clauses 1.1 to 1.5 apply unless the contrary intention appears.

 

1.6 Headings. In interpreting a Finance Document or any provision of a Finance Document, all clause, sub-clause and other headings in that and any other Finance Document shall be entirely disregarded.

 

2 FACILITY

 

2.1 Amount of facility. Subject to the other provisions of this Agreement, the Lenders agree to make a loan facility not exceeding $39,600.000 available to the Borrower in two Tranches.

 

2.2 Lenders’ participations in Tranches. Subject to the other provisions of this Agreement, each Lender shall participate in each Tranche in the proportion which, as at the relevant Drawdown Date, its Commitment bears to the Total Commitments.

 

21


2.3 Purpose of each Tranche. The Borrower undertakes with each Creditor Party to use each Tranche only for the purpose stated in the preamble to this Agreement.

 

3 POSITION OF THE LENDERS AND SWAP BANKS

 

3.1 Interests several. The rights of the Lenders and of the Swap Banks under this Agreement and under the Master Agreements are several.

 

3.2 Individual right of action. Each Lender and each Swap Bank shall be entitled to sue for any amount which has become due and payable by the Borrower to it under this Agreement or under a Master Agreement without joining the Agent, the Security Trustee, any other Lender or any other Swap Bank as additional parties in the proceedings.

 

3.3 Proceedings requiring Majority Lender consent. Except as provided in Clause 3.2, no Lender and no Swap Bank may commence proceedings against the Borrower or any Security Party in connection with a Finance Document without the prior consent of the Majority Lenders.

 

3.4 Obligations several. The obligations of the Lenders under this Agreement and of the Swap Banks under the Master Agreement to which each is a party are several; and a failure of a Lender to perform its obligations under this Agreement or a failure of a Swap Bank to perform its obligations under the Master Agreement to which it is a party shall not result in:

 

(a) the obligations of the other Lenders or Swap Banks being increased; nor

 

(b) the Borrower, any Security Party, any other Lender or any other Swap Bank being discharged (in whole or in part) from its obligations under any Finance Document or under any Master Agreement,

and in no circumstances shall a Lender or a Swap Bank have any responsibility for a failure of another Lender or another Swap Bank to perform its obligations under this Agreement or a Master Agreement.

 

4 DRAWDOWN

 

4.1 Request for advance of a Tranche. Subject to the following conditions, the Borrower may request a Tranche to be made by ensuring that the Agent receives a completed Drawdown Notice not later than 11.00 a.m. (London time) 3 Business Days prior to the intended Drawdown Date.

 

4.2 Availability. The conditions referred to in Clause 14.1 are that:

 

(a) the Drawdown Date for each Tranche has to be a Business Day during the Availability Period applicable to such Tranche; and

 

(b) each Tranche shall not exceed the lower of (i) $19,800,000 and (ii) 55 per cent. of the Fair Market Value of the Ship which is the subject to such Tranche;

 

(c) each Tranche shall only be on-lent by the Borrower to the relevant Owner to assist the relevant Owner in partially re-financing its acquisition of the Ship acquired by it pursuant to the relevant Shipbuilding Contract;

 

(d) each Tranche shall be made available in a single amount and any amount undrawn in respect of a Tranche shall be cancelled and may not be borrowed by the Borrower at a later date;

 

22


(e) the aggregate amount of the Tranches shall not exceed the Total Commitment; and

 

(f) the applicable conditions precedent stated in Clause 9 shall have been satisfied or waived as provided therein.

 

4.3 Notification to Lenders of receipt of a Drawdown Notice. The Agent shall promptly notify the Lenders that it has received a Drawdown Notice and shall inform each Lender of:

 

(a) the amount of the Tranche requested and the Drawdown Date;

 

(b) the amount of that Lender’s participation in that Tranche; and

 

(c) the duration of the first Interest Period applicable to that Tranche.

 

4.4 Drawdown Notice irrevocable. A Drawdown Notice must be signed by an officer or a duly authorised attorney-in-fact of the Borrower; and once served, a Drawdown Notice cannot be revoked without the prior consent of the Agent, acting on the authority of the Majority Lenders.

 

4.5 Lenders to make available Contributions. Subject to the provisions of this Agreement, each Lender shall, on and with value on the Drawdown Date, make available to the Agent the amount due from that Lender under Clause 2.2.

 

4.6 Disbursement of a Tranche. Subject to the provisions of this Agreement, the Agent shall on each Drawdown Date pay to the Borrower the amounts which the Agent receives from the Lenders under Clause 4.5; and that payment to the Borrower shall be made:

 

(a) to the account which the Borrower specifies in the Drawdown Notice; and

 

(b) in the like funds as the Agent received the payments from the Lenders.

 

4.7 Disbursement of a Tranche to third party. The payment of a Tranche by the Agent under Clause 4.6 to the Owner owning the Ship to which such Tranche relates shall constitute the making of that Tranche and the Borrower shall at that time become indebted, as principal and direct obligor, to each Lender in an amount equal to that Lender’s Contribution.

 

5 INTEREST

 

5.1 Payment of normal interest. Subject to the provisions of this Agreement, interest on each Tranche in respect of each Interest Period shall be paid by the Borrower on the last day of that Interest Period.

 

5.2 Normal rate of interest. Subject to the provisions of this Agreement, the rate of interest on each Tranche in respect of an Interest Period shall be the aggregate of (i) the Margin (ii) the Mandatory Costs (if any) and (iii) LIBOR for that Interest Period.

 

5.3 Payment of accrued interest. In the case of an Interest Period longer than 3 months, accrued interest shall be paid every 3 months during that Interest Period and on the last day of that Interest Period.

 

5.4 Notification of Interest Periods and rates of normal interest. The Agent shall notify the Borrower and each Lender of:

 

(a) each rate of interest; and

 

(b) the duration of each Interest Period,

 

23


as soon as reasonably practicable after each is determined.

 

5.5 Obligation of Reference Banks to quote. A Reference Bank which is a Lender shall use all reasonable efforts to supply the quotation required of it for the purposes of fixing a rate of interest under this Agreement.

 

5.6 Absence of quotations by Reference Banks. If any Reference Bank fails to supply a quotation, the Agent shall determine the relevant LIBOR on the basis of the quotations supplied by the other Reference Bank or Banks; but if 2 or more of the Reference Banks fail to provide a quotation, the relevant rate of interest shall be set in accordance with the following provisions of this Clause 5.

 

5.7 Market disruption. The following provisions of this Clause 5 apply if:

 

(a) no Screen Rate is available for an Interest Period and 2 or more of the Reference Banks do not, before 1.00 p.m. (London time) on the Quotation Date, provide quotations to the Agent in order to fix LIBOR; or

 

(b) at least 1 Business Day before the start of an Interest Period, Lenders having Contributions together amounting to more than 50 per cent. of the Loan (or, if the Loan has not been made, Commitments amounting to more than 50 per cent. of the Total Commitments) notify the Agent that LIBOR fixed by the Agent would not accurately reflect the cost to those Lenders of funding their respective Contributions (or any part of them) during the Interest Period in the London Interbank Market at or about 11.00 a.m. (London time) on the Quotation Date for the Interest Period; or

 

(c) at least 1 Business Day before the start of an Interest Period, the Agent is notified by a Lender (the “ Affected Lender ”) that for any reason it is unable to obtain Dollars in the London Interbank Market in order to fund its Contribution (or any part of it) during the Interest Period.

 

5.8 Notification of market disruption. The Agent shall promptly notify the Borrower, each of the Lenders and each of the Swap Counterparties stating the circumstances falling within Clause 5.7 which have caused its notice to be given.

 

5.9 Suspension of drawdown. If the Agent’s notice under Clause 5.8 is served before a Tranche is made:

 

(a) in a case falling within Clauses 5.7(a) or (b), the Lenders’ obligations to make that Tranche; and

 

(b) in a case falling within Clause 5.7(c), the Affected Lender’s obligation to participate in such Tranche,

shall be suspended while the circumstances referred to in the Agent’s notice continue.

 

5.10 Negotiation of alternative rate of interest. If the Agent’s notice under Clause 5.8 is served after a Tranche is made, the Borrower, the Agent, the Lenders or (as the case may be) the Affected Lender and the Swap Counterparties shall use reasonable endeavours to agree, within the 30 days after the date on which the Agent serves its notice under Clause 5.8 (the “ Negotiation Period ”), an alternative interest rate or (as the case may be) an alternative basis for the Lenders or (as the case may be) the Affected Lender to fund or continue to fund their or its Contribution during the Interest Period concerned.

 

5.11 Application of agreed alternative rate of interest. Any alternative interest rate or an alternative basis which is agreed during the Negotiation Period shall take effect in accordance with the terms agreed.

 

24


5.12 Alternative rate of interest in absence of agreement. If an alternative interest rate or alternative basis is not agreed within the Negotiation Period, and the relevant circumstances are continuing at the end of the Negotiation Period, then the Agent shall, with the agreement of each Lender or (as the case may be) the Affected Lender, set an interest period and interest rate representing the cost of funding of the Lenders or (as the case may be) the Affected Lender in Dollars or in any available currency of their or its Contribution plus the Margin and the Mandatory Costs (if any); and the procedure provided for by this Clause 5.12 shall be repeated if the relevant circumstances are continuing at the end of the interest period so set by the Agent.

 

5.13 Notice of prepayment. If the Borrower does not agree with an interest rate set by the Agent under Clause 5.12, the Borrower may give the Agent not less than 15 Business Days’ notice of its intention to prepay at the end of the interest period set by the Agent.

 

5.14 Prepayment; termination of Commitments. A notice under Clause 5.13 shall be irrevocable; the Agent shall promptly notify the Lenders or (as the case may require) the Affected Lender of the Borrower’s notice of intended prepayment; and:

 

(a) on the date on which the Agent serves that notice, the Total Commitments or (as the case may require) the Commitment of the Affected Lender shall be cancelled; and

 

(b) on the last Business Day of the interest period set by the Agent, the Borrower shall prepay (without premium or penalty) the Loan or, as the case may be, the Affected Lender’s Contribution, together with accrued interest thereon at the applicable rate plus the Margin and the Mandatory Costs (if any).

 

5.15 Application of prepayment. The provisions of Clause 8 shall apply in relation to the prepayment.

 

6 INTEREST PERIODS

 

6.1 Commencement of Interest Periods. The first Interest Period applicable to a Tranche shall commence on the Drawdown Date relating to that Tranche and each subsequent Interest Period shall commence on the expiry of the preceding Interest Period.

 

6.2 Duration of normal Interest Periods. Subject to Clauses 6.3 and 6.4, each Interest Period shall be:

 

(a) 3 or 6 months as notified by the Borrower to the Agent not later than 11.00 a.m. (London time) 5 Business Days before the commencement of the Interest Period; or

 

(b) in the case of the first Interest Period applicable to each Tranche, a period ending on the first Repayment Date relating to that Tranche; or

 

(c) 3 months, if the Borrower fails to notify the Agent by the time specified in paragraph (a); or

 

(d) such other period as the Agent may, with the authorisation of all the Lenders, agree with the Borrower.

 

6.3 Duration of Interest Periods for repayment instalments. In respect of an amount due to be repaid under Clause 8 on a particular Repayment Date, an Interest Period shall end on that Repayment Date.

 

6.4

Non-availability of matching deposits for Interest Period selected. If, after the Borrower has selected and the Lenders have agreed an Interest Period longer than 3 months, any Lender notifies the Agent by 11.00 a.m. (London time) on the third Business Day before the commencement of the Interest Period that it is not satisfied that

 

25


  deposits in Dollars for a period equal to the Interest Period will be available to it in the London Interbank Market when the Interest Period commences, the Interest Period shall be of 3 months.

 

7 DEFAULT INTEREST

 

7.1 Payment of default interest on overdue amounts. The Borrower shall pay interest in accordance with the following provisions of this Clause 7 on any amount payable by the Borrower under any Finance Document which the Agent, the Security Trustee or the other designated payee does not receive on or before the relevant date, that is:

 

(a) the date on which the Finance Documents provide that such amount is due for payment; or

 

(b) if a Finance Document provides that such amount is payable on demand, the date on which the demand is served; or

 

(c) if such amount has become immediately due and payable under Clause 19.4, the date on which it became immediately due and payable.

 

7.2 Default rate of interest. Interest shall accrue on an overdue amount from (and including) the relevant date until the date of actual payment (as well after as before judgment) at the rate per annum determined by the Agent to be 2 per cent. above:

 

(a) in the case of an overdue amount of principal, the higher of the rates set out at Clauses 7.3(a) and (b); or

 

(b) in the case of any other overdue amount, the rate set out at Clause 7.3(b).

 

7.3 Calculation of default rate of interest. The rates referred to in Clause 7.2 are:

 

(a) the rate applicable to the overdue principal amount immediately prior to the relevant date (but only for any unexpired part of any then current Interest Period);

 

(b) the Margin plus the Mandatory Cost (if any) plus, in respect of successive periods of any duration (including at call) up to 3 months which the Agent may, with the consent of the Majority Lenders, select from time to time:

 

  (i) LIBOR; or

 

  (ii) if the Agent (after consultation with the Reference Banks) determines that Dollar deposits for any such period are not being made available to any Reference Bank by leading banks in the London Interbank Market in the ordinary course of business, a rate from time to time determined by the Agent by reference to the actual cost of funds to the Reference Banks from such other sources as the Agent (after consultation with the Reference Banks) may from time to time determine.

 

7.4 Notification of interest periods and default rates. The Agent shall promptly notify the Lenders and the Borrower of each interest rate determined by the Agent under Clause 7.3 and of each period selected by the Agent for the purposes of paragraph (b) of that Clause; but this shall not be taken to imply that the Borrower is liable to pay such interest only with effect from the date of the Agent’s notification.

 

7.5 Payment of accrued default interest. Subject to the other provisions of this Agreement, any interest due under this Clause shall be paid on the last day of the period by reference to which it was determined; and the payment shall be made to the Agent for the account of the Creditor Party to which the overdue amount is due.

 

26


7.6 Compounding of default interest. Any such interest which is not paid at the end of the period by reference to which it was determined shall thereupon be compounded.

 

7.7 Application to Master Agreements. For the avoidance of doubt, this Clause 7 does not apply to any amount payable under a Master Agreement in respect of any continuing Designated Transaction as to which section 2(e) (Default Interest; Other Amounts) of that Master Agreement shall apply.

 

8 REPAYMENT AND PREPAYMENT

 

8.1 Amount of repayment instalments. The Borrower shall repay each Tranche by 8 equal consecutive quarterly instalments of $412,500 each followed by equal consecutive quarterly instalments of $282,500 up to the Maturity Date whereupon the remainder of the Tranche then outstanding shall be repaid as a balloon instalment. If less than the maximum amount of a Tranche is advanced, each repayment instalment for that Tranche, excluding the balloon instalment, shall be reduced pro rata by an amount in aggregate equal to the undrawn amount.

 

8.2 Repayment Dates. The first instalment of each Tranche shall be repaid on the date falling 3 months after the Drawdown Date relating to that Tranche and the last instalment of each Tranche (excluding the balloon instalment) shall be repaid on the quarterly repayment date falling on or immediately prior to the Maturity Date with the balloon instalment payable on the Maturity Date.

 

8.3 Final Repayment Date. On the final Repayment Date, the Borrower shall additionally pay to the Agent for the account of the Creditor Parties all other sums then accrued or owing under any Finance Document.

 

8.4 Voluntary prepayment. Subject to the conditions set forth in Clause 8.5, the Borrower may prepay the whole or any part of the Loan on the last day of an Interest Period without premium other than pursuant to Clause 8.11.

 

8.5 Conditions for voluntary prepayment. The conditions referred to in Clause 8.4 are that:

 

(a) a partial prepayment shall be $500,000 or a higher integral multiple of $500,000 or such lower amount as the Agent may approve;

 

(b) the Agent has received from the Borrower at least 3 Business Days’ prior written notice specifying the amount to be prepaid and the date on which the prepayment is to be made; and

 

(c) that the Borrower has complied with Clause 8.14 on or prior to the date of prepayment.

 

8.6 Effect of notice of prepayment. A prepayment notice may not be withdrawn or amended without the consent of the Agent, given with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders, and the amount specified in the prepayment notice shall become due and payable by the Borrower on the date for prepayment specified in the prepayment notice.

 

8.7 Notification of notice of prepayment. The Agent shall notify the Lenders promptly upon receiving a prepayment notice.

 

8.8 Mandatory prepayment on sale or Total Loss. If a Ship is sold or becomes a Total Loss, the Borrower shall prepay the Tranche related to that Ship and comply with Clause 8.14:

 

(a) in the case of a sale, on or before the date on which the sale is completed by delivery of the Ship to the relevant buyer; or

 

(b) in the case of a Total Loss, on the earlier of the date falling 120 days after the Total Loss Date and the date of receipt by the Security Trustee of the proceeds of insurance relating to such Total Loss.

 

27


8.9 Mandatory prepayment on Change of Control. If there is a Change of Control, the Borrower shall prepay the Loan and comply with Clause 8.14 on or before the date falling 60 days following such Change of Control unless agreed otherwise by all the Lenders.

 

8.10 Mandatory repayment and cancellation of FATCA Protected Lenders

 

(a) If on the date falling six months before the earliest FATCA Application Date for any payment by any party to this Agreement to a FATCA Protected Lender (or to the Agent for the account of that Lender), that Lender is not a FATCA Exempt Party and, in the opinion of that Lender (acting reasonably), that party will, as a consequence, be required to make a FATCA Deduction from a payment to that Lender (or to the Agent for the account of that Lender) on or after that FATCA Application Date (a “ FATCA Event ”):

 

  (i) that Lender shall, reasonably promptly after that date, notify the Agent of that FATCA Event and the relevant FATCA Application Date; and

 

  (ii) if, on the date falling one month before such FATCA Application Date, that FATCA Event is continuing:

 

  (A) that Lender may, at any time between one month and two weeks before such FATCA Application Date, notify the Agent;

 

  (B) upon the Agent notifying the Borrower, the Commitment of that Lender will be immediately cancelled; and

 

  (C) the Borrower shall repay that Lender’s Contribution on the last day of the Interest Period applicable to the relevant Tranche or Tranches to be repaid occurring after the Agent has notified the Borrower or, if earlier, the last Business Day before the relevant FATCA Application Date.

 

8.11 Amounts payable on prepayment. A voluntary prepayment under Clause 8.4, a mandatory prepayment under Clauses 8.8, 8.9 and 8.10 and any cancellation of any Lender’s Commitment under this Agreement shall be made together with:

 

(a) accrued interest (and any other amount payable under Clause 21 or otherwise) in respect of the amount prepaid;

 

(b) if the prepayment is not made on the last day of an Interest Period, any sums payable under Clause 21.1(b); and

 

(c) a prepayment fee of 1.00 per cent. of the prepaid amount in respect of any prepayment made prior to the third anniversary of the date of this Agreement,

provided that no prepayment fee shall be payable in respect of a mandatory prepayment under Clause 8.8(b) or Clause 8.10, a voluntary prepayment under Clause 15.2 or a cancellation of Commitment under Clause 4.2(d).

 

8.12 Application of partial prepayment. Each partial prepayment shall be applied pro rata against each Tranche and, as regards each Tranche, first against the balloon instalment and then against the scheduled repayment instalments specified in Clause 8.1 in inverse order of maturity.

 

8.13 No reborrowing. No amount prepaid may be reborrowed.

 

28


8.14 Unwinding of Designated Transactions. On or prior to any repayment or prepayment of the Loan under this Clause 8 or any other provision of this Agreement, the Borrower shall unless otherwise agreed by all the Lenders wholly or partially reverse, offset, unwind or otherwise terminate one or more of the continuing Designated Transactions so that the notional principal amount of the continuing Designated Transactions thereafter remaining does not and will not in the future (taking into account the scheduled amortisation) exceed the amount of the Loan as reducing from time to time thereafter pursuant to Clause 8.1.

 

9 CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

 

9.1 Documents, fees and no default. Each Lender’s obligation to contribute to the Loan is subject to the following conditions precedent:

 

(a) that, on or before the service of the first Drawdown Notice, the Agent receives the documents described in Part A of Schedule 4 in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent and its lawyers;

 

(b) that, on each Drawdown Date but prior to the advance of a Tranche, the Agent receives or is satisfied that it will receive on the making of such Tranche the documents described in Part B of Schedule 4 in form and substance satisfactory to it and its lawyers;

 

(c) that, on or before the service of each Drawdown Notice, the Agent receives all accrued commitment fee payable pursuant to Clause 20.1(b) and the first instalment of the annual agency fee referred to in Clause 20.1(c) and has received payment of the expenses referred to in Clause 20.2; and

 

(d) that both at the date of each Drawdown Notice and at each Drawdown Date:

 

  (i) no Event of Default or Latent Event of Default has occurred or would result from the borrowing of the relevant Tranche;

 

  (ii) the representations and warranties in Clause 10.1 and those of the Borrower or any Security Party which are set out in the other Finance Documents would be true and not misleading if repeated on each of those dates with reference to the circumstances then existing;

 

  (iii) there has not been a change in the financial position, state of affairs or prospects of the Borrower or any Security Party which has a material adverse effect on (a) such person’s ability to discharge its liabilities under the Finance Documents or any Master Agreement as they fall due, (b) the rights or remedies of the Lenders under this Agreement, the other Finance Documents or any Master Agreement, (c) this Agreement, (d) the property, assets, nature of assets, operations, liabilities, condition or prospects (financial or otherwise) of the Borrower or any Security Party;

 

  (iv) there has been no material change in the consolidated financial condition, operations or business prospects of the Borrower since the date on which the Borrower provided the Compliance Certificate and Accounting Information accompanying such Compliance Certificate or in respect of any of the information concerning those topics appended to the Compliance Certificate; and

 

  (v) none of the circumstances contemplated by Clause 5.7 has occurred and is continuing; and

 

29


(e) that, if the ratio set out in Clause 15.1 were applied immediately following the making of the Tranche, the Borrower would not be obliged to provide additional security or prepay part of the Loan under that Clause; and

 

(f) that the Agent has received, and found to be acceptable to it, any further opinions, consents, agreements and documents in connection with the Finance Documents which the Agent may, with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders, request by notice to the Borrower prior to the relevant Drawdown Date.

 

9.2 Waiver of conditions precedent. If the Majority Lenders, at their discretion, permit a Tranche to be borrowed before certain of the conditions referred to in Clause 9.1 are satisfied, the Borrower shall ensure that those conditions are satisfied within 5 Business Days after the Drawdown Date relating to that Tranche (or such longer period as the Agent may, with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders, specify).

 

10 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

10.1 General. The Borrower represents and warrants to each Creditor Party as follows.

 

10.2 Status. The Borrower is duly incorporated and validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands.

 

10.3 Ownership of the Owners. The Borrower is the ultimate beneficial owner of all the issued share capital and voting rights in respect of each Owner free of Security Interests save for the Security Interests created pursuant to the Finance Documents.

 

10.4 Corporate power. The Borrower (or in the case of paragraph (a) each Owner) has the corporate capacity, and has taken all corporate action and obtained all consents necessary for it:

 

(a) to execute its Shipbuilding Contract, to purchase and pay for its Ship under the relevant Shipbuilding Contract and register its Ship in its name under the Approved Flag;

 

(b) to execute the Finance Documents to which the Borrower is a party and the Master Agreements; and

 

(c) to borrow under this Agreement, to enter into Designated Transactions under each Master Agreement and to make all the payments contemplated by, and to comply with, the Finance Documents to which the Borrower is a party and each Master Agreement.

 

10.5 Consents in force. All the consents referred to in Clause 10.3 remain in force and nothing has occurred which makes any of them liable to revocation.

 

10.6 Legal validity; effective Security Interests. The Finance Documents to which the Borrower is a party and each Master Agreement, do now or, as the case may be, will, upon execution and delivery (and, where applicable, registration as provided for in the Finance Documents):

 

(a) constitute the Borrower’s legal, valid and binding obligations enforceable against the Borrower in accordance with their respective terms; and

 

(b) create legal, valid and binding Security Interests enforceable in accordance with their respective terms over all the assets to which they, by their terms, relate,

subject to any relevant insolvency laws affecting creditors’ rights generally.

 

30


10.7 No third party Security Interests. Without limiting the generality of Clause 10.6, at the time of the execution and delivery of each Finance Document:

 

(a) the Borrower will have the right to create all the Security Interests which that Finance Document purports to create; and

 

(b) no third party will have any Security Interest (except for Permitted Security Interests) or any other interest, right or claim over, in or in relation to any asset to which any such Security Interest, by its terms, relates.

 

10.8 No conflicts. The execution by the Borrower of each Finance Document and each Master Agreement, and the borrowing by the Borrower of the Loan, and its compliance with each Finance Document and each Master Agreement will not involve or lead to a contravention of:

 

(a) any law or regulation; or

 

(b) the constitutional documents of the Borrower; or

 

(c) any contractual or other obligation or restriction which is binding on the Borrower or any of its assets.

 

10.9 No withholding taxes. All payments which the Borrower is liable to make under the Finance Documents may be made without deduction or withholding for or on account of any tax payable under any law of any Pertinent Jurisdiction.

 

10.10 No default. No Event of Default or Latent Event of Default has occurred.

 

10.11 Information. All information which has been provided in writing by or on behalf of the Borrower or any Security Party to any Creditor Party in connection with any Finance Document satisfied the requirements of Clause 11.5; all audited and unaudited accounts which have been so provided satisfied the requirements of Clause 11.7; and there has been no material adverse change in the financial position or state of affairs of the Borrower from that disclosed in the latest of those accounts.

 

10.12 No litigation. No legal or administrative action involving the Borrower or any Security Party (including action relating to any alleged or actual breach of the ISM Code or the ISPS Code) has been commenced or taken or, to the Borrower’s knowledge, is likely to be commenced or taken which, in either case, would be likely to have a material adverse effect on the Borrower’s financial position or which would prevent it from meeting its obligations under this Agreement.

 

10.13 Shipbuilding Contracts . The copies of each Shipbuilding Contract delivered to the Agent before the date of this Agreement are true and complete copies and no amendments or additions to either Shipbuilding Contract have been agreed which would result in a change of specification, classification, the characteristics, type, contract price or scheduled delivery date of the relevant Ship which could reasonably be considered material in the context of this Agreement Provided always that at the date of this Agreement, it is intended that the rights and obligations of the Existing Buyers under their respective Shipbuilding Contracts shall be assigned and transferred to each respective Owner at or prior to the Delivery Date of the relevant Ship under such Shipbuilding Contract.

 

10.14 No rebates etc. There is no agreement or understanding to allow or pay any rebate, premium, commission, discount or other benefit or payment (howsoever described) to the Borrower or any Security Party from the Builder, or to the Builder from the Borrower or any Security Party in connection with the purchase by the Owner of the Ship to be owned by it, other than the provisions for liquidated damages contained in the Shipbuilding Contracts and as disclosed to the Agent in writing on or prior to the date of this Agreement.

 

31


10.15 Compliance with certain undertakings. At the date of this Agreement, the Borrower is in compliance with Clauses 11.2, 11.4, 11.8 and 11.14.

 

10.16 Taxes paid. The Borrower has paid and has procured that each Owner has paid all taxes applicable to, or imposed on or in relation to it, its business or the Ship owned or to be owned by it.

 

10.17 ISM Code, ISPS Code and Environmental Laws compliance. All requirements of the ISM Code, the ISPS Code and all Environmental Laws as they relate to the Borrower, the Owners, any Approved Ship Manager and the Ships have been complied with at the time the relevant Owner acquires that Ship.

 

10.18 No money laundering. Without prejudice to the generality of Clause 2.3, in relation to the borrowing by the Borrower of the Loan, the performance and discharge of its obligations and liabilities under the Finance Documents or any Master Agreement, and the transactions and other arrangements affected or contemplated by the Finance Documents or any Master Agreement to which the Borrower is a party, the Borrower confirms (i) that it is acting for its own account; (ii) that it will use the proceeds of the Loan for its own benefit, under its full responsibility and exclusively for the purposes specified in this Agreement; and (iii) that the foregoing will not involve or lead to a contravention of any law, official requirement or other regulatory measure or procedure implemented to combat “money laundering” (as defined in Article 1 of Directive 2005/60/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council).

 

10.19 No immunity. The Borrower is not and no assets of the Borrower are entitled to immunity on the grounds of sovereignty or otherwise from any legal action or proceedings (which shall include, without limitation, suit, attachment prior to judgment, execution or other enforcement).

 

10.20 Sanctions .

 

(a) The Borrower:

 

  (i) is not a Prohibited Person; and

 

  (ii) does not own or control a Prohibited Person; and

 

(b) no proceeds of either Tranche or the Loan shall be made available, directly or indirectly, to or for the benefit of a Prohibited Person nor shall they be otherwise directly or indirectly, applied in a manner or for a purpose prohibited by Sanctions.

 

10.21 Pari passu . The obligations of the Borrower under the Finance Documents and any Master Agreement to which it is a party rank at least pari passu with all other unsecured indebtedness of the Borrower other than indebtedness mandatorily preferred by law.

 

11 GENERAL UNDERTAKINGS

 

11.1 General. The Borrower undertakes with each Creditor Party to comply with the following provisions of this Clause 11 at all times during the Security Period except as the Agent may, with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders, otherwise permit.

 

11.2 Title; negative pledge. The Borrower will:

 

(a) own (directly or indirectly) the entire beneficial interest in the entire issued share capital of each Owner free from all Security Interests and other interests and rights of every kind except for those created by the Finance Documents;

 

32


(b) procure that each Owner will:

 

  (i) hold the legal title to, and own the entire beneficial interest in the Ship to be owned by it, the Insurances and Earnings relating to that Ship and the Earnings Account in its name, free from all Security Interests and other interests and rights of every kind, except for those created by the Finance Documents and the effect of assignments contained in the Finance Documents and except for Permitted Security Interests; and

 

  (ii) not create or permit to arise any Security Interest (except for Permitted Security Interests) over any other asset, present or future; and

 

(c) procure that its liabilities under the Finance Documents to which it is a party do and will rank at least pari passu with all its other present and future unsecured liabilities, except for liabilities which are mandatorily preferred by law.

 

11.3 No disposal of assets. The Borrower will not, and will procure that no Owner will transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of:

 

(a) any debt payable to it or any other right (present, future or contingent right) to receive a payment, including any right to damages or compensation; or

 

(b) make any substantial change to the nature of its business from that existing at the date of this Agreement.

 

11.4 No other liabilities or obligations to be incurred. The Borrower will procure that no Owner will incur any liability or obligation (including, without limitation, any contingent liability) except liabilities and obligations:

 

(a) under the Shipbuilding Contracts and the Finance Documents to which it is a party;

 

(b) reasonably incurred in the ordinary course of operating, upgrading, maintaining and chartering its Ship; and

 

(c) in respect of Intercompany Loans made to the relevant Owner provided these comply with the requirements of Clause 11.22.

 

11.5 Information provided to be accurate. All financial and other information which is provided in writing by or on behalf of the Borrower or any Security Party under or in connection with any Finance Document will be true, complete and not misleading and will not omit any material fact or consideration.

 

11.6 Provision of financial statements. The Borrower will send to the Agent:

 

(a) as soon as possible, but in no event later than 180 days after the end of each financial year of the Borrower, the audited consolidated accounts of the Borrower and its subsidiaries;

 

(b) as soon as possible, but in no event later than 90 days after the end of each Accounting Period, unaudited consolidated accounts of the Borrower and its subsidiaries which are certified as to their correctness by the chief financial officer of the Borrower;

 

(c) a Compliance Certificate together with quarterly reports that the Borrower delivers in (b) above each certified by the chief financial officer of the Borrower; and

 

(d) such other information and financial statements (including, without limitation, details of the operating performance, employment, positions and engagements of the Ships, annual budgets and projections) as may be requested by the Agent from time to time.

 

33


11.7 Form of financial statements. All accounts (audited and unaudited) delivered under Clause 11.6 will:

 

(a) be prepared in accordance with all applicable laws and GAAP consistently applied;

 

(b) fairly represent the financial condition of the Borrower and its subsidiaries at the date of those accounts and of their profit for the period to which those accounts relate; and

 

(c) fully disclose or provide for all significant liabilities of the Borrower and its subsidiaries.

 

11.8 Consents. The Borrower will, and will procure that each Owner will, maintain in force and promptly obtain or renew, and will promptly send certified copies to the Agent of, all consents required:

 

(a) for it to perform its obligations under any Finance Document to which it is a party or any Master Agreement;

 

(b) for the validity or enforceability of any Finance Document to which it is a party or any Master Agreement; and

 

(c) in the case of each Owner, to continue to own and operate the Ship owned by it

and the Borrower will, and will procure that each Owner will, comply with the terms of all such consents.

 

11.9 Maintenance of Security Interests. The Borrower will:

 

(a) at its own cost, do all that it reasonably can to ensure that any Finance Document and each Master Agreement validly creates the obligations and the Security Interests which it purports to create; and

 

(b) without limiting the generality of paragraph (a), at its own cost, promptly register, file, record or enrol any Finance Document and any Master Agreement (if applicable) with any court or authority in all Pertinent Jurisdictions, pay any stamp, registration or similar tax in all Pertinent Jurisdictions in respect of any Finance Document, give any notice or take any other step which, in the opinion of the Majority Lenders, is or has become necessary or desirable for any Finance Document to be valid, enforceable or admissible in evidence or to ensure or protect the priority of any Security Interest which it creates.

 

11.10 Notification of litigation. The Borrower will provide the Agent with details of any legal action involving the Borrower, any Security Party or either Ship, its Earnings or its Insurances as soon as such action is instituted unless it is clear that the legal action cannot be considered material in the context of any Finance Document.

 

11.11 No amendment to Shipbuilding Contracts. The Borrower will procure that neither Existing Buyer and neither Owner (as the case may be) will agree to any amendment or supplement to, its Shipbuilding Contract in any manner which would result in a change of specification, classification, the characteristics, type, contract price or scheduled delivery date for the Ship which is the subject of such Shipbuilding Contract which could reasonably be considered as material in the context of this Agreement.

 

11.12 No amendment to Master Agreements. The Borrower will not agree to any amendment or supplement to, or waive or fail to enforce, any Master Agreement or any of its provisions.

 

11.13 Chief Executive Office. The Borrower will, and will procure that each Owner maintains in its chief executive office in the Principality of Monaco and the Borrower will not, and will procure that each Owner does not, have any other representative office other than New York.

 

34


11.14 Confirmation of no default. The Borrower will, within 2 Business Days after service by the Agent of a written request, serve on the Agent a notice which is signed by 2 directors of the Borrower and which:

 

(a) states that no Event of Default or Latent Event of Default has occurred; or

 

(b) states that no Event of Default or Latent Event of Default has occurred, except for a specified event or matter, of which all material details are given.

The Agent may serve requests under this Clause 11.14 from time to time but only if asked to do so by a Lender or Lenders having Contributions exceeding 10 per cent. of the Loan or (if the Loan has not been made) Commitments exceeding 10 per cent of the Total Commitments; and this Clause 11.14 does not affect the Borrower’s obligations under Clause 11.15.

 

11.15 Notification of default. The Borrower will notify the Agent as soon as the Borrower becomes aware of:

 

(a) the occurrence of an Event of Default or a Latent Event of Default; or

 

(b) any matter which indicates that an Event of Default or a Latent Event of Default may have occurred,

and will keep the Agent fully up-to-date with all developments.

 

11.16 Provision of further information. The Borrower will, as soon as practicable after receiving the request, provide the Agent with any additional financial or other information relating to:

 

(a) the financial condition, business and operations of the Borrower;

 

(b) the Borrower, any Security Party, either Ship, its Earnings or its Insurances; or

 

(c) any other matter relevant to, or to any provision of, a Finance Document and any Master Agreement,

which may be requested by the Agent, the Security Trustee, any Lender or any Swap Bank at any time and the Borrower shall promptly, provide such further information and/or documents as any Creditor Party (through the Agent) may request so as to enable such Creditor Party to comply with any laws applicable to it (including, without limitation, compliance with FATCA).

 

11.17 Provision of copies and translation of documents. The Borrower will supply the Agent with a sufficient number of copies of the documents referred to above to provide 1 copy for each Creditor Party; and if the Agent so requires in respect of any of those documents, the Borrower will provide a certified English translation prepared by a translator approved by the Agent.

 

11.18 “Know your customer” checks. The Borrower shall notify the Agent immediately if it becomes aware of any actual or intended change in its status or the status of any Security Party after the date of this Agreement. If:

 

(a) the introduction of or any change in (or in the interpretation, administration or application of) any law or regulation made after the date of this Agreement;

 

35


(b) any change in the status of the Borrower or any Security Party after the date of this Agreement; or

 

(c) a proposed assignment or transfer by a Lender of any of its rights and obligations under this Agreement to a party that is not a Lender prior to such assignment or transfer,

obliges the Agent or any Lender (or, in the case of paragraph (c), any prospective new Lender) to comply with “know your customer” or similar identification procedures in circumstances where the necessary information is not already available to it, the Borrower shall promptly upon the request of the Agent or the Lender concerned supply, or procure the supply of, such documentation and other evidence as is reasonably requested by the Agent (for itself or on behalf of any Lender) or the Lender concerned (for itself or, in the case of the event described in paragraph (c), on behalf of any prospective new Lender) in order for the Agent, the Lender concerned or, in the case of the event described in paragraph (c), any prospective new Lender to carry out and be satisfied it has complied with all necessary “know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations pursuant to the transactions contemplated in the Finance Documents.

 

11.19 Compliance with laws . The Borrower shall comply and shall procure that each Owner shall comply in all material respects with all applicable laws, including, without limitation, all Environmental Laws, all Sanctions and regulations relating thereto.

 

11.20 Taxes . The Borrower shall prepare and timely file all tax returns required to be filed by it and any member of the SBI Group and pay and discharge all taxes imposed upon it and any member of the SBI Group or in respect of any of its or any member of the SBI Group’s property and assets before the same shall become in default, as well as all lawful claims (including, without limitation, claims for labour, materials and supplies) which, if unpaid, might become a lien or any part thereof, except in each case, for any such taxes (a) as are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which adequate reserves have been established, (b) as to which such failure to have paid does not create any risk of sale, forfeiture, loss, confiscation or seizure of a Ship or criminal liability, or (c) the failure of which to pay or discharge would not be likely to have a material adverse effect on the business, assets or financial condition of the Borrower or the SBI Group generally or to affect the legality, validity, binding effect or enforceability of the Finance Documents or any Master Agreement.

 

1 1.21 Use of proceeds and Intercompany Loans . The Borrower shall:

 

(a) on-lend the proceeds of each Tranche directly or indirectly to the Owner which owns the Ship to which that Tranche relates and shall procure that such Owner shall use the proceeds of such Tranche solely to partially re-finance the cost of its acquisition of the Ship from the Builder; and

 

(b) procure that any Intercompany Loan it provides whether directly or indirectly to an Owner pursuant to paragraph (a) above shall:

 

  (i) be fully subordinated to any and all obligations of the Owners and the rights of the Creditor Parties under the Finance Documents;

 

  (ii) not carry cash interest;

 

  (iii) mature at least 1 year after the Maturity Date; and

 

  (iv) not be secured by any asset which is already, or is to be, the subject of a Security Interest created by the Borrower or any Security Party pursuant to any Finance Document,

 

36


(c) furnish promptly to the Agent a true and complete copy of any instrument evidencing any Intercompany Loan, all other documents related thereto and a true and complete copy of each material amendment or other modification thereof; and

 

(d) in respect of any such Intercompany Loan, execute and deliver to the Agent an Intercompany Loan Assignment and deliver to the Agent such other documents equivalent to those referred to in paragraphs 4, 5 and 6 of Part A of Schedule 4 as the Agent may require.

 

11.22 Ownership . The Borrower shall ensure that (a) it shall remain the direct owner of the whole of the issued share capital of each Owner and (b) there shall be no change in the legal or beneficial ownership of the shares of each Owner from that existing as at the date of this Agreement.

 

11.23 Other swaps . The Borrower may enter into other master agreements and/or derivative instruments with any third party provided that such third party does not share in any Security Interest created under any Finance Document.

 

12 CORPORATE AND FINANCIAL UNDERTAKINGS

 

12.1 General. The Borrower also undertakes with each Creditor Party to comply with the following provisions of this Clause 12 at all times during the Security Period except as the Agent may, with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders, otherwise permit.

 

12.2 Maintenance of status . The Borrower will:

 

(a) maintain its separate corporate existence and remain in good standing under the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands;

 

(b) remain listed on the New York Stock Exchange; and

 

(c) procure that each Owner shall maintain its separate corporate existence and remain in goodstanding under the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands.

 

12.3 Negative undertakings. The Borrower will not and will procure that no Owner shall:

 

(a) change its name, its type of organisation or the nature of its business; or

 

(b) subject to Clause 12.4, pay any dividend or make any other form of distribution or effect any form of redemption, purchase or return of share capital; or

 

(c) provide any form of credit or financial assistance to:

 

  (i) a person who is directly or indirectly interested in the Borrower’s or the relevant Owner’s share or loan capital; or

 

  (ii) any company in or with which such a person is directly or indirectly interested or connected,

or enter into any transaction with or involving such a person or company on terms which are, in any respect, less favourable to the Borrower or the relevant Owner than those which it could obtain in a bargain made at arms’ length;

 

(d) change its Fiscal Year;

 

(e) issue, allot or grant any person a right to any shares in its capital or repurchase or reduce its issued share capital;

 

 

37


(f) acquire any shares or other securities other than US or UK Treasury bills and certificates of deposit issued by major North American or European banks, or enter into any transaction in a derivative other than Designated Transactions; or

permit or authorise either Owner to enter into any form of amalgamation, merger or de-merger or any form of reconstruction or reorganisation.

 

12.4 Dividends . The Borrower may not pay a dividend or make any other form of distribution or effect any form of redemption, purchase or return of share capital if:

 

(a) any Event of Default has occurred and is continuing at the time of the payment of such dividends or will result from such payment; or

 

(b) such dividend payment shall result in a breach of the financial covenants set out in Clauses 12.5, 12.6, 12.7 and 12.8.

 

12.5 Minimum liquidity. The Borrower shall, at all times, maintain Cash and Cash Equivalents on a consolidated basis, including all amounts on deposit with any bank, of not less than the greater of (a) $50,000,000 and (b) $850,000 per Fleet Vessel (the “ Minimum Liquidity ”), provided that :

 

  (i) for the purpose of this Clause 12.5, “ Cash Equivalents ” shall include unutilised and freely available amounts under any revolving credit facility made available to the Borrower which has a maturity date in excess of 12 months; and

 

  (ii) 66  2 3  per cent. of the Minimum Liquidity shall at all times consist of Cash and Cash Equivalents.

 

12.6 Minimum Consolidated Tangible Net Worth. The Borrower shall, at all times, maintain a Consolidated Tangible Net Worth of not less than $500,000,000 plus:

 

(a) 25 per cent. of the Borrower’s cumulative, positive consolidated net income for each Accounting Period commencing on or after 31 December 2013; and

 

(b) 50 per cent. of the Equity Proceeds realised from any issuance of Equity Interests in the Borrower occurring on or after 31 December 2013.

 

12.7 Maximum leverage. The Borrower shall maintain a ratio of Net Debt to Consolidated Total Capitalisation of not more than 0.60 to 1.00, to be tested on the last day of each Accounting Period.

 

12.8 Minimum interest coverage. The Borrower shall maintain a ratio of Consolidated EBITDA to Consolidated Net Interest Expense greater than:

 

(a) from 30 September 2015 up to (and including) 31 December 2016, 1.00 to 1.00;

 

(b) from 1 January 2017 up to (and including) 31 December 2017, 2.00 to 1.00; and

 

(c) at all other times thereafter, 2.50 to 1.00.

Such ratio shall be calculated on the last day of each Accounting Period on a trailing four quarter basis.

 

12.9 Material Changes in GAAP or IFRS requirements. If, at any time after the date of this Agreement, the GAAP or IFRS requirements materially change so as to impact the financial covenants set out in this Clause 12 the Borrower shall notify the Agent and, if agreed between the Borrower and the Agent, this Agreement shall be amended and/or supplemented to reflect these changes.

 

38


12.10 MFN . If, within 2 years following the date of this Agreement, the financial covenants, dividend restrictions or change of ownership restrictions provided by the Borrower to other creditor parties in relation to any other financings are more favourable to the creditor parties to those other financings than the financial covenants, dividend restrictions and change of ownership restrictions set out in Clauses 8.9, 12.4, 12.5, 12.6, 12.7 and 12.8 in this Agreement, the more favourable financial covenants, dividend restrictions and change of ownership restrictions shall apply to this Agreement as if expressly incorporated in this Agreement.

 

13 INSURANCE

 

13.1 General. The Borrower also undertakes with each Creditor Party to procure that each Owner will comply with the following provisions of this Clause 13 at all times during the Security Period except as the Agent may, with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders, otherwise permit.

 

13.2 Maintenance of obligatory insurances. The Borrower shall procure that each Owner shall keep the Ship owned by it insured at the expense of that Owner against:

 

(a) fire and usual marine risks (including hull and machinery plus hull interest and any other usual marine risks such as excess risks);

 

(b) war risks (including the London Blocking and Trapping addendum or similar arrangement);

 

(c) full protection and indemnity risks (including liability for oil pollution and excess war risk P&I cover) on standard club rules, covered by a protection and indemnity association which is a member of the International Group of Protection and Indemnity Associations (or, if the International Group of Protection and Indemnity Associations ceases to exist, any other leading protection and indemnity association or other leading provider of protection and indemnity insurance) (including, without limitation, the proportion (if any) of any collision liability not covered under the terms of the hull cover), or other with written consent from the Agent;

 

(d) freight, demurrage & defence risks;

 

(e) any other risks against which the Security Trustee considers, having regard to practices and other circumstances prevailing at the relevant time, it would in the opinion of the Security Trustee be reasonable for that Owner to insure and which are specified by the Security Trustee by notice to that Owner.

 

13.3 Terms of obligatory insurances. The Borrower shall procure that each Owner shall affect such insurances in respect of the Ship owned by it:

 

(a) in Dollars;

 

(b) in the case of the insurances described in 13.2(a), (b), (d) and (e) in an amount on an agreed value basis at least the greater of:

 

  (i) when aggregated with the insured values of the other Ship then financed under this Agreement, 120 per cent. of the aggregate amount of the Loan and the Swap Exposure (if any); and

 

  (ii) the Fair Market Value of the Ship owned by it;

 

(c) in the case of oil pollution liability risks, for an aggregate amount equal to the highest level of cover from time to time available under basic protection and indemnity club entry and in the international marine insurance market;

 

39


(d) in relation to protection and indemnity risks in respect of the full tonnage of the Ship owned by it;

 

(e) on approved terms; and

 

(f) through approved brokers and with approved insurance companies and/or underwriters or, in the case of war risks and protection and indemnity risks, in approved war risks and protection and indemnity risks associations that are members of the International Group of Protection and Indemnity Clubs.

 

13.4 Further protections for the Creditor Parties. In addition to the terms set out in Clause 13.3 the Borrower shall procure that the obligatory insurances shall:

 

(a) subject always to paragraph (b), name the relevant Owner as the sole named assured unless the interest of every other named assured is limited:

 

  (i) in respect of any obligatory insurances for hull and machinery and war risks;

 

  (A) to any provable out-of-pocket expenses that it has incurred and which form part of any recoverable claim on underwriters; and

 

  (B) to any third party liability claims where cover for such claims is provided by the policy (and then only in respect of discharge of any claims made against it); and

 

  (ii) in respect of any obligatory insurances for protection and indemnity risks, to any recoveries it is entitled to make by way of reimbursement following discharge of any third party liability claims made specifically against it;

and every other named assured has undertaken in writing to the Security Trustee (in such form as it requires) that any deductible shall be apportioned between the relevant Owner and every other named assured in proportion to the gross claims made or paid by each of them and that it shall do all things necessary and provide all documents, evidence and information to enable the Security Trustee to collect or recover any moneys which at any time become payable in respect of the obligatory insurances;

 

(b) whenever the Security Trustee requires, name (or be amended to name) the Security Trustee as additional named assured for its rights and interests, warranted no operational interest and with full waiver of rights of subrogation against the Lender, but without the Security Trustee thereby being liable to pay (but having the right to pay) premiums, calls or other assessments in respect of such insurance;

 

(c) name the Security Trustee as loss payee with such directions for payment as the Security Trustee may specify;

 

(d) provide that all payments by or on behalf of the insurers under the obligatory insurances to the Security Trustee shall be made without set-off, counterclaim or deductions or condition whatsoever;

 

(e) provide that such obligatory insurances shall be primary without right of contribution from other insurances which may be carried by the Security Trustee or any other Creditor Party;

 

(f) provide that the Security Trustee may make proof of loss if the Owner concerned fails to do so; and

 

(g) provide that the deductible of the hull and machinery insurance is not higher than the amount agreed upon and stated in the loss payable clause.

 

40


13.5 Renewal of obligatory insurances. The Borrower shall procure that each Owner shall;

 

(a) at least 21 days before the expiry of any obligatory insurance:

 

  (i) notify the Security Trustee of the brokers (or other insurers) and any protection and indemnity or war risks association through or with whom that Owner proposes to renew that obligatory insurance and of the proposed terms of renewal; and

 

  (ii) obtain the Security Trustee’s approval to the matters referred to in paragraph (i);

 

(b) at least 14 days before the expiry of any obligatory insurance, renew that obligatory insurance in accordance with the Security Trustee’s approval pursuant to paragraph (a); and

 

(c) procure that the approved brokers and/or the war risks and protection and indemnity associations with which such a renewal is effected shall promptly after the renewal notify the Security Trustee in writing of the terms and conditions of the renewal.

 

13.6 Copies of policies; letters of undertaking. The Borrower shall procure that each Owner shall ensure that all approved insurance brokers provide the Security Trustee with pro forma copies of all policies relating to the obligatory insurances which they are to effect or renew and of a letter or letters or undertaking in a form required by the Security Trustee and including undertakings by the approved brokers that:

 

(a) they will have endorsed on each policy, immediately upon issue, a loss payable clause and a notice of assignment complying with the provisions of Clause 13.4;

 

(b) they will hold such policies, and the benefit of such insurances, to the order of the Security Trustee in accordance with the said loss payable clause;

 

(c) they will advise the Security Trustee immediately of any material change to the terms of the obligatory insurances;

 

(d) they will notify the Security Trustee, not less than 14 days before the expiry of the obligatory insurances, in the event of their not having received notice of renewal instructions from that Owner or its agents and, in the event of their receiving instructions to renew, they will promptly notify the Security Trustee of the terms of the instructions; and

 

(e) they will not set off against any sum recoverable in respect of a claim relating to the Ship owned by that Owner under such obligatory insurances any premiums or other amounts due to them or any other person whether in respect of that Ship or otherwise, they waive any lien on the policies, or any sums received under them, which they might have in respect of such premiums or other amounts, and they will not cancel such obligatory insurances by reason of non-payment of such premiums or other amounts, and will arrange for a separate policy to be issued in respect of that Ship forthwith upon being so requested by the Security Trustee.

 

13.7 Copies of certificates of entry. The Borrower shall procure that each Owner shall ensure that any protection and indemnity and/or war risks associations in which the Ship owned by it is entered provides the Security Trustee with:

 

(a) a certified copy of the certificate of entry for that Ship;

 

(b) a letter or letters of undertaking in such form as may be required by the Security Trustee; and

 

(c) a certified copy of each certificate of financial responsibility for pollution by oil or other Environmentally Sensitive Material issued by the relevant certifying authority in relation to that Ship.

 

41


13.8 Deposit of original policies. The Borrower shall procure that each Owner shall ensure that all policies relating to obligatory insurances are deposited with the approved brokers through which the insurances are effected or renewed.

 

13.9 Payment of premiums. The Borrower procure that each Owner shall punctually pay all premiums or other sums payable in respect of the obligatory insurances effected by that Owner and produce all relevant receipts when so required by the Security Trustee.

 

13.10 Guarantees. The Borrower shall procure that each Owner shall ensure that any guarantees required by a protection and indemnity or war risks association are promptly issued and remain in full force and effect.

 

13.11 Compliance with terms of insurances. The Borrower shall not and shall procure that no Owner shall do or omit to do (or permit to be done or not to be done) any act or thing which would or might render any obligatory insurance invalid, void, voidable or unenforceable or render any sum payable under an obligatory insurance repayable in whole or in part; and, in particular:

 

(a) each Owner shall take all necessary action and comply with all requirements which may from time to time be applicable to the obligatory insurances, and (without limiting the obligation contained in Clause 13.6(c)) ensure that the obligatory insurances are not made subject to any exclusions or qualifications to which the Security Trustee has not given its prior approval;

 

(b) neither Owner shall make any changes relating to the classification or classification society or manager or operator of the Ship owned by it approved by the underwriters of the obligatory insurances;

 

(c) each Owner shall make (and promptly supply copies to the Agent of) all quarterly or other voyage declarations which may be required by the protection and indemnity risks association in which the Ship owned by it is entered to maintain cover for trading to the United States of America and Exclusive Economic Zone (as defined in the United States Oil Pollution Act 1990 or any other applicable legislation); and

 

(d) neither Owner shall employ the Ship owned by it, or allow it to be employed, otherwise than in conformity with the terms and conditions of the obligatory insurances, without first obtaining the consent of the insurers and complying with any requirements (as to extra premium or otherwise) which the insurers specify.

 

13.12 Alteration to terms of insurances. The Borrower shall not and shall procure that no Owner shall make or agree to any alteration to the terms of any obligatory insurance or waive any right relating to any obligatory insurance.

 

13.13 Settlement of claims. The Borrower shall not and shall procure that no Owner shall settle, compromise or abandon any claim under any obligatory insurance effected by it for Total Loss or for a Major Casualty, and shall do all things necessary and provide all documents, evidence and information to enable the Security Trustee to collect or recover any moneys which at any time become payable in respect of the obligatory insurances.

 

13.14 Provision of copies of communications. The Borrower shall not and shall procure that no Owner shall provide the Security Trustee, at the time of each such communication, copies of all written communications between the relevant Owner and:

 

(a) the approved insurance brokers;

 

42


(b) the approved protection and indemnity and/or war risks associations; and

 

(c) the approved insurance companies and/or underwriters, which relate directly or indirectly to:

 

  (i) that Owner’s obligations relating to the obligatory insurances including, without limitation, all requisite declarations and payments of additional premiums or calls; and

 

  (ii) any credit arrangements made between that Owner and any of the persons referred to in paragraphs (a) or (b) relating wholly or partly to the effecting or maintenance of the obligatory insurances.

 

13.15 Provision of information. In addition, the Borrower shall procure that each Owner shall promptly provide the Security Trustee (or any persons which it may designate) with any information which the Security Trustee (or any such designated person) requests for the purpose of:

 

(a) obtaining or preparing any report from an independent marine insurance broker as to the adequacy of the obligatory insurances effected or proposed to be effected by it; and/or

 

(b) effecting, maintaining or renewing any such insurances as are referred to in Clause 13.16 or dealing with or considering any matters relating to any such insurances;

and the Borrower shall, forthwith upon demand, indemnify the Security Trustee in respect of all fees and other expenses incurred by or for the account of the Security Trustee in connection with any such report as is referred to in paragraph (a).

 

13.16 Mortgagee’s interest, additional perils. The Security Trustee shall be entitled from time to time to effect, maintain and renew (i) mortgagee’s interest additional perils insurance and (ii) mortgagee’s interest marine insurance in such amounts, (and on the date of this Agreement, it is expected that such amount will be 120 per cent. of the Loan), on such terms, through such insurers and generally in such manner as the Security Trustee may from time to time consider appropriate and the Borrower shall upon demand fully indemnify the Security Trustee in respect of all premiums and other expenses which are incurred in connection with or with a view to effecting, maintaining or renewing any such insurance or dealing with, or considering, any matter arising out of any such insurance.

 

14 SHIP COVENANTS

 

14.1 General. The Borrower also undertakes with each Creditor Party to comply with the following provisions of this Clause 14 at all times during the Security Period except as the Agent, with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders (such authorisation not to be unreasonably withheld in the case of Clauses 14.13(e) and 14.13(f)), may otherwise permit.

 

14.2 Ship’s name and registration. The Borrower shall procure that each Owner shall keep the Ship owned by it registered in its name under an Approved Flag; shall not do, omit to do or allow to be done anything as a result of which such registration might be cancelled or imperilled; and shall not change the name or port of registry of either Ship without the prior written approval of the Agent, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld.

 

14.3 Repair and classification. The Borrower shall procure that each Owner shall keep the Ship owned by it in a good and safe condition and state of repair:

 

(a) consistent with first-class ship ownership and management practice;

 

43


(b) so as to maintain the highest class for that Ship with the Approved Classification Society free of overdue recommendations and conditions affecting that Ship’s class; and

 

(c) so as to comply with all laws and regulations applicable to vessels registered under the law of the Approved Flag on which that Ship is registered or to vessels trading to any jurisdiction to which that Ship may trade from time to time, including but not limited to the ISM Code and the ISPS Code.

 

14.4 Classification Society undertaking. The Borrower shall procure that each Owner shall instruct the Approved Classification Society:

 

(a) to send to the Security Trustee, following receipt of a written request from the Security Trustee, certified true copies of all original class records held by the Approved Classification Society in relation to the Ship owned by it;

 

(b) to allow the Security Trustee (or its agents), at any time and from time to time, to inspect the original class and related records of that Owner and the Ship owned by it at the offices of the Approved Classification Society and to take copies of them;

 

(c) to notify the Security Trustee immediately in writing if the Approved Classification Society:

 

  (i) receives notification from that Owner or any other person that its Ship’s Approved Classification Society is to be changed; or

 

  (ii) becomes aware of any facts or matters which may result in or have resulted in a change, suspension, discontinuance, withdrawal or expiry of its Ship’s class under the rules or terms and conditions of that Owner’s or its Ship’s membership of the Approved Classification Society;

 

(d) following receipt of a written request from the Security Trustee:

 

  (i) to confirm that such Owner is not in default of any of its contractual obligations or liabilities to the Approved Classification Society and, without limiting the foregoing, that it has paid in full all fees or other charges due and payable to the Approved Classification Society; or

 

  (ii) if such Owner is in default of any of its contractual obligations or liabilities to the Approved Classification Society, to specify to the Security Trustee in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances of such default, the consequences of such default, and any remedy period agreed or allowed by the Approved Classification Society.

 

14.5 Modification. The Borrower shall procure that no Owner shall make any modification or repairs to, or replacement of, the Ship owned by it or equipment installed on that Ship which would or might materially alter the structure, type or performance characteristics of that Ship or materially reduce its value.

 

14.6 Removal of parts. The Borrower shall procure that no Owner shall remove any material part of the Ship owned by it, or any item of equipment installed on, that Ship unless the part or item so removed is forthwith replaced by a suitable part or item which is in the same condition as or better condition than the part or item removed, is free from any Security Interest or any right in favour of any person other than the Security Trustee and becomes on installation on that Ship the property of that Owner and subject to the security constituted by the Mortgage Provided that an Owner may install equipment owned by a third party if the equipment can be removed without any risk of damage to the Ship owned by it.

 

44


14.7 Surveys. The Borrower shall procure that each Owner, at the Borrower’s expense submits the Ship owned by it regularly to all periodical or other surveys which may be required for classification purposes with copies of all technical survey reports in respect of surveys carried out by an Approved Ship Manager or other qualified expert duly appointed for such purpose.

 

14.8 Inspection. The Borrower shall procure that each Owner shall permit the Security Trustee (by surveyors or other persons appointed by it for that purpose) to board the Ship owned by it at all reasonable times always without interfering with the trading of the Ship at the Borrower’s expense to inspect its condition or to satisfy themselves about proposed or executed repairs and shall afford all proper facilities for such inspections provided that unless an Event of Default has occurred or that Ship’s Approved Classification Society has issued a recommendation or condition affecting that Ship’s class, the Borrower shall not have to pay for more than 1 inspection per Ship in each calendar year. The Security Trustee shall use reasonable efforts not to interfere with the operation of that Ship when exercising its rights under this Clause 14.8.

 

14.9 Prevention of and release from arrest. The Borrower shall procure that each Owner shall promptly discharge:

 

(a) all liabilities which give or may give rise to maritime or possessory liens on or claims enforceable against the Ship owned by it, its Earnings or its Insurances;

 

(b) all taxes, dues and other amounts charged in respect of the Ship owned by it, its Earnings or its Insurances; and

 

(c) all other outgoings whatsoever in respect of the Ship owned by it, its Earnings or its Insurances,

and, forthwith upon receiving notice of the arrest of the Ship owned by it, or of its detention in exercise or purported exercise of any lien or claim, the Borrower shall procure its release by providing bail or otherwise as the circumstances may require.

 

14.10 Compliance with laws etc. The Borrower shall procure that each Owner shall:

 

(a) comply, or procure compliance with the ISM Code, the ISPS Code, all Environmental Laws, all Sanctions and all other laws or regulations relating to the Ship owned by it, its ownership, operation and management or to the business of that Owner;

 

(b) not employ the Ship owned by it nor allow its employment in any manner contrary to any law or regulation in any relevant jurisdiction including but not limited to the ISM Code, the ISPS Code, all Environmental Laws and Sanctions; and

 

(c) in the event of hostilities in any part of the world (whether war is declared or not), not cause or permit the Ship owned by it to enter or trade to any zone which is declared a war zone by any government or by that Ship’s war risks insurers unless the prior written consent of the Security Trustee has been given and the Borrower has or has procured that there is (at its expense) effected any special, additional or modified insurance cover which the Security Trustee may require.

 

14.11 Provision of information. The Borrower shall procure that each Owner shall promptly provide the Security Trustee with any information which it requests regarding:

 

(a) the Ship owned by it, its employment, position and engagements (including, without limitation, details of the operating performance, employment, positions and engagements of the Ships, annual budgets and projections);

 

45


(b) the Earnings and payments and amounts due to the master and crew of the Ship owned by it;

 

(c) any expenses incurred, or likely to be incurred, in connection with the operation, maintenance or repair of the Ship owned by it and any payments made in respect of that Ship;

 

(d) any towages and salvages; and

 

(e) its compliance, the Approved Ship Manager’s or the compliance by the Ship owned by it with the ISM Code, the ISPS Code, all Environmental Laws and Sanctions,

and, upon the Security Trustee’s request, provide copies of any current charter relating to that Ship, of any current charter guarantee and copies of each Owners or the Approved Ship Manager’s Document of Compliance.

 

14.12 Notification of certain events. The Borrower shall procure that each Owner shall immediately notify the Security Trustee by fax or email, confirmed forthwith, by letter of:

 

(a) any casualty which is or is likely to be or to become a Major Casualty;

 

(b) any occurrence as a result of which the Ship owned by it has become or is, by the passing of time or otherwise, likely to become a Total Loss;

 

(c) any requirement or condition made by any insurer or the Approved Classification Society or by any competent authority which is not complied with within the specified time;

 

(d) any arrest or detention of the Ship owned by it, any exercise or purported exercise of any lien on that Ship or its Earnings or any requisition of that Ship for hire;

 

(e) any intended dry docking of the Ship owned by it;

 

(f) any Environmental Claim made against any Security Party or the Borrower or in connection with either Ship, or any Environmental Incident;

 

(g) any claim for breach of the ISM Code, the ISPS Code, any Environmental Laws or Sanctions being made against that Owner, the Approved Ship Manager or otherwise in connection with the Ship owned by it; or

 

(h) any other matter, event or incident, actual or threatened, the effect of which will or could lead to the ISM Code, the ISPS Code, any Environmental Laws or Sanctions not being complied with;

and the Borrower shall keep the Security Trustee advised in writing on a regular basis and in such detail as the Security Trustee shall require of the Borrower’s, any Owner’s, the Approved Ship Manager’s or any other person’s response to any of those events or matters.

 

14.13 Restrictions on chartering, appointment of managers etc. The Borrower shall procure that no Owner shall, in relation to the Ship owned by it:

 

(a) let that Ship on demise charter for any period;

 

46


(b) enter into any time or consecutive voyage charter in respect of that Ship for a term which exceeds, or which by virtue of any optional extensions may exceed, 12 months;

 

(c) enter into any charter in relation to that Ship under which more than 2 months’ hire (or the equivalent) is payable in advance;

 

(d) charter that Ship otherwise than on bona fide arm’s length terms at the time when such Ship is fixed;

 

(e) appoint a manager of that Ship other than an Approved Ship Manager or agree to any alteration to the terms of the Approved Ship Manager’s appointment;

 

(f) appoint a classification society for that Ship other than an Approved Classification Society;

 

(g) de-activate or layup that Ship; or

 

(h) put that Ship into the possession of any person for the purpose of work being done upon it in an amount exceeding or likely to exceed $500,000 (or the equivalent in any other currency) unless that person has first given to the Security Trustee and in terms satisfactory to it a written undertaking not to exercise any lien on such Ship or its Earnings for the cost of such work or for any other reason.

 

14.14 Notice of Mortgage. The Borrower shall procure that each Owner shall keep the Mortgage registered against the Ship owned by it as a valid first preferred or, as the case may be, priority mortgage, carry on board the Ship owned by it a certified copy of the relevant Mortgage and place and maintain in a conspicuous place in the navigation room and the Master’s cabin of that Ship a framed printed notice stating that such Ship is mortgaged by that Owner to the Security Trustee.

 

14.15 Sharing of Earnings. The Borrower shall procure that no Owner shall enter into any agreement or arrangement for the sharing of any Earnings of the Ship owned by it provided always that any Ship may be entered into any Approved Pooling Arrangement.

 

14.16 ISPS Code. The Borrower shall procure that each Owner shall comply with the ISPS Code and in particular, without limitation, shall:

 

(a) procure that its Ship and the company responsible for such Ship’s compliance with the ISPS Code comply with the ISPS Code; and

 

(b) maintain for its Ship an ISSC; and

 

(c) notify the Agent immediately in writing of any actual or threatened withdrawal, suspension, cancellation or modification of the ISSC.

 

14.17 Copies of Charter; Charterparty Assignment . Provided that the Borrower has obtained the prior permission of the Agent necessary under Clause 14.13(b), the Borrower shall procure that each Owner shall:

 

(a) furnish promptly to the Agent a true and complete copy of any Charter for the Ship owned by it, all other documents related thereto including, without limitation, any guarantee of such Charter and a true and complete copy of each material amendment or other modification thereof; and

 

(b) in respect of any such Charter, execute and deliver to the Agent a Charterparty Assignment and deliver to the Agent a consent and acknowledgement executed by the charterer and any related charter guarantor and such other documents equivalent to those referred to in paragraphs 4, 5 and 6 of Part A of Schedule 4 as the Agent may require.

 

47


14.18 Change of Approved Ship Manager . If, in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, there is a change of Approved Ship Manager, the Borrower shall or shall procure that:

 

(a) the relevant Owner shall promptly provide the Agent with a copy of the management agreement pursuant to which such Approved Ship Manager is to be appointed; and

 

(b) the new Approved Ship Manager shall provide to the Agent on or prior to the commencement of its appointment, an Approved Ship Manager’s Undertaking.

 

15 SECURITY COVER

 

15.1 Minimum required security cover. Clause 15.2 applies if the Agent notifies the Borrower that:

 

(a) the Fair Market Value of the Ships; plus

 

(b) the net realisable value of any additional security previously provided under this Clause 15,

is below 140 per cent. of the aggregate of the Loan.

 

15.2 Provision of additional security; prepayment . If the Agent serves a notice on the Borrower under Clause 15.1, the Borrower shall prepay such part (at least) of the Loan as will eliminate the shortfall on or before the date falling 7 days after the date on which the Agent’s notice is served under Clause 15.1 (the “ Prepayment Date ”) unless at least 1 Business Day before the Prepayment Date it has provided, or ensured that a third party has provided, additional security which, in the opinion of the Majority Lenders, has a net realisable value at least equal to the shortfall and which has been documented in such terms as the Agent may, with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders, approve or require.

 

15.3 Valuation of Ship. The market value of a Ship at any date is that shown by:

 

(a) the average of 2 valuations each prepared by an Approved Broker selected by the Agent;

 

(b) as at a date not more than 14 days prior to the date such valuation is delivered to the Agent by such Approved Broker;

 

(c) with or without physical inspection of that Ship (as the Agent may require);

 

(d) on the basis of a sale for prompt delivery for cash on normal arm’s length commercial terms as between a willing seller and a willing buyer, free of any existing charter or other contract of employment; and

 

(e) after deducting the estimated amount of the usual and reasonable expenses which would be incurred in connection with the sale.

 

15.4 Value of additional vessel security. The net realisable value of any additional security which is provided under Clause 15.2 and which consists of a Security Interest over a vessel shall be that shown by a valuation complying with the requirements of Clause 15.3.

 

15.5 Valuations binding. Any valuation under Clause 15.2, 15.3 or 15.4 shall be binding and conclusive as regards the Borrower, as shall be any valuation which the Majority Lenders make of any additional security which does not consist of or include a Security Interest.

 

48


15.6 Provision of information. The Borrower shall promptly provide the Agent and any Approved Broker acting under Clause 15.3 or 15.4 with any information which the Agent or the Approved Broker may request for the purposes of the valuation; and, if the Borrower fails to provide the information by the date specified in the request, the valuation may be made on any basis and assumptions which the Approved Broker or the Majority Lenders (or the expert appointed by them) consider prudent.

 

15.7 Payment of valuation expenses. Without prejudice to the generality of the Borrower’s obligations under Clauses 20.2, 20.3 and 21.3, the Borrower shall, subject to Clause 15.8, on demand, pay the Agent the amount of the fees and expenses of any Approved Broker instructed by the Agent under this Clause and all legal and other expenses incurred by any Creditor Party in connection with any matter arising out of this Clause.

 

15.8 Frequency of valuations.

 

(a) The Borrower shall provide the valuations of each Ship required pursuant to paragraph 5 of Part B of Schedule 4 at the Borrower’s expense;

 

(b) the Agent shall be entitled to obtain 2 valuations during each half of each Fiscal Year of the Borrower commencing on 30 June 2015 (such valuations to be attached to the Compliance Certificates for the relevant fiscal quarter to be provided by the Borrower) setting forth the Fair Market Value of each Ship in each case at the cost of the Borrower save that the Borrower shall not be required to pay for more than 2 sets of valuations of each Ship in each calendar year unless an Event of Default has occurred or any valuation obtained would entitle the Agent to serve a notice pursuant to Clause 15.1 in which case such valuations required by the Agent shall be for the cost of the Borrower; and

 

(c) the Agent shall be entitled, at its own expense, to obtain valuations of each Ship other than those referred to in paragraphs (a) and (b) above as often as it may request.

 

15.9 Application of prepayment. Clause 8 shall apply in relation to any prepayment pursuant to Clause 15.2.

 

15.10 Release of Additional Security . It is agreed that where the Borrower or a third party has provided additional security pursuant to Clause 15.2 the Borrower is entitled to request the release of such additional security at its expense at any time following a testing of compliance by the Borrower of the minimum required security cover under Clause 15.1 where the Borrower is shown to be in compliance with such minimum required security cover without including the additional security within the calculation and where the Borrower is in compliance with the minimum required security cover under Clause 15.1, such additional security shall be released at the Borrower’s cost.

 

16 PAYMENTS AND CALCULATIONS

 

16.1 Currency and method of payments. All payments to be made by the Lenders or by the Borrower and any Security Party under a Finance Document shall be made to the Agent or to the Security Trustee, in the case of an amount payable to it:

 

(a) by not later than 11.00 a.m. (New York City time) on the due date;

 

(b) in same day Dollar funds settled through the New York Clearing House Interbank Payments System (or in such other Dollar funds and/or settled in such other manner as the Agent shall specify as being customary at the time for the settlement of international transactions of the type contemplated by this Agreement);

 

(c)

in the case of an amount payable by a Lender to the Agent or by the Borrower or another Security Party to the Agent or any Lender, to the account of the Agent at The Bank of New York, New York (Account: NIBC Bank NV, Account No 890 064 7140 0239,

 

49


  BIC: IRVTUS3N, Sort code: ABA 021000018), or to such other account with such other bank as the Agent may from time to time notify to the Borrower and the other Creditor Parties; and

 

(d) in the case of an amount payable to the Security Trustee, to such account as it may from time to time notify to the Borrower and the other Creditor Parties.

 

16.2 Payment on non-Business Day. If any payment by the Borrower under a Finance Document would otherwise fall due on a day which is not a Business Day:

 

(a) the due date shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day; or

 

(b) if the next succeeding Business Day falls in the next calendar month, the due date shall be brought forward to the immediately preceding Business Day;

and interest shall be payable during any extension under paragraph (a) at the rate payable on the original due date.

 

16.3 Basis for calculation of periodic payments. All interest and commitment fee and any other payments under any Finance Document which are of an annual or periodic nature shall accrue from day to day and shall be calculated on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed and a 360 day year.

 

16.4 Distribution of payments to Creditor Parties. Subject to Clauses 16.5, 16.6 and 16.7:

 

(a) any amount received by the Agent under a Finance Document for distribution or remittance to a Lender, a Swap Counterparty or the Security Trustee shall be made available by the Agent to that Lender, that Swap Counterparty or, as the case may be, the Security Trustee by payment, with funds having the same value as the funds received, to such account as the Lender and the Swap Counterparty or the Security Trustee may have notified to the Agent not less than 5 Business Days previously; and

 

(b) amounts to be applied in satisfying amounts of a particular category which are due to the Lenders and/or the Swap Counterparties generally shall be distributed by the Agent to each Lender and each Swap Counterparty pro rata to the amount in that category which is due to it.

 

16.5 Permitted deductions by Agent. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement or any other Finance Document, the Agent may, before making an amount available to a Lender or a Swap Counterparty, deduct and withhold from that amount any sum which is then due and payable to the Agent from that Lender or that Swap Counterparty under any Finance Document or any sum which the Agent is then entitled under any Finance Document to require that Lender or that Swap Counterparty to pay on demand.

 

16.6 Agent only obliged to pay when monies received. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement or any other Finance Document, the Agent shall not be obliged to make available to the Borrower or any Lender or any Swap Counterparty any sum which the Agent is expecting to receive for remittance or distribution to the Borrower or that Lender or that Swap Counterparty until the Agent has satisfied itself that it has received that sum.

 

16.7 Refund to Agent of monies not received. If and to the extent that the Agent makes available a sum to the Borrower or a Lender or a Swap Counterparty, without first having received that sum, the Borrower or (as the case may be) the Lender or the Swap Counterparty concerned shall, on demand:

 

(a) refund the sum in full to the Agent; and

 

(b) pay to the Agent the amount (as certified by the Agent) which will indemnify the Agent against any funding or other loss, liability or expense incurred by the Agent as a result of making the sum available before receiving it.

 

50


16.8 Agent may assume receipt. Clause 16.7 shall not affect any claim which the Agent has under the law of restitution, and applies irrespective of whether the Agent had any form of notice that it had not received the sum which it made available.

 

16.9 Creditor Party accounts. Each Creditor Party shall maintain accounts showing the amounts owing to it by the Borrower and each Security Party under the Finance Documents and all payments in respect of those amounts made by the Borrower and any Security Party.

 

16.10 Agent’s memorandum account. The Agent shall maintain a memorandum account showing the amounts advanced by the Lenders and all other sums owing to the Agent, the Security Trustee and each Lender from the Borrower and each Security Party under the Finance Documents and all payments in respect of those amounts made by the Borrower and any Security Party.

 

16.11 Accounts prima facie evidence. If any accounts maintained under Clauses 16.9 and 16.10 show an amount to be owing by the Borrower or a Security Party to a Creditor Party, those accounts shall be prima facie evidence that that amount is owing to that Creditor Party.

 

17 APPLICATION OF RECEIPTS

 

17.1 Normal order of application. Except as any Finance Document may otherwise provide, any sums which are received or recovered by any Creditor Party under or by virtue of any Finance Document shall be applied:

 

(a) FIRST: in or towards satisfaction of any amounts then due and payable under the Finance Documents and the Master Agreements in the following order and proportions:

 

  (i) first, in or towards satisfaction pro rata of all amounts then due and payable to the Creditor Parties under the Finance Documents and the Swap Counterparties under any Master Agreement other than those amounts referred to at paragraphs (ii) and (iii) (including, but without limitation, all amounts payable by the Borrower under Clauses 20, 21 and 22 of this Agreement or by the Borrower or any Security Party under any corresponding or similar provision in any other Finance Document or in any Master Agreement);

 

  (ii) secondly, in or towards satisfaction pro rata of any and all amounts of interest or default interest payable to the Creditor Parties under the Finance Documents and the Master Agreements (and, for this purpose, the expression “ interest ” shall include any net amount which the Borrower shall have become liable to pay or deliver under section 2(e) (Obligations) of any Master Agreement but shall have failed to pay or deliver to the relevant Swap Counterparty at the time of application or distribution under this Clause 17); and

 

  (iii) thirdly, in or towards satisfaction pro rata of the Loan and the Swap Exposure of each Swap Counterparty (in the case of the latter, calculated as at the actual Early Termination Date applying to each particular Designated Transaction, or if no such Early Termination Date shall have occurred, calculated as if an Early Termination Date occurred on the date of application or distribution hereunder);

 

(b)

SECONDLY: in retention of an amount equal to any amount not then due and payable under any Finance Document or any Master Agreement but which the Agent, by notice to the Borrower, the Security Parties and the other Creditor Parties, states in its opinion

 

51


  will or may become due and payable in the future and, upon those amounts becoming due and payable, in or towards satisfaction of them in accordance with the provisions of Clause 17.1(a); and

 

(c) THIRDLY: any surplus shall be paid to the Borrower or to any other person appearing to be entitled to it.

 

17.2 Variation of order of application. The Agent may, with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders and the Swap Counterparties, by notice to the Borrower, the Security Parties and the other Creditor Parties provide for a different manner of application from that set out in Clause 17.1 either as regards a specified sum or sums or as regards sums in a specified category or categories.

 

17.3 Notice of variation of order of application. The Agent may give notices under Clause 17.2 from time to time; and such a notice may be stated to apply not only to sums which may be received or recovered in the future, but also to any sum which has been received or recovered on or after the third Business Day before the date on which the notice is served.

 

17.4 Appropriation rights overridden. This Clause 17 and any notice which the Agent gives under Clause 17.2 shall override any right of appropriation possessed, and any appropriation made, by the Borrower or any Security Party.

 

18 APPLICATION OF EARNINGS

 

18.1 Payment of Earnings. The Borrower undertakes with each Creditor Party to ensure that, throughout the Security Period (subject only to the provisions of the General Assignment), all the Earnings of each Ship are paid to the Earnings Account for that Ship.

 

18.2 Application of Earnings. The Borrower undertakes with the Lenders to procure that money from time to time credited to, or for the time being standing to the credit of, an Earnings Account shall, unless and until an Event of Default shall have occurred (whereupon the provisions of Clause 17.1 shall be and become applicable), be available for application in the following manner:

 

(a) in or towards meeting the costs and expenses from time to time incurred by or on behalf of the relevant Owner in connection with the operation of the Ship owned by it;

 

(b) in or towards making payments of all amounts due and payable by the Borrower under this Agreement other than the payments of principal and interest pursuant to Clauses 8.1 and 5.1; and

 

(c) as to any surplus from time to time arising on an Earnings Account following application as aforesaid, to be paid to the relevant Owner, the Borrower or to whomsoever it may direct.

 

18.3 Location of accounts. The Borrower shall promptly:

 

(a) comply with any requirement of the Agent as to the location or re-location of the Earnings Accounts (or either of them); and

 

(b) execute any documents which the Agent specifies to create or maintain in favour of the Security Trustee a Security Interest over (and/or rights of set-off, consolidation or other rights in relation to) the Earnings Accounts (or either of them).

 

18.4 Debits for expenses etc. The Agent shall be entitled (but not obliged) from time to time to debit either Earnings Account without prior notice in order to discharge any amount due and payable under Clause 20 or 21 to a Creditor Party or payment of which any Creditor Party has become entitled to demand under Clause 20 or 21.

 

52


18.5 Borrower’s obligations unaffected. The provisions of this Clause 18 do not affect:

 

(a) the liability of the Borrower to make payments of principal and interest on the due dates; or

 

(b) any other liability or obligation of the Borrower or any Security Party under any Finance Document.

 

19 EVENTS OF DEFAULT

 

19.1 Events of Default. An Event of Default occurs if:

 

(a) the Borrower or any Security Party fails to pay when due any sum payable under a Finance Document or under any document relating to a Finance Document unless its failure to pay is caused by a Disruption Event and payment is made within 3 Business Days of its due date; or

 

(b) any breach occurs of Clause 9.2, 11.2, 11.3, 11.22, 12 or 15.2; or

 

(c) any breach by the Borrower or any Security Party occurs of any provision of a Finance Document (other than a breach covered by paragraphs (a) or (b)) which, in the opinion of the Majority Lenders, is capable of remedy, and such default continues remedied 10 days after written notice from the Agent requesting action to remedy the same; or

 

(d) (subject to any applicable grace period specified in the Finance Document) any breach by the Borrower or any Security Party occurs of any provision of a Finance Document (other than a breach falling within paragraphs (a), (b) or (c)); or

 

(e) any representation, warranty or statement made or repeated by, or by an officer of, the Borrower or a Security Party in a Finance Document or in a Drawdown Notice or any other notice or document relating to a Finance Document is untrue or misleading when it is made or repeated; or

 

(f) any of the following occurs in relation to any Financial Indebtedness of the Borrower exceeding $10,000,000 in aggregate or, in the case of any Security Party, $500,000 (or in either case, the equivalent in any other currency):

 

  (i) any Financial Indebtedness of that Relevant Person is not paid when due; or

 

  (ii) any Financial Indebtedness of that Relevant Person becomes due and payable or capable of being declared due and payable prior to its stated maturity date as a consequence of any event of default; or

 

  (iii) a lease, hire purchase agreement or charter creating any Financial Indebtedness of that Relevant Person is terminated by the lessor or owner or becomes capable of being terminated as a consequence of any termination event; or

 

  (iv) any overdraft, loan, note issuance, acceptance credit, letter of credit, guarantee, foreign exchange or other facility, or any swap or other derivative contract or transaction, relating to any Financial Indebtedness of that Relevant Person ceases to be available or becomes capable of being terminated as a result of any event of default, or cash cover is required, or becomes capable of being required, in respect of such a facility as a result of any event of default; or

 

  (v) any Security Interest securing any Financial Indebtedness of that Relevant Person becomes enforceable; or

 

53


(g) any of the following occurs in relation to a Relevant Person:

 

  (i) a Relevant Person becomes unable to pay its debts as they fall due; or

 

  (ii) any assets of a Relevant Person are subject to any form of execution, attachment, arrest, sequestration or distress in respect of a sum of, or sums aggregating, $10,000,000 in the case of the Borrower or $500,000 in the case of any Security Party or more or the equivalent in another currency; or

 

  (iii) any administrative or other receiver is appointed over any asset of a Relevant Person; or

 

  (iv) an administrator is appointed (whether by the court or otherwise) in respect of a Relevant Person; or

 

  (v) any formal declaration of bankruptcy or any formal statement to the effect that a Relevant Person is insolvent or likely to become insolvent is made by a Relevant Person or by the directors of a Relevant Person or, in any proceedings, by a lawyer acting for a Relevant Person; or

 

  (vi) a provisional liquidator is appointed in respect of a Relevant Person, a winding up order is made in relation to a Relevant Person or a winding up resolution is passed by a Relevant Person; or

 

  (vii) a resolution is passed, an administration notice is given or filed, an application or petition to a court is made or presented or any other step is taken by (a) a Relevant Person, (bb) the members or directors of a Relevant Person, (cc) a holder of Security Interests which together relate to all or substantially all of the assets of a Relevant Person, or (did) a government minister or public or regulatory authority of a Pertinent Jurisdiction for or with a view to the winding up of that or another Relevant Person or the appointment of a provisional liquidator or administrator in respect of that or another Relevant Person, or that or another Relevant Person ceasing or suspending business operations or payments to creditors, save that this paragraph does not apply to a fully solvent winding up of a Relevant Person other than the Borrower or the Owners which is, or is to be, effected for the purposes of an amalgamation or reconstruction previously approved by the Majority Lenders and effected not later than 3 months after the commencement of the winding up; or

 

  (viii) an administration notice is given or filed, an application or petition to a court is made or presented or any other step is taken by a creditor of a Relevant Person (other than a holder of Security Interests which together relate to all or substantially all of the assets of a Relevant Person) for the winding up of a Relevant Person or the appointment of a provisional liquidator or administrator in respect of a Relevant Person in any Pertinent Jurisdiction, unless the proposed winding up, appointment of a provisional liquidator or administration is being contested in good faith, on substantial grounds and not with a view to some other insolvency law procedure being implemented instead and either (a) the application or petition is dismissed or withdrawn within 30 days of being made or presented, or (bb) within 30 days of the administration notice being given or filed, or the other relevant steps being taken, other action is taken which will ensure that there will be no administration and (in both cases (a) or (bb)) the Relevant Person will continue to carry on business in the ordinary way and without being the subject of any actual, interim or pending insolvency law procedure; or

 

54


  (ix) a Relevant Person or its directors take any steps (whether by making or presenting an application or petition to a court, or submitting or presenting a document setting out a proposal or proposed terms, or otherwise) with a view to obtaining, in relation to that or another Relevant Person, any form of moratorium, suspension or deferral of payments, reorganisation of debt (or certain debt) or arrangement with all or a substantial proportion (by number or value) of creditors or of any class of them or any such moratorium, suspension or deferral of payments, reorganisation or arrangement is effected by court order, by the filing of documents with a court, by means of a contract or in any other way at all; or

 

  (x) any meeting of the members or directors, or of any committee of the board or senior management, of a Relevant Person is held or summoned for the purpose of considering a resolution or proposal to authorise or take any action of a type described in paragraphs (iv) to (ix) or a step preparatory to such action, or (with or without such a meeting) the members, directors or such a committee resolve or agree that such an action or step should be taken or should be taken if certain conditions materialise or fail to materialise; or

 

  (xi) in a Pertinent Jurisdiction other than England, any event occurs, any proceedings are opened or commenced or any step is taken which, in the opinion of the Majority Lenders acting reasonably is similar to any of the foregoing.

 

(h) the Borrower ceases or suspends carrying on its business or a part of its business which is material in the context of this Agreement; or

 

(i) it becomes unlawful in any Pertinent Jurisdiction or impossible:

 

  (i) for the Borrower or any Security Party to discharge any liability under a Finance Document or to comply with any other obligation which the Majority Lenders consider material under a Finance Document;

 

  (ii) for the Agent, the Security Trustee, the Lenders or the Swap Banks to exercise or enforce any right under, or to enforce any Security Interest created by, a Finance Document; or

 

(j) any consent necessary to enable either Owner to own, operate or charter the Ship owned by it or to enable the Borrower, such Owner or any other Security Party to comply with any provision which the Majority Lenders consider material of a Finance Document or the Shipbuilding Contract to which it is a party is not granted, expires without being renewed, is revoked or becomes liable to revocation or any condition of such a consent is not fulfilled; or

 

(k) any provision which the Majority Lenders consider material of a Finance Document proves to have been or becomes invalid or unenforceable, or a Security Interest created by a Finance Document proves to have been or becomes invalid or unenforceable or such a Security Interest proves to have ranked after, or loses its priority to, another Security Interest or any other third party claim or interest and which in each case such default continues unremedied 15 days after written notice from the Agent requesting action to remedy the same; or

 

(l) the security constituted by a Finance Document is in any way imperilled or in jeopardy; or

 

(m) an Event of Default (as defined in section 14 of a Master Agreement) occurs; or

 

55


(n) a Master Agreement is terminated, cancelled, suspended, rescinded or revoked or otherwise ceases to remain in full force and effect for any reason except with the consent of the Agent, acting with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders; or

 

(o) either of the Ships ceases to be employed by the relevant Approved Ship Manager on terms acceptable to the Agent or any of the circumstances described in Clause 19.1(g) or (h) occurs ( mutatis mutandis ) in relation to an Approved Ship Manager or an Approved Ship Manager breaches any provision of its Approved Ship Manager’s Undertaking which the Agent considers material and the Borrower fails within a period of 15 days of it becoming aware of the occurrence of such circumstance or breach or of the receipt of a written notification from the Agent requesting the Borrower to remedy such circumstances or breach either to remedy such circumstances or breach or to substitute the relevant Approved Ship Manager with another Approved Ship Manager which executes and delivers to the Security Trustee a replacement Approved Ship Manager’s Undertaking.

 

(p) A material adverse change occurs in relation to the Borrower or either Owner.

 

19.2 Actions following an Event of Default. On, or at any time after, the occurrence of an Event of Default which is continuing:

 

(a) the Agent may, and if so instructed by the Majority Lenders, the Agent shall:

 

  (i) serve on the Borrower a notice stating that all or part of the Commitments and of the other obligations of each Lender to the Borrower under this Agreement are cancelled; and/or

 

  (ii) serve on the Borrower a notice stating that all or part of the Loan together with accrued interest and all other amounts accrued or owing under this Agreement are immediately due and payable or are due and payable on demand; and/or

 

  (iii) take any other action which, as a result of the Event of Default or any notice served under paragraph (i) or (ii), the Agent and/or the Lenders are entitled to take under any Finance Document or any applicable law; and/or

 

(b) the Security Trustee may, and if so instructed by the Agent, acting with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders, the Security Trustee shall take any action which, as a result of the Event of Default or any notice served under paragraph (a) (i) or (ii), the Security Trustee, the Agent and/or the Lenders and/or the Swap Counterparties are entitled to take under any Finance Document or any applicable law.

 

19.3 Termination of Commitments. On the service of a notice under Clause 19.2(a)(i), the Commitments and all other obligations of each Lender to the Borrower under this Agreement shall be cancelled.

 

19.4 Acceleration of Loan. On the service of a notice under Clause 19.2(a)(i), all or, as the case may be, the part of the Loan specified in the notice together with accrued interest and all other amounts accrued or owing from the Borrower or any Security Party under this Agreement and every other Finance Document shall become immediately due and payable or, as the case may be, payable on demand.

 

19.5 Multiple notices; action without notice. The Agent may serve notices under Clauses 19.2(a)(i) and (ii) simultaneously or on different dates and it and/or the Security Trustee may take any action referred to in Clause 19.2 if no such notice is served or simultaneously with or at any time after the service of both or either of such notices.

 

19.6

Notification of Creditor Parties and Security Parties. The Agent shall send to each Lender, each Swap Counterparty, the Security Trustee and each Security Party a copy or

 

56


  the text of any notice which the Agent serves on the Borrower under Clause 19.2; but the notice shall become effective when it is served on the Borrower, and no failure or delay by the Agent to send a copy or the text of the notice to any other person shall invalidate the notice or provide the Borrower or any Security Party with any form of claim or defence.

 

19.7 Creditor Party rights unimpaired. Nothing in this Clause shall be taken to impair or restrict the exercise of any right given to individual Lenders or Swap Counterparties under a Finance Document, a Master Agreement or the general law; and, in particular, this Clause is without prejudice to Clause 3.1.

 

19.8 Exclusion of Creditor Party liability. No Creditor Party, and no receiver or manager appointed by the Security Trustee, shall have any liability to the Borrower or a Security Party:

 

(a) for any loss caused by an exercise of rights under, or enforcement of a Security Interest created by, a Finance Document or by any failure or delay to exercise such a right or to enforce such a Security Interest; or

 

(b) as mortgagee in possession or otherwise, for any income or principal amount which might have been produced by or realised from any asset comprised in such a Security Interest or for any reduction (however caused) in the value of such an asset,

except that this does not exempt a Creditor Party or a receiver or manager from liability for losses shown to have been directly and mainly caused by the dishonesty or the wilful misconduct of such Creditor Party’s own officers and employees or (as the case may be) such receiver’s or manager’s own partners or employees.

 

19.9 Relevant Persons. In this Clause 19, a “ Relevant Person ” means the Borrower and any Security Party.

 

19.10 Interpretation. In Clause 19.1(f) references to an event of default or a termination event include any event, howsoever described, which is similar to an event of default in a facility agreement or a termination event in a finance lease; and in Clause 19.1(g) “ petition ” includes an application.

 

19.11 Position of Swap Counterparties. Neither the Agent nor the Security Trustee shall be obliged, in connection with any action taken or proposed to be taken under or pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Clause 19, to have any regard to the requirements of a Swap Counterparty except to the extent that such Swap Counterparty is also a Lender.

 

20 FEES AND EXPENSES

 

20.1 Arrangement, commitment, agency fees. The Borrower shall pay to the Agent:

 

(a) on or prior to the date of this Agreement, an arrangement fee of $554,400 representing 1.4 per cent. of the Total Commitments, for distribution among the Lenders in the proportions agreed by the Agent and the Lenders;

 

(b) quarterly in arrears during the period from (and including) the date of this Agreement to the earlier of (i) the second Drawdown Date and (ii) the end of the Availability Period and on the last day of that period, for the account of the Lenders, a commitment fee at the rate of 0.4 per cent. per annum on the amount of the Margin on the Total Commitments less the amount of the Loan, for distribution among the Lenders pro rata to their Commitments; and

 

(c) on the date of this Agreement and on each anniversary thereof during the Security Period, an annual agency fee of an amount previously agreed in writing between the Agent and the Borrower, such agency fee to be payable to the Agent in advance for its own account.

 

57


20.2 Costs of negotiation, preparation etc. The Borrower shall pay to the Agent on its demand the amount of all expenses incurred by the Agent or the Security Trustee in connection with the negotiation, preparation, execution or registration of any Finance Document or any related document or with any transaction contemplated by a Finance Document or a related document.

 

20.3 Costs of variations, amendments, enforcement etc. The Borrower shall pay to the Agent, on the Agent’s demand, for the account of the Creditor Party concerned, the amount of all expenses incurred by a Creditor Party in connection with:

 

(a) any amendment or supplement to a Finance Document, or any proposal for such an amendment to be made;

 

(b) any consent or waiver by the Lenders, the Swap Banks, the Majority Lenders or the Creditor Party concerned under or in connection with a Finance Document, or any request for such a consent or waiver;

 

(c) the valuation of any security provided or offered under Clause 15 or any other matter relating to such security; or

 

(d) any step taken by the Lender or the Swap Bank concerned with a view to the protection, exercise or enforcement of any right or Security Interest created by a Finance Document or for any similar purpose.

There shall be recoverable under paragraph (d) the full amount of all legal expenses, whether or not such as would be allowed under rules of court or any taxation or other procedure carried out under such rules.

 

20.4 Documentary taxes. The Borrower shall promptly pay any tax payable on or by reference to any Finance Document, and shall, on the Agent’s demand, fully indemnify each Creditor Party against any claims, expenses, liabilities and losses resulting from any failure or delay by the Borrower to pay such a tax.

 

20.5 Financial Services Authority fees. The Borrower shall pay to the Agent, on the Agent’s demand, for the account of the Lender concerned the amounts which the Agent from time to time notifies the Borrower that a Lender has notified the Agent to be necessary to compensate it for the cost attributable to its Contribution resulting from the imposition from time to time under or pursuant to the Bank of England Act 1998 and/or by the Bank of England and/or by the Financial Services Authority (or other United Kingdom governmental authorities or agencies) of a requirement to pay fees to the Financial Services Authority calculated by reference to liabilities used to fund its Contribution.

 

20.6 Certification of amounts. A notice which is signed by 2 officers of a Creditor Party, which states that a specified amount, or aggregate amount, is due to that Creditor Party under this Clause 20 and which indicates (without necessarily specifying a detailed breakdown) the matters in respect of which the amount, or aggregate amount, is due shall be prima facie evidence that the amount, or aggregate amount, is due.

 

21 INDEMNITIES

 

21.1 Indemnities regarding borrowing and repayment of Loan. The Borrower shall fully indemnify the Agent and each Lender on the Agent’s demand and the Security Trustee on its demand in respect of all claims, expenses, liabilities and losses which are made or brought against or incurred by that Creditor Party, or which that Creditor Party reasonably and with due diligence estimates that it will incur, as a result of or in connection with:

 

(a) a Tranche not being borrowed on the date specified in the Drawdown Notice relating to such Tranche for any reason other than a default by the Lender claiming the indemnity;

 

58


(b) the receipt or recovery of all or any part of the Loan or an overdue sum otherwise than on the last day of an Interest Period or other relevant period;

 

(c) any failure (for whatever reason) by the Borrower to make payment of any amount due under a Finance Document on the due date or, if so payable, on demand (after giving credit for any default interest paid by the Borrower on the amount concerned under Clause 7);

 

(d) the occurrence of an Event of Default or a Latent Event of Default and/or the acceleration of repayment of the Loan under Clause 19;

and in respect of any tax (other than any FATCA Deduction or a tax on its overall net income) for which a Creditor Party is liable in connection with any amount paid or payable to that Creditor Party (whether for its own account or otherwise) under any Finance Document.

 

21.2 Breakage costs. Without limiting its generality, Clause 21.1 covers any claim, expense, liability or loss, including a loss of a prospective profit, incurred by a Lender:

 

(a) in liquidating or employing deposits from third parties acquired or arranged to fund or maintain all or any part of its Contribution and/or any overdue amount (or an aggregate amount which includes its Contribution or any overdue amount); and

 

(b) in terminating, or otherwise in connection with, any interest and/or currency swap or any other transaction entered into (whether with another legal entity or with another office or department of the Lender concerned) to hedge any exposure arising under this Agreement or that part which the Lender concerned determines is fairly attributable to this Agreement of the amount of the liabilities, expenses or losses (including losses of prospective profits) incurred by it in terminating, or otherwise in connection with, a number of transactions of which this Agreement is one.

 

21.3 Miscellaneous indemnities. The Borrower shall fully indemnify each Creditor Party severally on their respective demands in respect of all claims, expenses, liabilities and losses which may be made or brought against or incurred by a Creditor Party, in any country, as a result of or in connection with:

 

(a) any action taken, or omitted or neglected to be taken, under or in connection with any Finance Document by the Agent, the Security Trustee or any other Creditor Party or by any receiver appointed under a Finance Document; or

 

(b) any other Pertinent Matter,

other than claims, expenses, liabilities and losses which are shown to have been directly and mainly caused by the dishonesty or wilful misconduct of the officers or employees of the Creditor Party concerned.

Without prejudice to its generality, this Clause 21.3 covers any claims, expenses, liabilities and losses which arise, or are asserted, under or in connection with any law relating to safety at sea, the ISM Code, the ISPS Code, any Environmental Law.

 

21.4

Currency indemnity. If any sum due from the Borrower or any Security Party to a Creditor Party under a Finance Document or under any order or judgment relating to a

 

59


  Finance Document has to be converted from the currency in which the Finance Document provided for the sum to be paid (the “ Contractual Currency ”) into another currency (the “ Payment Currency ”) for the purpose of:

 

(a) making or lodging any claim or proof against the Borrower or any Security Party, whether in its liquidation, any arrangement involving it or otherwise; or

 

(b) obtaining an order or judgment from any court or other tribunal; or

 

(c) enforcing any such order or judgment,

the Borrower shall indemnify the Creditor Party concerned against the loss arising when the amount of the payment actually received by that Creditor Party is converted at the available rate of exchange into the Contractual Currency.

In this Clause 21.4, the “ available rate of exchange ” means the rate at which the Creditor Party concerned is able at the opening of business (London time) on the Business Day after it receives the sum concerned to purchase the Contractual Currency with the Payment Currency.

This Clause 21.4 creates a separate liability of the Borrower which is distinct from its other liabilities under the Finance Documents and which shall not be merged in any judgment or order relating to those other liabilities.

 

21.5 Application to Master Agreements. For the avoidance of doubt, Clause 21.4 does not apply in respect of sums due from the Borrower to a Swap Counterparty under or in connection with a Master Agreement as to which sums the provisions of section 8 (Contractual Currency) of that Master Agreement shall apply.

 

21.6 Certification of amounts. A notice which is signed by 2 officers of a Creditor Party, which states that a specified amount, or aggregate amount, is due to that Creditor Party under this Clause 21 and which indicates (without necessarily specifying a detailed breakdown) the matters in respect of which the amount, or aggregate amount, is due shall be prima facie evidence that the amount, or aggregate amount, is due.

 

21.7 Sums deemed due to a Lender. For the purposes of this Clause 21, a sum payable by the Borrower to the Agent or the Security Trustee for distribution to a Lender shall be treated as a sum due to that Lender.

 

22 NO SET-OFF OR TAX DEDUCTION

 

22.1 No deductions. All amounts due from the Borrower or any Security Party under a Finance Document or any the Master Agreement shall be paid:

 

(a) without any form of set-off, cross-claim or condition; and

 

(b) free and clear of any tax deduction except a tax deduction which the Borrower or such Security Party is required by law to make.

 

22.2 Grossing-up for taxes. If the Borrower or any Security Party is required by law to make a tax deduction from any payment under a Finance Document or the Master Agreement (other than a FATCA Deduction):

 

(a) the Borrower or such Security Party (as the case may be) shall notify the Agent as soon as it becomes aware of the requirement;

 

60


(b) the Borrower or such Security Party (as the case may be) shall pay the tax deducted to the appropriate taxation authority promptly, and in any event before any fine or penalty arises; and

 

(c) the amount due in respect of the payment shall be increased by the amount necessary to ensure that each Creditor Party receives and retains (free from any liability relating to the tax deduction) a net amount which, after the tax deduction, is equal to the full amount which it would otherwise have received.

 

22.3 Evidence of payment of taxes. Within 1 month after making any tax deduction, the Borrower shall deliver to the Agent documentary evidence satisfactory to the Agent that the tax had been paid to the appropriate taxation authority.

 

22.4 Exclusion of tax on overall net income. In this Clause 22 “ tax deduction ” means any deduction or withholding for or on account of any present or future tax except tax on a Creditor Party’s overall net income.

 

22.5 FATCA Deduction. Each party to this Agreement may make any FATCA Deduction it is required to make by FATCA, and any payment required in connection with that FATCA Deduction, and no party to this Agreement shall be required to increase any payment in respect of which it makes such a FATCA Deduction or otherwise compensate the recipient of the payment for that FATCA Deduction. Each party to this Agreement shall promptly, upon becoming aware that it must make a FATCA Deduction (or that there is any change in the rate or the basis of such FATCA Deduction) notify the party to this Agreement to whom it is making the payment and, in addition, shall notify the Borrower, the Agent and the other Creditor Parties.

 

22.6 Stamp taxes. The Borrower shall pay and, within 3 Business Days of demand, indemnify each Creditor Party against any cost, loss or liability which that Creditor Party incurs in relation to all stamp duty, registration and other similar taxes payable in respect of any Finance Document or any Master Agreement.

 

22.7 Application to Master Agreements. For the avoidance of doubt, Clause 22 does not apply in respect of sums due from the Borrower to a Swap Counterparty under or in connection with a Master Agreement as to which sums the provisions of section 2(d) (Deduction or Withholding for Tax) of that Master Agreement shall apply.

 

22.8 FATCA Information

 

(a) Subject to paragraph (c) below, each Party shall, within 10 Business Days of a reasonable request by another Party:

 

  (i) confirm to that other Party whether it is:

 

  (A) a FATCA Exempt Party; or

 

  (B) not a FATCA Exempt Party; and

 

  (ii) supply to that other Party such forms, documentation and other information relating to its status under FATCA (including its applicable “passthru payment percentage” or other information required under the US Treasury Regulations or other official guidance including intergovernmental agreements) as that other Party reasonably requests for the purposes of that other Party’s compliance with FATCA.

 

(b) If a Party confirms to another Party pursuant to paragraph (a)(i) above that it is a FATCA Exempt Party and it subsequently becomes aware that it is not, or has ceased to be a FATCA Exempt Party, that Party shall notify that other Party reasonably promptly.

 

61


(c) Paragraph (a) above shall not oblige any Creditor Party to do anything which would or might in its reasonable opinion constitute a breach of:

 

  (i) any law or regulation;

 

  (ii) any fiduciary duty; or

 

  (iii) any duty of confidentiality.

 

(d) If a Party fails to confirm its status or to supply forms, documentation or other information requested in accordance with paragraph (a) above (including, for the avoidance of doubt, where paragraph (c) above applies), then:

 

  (i) if that Party failed to confirm whether it is (and/or remains) a FATCA Exempt Party then such Party shall be treated for the purposes of the Finance Documents as if it is not a FATCA Exempt Party; and

 

  (ii) if that Party failed to confirm its applicable “passthru payment percentage” then such Party shall be treated for the purposes of the Finance Documents (and payments made thereunder) as if its applicable “passthru payment percentage” is 100%,

until (in each case) such time as the Party in question provides the requested confirmation, forms, documentation or other information.

 

23 ILLEGALITY, ETC

 

23.1 Illegality. This Clause 23 applies if a Lender (the “ Notifying Lender ”) notifies the Agent that it has become, or will with effect from a specified date, become:

 

(a) unlawful or prohibited as a result of the introduction of a new law, an amendment to an existing law or a change in the manner in which an existing law is or will be interpreted or applied; or

 

(b) contrary to, or inconsistent with, any regulation,

for the Notifying Lender to maintain or give effect to any of its obligations under this Agreement in the manner contemplated by this Agreement.

 

23.2 Notification of illegality. The Agent shall promptly notify the Borrower, the Security Parties, the Security Trustee and the other Lenders of the notice under Clause 23.1 which the Agent receives from the Notifying Lender.

 

23.3 Prepayment; termination of Commitment. On the Agent notifying the Borrower under Clause 23.2, the Notifying Lender’s Commitment shall terminate; and thereupon or, if later, on the date specified in the Notifying Lender’s notice under Clause 23.1 as the date on which the notified event would become effective the Borrower shall prepay the Notifying Lender’s Contribution in accordance with Clause 8.

 

23.4 Mitigation . If circumstances arise which would result in a notification under Clause 23.1 then, without in any way limiting the rights of the Notifying Lender under Clause 23.3, the Notifying Lender shall use reasonable endeavours to transfer its obligations, liabilities and rights under this Agreement and the Finance Documents to another office or financial institution not affected by the circumstances but the Notifying Lender shall not be under any obligation to take any such action if, in its opinion, to do would or might:

 

(a) have an adverse effect on its business, operations or financial condition; or

 

62


(b) involve it in any activity which is unlawful or prohibited or any activity that is contrary to, or inconsistent with, any regulation; or

 

(c) involve it in any expense (unless indemnified to its satisfaction) or tax disadvantage.

 

24 INCREASED COSTS

 

24.1 Increased costs. This Clause 24 applies if a Lender (the “ Notifying Lender ”) notifies the Agent that the Notifying Lender considers that as a result of:

 

(a) the introduction or alteration after the date of this Agreement of a law or an alteration after the date of this Agreement in the manner in which a law is interpreted or applied (disregarding any effect which relates to the application to payments under this Agreement of a tax on the Notifying Lender’s overall net income); or

 

(b) the effect of complying with any law or regulation (including any which relates to capital adequacy or liquidity controls or which affects the manner in which the Notifying Lender allocates capital resources to its obligations under this Agreement) which is introduced, or altered, or the interpretation or application of which is altered, after the date of this Agreement; or

 

(c) the implementation or application of or compliance with “the international framework for liquidity risk measurement, standards and monitoring” and “Guidance for national authorities operating the countercyclical capital buffer” published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision in December 2010 each as amended, supplemented or restated (“ Basel III Accord ”) or any other law or regulation implementing the Basel III Accord or any of the approaches provided for and allowed to be used by banks under or in connection with the Basel III Accord as from time to time implemented by the Notifying Lender (whether such implementation, application or compliance is by a government, regulator, supervisory authority, the Notifying Lender or its holding company),

the Notifying Lender (or a parent company of it) has incurred or will incur an “ increased cost ”.

 

24.2 Meaning of “increased costs”. In this Clause 24, “ increased costs ” means, in relation to a Notifying Lender:

 

(a) an additional or increased cost incurred as a result of, or in connection with, the Notifying Lender having entered into, or being a party to, this Agreement or having taken an assignment of rights under this Agreement, of funding or maintaining its Commitment or Contribution or performing its obligations under this Agreement, or of having outstanding all or any part of its Contribution or other unpaid sums;

 

(b) a reduction in the amount of any payment to the Notifying Lender under this Agreement or in the effective return which such a payment represents to the Notifying Lender or on its capital;

 

(c) an additional or increased cost of funding all or maintaining all or any of the advances comprised in a class of advances formed by or including the Notifying Lender’s Contribution or (as the case may require) the proportion of that cost attributable to the Contribution; or

 

(d) a liability to make a payment, or a return foregone, which is calculated by reference to any amounts received or receivable by the Notifying Lender after providing evidence of its method of calculation to quantify such increased costs under this Agreement,

but not an item attributable to a FATCA Deduction required to be made by a Party.

 

63


For the purposes of this Clause 24.2 the Notifying Lender may in good faith allocate or spread costs and/or losses among its assets and liabilities (or any class of its assets and liabilities) on such basis as it considers appropriate.

 

24.3 Notification to Borrower of claim for increased costs. The Agent shall promptly notify the Borrower and the Security Parties of the notice which the Agent received from the Notifying Lender under Clause 24.1.

 

24.4 Payment of increased costs. The Borrower shall pay to the Agent, on the Agent’s demand, for the account of the Notifying Lender the amounts which the Agent from time to time notifies the Borrower that the Notifying Lender has specified to be necessary to compensate the Notifying Lender for the increased cost.

 

24.5 Notice of prepayment. If the Borrower is not willing to continue to compensate the Notifying Lender for the increased cost under Clause 24.4, the Borrower may give the Agent not less than 14 days’ notice of its intention to prepay the Notifying Lender’s Contribution at the end of an Interest Period.

 

24.6 Prepayment; termination of Commitment. A notice under Clause 24.5 shall be irrevocable; the Agent shall promptly notify the Notifying Lender of the Borrower’s notice of intended prepayment; and:

 

(a) on the date on which the Agent serves that notice, the Commitment of the Notifying Lender shall be cancelled; and

 

(b) on the date specified in its notice of intended prepayment, the Borrower shall prepay (without premium or penalty) the Notifying Lender’s Contribution, together with accrued interest thereon at the applicable rate plus the Margin.

 

24.7 Application of prepayment. Clause 8 shall apply in relation to the prepayment.

 

25 SET-OFF

 

25.1 Application of credit balances. Each Creditor Party may without prior notice:

 

(a) apply any balance (whether or not then due) which at any time stands to the credit of any account in the name of the Borrower at any office in any country of that Creditor Party in or towards satisfaction of any sum then due from the Borrower to that Creditor Party under any of the Finance Documents; and

 

(b) for that purpose:

 

  (i) break, or alter the maturity of, all or any part of a deposit of the Borrower;

 

  (ii) convert or translate all or any part of a deposit or other credit balance into Dollars; and

 

  (iii) enter into any other transaction or make any entry with regard to the credit balance which the Creditor Party concerned considers appropriate.

 

25.2 Existing rights unaffected. No Creditor Party shall be obliged to exercise any of its rights under Clause 25.1; and those rights shall be without prejudice and in addition to any right of set-off, combination of accounts, charge, lien or other right or remedy to which a Creditor Party is entitled (whether under the general law or any document).

 

25.3 Sums deemed due to a Lender. For the purposes of this Clause 25, a sum payable by the Borrower to the Agent or the Security Trustee for distribution to, or for the account of, a Lender shall be treated as a sum due to that Lender; and each Lender’s proportion of a sum so payable for distribution to, or for the account of, the Lenders shall be treated as a sum due to such Lender.

 

64


25.4 No Security Interest. This Clause 25 gives the Creditor Parties a contractual right of set-off only, and does not create any equitable charge or other Security Interest over any credit balance of the Borrower.

 

26 TRANSFERS AND CHANGES IN LENDING OFFICES

 

26.1 Transfer by Borrower. The Borrower may not, without the prior written consent of the Agent, given on the instructions of all the Lenders transfer any of its rights, liabilities or obligations under any Finance Document.

 

26.2 Transfer by a Lender. Subject to Clause 26.5 a Lender (the “ Transferor Lender ”) may at any time, with:

 

(a) the consent of the Borrower (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld and such consent deemed to be given if the Borrower does not expressly refuse its consent within 10 Business Days of a request by a Lender); and

 

(b) the prior approval of the Agent,

cause:

 

  (i) its rights in respect of all or part of its Contribution; or

 

  (ii) its obligations in respect of all or part of its Commitment; or

 

  (iii) a combination of (i) and (ii),

to be (in the case of its rights) transferred to, or (in the case of its obligations) assumed by, another bank or financial institution or trust, fund or other entity which is regularly engaged in or established for the purpose of making, purchasing or investing in loans, securities or other financial assets and which is FATCA compliant (a “ Transferee Lender ”) or the securitisation or similar transaction of that Transferor Lender’s Contribution of Commitment by delivering to the Agent a completed certificate in the form set out in Schedule 5 with any modifications approved or required by the Agent (a “ Transfer Certificate ”) executed by the Transferor Lender and the Transferee Lender,

Provided that the consent of the Borrower shall not be required where:

 

  (i) the Transferee Lender is an existing Lender, an Affiliate of an existing Lender or an international banking institution regularly engaged in providing ship finance;

 

  (ii) an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing;

 

  (iii) the transfer is related to a securitisation or similar transaction in respect of the relevant Transferor Lender’s Contribution or Commitment (in which case, no prior notice to the Borrower or any Security Party is required).

However any rights and obligations of the Transferor Lender in its capacity as Agent or Security Trustee will have to be dealt with separately in accordance with the Agency and Trust Deed.

 

26.3 Transfer Certificate, delivery and notification. As soon as reasonably practicable after a Transfer Certificate is delivered to the Agent, it shall (unless it has reason to believe that the Transfer Certificate may be defective):

 

(a) sign the Transfer Certificate on behalf of itself, the Borrower, the Security Parties, the Security Trustee, each of the other Lenders and each of the Swap Banks;

 

65


(b) on behalf of the Transferee Lender, send to the Borrower and each Security Party letters or faxes notifying them of the Transfer Certificate and attaching a copy of it;

 

(c) send to the Transferee Lender copies of the letters or faxes sent under paragraph (b),

but the Agent shall only be obliged to execute a Transfer Certificate delivered to it by the Transferor Lender and the Transferee Lender once it is satisfied it has complied with all necessary “know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations to the transfer to that Transferee Lender.

 

26.4 Effective Date of Transfer Certificate. A Transfer Certificate becomes effective on the date, if any, specified in the Transfer Certificate as its effective date Provided that it is signed by the Agent under Clause 26.3 on or before that date.

 

26.5 No transfer without Transfer Certificate. Except as provided in Clause 26.17, no assignment or transfer of any right or obligation of a Lender under any Finance Document is binding on, or effective in relation to, the Borrower, any Security Party, the Agent or the Security Trustee unless it is effected, evidenced or perfected by a Transfer Certificate.

 

26.6 Lender re-organisation; waiver of Transfer Certificate. However, if a Lender enters into any merger, de-merger or other reorganisation as a result of which all its rights or obligations vest in a successor, the Agent may, if it sees fit, by notice to the successor and the Borrower and the Security Trustee waive the need for the execution and delivery of a Transfer Certificate; and, upon service of the Agent’s notice, the successor shall become a Lender with the same Commitment and Contribution as were held by the predecessor Lender.

 

26.7 Effect of Transfer Certificate. A Transfer Certificate takes effect in accordance with English law as follows:

 

(a) to the extent specified in the Transfer Certificate, all rights and interests (present, future or contingent) which the Transferor Lender has under or by virtue of the Finance Documents are assigned to the Transferee Lender absolutely, free of any defects in the Transferor Lender’s title and of any rights or equities which the Borrower or any Security Party had against the Transferor Lender;

 

(b) the Transferor Lender’s Commitment is discharged to the extent specified in the Transfer Certificate;

 

(c) the Transferee Lender becomes a Lender with the Contribution previously held by the Transferor Lender and a Commitment of an amount specified in the Transfer Certificate;

 

(d) the Transferee Lender becomes bound by all the provisions of the Finance Documents which are applicable to the Lenders generally, including those about pro-rata sharing and the exclusion of liability on the part of, and the indemnification of, the Agent and the Security Trustee and, to the extent that the Transferee Lender becomes bound by those provisions (other than those relating to exclusion of liability), the Transferor Lender ceases to be bound by them;

 

(e) any part of the Loan which the Transferee Lender advances after the Transfer Certificate’s effective date ranks in point of priority and security in the same way as it would have ranked had it been advanced by the transferor, assuming that any defects in the transferor’s title and any rights or equities of the Borrower or any Security Party against the Transferor Lender had not existed;

 

66


(f) the Transferee Lender becomes entitled to all the rights under the Finance Documents which are applicable to the Lenders generally, including but not limited to those relating to the Majority Lenders and those under Clause 5.7 and Clause 20, and to the extent that the Transferee Lender becomes entitled to such rights, the Transferor Lender ceases to be entitled to them; and

 

(g) in respect of any breach of a warranty, undertaking, condition or other provision of a Finance Document or any misrepresentation made in or in connection with a Finance Document, the Transferee Lender shall be entitled to recover damages by reference to the loss incurred by it as a result of the breach or misrepresentation, irrespective of whether the original Lender would have incurred a loss of that kind or amount.

The rights and equities of the Borrower or any Security Party referred to above include, but are not limited to, any right of set off and any other kind of cross-claim.

 

26.8 Maintenance of register of Lenders. During the Security Period the Agent shall maintain a register in which it shall record the name, Commitment, Contribution and administrative details (including the lending office) from time to time of each Lender holding a Transfer Certificate and the effective date (in accordance with Clause 26.4) of the Transfer Certificate; and the Agent shall make the register available for inspection by any Lender, the Security Trustee and the Borrower during normal banking hours, subject to receiving at least 3 Business Days’ prior notice.

 

26.9 Reliance on register of Lenders. The entries on that register shall, in the absence of manifest error, be conclusive in determining the identities of the Lenders and the amounts of their Commitments and Contributions and the effective dates of Transfer Certificates and may be relied upon by the Agent and the other parties to the Finance Documents for all purposes relating to the Finance Documents.

 

26.10 Authorisation of Agent to sign Transfer Certificates. The Borrower, the Security Trustee, each Lender and each Swap Bank irrevocably authorises the Agent to sign Transfer Certificates on its behalf.

 

26.11 Registration fee. In respect of any Transfer Certificate, the Agent shall be entitled to recover a registration fee of $5,000 from the Transferor Lender or (at the Agent’s option) the Transferee Lender.

 

26.12 Sub-participation; subrogation assignment. A Lender may sub-participate all or any part of its rights and/or obligations under or in connection with the Finance Documents without the consent of, or any notice to, the Borrower, any Security Party, the Agent or the Security Trustee; and the Lenders may assign, in any manner and terms agreed by the Majority Lenders, the Agent and the Security Trustee, all or any part of those rights to an insurer or surety who has become subrogated to them.

 

26.13 Disclosure of Confidential Information. Any Creditor Party may disclose:

 

(a) with the prior written consent of the Borrower, to any of its Affiliates and any of its or their officers, directors, employees, professional advisers, auditors, partners and representatives such Confidential Information as that Creditor Party shall consider appropriate if any person to whom the Confidential Information is to be given pursuant to this paragraph (a) is informed in writing of its confidential nature and that some or all of such Confidential Information may be price-sensitive information except that there shall be no such requirement to so inform if the recipient is subject to professional obligations to maintain the confidentiality of the information or is otherwise bound by requirements of confidentiality in relation to the Confidential Information;

 

67


(b) to any person:

 

  (i) to (or through) whom it assigns or transfers (or may potentially assign or transfer) all or any of its rights and/or obligations under one or more Finance Documents and to any of that person’s Affiliates, representatives and professional advisers;

 

  (ii) with (or through) whom it enters into (or may potentially enter into), whether directly or indirectly, any sub-participation in relation to, or any other transaction under which payments are to be made or may be made by reference to, one or more Finance Documents and/or the Borrower and/or one or more of the Security Parties and to any of that person’s Affiliates, representatives and professional advisers;

 

  (iii) appointed by any Creditor Party or by a person to whom paragraph (b)(i) or (ii) above applies to receive communications, notices, information or documents delivered pursuant to the Finance Documents on its behalf;

 

  (iv) who invests in or otherwise finances (or may potentially invest in or otherwise finance), directly or indirectly, any transaction referred to in paragraph (b)(i) or (b)(ii) above;

 

  (v) to whom information is required or requested to be disclosed by any court of competent jurisdiction or any governmental, banking, taxation or other regulatory authority or similar body, the rules of any relevant stock exchange or pursuant to any applicable law or regulation;

 

  (vi) to whom information is required to be disclosed in connection with, and for the purposes of, any litigation, arbitrations, administrative or other investigations, proceedings or disputes;

 

  (vii) to whom or for whose benefit that Creditor Party charges, assigns or otherwise creates Security (or may do so) pursuant to Clause 26.17 and to any rating agency in relation to any such securitisation;

 

  (viii) who is a party; or

 

  (ix) as a result of the registration of any Finance Document as contemplated by any Finance Document or any legal opinion obtained in connection with any Finance Document,

in each case, such Confidential Information as that Creditor Party shall consider appropriate if:

 

  (A) in relation to paragraphs (b)(i), (b)(ii) and (b)(iii) above, the person to whom the Confidential Information is to be given has entered into a Confidentiality Undertaking except that there shall be no requirement for a Confidentiality Undertaking if the recipient is a professional adviser and is subject to professional obligations to maintain the confidentiality of the Confidential Information;

 

  (B) in relation to paragraph (b)(iv) above, the person to whom the Confidential Information is to be given has entered into a Confidentiality Undertaking or is otherwise bound by requirements of confidentiality in relation to the Confidential Information they receive and is informed that some or all of such Confidential Information may be price-sensitive information;

 

  (C)

in relation to paragraphs (b)(v), (b)(vi) and (b)(vii) above, the person to whom the Confidential Information is to be given is informed of its

 

68


  confidential nature and that some or all of such Confidential Information may be price-sensitive information except that there shall be no requirement to so inform if, in the opinion of that Creditor Party, it is not practicable so to do in the circumstances; and

 

(c) with the prior written consent of the Borrower, to any person appointed by that Creditor Party or by a person to whom paragraph (b)(i) or (b)(ii) above applies to provide administration or settlement services in respect of one or more of the Finance Documents including without limitation, in relation to the trading of participations in respect of the Finance Documents, such Confidential Information as may be required to be disclosed to enable such service provider to provide any of the services referred to in this paragraph (c) if the service provider to whom the Confidential Information is to be given has entered in to a confidentiality agreement substantially in the form of the Loan Market Association Master Confidentiality Undertaking for Use With Administration/Settlement Service Providers or such other form of confidentiality undertaking agreed between the Borrower and the relevant Creditor Party.

 

26.14 Change of lending office. A Lender may change its lending office by giving notice to the Agent and the change shall become effective on the later of:

 

(a) the date on which the Agent receives the notice; and

 

(b) the date, if any, specified in the notice as the date on which the change will come into effect.

 

26.15 Notification. On receiving such a notice, the Agent shall notify the Borrower and the Security Trustee; and, until the Agent receives such a notice, it shall be entitled to assume that a Lender is acting through the lending office of which the Agent last had notice.

 

26.16 Replacement of Reference Bank. If any Reference Bank ceases to be a Lender or is unable on a continuing basis to supply quotations for the purposes of Clause 5 then, unless the Borrower, the Agent and the Majority Lenders otherwise agree, the Agent, acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders, and after consulting the Borrower, shall appoint another bank (whether or not a Lender) to be a replacement Reference Bank; and, when that appointment comes into effect, the first-mentioned Reference Bank’s appointment shall cease to be effective.

 

26.17 Security over Lenders’ rights. In addition to the other rights provided to Lenders under this Clause 26, each Lender may without consulting with or obtaining consent from the Borrower or any Security Party, at any time charge, assign or otherwise create a Security Interest in or over (whether by way of collateral or otherwise) all or any of its rights under any Finance Document to secure obligations of that Lender including, without limitation:

 

(a) any charge, assignment or other Security Interest to secure obligations to a federal reserve or central bank; and

 

(b) in the case of any Lender which is a fund, any charge, assignment or other Security Interest granted to any holders (or trustee or representatives of holders) of obligations owed, or securities issued, by that Lender as security for those obligations or securities;

except that no such charge, assignment or Security Interest shall:

 

  (i) release a Lender from any of its obligations under the Finance Documents or substitute the beneficiary of the relevant charge, assignment or Security Interest for the Lender as a party to any of the Finance Documents; or

 

  (ii) require any payments to be made by the Borrower or any Security Party or grant to any person any more extensive rights than those required to be made or granted to the relevant Lender under the Finance Documents.

 

69


27 VARIATIONS AND WAIVERS

 

27.1 Variations, waivers etc. by Majority Lenders. Subject to Clause 27.2, a document shall be effective to vary, waive, suspend or limit any provision of a Finance Document, or any Creditor Party’s rights or remedies under such a provision or the general law, only if the document is signed, or specifically agreed to by fax, by the Borrower, by the Agent on behalf of the Majority Lenders, by the Agent and the Security Trustee in their own rights, and, if the document relates to a Finance Document to which a Security Party is party, by that Security Party.

 

27.2 Variations, waivers etc. requiring agreement of all Lenders. However, as regards the following, Clause 27.1 applies as if the words “by the Agent on behalf of the Majority Lenders” were replaced by the words “by or on behalf of every Lender and every Swap Bank”:

 

(a) a change to any Security Party, other than in accordance with the terms of the Finance Documents;

 

(b) a reduction in the Margin;

 

(c) a postponement to the date for, or a reduction in the amount of, any payment of principal, interest, fees or other sum payable under this Agreement;

 

(d) an increase in any Lender’s Commitment;

 

(e) a change to the definition of “ Majority Lenders ”;

 

(f) a change to Clause 3 or this Clause 27;

 

(g) a change to Clauses 12.5, 12.6, 12.7 and 12.8;

 

(h) any release of, or material variation to, a Security Interest, guarantee, indemnity or subordination arrangement set out in a Finance Document;

 

(i) an extension of the Availability Period; and

 

(j) any other change or matter as regards which this Agreement or another Finance Document expressly provides that each Lender’s consent is required.

 

27.3 Exclusion of other or implied variations. Except for a document which satisfies the requirements of Clauses 27.1 and 27.2, no document, and no act, course of conduct, failure or neglect to act, delay or acquiescence on the part of the Creditor Parties or any of them (or any person acting on behalf of any of them) shall result in the Creditor Parties or any of them (or any person acting on behalf of any of them) being taken to have varied, waived, suspended or limited, or being precluded (permanently or temporarily) from enforcing, relying on or exercising:

 

(a) a provision of this Agreement or another Finance Document; or

 

(b) an Event of Default; or

 

(c) a breach by the Borrower or a Security Party of an obligation under a Finance Document or the general law; or

 

70


(d) any right or remedy conferred by any Finance Document or by the general law,

and there shall not be implied into any Finance Document any term or condition requiring any such provision to be enforced, or such right or remedy to be exercised, within a certain or reasonable time.

 

27.4 Exceptions.

 

(a) If the Agent or a Lender reasonably believes that an amendment or waiver may constitute a “material modification” for the purposes of FATCA that may result (directly or indirectly) in a Party being required to make a FATCA Deduction and the Agent or that Lender (as the case may be) notifies the Borrower and the Agent accordingly, that amendment or waiver may not be effected without the consent of the Agent or that Lender (as the case may be).

 

(b) The consent of a Lender shall not be required pursuant to paragraph (a) above if that Lender is a FATCA Protected Lender.

 

28 NOTICES

 

28.1 General. Unless otherwise specifically provided, any notice under or in connection with any Finance Document shall be given by letter, electronic mail (“ Email ”) or fax and references in the Finance Documents to written notices, notices in writing and notices signed by particular persons shall be construed accordingly.

 

28.2 Addresses for communications. A notice by letter or fax shall be sent:

 

(a)      to the Borrower:      Scorpio Bulkers Inc
          Le Millenium, 9 Boulevard Charles III,
          98000 Monaco
          Attn: Mr Luca Forgione - Legal Department
          Fax No: + 3 77 97 77 83 46
          Email@ legal@scorpiogroup.net
(b)      to a Lender:      At the address below its name in Schedule 1 or a Swap Bank Schedule 2 or (as the case may require) in the relevant Transfer Certificate.
(c)      to a Swap Bank      At the address below its name in Schedule 2.
(d)      to the Agent:      in respect of administrative matters:
          NIBC Bank NV
          Carnegieplein 4
          2517 KJ The Hague
          The Netherlands
          Attention: Jan Raateland
          Email: jan.raateland@nibc.com
          Fax: +31 (0)70 799 9753
          in respect of credit matters:
          NIBC Bank NV
          Carnegieplein 4
          2517 KJ The Hague
          The Netherlands

 

71


          Attention: Michael de Visser /Maaike Oterdoom
          Email: michael.de.visser@nibc.com /
          maaike.oterdoom@nibc.com
          Fax: +31 (0)70 342 55 77
(e)      to the Security Trustee:      in respect of administrative matters:
          NIBC Bank NV
          Carnegieplein 4
          2517 KJ The Hague
          The Netherlands
          Attention: Jan Raateland
          Email: jan.raateland@nibc.com
          Fax: +31 (0)70 799 9753
          in respect of credit matters:
          NIBC Bank NV
          Carnegieplein 4
          2517 KJ The Hague
          The Netherlands
          Attention: Michael de Visser /Maaike Oterdoom
          Email: michael.de.visser@nibc.com /
          maaike.oterdoom@nibc.com
          Fax: +31 (0)70 342 55 77

or to such other address as the relevant party may notify the Agent or, if the relevant party is the Agent or the Security Trustee, the Borrower, the Lenders, the Swap Banks and the Security Parties.

 

28.3 Effective date of notices. Subject to Clauses 28.4 and 28.5:

 

(a) a notice which is delivered personally or posted shall be deemed to be served, and shall take effect, at the time when it is delivered;

 

(b) a notice which is sent by Email shall be deemed to be served, and shall take effect, at the time when it is actually received in readable form; and

 

(c) a notice which is sent by fax shall be deemed to be served, and shall take effect, 2 hours after its transmission is completed.

 

28.4 Service outside business hours. However, if under Clause 28.3 a notice would be deemed to be served:

 

(a) on a day which is not a business day in the place of receipt; or

 

(b) on such a business day, but after 5 p.m. local time,

the notice shall (subject to Clause 28.5) be deemed to be served, and shall take effect, at 9 a.m. on the next day which is such a business day.

 

28.5 Illegible notices. Clauses 28.3 and 28.4 do not apply if the recipient of a notice notifies the sender within 1 hour after the time at which the notice would otherwise be deemed to be served that the notice has been received in a form which is illegible in a material respect.

 

72


28.6 Valid notices. A notice under or in connection with a Finance Document shall not be invalid by reason that its contents or the manner of serving it do not comply with the requirements of this Agreement or, where appropriate, any other Finance Document under which it is served if:

 

(a) the failure to serve it in accordance with the requirements of this Agreement or other Finance Document, as the case may be, has not caused any party to suffer any significant loss or prejudice; or

 

(b) in the case of incorrect and/or incomplete contents, it should have been reasonably clear to the party on which the notice was served what the correct or missing particulars should have been.

 

28.7 Electronic communication between the Agent and a Lender or a Swap Bank. Any communication to be made between the Agent and a Lender or a Swap Bank under or in connection with the Finance Documents may be made by Email or other electronic means, if the Agent and the relevant Lender or Swap Bank:

 

(a) agree that, unless and until notified to the contrary, this is to be an accepted form of communication;

 

(b) notify each other in writing of their Email address and/or any other information required to enable the sending and receipt of information by that means; and

 

(c) notify each other of any change to their respective Email addresses or any other such information supplied to them.

Any electronic communication made between the Agent and a Lender or a Swap Bank will be effective only when actually received in readable form and, in the case of any electronic communication made by a Lender or a Swap Bank to the Agent, only if it is addressed in such a manner as the Agent shall specify for this purpose.

 

28.8 English language. Any notice under or in connection with a Finance Document shall be in English.

 

28.9 Meaning of “notice”. In this Clause 28, “ notice ” includes any demand, consent, authorisation, approval, instruction, waiver or other communication.

 

29 SUPPLEMENTAL

 

29.1 Rights cumulative, non-exclusive. The rights and remedies which the Finance Documents give to each Creditor Party are:

 

(a) cumulative;

 

(b) may be exercised as often as appears expedient; and

 

(c) shall not, unless a Finance Document explicitly and specifically states so, be taken to exclude or limit any right or remedy conferred by any law.

 

29.2 Severability of provisions. If any provision of a Finance Document is or subsequently becomes void, unenforceable or illegal, that shall not affect the validity, enforceability or legality of the other provisions of that Finance Document or of the provisions of any other Finance Document.

 

29.3 Counterparts. A Finance Document may be executed in any number of counterparts.

 

29.4 Third party rights. A person who is not a party to this Agreement has no right under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 to enforce or to enjoy the benefit of any term of this Agreement.

 

73


30 LAW AND JURISDICTION

 

30.1 English law. This Agreement and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, English law.

 

30.2 Exclusive English jurisdiction. Subject to Clause 30.3, the courts of England shall have exclusive jurisdiction to settle any Dispute.

 

30.3 Choice of forum for the exclusive benefit of Creditor Parties. Clause 30.2 is for the exclusive benefit of the Creditor Parties, each of which reserves the rights:

 

(a) to commence proceedings in relation to any Dispute in the courts of any country other than England and which have or claim jurisdiction to that Dispute; and

 

(b) to commence such proceedings in the courts of any such country or countries concurrently with or in addition to proceedings in England or without commencing proceedings in England.

The Borrower shall not commence any proceedings in any country other than England in relation to a Dispute.

 

30.4 Process agent. The Borrower irrevocably appoints Scorpio UK Limited at its registered office for the time being, presently at 32 Dover Street, London W15 4NE (for the attention of Luca Forgione), to act as its agent to receive and accept on its behalf any process or other document relating to any proceedings in the English courts which are connected with a Dispute.

 

30.5 Creditor Party rights unaffected. Nothing in this Clause 30 shall exclude or limit any right which any Creditor Party may have (whether under the law of any country, an international convention or otherwise) with regard to the bringing of proceedings, the service of process, the recognition or enforcement of a judgment or any similar or related matter in any jurisdiction.

 

30.6 Meaning of “proceedings”. In this Clause 30, “ proceedings ” means proceedings of any kind, including an application for a provisional or protective measure and a “ Dispute ” means any dispute arising out of or in connection with this Agreement (including a dispute relating to the existence, validity or termination of this Agreement) or any non-contractual obligation arising out of or in connection with this Agreement.

THIS AGREEMENT has been entered into on the date stated at the beginning of this Agreement.

 

74


SCHEDULE 1

LENDERS AND COMMITMENTS

PART 1

 

Lender    Lending Office    Commitment (US Dollars)  

NIBC Bank N.V.

  

NIBC Bank N.V.

4 Carnegieplein

2517 KJ, The Hague

The Netherlands

   $ 39,600,000   

 

75


SCHEDULE 2

SWAP BANKS

 

Swap Bank    Booking Office
NIBC Bank N.V.   

NIBC Bank N.V.

4 Carnegieplein

2517 KJ, The Hague

The Netherlands

 

76


SCHEDULE 3

DRAWDOWN NOTICE

 

To: NIBC Bank N.V.

4 Carnegieplein

2517 KJ, The Hague

The Netherlands

[ ] 2014

DRAWDOWN NOTICE

 

1 We refer to the loan agreement (the “ Loan Agreement ”) dated [ ] 2014 and made between ourselves as Borrower, the Lenders referred to therein, the Swap Banks referred to therein and yourselves as Mandated Lead Arranger, Agent and as Security Trustee in connection with a facility of up to US$39,600,000. Terms defined in the Loan Agreement have their defined meanings when used in this Drawdown Notice.

 

2 We request to borrow Tranche [A][B] as follows:-

 

(a) Amount: US$[ ];

 

(b) Drawdown Date: [ ] 2014;

 

(c) [Duration of the first Interest Period shall be [ ] months;] and

 

(d) Payment instructions: [ ].

 

3 We represent and warrant that:

 

(a) the representations and warranties in Clause 10 of the Loan Agreement would remain true and not misleading if repeated on the date of this notice with reference to the circumstances now existing; and

 

(b) no Event of Default or Latent Event of Default has occurred or will result from the borrowing of the Loan.

 

4 This notice cannot be revoked without the prior consent of the Majority Lenders.

[Name of Signatory]

 

 

Director

for and on behalf of

SCORPIO BULKERS INC.

 

77


SCHEDULE 4

CONDITION PRECEDENT DOCUMENTS

PART A

The following are the documents referred to in Clause 9.1(a).

 

1 A duly executed original of each Finance Document (and of each document required to be delivered by each Finance Document) other than those referred to in Part B of this Schedule 4.

 

2 Copies of the certificate of incorporation and constitutional documents of the Borrower and each Security Party.

 

3 Copies of resolutions of the directors of the Borrower and each Security Party and in the case of the Owners copies of resolutions of their shareholders authorising the execution of the Master Agreement and each of the Finance Documents to which the Borrower or that Security Party is a party and, in the case of the Borrower, authorising named officers to give Drawdown Notices and other notices under this Agreement.

 

4 The original of any power of attorney under which the Master Agreement and any Finance Document is executed on behalf of the Borrower or a Security Party.

 

5 An incumbency certificate in respect of the officers and directors (or equivalent) of each of the Borrower and the Security Parties and signature samples of any signatories to any Finance Document.

 

6 Copies of all consents which the Borrower or any Security Party requires to enter into, or make any payment under, any Finance Document and any Master Agreement.

 

7 Documentary evidence that the Earnings Accounts have been opened with the relevant Account Bank.

 

8 Documentary evidence that the agent for service of process named in Clause 30 has accepted its appointment.

 

9 Such documentation and other evidence in form and substance acceptable to the Agent or a Lender in order for each to carry out and be satisfied with the results of all necessary “know your customer” or other checks which it is required to carry out in relation to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and other Finance Documents and any Master Agreement, including without limitation obtaining, verifying and recording certain information and documentation that will allow the Agent and each of the Lenders to identify the Borrower and each Security Party.

 

10 Favourable legal opinions from lawyers appointed by the Agent on such matters concerning the structure of the financing which is the subject of this Agreement and the laws of the Marshall Islands and such other relevant jurisdictions as the Agent may require.

 

11 A Compliance Certificate together with all supporting Accounting Information and other evidence as required pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.

 

12 Confirmation that the representation and warranty in Clause 10.13 ( Shipbuilding Contracts ) remains true and not misleading.

 

13 If the Agent so requires, in respect of any of the documents referred to above, a certified English translation prepared by a translator approved by the Agent.

 

78


PART B

The following are the documents referred to in Clause 9.1(a).

In this Part B, the “ relevant Ship ” means the particular Ship to which the relevant Tranche relates and relevant “ relevant Owner ” means the Owner which is to take delivery of that Ship.

 

1 A duly executed original of the Mortgage, the General Assignment and any Charterparty Assignment and any Intercompany Loan Assignment (if applicable) (and of each document to be delivered by each of them) relating to the relevant Ship.

 

2 Documentary evidence that:

 

(a) the relevant Ship has been unconditionally delivered by the Builder to, and accepted by, the relevant Owner or the relevant Existing Buyer (as the case may be) under the relevant Shipbuilding Contract, and the full purchase price payable under the relevant Shipbuilding Contract (in addition to the part to be re-financed by the relevant Tranche) has been duly paid in full (together with a copy of each of the documents delivered by the Builder to the relevant Owner or the relevant Existing Buyer (as the case may be) under the relevant Shipbuilding Contract including, but not limited to, the Builder’s certificate, the bill of sale, the commercial invoice and the protocol of delivery and acceptance); If the relevant Ship is delivered by the Builder to the relevant Existing Buyer and title is immediately transferred to the relevant Owner, evidence satisfactory to the Agent evidencing the transfer of title to the relevant Ship from the relevant Existing Buyer to the relevant Owner including, without limitation, evidence that the full purchase price has been paid, if applicable, to the relevant Existing Buyer and the relevant Ship is transferred to the relevant Owner free from encumbrances;

 

(b) the relevant Ship is permanently registered in the name of the relevant Owner under the applicable Approved Flag;

 

(c) the relevant Ship is in the absolute and unencumbered ownership of the relevant Owner save as contemplated by the Finance Documents;

 

(d) the relevant Ship maintains the highest available class with the Approved Classification Society free of all overdue recommendations and conditions of such Approved Classification Society;

 

(e) the relevant Mortgage has been duly registered against the relevant Ship as a valid first priority or, as the case may be, preferred ship mortgage in accordance with the laws of the jurisdiction of its Approved Flag; and

 

(f) the relevant Ship is insured in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement and all requirements therein in respect of insurances have been complied with.

 

3 Documents establishing that the relevant Ship is managed by the Approved Ship Manager on terms acceptable to the Agent (such documents the “ Approved Management Agreement ”), together with:

 

(a) an Approved Ship Manager’s Undertaking executed by the relevant Approved Ship Manager which is party to an Approved Management Agreement with the Owner, in favour of the Agent; and

 

(b) copies of the technical Approved Ship Manager’s Document of Compliance and the relevant Ship’s Safety Management Certificate (together with any other details of the applicable safety management system which the Agent requires) and ISSC.

 

79


5 Valuations of the Fair Market Value of the relevant Ship, addressed to the Agent and the Lenders stated to be for the purposes of this Agreement and dated not more than 14 days before the Drawdown Date in respect of the relevant Tranche which evidence an average Fair Market Value for such Ship of not less than 140 per cent. of the Tranche in respect of such Ship.

 

6 If available, a survey report of the relevant Ship in respect of the relevant Ship’s condition on or about delivery of the relevant Ship under its Shipbuilding Contract carried out by surveyors or other persons appointed by the relevant Owner.

 

7 Favourable legal opinions from lawyers appointed by the Agent on such matters concerning the laws of the Marshall Islands, and such other relevant jurisdictions as the Agent may require.

 

8 A favourable opinion from AON or such other independent insurance consultant acceptable to the Borrower and the Mandated Lead Arranger on such matters relating to the insurances for the relevant Ship as the Agent may require but to include a certification that such insurances:

 

(a) are placed with such insurance companies and/or underwriters and/or clubs, in such amounts, against such risks and in such form as is acceptable to the Agent; and

 

(b) are otherwise in conformity with the requirements of this Agreement.

 

9 If the Agent so requires, in respect of any of the documents referred to above, a certified English translation prepared by a translator approved by the Agent.

Each of the documents specified in this Schedule 4 all be certified as a true and up to date copy by a director or the secretary (or equivalent officer) of the Borrower.

 

80


SCHEDULE 5

TRANSFER CERTIFICATE

The Transferor and the Transferee accept exclusive responsibility for ensuring that this Certificate and the transaction to which it relates comply with all legal and regulatory requirements applicable to them respectively.

 

To: [Name of Agent] for itself and for and on behalf of the Borrower, each Security Party, the Security Trustee, each Lender and each Swap Bank, as defined in the Loan Agreement referred to below.

[ ]

 

1 This Certificate relates to a Loan Agreement (“the “ Agreement ”) dated [ ] 2014 and made between (1) Scorpio Bulkers Inc. (the “ Borrower ”), (2) the banks and financial institutions named therein as Lenders, (3) the banks and financial institutions named therein as Swap Banks, (4) NIBC Bank N.V. as Mandated Lead Arranger, (5) NIBC Bank N.V. as Agent and (5)NIBC Bank N.V. as Security Trustee for a loan facility of up to $39,600,000.

 

2 In this Certificate, terms defined in the Agreement shall, unless the contrary intention appears, have the same meanings when used in this Certificate and:

Relevant Parties ” means the Agent, the Borrower, each Security Party, the Mandated Lead Arranger, the Security Trustee, each Lender and each Swap Bank;

Transferor ” means [full name] of [lending office];

Transferee ” means [full name] of [lending office].

 

3 The effective date of this Certificate is [ ] Provided that this Certificate shall not come into effect unless it is signed by the Agent on or before that date.

 

4 [The Transferor assigns to the Transferee absolutely all rights and interests (present, future or contingent) which the Transferor has as Lender under or by virtue of the Agreement and every other Finance Document in relation to [ ] per cent. of its Contribution, which percentage represents $[ ].]

 

5 [By virtue of this Certificate and Clause 26 of the Agreement, the Transferor is discharged [entirely from its Commitment which amounts to $[ ]] [from [ ] per cent. of its Commitment, which percentage represents $[ ]] and the Transferee acquires a Commitment of $[ ].]

 

6 The Transferee undertakes with the Transferor and each of the Relevant Parties that the Transferee will observe and perform all the obligations under the Finance Documents which Clause 26 of the Agreement provides will become binding on it upon this Certificate taking effect.

 

7 The Agent, at the request of the Transferee (which request is hereby made) accepts, for the Agent itself and for and on behalf of every other Relevant Party, this Certificate as a Transfer Certificate taking effect in accordance with Clause 26 of the Agreement.

 

81


8 The Transferor:

 

(a) warrants to the Transferee and each Relevant Party that:

 

  (i) the Transferor has full capacity to enter into this transaction and has taken all corporate action and obtained all consents which are required in connection with this transaction; and

 

  (ii) this Certificate is valid and binding as regards the Transferor;

 

(b) warrants to the Transferee that the Transferor is absolutely entitled, free of encumbrances, to all the rights and interests covered by the assignment in paragraph 4; and

 

(c) undertakes with the Transferee that the Transferor will, at its own expense, execute any documents which the Transferee reasonably requests for perfecting in any relevant jurisdiction the Transferee’s title under this Certificate or for a similar purpose.

 

9 The Transferee:

 

(a) confirms that it has received a copy of the Agreement and each of the other Finance Documents;

 

(b) agrees that it will have no rights of recourse on any ground against either the Transferor, the Agent, the Security Trustee, any Lender or any Swap Bank in the event that:

 

  (i) any of the Finance Documents prove to be invalid or ineffective;

 

  (ii) the Borrower or any Security Party fails to observe or perform its obligations, or to discharge its liabilities, under any of the Finance Documents;

 

  (iii) it proves impossible to realise any asset covered by a Security Interest created by a Finance Document, or the proceeds of such assets are insufficient to discharge the liabilities of the Borrower or any Security Party under any of the Finance Documents;

 

(c) agrees that it will have no rights of recourse on any ground against the Agent, the Security Trustee, any Lender or any Swap Bank in the event that this Certificate proves to be invalid or ineffective;

 

(d) warrants to the Transferor and each Relevant Party that:

 

  (i) it has full capacity to enter into this transaction and has taken all corporate action and obtained all consents which it needs to take or obtain in connection with this transaction; and

 

  (ii) that this Certificate is valid and binding as regards the Transferee;

 

(e) confirms the accuracy of the administrative details set out below regarding the Transferee.

 

10 The Transferor and the Transferee each undertake with the Agent and the Security Trustee severally, on demand, fully to indemnify the Agent and/or the Security Trustee in respect of any claim, proceeding, liability or expense (including all legal expenses) which they or either of them may incur in connection with this Certificate or any matter arising out of it, except such as are shown to have been mainly and directly caused by the gross and culpable negligence or dishonesty of the Agent’s or the Security Trustee’s own officers or employees.

 

82


11 The Transferee shall repay to the Transferor on demand so much of any sum paid by the Transferor under paragraph 9 as exceeds one-half of the amount demanded by the Agent or the Security Trustee in respect of a claim, proceeding, liability or expense which was not reasonably foreseeable at the date of this Certificate; but nothing in this paragraph shall affect the liability of each of the Transferor and the Transferee to the Agent or the Security Trustee for the full amount demanded by it.

 

[Name of Transferor]     [Name of Transferee]
By:       By:  
Date:       Date:  

AGENT

Signed for itself and for and on behalf of itself

as Agent and for every other Relevant Party

 

[Name of Agent]
By:  
Date:  

 

83


Administrative Details of Transferee

Name of Transferee:

Lending Office:

Contact Person

(Loan Administration Department):

Telephone:

Fax:

Contact Person

(Credit Administration Department):

Telephone:

Fax:

Account for payments:

 

Note : This Transfer Certificate alone may not be sufficient to transfer a proportionate share of the Transferor’s interest in the security constituted by the Finance Documents in the Transferor’s or Transferee’s jurisdiction. It is the responsibility of each Lender to ascertain whether any other documents are required for this purpose.

 

84


SCHEDULE 6

DESIGNATION NOTICE

 

To: NIBC Bank N.V.

4 Carnegieplein

2517 KJ, The Hague

The Netherlands

[ ]

Dear Sirs

Loan Agreement dated [ ] 2014 made between (i) ourselves as Borrower, (ii) the Lenders named therein, (iii) the Swap Banks named therein, (iv) yourselves as Mandated Lead Arranger and (v) yourselves as Agent and Security Trustee (the “Loan Agreement”).

We refer to:-

 

1 the Loan Agreement;

 

2 the Master Agreement dated [ ] made between ourselves and [ ]; and

 

3 a Confirmation delivered pursuant to the said Master Agreement dated [ ] and addressed by [ ] to us.

In accordance with the terms of the Loan Agreement, we hereby give you notice of the said Confirmation and hereby confirm that the Transaction evidenced by it will be designated as a “Designated Transaction” for the purposes of the Loan Agreement and the Finance Documents.

 

Yours faithfully,

 

for and on behalf of
SCORPIO BULKERS INC.

 

85


SCHEDULE 7

LIST OF APPROVED BROKERS

H Clarkson’s and Co. Ltd.

RS Plato Shipbrokers A.S.

Arrow Sale & Purchase Ltd.

Braemar Seascope Ltd.

Maersk Broker K/S

ACM Shipping

Fernleys Ltd.

Galbraith’s

Howe Robinson & Co.

Thurlestone Shipping

 

86


SCHEDULE 8

FORM OF COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

 

To: NIBC Bank N.V.

4 Carnegieplein,

2517 KJ, The Hague

The Netherlands

[date]

Dear Sirs,

We refer to a loan agreement dated [ ] 2014 (the “ Loan Agreement ”) made between (i) Scorpio Bulkers Inc. as borrower (the “ Borrower ”), (2) the Lenders named therein, (3) the Swap Banks named therein, (4) yourselves as Mandated Lead Arrangers and (5) yourselves as Agent and Security Trustee

Words and expressions defined in each of the Loan Agreement shall have the same meaning when used in this Compliance Certificate.

We hereby represent that no Event of Default has occurred as at the date of this Certificate [other than [ ]].

We hereby certify that, as at the date of this certificate:

 

(a) the Minimum Liquidity is $[ ], $[ ] of which consists of Cash and Cash Equivalents;

 

(b) the Consolidated Tangible Net Worth is $[ ];

 

(c) the ratio of Net Debt to Consolidated Total Capitalisation is [ ] to [ ];

 

(d) the ratio of Consolidated EBITDA to Consolidated Net Interest Expense is [ ] to [ ]; and

 

(e) the Fair Market Value of the Ships plus the net realisation value of any additional security previously provided under Clause 15 is $[ ].

All of these thresholds and ratios are in compliance with the requirements of clauses 12.5, 12.6, 12.7, 12.8 and 15.1 of the Loan Agreement. Copies of our calculations in relation to the financial covenants and the valuations for the purposes of determining the Fair Market Value of the Ships is attached.

This Certificate and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, English law.

 

 

[ ]

Director

Scorpio Bulkers Inc.

 

87


SCHEDULE 9

MANDATORY COST

 

1 The Mandatory Cost is an addition to the interest rate to compensate Lenders for the cost of compliance with (a) the requirements of the Bank of England and/or the Financial Services Authority (or, in either case, any other authority which replaces all or any of its functions) or (b) the requirements of the European Central Bank.

 

2 On the first day of each Interest Period (or as soon as possible thereafter) the Agent shall calculate, as a percentage rate, a rate (the “ Additional Cost Rate ”) for each Lender, in accordance with the paragraphs set out below. The Mandatory Cost will be calculated by the Agent as a weighted average of the Lenders’ Additional Cost Rates (weighted in proportion to the percentage participation of each Lender in the Loan) and will be expressed as a percentage rate per annum.

 

3 The Additional Cost Rate for any Lender lending from a lending office in a Participating Member State will be the percentage notified by that Lender to the Agent. This percentage will be certified by that Lender in its notice to the Agent to be its reasonable determination of the cost (expressed as a percentage of that Lender’s participation in all Loans made from that lending office) of complying with the minimum reserve requirements of the European Central Bank in respect of loans made from that lending office.

 

4 The Additional Cost Rate for any Lender lending from a lending office in the United Kingdom will be calculated by the Agent as follows:

 

(a) in relation to a sterling Loan:

 

AB  +  C (  D ) +  E   × 0.01

     per cent. per annum
100 – ( A + C )     

 

(b) in relation to a Loan in any currency other than sterling:

 

E  × 0.01

     per cent. per annum
300     

Where:

 

  A is the percentage of Eligible Liabilities (assuming these to be in excess of any stated minimum) which that Lender is from time to time required to maintain as an interest free cash ratio deposit with the Bank of England to comply with cash ratio requirements.

 

  B is the percentage rate of interest (excluding the Margin and the Mandatory Cost and, if the Loan is an Unpaid Sum, the additional rate of interest specified in paragraph (a) of Clause 7.2 ( Default rate of interest )) payable for the relevant Interest Period on the Loan.

 

  C is the percentage (if any) of Eligible Liabilities which that Lender is required from time to time to maintain as interest bearing Special Deposits with the Bank of England.

 

88


  D is the percentage rate per annum payable by the Bank of England to the Agent on interest bearing Special Deposits.

 

  E is designed to compensate Lenders for amounts payable under the Fees Rules and is calculated by the Agent as being the average of the most recent rates of charge supplied by the Reference Banks to the Agent pursuant to paragraph 7 below and expressed in pounds per £1,000,000.

 

5 For the purposes of this Schedule:

 

(a) Eligible Liabilities ” and “ Special Deposits ” have the meanings given to them from time to time under or pursuant to the Bank of England Act 1998 or (as may be appropriate) by the Bank of England;

 

(b) Fees Rules ” means the rules on periodic fees contained in the FSA Supervision Manual or such other law or regulation as may be in force from time to time in respect of the payment of fees for the acceptance of deposits;

 

(c) Fee Tariffs ” means the fee tariffs specified in the Fees Rules under the activity group A.1 Deposit acceptors (ignoring any minimum fee or zero rated fee required pursuant to the Fees Rules but taking into account any applicable discount rate); and

 

(d) Tariff Base ” has the meaning given to it in, and will be calculated in accordance with, the Fees Rules.

 

(e) Unpaid Sum ” means any sum due and payable but unpaid by the Borrower or a Security Party under the Finance Documents.

 

6 In application of the above formulae, A, B, C and D will be included in the formulae as percentages (i.e. 5 per cent. will be included in the formula as 5 and not as 0.05). A negative result obtained by subtracting D from B shall be taken as zero. The resulting figures shall be rounded to four decimal places.

 

7 If requested by the Agent, each Reference Bank shall, as soon as practicable after publication by the Financial Services Authority, supply to the Agent, the rate of charge payable by that Reference Bank to the Financial Services Authority pursuant to the Fees Rules in respect of the relevant financial year of the Financial Services Authority (calculated for this purpose by that Reference Bank as being the average of the Fee Tariffs applicable to that Reference Bank for that financial year) and expressed in pounds per £1,000,000 of the Tariff Base of that Reference Bank.

 

8 Each Lender shall supply any information required by the Agent for the purpose of calculating its Additional Cost Rate. In particular, but without limitation, each Lender shall supply the following information on or prior to the date on which it becomes a Lender:

 

(a) the jurisdiction of its lending office; and

 

(b) any other information that the Agent may reasonably require for such purpose.

Each Lender shall promptly notify the Agent of any change to the information provided by it pursuant to this paragraph.

 

9

The percentages of each Lender for the purpose of A and C above and the rates of charge of each Reference Bank for the purpose of E above shall be determined by the

 

89


  Agent based upon the information supplied to it pursuant to paragraphs 7 and 8 above and on the assumption that, unless a Lender notifies the Agent to the contrary, each Lender’s obligations in relation to cash ratio deposits and Special Deposits are the same as those of a typical bank from its jurisdiction of incorporation with a lending office in the same jurisdiction as its lending office.

 

10 The Agent shall have no liability to any person if such determination results in an Additional Cost Rate which over or under compensates any Lender and shall be entitled to assume that the information provided by any Lender or Reference Bank pursuant to paragraphs 3, 7 and 8 above is true and correct in all respects.

 

11 The Agent shall distribute the additional amounts received as a result of the Mandatory Cost to the Lenders on the basis of the Additional Cost Rate for each Lender based on the information provided by each Lender and each Reference Bank pursuant to paragraphs 3, 7 and 8 above.

 

12 Any determination by the Agent pursuant to this Schedule in relation to a formula, the Mandatory Cost, an Additional Cost Rate or any amount payable to a Lender shall, in the absence of manifest error, be conclusive and binding on all parties to the Loan Agreement.

 

13 The Agent may from time to time, after consultation with the Borrower and the Lenders, determine and notify to all parties to the Loan Agreement any amendments which are required to be made to this Schedule in order to comply with any change in law, regulation or any requirements from time to time imposed by the Bank of England, the Financial Services Authority or the European Central Bank (or, in any case, any other authority which replaces all or any of its functions) and any such determination shall, in the absence of manifest error, be conclusive and binding on all parties to the Loan Agreement.

 

90


EXECUTION PAGES

 

THE BORROWER      
SIGNED  by Luca Forgione    )    /s/ Luca Forgione
   )   
for and on behalf of    )   
SCORPIO BULKERS INC.    )   
in the presence of: Laura Pike    )    /s/ Laura Pike
THE LENDERS      
SIGNED  by Maaike E. Oterdoom    )    /s/ Maaike E. Oterdoom
   )   
for and on behalf of    )   
NIBC BANK N.V.    )   
in the presence of: Michael de Visser, Director    )    /s/ Michael de Visser
THE SWAP BANKS      
SIGNED  by    )   
   )   
for and on behalf of    )   
NIBC BANK N.V.    )   
in the presence of:    )   
THE MANDATED LEAD ARRANGER      
SIGNED  by Maaike E. Oterdoom    )    /s/ Maaike E. Oterdoom
   )   
for and on behalf of    )   
NIBC BANK N.V.    )   
in the presence of: Michael de Visser, Director    )    /s/ Michael de Visser
THE AGENT      
SIGNED  by Maaike E. Oterdoom    )    /s/ Maaike E. Oterdoom
   )   
for and on behalf of    )   
NIBC BANK N.V.    )   
in the presence of: Michael de Visser, Director    )    /s/ Michael de Visser

 

91


THE SECURITY TRUSTEE      
SIGNED  by Maaike E. Oterdoom    )    /s/ Maaike E. Oterdoom
   )   
for and on behalf of    )   
NIBC BANK N.V.    )   
in the presence of: Michael de Visser, Director    )    /s/ Michael de Visser

 

92

Exhibit 10.18

Execution Version

Date 30 July 2014

SBI PHOEBE SHIPPING COMPANY LIMITED

SBI PERSEUS SHIPPING COMPANY LIMITED

SBI ELECTRA SHIPPING COMPANY LIMITED

and

SBI FLAMENCO SHIPPING COMPANY LIMITED

as Joint and Several Borrowers

and

CREDIT SUISSE AG

as Lender

 

 

LOAN AGREEMENT

 

 

relating to a

post delivery term loan facility of up to US$67,500,000 to provide finance

in relation to Hull Nos. CX0613 (tbn “SBI Phoebe”), CX0627 (tbn “SBI Perseus”), YZJ2013-1090 (tbn “SBI Electra”), and YZJ2013-1091 (tbn “SBI Flamenco”)

Watson, Farley & Williams

London


INDEX

 

Clause    Page  

1

   INTERPRETATION      1   

2

   FACILITY      15   

3

   DRAWDOWN      15   

4

   INTEREST      16   

5

   INTEREST PERIODS      17   

6

   DEFAULT INTEREST      17   

7

   REPAYMENT AND PREPAYMENT      18   

8

   CONDITIONS PRECEDENT      19   

9

   REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES      20   

10

   GENERAL UNDERTAKINGS      22   

11

   CORPORATE UNDERTAKINGS      26   

12

   INSURANCE      27   

13

   SHIP COVENANTS      31   

14

   SECURITY COVER      36   

15

   PAYMENTS AND CALCULATIONS      37   

16

   APPLICATION OF RECEIPTS      38   

17

   APPLICATION OF EARNINGS      38   

18

   EVENTS OF DEFAULT      39   

19

   FEES AND EXPENSES      43   

20

   INDEMNITIES      44   

21

   NO SET-OFF OR TAX DEDUCTION      46   

22

   ILLEGALITY, ETC      47   

23

   INCREASED COSTS      48   

24

   SET-OFF      49   

25

   TRANSFERS AND CHANGES IN LENDING OFFICE      49   

26

   VARIATIONS AND WAIVERS      51   

27

   NOTICES      51   


28

   JOINT AND SEVERAL LIABILITY      53   

29

   SUPPLEMENTAL      54   

30

   LAW AND JURISDICTION      54   

SCHEDULE 1 DRAWDOWN NOTICE

     56   

SCHEDULE 2 CONDITIONS PRECEDENT DOCUMENTS

     57   

EXECUTION PAGE

     60   


THIS AGREEMENT is made on 30 July 2014

BETWEEN

 

(1) SBI PHOEBE SHIPPING COMPANY LIMITED, SBI PERSEUS SHIPPING COMPANY LIMITED, SBI ELECTRA SHIPPING COMPANY LIMITED and SBI FLAMENCO SHIPPING COMPANY LIMITED as joint and several Borrowers ; and

 

(2) CREDIT SUISSE AG , a company incorporated in the canton of Zürich, Switzerland and acting through its office at St Alban-Graben 1-3, PO Box CH-4002 Basel, Switzerland as Lender .

BACKGROUND

The Lender has agreed to make available to the Borrowers a term loan facility of up to $67,500,000 in aggregate to be made available in 4 tranches as follows:

 

(A) 2 tranches of up to $16,350,000 each for the purpose of providing post-delivery financing for part of the acquisition cost of two ultramax bulk carriers to be named “SBI Phoebe” and “SBI Perseus” currently under construction at Chengxi shipyard in China and having hull numbers CX0613 and CX0627 respectively; and

 

(B) 2 tranches of up to $17,400,000 each for the purpose of providing post-delivery financing for part of the acquisition cost of two kamsarmax bulk carriers to be named “SBI Electra” and “SBI Flamenco” currently under construction by Jiangsu New YZI shipyard in China and having hull numbers YZJ2013-1090 and YZJ2013-1091 respectively.

IT IS AGREED as follows:

 

1 INTERPRETATION

 

1.1 Definitions. Subject to Clause 1.5, in this Agreement:

Accounts Security Deeds ” means deeds creating security in respect of the Earnings Accounts in the Agreed Form;

Agreed Form ” means in relation to any document, that document in the form approved in writing by the Lender or as otherwise approved in accordance with any other approval procedure specified in any relevant provision of any Finance Documents;

Approved Classification Society ” means, in relation to a Ship, DNV GL, Lloyds Register of Shipping or American Bureau of Shipping or any other generally recognised first class classification society approved by the Lender;

Approved Commercial Ship Manager ” means, in relation to the commercial management of a Ship, Scorpio Commercial Management S.a.M. of 9 Boulevard Charles III, Monte Carlo, the Principality of Monaco or any other company which the Lender may approve from time to time as the commercial manager of that Ship;

Approved Flag ” means, in relation to a Ship, the Republic of the Marshall Islands, the Republic of Liberia and the Republic of Singapore or any other flag the Lender may, in its sole and absolute discretion approve as the flag on which the Ship may be registered;

Approved Pooling Arrangement ” means, in relation to a Ship, the Scorpio Bulkers Kamsarmax Bulk Carrier Pool and any other pooling arrangement:

 

  (a) proposed by the Borrower which is the Owner of that Ship;


  (b) run by any affiliate of the Approved Commercial Ship Manager; and

 

  (c) approved in writing by the Lender prior to that Ship’s entry into pooling such arrangement;

Approved Technical Ship Manager ” means, in relation to the technical management of a Ship, Scorpio Ship Management s.a.m. of 9, Boulevard Charles III, Monte Carlo, the Principality of Monaco, Synergy Marine Pte. Ltd. of 1 Kim Seng Promenade, #10-11/12 Great World City West Tower, Singapore 237994, C.P. Offen Tankschiffreedrel (GmbH & Co.) KG of Blichenbruecke 10, 20354 Hamburg, Zenith Ship Management, Gemi Islemeciligi Anonim Sirketi of FSM Mahallesi, Poligon Caddesi, Buyaka 2/B Sitesi NO:8, c-Blok Kat, Umraniye, 34771 Istanbul, Turkey, Astor Shipmanagement of Ieriķu iela 15 k-2, Vidzemes priekšpilsēta, Rīga, Latvia-1084 or any other company proposed by a Borrower which the Lender may approve from time to time as the technical manager of a Ship.

Approved Manager ” means, in relation to a Ship, the Approved Commercial Ship Manager and/or the Approved Technical Ship Manager;

Availability Period ” means the period commencing on the date of this Agreement and ending on:

 

  (d) in relation to a Chengxi Tranche, 31 December 2016; and

 

  (e) in relation to a Jiangsu Tranche, 31 March 2016,

or, in either case, such later date as the Lender may agree with the Borrowers, or if earlier, the date on which the Commitment is fully borrowed, cancelled or terminated.

Borrowers ” means each of SBI Phoebe Shipping Company Limited (“ SBI Phoebe ”), SBI Perseus Shipping Company Limited (“ SBI Perseus ”), SBI Electra Shipping Company Limited (“ SBI Electra ”) and SBI Flamenco Shipping Company Limited (“ SBI Flamenco ”), each being a corporation incorporated in the Republic of the Marshall Islands whose registered office is at Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, the Republic of the Marshall Islands (and, in each case, includes their respective successors);

Business Day ” means a day on which banks are open in London, Basel, Rotterdam and Zürich and, in respect of a day on which a payment is required to be made under a Finance Document, also in New York City;

Builder ” means each of the Chengxi Builder and the Jiangsu Builder;

Charter ” means, in relation to a Ship, any charterparty or other contract of employment in respect of that Ship having a duration (including, without limitation, by virtue of any optional extensions) of more than 12 months entered or to be entered into by the Borrower which is or is to be the owner of that Ship with a charterer and on terms and conditions acceptable to the Lender;

Charterparty Assignment ” means, in respect of a Charter and any guarantee of that Charter (to the extent that such guarantee is given), an assignment of the rights and interests of the Borrower which is party to that Charter in respect of that Charter and any guarantee of that Charter (to the extent that such guarantee is given) to be executed by that Borrower in favour of the Lender in the Agreed Form;

Chengxi Builder ” means Chengxi Shipyard Co., Ltd of No. 1 Hengshan Road, Jiangyin City, Jiangsu Province, People’s Republic of China;

Chengxi Ship ” means each of Ship A and Ship B;

 

2


Chengxi Shipbuilding Contract ” means each of the Ship A Shipbuilding Contract and the Ship B Shipbuilding Contract;

Chengxi Tranche ” means each of the Ship A Tranche and the Ship B Tranche;

Code ” means the US Internal Revenue Code of 1986;

Commitment ” means an amount of up to $67,500,000, as that amount may be reduced, cancelled or terminated in accordance with this Agreement;

Compliance Certificate ” means a certificate executed by the chief financial officer of the Guarantor in the form set out in the Schedule to the Guarantee;

Contractual Currency ” has the meaning given in Clause 20.4;

Contract Price ” means:

 

  (a) in relation to each Chengxi Ship, the price payable under the MOA for that Chengxi Ship (being $27,250,000 subject to adjustment as therein provided); and

 

  (b) in relation to each Jiangsu Ship, the price payable under the Jianhsu Shipbuilding Contract for that Jiangsu Ship (being $29,000,000 subject to adjustment as therein provided);

Delivery Date ” means, in respect of a Ship, the date on which such Ship is delivered by the relevant Builder or Existing Buyer to the relevant Borrower under the relevant Shipbuilding Contract or MOA (as the case may be);

Disruption Event ” means either or both of:

 

  (a) a material disruption to those payment or communications systems or to those financial markets which are, in each case, required to operate in order for payments to be made in connection with the Loan (or otherwise in order for the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents to be carried out) which disruption is not caused by, and is beyond the control of, any of the parties; or

 

  (b) the occurrence of any other event which results in a disruption (of a technical or systems-related nature) to the treasury or payments operations of a party prevent that, or any other party:

 

  (i) from performing its payment obligations under the Finance Documents; or

 

  (ii) from communicating with other parties in accordance with the terms of the Finance Documents,

and which (in either such case) is not caused by, and is beyond the control of, the party whose operations are disrupted.

Dollars ” and “ $ ” means the lawful currency for the time being of the United States of America;

Drawdown Date ” means, in relation to a Tranche, the date requested by the Borrowers for the Tranche to be advanced, or (as the context requires) the date on which the Tranche is actually advanced;

Drawdown Notice ” means, in relation to each Tranche, a notice in the form set out in Schedule 1 (or in any other form which the Lender approves or reasonably requires);

 

3


Earnings ” means, in relation to a Ship, all moneys whatsoever which are now, or later become, payable (actually or contingently) to a Borrower or the Lender and which arise out of the use or operation of that Ship, including (but not limited to):

 

  (a) except to the extent that they fall within paragraph (b);

 

  (i) all freight, hire and passage moneys;

 

  (ii) compensation payable to a Borrower or the Lender in the event of requisition of that Ship for hire;

 

  (iii) remuneration for salvage and towage services;

 

  (iv) demurrage and detention moneys;

 

  (v) damages for breach (or payments for variation or termination) of any charterparty or other contract for the employment of that Ship; and

 

  (vi) all moneys which are at any time payable under any Insurances in respect of loss of hire; and

 

  (b) if and whenever that Ship is employed on terms whereby any moneys falling within paragraphs (a)(i) to (vi) are pooled or shared with any other person, that proportion of the net receipts of the relevant pooling or sharing arrangement which is attributable to that Ship;

Earnings Account ” means, in relation to each Borrower, an account in the name of that Borrower with the Lender in Basel designated “[ name of relevant Borrower ] - Earnings Account”, or any other account (with that or another office of the Lender or with a bank or financial institution other than the Lender) which is designated by the Lender as the Earnings Account of that Borrower for the purposes of this Agreement;

Environmental Claim ” means:

 

  (a) any claim by any governmental, judicial or regulatory authority which arises out of an Environmental Incident or an alleged Environmental Incident or which relates to any Environmental Law; or

 

  (b) any claim by any other person which relates to an Environmental Incident or to an alleged Environmental Incident,

and “ claim ” means a claim for damages, compensation, fines, penalties or any other payment of any kind, whether or not similar to the foregoing; an order or direction to take, or not to take, certain action or to desist from or suspend certain action; and any form of enforcement or regulatory action, including the arrest or attachment of any asset;

Environmental Incident ” means:

 

  (a) any release of Environmentally Sensitive Material from a Ship; or

 

  (b) any incident in which Environmentally Sensitive Material is released from a vessel other than a Ship and which involves a collision between a Ship and such other vessel or some other incident of navigation or operation, in either case, in connection with which a Ship is arrested, attached, detained or injuncted and/or a Ship and/or any Borrower and/or any operator or manager of a Ship is at fault or otherwise liable to any legal or administrative action; or

 

  (c) any other incident in which Environmentally Sensitive Material is released otherwise than from a Ship and in connection with which a Ship is arrested and/or where any Borrower and/or any operator or manager of a Ship is at fault or allegedly at fault or otherwise liable to any legal or administrative action;

 

4


Environmental Law ” means any law relating to pollution or protection of the environment, to the carriage of Environmentally Sensitive Material or to actual or threatened releases of Environmentally Sensitive Material;

Environmentally Sensitive Material ” means oil, oil products and any other substance (including any chemical, gas or other hazardous or noxious substance) which is (or is capable of being or becoming) polluting, toxic or hazardous;

Event of Default ” means any of the events or circumstances described in Clause 18.1;

Existing Buyers ” means, in relation to:

 

  (a) Ship A, Existing Buyer A; and

 

  (b) Ship B, Existing Buyer B;

Existing Buyer A ” means Royal Beauty Limited, a company incorporated in Hong Kong whose registered office is at 24/F Shanghai Industrial Investment Building, 48-62 Hennessy Road, Wanchai, Hong Kong;

Existing Buyer B ” means Imperial Venture Limited, a company incorporated in Hong Kong whose registered office is at 24/F Shanghai Industrial Investment Building, 48-62 Hennessy Road, Wanchai, Hong Kong;

Fair Market Value ” means, in relation to each Ship, a valuation as determined in accordance with Clause 14.3;

FATCA ” means:

 

  (a) sections 1471 to 1474 of the Code or any associated regulations or other official guidance;

 

  (b) any treaty, law, regulation or other official guidance enacted in any other jurisdiction, or relating to an intergovernmental agreement between the US and any other jurisdiction, which (in either case) facilitates the implementation of paragraph (a) above; or

 

  (c) any agreement pursuant to the implementation of paragraphs (a) or (b) above with the US Internal Revenue Service, the US government or any governmental or taxation authority in any other jurisdiction;

FATCA Deduction ” means a deduction or withholding from a payment under a Finance Document required by FATCA;

FATCA Exempt Party ” means a party to this Agreement that is entitled to receive payments free from any FATCA Deduction;

FATCA FFI ” means a foreign financial institution as defined in section 1471(d)(4) of the Code which, if the Lender is not a FATCA Exempt Party, could be required to make a FATCA Deduction;

 

5


Finance Documents ” means:

 

  (a) this Agreement;

 

  (b) the General Assignments;

 

  (c) the Mortgages;

 

  (d) the Guarantee;

 

  (e) the Accounts Security Deeds;

 

  (f) the Shares Security;

 

  (g) any Charterparty Assignment; and

 

  (h) any other document (whether creating a Security Interest or not) which is executed at any time by any Borrower or any other person as security for, or to establish any form of subordination or priorities arrangement in relation to, any amount payable to the Lender under this Agreement or any of the other documents referred to in this definition (provided always that the Manager’s Undertakings shall be excluded from this item (h));

Financial Indebtedness ” means, in relation to a person (the “ debtor ”), a liability of the debtor:

 

  (a) for principal, interest or any other sum payable in respect of any moneys borrowed or raised by the debtor;

 

  (b) under any loan stock, bond, note or other security issued by the debtor;

 

  (c) under any acceptance credit, guarantee or letter of credit facility or dematerialised equivalent made available to the debtor;

 

  (d) under a financial lease, a deferred purchase consideration arrangement or any other agreement having the commercial effect of a borrowing or raising of money by the debtor;

 

  (e) under any foreign exchange transaction any interest or currency swap or any other kind of derivative transaction entered into by the debtor or, if the agreement under which any such transaction is entered into requires netting of mutual liabilities, the liability of the debtor for the net amount; or

 

  (f) under a guarantee, indemnity or similar obligation entered into by the debtor in respect of a liability of another person which would fall within (a) to (e) if the references to the debtor referred to the other person;

GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America;

General Assignment ” means, in relation to a Ship, a general assignment of the Earnings, the Insurances and any Requisition Compensation for that Ship in the Agreed Form;

Guarantee ” means a guarantee to be executed by the Guarantor in the Agreed Form;

Guarantor ” means Scorpio Bulkers Inc., a corporation incorporated in the Republic of the Marshall Islands whose registered office is at c/o Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, the Republic of the Marshall Islands;

 

6


Insurances ” means, in relation to a Ship:

 

  (a) all policies and contracts of insurance, including entries of the Ship in any protection and indemnity or war risks association, effected in respect of the Ship, its Earnings or otherwise in relation to it; and

 

  (b) all rights and other assets relating to, or derived from, any of the foregoing, including any rights to a return of a premium and any rights in respect of any claim whether or not the relevant policy, contract of insurance or entry has expired on or before the date of this Agreement;

Interest Period ” means a period determined in accordance with Clause 5;

ISM Code ” means the International Safety Management Code (including the guidelines on its implementation), adopted by the International Maritime Organisation as the same may be amended or supplemented from time to time (and the terms “ safety management system ”, “ Safety Management Certificate ” and “ Document of Compliance ” have the same meanings as are given to them in the ISM Code);

ISPS Code ” means the International Ship and Port Facility Security Code as adopted by the International Maritime Organisation, as the same may be amended or supplemented from time to time;

ISSC ” means a valid and current International Ship Security Certificate issued under the ISPS Code;

Jiangsu Builder ” means Jiangsu New YangZi Shipbuilding Co., Ltd of Jiangyin Economic Development District, Jingjiang City, Jiangsu Province, People’s Republic of China;

Jiangsu Ship ” means each of Ship C and Ship D;

Jiangsu Shipbuilding Contract ” means each of the Ship C Shipbuilding Contract and the Ship D Shipbuilding Contract;

Jiangsu Tranche ” means each of the Ship C Tranche and the Ship D Tranche;

Lender ” means Credit Suisse AG, acting through its office at St Alban-Graben 1-3, PO Box CH-4002 Basel, Switzerland (or through another branch notified to the Borrowers under Clause 25.6) or its successor or assign;

LIBOR ” means, for an Interest Period or any other relevant period:

 

  (a) the applicable Screen Rate; or

 

  (b) (if no Screen Rate is available for that period) the arithmetic mean of the rates (rounded upwards to 4 decimal places) as supplied to the Lender at its request quoted to the Lender by leading banks in the London interbank market),

at or about 11:00 am London time on the Quotation Date for the offering of deposits in Dollars and for a period comparable to that period provided that the rate of LIBOR for the purposes of this Agreement shall never be lower than 0%.

Loan ” means the principal amount for the time being outstanding under this Agreement;

Major Casualty ” means, in relation to a Ship, any casualty to the Ship in respect of which the claim or the aggregate of the claims against all insurers, before adjustment for any relevant franchise or deductible, exceeds $750,000 or the equivalent in any other currency;

 

7


Manager’s Undertaking ” means, in relation to each Ship, the undertaking to be given by each Approved Manager in favour of the Lender in the Agreed Form;

Mandatory Costs ” means the costs as determined by the Lender of complying with any regulations;

Margin ” means 2.95 per cent. per annum;

Maturity Date ” means, in respect of each Tranche, the date falling 7 years after the Drawdown Date applicable to such Tranche and, if earlier, 31 December 2023;

MOA ” means, in respect of each Chengxi Ship, the memorandum of agreement dated 23 October 2013 entered into between, in the case of:

 

  (a) Ship A, Existing Buyer A as seller and SBI Phoebe as buyer; and

 

  (b) Ship B, Existing Buyer B as seller and SBI Perseus as buyer,

in respect of the sale of such Chengxi Ship;

Mortgage ” means, in relation to a Ship, the first priority or, as the case may be, preferred ship mortgage on the Ship under the applicable Approved Flag together with any deed of covenant collateral thereto (if applicable) in the Agreed Form;

Negotiation Period ” has the meaning given in Clause 4.6;

Original Buyer ” means, in respect of each Jiangsu Ship, Graig Investments Ltd., a company incorporated in [ ] whose registered office is at [ ];

Payment Currency ” has the meaning given in Clause 20.4;

Permitted Security Interests ” means:

 

  (c) Security Interests created by the Finance Documents;

 

  (d) liens for unpaid master’s and crew’s wages in accordance with usual maritime practice;

 

  (e) liens for salvage;

 

  (f) liens arising by operation of law for not more than 2 months’ prepaid hire under any charter in relation to a Ship not prohibited by this Agreement;

 

  (g) liens for master’s disbursements incurred in the ordinary course of trading and any other lien arising by operation of law or otherwise in the ordinary course of the operation, repair or maintenance of a Ship, provided such liens do not secure amounts more than 30 days overdue (unless the overdue amount is being contested by a Borrower in good faith by appropriate steps) and subject, in the case of liens for repair or maintenance, to Clause 13.13(h);

 

  (h) any Security Interest in respect of a sum or sums aggregating no more than $500,000, created in favour of a plaintiff or defendant in any proceedings or arbitration as security for costs and expenses where a Borrower is actively prosecuting or defending such proceedings or arbitration in good faith; and

 

  (i) Security Interests arising by operation of law in respect of taxes which are not overdue for payment or in respect of taxes being contested in good faith by appropriate steps and in respect of which appropriate reserves have been made;

 

8


Pertinent Document ” means:

 

  (a) any Finance Document;

 

  (b) any policy or contract of insurance contemplated by or referred to in Clause 12 or any other provision of this Agreement or another Finance Document;

 

  (c) any other document contemplated by or referred to in any Finance Document; and

 

  (d) any document which has been or is at any time sent by or to the Lender in contemplation of or in connection with any Finance Document or any policy, contract or document falling within paragraphs (b) or (c);

Pertinent Jurisdiction ”, in relation to a company, means:

 

  (a) England and Wales, the Principality of Monaco, the United States of America, Switzerland and the Republic of the Marshall Islands;

 

  (b) if not within any of the jurisdictions referred to in (a) above, the country under the laws of which the company is incorporated or formed; and

 

  (c) if not within any of the jurisdictions referred to in (a) above, a country in which the company has the centre of its main interest or in which the company’s central management and control is or has recently been exercised;

Pertinent Matter ” means:

 

  (a) any transaction or matter contemplated by, arising out of, or in connection with a Pertinent Document; or

 

  (b) any statement relating to a Pertinent Document or to a transaction or matter falling within paragraph (a),

and covers any such transaction, matter or statement, whether entered into, arising or made at any time before the signing of this Agreement or on or at any time after that signing;

Quotation Date ” means, in relation to any Interest Period (or any other period for which an interest rate is to be determined under any provision of a Finance Document), the day on which quotations would ordinarily be given by leading banks in the London Interbank Market for deposits in the currency in relation to which such rate is to be determined for delivery on the first day of that Interest Period or other period;

Relevant Person ” has the meaning given in Clause 18.7;

Repayment Date ” means a date on which a repayment is required to be made under Clause 7;

Requisition Compensation ” includes all compensation or other moneys payable by reason of any act or event such as is referred to in paragraph (b) of the definition of “Total Loss”;

Scorpio Bulkers Kamsarmax Bulk Carrier Pool ” means, in relation to a Ship, a pooling arrangement whereby the pool is managed by the Approved Commercial Ship Manager;

Screen Rate ” means, in respect of LIBOR for any period, the rate administered by ICE Benchmark Administration Limited (or any other person which takes over the administration of that rate) for Dollars for the relevant period, displayed on the appropriate page of the Reuters screen. If the agreed page is replaced or the service ceases to be available, the Lender may specify another page or service displaying the appropriate rate after consultation with the Borrowers;

 

9


Secured Liabilities ” means all liabilities which the Borrowers, the Security Parties or any of them have, at the date of this Agreement or at any later time or times, under or in connection with any Finance Document or any judgment relating to any Finance Document; and for this purpose, there shall be disregarded any total or partial discharge of these liabilities, or variation of their terms, which is effected by, or in connection with, any bankruptcy, liquidation, arrangement or other procedure under the insolvency laws of any country;

Security Interest ” means:

 

  (a) a mortgage, charge (whether fixed or floating) or pledge, any maritime or other lien or any other security interest of any kind;

 

  (b) the security rights of a plaintiff under an action in rem ; and

 

  (c) any arrangement entered into by a person (A) the effect of which is to place another person (B) in a position which is similar, in economic terms, to the position in which B would have been had he held a security interest over an asset of A; but this paragraph (c) does not apply to a right of set off or combination of accounts conferred by the standard terms of business of a bank or financial institution;

Security Party ” means the Guarantor and any other person (except the Lender) who, as a surety or mortgagor, as a party to any subordination or priorities arrangement, or in any similar capacity, executes a document falling within the last paragraph of the definition of “ Finance Documents ” and, for the avoidance of doubt, shall not include any Approved Manager;

Security Period ” means the period commencing on the date of this Agreement and ending on the date on which the Lender notifies the Borrowers and the Security Parties that:

 

  (a) all amounts which have become due for payment by any Borrower or any Security Party under the Finance Documents have been paid;

 

  (b) no amount is owing or has accrued (without yet having become due for payment) under any Finance Document;

 

  (c) neither any Borrower nor any Security Party has any future or contingent liability under Clause 19, 20, or 21 or any other provision of this Agreement or another Finance Document; and

 

  (d) the Lender does not consider that there is a significant risk that any payment or transaction under a Finance Document would be set aside, or would have to be reversed or adjusted, in any present or possible future bankruptcy of a Borrower or a Security Party or in any present or possible future proceeding relating to a Finance Document or any asset covered (or previously covered) by a Security Interest created by a Finance Document;

Ship ” means each of Ship A, Ship B, Ship C and Ship D;

Shares Security ” means a document creating a Security Interest over the entire share capital of each Borrower entered into by the Guarantor in favour of the Lender in the Agreed Form;

Ship A ” means the ultramax bulk carrier currently under construction by the Chengxi Builder with hull number CX0613 and which upon delivery pursuant to the relevant Chengxi Shipbuilding Contract shall be registered in the ownership of SBI Phoebe under an Approved Flag with the name “SBI Phoebe”;

 

10


Ship A Shipbuilding Contract ” means, in relation to Ship A, the shipbuilding contract dated 10 June 2013 as amended and supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement and originally entered into between the Chengxi Builder and Existing Buyer A in respect of the construction by the Chengxi Builder of Ship A as the same shall be assigned, transferred or novated by Existing Buyer A to SBI Phoebe at or prior to the Delivery Date of Ship A;

Ship A Tranche ” means a portion of the Commitment not exceeding $16,350,000 committed by the Lender pursuant to Clause 2.1(a), as that amount may be reduced, cancelled or terminated in accordance with this Agreement;

Ship B ” means the ultramax bulk carrier currently under construction by the Chengxi Builder with hull number CX0627 and which upon delivery pursuant to the relevant Chengxi Shipbuilding Contract shall be registered in the ownership of SBI Perseus under an Approved Flag with the name “SBI Perseus”;

Ship B Shipbuilding Contract ” means, in relation to Ship B, the shipbuilding contract dated 21 September 2013 as amended and supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement and originally entered into between the Chengxi Builder and Existing Buyer B in respect of the construction by the Chengxi Builder of Ship B as the same shall be assigned, transferred or novated by Existing Buyer B to SBI Perseus at or prior to the Delivery Date of Ship B;

Ship B Tranche ” means a portion of the Commitment not exceeding $16,350,000 committed by the Lender pursuant to Clause 2.1(a), as that amount may be reduced, cancelled or terminated in accordance with this Agreement;

Ship C ” means the kamsarmax bulk carrier currently under construction by the Jiangsu Builder with hull number YZJ2013-1090 and which upon delivery pursuant to the relevant Jiangsu Shipbuilding Contract shall be registered in the ownership of SBI Electra under an Approved Flag with the name “SBI Electra”;

Ship C Shipbuilding Contract ” means, in relation to Ship C, the shipbuilding contract dated 5 November 2013 and originally entered into between the Jiangsu Builder and the Original Buyer in respect of the construction by the Jiangsu Builder of Ship C as the same has been novated by the Original Buyer to SBI Electra pursuant to a novation agreement dated 6 November 2013 entered into between the Jiangsu Builder, the Original Buyer and SBI Electra and as the same may be further amended and supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement;

Ship C Tranche ” means a portion of the Commitment not exceeding $17,400,000 committed by the Lender pursuant to Clause 2.1(b), as that amount may be reduced, cancelled or terminated in accordance with this Agreement;

Ship D ” means the kamsarmax bulk carrier currently under construction by the Jiangsu Builder with hull number YZJ2013-1091 and which upon delivery pursuant to the relevant Jiangsu Shipbuilding Contract shall be registered in the ownership of SBI Flamenco under an Approved Flag with the name “SBI Flamenco”;

Ship D Shipbuilding Contract ” means, in relation to Ship D, the shipbuilding contract dated 5 November 2013 and entered into between the Jiangsu Builder and the Original Buyer in respect of the construction by the Jiangsu Builder of Ship D as the same has been novated by the Original Buyer to SBI Flamenco pursuant to a novation agreement dated 6 November 2013 entered into between the Jiangsu Builder, the Original Buyer and SBI Flamenco and as the same may be further amended and supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement;

 

11


Ship D Tranche ” means a portion of the Commitment not exceeding $17,400,000 committed by the Lender pursuant to Clause 2.1(b), as that amount may be reduced, cancelled or terminated in accordance with this Agreement;

Shipbuilding Contract ” means each of the Chengxi Shipbuilding Contracts and the Jiangsu Shipbuilding Contracts;

Total Loss ” means, in relation to a Ship:

 

  (a) actual, constructive, compromised, agreed or arranged total loss of the Ship;

 

  (b) any expropriation, confiscation, requisition or acquisition of the Ship, whether for full consideration, a consideration less than its proper value, a nominal consideration or without any consideration, which is effected by any government or official authority or by any person or persons claiming to be or to represent a government or official authority (excluding a requisition for hire for a fixed period not exceeding 1 year without any right to an extension) unless it is within 1 month redelivered to the full control of the Borrower owning the Ship;

 

  (c) any arrest, capture, seizure or detention of the Ship (including any theft or hijacking) unless it is within 1 month redelivered to the full control of the Borrower owning the Ship;

Total Loss Date ” means, in relation to a Ship:

 

  (a) in the case of an actual loss of the Ship, the date on which it occurred or, if that is unknown, the date when the Ship was last heard of;

 

  (b) in the case of a constructive, compromised, agreed or arranged total loss of the Ship, the earliest of:

 

  (i) the date on which a notice of abandonment is given to the insurers; and

 

  (ii) the date of any compromise, arrangement or agreement made by or on behalf of the Borrower owning the Ship with the Ship’s insurers in which the insurers agree to treat the Ship as a total loss; and

 

  (c) in the case of any other type of total loss, on the date (or the most likely date) on which it appears to the Lender that the event constituting the total loss occurred;

Tranche ” means each Chengxi Tranche and each Jiangsu Tranche; and

US Tax Obligor ” means:

 

  (a) a Borrower which is resident for tax purposes in the United States of America; or

 

  (b) a Borrower or a Security Party whose payments under the Finance Documents are from sources within the United States for US federal income tax purposes.

 

1.2 Construction of certain terms . In this Agreement:

administration notice ” means a notice appointing an administrator, a notice of intended appointment and any other notice which is required by law (generally or in the case concerned) to be filed with the court or given to a person prior to, or in connection with, the appointment of an administrator;

 

12


approved ” means, for the purposes of Clause 12 and otherwise where the Lender’s approval is required under this Agreement, approved in writing by the Lender;

asset ” includes every kind of property, asset, interest or right, including any present, future or contingent right to any revenues or other payment;

company ” includes any partnership, joint venture and unincorporated association;

consent ” includes an authorisation, consent, approval, resolution, licence, exemption, filing, registration, notarisation and legalisation;

contingent liability ” means a liability which is not certain to arise and/or the amount of which remains unascertained;

document ” includes a deed; also a letter or fax;

excess risks ” means, in relation to a Ship, the proportion of claims for general average, salvage and salvage charges not recoverable under the hull and machinery policies in respect of the Ship in consequence of its insured value being less than the value at which the Ship is assessed for the purpose of such claims;

expense ” means any kind of cost, charge or expense (including all legal costs, charges and expenses) and any applicable value added or other tax;

law ” includes any order or decree, any form of delegated legislation, any treaty or international convention and any regulation or resolution of the Council of the European Union, the European Commission, the United Nations or its Security Council;

legal or administrative action ” means any legal proceeding or arbitration and any administrative or regulatory action or investigation;

liability ” includes every kind of debt or liability (present or future, certain or contingent), whether incurred as principal or surety or otherwise;

months ” shall be construed in accordance with Clause 1.3;

obligatory insurances ” means, in relation to a Ship, all insurances effected, or which the Borrower owning the Ship is obliged to effect, under Clause 12 or any other provision of this Agreement or another Finance Document;

parent company ” has the meaning given in Clause 1.4;

party ” means any party to this Agreement;

person ” includes any company; any state, political sub-division of a state and local or municipal authority; and any international organisation;

policy ”, in relation to any insurance, includes a slip, cover note, certificate of entry or other document evidencing the contract of insurance or its terms;

protection and indemnity risks ” means the usual risks covered by a protection and indemnity association managed in London, including pollution risks and the proportion (if any) of any sums payable to any other person or persons in case of collision which are not recoverable under the hull and machinery policies;

regulation ” includes any regulation, rule, official directive, request or guideline whether or not having the force of law of any governmental, intergovernmental or supranational body, agency, department or regulatory, self-regulatory or other authority or organisation;

 

13


subsidiary ” has the meaning given in Clause 1.4;

tax ” includes any present or future tax, duty, impost, levy or charge of any kind which is imposed by any state, any political sub-division of a state or any local or municipal authority (including any such imposed in connection with exchange controls), and any connected penalty, interest or fine; and

war risks ” includes the risk of mines and all risks excluded by the full clauses.

 

1.3 Meaning of “month”. A period of one or more “ months ” ends on the day in the relevant calendar month numerically corresponding to the day of the calendar month on which the period started (“ the numerically corresponding day ”), but:

 

(a) on the Business Day following the numerically corresponding day if the numerically corresponding day is not a Business Day or, if there is no later Business Day in the same calendar month, on the Business Day preceding the numerically corresponding day; or

 

(b) on the last Business Day in the relevant calendar month, if the period started on the last Business Day in a calendar month or if the last calendar month of the period has no numerically corresponding day;

and “ month ” and “ monthly ” shall be construed accordingly.

 

1.4 Meaning of “subsidiary”. A company (S) is a subsidiary of another company (P) if:

 

(a) a majority of the issued shares in S (or a majority of the issued shares in S which carry unlimited rights to capital and income distributions) are directly owned by P or are indirectly attributable to P; or

 

(b) P has direct or indirect control over a majority of the voting rights attaching to the issued shares of S; or

 

(c) P has the direct or indirect power to appoint or remove a majority of the directors of S; or

 

(d) P otherwise has the direct or indirect power to ensure that the affairs of S are conducted in accordance with the wishes of P,

and any company of which S is a subsidiary is a parent company of S.

 

1.5 General Interpretation . In this Agreement:

 

(a) references to, or to a provision of, a Finance Document or any other document are references to it as amended or supplemented, whether before the date of this Agreement or otherwise;

 

(b) references to, or to a provision of, any law include any amendment, extension, re-enactment or replacement, whether made before the date of this Agreement or otherwise;

 

(c) words denoting the singular number shall include the plural and vice versa; and

 

(d) Clauses 1.1 to 1.5 apply unless the contrary intention appears.

 

1.6 Headings. In interpreting a Finance Document or any provision of a Finance Document, all clause, sub-clause and other headings in that and any other Finance Document shall be entirely disregarded.

 

14


2 FACILITY

 

2.1 Amount of facility. Subject to the other provisions of this Agreement, the Lender shall make a loan facility not exceeding $67,500,000 in aggregate available to the Borrowers in 4 Tranches and each Tranche shall be used to finance one Ship as follows:

 

(a) in relation to each Chengxi Ship, the Chengxi Tranche for that Chengxi Ship shall be the lesser of:

 

  (i) $16,350,000;

 

  (ii) 60 per cent. of the Contract Price of the Chengxi Ship which is to be financed by such Chengxi Tranche; and

 

  (iii) the amount which, when advanced by the Lender to the Borrowers under this Agreement shall result in a Loan not exceeding 60 per cent. of the aggregate Fair Market Value of all the Ships which, immediately following the drawdown of such Chengxi Tranche, are the subject of a Mortgage; and

 

(b) in relation to each Jiangsu Ship, the Jiangsu Tranche for that Jiangsu Ship shall be the lesser of:

 

  (i) $17,400,000;

 

  (ii) 60 per cent. of the Contract Price of the Jiangsu Ship which is to be financed by such Jiangsu Tranche; and

 

  (iii) the amount which, when advanced by the Lender to the Borrowers under this Agreement shall result in a Loan not exceeding 60 per cent. of the aggregate Fair Market Value of all the Ships which, immediately following the drawdown of such Jiangsu Tranche, are the subject of a Mortgage.

 

2.2 Purpose of Tranches . The Borrowers undertake with the Lender to use each Tranche only for the purpose stated in the preamble to this Agreement.

 

3 DRAWDOWN

 

3.1 Request for advance of a Tranche. Subject to the following conditions, the Borrowers may request the relevant Tranche to be advanced by ensuring that the Lender receives a completed Drawdown Notice not later than 11.00 a.m. (London time) 3 Business Days prior to the intended Drawdown Date.

 

3.2 Availability. The conditions referred to in Clause 3.1 are that:

 

(a) a Drawdown Date has to be a Business Day during the Availability Period applicable to such Tranche;

 

(b) the amount of each Tranche shall not exceed the amount referred to in Clause 2.1; and

 

(c) the aggregate amount of all the Tranches shall not exceed the Commitment.

 

3.3 Drawdown Notice irrevocable. A Drawdown Notice must be signed by a director or officer of a Borrower; and once served, a Drawdown Notice cannot be revoked without the prior consent of the Lender.

 

3.4 Disbursement of Tranche. Subject to the provisions of this Agreement, the Lender shall on each Drawdown Date advance the relevant Tranche to the Borrowers; and payment to the Borrowers shall be made to the account which the Borrowers specify in the relevant Drawdown Notice and such account may be the account of the relevant Builder.

 

3.5 Disbursement of Tranche to third party. The payment by the Lender under Clause 3.4 shall constitute the making of the Tranche and the Borrowers shall at that time become indebted, as principal and direct obligors, to the Lender in an amount equal to that Tranche.

 

15


4 INTEREST

 

4.1 Payment of normal interest. Subject to the provisions of this Agreement, interest on each Tranche in respect of each Interest Period shall be paid by the Borrowers on the last day of that Interest Period.

 

4.2 Normal rate of interest. Subject to the provisions of this Agreement, the rate of interest on each Tranche in respect of an Interest Period shall be the aggregate of (i) the Margin, (ii) the Mandatory Costs (if any) and (iii) LIBOR for that Interest Period.

 

4.3 Payment of accrued interest. In the case of an Interest Period longer than 3 months, accrued interest shall be paid every 3 months during that Interest Period and on the last day of that Interest Period.

 

4.4 Notification of market disruption. The Lender shall promptly notify the Borrowers if for any reason the Lender is unable to obtain Dollars at LIBOR in the London Interbank Market in order to fund the Loan (or any part of it) during any Interest Period, or the cost to the Lender of obtaining matching deposits in the London Interbank Market for that Interest Period could be in excess of LIBOR in each case stating the circumstances which have caused such notice to be given.

 

4.5 Suspension of drawdown. If the Lender’s notice under Clause 4.4 is served before a Tranche is advanced, the Lender’s obligation to advance the Tranche shall be suspended while the circumstances referred to in the Lender’s notice continue.

 

4.6 Negotiation of alternative rate of interest. If the Lender’s notice under Clause 4.4 is served after a Tranche is advanced, the Borrowers and the Lender shall use reasonable endeavours to agree, within the 30 days after the date on which the Lender serves its notice under Clause 4.4 (the “ Negotiation Period ”), an alternative interest rate or (as the case may be) an alternative basis for the Lender to fund or continue to fund the Loan (or any part of it) during the Interest Period concerned.

 

4.7 Application of agreed alternative rate of interest. Any alternative interest rate or an alternative basis which is agreed during the Negotiation Period shall take effect in accordance with the terms agreed.

 

4.8 Alternative rate of interest in absence of agreement. If an alternative interest rate or alternative basis is not agreed within the Negotiation Period, and the relevant circumstances are continuing at the end of the Negotiation Period, then the Lender shall set an interest period and interest rate representing the cost of funding of the Lender in Dollars or in any available currency of the Loan (or any part of it) plus the Margin and the Mandatory Costs (if any); and the procedure provided for by this Clause 4.8 shall be repeated if the relevant circumstances are continuing at the end of the interest period so set by the Lender.

 

4.9 Notice of prepayment. If the Borrowers do not agree with an interest rate set by the Lender under Clause 4.8, the Borrowers may give the Lender not less than 15 Business Days’ notice of their intention to prepay at the end of the interest period set by the Lender.

 

4.10 Prepayment. A notice under Clause 4.9 shall be irrevocable; and on the last Business Day of the interest period set by the Lender, the Borrowers shall prepay (without premium or penalty) the Loan (or the relevant part), together with accrued interest thereon at the applicable rate plus the Margin and the Mandatory Costs (if any).

 

4.11 Application of prepayment. The provisions of Clause 7 shall apply in relation to the prepayment.

 

16


5 INTEREST PERIODS

 

5.1 Commencement of Interest Periods. The first Interest Period applicable to a Tranche shall commence on the Drawdown Date thereof and each subsequent Interest Period shall commence on the expiry of the preceding Interest Period in respect thereof.

 

5.2 Duration of normal Interest Periods. Subject to Clauses 5.3 and 5.4, each Interest Period shall be:

 

(a) 3, 6 or 12 months as notified by the Borrowers to the Lender not later than 11.00 a.m. (London time) 3 Business Days before the commencement of the Interest Period; or

 

(b) 3 months, if the Borrowers fail to notify the Lender by the time specified in paragraph (a); or

 

(c) such other period as the Lender may agree with the Borrowers.

 

5.3 Duration of Interest Periods for repayment instalments. In respect of an amount due to be repaid under Clause 7 on a particular Repayment Date, an Interest Period shall end on that Repayment Date.

 

5.4 Non-availability of matching deposits for Interest Period selected. If, after the Borrowers have selected and the Lender has agreed an Interest Period longer than 3 months, the Lender notifies the Borrowers by 11.00 a.m. (London time) on the third Business Day before the commencement of the Interest Period that it is not satisfied that deposits in Dollars for a period equal to the Interest Period will be available to it in the London Interbank Market when the Interest Period commences, the Interest Period shall be of 3 months.

 

6 DEFAULT INTEREST

 

6.1 Payment of default interest on overdue amounts. The Borrowers shall pay interest in accordance with the following provisions of this Clause 6 on any amount payable by the Borrowers under any Finance Document which the Lender does not receive on or before the relevant date, that is:

 

(a) the date on which the Finance Documents provide that such amount is due for payment; or

 

(b) if a Finance Document provides that such amount is payable on demand, the date on which the demand is served; or

 

(c) if such amount has become immediately due and payable under Clause 18.4, the date on which it became immediately due and payable.

 

6.2 Default rate of interest. Interest shall accrue on an overdue amount from (and including) the relevant date until the date of actual payment (as well after as before judgment) at the rate per annum determined by the Lender to be 2 per cent. above:

 

(a) in the case of an overdue amount of principal, the higher of the rates set out at Clauses 6.3(a) and 6.3(b); or

 

(b) in the case of any other overdue amount, the rate set out at Clause 6.3(b).

 

6.3 Calculation of default rate of interest. The rates referred to in Clause 6.2 are:

 

(a) the rate applicable to the overdue principal amount immediately prior to the relevant date (but only for any unexpired part of any then current Interest Period applicable to it);

 

17


(b) the Margin plus the Mandatory Costs (if any) plus, in respect of successive periods of any duration (including at call) up to 3 months which the Lender may select from time to time:

 

  (i) LIBOR; or

 

  (ii) if the Lender determines that Dollar deposits for any such period are not being made available to it by leading banks in the London Interbank Market in the ordinary course of business, a rate from time to time determined by the Lender by reference to the cost of funds to it from such other sources as the Lender may from time to time determine.

 

6.4 Notification of interest periods and default rates. The Lender shall promptly notify the Borrowers of each interest rate determined by it under Clause 6.3 and of each period selected by it for the purposes of paragraph (b) of that Clause; but this shall not be taken to imply that the Borrowers are liable to pay such interest only with effect from the date of the Lender’s notification.

 

6.5 Payment of accrued default interest. Subject to the other provisions of this Agreement, any interest due under this Clause shall be paid on the last day of the period by reference to which it was determined.

 

6.6 Compounding of default interest. Any such interest which is not paid at the end of the period by reference to which it was determined shall thereupon be compounded.

 

7 REPAYMENT AND PREPAYMENT

 

7.1 Amount of repayment instalments . The Borrowers shall repay:

 

(a) each Chengxi Tranche by 28 equal consecutive quarterly instalments of $292,000 each together with a balloon instalment of $8,174,000 payable simultaneously with the 28 th and last such quarterly instalment; and

 

(b) each Jiangsu Tranche by 28 equal consecutive quarterly instalments of $311,000 each together with a balloon instalment of $8,692,000 payable simultaneously with the 28th and last such quarterly instalment.

If less than the maximum amount of any Tranche is advanced, each repayment instalment for that Tranche, including the balloon instalment, shall be reduced pro rata by an amount in aggregate equal to the undrawn amount.

 

7.2 Repayment Dates. The first instalment of each Tranche shall be repaid on the date falling 3 months after the Drawdown Date in respect of that Tranche and the last instalment together with the balloon instalment in relation to that Tranche on the Maturity Date relating to such Tranche.

 

7.3 Final Repayment Date. On the final Repayment Date, the Borrowers shall additionally pay to the Lender all other sums then accrued or owing under any Finance Document.

 

7.4 Voluntary prepayment. Subject to the conditions set forth in Clause 7.5, the Borrowers may prepay the whole or any part of each Tranche on any interest payment date without premium or penalty.

 

7.5 Conditions for voluntary prepayment. The conditions referred to in Clause 7.4 are that:

 

(a) a partial prepayment shall be $500,000 or a higher integral multiple of $500,000;

 

18


(b) the Lender has received from the Borrowers at least 15 days’ prior written notice specifying the amount to be prepaid and the date on which the prepayment is to be made; and

 

(c) the Borrowers have provided evidence satisfactory to the Lender that any consent required by any Borrower or any Security Party in connection with the prepayment has been obtained and remains in force, and that any regulation relevant to this Agreement which affects any Borrower or any Security Party has been complied with.

 

7.6 Effect of notice of prepayment. A prepayment notice may not be withdrawn or amended without the consent of the Lender and the amount specified in the prepayment notice shall become due and payable by the Borrowers on the date for prepayment specified in the prepayment notice.

 

7.7 Mandatory prepayment. Without prejudice to the provisions of Clause 14, the Borrowers shall be obliged to prepay the outstanding amount of a Tranche if the Ship financed by such Tranche is sold or becomes a Total Loss:

 

(a) in the case of a sale, on or before the date on which the sale is completed by delivery of the Ship to the relevant buyer; or

 

(b) in the case of a Total Loss, on the earlier of the date falling 180 days after the Total Loss Date and the date of receipt by the Lender of the proceeds of insurance relating to such Total Loss.

 

7.8 Amounts payable on prepayment. A prepayment shall be made together with accrued interest (and any other amount payable under Clause 20 or otherwise) in respect of the amount prepaid and, if the prepayment is not made on the last day of an Interest Period together with any sums payable under Clause 20.1(b) but without premium or penalty.

 

7.9 Application of partial prepayment. Each voluntary partial prepayment shall be applied pro rata against the repayment instalments for the relevant Tranche specified in Clause 7.1, including the balloon instalment.

 

7.10 No reborrowing. No amount prepaid may be reborrowed.

 

8 CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

 

8.1 Documents, fees and no default. The Lender’s obligation to advance a Tranche is subject to the following conditions precedent:

 

(a) that, on or before the service of the first Drawdown Notice, the Lender receives the documents described in Part A of Schedule 2 in form and substance satisfactory to it and its lawyers;

 

(b) that, on each Drawdown Date but prior to the making of each Tranche, the Lender receives the relevant documents described in Part B of Schedule 2 in form and substance satisfactory to it and its lawyers;

 

(c) that, on before the service of each Drawdown Notice, the Lender receives all accrued commitment fee payable pursuant to Clause 19.1 and has received payment of any expenses referred to in Clause 19.2; and

 

(d) that both at the date of each Drawdown Notice and at each Drawdown Date:

 

  (i) no Event of Default has occurred or would result from the borrowing of the relevant Tranche;

 

19


  (ii) no event or circumstance which, with the giving of any notice and/or the lapse of time, would constitute an Event of Default, has occurred or would result from the borrowing of the relevant Tranche;

 

  (iii) the representations and warranties in Clause 9 and those of any Borrower or any Security Party which are set out in the other Finance Documents would be true and not misleading if repeated on each of those dates with reference to the circumstances then existing; and

 

  (iv) none of the circumstances contemplated by Clause 4.4 has occurred and is continuing;

 

(e) that, if the ratio set out in Clause 14.1 were applied immediately following the making of the relevant Tranche, the Borrowers would not be obliged to provide additional security or prepay part of the Loan under that Clause; and

 

(f) that the Lender has received, and found to be acceptable to it, any further opinions, consents, agreements and documents in connection with the Finance Documents which the Lender may request by notice to the Borrowers prior to the Drawdown Date.

 

8.2 Waivers of conditions precedent. If the Lender, at its discretion, permits a Tranche to be borrowed before certain of the conditions referred to in Clause 8.1 are satisfied, the Borrowers shall ensure that those conditions are satisfied within 10 days after the Drawdown Date relating to that Tranche (or such other period as the Lender may specify).

 

9 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

9.1 General. Each Borrower represents and warrants to the Lender as follows.

 

9.2 Status. Each Borrower:

 

(a) is duly incorporated and validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands; and

 

(b) is not a FATCA FFI or a US Tax Obligor.

 

9.3 Share capital and ownership. Each Borrower has an authorised share capital of $15, divided into 1,500 registered shares of $0.01 each, all of which shares have been issued fully paid and the legal title and beneficial ownership of all those shares is held, free of any Security Interest or other claim, by the Guarantor.

 

9.4 Corporate power. Each Borrower has the corporate capacity, and has taken all corporate action and obtained all consents necessary for it:

 

(a) to execute the Shipbuilding Contract or MOA (as the case may be) to which it is a party, to purchase and pay for the Ship under such Shipbuilding Contract or MOA (as the case may be) and register that Ship in its name under an Approved Flag;

 

(b) to execute the Finance Documents to which it is a party; and

 

(c) to borrow under this Agreement and to make all the payments contemplated by, and to comply with, those Finance Documents.

 

9.5 Consents in force. All the consents referred to in Clause 9.4 remain in force and nothing has occurred which makes any of them liable to revocation.

 

20


9.6 Legal validity; effective Security Interests. The Finance Documents to which each Borrower is a party, do now or, as the case may be, will, upon execution and delivery (and, where applicable, registration as provided for in the Finance Documents):

 

(a) constitute that Borrower’s legal, valid and binding obligations enforceable against that Borrower in accordance with their respective terms; and

 

(b) create legal, valid and binding Security Interests enforceable in accordance with their respective terms over all the assets to which they, by their terms, relate,

subject to any relevant insolvency laws affecting creditors’ rights generally.

 

9.7 No third party Security Interests. Without limiting the generality of Clause 9.6, at the time of the execution and delivery of each Finance Document:

 

(a) each Borrower which is a party to that Finance Document will have the right to create all the Security Interests which that Finance Document purports to create; and

 

(b) no third party will have any Security Interest (except for Permitted Security Interests) or any other interest, right or claim over, in or in relation to any asset to which any such Security Interest, by its terms, relates.

 

9.8 No conflicts. The execution by each Borrower of each Finance Document to which it is a party, and the borrowing by that Borrower of the Loan, and its compliance with each Finance Document to which it is a party will not involve or lead to a contravention of:

 

(a) any law or regulation; or

 

(b) the constitutional documents of that Borrower; or

 

(c) any contractual or other obligation or restriction which is binding on that Borrower or any of its assets.

 

9.9 No withholding taxes. All payments which each Borrower is liable to make under the Finance Documents to which it is a party may be made without deduction or withholding for or on account of any tax payable under any law of any Pertinent Jurisdiction.

 

9.10 No default. No Event of Default has occurred.

 

9.11 Information. All information which has been provided in writing by or on behalf of the Borrowers or any Security Party to the Lender in connection with any Finance Document satisfied the requirements of Clause 10.5; all audited and unaudited accounts which have been so provided satisfied the requirements of Clause 10.7; and there has been no material adverse change in the financial position or state of affairs of each Borrower from that disclosed in the latest of those accounts.

 

9.12 No litigation. No legal or administrative action involving each Borrower (including action relating to any alleged or actual breach of the ISM Code or the ISPS Code) has been commenced or taken or, to each Borrower’s knowledge, is likely to be commenced or taken which, in either case, would be likely to have a material adverse effect on any Borrower’s financial position or which would prevent it from meeting its obligations under this Agreement or any of the other Finance Documents.

 

9.13 Compliance with certain undertakings. At the date of this Agreement, each Borrower is in compliance with Clauses 10.2, 10.4, 10.8 and 10.11.

 

21


9.14 Shipbuilding Contracts and MOAs

 

(a) To the best of the Borrowers’ knowledge and belief, the copies of each of the Shipbuilding Contracts delivered to the Lender before the date of this Agreement are true and complete copies and no amendments or additions to any of the Shipbuilding Contracts have been agreed which would result in a change of specification, classification, the characteristics, type, contract price or expected delivery date of the relevant Ship which could reasonably be considered material in the context of this Agreement;

 

(b) the copies of each MOA delivered to the Lender before the date of this Agreement are true and complete copies and no amendments or additions to either MOA have been agreed which would result in a change of specification, classification, the characteristics, type, purchase price or expected delivery date of the relevant Ship which could reasonably be considered material in the context of this Agreement;

 

(c) to the best of the Borrowers’ knowledge, no party to any Shipbuilding Contract has waived any of its rights under any Shipbuilding Contract; and

 

(d) no Borrower has waived any of its rights under the MOA to which it is a party.

 

9.15 No rebates etc. Save for a purchase fee which has been agreed in the Services Administrative Agreement filed with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission as disclosed to the Lender prior to the date of this Agreement, there is no agreement or understanding to allow or pay any rebate, premium, commission, discount or other benefit or payment (howsoever described) to any Borrower, either Builder or a third party in connection with the purchase by any Borrower of the Ship to be owned by it other than as disclosed to the Lender in writing on or prior to the date of this Agreement.

 

9.16 Taxes paid. Each Borrower has paid all taxes applicable to, or imposed on or in relation to that Borrower, its business or the Ship owned by it.

 

9.17 ISM Code, ISPS Code and Environmental Laws compliance. All requirements of the ISM Code, ISPS Code and Environmental Laws as they relate to the Borrowers, the Approved Manager and each Ship have been complied with.

 

9.18 No money laundering. Without prejudice to the generality of Clause 2.2, in relation to the borrowing by the Borrowers of the Loan, the performance and discharge of their respective obligations and liabilities under the Finance Documents, and the transactions and other arrangements affected or contemplated by the Finance Documents to which each Borrower is a party, each Borrower confirms (i) that it is acting for its own account; (ii) that it will use the proceeds of the Loan for its own benefit, under its full responsibility and exclusively for the purposes specified in this Agreement, and (iii) that the foregoing will not involve or lead to a contravention of any law, official requirement or other regulatory measure or procedure implemented to combat “money laundering” (as defined in Article 1 of Directive 2005/60/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council) and/or Art. 305 bis of the Swiss Penal Code.

 

9.19 No immunity. No Borrower is and no assets of any Borrower are entitled to immunity on the grounds of sovereignty or otherwise from any legal action or proceedings (which shall include, without limitation, suit, attachment prior to judgment, execution or other enforcement).

 

10 GENERAL UNDERTAKINGS

 

10.1 General. Each Borrower undertakes with the Lender to comply with the following provisions of this Clause 10 at all times during the Security Period, except as the Lender may otherwise permit.

 

22


10.2 Title; negative pledge. Each Borrower will:

 

(a) keep its rights under the Shipbuilding Contract to which it is a party and with effect from the delivery of its Ship under the Shipbuilding Contract to which it is a party, hold the legal title to, and own the entire beneficial interest in the Ship owned by it, her Insurances and Earnings to which it is a party, free from all Security Interests and other interests and rights of every kind, except for those created by the Finance Documents and the effect of assignments contained in the Finance Documents and except for Permitted Security Interests;

 

(b) not create or permit to arise any Security Interest over any other asset, present or future; and

 

(c) procure that its liabilities under the Finance Documents to which it is a party do and will rank at least pari passu with all other present and future unsecured liabilities, except for liabilities which are mandatorily preferred by law.

 

10.3 No disposal of assets. No Borrower will transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of:

 

(a) all or a substantial part of its assets, whether by one transaction or a number of transactions, whether related or not; or

 

(b) any debt payable to it or any other right (present, future or contingent right) to receive a payment, including any right to damages or compensation except for demurrage claims and otherwise in the ordinary course of conducting its business as a ship owner.

 

10.4 No other liabilities or obligations to be incurred. No Borrower will incur any liability or obligation except liabilities and obligations under the Shipbuilding Contract or the MOA (as the case may be) to which it is a party, the Finance Documents to which it is a party, or obligations reasonably incurred in the ordinary course of operating and chartering, repair and maintenance of the Ship owned by it.

 

10.5 Information provided to be accurate. All financial and other information which is provided in writing by or on behalf of a Borrower under or in connection with any Finance Document will be true and not misleading and will not omit any material fact or consideration.

 

10.6 Provision of financial statements. Each Borrower will send, or procure there is sent, to the Lender:

 

(a) as soon as possible, but in no event later than 180 days after the end of each financial year of the Guarantor, the audited consolidated accounts of the Guarantor and its subsidiaries;

 

(b) as soon as possible, but in no event later than 60 days after the end of each quarter in each financial year of the Guarantor, the unaudited consolidated accounts of the Guarantor and its subsidiaries certified as to their correctness by an officer of the Guarantor;

 

(c) a duly completed Compliance Certificate signed by the chief financial officer of the Guarantor together with the quarterly unaudited consolidated accounts that the Borrowers procure are delivered pursuant to paragraph (b) above each certified by the Guarantor’s chief financial officer; and

 

(d) such other financial information in relation to the Guarantor and any Borrower as the Lender may reasonably request.

 

10.7 Form of financial statements. All (audited and unaudited) accounts delivered under Clause 10.6 will:

 

(a) (in the case of audited accounts) be prepared in accordance with all applicable laws and GAAP consistently applied;

 

23


(b) (in the case of unaudited accounts) be prepared in the same form as disclosed to the Lender prior to the date of this Agreement;

 

(c) give a true and fair view of the financial condition of the relevant party at the date of those accounts and of its profit for the period to which those accounts relate; and

 

(d) fully disclose or provide for all significant liabilities of the relevant party.

 

10.8 Consents. Each Borrower will maintain in force and promptly obtain or renew, and will promptly send certified copies to the Lender of, all consents required:

 

(a) for that Borrower to perform its obligations under any Finance Document to which it is a party or the Shipbuilding Contract to which it is a party;

 

(b) for the validity or enforceability of any Finance Document to which it is a party or the Shipbuilding Contract to which it is a party; and

 

(c) for that Borrower to continue to own and operate the Ship owned by it,

and that Borrower will comply with the terms of all such consents.

 

10.9 Maintenance of Security Interests. Each Borrower will:

 

(a) at its own cost, do all that it reasonably can to ensure that any Finance Document validly creates the obligations and the Security Interests which it purports to create; and

 

(b) without limiting the generality of paragraph (a), at its own cost, promptly register, file, record or enrol any Finance Document with any court or authority in all Pertinent Jurisdictions, pay any stamp, registration or similar tax in all Pertinent Jurisdictions in respect of any Finance Document, give any notice or take any other step which may be or has become necessary or desirable for any Finance Document to be valid, enforceable or admissible in evidence or to ensure or protect the priority of any Security Interest which it creates.

 

10.10 Notification of litigation. Each Borrower will provide the Lender with details of any legal or administrative action involving that Borrower, any Security Party or the Ship owned by it, the Earnings or the Insurances as soon as such action is instituted, unless it is clear that the legal or administrative action cannot be considered material in the context of any Finance Document.

 

10.11 Principal place of business. Each Borrower will maintain its place of business, and keep its corporate documents and records, at the address stated at the commencement of this Agreement; and no Borrower will establish, or do anything as a result of which it would be deemed to have, a place of business in any country other than the Republic of the Marshall Islands.

 

10.12 No amendment to Shipbuilding Contracts and MOAs. No Borrower will agree, if and to the extent it acquires any rights under any Shipbuilding Contract or MOA (as the case may be), to any amendment or supplement to, or waive or fail to enforce, the Shipbuilding Contract or MOA (as the case may be) to which it is or is to become a party or any of its provisions in any manner which would result in a change of specification, classification, the characteristics, type, contract price or scheduled delivery date for the Ship to be owned by such Borrower which could reasonably be considered material in the context of this Agreement.

 

24


10.13 Confirmation of no default. Each Borrower will, within 2 Business Days after service by the Lender of a written request, serve on the Lender a notice which is signed by the sole director of that Borrower and which:

 

(a) states that no Event of Default has occurred; or

 

(b) states that no Event of Default has occurred, except for a specified event or matter, of which all material details are given.

 

10.14 Notification of default. Each Borrower will notify the Lender as soon as that Borrower becomes aware of the occurrence of an Event of Default and will keep the Lender fully up-to-date with all developments.

 

10.15 Provision of further information. Each Borrower will, as soon as practicable after receiving the request, provide the Lender with any additional financial or other information relating:

 

(a) to that Borrower, the Ship owned by it, the Earnings or the Insurances;

 

(b) to the financial condition, commitments and operations and any Financial Indebtedness of the Guarantor and any Borrower; or

 

(c) to any other matter relevant to, or to any provision of, a Finance Document,

which may be requested by the Lender at any time acting reasonably.

 

10.16 Financial Indebtedness . No Borrower shall incur or permit to be outstanding any Financial Indebtedness except (i) Financial Indebtedness incurred under the Finance Documents and/or (ii) permitted Financial Indebtedness in an aggregate amount not exceeding five hundred thousand Dollars ($500,000) to parties other than the Lender arising in the ordinary course of each Borrower’s business of owning, operating, chartering, repairing and maintaining its Ship.

 

10.17 Sanctions. Each Borrower understands that the Lender, be it due to applicable laws or due to internal rules and regulations, is prohibited from conducting transactions, including finance transactions, with the government of or any person or entity owned or controlled by the government of Restricted Countries or Restricted Persons.

Each Borrower confirms and undertakes that it shall not transfer, make use of or provide the benefits of any money, proceeds or services provided by or received from the Lender to any Restricted Persons or conduct any business activity (such as entering into any ship acquisition agreement, any ship refinancing agreement and/or any charter agreement) related to a vessel, project, asset or otherwise for which money, proceeds or services have been received from the Lender with any Restricted Persons.

In this Clause 10.17:

Restricted Countries ” mean Cuba, Iran, Myanmar, North Korea, Sudan and Syria and any additional countries notified by the Lender to the Borrowers based on respective sanctions being imposed by the United States Treasury Department’s Office of Foreign Assets Control (“ OFAC ”) or any of the regulative bodies referred to in the definition of Restricted Persons.

Restricted Persons ” means persons, entities or any other parties (i) located, domiciled, resident or incorporated in Restricted Countries (ii) subject to any sanction administrated by the United Nations, the European Union, the State Secretariat for Economic Affairs of Switzerland (“ SECO ”), OFAC, HM Treasury of the United Kingdom, the Monetary Authority of Singapore (“ MAS ”) and the Hong Kong Monetary Authority (“ HKMA ”) and/or any other applicable country and/or (iii) owned or controlled by or affiliated with persons, entities or any other parties as referred to in (i) and (ii).

 

25


10.18 “Know your customer” checks. If:

 

(a) the introduction of or any change in (or in the interpretation, administration or application of) any law or regulation made after the date of this Agreement;

 

(b) any change in the status of any Borrower or any Security Party after the date of this Agreement; or

 

(c) a proposed assignment or transfer by the Lender of any of its rights and obligations under this Agreement to a party that is not a Lender prior to such assignment or transfer,

obliges the Lender (or, in the case of paragraph (c), any prospective new Lender) to comply with “know your customer” or similar identification procedures in circumstances where the necessary information is not already available to it, each Borrower shall promptly upon the request of the Lender supply, or procure the supply of, such documentation and other evidence as is reasonably requested by the Lender (for itself or, in the case of the event described in paragraph (c), on behalf of any prospective new Lender) in order for the Lender or, in the case of the event described in paragraph (c), any prospective new Lender to carry out and be satisfied it has complied with all necessary “know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations pursuant to the transactions contemplated in the Finance Documents.

 

10.19 Taxes. Each Borrower shall prepare and timely file all tax returns required to the filed by it and pay and discharge all taxes imposed upon it or its assets before the same shall become a default.

 

10.20 Application of FACTA. No Borrower shall become, and each Borrower shall ensure that no Security Party becomes, a FACTA FFI or US Tax Obligor.

 

11 CORPORATE UNDERTAKINGS

 

11.1 General. Each Borrower also undertakes with the Lender to comply with the following provisions of this Clause 11 at all times during the Security Period except as the Lender may otherwise permit.

 

11.2 Maintenance of status. Each Borrower will maintain its separate corporate existence and remain in good standing under the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands.

 

11.3 Negative undertakings. No Borrower will:

 

(a) carry on any business other than the ownership, chartering and operation of the Ship owned by it; or

 

(b) provide any form of credit or financial assistance to:

 

  (i) a person who is directly or indirectly interested in that Borrower’s share or loan capital; or

 

  (ii) any company in or with which such a person is directly or indirectly interested or connected;

or enter into any transaction with or involving such a person or company on terms which are, in any respect, less favourable to that Borrower than those which it could obtain in a bargain made at arms’ length; or

 

(c) open or maintain any account with any bank or financial institution except accounts with the Lender for the purposes of the Finance Documents and an account with ABN Amro Bank N.V., Rotterdam.

 

26


(d) issue, allot or grant any person a right to any shares in its capital or repurchase or reduce its issued share capital; or

 

(e) acquire any shares or other securities other than US or UK Treasury bills and certificates of deposit issued by major North American or European banks, or enter into any transaction in a derivative; or

 

(f) enter into any form of amalgamation, merger, sub-division or de-merger or any form of reconstruction or reorganisation; or

 

(g) be the creditor in respect of any loan or any form of credit to any person; or

 

(h) give or allow to be outstanding any guarantee or indemnity to or for the benefit of any person in respect of any obligation of any other person or enter into any document under which that Borrower assumes any liability of any other person other than any guarantee or indemnity given under the Finance Documents.

 

11.4 Dividends. No Borrower shall pay any dividend or make any other form of distribution or effect any form of redemption, purchase or return of share capital if an Event of Default has occurred or an Event of Default will result from the payment of a dividend or the making of any other form of distribution.

 

12 INSURANCE

 

12.1 General. Each Borrower also undertakes with the Lender to comply with the following provisions of this Clause 12 in respect of each Ship at all times during the Security Period after that Ship has been delivered to it under the relevant Shipbuilding Contract except as the Lender may otherwise permit.

 

12.2 Maintenance of obligatory insurances. Each Borrower shall keep the Ship owned by it insured at the expense of that Borrower against:

 

(a) fire and usual marine risks (including hull and machinery and excess risks);

 

(b) war risks (including terrorism cover and war risks protection and indemnity cover including crew);

 

(c) protection and indemnity risks with a protection and indemnity club being a member of the International Group of Protection and Indemnity Associations; and

 

(d) any other risks against which the Lender considers, having regard to practices and other circumstances prevailing at the relevant time, it would in the opinion of the Lender be reasonable for that Borrower to insure and which are specified by the Lender by notice to that Borrower.

 

12.3 Terms of obligatory insurances. Each Borrower shall effect such insurances:

 

(a) in Dollars;

 

(b) in the case of fire and usual marine risks and war risks, in an amount on an agreed value basis at least the greater of (i) an amount in respect of the Ship owned by it which, when aggregated with the insured amount of the other Ships which are the subject of a Mortgage is equal to 120 per cent. of the Loan and (ii) the Fair Market Value of that Ship;

 

(c) in the case of oil pollution liability risks, for an aggregate amount equal to the highest level of cover from time to time available under basic protection and indemnity club entry;

 

27


(d) in relation to protection and indemnity risks in respect of the full tonnage of the Ship owned by it;

 

(e) on approved terms; and

 

(f) through approved brokers and with approved insurance companies and/or underwriters or, in the case of war risks and protection and indemnity risks, in approved war risks and protection and indemnity risks associations.

 

12.4 Further protections for the Lender. In addition to the terms set out in Clause 12.3, each Borrower shall procure that the obligatory insurances effected by it shall:

 

(a) subject always to paragraph (b), name that Borrower as the sole named assured unless the interest of every other named assured is limited:

 

  (i) in respect of any obligatory insurances for hull and machinery and war risks;

 

  (A) to any provable out-of-pocket expenses that it has incurred and which form part of any recoverable claim on underwriters; and

 

  (B) to any third party liability claims where cover for such claims is provided by the policy (and then only in respect of discharge of any claims made against it); and

 

  (ii) in respect of any obligatory insurances for protection and indemnity risks, to any recoveries it is entitled to make by way of reimbursement following discharge of any third party liability claims made specifically against it;

and every other named assured has undertaken in writing to the Lender (in such form as it requires) that any deductible shall be apportioned between that Borrower and every other named assured in proportion to the gross claims made or paid by each of them and that it shall do all things necessary and provide all documents, evidence and information to enable the Lender to collect or recover any moneys which at any time become payable in respect of the obligatory insurances;

 

(b) in the case of any obligatory insurances against any risks other than protection and indemnity risks, and whenever the Lender requires, name (or be amended to name) the Lender as additional named assured for its rights and interests, warranted no operational interest and with full waiver of rights of subrogation against the Lender, but without the Lender thereby being liable to pay (but having the right to pay) premiums, calls or other assessments in respect of such insurance;

 

(c) name the Lender as loss payee with such directions for payment as the Lender may specify;

 

(d) provide that all payments by or on behalf of the insurers under the obligatory insurances to the Lender shall be made without set-off, counterclaim or deductions or condition whatsoever;

 

(e) provide that such obligatory insurances shall be primary without right of contribution from other insurances which may be carried by the Lender; and

 

(f) provide that the Lender may make proof of loss if that Borrower fails to do so.

 

28


12.5 Renewal of obligatory insurances. Each Borrower shall:

 

(a) at least 14 days before the expiry of any obligatory insurance effected by it:

 

  (i) notify the Lender of the brokers (or other insurers) and any protection and indemnity or war risks association through or with whom that Borrower proposes to renew that obligatory insurance and of the proposed terms of renewal; and

 

  (ii) obtain the Lender’s approval to the matters referred to in paragraph (i);

 

(b) at least 7 days before the expiry of any obligatory insurance effected by it, renew that obligatory insurance in accordance with the Lender’s approval pursuant to paragraph (a); and

 

(c) procure that the approved brokers and/or the war risks and protection and indemnity associations with which such a renewal is effected shall promptly after the renewal notify the Lender in writing of the terms and conditions of the renewal.

 

12.6 Copies of policies; letters of undertaking. Each Borrower shall ensure that all approved brokers provide the Lender with pro forma copies of all policies relating to the obligatory insurances which they are to effect or renew and of a letter or letters or undertaking in a form required by the Lender and including undertakings by the approved brokers that:

 

(a) they will have endorsed on each policy, immediately upon issue, a loss payable clause and a notice of assignment complying with the provisions of Clause 12.4;

 

(b) they will hold such policies, and the benefit of such insurances, to the order of the Lender in accordance with the said loss payable clause;

 

(c) they will advise the Lender immediately of any material change to the terms of the obligatory insurances;

 

(d) they will notify the Lender, not less than 14 days before the expiry of the obligatory insurances, in the event of their not having received notice of renewal instructions from that Borrower or its agents and, in the event of their receiving instructions to renew, they will promptly notify the Lender of the terms of the instructions; and

 

(e) they will not set off against any sum recoverable in respect of a claim relating to the Ship owned by that Borrower under such obligatory insurances any premiums or other amounts due to them or any other person whether in respect of that Ship or otherwise, they waive any lien on the policies, or any sums received under them, which they might have in respect of such premiums or other amounts, and they will not cancel such obligatory insurances by reason of non-payment of such premiums or other amounts, and will arrange for a separate policy to be issued in respect of that Ship forthwith upon being so requested by the Lender.

 

12.7 Copies of certificates of entry. Each Borrower shall ensure that any protection and indemnity and/or war risks associations in which the Ship owned by it is entered provides the Lender with:

 

(a) a certified copy of the certificate of entry for that Ship;

 

(b) a letter or letters of undertaking in such form as may be required by the Lender; and

 

(c) if the Lender requests, a copy of each certificate of financial responsibility for pollution by oil or other Environmentally Sensitive Material issued by the relevant certifying authority in relation to that Ship.

 

12.8 Deposit of original policies. Each Borrower shall ensure that all policies relating to obligatory insurances effected by it are deposited with the approved brokers through which the insurances are effected or renewed.

 

29


12.9 Payment of premiums. Each Borrower shall punctually pay all premiums or other sums payable in respect of the obligatory insurances effected by it and produce all relevant receipts when so required by the Lender.

 

12.10 Guarantees. Each Borrower shall ensure that any guarantees required by a protection and indemnity or war risks association are promptly issued and remain in full force and effect.

 

12.11 Compliance with terms of insurances. No Borrower shall do nor omit to do (nor permit to be done or not to be done) any act or thing which would or might render any obligatory insurance invalid, void, voidable or unenforceable or render any sum payable under an obligatory insurance repayable in whole or in part; and, in particular:

 

(a) each Borrower shall take all necessary action and comply with all requirements which may from time to time be applicable to the obligatory insurances, and (without limiting the obligation contained in Clause 12.6(c)) ensure that the obligatory insurances are not made subject to any exclusions or qualifications to which the Lender has not given its prior approval;

 

(b) no Borrower shall make any changes relating to the classification or classification society or manager or operator of the Ship owned by it unless approved by both the underwriters of the obligatory insurances and the Lenders in advance of any such proposed change;

 

(c) each Borrower shall make (and promptly supply copies to the Lender of) all quarterly or other voyage declarations which may be required by the protection and indemnity risks association in which the Ship owned by it is entered to maintain cover for trading to the United States of America and Exclusive Economic Zone (as defined in the United States Oil Pollution Act 1990 or any other applicable legislation); and

 

(d) no Borrower shall employ the Ship owned by it, nor allow it to be employed, otherwise than in conformity with the terms and conditions of the obligatory insurances, without first obtaining the consent of the insurers and complying with any requirements (as to extra premium or otherwise) which the insurers specify.

 

12.12 Alteration to terms of insurances. No Borrower shall either make or agree to any alteration to the terms of any obligatory insurance nor waive any right relating to any obligatory insurance.

 

12.13 Settlement of claims. No Borrower shall settle, compromise or abandon any claim under any obligatory insurance for Total Loss or for a Major Casualty, and shall do all things necessary and provide all documents, evidence and information to enable the Lender to collect or recover any moneys which at any time become payable in respect of the obligatory insurances.

 

12.14 Provision of copies of communications. Each Borrower shall provide the Lender upon request, at the time of each such communication, copies of all written communications between that Borrower and:

 

(a) the approved brokers; and

 

(b) the approved protection and indemnity and/or war risks associations; and

 

(c) the approved insurance companies and/or underwriters, which relate directly or indirectly to:

 

  (i) that Borrower’s obligations relating to the obligatory insurances including, without limitation, all requisite declarations and payments of additional premiums or calls; and

 

  (ii) any credit arrangements made between that Borrower and any of the persons referred to in paragraphs (a) or (b) relating wholly or partly to the effecting or maintenance of the obligatory insurances.

 

30


12.15 Provision of information. In addition, each Borrower shall promptly provide the Lender (or any persons which it may designate) with any information which the Lender (or any such designated person) requests for the purpose of:

 

(a) obtaining or preparing any report from an independent marine insurance broker as to the adequacy of the obligatory insurances effected or proposed to be effected; and/or

 

(b) effecting, maintaining or renewing any such insurances as are referred to in Clause 12.16 below or dealing with or considering any matters relating to any such insurances;

and the Borrowers shall, forthwith upon demand, indemnify the Lender in respect of all fees and other expenses incurred by or for the account of the Lender in connection with any such report as is referred to in paragraph (a).

 

12.16 Mortgagee’s interest, additional perils. The Lender shall be entitled from time to time to effect, maintain and renew a mortgagee’s interest additional perils insurance in respect of any Ship and a mortgagee’s interest marine insurance for an aggregate amount of not less than 120 per cent. of the Loan, on such terms, through such insurers and generally in such manner as the Lender may from time to time consider appropriate and the Borrowers shall upon demand fully indemnify the Lender in respect of all premiums and other expenses which are incurred in connection with or with a view to effecting, maintaining or renewing any such insurance or dealing with, or considering, any matter arising out of any such insurance. If the Lender effects such insurances, it shall, if requested, provide the Borrowers with invoices.

 

12.17 Review of insurance requirements. The Lender shall be entitled to review the requirements of this Clause 12 from time to time in order to take account of any changes in circumstances after the date of this Agreement which are, in the opinion of the Lender, significant and capable of affecting any Borrower or any Ship and its or their insurance (including, without limitation, changes in the availability or the cost of insurance coverage or the risks to which any Borrower may be subject), and may appoint insurance consultants in relation to this review at the cost of the Borrowers.

 

12.18 Modification of insurance requirements. The Lender shall notify the Borrowers of any modification proposed by the insurance consultants under Clause 12.17 to the requirements of this Clause 12 which the Lender reasonably considers appropriate in the circumstances, and such modification shall take effect on and from the date it is notified in writing to the Borrowers as an amendment to this Clause 12 and shall bind the Borrowers accordingly. The Borrowers shall be allowed 5 Business Days to implement any modifications to any Ship’s insurance policies required under this Clause 12.

 

13 SHIP COVENANTS

 

13.1 General. Each Borrower also undertakes with the Lender to comply with the following provisions of this Clause 13 in respect of each Ship at all times during the Security Period after that Ship has been delivered to it under the relevant Shipbuilding Contract except as the Lender may otherwise permit.

 

13.2 Ship’s name and registration. Each Borrower shall keep the Ship owned by it registered in its name under an Approved Flag; shall not do, omit to do or allow to be done anything as a result of which such registration might be cancelled or imperilled; and shall not change the name or port of registry of the Ship owned by it without the Lender’s prior written consent.

 

31


13.3 Repair and classification. Each Borrower shall keep the Ship owned by it in a good and safe condition and state of repair:

 

(a) consistent with first-class ship ownership and management practice;

 

(b) so as to maintain the highest class for that Ship with an Approved Classification Society, free of overdue recommendations and conditions affecting that Ship’s class; and

 

(c) so as to comply with all laws and regulations applicable to vessels registered under the law of the Approved Flag on which that Ship is registered or to vessels trading to any jurisdiction to which that Ship may trade from time to time, including but not limited to the ISM Code and the ISPS Code.

 

13.4 Class records. Each Borrower shall use best endeavours to procure upon Lender’s request that the Approved Classification Society referred to in Clause 13.3(b) shall:

 

(a) send to the Lender, following receipt of a written request from the Lender, certified true copies of all original class records held by the Approved Classification Society in relation to the Ship owned by it;

 

(b) allow the Lender (or its agents), at any time and from time to time, on reasonable notice, to inspect the original class and related records of that Borrower and the Ship owned by it at the offices of the Approved Classification Society and to take copies of them;

 

(c) notify the Lender immediately in writing if:

 

  (i) the Approved Classification Society of a Ship is to be changed; or

 

  (ii) the Approved Classification Society becomes aware of any facts or matters which may result in or have resulted in a change, suspension, discontinuance, withdrawal or expiry of any Ship’s class under the rules or terms and conditions of that Borrower’s or any Ship’s membership of the Approved Classification Society;

 

(d) following receipt of a written request from the Lender:

 

  (i) confirm that that Borrower is not in default of any of its contractual obligations or liabilities to the Approved Classification Society and, without limiting the foregoing, that it has paid in full all fees or other charges due and payable to the Approved Classification Society; or

 

  (ii) if that Borrower is in default of any of its contractual obligations or liabilities to the Approved Classification Society, specify to the Lender in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances of such default, the consequences of such default, and any remedy period agreed or allowed by the Approved Classification Society.

Provided however that all the Lender’s requests from and/or notices to the relevant Approved Classification Society referred to in this Clause 13.4 shall always be sent with a copy to the relevant Borrower.

 

13.5 Modification. No Borrower shall make any modification or repairs to, or replacement of, the Ship owned by it or equipment installed on that Ship which would or might materially alter the structure, type or performance characteristics of that Ship or materially reduce its value unless such alternation or removal pursuant to Clause 13.6 below is required by statute or by that Ship’s Approved Classification Society.

 

13.6

Removal of parts. No Borrower shall remove any material part of the Ship owned by it, or any item of equipment installed on that Ship, unless the part or item so removed is forthwith replaced by a suitable part or item which is in the same condition as or better

 

32


  condition than the part or item removed, is free from any Security Interest or any right in favour of any person other than the Lender and becomes on installation on that Ship the property of the relevant Borrower and subject to the security constituted by the relevant Mortgage Provided that a Borrower may install equipment owned by a third party if the equipment can be removed without any risk of damage to the Ship owned by it.

 

13.7 Surveys. Each Borrower, at its sole expense, shall submit the Ship owned by it regularly to all periodical or other surveys which may be required for classification purposes and, if so required by the Lender provide the Lender, with copies of all survey reports.

 

13.8 Inspection. Each Borrower shall permit the Lender (by surveyors or other persons appointed by it for that purpose) to board the Ship owned by it at all reasonable times and on reasonable notice but so as not to interfere with the operation of such Ship and at the Borrowers’ expense to inspect its condition or to satisfy themselves about proposed or executed repairs and shall afford all proper facilities for such inspections Provided that unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Borrowers shall not have to pay for more than 1 inspection per Ship in each calendar year commencing January 2017.

 

13.9 Prevention of and release from arrest. Each Borrower shall promptly discharge:

 

(a) all liabilities which give or may give rise to maritime or possessory liens on or claims enforceable against the Ship owned by it, the Earnings or the Insurances;

 

(b) all taxes, dues and other amounts charged in respect of the Ship owned by it, the Earnings or the Insurances; and

 

(c) all other outgoings whatsoever in respect of the Ship owned by it, the Earnings or the Insurances,

and, forthwith upon receiving notice of the arrest of the Ship owned by it, or of its detention in exercise or purported exercise of any lien or claim, that Borrower shall procure its release by providing bail or otherwise as the circumstances may require.

 

13.10 Compliance with laws etc. Each Borrower shall:

 

(a) comply, or procure compliance with the ISM Code, the ISPS Code, all Environmental Laws and all other laws or regulations relating to the Ship owned by it, its ownership, operation and management or to the business of that Borrower;

 

(b) not employ the Ship owned by it nor allow its employment in any manner contrary to any law or regulation in any relevant jurisdiction including but not limited to the ISM Code and the ISPS Code; and

 

(c) in the event of hostilities in any part of the world (whether war is declared or not), not cause or permit the Ship owned by it to enter or trade to any zone which is declared a war zone by any government or by that Ship’s war risks insurers unless the prior written consent of the Lender has been given and that Borrower has (at its expense) effected any special, additional or modified insurance cover which the Lender may require.

 

13.11 Provision of information. Each Borrower shall promptly provide the Lender with any information which it requests regarding:

 

(a) the Ship owned by it, its employment, position and engagements;

 

(b) the Earnings and payments and amounts due to the master and crew of the Ship owned by it;

 

33


(c) any expenses incurred, or likely to be incurred, in connection with the operation, maintenance or repair of the Ship owned by it and any payments made in respect of that Ship;

 

(d) any towages and salvages; and

 

(e) its compliance, the Approved Manager’s compliance or the compliance of the Ship owned by it with the ISM Code and the ISPS Code,

and, upon the Lender’s request, provide copies of any current charter relating to the Ship owned by it, of any current charter guarantee and copies of the Borrower’s or the Approved Manager’s Document of Compliance.

 

13.12 Notification of certain events. Each Borrower shall immediately notify the Lender by fax or electronic mail, confirmed forthwith, by letter of:

 

(a) any casualty which is or is likely to be or to become a Major Casualty;

 

(b) any occurrence as a result of which the Ship owned by it has become or is, by the passing of time or otherwise, likely to become a Total Loss;

 

(c) any requirement or recommendation made by any insurer or classification society or by any competent authority which is not complied with within the timeframe specified by such insurer or classification society;

 

(d) any arrest or detention of the Ship owned by it, any exercise or purported exercise of any lien on that Ship or its Earnings or any requisition of that Ship for hire;

 

(e) any intended dry docking of the Ship owned by it;

 

(f) any Environmental Claim made against that Borrower or in connection with the Ship owned by it, or any Environmental Incident in connection with that Ship;

 

(g) any claim for breach of the ISM Code or the ISPS Code being made against that Borrower, the Approved Manager or otherwise in connection with the Ship owned by it; or

 

(h) any other matter, event or incident, actual or threatened, the effect of which will or could lead to the ISM Code or ISPS Code not being complied with,

and that Borrower shall keep the Lender advised in writing on a regular basis and in such detail as the Lender shall require of that Borrower’s, the Approved Manager’s or any other person’s response to any of those events or matters.

 

13.13 Restrictions on chartering, appointment of managers etc. No Borrower shall, in relation to the Ship owned by it:

 

(a) let that Ship on demise charter for any period;

 

(b) without the Lender’s prior approval, enter into any time or consecutive voyage charter in respect of that Ship for a term which exceeds, or which by virtue of any optional extensions may exceed, 12 months;

 

(c) enter into any charter in relation to that Ship under which more than 2 months’ hire (or the equivalent) is payable in advance;

 

(d) charter that Ship otherwise than on bona fide arm’s length terms at the time when that Ship is fixed;

 

34


(e) appoint a manager of that Ship other than the Approved Manager or agree to any alteration to the terms of the Approved Manager’s appointment;

 

(f) appoint a classification society for that Ship other than an Approved Classification Society;

 

(g) de-activate or lay up that Ship; or

 

(h) put that Ship into the possession of any person for the purpose of work being done upon it in an amount exceeding or likely to exceed $500,000 (or the equivalent in any other currency) unless that person has first given to the Lender and in terms satisfactory to it a written undertaking not to exercise any lien on that Ship or its Earnings for the cost of such work or any other reason.

 

13.14 Notice of Mortgage. Each Borrower shall keep the relevant Mortgage registered against the Ship owned by it as a valid first priority mortgage, carry on board that Ship a certified copy of the relevant Mortgage and place and maintain in a conspicuous place in the navigation room and the Master’s cabin of that Ship a framed printed notice stating that that Ship is mortgaged by that Borrower to the Lender.

 

13.15 Sharing of Earnings. No Borrower shall enter into any agreement or arrangement for the sharing of any Earnings of the Ship owned by it provided always that any Ship may be entered into any Approved Pooling Arrangement which is operated in full compliance with the provisions of Clause 10.17 in respect of Sanctions.

 

13.16 ISPS Code. Each Borrower shall comply with the ISPS Code and in particular, without limitation, shall:

 

(a) procure that the Ship owned by it and the company responsible for that Ship’s compliance with the ISPS Code comply with the ISPS Code; and

 

(b) maintain for the Ship owned by it an ISSC; and

 

(c) notify the Lender immediately in writing of any actual or threatened withdrawal, suspension, cancellation or modification of the ISSC.

 

13.17 Copies of Charters; Charterparty Assignment. Provided that all approvals necessary under Clause 13.13(b) have been previously obtained, each Borrower shall:

 

(a) furnish promptly to the Lender a true and complete copy of any Charter for the Ship owned by it, all other documents related thereto and a true and complete copy of each material amendment or other modification thereof; and

 

(b) in respect of any such Charter, execute and deliver to the Lender a Charterparty Assignment and use reasonable commercial efforts to cause the charterer to execute and deliver to the Lender a consent and acknowledgement to such Charterparty Assignment in the form required thereby.

 

13.18 Change of Approved Manager. If, in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, there is any change of Approved Manager, the Borrowers shall:

 

(a) promptly provide the Lender with a copy of the management agreement pursuant to which such new Approved Manager is to be appointed; and

 

(b) procure the new Approved Manager shall provide to the Lender, on or prior to the commencement of its appointment, a Manager’s Undertaking.

 

35


14 SECURITY COVER

 

14.1 Minimum required security cover. Clause 14.2 applies if the Lender notifies the Borrowers that:

 

(a) the aggregate of the Fair Market Value of each Ship subject to a Mortgage; plus

 

(b) the net realisable value of any additional security previously provided under this Clause 14,

is below 130 per cent. of the Loan.

 

14.2 Provision of additional security; prepayment. If the Lender serves a notice on the Borrowers under Clause 14.1, the Borrowers shall, within 1 month after the date on which the Lender’s notice is served, either:

 

(a) provide, or ensure that a third party provides, additional security which, in the opinion of the Lender, has a net realisable value at least equal to the shortfall and is documented in such terms as the Lender may approve or require; or

 

(b) prepay such part (at least) of the Loan as will eliminate the shortfall.

 

14.3 Valuation of Ships. The market value of a Ship at any date is shown by taking the average of two written valuations each prepared for and addressed to the Lender:

 

(a) as at a date not more than 14 days previously other than the valuation of such Ship to be prepared in accordance with paragraph 4 of Part B of Schedule 2, prior to drawdown of the Tranche applicable to such Ship, which should be prepared not earlier than 30 days but not later than 10 days prior to the anticipated date of such drawdown;

 

(b) by independent sale and purchase shipbrokers which the Lender has approved and appointed with the Borrowers’ consent (not to be unreasonably withheld) for the purpose;

 

(c) with or without physical inspection of the Ship (as the Lender may require) without interfering with the trading of the Ship;

 

(d) on the basis of a sale for prompt delivery for cash on normal arm’s length commercial terms as between a willing seller and a willing buyer, without any existing charter or other contract of employment; and

 

(e) after deducting the estimated amount of the usual and reasonable expenses which would be incurred in connection with the sale.

 

14.4 Value of additional vessel security. The net realisable value of any additional security which is provided under Clause 14.2 and which consists of a Security Interest over a vessel shall be that shown by a valuation complying with the requirements of Clause 14.3.

 

14.5 Valuations binding. Any valuation under Clause 14.3 or 14.4 shall be binding and conclusive as regards the Borrowers, as shall be any valuation which the Lender makes of any additional security which does not consist of or include a Security Interest over a vessel.

 

14.6 Provision of information. The Borrowers shall promptly provide the Lender and any shipbroker or expert acting under Clause 14.3 or 14.4 with any information which the Lender or the shipbroker or expert may request for the purposes of the valuation; and, if the Borrowers fail to provide the information by the date specified in the request, the valuation may be made on any basis and assumptions which the shipbroker or the Lender (or the expert appointed by it) considers prudent.

 

36


14.7 Payment of valuation expenses. Without prejudice to the generality of the Borrowers’ obligations under Clauses 19.2, 19.3 and 20.3, the Borrowers shall, on demand, pay the Lender the amount of the fees and expenses of any shipbroker or expert instructed by the Lender under this Clause 14 and all legal and other expenses incurred by the Lender in connection with any matter arising out of this Clause 14 Provided that unless an Event of Default has occurred or any valuation obtained would entitle the Lender to serve a notice pursuant to Clause 14.1, the Borrowers shall not be required to pay for more than 1 set of valuations of each Ship in each calendar year commencing January 2017.

 

14.8 Application of prepayment. Clause 7 shall apply in relation to any prepayment pursuant to Clause 14.2(b).

 

14.9 Release of additional security. It is agreed that where the Borrower or a third party has provided additional security pursuant to Clause 14.2, the Borrowers are entitled to request the release of such additional security at any time following a testing of compliance by the Borrowers of the minimum required security cover under Clause 14.1 where the Borrowers are shown to be in compliance with such minimum required security cover without including the additional security within such calculation. Where the Borrowers are in compliance with the minimum required security cover under clause 14.1, such additional security shall be released at the Borrowers’ cost.

 

15 PAYMENTS AND CALCULATIONS

 

15.1 Currency and method of payments. All payments to be made by each Borrower to the Lender under a Finance Document shall be made to the Lender:

 

(a) by not later than 11.00 a.m. (New York City time) on the due date;

 

(b) in same day Dollar funds settled through the New York Clearing House Interbank Payments System (or in such other Dollar funds and/or settled in such other manner as the Lender shall specify as being customary at the time for the settlement of international transactions of the type contemplated by this Agreement); and

 

(c) to the account of the Lender at Bank of New York Mellon, New York (Account No: 0073-9500000-98-780, IBAN-NR: CH92 0483 5950 0000 9878 0), or to such other account with such other bank as the Lender may from time to time notify to the Borrowers.

 

15.2 Payment on non-Business Day. If any payment by any Borrower under a Finance Document would otherwise fall due on a day which is not a Business Day:

 

(a) the due date shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day; or

 

(b) if the next succeeding Business Day falls in the next calendar month, the due date shall be brought forward to the immediately preceding Business Day,

and interest shall be payable during any extension under paragraph (a) at the rate payable on the original due date.

 

15.3 Basis for calculation of periodic payments. All interest and commitment fee and any other payments under any Finance Document which are of an annual or periodic nature shall accrue from day to day and shall be calculated on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed and a 360 day year.

 

15.4 Lender accounts. The Lender shall maintain an account showing the amounts advanced by the Lender and all other sums owing to the Lender from the Borrowers and each Security Party under the Finance Documents and all payments in respect of those amounts made by the Borrowers and any Security Party.

 

15.5 Accounts prima facie evidence. If the account maintained under Clauses 15.4 shows an amount to be owing by a Borrower or a Security Party to the Lender, that account shall be prima facie evidence that that amount is owing to the Lender.

 

37


16 APPLICATION OF RECEIPTS

 

16.1 Normal order of application. Except as any Finance Document may otherwise provide, any sums which are received or recovered by the Lender under or by virtue of any Finance Document shall be applied:

 

(a) FIRST: in or towards payment pro rata of any unpaid fees, costs and expenses of the Lender under the Finance Documents;

 

(b) SECONDLY: in or towards payment pro rata of any accrued interest or commission due but unpaid under this Agreement;

 

(c) THIRDLY: in or towards payment pro rata of any principal due but unpaid under this Agreement in such order of application and/or in such proportions as the Lender may specify by notice to the Borrowers;

 

(d) FOURTHLY: in or towards payment pro rata of any other amounts due but unpaid under any Finance Document;

 

(e) FIFTHLY: in retention of an amount equal to any amount not then due and payable under any Finance Document but which the Lender, by notice to the Borrowers and the Security Parties, states in its opinion will or may become due and payable in the future and, upon those amounts becoming due and payable, in or towards satisfaction of them in accordance with the provisions of Clause 16.1(a), 16.1(b), 16.1(c) and 16.1(d); and

 

(f) SIXTHLY: any surplus shall be paid to the Borrowers or to any other person appearing to be entitled to it.

 

16.2 Variation of order of application. The Lender may provide for a different manner of application from that set out in Clause 16.1 either as regards a specified sum or sums or as regards sums in a specified category or categories.

 

16.3 Notice of variation of order of application. The Lender may, by notice to the Borrowers and the Security Parties, give notices under Clause 16.2 from time to time; and such a notice may be stated to apply not only to sums which may be received or recovered in the future, but also to any sum which has been received or recovered on or after the third Business Day before the date on which the notice is served.

 

16.4 Appropriation rights overridden. This Clause 16 and any notice which the Lender gives under Clause 16.2 shall override any right of appropriation possessed, and any appropriation made, by any Borrower or any Security Party.

 

17 APPLICATION OF EARNINGS

 

17.1 Payment of Earnings. Each Borrower undertakes with the Lender to ensure that, throughout the Security Period (and subject only to the provisions of the General Assignment) all the Earnings of the Ship owned by it are paid to the Earnings Account for that Ship to be used to satisfy such Borrower’s obligations under the Finance Documents and to pay the expenses arising from the operation, repair and insurance of the Ship owned by it and that Borrower’s corporate administration.

 

38


17.2 Location of Earnings Accounts. Each Borrower shall promptly:

 

(a) comply with any requirement of the Lender as to the location or re-location of the Earnings Accounts (or any of them);

 

(b) execute any documents which the Lender specifies to create or maintain in favour of the Lender a Security Interest over (and/or rights of set-off, consolidation or other rights in relation to) the Earnings Accounts.

 

17.3 Debits for expenses etc. The Lender shall be entitled (but not obliged) from time to time to debit any Earnings Account without prior notice in order to discharge any amount due and payable to it under Clause 19 or 20 or payment of which it has become entitled to demand under Clause 19 or 20.

 

17.4 Borrowers’ obligations unaffected. The provisions of this Clause 17 do not affect:

 

(a) the liability of the Borrowers to make payments of principal and interest on the due dates; or

 

(b) any other liability or obligation of the Borrowers or any Security Party under any Finance Document.

 

18 EVENTS OF DEFAULT

 

18.1 Events of Default. An Event of Default occurs if:

 

(a) any Borrower or any Security Party fails to pay when due any sum payable under a Finance Document or under any document relating to a Finance Document unless its failure to pay is caused by a Disruption Event and payment is made within 3 Business Days of its due date; or

 

(b) any breach occurs of Clause 8.2, 9.19, 10.2, 10.3, 11.2, 11.3 or 14.2 or clause 12 of the Guarantee; or

 

(c) any breach by any Borrower or any Security Party occurs of any provision of a Finance Document (other than a breach covered by paragraph (a) or (b)) which in the opinion of the Lender, is capable of remedy and such default continues unremedied 10 days after written notice from the Lender requesting action to remedy the same; or

 

(d) (subject to any applicable grace period specified in any Finance Document) any breach by any of the Borrowers or any Security Party occurs of any provision of a Finance Document (other than a breach falling within paragraph (a), (b) or (c)); or

 

(e) any representation, warranty or statement made or repeated by, or by an officer of, a Borrower or a Security Party in a Finance Document or in the Drawdown Notice or any other notice or document relating to a Finance Document is untrue or misleading when it is made or repeated; or

 

(f) any of the following occurs in relation to any Financial Indebtedness of a Relevant Person:

 

  (i) any Financial Indebtedness of any Borrower exceeding $500,000 is not paid when due;

 

  (ii) any Financial Indebtedness of the Guarantor exceeding in aggregate $10,000,000 is not paid when due; or

 

  (iii) any Financial Indebtedness of a Relevant Person becomes due and payable prior to its stated maturity date as a consequence of any event of default; or

 

39


  (iv) a lease, hire purchase agreement or charter creating any Financial Indebtedness of a Relevant Person is terminated by the lessor or owner or becomes capable of being terminated as a consequence of any termination event; or

 

  (v) any overdraft, loan, note issuance, acceptance credit, letter of credit, guarantee, foreign exchange or other facility, or any swap or other derivative contract or transaction, relating to any Financial Indebtedness of a Relevant Person ceases to be available or becomes capable of being terminated as a result of any event of default, or cash cover is required, or becomes capable of being required, in respect of such a facility as a result of any event of default; or

 

  (vi) any Security Interest securing any Financial Indebtedness of a Relevant Person becomes enforceable; or

 

(g) any of the following occurs in relation to a Relevant Person:

 

  (i) a Relevant Person becomes unable to pay its debts as they fall due; or

 

  (ii) any assets of a Relevant Person are subject to any form of execution, attachment, arrest, sequestration or distress in respect of a sum of, or sums aggregating, $500,000 in the case of any Borrower or $10,000,000 in the case of the Guarantor or more or the equivalent in another currency; or

 

  (iii) any administrative or other receiver is appointed over any asset of a Relevant Person; or

 

  (iv) an administrator is appointed (whether by the court or otherwise) in respect of a Relevant Person; or

 

  (v) any formal declaration of bankruptcy or any formal statement to the effect that a Relevant Person is insolvent or likely to become insolvent is made by a Relevant Person or by the directors of a Relevant Person or, in any proceedings, by a lawyer acting for a Relevant Person; or

 

  (vi) a provisional liquidator is appointed in respect of a Relevant Person, a winding up order is made in relation to a Relevant Person or a winding up resolution is passed by a Relevant Person; or

 

  (vii) a resolution is passed, an administration notice is given or filed, an application or petition to a court is made or presented or any other step is taken by (aa) a Relevant Person, (bb) the members or directors of a Relevant Person, (cc) a holder of Security Interests which together relate to all or substantially all of the assets of a Relevant Person, or (dd) a government minister or public or regulatory authority of a Pertinent Jurisdiction for or with a view to the winding up of that or another Relevant Person or the appointment of a provisional liquidator or administrator in respect of that or another Relevant Person, or that or another Relevant Person ceasing or suspending business operations or payments to creditors, save that this paragraph does not apply to a fully solvent winding up of a Relevant Person other than the Borrowers or the Guarantor which is, or is to be, effected for the purposes of an amalgamation or reconstruction previously approved by the Lender and effected not later than 3 months after the commencement of the winding up; or

 

  (viii)

an administration notice is given or filed, an application or petition to a court is made or presented or any other step is taken by a creditor of a Relevant Person (other than a holder of Security Interests which together relate to all or substantially all of the assets of a Relevant Person) for the winding up of a Relevant Person or the appointment of a provisional liquidator or administrator in respect of a Relevant Person in any Pertinent Jurisdiction, unless the proposed winding up, appointment

 

40


  of a provisional liquidator or administration is being contested in good faith, on substantial grounds and not with a view to some other insolvency law procedure being implemented instead and either (aa) the application or petition is dismissed or withdrawn within 30 days of being made or presented, or (bb) within 30 days of the administration notice being given or filed, or the other relevant steps being taken, other action is taken which will ensure that there will be no administration and (in both cases (aa) or (bb)) the Relevant Person will continue to carry on business in the ordinary way and without being the subject of any actual, interim or pending insolvency law procedure; or

 

  (ix) a Relevant Person or its directors take any steps (whether by making or presenting an application or petition to a court, or submitting or presenting a document setting out a proposal or proposed terms, or otherwise) with a view to obtaining, in relation to that or another Relevant Person, any form of moratorium, suspension or deferral of payments, reorganisation of debt (or certain debt) or arrangement with all or a substantial proportion (by number or value) of creditors or of any class of them or any such moratorium, suspension or deferral of payments, reorganisation or arrangement is effected by court order, by the filing of documents with a court, by means of a contract or in any other way at all; or

 

  (x) any meeting of the members or directors, or of any committee of the board or senior management, of a Relevant Person is held or summoned for the purpose of considering a resolution or proposal to authorise or take any action of a type described in paragraphs (v) to (x) or a step preparatory to such action, or (with or without such a meeting) the members, directors or such a committee resolve or agree that such an action or step should be taken or should be taken if certain conditions materialise or fail to materialise; or

 

  (xi) in a Pertinent Jurisdiction other than England, any event occurs, any proceedings are opened or commenced or any step is taken which, in the opinion of the Lender is similar to any of the foregoing; or

 

(h) any Borrower ceases or suspends carrying on its business or a part of its business which is material in the context of this Agreement; or

 

(i) it becomes unlawful in any Pertinent Jurisdiction or impossible:

 

  (i) for any Borrower or any Security Party to discharge any liability under a Finance Document or to comply with any other obligation which the Lender considers material under a Finance Document; or

 

  (ii) for the Lender to exercise or enforce any right under, or to enforce any Security Interest created by, a Finance Document; or

 

(j) any consent necessary to enable any Borrower to own, operate or charter the Ship owned by it or to enable any Borrower or any Security Party to comply with any provision which the Lender considers material of a Finance Document is not granted, expires without being renewed, is revoked or becomes liable to revocation or any condition of such a consent is not fulfilled; or

 

(k) without the prior consent of the Lender, a change has occurred or probably has occurred after the date of this Agreement in the direct or ultimate beneficial ownership of any of the shares in any Borrower or in the ultimate control of the voting rights attaching to any of those shares; or

 

(l) the Guarantor ceases to be listed on the New York Stock Exchange and, as a result of such de-listing, the Lender considers, in its sole and absolute discretion, that such de-listing shall have a material adverse effect on the Guarantor’s or any Borrower’s ability to fulfil its respective obligations under the Finance Documents to which it is a party; or

 

41


(m) any provision which the Lender considers material of a Finance Document proves to have been or becomes invalid or unenforceable, or a Security Interest created by a Finance Document proves to have been or becomes invalid or unenforceable or such a Security Interest proves to have ranked after, or loses its priority to, another Security Interest or any other third party claim or interest; or

 

(n) the security constituted by a Finance Document is in any way imperilled or in jeopardy; or

 

(o) in respect of any Approved Manager:

 

  (i) any of the Ships ceases to be employed by such Approved Manager on terms acceptable to the Lender; or

 

  (ii) any of the circumstances described in Clause 18.1(g) or (h) occurs ( mutatis mutandis ) in relation to that Approved Manager; or

 

  (iii) that Approved Manager breaches any provision of its Manager’s Undertaking which the Lender considers material, and

the Borrowers fail within a period of 15 days of (A) becoming aware of the occurrence of such circumstance or breach or (B) the receipt of a written notification from the Lender requesting the Borrowers to remedy such circumstances or breach, either to remedy such circumstances or breach or to substitute the relevant Approved Manager with another Approved Manager which executes and delivers to the Lender a replacement Manager’s Undertaking; or

 

(p) any other event occurs or any other circumstances arise or develop including, without limitation:

 

  (i) a material change in the financial position or state of affairs of any Relevant Person; or

 

  (ii) any accident or other event involving any Ship or another vessel owned, chartered or operated by a Relevant Person;

in the light of which there is a significant risk that the Borrowers or the Guarantor are, or will later become, unable to discharge its liabilities under the Finance Documents as they fall due.

 

18.2 Actions following an Event of Default. On, or at any time after, the occurrence of an Event of Default which is continuing the Lender may:

 

(a) serve on the Borrowers a notice stating that all obligations of the Lender to the Borrowers under this Agreement are cancelled; and/or

 

(b) serve on the Borrowers a notice stating that the Loan, all accrued interest and all other amounts accrued or owing under this Agreement are immediately due and payable or are due and payable on demand; and/or

 

(c) take any other action which, as a result of the Event of Default or any notice served under paragraph (a) or (b), the Lender is entitled to take under any Finance Document or any applicable law.

 

42


18.3 Termination of Commitment. On the service of a notice under Clause 18.2(a) the Commitment, and all other obligations of the Lender to the Borrowers under this Agreement, shall be cancelled.

 

18.4 Acceleration of Loan. On the service of a notice under Clause 18.2(b), the Loan, all accrued interest and all other amounts accrued or owing from the Borrowers or any Security Party under this Agreement and every other Finance Document shall become immediately due and payable or, as the case may be, payable on demand.

 

18.5 Multiple notices; action without notice. The Lender may serve notices Clauses 18.2(a) and 18.2(b) simultaneously or on different dates and it may take any action referred to in Clause 18.2 if no such notice is served or simultaneously with or at any time after the service of both or either of such notices.

 

18.6 Exclusion of Lender liability. Neither the Lender nor any receiver or manager appointed by the Lender, shall have any liability to a Borrower or a Security Party:

 

(a) for any loss caused by an exercise of rights under, or enforcement of a Security Interest created by, a Finance Document or by any failure or delay to exercise such a right or to enforce such a Security Interest; or

 

(b) as mortgagee in possession or otherwise, for any income or principal amount which might have been produced by or realised from any asset comprised in such a Security Interest or for any reduction (however caused) in the value of such an asset;

except that this does not exempt the Lender or a receiver or manager from liability for losses shown to have been caused directly and mainly by the dishonesty or the wilful misconduct of the Lender’s own officers and employees or (as the case may be) such receiver’s or manager’s own partners or employees.

 

18.7 Relevant Persons. In this Clause 18, a “ Relevant Person ” means a Borrower and any Security Party.

 

18.8 Interpretation. In Clause 18.1(f) references to an event of default or a termination event include any event, howsoever described, which is similar to an event of default in a facility agreement or a termination event in a finance lease; and in Clause 18.1(g) “ petition ” includes an application.

 

19 FEES AND EXPENSES

 

19.1 Arrangement and commitment fees. The Borrowers shall pay to the Lender:

 

(a) an arrangement fee of $1,012,500 (representing 1.50 per cent. of the maximum amount of the Commitment) which the Lender acknowledges it has been paid on 25 February 2014; and

 

(b) quarterly in arrears during the period commencing (and including) 25 February 2014 to the earlier of (i) the final Drawdown Date and (ii) the last day of the Availability Period and on the last day of that period a commitment fee at the rate of 1.25 per cent. per annum on the undrawn amount of the Commitment.

 

19.2 Costs of negotiation, preparation etc. The Borrowers shall pay to the Lender on its demand the amount of all expenses incurred by the Lender in connection with the negotiation, preparation, execution or registration of any Finance Document or any related document or with any transaction contemplated by a Finance Document or a related document including, without limitation, the cost of obtaining the insurance opinion referred to in paragraph (b) of Schedule 2 Part B.

 

43


19.3 Costs of variations, amendments, enforcement etc. The Borrowers shall pay to the Lender, on the Lender’s demand, the amount of all expenses incurred by the Lender in connection with:

 

(a) any amendment or supplement to a Finance Document, or any proposal for such an amendment to be made;

 

(b) any consent or waiver by the Lender concerned under or in connection with a Finance Document, or any request for such a consent or waiver;

 

(c) the valuation of any security provided or offered under Clause 14 or any other matter relating to such security;

 

(d) where the Lender, in its absolute discretion, considers that there has been a material change to the Insurances in respect of the Ship, the review of the Insurances pursuant to Clause 12.17; or

 

(e) any step taken by the Lender with a view to the protection, exercise or enforcement of any right or Security Interest created by a Finance Document or for any similar purpose.

There shall be recoverable under paragraph (e) the full amount of all legal expenses, whether or not such as would be allowed under rules of court or any taxation or other procedure carried out under such rules.

 

19.4 Documentary taxes. The Borrowers shall promptly pay any tax payable on or by reference to any Finance Document, and shall, on the Lender’s demand, fully indemnify the Lender against any claims, expenses, liabilities and losses resulting from any failure or delay by the Borrowers to pay such a tax.

 

19.5 Certification of amounts. A notice which is signed by 2 officers of the Lender, which states that a specified amount, or aggregate amount, is due to the Lender under this Clause 19 and which indicates (without necessarily specifying a detailed breakdown) the matters in respect of which the amount, or aggregate amount, is due shall be prima facie evidence that the amount, or aggregate amount, is due.

 

20 INDEMNITIES

 

20.1 Indemnities regarding borrowing and repayment of Loan. The Borrowers shall fully indemnify made or brought against the Lender on its demand in respect of all claims, expenses, liabilities and losses which are incurred by the Lender, or which the Lender reasonably and with due diligence estimates that it will incur, as a result of or in connection with:

 

(a) a Tranche not being borrowed on the date specified in the Drawdown Notice in respect of such Tranche for any reason other than a default by the Lender;

 

(b) the receipt or recovery of all or any part of the Loan or an overdue sum otherwise than on the last day of an Interest Period or other relevant period;

 

(c) any failure (for whatever reason) by the Borrowers to make payment of any amount due under a Finance Document on the due date or, if so payable, on demand (after giving credit for any default interest paid by the Borrowers on the amount concerned under Clause 6);

 

(d) the occurrence of an Event of Default and/or the acceleration of repayment of the Loan under Clause 18,

 

44


and in respect of any tax (other than tax on its overall net income) for which the Lender is liable in connection with any amount paid or payable to the Lender (whether for its own account or otherwise) under any Finance Document.

 

20.2 Breakage costs. Without limiting its generality, Clause 20.1 covers any claim, expense, liability or loss, including a loss of a prospective profit, incurred by the Lender:

 

(a) in liquidating or employing deposits from third parties acquired or arranged to fund or maintain all or any part of the Loan and/or any overdue amount (or an aggregate amount which includes the Loan or any overdue amount); and

 

(b) in terminating, or otherwise in connection with, any interest and/or currency swap or any other transaction entered into (whether with another legal entity or with another office or department of the Lender) to hedge any exposure arising under this Agreement or a number of transactions of which this Agreement is one.

 

20.3 Miscellaneous indemnities. The Borrowers shall fully indemnify the Lender on its demand in respect of all claims, expenses, liabilities and losses which may be made or brought against or incurred by the Lender, in any country, as a result of or in connection with:

 

(a) any action taken, or omitted or neglected to be taken, under or in connection with any Finance Document by the Lender or by any receiver appointed under a Finance Document; and

 

(b) any other Pertinent Matter,

other than claims, expenses, liabilities and losses which are shown to have been directly and mainly caused by the dishonesty or wilful misconduct of the officers or employees of the Lender.

Without prejudice to its generality, this Clause 20.3 covers any claims, expenses, liabilities and losses which arise, or are asserted, under or in connection with any law relating to safety at sea, the ISM Code, the ISPS Code or any Environmental Law.

 

20.4 Currency indemnity. If any sum due from any Borrower or any Security Party to the Lender under a Finance Document or under any order or judgment relating to a Finance Document has to be converted from the currency in which the Finance Document provided for the sum to be paid (the “ Contractual Currency ”) into another currency (the “ Payment Currency ”) for the purpose of:

 

(a) making or lodging any claim or proof against any Borrower or any Security Party, whether in its liquidation, any arrangement involving it or otherwise; or

 

(b) obtaining an order or judgment from any court or other tribunal; or

 

(c) enforcing any such order or judgment,

the Borrowers shall indemnify the Lender against the loss arising when the amount of the payment actually received by the Lender is converted at the available rate of exchange into the Contractual Currency.

In this Clause 20.4, the “ available rate of exchange ” means the rate at which the Lender is able at the opening of business (London time) on the Business Day after it receives the sum concerned to purchase the Contractual Currency with the Payment Currency.

This Clause 20.4 creates a separate liability of the Borrowers which is distinct from their other liabilities under the Finance Documents and which shall not be merged in any judgment or order relating to those other liabilities.

 

45


20.5 Certification of amounts. A notice which is signed by 2 officers of the Lender, which states that a specified amount, or aggregate amount, is due to the Lender under this Clause 20 and which indicates (without necessarily specifying a detailed breakdown) the matters in respect of which the amount, or aggregate amount, is due shall be prima facie evidence that the amount, or aggregate amount, is due.

 

21 NO SET-OFF OR TAX DEDUCTION

 

21.1 No deductions. All amounts due from the Borrowers under a Finance Document shall be paid:

 

(a) without any form of set-off, cross-claim or condition; and

 

(b) free and clear of any tax deduction except a tax deduction which a Borrower is required by law to make.

 

21.2 Grossing-up for taxes. If a Borrower is required by law to make a tax deduction from any payment:

 

(a) that Borrower shall notify the Lender as soon as it becomes aware of the requirement;

 

(b) that Borrower shall pay the tax deducted to the appropriate taxation authority promptly, and in any event before any fine or penalty arises; and

 

(c) the amount due in respect of the payment shall be increased by the amount necessary to ensure that the Lender receives and retains (free from any liability relating to the tax deduction) a net amount which, after the tax deduction, is equal to the full amount which it would otherwise have received.

 

21.3 Evidence of payment of taxes. Within one month after making any tax deduction, the Borrower concerned shall deliver to the Lender documentary evidence satisfactory to the Lender that the tax had been paid to the appropriate taxation authority.

 

21.4 Exclusion of tax on overall net income. In this Clause 21 “ tax deduction ” means any deduction or withholding for or on account of any present or future tax except tax on the Lender’s overall net income.

 

21.5 FATCA Information. Subject to paragraph 21.7 below, each Borrower and the Lender shall, within [ten] Business Days of a reasonable request by a party to this Agreement:

 

(a) confirm to that party whether it is:

 

  (i) a FATCA Exempt Party; or

 

  (ii) not a FATCA Exempt Party; and

 

(b) supply to that party such forms, documentation and other information relating to its status under FATCA (including its applicable “passthru payment percentage” or other information required under the US Treasury Regulations or other official guidance including intergovernmental agreements) as that other Party reasonably requests for the purposes of that party’s compliance with FATCA.

 

21.6 Change in FATCA Exempt Party status. If a party confirms to another party pursuant to 21.5(a) above that it is a FATCA Exempt Party and it subsequently becomes aware that it is not, or has ceased to be a FATCA Exempt Party, that party shall notify that other party reasonably promptly.

 

46


21.7 No breach by Lender . Paragraph 21.5 above shall not oblige the Lender to do anything which would or might in its reasonable opinion constitute a breach of:

 

(a) any law or regulation;

 

(b) any fiduciary duty; or

 

(c) any duty of confidentiality.

 

21.8 Failure to provide information. If a party fails to confirm its status or to supply forms, documentation or other information requested in accordance with paragraph 21.5 above (including, for the avoidance of doubt, where paragraph 21.7 above applies), then:

 

(a) if that party failed to confirm whether it is (and/or remains) a FATCA Exempt Party then such party shall be treated for the purposes of the Finance Documents as if it is not a FATCA Exempt Party; and

 

(b) if that party failed to confirm its applicable “passthru payment percentage” then such party shall be treated for the purposes of the Finance Documents (and payments made thereunder) as if its applicable “passthru payment percentage” is 100%,

until (in each case) such time as the party in question provides the requested confirmation, forms, documentation or other information.

 

22 ILLEGALITY, ETC

 

22.1 Illegality. This Clause 22 applies if the Lender notifies the Borrowers that it has become, or will with effect from a specified date, become:

 

(a) unlawful or prohibited as a result of the introduction of a new law, an amendment to an existing law or a change in the manner in which an existing law is or will be interpreted or applied; or

 

(b) contrary to, or inconsistent with, any regulation,

for the Lender to maintain or give effect to any of its obligations under this Agreement in the manner contemplated by this Agreement.

 

22.2 Notification and effect of illegality. On the Lender notifying the Borrowers under Clause 22.1, the Commitment shall terminate; and thereupon or, if later, on the date specified in the Lender’s notice under Clause 22.1 as the date on which the notified event would become effective the Borrowers shall prepay the Loan in full in accordance with Clause 7.

 

22.3 Mitigation . If circumstances arise which would result in a notification under Clause 22.1 then, without in any way limiting the rights of the Lender under Clause 22.2, the Lender shall use reasonable endeavours to transfer its obligations, liabilities and rights under this Agreement and the Finance Documents to another office or financial institution not affected by the circumstances but the Lender shall not be under any obligation to take any such action if, in its opinion, to do would or might:

 

(a) have an adverse effect on its business, operations or financial condition; or

 

(b) involve it in any activity which is unlawful or prohibited or any activity that is contrary to, or inconsistent with, any regulation; or

 

(c) involve it in any expense (unless indemnified to its satisfaction) or tax disadvantage.

 

47


23 INCREASED COSTS

 

23.1 Increased costs. This Clause 23 applies if the Lender notifies the Borrowers that it considers that as a result of:

 

(a) the introduction or alteration after the date of this Agreement of a law or an alteration after the date of this Agreement in the manner in which a law is interpreted or applied (disregarding any effect which relates to the application to payments under this Agreement of a tax on the Lender’s overall net income); or

 

(b) the effect of complying with any law or regulation (including any which relates to capital adequacy or liquidity controls or which affects the manner in which the Lender allocates capital resources to its obligations under this Agreement) which is introduced, or altered, or the interpretation or application of which is altered, after the date of this Agreement; or

 

(c) the implementation or application of or compliance with the “International Convergence of Capital Measurement and Capital Standards, a Revised Framework” published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision in June 2004 in the form existing on the date of this Agreement (the “ Basel II Accord ”) or any other law or regulation implementing the Basel II Accord or any of the approaches provided for and allowed to be used by banks under or in connection with the Basel II Accord as well as “the international framework for liquidity risk measurement, standards and monitoring” and “Guidance for national authorities operating the countercyclical capital buffer” published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision in December 2010 (“ Basel III Accord ”) or any other law or regulation implementing the Basel III Accord or any of the approaches provided for and allowed to be used by banks under or in connection with the Basel III Accord and in both case as from time to time implemented by the Lender (whether such implementation, application or compliance is by a government, regulator, supervisory authority, the Lender or its holding company),

the Lender (or a parent company of it) has incurred or will incur an “ increased cost ”.

 

23.2 Meaning of “increased cost”. In this Clause 23, “ increased cost ” means:

 

(a) an additional or increased cost incurred as a result of, or in connection with, the Lender having entered into, or being a party to, this Agreement or having taken an assignment of rights under this Agreement, of funding or maintaining the Commitment or performing its obligations under this Agreement, or of having outstanding all or any part of the Loan or other unpaid sums; or

 

(b) a reduction in the amount of any payment to the Lender under this Agreement or in the effective return which such a payment represents to the Lender or on its capital;

 

(c) an additional or increased cost of funding all or maintaining all or any of the advances comprised in a class of advances formed by or including the Loan or (as the case may require) the proportion of that cost attributable to the Loan; or

 

(d) a liability to make a payment, or a return foregone, which is calculated by reference to any amounts received or receivable by the Lender under this Agreement,

but not an item attributable to a change in the rate of tax on the overall net income of the Lender (or a parent company of it) or an item covered by the indemnity for tax in Clause 20.1 or by Clause 21.

For the purposes of this Clause 23 the Lender may in good faith allocate or spread costs and/or losses among its assets and liabilities (or any class thereof) on such basis as it considers appropriate.

 

48


23.3 Payment of increased costs. The Borrowers shall pay to the Lender, on its demand, the amounts which the Lender from time to time notifies the Borrowers that it has specified to be necessary to compensate it for the increased cost.

 

23.4 Notice of prepayment. If the Borrowers are not willing to continue to compensate the Lender for the increased cost under Clause 23.3, the Borrowers may give the Lender not less than 14 days’ notice of their intention to prepay the Loan at the end of an Interest Period.

 

23.5 Prepayment. A notice under Clause 23.4 shall be irrevocable; and on the date specified in the Borrowers’ notice of intended prepayment, the Commitment shall terminate and the Borrowers shall prepay (without premium or penalty) the Loan, together with accrued interest thereon at the applicable rate plus the Margin and the Mandatory Cost (if any).

 

23.6 Application of prepayment. Clause 7 shall apply in relation to the prepayment.

 

24 SET-OFF

 

24.1 Application of credit balances. The Lender may without prior notice after the occurrence of an Event of Default which is continuing:

 

(a) apply any balance (whether or not then due) which at any time stands to the credit of any account in the name of a Borrower (or any other party to the extent such party has the same beneficial ownership) at any office or branch in any country of the Lender in or towards satisfaction of any sum then due from the Borrowers to the Lender and any other liability of the Borrowers (whether actual or contingent) under any of the Finance Documents; and

 

(b) for that purpose:

 

  (i) break, or alter the maturity of, all or any part of a deposit of that Borrower;

 

  (ii) convert or translate all or any part of a deposit or other credit balance into Dollars

 

  (iii) enter into any other transaction, execute such document or make any entry in the name of that Borrower and/or the Lender with regard to the credit balance which the Lender considers appropriate; and

 

  (iv) to combine and/or consolidate and/or liquidate all or any accounts (whether current, deposit, loan or of any other nature whatsoever, whether subject to notice or not and in whatever currency) of the Borrowers with any office or branch of the Lender.

 

24.2 Existing rights unaffected. The Lender shall not be obliged to exercise any of its rights under Clause 24.1; and those rights shall be without prejudice and in addition to any right of set-off, combination of accounts, charge, lien or other right or remedy to which the Lender is entitled (whether under the general law or any document).

 

24.3 No Security Interest. This Clause 24 gives the Lender a contractual right of set-off only, and does not create any equitable charge or other Security Interest over any credit balance of the Borrowers.

 

25 TRANSFERS AND CHANGES IN LENDING OFFICE

 

25.1 Transfer by Borrowers. No Borrower may, without the consent of the Lender transfer any of its rights or obligations under any Finance Document.

 

49


25.2 Assignment by Lender

 

(a) Prior to the occurrence of an Event of Default which is continuing, the Lender may assign all or any of the rights and interests which it has under or by virtue of the Finance Documents without the consent of any Borrower and at the cost of the Lender provided that the Borrowers’ prior consent, not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed, shall be required in the event any such assignment is to an entity which is not a bank or financial institution regularly engaged in ship finance and such consent shall be deemed to be given if the Borrowers do not expressly refuse their consent within 10 Business Days of a request by the Lender. For the avoidance of doubt, if any such assignment is to an affiliate of the Lender as a result of a restructuring or it is required in order for the Lender to comply with any banking or other regulations, then no consent of the Borrower is required; and

 

(b) following the occurrence of an Event of Default which is continuing, the Lender may assign all or any of the rights and interests which it has under or by virtue of the Finance Documents without the consent of any Borrower,

and each Borrower shall cooperate with the Lender and provide any assistance which the Lender may require in order to effect such transfer.

 

25.3 Rights of assignee. In respect of any breach of a warranty, undertaking, condition or other provision of a Finance Document, or any misrepresentation made in or in connection with a Finance Document, a direct or indirect assignee of any of the Lender’s rights or interests under or by virtue of the Finance Documents shall be entitled to recover damages by reference to the loss incurred by that assignee as a result of the breach or misrepresentation irrespective of whether the Lender would have incurred a loss of that kind or amount.

 

25.4 Sub-participation; subrogation assignment. The Lender may sub-participate all or any part of its rights and/or obligations under or in connection with the Finance Documents without the consent of, or any notice to, any Borrower; and the Lender may assign, in any manner and terms agreed by it, all or any part of those rights to an insurer or surety who has become subrogated to them.

 

25.5 Disclosure of information. The Lender may disclose to a potential transferee, assignee or sub-participant any information which the Lender has received in relation to any Borrower, any Security Party or their affairs under or in connection with any Finance Document, unless the information is clearly of a confidential nature, and provided that (other than following an Event of Default) the relevant transferee, assignee or sub-participant executes a confidentiality agreement in respect of such information.

 

25.6 Change of lending office. The Lender may change its lending office by giving notice to the Borrowers and the change shall become effective on the later of:

 

(a) the date on which the Borrowers receive the notice; and

 

(b) the date, if any, specified in the notice as the date on which the change will come into effect.

 

25.7 Security over Lender’s rights. In addition to the other rights provided to the Lender under this Clause 25, the Lender may without consulting with or obtaining consent from any Borrower or any Security Party, at any time charge, assign or otherwise create a Security Interest in or over (whether by way of collateral or otherwise) all or any of its rights under any Finance Document to secure obligations of the Lender including, without limitation:

 

(a) any charge, assignment or other Security Interest to secure obligations to a federal reserve or central bank; and

 

50


(b) if the Lender is a fund, any charge, assignment or other Security Interest granted to any holders (or trustee or representatives of holders) of obligations owed, or securities issued, by the Lender as security for those obligations or securities;

except that no such charge, assignment or Security Interest shall:

 

  (i) release the Lender from any of its obligations under the Finance Documents or substitute the beneficiary of the relevant charge, assignment or Security Interest for the Lender as a party to any of the Finance Documents; or

 

  (ii) require any payments to be made by any Borrower or any Security Party or grant to any person any more extensive rights than those required to be made or granted to the Lender under the Finance Documents.

 

26 VARIATIONS AND WAIVERS

 

26.1 Variations, waivers etc. by Lender. A document shall be effective to vary, waive, suspend or limit any provision of a Finance Document, or the Lender’s rights or remedies under such a provision or the general law, only if the document is signed, or specifically agreed to by fax or electronic mail, by the Borrowers and the Lender and, if the document relates to a Finance Document to which a Security Party is party, by that Security Party.

 

26.2 Exclusion of other or implied variations. Except for a document which satisfies the requirements of Clause 26.1, no document, and no act, course of conduct, failure or neglect to act, delay or acquiescence on the part of the Lender (or any person acting on its behalf) shall result in the Lender (or any person acting on its behalf) being taken to have varied, waived, suspended or limited, or being precluded (permanently or temporarily) from enforcing, relying on or exercising:

 

(a) a provision of this Agreement or another Finance Document; or

 

(b) an Event of Default; or

 

(c) a breach by a Borrower or a Security Party of an obligation under a Finance Document or the general law; or

 

(d) any right or remedy conferred by any Finance Document or by the general law,

and there shall not be implied into any Finance Document any term or condition requiring any such provision to be enforced, or such right or remedy to be exercised, within a certain or reasonable time.

 

27 NOTICES

 

27.1 General. Unless otherwise specifically provided, any notice under or in connection with any Finance Document shall be given by letter or fax; and references in the Finance Documents to written notices, notices in writing and notices signed by particular persons shall be construed accordingly.

 

27.2 Addresses for communications. A notice by letter or fax shall be sent:

 

(a)       to the Borrowers:  

c/o Scorpio Bulkers Inc.

Le Millenium

9 Boulevard Charles III

98000 Monaco

    Fax No:   +377 97 77 8346
    Attn:   Mr Luca Forgione – Legal Department
    Email:   legal@scorpiogroup.net

 

 

51


(b)       to the Lender:  

Credit Suisse AG

St Alban-Graben 1-3

PO Box CH-4002

Basel

Switzerland

    Fax No:   +41 61 266 7939
    Attn:   Sandra Eichin

or to such other address as the relevant party may notify the other.

 

27.3 Effective date of notices. Subject to Clauses 27.4 and 27.5:

 

(a) a notice which is delivered personally or posted shall be deemed to be served, and shall take effect, at the time when it is delivered; and

 

(b) a notice which is sent by fax shall be deemed to be served, and shall take effect, 3 hours after its transmission is completed.

 

27.4 Service outside business hours. However, if under Clause 27.3 a notice would be deemed to be served:

 

(a) on a day which is not a business day in the place of receipt; or

 

(b) on such a business day, but after 5 p.m. local time,

the notice shall (subject to Clause 27.5) be deemed to be served, and shall take effect, at 9 a.m. on the next day which is such a business day.

 

27.5 Illegible notices. Clauses 27.3 and 27.4 do not apply if the recipient of a notice notifies the sender within 1 hour after the time at which the notice would otherwise be deemed to be served that the notice has been received in a form which is illegible in a material respect.

 

27.6 English language. Any notice under or in connection with a Finance Document shall be in English.

 

27.7 Valid notices. A notice under or in connection with a Finance Document shall not be invalid by reason that its contents or the manner of serving it do not comply with the requirements of this Agreement or, where appropriate, any other Finance Document under which it is served if:

 

(a) the failure to serve it in accordance with the requirements of this Agreement or other Finance Document, as the case may be, has not caused any party to suffer any significant loss or prejudice; or

 

(b) in the case of incorrect and/or incomplete contents, it should have been reasonably clear to the party on which the notice was served what the correct or missing particulars should have been.

 

27.8 Electronic communication . The Lender and the Borrowers, agree that information may be sent via electronic mail to each other, and to (or from) third parties involved in the provision of services. In particular, the Borrowers are aware that:

 

(a) the unencrypted information is transported over an open, publicly accessible network and can, in principle, be viewed by others, thereby allowing conclusions to be drawn about a banking relationship;

 

(b) the information can be changed and manipulated by a third party;

 

52


(c) the sender’s identity (sender of the e-mail) can be assumed or otherwise manipulated;

 

(d) the exchange of information can be delayed or disrupted due to transmission errors, technical faults, disruptions, malfunctions, illegal interventions, network overload, the malicious blocking of electronic access by third parties, or other shortcomings on the part of the network provider. In certain situations, time-critical orders and instructions might not be processed on time;

 

(e) the Lender assumes no liability for any loss incurred as a result of manipulation of the electronic mail address or content nor is it liable for any loss incurred by any Borrower and any other Security Party due to interruptions and delays in transmission caused by technical problems; and

 

(f) the Lender is entitled to assume that all the orders and instructions, and communications in general, received from the Borrowers or a third party are from an authorized individual, irrespective of the existing signatory rights in accordance with the commercial register (or any other applicable equivalent document) or the specimen signature provided to the Lender. The Borrowers shall further use its reasonable endeavours to ensure that all third parties referred to herein agree with the use of electronic mail and are aware of the above terms and conditions related to the use of electronic mail.

 

27.9 Meaning of “notice”. In this Clause 27 “ notice ” includes any demand, consent, authorisation, approval, instruction, waiver or other communication.

 

28 JOINT AND SEVERAL LIABILITY

 

28.1 General. All liabilities and obligations of the Borrowers under this Agreement shall, whether expressed to be so or not, be several and, if and to the extent consistent with Clause 28.2, joint.

 

28.2 No impairment of Borrower’s obligations. The liabilities and obligations of a Borrower shall not be impaired by:

 

(a) this Agreement being or later becoming void, unenforceable or illegal as regards any other Borrower;

 

(b) the Lender entering into any rescheduling, refinancing or other arrangement of any kind with any other Borrower;

 

(c) the Lender releasing any other Borrower or any Security Interest created by a Finance Document; or

 

(d) any combination of the foregoing.

 

28.3 Principal debtors. Each Borrower declares that it is and will, throughout the Security Period, remain a principal debtor for all amounts owing under this Agreement and the Finance Documents and no Borrower shall in any circumstances be construed to be a surety for the obligations of any other Borrower under this Agreement.

 

28.4 Subordination. Subject to Clause 28.5, during the Security Period, no Borrower shall:

 

(a) claim any amount which may be due to it from any other Borrower whether in respect of a payment made, or matter arising out of, this Agreement or any Finance Document, or any matter unconnected with this Agreement or any Finance Document; or

 

(b) take or enforce any form of security from any other Borrower for such an amount, or in any other way seek to have recourse in respect of such an amount against any asset of any other Borrower; or

 

53


(c) set off such an amount against any sum due from it to any other Borrower; or

 

(d) prove or claim for such an amount in any liquidation, administration, arrangement or similar procedure involving any other Borrower or other Security Party; or

 

(e) exercise or assert any combination of the foregoing.

 

28.5 Borrower’s required action. If during the Security Period, the Lender, by notice to a Borrower, requires it to take any action referred to in paragraphs (a) to (d) of Clause 28.4, in relation to any other Borrower, that Borrower shall take that action as soon as practicable after receiving the Lender’s notice.

 

29 SUPPLEMENTAL

 

29.1 Rights cumulative, non-exclusive. The rights and remedies which the Finance Documents give to the Lender are:

 

(a) cumulative;

 

(b) may be exercised as often as appears expedient; and

 

(c) shall not, unless a Finance Document explicitly and specifically states so, be taken to exclude or limit any right or remedy conferred by any law.

 

29.2 Severability of provisions. If any provision of a Finance Document is or subsequently becomes void, unenforceable or illegal, that shall not affect the validity, enforceability or legality of the other provisions of that Finance Document or of the provisions of any other Finance Document.

 

29.3 Counterparts. A Finance Document may be executed in any number of counterparts.

 

29.4 Third party rights. A person who is not a party to this Agreement has no right under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 to enforce or to enjoy the benefit of any term of this Agreement.

 

29.5 Disclosure . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the Borrowers authorise the Lender to disclose only on a need to know basis all information related or connected to:

 

(a) each Ship or any other vessel owned or operated by a Security Party;

 

(b) the negotiation, drafting and content of this Agreement and the Security;

 

(c) the Loan; or

 

(d) any Security Party

to any service provider (included but not limited to professional advisers, auditors, lawyers, accountants, surveyors, valuers, insurers, insurance advisers and brokers) or other party which that Lender may in its discretion deem necessary or desirable in any connection with this Agreement or any other Security Document, or the protection or enforcement of its rights thereunder.

 

30 LAW AND JURISDICTION

 

30.1 English law. This Agreement and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, English law.

 

54


30.2 Exclusive English jurisdiction. Subject to Clause 30.3, the courts of England shall have exclusive jurisdiction to settle any Dispute.

 

30.3 Choice of forum for the exclusive benefit of the Lender. Clause 30.2 is for the exclusive benefit of the Lender, which reserves the rights:

 

(a) to commence proceedings in relation to any Dispute in the courts of any country other than England and which have or claim jurisdiction to that Dispute; and

 

(b) to commence such proceedings in the courts of any such country or countries concurrently with or in addition to proceedings in England or without commencing proceedings in England. No Borrower shall commence any proceedings in any country other than England in relation to a Dispute.

 

30.4 Process agent. Each Borrower irrevocably appoints Scorpio UK Limited at their office for the time being, presently at 32 Dover Street, London W1S 4NE, England (for the attention of Mr Luca Forgione), to act as its agent to receive and accept on its behalf any process or other document relating to any proceedings in the English courts which are connected with a Dispute.

 

30.5 Lender’s rights unaffected. Nothing in this Clause 30 shall exclude or limit any right which the Lender may have (whether under the law of any country, an international convention or otherwise) with regard to the bringing of proceedings, the service of process, the recognition or enforcement of a judgment or any similar or related matter in any jurisdiction.

 

30.6 Meaning of “proceedings”. In this Clause 30, “ proceedings ” means proceedings of any kind, including an application for a provisional or protective measure and a “ Dispute ” means any dispute arising out of or in connection with this Agreement (including a dispute relating to the existence, validity or termination of this Agreement) or any non-contractual obligation arising out of or in connection with this Agreement.

THIS AGREEMENT has been entered into on the date stated at the beginning of this Agreement.

 

55


SCHEDULE 1

DRAWDOWN NOTICE

 

To: Credit Suisse AG

St Alban-Graben 1-3

PO Box CH-4002

Basel

Switzerland

Attention: Loans Administration

[ ] 2014

DRAWDOWN NOTICE

 

1 We refer to the loan agreement (the “ Loan Agreement ”) dated [ ] 2014 and made between us, as Borrowers, and you, as Lender, in connection with a facility of up to US$67,500,000. Terms defined in the Loan Agreement have their defined meanings when used in this Drawdown Notice.

 

2 We request to borrow the Ship [ ] Tranche in respect of m.v. “[ ]” as follows:

 

(a) Amount: US$[ ];

 

(b) Drawdown Date: [ ];

 

(c) Duration of the first Interest Period shall be [ ] months; and

 

(d) Payment instructions: account in our name and numbered [ ] with [ ] of [ ].

 

3 We represent and warrant that:

 

(a) the representations and warranties in Clause 9 of the Loan Agreement would remain true and not misleading if repeated on the date of this notice with reference to the circumstances now existing;

 

(b) no Event of Default has occurred or will result from the borrowing of the Ship [ ] Tranche; and

 

(c) no event or circumstance which, with the giving of any notice and/or the lapse of time, would constitute an Event of Default, has occurred or would result from the borrowing of the Ship [ ] Tranche.

 

4 This notice cannot be revoked without the prior consent of the Lender.

[Name of Signatory]

 

 

for and on behalf of

SBI PHOEBE SHIPPING COMPANY LIMITED

SBI PERSEUS SHIPPING COMPANY LIMITED

SBI ELECTRA SHIPPING COMPANY LIMITED

and

SBI FLAMENCO SHIPPING COMPANY LIMITED

 

56


SCHEDULE 2

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT DOCUMENTS

PART A

The following are the documents referred to in Clause 8.1.

 

1 A duly executed original of this Agreement and each Finance Document (and of each document required to be delivered by each Finance Document) other than those referred to in Part B;

 

2 Copies of the certificate of incorporation and constitutional documents of each Borrower and the Guarantor.

 

3 Copies of resolutions of the shareholders and directors of each Borrower and copies of the resolutions of the directors of the Guarantor, in each case, authorising the execution of each of the Finance Documents to which each Borrower or the Guarantor (as the case may be) is a party and, in the case of each Borrower, authorising named officers to give the Drawdown Notices and other notices under this Agreement.

 

4 The original of any power of attorney under which any Finance Document is executed on behalf of each Borrower or the Guarantor.

 

5 Copies of all consents which any of the Borrowers or the Guarantor requires to enter into, or make any payment under, any Finance Document.

 

6 The originals of any mandates or other documents required in connection with the opening or operation of each Earnings Account.

 

7 Confirmation of the ultimate beneficial ownership of the Borrowers in the form of a Swiss “Declaration A” document completed and signed by a person satisfactory to the Lender.

 

8 A copy of each Shipbuilding Contract evidencing the Contract Price of each Ship and of all documents signed or issued by the relevant Borrower, the relevant Existing Buyer, the Original Buyer or the relevant Builder under or in connection with it.

 

9 A copy of each MOA and of all documents signed or issued by the relevant Borrower and the relevant Existing Buyer under or in connection with it.

 

10 Documentary evidence that the agent for service of process named in Clause 30 has accepted its appointment.

 

11 Favourable legal opinions from lawyers appointed by the Lender on such matters concerning the laws of, the Republic of the Marshall Islands and such other relevant jurisdictions as the Lender may require.

 

12 A Compliance Certificate together with all accompanying Accounting Information referred to in such Compliance Certificate duly certified by the Chief Financial Officer of the Guarantor.

 

13 Such further documents as the Lender may require for its “know your customer” and other customer money laundering checks.

 

57


PART B

The following are the documents referred to in Clause 8.1(b).

In this Part B, the “ relevant Ship ” means the particular Ship to which the relevant Tranche relates and relevant “ relevant Borrower ” means the Borrower which is to take delivery of that Ship.

 

1 A duly executed original of the Mortgage, the General Assignment and the Charterparty Assignment (if applicable) (and of each document to be delivered by each of them) relating to the relevant Ship.

 

2 Documentary evidence that:

 

(a) the relevant Ship has been unconditionally delivered by the relevant Builder to, and accepted by, the relevant Borrower or the relevant Existing Buyer (as the case may be) under the relevant Shipbuilding Contract or MOA (as the case may be), and the full purchase price payable under the relevant Shipbuilding Contract or MOA (as the case may be) (in addition to the part to be financed by the relevant Tranche) has been duly paid in full (together with a copy of each of the documents delivered by the relevant Builder to the relevant Borrower or the relevant Existing Buyer (as the case may be) under the relevant Shipbuilding Contract or MOA (as the case may be) including, but not limited to, the relevant Builder’s certificate, the bill of sale, the commercial invoice and the protocol of delivery and acceptance).

If the relevant Ship is delivered by the relevant Builder to the relevant Existing Buyer and title is immediately transferred to the relevant Borrower under the relevant MOA, evidence satisfactory to the Lender that the relevant Ship is transferred to the relevant Borrower free from encumbrances;

 

(b) the relevant Ship is permanently registered in the name of the relevant Borrower under the applicable Approved Flag;

 

(c) the relevant Ship is in the absolute and unencumbered ownership of the relevant Borrower save as contemplated by the Finance Documents;

 

(d) the relevant Ship maintains the highest available class with the Approved Classification Society free of all overdue recommendations and conditions of such Approved Classification Society;

 

(e) the relevant Mortgage has been duly registered against the relevant Ship as a valid first priority or, as the case may be, preferred ship mortgage in accordance with the laws of the jurisdiction of its Approved Flag; and

 

(f) the relevant Ship is insured in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement and all requirements therein in respect of insurances have been complied with.

 

3 Documents establishing that the relevant Ship is managed by the Approved Manager on terms acceptable to the Lender, together with:

 

(a) a Manager’s Undertaking executed by the Approved Manager in favour of the Lender; and

 

(b) copies of the technical Approved Manager’s Document of Compliance and the relevant Ship’s Safety Management Certificate (together with any other details of the applicable safety management system which the Lender requires) and ISSC.

 

4 Two valuations of each Ship which is the subject of a Mortgage together with the relevant Ship, addressed to the Lender and in conformity with Clause 14.3, stated to be for the purposes of this Agreement.

 

58


5 If required by the Lender, a physical inspection of the relevant Ship dated not earlier than 14 days before the Drawdown Date of the relevant Tranche carried out by surveyors or other persons appointed by the Lender for that purpose at the cost of the Borrower and showing a condition of the relevant Ship in every way satisfactory to the Lender.

 

6 Favourable legal opinions from lawyers appointed by the Lender on such matters concerning the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands and such other relevant jurisdictions as the Lender may require.

 

7 A favourable opinion from an independent insurance consultant acceptable to the Lender on such matters relating to the insurances for the relevant Ship as the Lender may require.

 

8 If the Lender so requires, in respect of any of the documents referred to above, a certified English translation prepared by a translator approved by the Lender.

Each copy document delivered under this Schedule shall be certified as a true and up to date copy by a director or the secretary (or equivalent officer) of the relevant Borrower.

 

59


EXECUTION PAGE

 

BORROWERS     
SIGNED  by Luca Forgione   )    /s/ Luca Forgione
  )   
for and on behalf of   )   
SBI PHOEBE SHIPPING COMPANY LIMITED   )   
in the presence of:   )   
Signature of witness: /s/ Laura Pike     
Name of witness: Laura Pike     
Address of witness:  

Le Millenium

9 Boulevard Charles III

98000 Monaco

SIGNED  by Luca Forgione   )    /s/ Luca Forgione
  )   
for and on behalf of   )   
SBI PERSEUS SHIPPING COMPANY LIMITED   )   
in the presence of:   )   
Signature of witness: /s/ Laura Pike     
Name of witness: Laura Pike     
Address of witness:  

Le Millenium

9 Boulevard Charles III

98000 Monaco

SIGNED  by Luca Forgione   )    /s/ Luca Forgione
  )   
for and on behalf of   )   
SBI ELECTRA SHIPPING COMPANY LIMITED   )   
in the presence of:   )   
Signature of witness: /s/ Laura Pike     
Name of witness: Laura Pike     
Address of witness:  

Le Millenium

9 Boulevard Charles III

98000 Monaco

 

 

60


SIGNED  by Luca Forgione   )    /s/ Luca Forgione
  )   
for and on behalf of   )   
SBI FLAMENCO SHIPPING COMPANY LIMITED   )   
in the presence of:   )   
Signature of witness: /s/ Laura Pike     
Name of witness: Laura Pike     
Address of witness:   Le Millenium
  9 Boulevard Charles III
  98000 Monaco
LENDER     
SIGNED  by  [ILLEGIBLE]   )    /s/ [ILLEGIBLE]
                      [ILLEGIBLE]   )    /s/ [ILLEGIBLE]

 

for and on behalf of

 

)

)

  
CREDIT SUISSE AG   )   
in the presence of:     
Signature of witness: [ILLEGIBLE]     
Name of witness: [ILLEGIBLE]     
Address of witness: [ILLEGIBLE]     

 

61

Exhibit 21.1

Scorpio Bulkers Inc.

Subsidiaries

 

Subsidiary

  

Jurisdiction of Incorporation

SBI Achilles Shipping Company Limited    Republic of the Marshall Islands
SBI Antares Shipping Company Limited    Republic of the Marshall Islands
SBI Apollo Shipping Company Limited    Republic of the Marshall Islands
SBI Athena Shipping Company Limited    Republic of the Marshall Islands
SBI Bravo Shipping Company Limited    Republic of the Marshall Islands
SBI Capoeira Shipping Company Limited    Republic of the Marshall Islands
SBI Carioca Shipping Company Limited    Republic of the Marshall Islands
SBI Cronos Shipping Company Limited    Republic of the Marshall Islands
SBI Echo Shipping Company Limited    Republic of the Marshall Islands
SBI Electra Shipping Company Limited    Republic of the Marshall Islands
SBI Flamenco Shipping Company Limited    Republic of the Marshall Islands
SBI Hera Shipping Company Limited    Republic of the Marshall Islands
SBI Hercules Shipping Company Limited    Republic of the Marshall Islands
SBI Hermes Shipping Company Limited    Republic of the Marshall Islands
SBI Hydra Shipping Company Limited    Republic of the Marshall Islands
SBI Hyperion Shipping Company Limited    Republic of the Marshall Islands
SBI Jive Shipping Company Limited    Republic of the Marshall Islands
SBI Kratos Shipping Company Limited    Republic of the Marshall Islands
SBI Lambada Shipping Company Limited    Republic of the Marshall Islands
SBI Leo Shipping Company Limited    Republic of the Marshall Islands
SBI Lyra Shipping Company Limited    Republic of the Marshall Islands
SBI Macarena Shipping Company Limited    Republic of the Marshall Islands
SBI Maia Shipping Company Limited    Republic of the Marshall Islands
SBI Merengue Shipping Company Limited    Republic of the Marshall Islands
SBI Orion Shipping Company Limited    Republic of the Marshall Islands
SBI Pegasus Shipping Company Limited    Republic of the Marshall Islands
SBI Perseus Shipping Company Limited    Republic of the Marshall Islands
SBI Phoebe Shipping Company Limited    Republic of the Marshall Islands
SBI Phoenix Shipping Company Limited    Republic of the Marshall Islands
SBI Rock Shipping Company Limited    Republic of the Marshall Islands
SBI Rumba Shipping Company Limited    Republic of the Marshall Islands
SBI Salsa Shipping Company Limited    Republic of the Marshall Islands
SBI Samba Shipping Company Limited    Republic of the Marshall Islands
SBI Samson Shipping Company Limited    Republic of the Marshall Islands
SBI Subaru Shipping Company Limited    Republic of the Marshall Islands
SBI Swing Shipping Company Limited    Republic of the Marshall Islands
SBI Tango Shipping Company Limited    Republic of the Marshall Islands
SBI Tethys Shipping Company Limited    Republic of the Marshall Islands
SBI Thalia Shipping Company Limited    Republic of the Marshall Islands
SBI Twist Shipping Company Limited    Republic of the Marshall Islands
SBI Ursa Shipping Company Limited    Republic of the Marshall Islands
SBI Zeus Shipping Company Limited    Republic of the Marshall Islands
SBI Poseidon Shipping Company Limited    Republic of the Marshall Islands
SBI Cakewalk Shipping Company Limited    Republic of the Marshall Islands
SBI Charleston Shipping Company Limited    Republic of the Marshall Islands
SBI Conga Shipping Company Limited    Republic of the Marshall Islands
SBI Bolero Shipping Company Limited    Republic of the Marshall Islands
SBI Sousta Shipping Company Limited    Republic of the Marshall Islands
SBI Reggae Shipping Company Limited    Republic of the Marshall Islands
SBI Zumba Shipping Company Limited    Republic of the Marshall Islands
SBI Mazurka Shipping Company Limited    Republic of the Marshall Islands
SBI Robusto Shipping Company Limited    Republic of the Marshall Islands
SBI Presidente Shipping Company Limited    Republic of the Marshall Islands
SBI Belicoso Shipping Company Limited    Republic of the Marshall Islands
SBI Estupendo Shipping Company Limited    Republic of the Marshall Islands
SBI Diadema Shipping Company Limited    Republic of the Marshall Islands
SBI Puro Shipping Company Limited    Republic of the Marshall Islands
SBI Maduro Shipping Company Limited    Republic of the Marshall Islands
SBI Aroma Shipping Company Limited    Republic of the Marshall Islands
SBI Habano Shipping Company Limited    Republic of the Marshall Islands
SBI Magnum Shipping Company Limited    Republic of the Marshall Islands
SBI Parejo Shipping Company Limited    Republic of the Marshall Islands
SBI Toro Shipping Company Limited    Republic of the Marshall Islands
SBI Monterrey Shipping Company Limited    Republic of the Marshall Islands
SBI Macanudo Shipping Company Limited    Republic of the Marshall Islands
SBI Panatela Shipping Company Limited    Republic of the Marshall Islands
SBI Churchill Shipping Company Limited    Republic of the Marshall Islands
SBI Perfecto Shipping Company Limited    Republic of the Marshall Islands
SBI Tuscamina Shipping Company Limited    Republic of the Marshall Islands
SBI Corona Shipping Company Limited    Republic of the Marshall Islands
SBI Valrico Shipping Company Limited    Republic of the Marshall Islands
SBI Cohiba Shipping Company Limited    Republic of the Marshall Islands
SBI Lonsdale Shipping Company Limited    Republic of the Marshall Islands
SBI Montecristo Shipping Company Limited    Republic of the Marshall Islands
SBI Montesino Shipping Company Limited    Republic of the Marshall Islands
SBI Partagas Shipping Company Limited    Republic of the Marshall Islands
SBI Parapara Shipping Company Limited    Republic of the Marshall Islands
SBI Camacho Shipping Company Limited    Republic of the Marshall Islands
SBI Cuaba Shipping Company Limited    Republic of the Marshall Islands
SBI Behike Shipping Company Limited    Republic of the Marshall Islands
SBI Alhambra Shipping Company Limited    Republic of the Marshall Islands
SBI Avanti Shipping Company Limited    Republic of the Marshall Islands
SBI Chartering and Trading Limited    Republic of the Marshall Islands
Caithness Shipping Limited    Malta
Skegness Shipping Limited    Malta
Cavendish Shipping Limited    Malta
Fitzroy Shipping Limited    Malta
Bedford Shipping Limited    Malta
Sloane Shipping Limited    Malta
Belgrave Shipping Limited    Malta
Grosvenor Shipping Limited    Malta
St James Shipping Limited    Malta
SALT LLC    Delaware - USA

Exhibit 23.1

 

LOGO

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in this Registration Statement on Form F-1 of our report dated April 2, 2014 relating to the financial statements, which appears in Scorpio Bulkers Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2013. We also consent to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in such Registration Statement.

Monaco, Principality of Monaco, August 7, 2014

PricewaterhouseCoopers Audit

 

LOGO

PricewaterhouseCoopers is represented by PricewaterhouseCoopers Audit, 63 rue de Villiers–92200 Neuilly-sur-Seine, France.

 

 

PricewaterhouseCoopers Audit, SA, 63, rue de Villiers, 92208 Neuilly-sur-Seine Cedex

Téléphone: +33 (0)1 56 57 58 59, Fax: +33 (0)1 56 57 58 60, www.pwc.fr

Exhibit 25.1

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM T-1

 

 

STATEMENT OF ELIGIBILITY

UNDER THE TRUST INDENTURE ACT OF 1939

OF A CORPORATION DESIGNATED TO ACT AS TRUSTEE

 

¨ CHECK IF AN APPLICATION TO DETERMINE ELIGIBILITY OF A TRUSTEE PURSUANT TO SECTION 305(b)(2)

 

 

DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY AMERICAS

(formerly BANKERS TRUST COMPANY)

(Exact name of trustee as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

NEW YORK   13-4941247

(Jurisdiction of Incorporation or

organization if not a U.S. national bank)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification no.)

 

60 WALL STREET

NEW YORK, NEW YORK

  10005
(Address of principal executive offices)   (Zip Code)

Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas

Attention: Lynne Malina

Legal Department

60 Wall Street, 37th Floor

New York, New York 10005

(212) 250 – 0677

(Name, address and telephone number of agent for service)

 

 

SCORPIO BULKERS INC.

(Exact name of obligor as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Marshall Islands   N/A

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(IRS Employer

Identification No.)

Scorpio Bulkers Inc.

9, Boulevard Charles III

MC 98000 Monaco

 
(Address of principal executive offices)   (Zip Code)

 

 

% Senior Notes due

(Title of the Indenture securities)

 

 

 


Item 1. General Information.

Furnish the following information as to the trustee.

 

  (a) Name and address of each examining or supervising authority to which it is subject.

 

Name

  

Address

Federal Reserve Bank (2nd District)

   New York, NY

Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation

   Washington, D.C.

New York State Banking Department

   Albany, NY

 

  (b) Whether it is authorized to exercise corporate trust powers.

 

     Yes.

 

Item 2. Affiliations with Obligor.

If the obligor is an affiliate of the Trustee, describe each such affiliation.

None.

 

Item 3. -15. Not Applicable

 

Item 16. List of Exhibits.

 

Exhibit 1 -

   Restated Organization Certificate of Bankers Trust Company dated August 6, 1998, Certificate of Amendment of the Organization Certificate of Bankers Trust Company dated September 25, 1998, Certificate of Amendment of the Organization Certificate of Bankers Trust Company dated December 16, 1998, and Certificate of Amendment of the Organization Certificate of Bankers Trust Company dated February 27, 2002 - Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 1 filed with Form T-1 Statement, Registration No. 333-157637-01.

Exhibit 2 -

   Certificate of Authority to commence business - Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 2 filed with Form T-1 Statement, Registration No. 333-157637-01.

Exhibit 3 -

   Authorization of the Trustee to exercise corporate trust powers - Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3 filed with Form T-1 Statement, Registration No. 333-157637-01.

Exhibit 4 -

   Existing By-Laws of Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as amended on April 15, 2002 business - Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4 filed with Form T-1 Statement, Registration No. 333-157637-01.

Exhibit 5 -

   Not applicable.

Exhibit 6 -

   Consent of Bankers Trust Company required by Section 321(b) of the Act. - business - Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 6 filed with Form T-1 Statement, Registration No. 333-157637-01.


Exhibit 7 -

   The latest report of condition of Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas dated as of March 31, 2014. Copy attached.

Exhibit 8 -

   Not Applicable.

Exhibit 9 -

   Not Applicable.


SIGNATURE

Pursuant to the requirements of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, the trustee, Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of New York, has duly caused this statement of eligibility to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, all in The City of New York, and State of New York, on this 7th day of August, 2014.

 

DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY AMERICAS
            By:  

/s/ CAROL NG

  CAROL NG
  VICE PRESIDENT


LOGO


LOGO


LOGO